MPC6502 MPC8002 MS v01 PDF

D135/D136/D137/D138
SERVICE MANUAL
It is the reader's responsibility when discussing the information contained
within this document to maintain a level of confidentiality that is in the best
interest of Ricoh Americas Corporation and its member companies.
NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE REPRODUCED IN ANY

FASHION AND DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT THE PRIOR
PERMISSION OF RICOH AMERICAS CORPORATION.
All product names, domain names or product illustrations, including

desktop images, used in this document are trademarks, registered
trademarks or the property of their respective companies.
They are used throughout this book in an informational or editorial fashion
only and for the benefit of such companies. No such use, or the use of
any trade name, or web site is intended to convey endorsement or other
affiliation with Ricoh products.
 2013 RICOH Americas Corporation. All rights reserved.

WARNING
The Service Manual contains information
regarding service techniques, procedures,
processes and spare parts of office equipment
distributed by Ricoh Americas Corporation.
Users of this manual should be either service
trained or certified by successfully completing a
Ricoh Technical Training Program.
Untrained and uncertified users utilizing

information contained in this service manual to
repair or modify Ricoh equipment risk personal
injury, damage to property or loss of warranty
protection.
Ricoh Americas Corporation

LEGEND
PRODUCT COMPANY
CODE LANIER RICOH SAVIN
D135 MP C6502SP MP C6502SP MP C6502SP
D136 MP C8002SP MP C8002SP MP C8002SP
D137 Pro C5100S Pro C5100S Pro C5100S
D138 Pro C5110S Pro C5110S Pro C5110S
DOCUMENTATION HISTORY
REV. NO. DATE COMMENTS
* 09/2013 Original Printing
D135/D136/D137/D138
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. PRODUCT INFORMATION .......................................................... 1-1

1.1 PRODUCT OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 1-1
1.1.1 COMPONENT LAYOUT ................................................................... 1-1
1.1.2 PAPER PATH ................................................................................... 1-3
1.1.3 DRIVE LAYOUT ............................................................................... 1-4
Front View ............................................................................................ 1-4
Rear View............................................................................................. 1-6
1.2 MACHINE CODES AND PERIPHERALS CONFIGURATION ................... 1-8
1.3 SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................... 1-14
1.4 GUIDANCE FOR THOSE WHO ARE FAMILIAR WITH PREDECESSOR
PRODUCTS ................................................................................................... 1-15
1.4.1 NEW FEATURES OF D137/D138 AND D135/D136 ....................... 1-15
Developed Image Quality ................................................................... 1-15
Improvement of Banding Issues ......................................................... 1-16
Improvement of the Scratch Mark Issue ............................................. 1-17
Improvement of the Toner Dusting Issue ........................................... 1-17
Developed Printing Quality of Textured Paper ................................... 1-18
Developed User Appliance ................................................................. 1-19
Controller features .............................................................................. 1-19
2. INSTALLATION ............................................................................ 2-1

2.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS............................................................ 2-1
2.1.1 ENVIRONMENT ............................................................................... 2-1
2.1.2 MINIMUM SPACE REQUIREMENTS ............................................... 2-1
Installation space ................................................................................. 2-1
2.1.3 DIMENSIONS ................................................................................... 2-2
2.1.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS .............................................................. 2-2
Input voltage level (D137/D138) ........................................................... 2-3
Input voltage level (D135/D136) ........................................................... 2-3
2.2 MAIN MACHINE INSTALLATION .............................................................. 2-3
2.2.1 SPECIAL TOOLS AND LUBRICANTS ............................................. 2-3
D137/D138 ........................................................................................... 2-3
D135/D136 ........................................................................................... 2-4
2.2.2 INSTALLATION FLOW CHART ........................................................ 2-5
SM i D135/D136/D137/D138
2.2.3 ACCESSORY CHECK ...................................................................... 2-5
D137/D138 ........................................................................................... 2-5
D135/D136 ........................................................................................... 2-7
D137/D138 Accessories ....................................................................... 2-7
D135/D136 Accessories ....................................................................... 2-8
2.2.4 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE (D137/D138) ................................... 2-9
Removing the Retainers of the Charge Roller Units (C, M, K) ........... 2-10
Attaching the ITB Separation Lever ................................................... 2-17
Operation Panel Attachment .............................................................. 2-20
Operator Call Light Attachment .......................................................... 2-24
Attaching the Service Pocket ............................................................. 2-26
Storing the Supply Port Caps for the Developer................................. 2-26
Storing the Factory SP Sheet ............................................................. 2-27
Attaching the decals ........................................................................... 2-27
Machine Level Adjustment ................................................................. 2-29
Installing the Securing Bracket to Prevent the Power Cord from Falling
Off ...................................................................................................... 2-30
How to Set the Toner Cartridge .......................................................... 2-30
Checking the copy image with color chart .......................................... 2-32
Paper Tray Settings ........................................................................... 2-32
Paper Library Data Installation ........................................................... 2-32
Backing Up and Restoring Paper Library Data................................... 2-33
2.2.5 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE (D135/D136) ................................. 2-33
Removing the Retainers of the Charge Roller Units (C, M, K) ........... 2-35
Attaching the Service Pocket ............................................................. 2-44
Storing the Supply Port Cap of the Developer.................................... 2-45
Attaching the decals ........................................................................... 2-45
Machine Level Adjustment ................................................................. 2-46
Installing the Securing Bracket to Prevent the Power Cord from Falling
Off ...................................................................................................... 2-48
How to Set the Toner Cartridge .......................................................... 2-48
Storing the Factory SP Sheet ............................................................. 2-49
2.2.6 CHECK IMAGE QUALITY / SETTINGS.......................................... 2-50
Initializing DEMS (D137/D138) ........................................................... 2-50
Checking the copy image with color chart .......................................... 2-50
Paper Tray Settings ........................................................................... 2-50
Security Function Installation ............................................................. 2-50
2.2.7 MOVING THE MACHINE................................................................ 2-56
2.3 FINISHER SR4090 (D703) /BOOKLET FINISHER SR4100 (D704) ........ 2-58
D135/D136/D137/D138 ii SM
2.3.1 ACCESSORY CHECK .................................................................... 2-58
2.3.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ...................................................... 2-59
2.4 OUTPUT JOGGER UNIT TYPE M2 (D705)............................................. 2-65
2.4.1 COMPONENT CHECK ................................................................... 2-65
2.4.2 INSTALLATION .............................................................................. 2-65
2.5 PUNCH UNIT PU3060 (D706) ................................................................. 2-68
2.5.1 ACCESSORY CHECK .................................................................... 2-68
2.6 FINISHER SR4110 (D707) ...................................................................... 2-87
2.6.1 ACCESSORIES .............................................................................. 2-87
Docking the Finisher D707 ................................................................. 2-89
Connecting the Finisher D707 ............................................................ 2-91
2.6.3 SP SETTING .................................................................................. 2-93
2.7 PUNCH UNIT PU5000 (B831) ................................................................. 2-94
2.7.1 COMPONENT CHECK ................................................................... 2-94
2.8 COPY TRAY TYPE M2 (D744) .............................................................. 2-100
2.8.1 COMPONENT CHECK ................................................................. 2-100
2.8.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .................................................... 2-101
2.9 DECURL UNIT DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 ONLY) ............................. 2-109
2.9.1 ACCESSORIES ............................................................................ 2-109
2.9.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE .................................................... 2-109
Dock the Downstream Peripheral Device ......................................... 2-114
2.10 BUFFER PASS UNIT TYPE 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 ONLY)........ 2-117
2.10.1 ACCESSORY CHECK .............................................................. 2-117
INSTALLATION ..................................................................................... 2-117
2.11 MULTI-FOLDING UNIT FD4000 (D615) .......................................... 2-132
2.11.1 ACCESSORIES ........................................................................ 2-132
2.11.2 INSTALLATION ........................................................................ 2-132
Tapes ............................................................................................... 2-133
Paper Guide, Sponge Strip .............................................................. 2-133
Ground Plate .................................................................................... 2-134
Docking ............................................................................................ 2-135
Power Cord ...................................................................................... 2-136
Height Adjustment ............................................................................ 2-137
Removing Parts for the Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712) ........ 2-137
Proof Tray Auxiliary Plate ................................................................. 2-138
Detecting Paper Skew ...................................................................... 2-138
SM iii D135/D136/D137/D138
Correcting Skew ............................................................................... 2-139
Checking Side-to-Side Registration ................................................. 2-139
Correcting Side-to-Side Registration ................................................ 2-140
2.12 MAIL BOX CS4010 (D708) (D135/D136 ONLY) .............................. 2-141
2.12.1 ACCESSORIES ........................................................................ 2-141
2.12.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ................................................ 2-142
2.13 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY CI4010 (D711) ................................. 2-147
2.13.1 ACCESSORIES ........................................................................ 2-147
2.13.3 REPLACING THE GUIDE PLATE: ........................................... 2-158
2.14 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY CI4020 (D712) ................................. 2-160
2.14.1 ACCESSORIES ........................................................................ 2-160
Setting up the Unit and Docking to the Copier ................................. 2-161
Docking the Next Peripheral Device ................................................. 2-164
Mounting the Tray Unit ..................................................................... 2-164
2.15 LCIT RT4020 (D709) ........................................................................ 2-167
2.15.1 ACCESSORIES ........................................................................ 2-167
2.15.3 ADJUSTMENT FOR THE RUBBER FOOT POSITIONS ON THE
RAIL 2-174
2.15.4 LCIT (D709) TRAY HEATER .................................................... 2-175
Accessories ...................................................................................... 2-175
Installation ........................................................................................ 2-176
2.15.5 IMAGE ADJUSTMENTS: SIDE-TO-SIDE REGISTRATION ..... 2-187
2.16 8 1/2" X 14" PAPER SIZE TRAY TYPE M2 (D745) ......................... 2-188
2.16.1 COMPONENT LIST .................................................................. 2-188
2.17 LCIT RT4030 (D710) ........................................................................ 2-196
2.17.1 ACCESSORY CHECK .............................................................. 2-196
How to Disconnect the LCIT from the Main Machine ....................... 2-206
2.17.3 LCIT (D710) TRAY HEATER .................................................... 2-207
Accessories ...................................................................................... 2-207
Installation ........................................................................................ 2-208
2.17.4 IMAGE ADJUSTMENTS: SIDE-TO-SIDE REGISTRATION ..... 2-212
2.18 A3/11"X17" TRAY UNIT TYPE M2 (D749) ....................................... 2-213
2.18.1 COMPONENT LIST .................................................................. 2-213
2.18.2 INSTALLATION ........................................................................ 2-214
D135/D136/D137/D138 iv SM
2.19 COPY CONNECTOR TYPE 3260 (B328) ........................................ 2-220
2.19.1 ACCESSORY CHECK .............................................................. 2-220
2.19.2 PREPARATION ........................................................................ 2-221
2.19.3 INSTALLATION ........................................................................ 2-221
2.20 TAB SHEET HOLDER TYPE M2 (D750) ......................................... 2-226
2.20.1 ACCESSORIES ........................................................................ 2-226
2.20.2 INSTALLATION ........................................................................ 2-226
2.21 IEEE802.11A/G/N UNIT TYPE M2 (D164) ....................................... 2-229
2.21.1 COMPONENT LIST .................................................................. 2-229
2.21.3 USER TOOL SETTINGS FOR IEEE 802.11A/G/N ................... 2-232
2.21.4 SP MODE SETTINGS FOR IEEE 802.11 WIRELESS LAN ..... 2-234
2.22 BLUETOOTH INTERFACE UNIT TYPE D (D566) ........................... 2-235
2.22.1 ACCESSORIES ........................................................................ 2-235
2.23 IEEE1284 INTERFACE BOARD TYPE A (B679) ............................. 2-237
2.23.1 COMPONENT LIST .................................................................. 2-237
2.24 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER TYPE E (D377) ................................ 2-239
2.24.1 COMPONENT LIST .................................................................. 2-239
2.25 SD CARD FOR NETWARE PRINTING TYPE M2 (D719) ............... 2-241
2.25.1 COMPONENT LIST .................................................................. 2-241
2.26 OCR UNIT TYPE M2 (D166) ............................................................ 2-243
2.26.1 ACCESSORIES ........................................................................ 2-243
2.26.2 DETAILS ABOUT SEARCHABLE PDF .................................... 2-243
2.26.4 RESTORATION PROCEDURE ................................................ 2-245
2.27 POSTSCRIPT3 UNIT TYPE M2 (D719) ........................................... 2-247
2.27.1 ACCESSORIES ........................................................................ 2-247
2.28 IPDS UNIT TYPE M2 (D719) ........................................................... 2-249
2.28.1 ACCESSORIES ........................................................................ 2-249
2.29 BROWSER UNIT TYPE M2 (D719) ................................................. 2-251
2.29.1 ACCESSORIES ........................................................................ 2-251
SM v D135/D136/D137/D138
Do the following steps if the customer is using the Ricoh JavaScript
connected to a Web application developed by Operius/RiDP. ......... 2-253
Browser/EXJS Firmware Update Procedure .................................... 2-253
EXJS Firmware Un-install Procedure ............................................... 2-255
2.30 OPTIONAL COUNTER INTERFACE UNIT TYPE A (B870) ............ 2-257
2.30.1 COMPONENT CHECK ............................................................. 2-257
2.31 SMART CARD READER BUILT-IN UNIT TYPE M2 (D739) (D135/D136
ONLY) 2-261
2.31.1 COMPONENT CHECK ............................................................. 2-261
2.32 PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK ............................................ 2-268
2.33 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT TYPE G (D640) .............................. 2-270
2.33.1 COMPONENT CHECK LIST .................................................... 2-270
2.33.2 INSTALLATION ........................................................................ 2-271
User Tool Setting ............................................................................. 2-271
Check All Connections ..................................................................... 2-272
2.34 SD CARD APPLI MOVE .................................................................. 2-273
2.34.1 OVERVIEW .............................................................................. 2-273
2.34.2 MOVE EXEC ............................................................................ 2-274
2.34.3 UNDO EXEC ............................................................................ 2-274
2.35 HOW TO BACKUP/RESTORE CUSTOM PAPER LIBRARY........... 2-276
2.36 REMOVING THE RETAINERS OF THE CHARGE ROLLER UNITS 2-277
2.37 FINISHER PAPER COOLING FAN UNIT TYPE M2 (D770) ............ 2-285
2.37.1 COMPONENT CHECK ............................................................. 2-285
2.37.2 COMMON INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR FINISHER SR4090
/ BOOKLET FINISHER SR4100 AND FINISHER SR4110 .................... 2-287
2.37.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR FINISHER SR4090/ BOOKLET
FINISHER SR4100 ................................................................................ 2-295
2.37.4 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR FINISHER SR4110 ........ 2-303
2.37.5 INFORMATION FOR COOLING FAN UNIT TYPE M2 ............. 2-318
3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE .................................................... 3-1

3.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TABLES .................................................. 3-1
3.2 IMAGE QUALITY STANDARDS ................................................................ 3-2
3.2.1 RESOLUTION .................................................................................. 3-2
3.2.2 COLOR SHIFT .................................................................................. 3-2
3.2.3 MAGNIFICATION RATIO ERROR MARGIN .................................... 3-3
3.2.4 MAGNIFICATION RATIO ERROR MARGIN DEVIATION ................ 3-4
3.2.5 PITCH ERROR MARGIN .................................................................. 3-4
D135/D136/D137/D138 vi SM
3.2.6 PERPENDICULARITY ...................................................................... 3-4
3.2.7 LINEARITY ....................................................................................... 3-5
3.2.8 PARALLELISM ................................................................................. 3-5
3.2.9 MISSING IMAGE AREA (D135/D136) .............................................. 3-6
3.2.10 MISSING IMAGE AREA (D137/D138) .......................................... 3-7
3.2.11 MARGIN POSITION ..................................................................... 3-9
3.2.12 1ST SIDE/2ND SIDE POSITIONAL PRECISION (SHIFT LENGTH
OF 2ND SIDE COMPARED TO 1ST SIDE) ............................................... 3-9
3.3 PAPER TRANSFER QUALITY STANDARDS ......................................... 3-10
3.3.1 REGISTRATION ............................................................................. 3-10
Exposure glass ................................................................................... 3-10
ADF .................................................................................................... 3-10
3.3.2 SKEW ............................................................................................. 3-11
Exposure glass ................................................................................... 3-11
ADF .................................................................................................... 3-12
3.4 PM PARTS SETTINGS ............................................................................ 3-13
3.4.1 PM PARTS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE .................................. 3-13
3.4.2 PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION CHECK ........................... 3-14
3.4.3 OPERATION CHECK ..................................................................... 3-14
3.4.4 PM COUNTER DISPLAY................................................................ 3-15
3.4.5 NOTE CONCERNING RUNNING DISTANCE DATA ..................... 3-15
3.4.6 OPENING THE PM COUNTER ...................................................... 3-16
3.4.7 PM PARTS SCREEN DETAILS ...................................................... 3-17
All PM Parts list: Main Menu .............................................................. 3-17
Number Button Submenu ................................................................... 3-17
Parts List for PM Yield Indicator ......................................................... 3-18
Estimated Usage Rate/Estimated Remaining Days ........................... 3-18
Commissioning Status Report Print ................................................... 3-20
3.5 INITIAL ADJUSTMENT SP LISTS ........................................................... 3-21
3.5.1 D137/D138...................................................................................... 3-21
3.5.2 D135/D136...................................................................................... 3-26
3.6 CLEANING POINTS ................................................................................ 3-30
3.6.1 SCANNER ...................................................................................... 3-30
Exposure Glass, ADF Exposure Glass, Reflective Plate, 1st Mirror, 2nd
Mirror, 3rd Mirror, Original Size Sensors ............................................ 3-30
3.6.2 DEVELOPER .................................................................................. 3-32
Development Unit ............................................................................... 3-32
3.6.3 TONER SUPPLY ............................................................................ 3-32
Toner Supply Unit .............................................................................. 3-32
SM vii D135/D136/D137/D138
3.6.4 ITB UNIT ......................................................................................... 3-33
Rollers ................................................................................................ 3-33
ID Sensor ........................................................................................... 3-34
3.6.5 FUSING .......................................................................................... 3-35
Stripper Plate (Fusing / Pressure) ...................................................... 3-35
Fusing Entrance Guide....................................................................... 3-35
Thermistor (Fusing Belt) ..................................................................... 3-36
Thermistor (Hot Roller Shaft) (ProC5100S/5110S Only) .................... 3-36
Thermopile ......................................................................................... 3-37
3.6.6 OTHER ........................................................................................... 3-38
Development Intake Dust Filter .......................................................... 3-38
Pressure Roller Dust Filter (D137/D138 only) .................................... 3-38
3.6.7 PAPER FEED ................................................................................. 3-39
1st to 4th Transport Roller (Drive/Idle) ............................................... 3-39
Registration Roller (Drive/Idle) ........................................................... 3-40
Relay Roller (Drive/Idle) ..................................................................... 3-41
Bypass Relay Roller (Drive/Idle) ........................................................ 3-42
Registration Sensor ............................................................................ 3-42
Relay Sensor...................................................................................... 3-43
Paper Dust Collection Unit ................................................................. 3-44
3.6.8 DUPLEX ......................................................................................... 3-45
Heat Pipe Roller ................................................................................. 3-45
Heat Pipe Drive Roller ........................................................................ 3-45
Paper Exit Roller (Drive/Idle) .............................................................. 3-46
Inverter Feed Out Roller (Drive/Idle) .................................................. 3-47
Inverter Exit Roller (Drive/Idle) ........................................................... 3-48
Paper Exit Relay Roller (Drive/Idle) .................................................... 3-50
Inverter Feed In Roller (Drive/Idle) ..................................................... 3-51
Exit Transport Guide Plate (Upper/Middle/Left) .................................. 3-52
Duplex Unit Roller 1st to 4th (Drive/Idle) ............................................ 3-53
Duplex Exit Roller (Drive/Idle) ............................................................ 3-55
Transport Guide Plate (Upper/Lower) ................................................ 3-56
Purge Guide Plate (Lower) ................................................................. 3-58
3.7 LUBRICATION POINTS .......................................................................... 3-59
3.7.1 FUSING .......................................................................................... 3-59
Bearing (Hot Roller/Pressure Roller) Lubrication ............................... 3-59
Fusing Gear Lubrication ..................................................................... 3-59
D135/D136/D137/D138 viii SM
4. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT ........................................ 4-1
4.1 NOTES ON THE MAIN POWER SWITCH................................................. 4-1
4.1.1 PUSH SWITCH ................................................................................. 4-1
Characteristics of the Push Switch (DC Switch) ................................... 4-1
Shutdown Method ................................................................................ 4-2
Forced Shutdown ................................................................................. 4-3
4.2 SPECIAL TOOLS AND LUBRICANTS ...................................................... 4-4
4.2.1 D137/D138........................................................................................ 4-4
4.2.2 D135/D136........................................................................................ 4-5
4.3 OUTER COVERS ...................................................................................... 4-6
4.3.1 RIGHT COVER ................................................................................. 4-6
Right Middle Front Cover (D137/D138) ................................................ 4-6
Right Middle Front Cover (D135/D136) ................................................ 4-8
Right Middle Upper Cover (D137/D138)............................................... 4-9
Right Middle Upper Cover (D135/D136)............................................. 4-10
Right Middle Rear Cover (D137/D138)............................................... 4-11
Right Middle Rear Cover (D135/D136)............................................... 4-12
Right Lower Cover ............................................................................. 4-13
4.3.2 LEFT COVER ................................................................................. 4-15
Left Middle Cover ............................................................................... 4-15
Left Lower Cover ................................................................................ 4-17
4.3.3 REAR COVER ................................................................................ 4-19
Rear middle cover .............................................................................. 4-19
Rear Lower Cover .............................................................................. 4-20
4.3.4 UPPER COVER .............................................................................. 4-21
Upper Front Cover (D137/D138) ........................................................ 4-21
Upper Front Cover (D135/D136) ........................................................ 4-22
Upper Rear Cover (Small) .................................................................. 4-23
Upper Left Cover/ Upper Right Cover ................................................ 4-23
4.4 OPERATION PANEL (D137/D138).......................................................... 4-25
4.4.1 OPERATION PANEL ...................................................................... 4-25
4.4.2 LDCD BOARD ................................................................................ 4-26
4.4.3 OPU BOARD / OPR BOARD .......................................................... 4-27
4.4.4 LCD BOARD (TOUCH PANEL UNIT) ............................................. 4-28
4.5 OPERATION PANEL (D135/D136).......................................................... 4-30
4.5.1 OPERATION PANEL ...................................................................... 4-30
4.5.2 TOUCH PANEL CALIBRATION ..................................................... 4-31
4.5.3 LDCD BOARD ................................................................................ 4-33
SM ix D135/D136/D137/D138
4.5.4 OPU BOARD / OPR BOARD .......................................................... 4-34
4.5.5 LCD BOARD (TOUCH PANEL UNIT) ............................................. 4-35
4.6 ADF .......................................................................................................... 4-36
4.6.1 ADF REMOVAL .............................................................................. 4-36
4.6.2 ADJUSTMENT AFTER REPLACING THE ADF ............................. 4-38
CIS RGB Adjustment.......................................................................... 4-38
Checking the vertical registration ....................................................... 4-38
Checking the horizontal registration ................................................... 4-38
Checking the skew ............................................................................. 4-39
Checking the magnification ................................................................ 4-39
Platen Adjustment .............................................................................. 4-39
4.6.3 ADF COVER ................................................................................... 4-41
ADF Front Cover ................................................................................ 4-41
ADF Rear Cover ................................................................................. 4-42
Feed Cover ........................................................................................ 4-43
4.6.4 ORIGINAL FEED UNIT ................................................................... 4-44
4.6.5 PICK-UP ROLLER / TRANSPORT BELT ....................................... 4-45
4.6.6 ADF SEPARATION ROLLER ......................................................... 4-47
4.6.7 ORIGINAL REGISTRATION SENSOR ........................................... 4-48
4.6.8 ORIGINAL EXIT SENSOR .............................................................. 4-49
4.6.9 ADF CONTROL BOARD ................................................................ 4-50
4.6.10 SEPARATION SENSOR / SKEW CORRECTION SENSOR ...... 4-51
4.6.11 ORIGINAL WIDTH SENSOR / INTERVAL SENSOR ................. 4-52
4.6.12 B5 WIDTH SENSOR / A4 WIDTH SENSOR / LG WIDTH SENSOR4-53
4.6.13 APS FEELER.............................................................................. 4-54
4.6.14 ADF LIFT-UP INTERLOCK SW / LIFT-UP SENSOR ................. 4-54
4.6.15 ORIGINAL SET SENSOR........................................................... 4-55
4.6.16 A4 LEF/LT LEF SENSOR ........................................................... 4-56
4.6.17 BOTTOM PLATE HP SENSOR .................................................. 4-57
4.6.18 BOTTOM PLATE POSITION SENSOR ...................................... 4-57
4.6.19 ADF FEED COVER INTERLOCK SW / PICK-UP ROLLER HP
SENSOR .................................................................................................. 4-58
4.6.20 ADF ENTRANCE MOTOR.......................................................... 4-59
4.6.21 ADF SCANNING MOTOR .......................................................... 4-60
4.6.22 ADF EXIT MOTOR ..................................................................... 4-61
4.6.23 ADF BOTTOM PLATE LIFT MOTOR ......................................... 4-62
4.6.24 ADF PICK-UP ROLLER LIFT MOTOR / ADF TRANSPORT MOTOR
4-62
4.6.25 ADF FEED MOTOR .................................................................... 4-64
D135/D136/D137/D138 x SM
4.6.26 CIS UNIT .................................................................................... 4-65
4.7 DRAWER UNIT........................................................................................ 4-67
4.7.1 LAYOUT (MOTORS) ...................................................................... 4-67
Drawer Unit (Front) ............................................................................ 4-67
Drawer Unit (Rear) ............................................................................. 4-68
4.7.2 LAYOUT (BOARDS) ....................................................................... 4-68
4.7.3 DRAWER UNIT COVER ................................................................. 4-69
If the Drawer is Locked....................................................................... 4-70
4.7.4 DUB (DRAWER UNIT BOARD) ...................................................... 4-74
4.7.5 PAPER SEPARATION AC POWER PACK .................................... 4-75
4.7.6 FUSING WEB CONTROL BOARD-DRAWER (D137/D138 ONLY) 4-76
4.7.7 CURLED CORD ............................................................................. 4-77
4.7.8 DRAWER UNIT CONNECTOR ...................................................... 4-79
4.7.9 DRAWER UNIT SET SENSOR ...................................................... 4-80
4.7.10 DRAWER UNIT LOCK SENSOR................................................ 4-81
4.7.11 DRAWER UNIT HANDLE SENSOR ........................................... 4-82
4.7.12 DRAWER UNIT LOCK MOTOR ................................................. 4-83
4.7.13 REGISTRATION MOTOR........................................................... 4-85
4.7.14 EXIT MOTOR ............................................................................. 4-85
4.7.15 DUPLEX INVERTER ENTRANCE MOTOR ............................... 4-86
4.7.16 EXIT INVERTER MOTOR .......................................................... 4-87
4.7.17 DUPLEX TRANSPORT MOTOR ................................................ 4-88
4.7.18 DUPLEX EXIT MOTOR .............................................................. 4-88
4.7.19 CLEANING WEB MOTOR (D137/D138 ONLY) .......................... 4-89
4.7.20 CLEANING WEB CONTACT MOTOR (D137/D138 ONLY)........ 4-90
4.7.21 FUSING HEAT PIPE COOLING FAN ......................................... 4-92
4.7.22 IH COIL COOLING FAN ............................................................. 4-93
4.7.23 FUSING PRESSURE ROLLER INTAKE FAN (D137/D138 ONLY)4-94
4.8 TONER SUPPLY UNIT ............................................................................ 4-96
4.8.1 TONER SUPPLY UNIT FRONT COVER ........................................ 4-96
4.8.2 TONER SUPPLY UNIT ................................................................... 4-96
4.8.3 ID CHIP CONNECTOR BOARD (KCMY) ....................................... 4-99
4.8.4 TONER SUPPLY UNIT INNER COVER ....................................... 4-100
4.8.5 TONER END SENSOR (KCMY) ................................................... 4-101
4.8.6 SUB HOPPER MOTOR (KCMY) .................................................. 4-102
4.8.7 SUB HOPPER UNIT ..................................................................... 4-103
4.8.8 TONER SUPPLY BOARD (TSB) .................................................. 4-105
4.8.9 TONER CARTRIDGE GUIDE ....................................................... 4-105
4.8.10 TONER SUPPLY MOTOR (KCMY) .......................................... 4-107
SM xi D135/D136/D137/D138
4.9 SCANNER UNIT .................................................................................... 4-108
4.9.1 EXPOSURE GLASS ..................................................................... 4-108
4.9.2 ADF EXPOSURE GLASS / GAP SHEET (D135/D136) ................ 4-109
How to Remove the ADF Exposure Glass/Gap Sheet ..................... 4-109
How to Attach the ADF Exposure Glass/Gap Sheet ........................ 4-110
4.9.3 MODIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR ORIGINAL TRANSPORT .. 4-112
Replacing Parts of the ADF .............................................................. 4-112
Removing the Scanner Parts ........................................................... 4-113
4.9.4 LENS BLOCK / ORIGINAL SIZE SENSOR .................................. 4-113
Adjustment after Replacing the Lens Block ...................................... 4-115
4.9.5 EXPOSURE LAMP (LED) ............................................................. 4-115
4.9.6 SCANNER DRIVE MOTOR .......................................................... 4-117
4.9.7 SCANNER HP SENSOR .............................................................. 4-119
4.9.8 DF POSITION SENSOR ............................................................... 4-120
4.9.9 SIO BOARD .................................................................................. 4-121
4.9.10 SCANNER UNIT ....................................................................... 4-123
4.9.11 SCANNER WIRE ...................................................................... 4-127
Preparation for Replacing a Scanner Wire ....................................... 4-127
Replacing the Scanner Wire............................................................. 4-128
Preparation for Reassembling the Scanner Wire ............................. 4-130
Reassembling the Scanner Wire ...................................................... 4-130
4.9.12 INSTALLING THE SCANNER HEATER ................................... 4-132
Accessories ...................................................................................... 4-132
Installation ........................................................................................ 4-132
4.9.13 MAGNIFICATION AND REGISTRATION ADJUSTMENT ........ 4-135
Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment ................................................. 4-135
Sub Scan Registration Adjustment ................................................... 4-136
Main Scan Registration Adjustment ................................................. 4-136
4.10 LASER UNIT .................................................................................... 4-137
4.10.1 BEFORE YOU BEGIN .............................................................. 4-137
Caution Decals ................................................................................. 4-137
4.10.2 LASER UNIT............................................................................. 4-138
Before Replacement ........................................................................ 4-138
Replacement .................................................................................... 4-138
How to Distinguish between the CK Laser Unit and YM Laser Unit . 4-140
Notes on Installation of a New Laser Unit ........................................ 4-141
Adjustment after Laser Unit Replacement ........................................ 4-141
4.10.3 LASER UNIT COOLING FAN (LEFT / RIGHT) ......................... 4-142
4.10.4 TONER SHIELD GLASS CLEANING ....................................... 4-143
D135/D136/D137/D138 xii SM
4.11 PCDU ............................................................................................... 4-144
4.11.1 FACEPLATE ............................................................................. 4-144
4.11.2 PCDU ....................................................................................... 4-146
4.11.3 CHARGE ROLLER UNIT .......................................................... 4-148
4.11.4 DRUM CLEANING UNIT REMOVAL ........................................ 4-148
Notes on Replacing the Drum Cleaning Unit and Drum Cleaning Blade4-151
4.11.5 OPC DRUM .............................................................................. 4-152
Attaching the New OPC Drum.......................................................... 4-153
4.11.6 DRUM CLEANING UNIT INTERNAL COMPONENTS ............. 4-154
Separation of the Lubrication Unit and Cleaning Unit ....................... 4-154
Lubrication Unit ................................................................................ 4-155
Cleaning Unit .................................................................................... 4-158
Assembling the Cleaning Unit and Lubrication Unit with New Seals 4-159
4.12 DEVELOPMENT UNIT ..................................................................... 4-161
4.12.1 DEVELOPMENT UNIT ............................................................. 4-161
4.12.2 DEVELOPMENT FILTER ......................................................... 4-163
4.12.3 REMOVING OLD DEVELOPER ............................................... 4-164
4.12.4 ADDING NEW DEVELOPER.................................................... 4-168
Adding New Developer (Summary) .................................................. 4-168
Adding New Developer and Adjustment ........................................... 4-168
4.13 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT UNIT ...................................................... 4-173
4.13.1 ITB UNIT REMOVAL ................................................................ 4-173
4.13.2 ITB REPLACEMENT ................................................................ 4-174
Lubrication after replacement ........................................................... 4-178
4.13.3 ID/MUSIC SENSORS ............................................................... 4-178
4.13.4 ITB HP SENSOR ...................................................................... 4-179
4.13.5 PTR SEPARATION SENSOR .................................................. 4-180
4.13.6 ITB LIFT (YMC) SENSOR ........................................................ 4-181
4.13.7 IMAGE TRANSFER ROLLER (K) ............................................. 4-181
4.13.8 IMAGE TRANSFER ROLLER (YMC) ....................................... 4-183
4.13.9 ITB BIAS ROLLER .................................................................... 4-184
4.13.10 TRANSFER POWER PACK/SEPARATION POWER PACK .. 4-188
4.13.11 TDRB (TRANSFER DRIVE RELAY BOARD) ......................... 4-189
4.13.12 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATER .......................................... 4-190
4.13.13 PTR SEPARATION MOTOR .................................................. 4-191
4.13.14 AC TRANSFER POWER PACK (D137/D138 ONLY) ............. 4-192
4.13.15 ITB MOTOR ............................................................................ 4-192
4.13.16 ITB DRIVE SHAFT GEAR / ENCODER SENSOR ................. 4-193
4.13.17 ITB DRIVEN SHAFT ENCODER SENSOR ............................ 4-195
SM xiii D135/D136/D137/D138
4.14 ITB CLEANING UNIT ....................................................................... 4-196
4.14.1 ITB CLEANING UNIT ............................................................... 4-196
4.14.2 ITB CLEANING BLADE ............................................................ 4-197
4.14.3 ITB LUBRICANT BRUSH ......................................................... 4-198
4.14.4 ITB LUBRICANT BAR .............................................................. 4-199
4.14.5 ITB LUBRICANT BLADE .......................................................... 4-200
4.14.6 ITB CLEANING UNIT SET SENSOR ....................................... 4-200
4.14.7 ITB PAPER DUST CLEANING BRUSH ROLLER .................... 4-201
4.14.8 LUBRICATION AFTER REPLACEMENT ................................. 4-203
4.15 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER UNIT ................................................ 4-204
4.15.1 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER UNIT ......................................... 4-204
4.15.2 PAPER DISCHARGE PLATE ................................................... 4-207
4.15.3 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER .................................................. 4-207
4.16 FUSING UNIT .................................................................................. 4-208
4.16.1 SCREW LIST ............................................................................ 4-208
4.16.2 REMOVING THE FUSING UNIT .............................................. 4-211
4.16.3 FUSING HEAT PIPE ................................................................ 4-213
4.16.4 FUSING UNIT COVER ............................................................. 4-213
Fusing Front / Rear Cover ................................................................ 4-213
Entrance Drawer Cover .................................................................... 4-214
Exit Drawer Cover ............................................................................ 4-214
Fusing Upper Cover ......................................................................... 4-215
Separation Unit ................................................................................ 4-216
4.16.5 FUSING UNIT PLATE .............................................................. 4-217
4.16.6 IH COIL UNIT ........................................................................... 4-220
4.16.7 FUSING CLEANING WEB UNIT (D137/D138 ONLY) .............. 4-222
4.16.8 FUSING CLEANING WEB (D137/D138 ONLY)........................ 4-223
4.16.9 FUSING BELT SMOOTHING ROLLER (D137/D138 ONLY) .... 4-227
4.16.10 FUSING BELT SMOOTHING ROLLER CONTACT SENSOR (PRO
C5100S/PRO C5110S) .......................................................................... 4-228
4.16.11 SEPARATING THE FUSING UNIT ......................................... 4-229
4.16.12 HEATING ROLLER, FUSING ROLLER, FUSING BELT ........ 4-230
4.16.13 PRESSURE ROLLER STRIPPER PLATE.............................. 4-235
4.16.14 FUSING LAMP ....................................................................... 4-237
4.16.15 PRESSURE ROLLER ............................................................. 4-239
4.16.16 THERMISTOR (FUSING BELT) ............................................. 4-242
4.16.17 THERMISTOR (HOT ROLLER SHAFT) ................................. 4-243
4.16.18 HEATING ROLLER ROTATION SENSOR ............................. 4-243
4.16.19 PRESSURE ROLLER SENSOR (REAR) ............................... 4-244
D135/D136/D137/D138 xiv SM
4.16.20 PRESSURE ROLLER SENSOR (FRONT) ............................. 4-245
4.16.21 HOT ROLLER NC SENSOR................................................... 4-246
4.16.22 THERMOPILE (PRESSURE ROLLER) .................................. 4-246
4.16.23 THERMOSTAT (PRESSURE ROLLER) ................................. 4-249
4.16.24 FUSING PAPER FEED SENSOR .......................................... 4-250
Adjustment After Replacing The Fusing Paper Feed Sensor ........... 4-250
4.16.25 CLEANING WEB SET SENSOR ............................................ 4-251
4.16.26 CLEANING WEB END SENSOR............................................ 4-251
4.16.27 CLEANING WEB CONTACT SENSOR .................................. 4-252
4.17 PAPER TRANSPORT BELT UNIT ................................................... 4-253
4.17.1 PAPER TRANSPORT BELT UNIT ........................................... 4-253
4.17.2 PAPER TRANSPORT BELT..................................................... 4-254
4.17.3 PTB FANS ................................................................................ 4-254
4.17.4 PTB SENSOR........................................................................... 4-255
4.17.5 PTB UNIT SET SENSOR ......................................................... 4-255
4.18 TANDEM TRAY ............................................................................... 4-256
4.18.1 FEED ROLLER, PICK-UP ROLLER AND SEPARATION ROLLER4-256
4.18.2 REAR FENCE HOME POSITION SENSOR / LEFT TRAY PAPER
SENSOR ................................................................................................ 4-257
4.18.3 REAR FENCE RETURN SENSOR ........................................... 4-258
4.18.4 PAPER HEIGHT SENSORS 1, 2, 3 / TRAY DOWN SENSOR /
RIGHT TRAY SET SENSOR ................................................................. 4-259
4.18.5 REAR END FENCE CLOSED SENSOR .................................. 4-262
4.18.6 END FENCE REAR SOLENOID............................................... 4-264
4.18.7 LEFT TRAY LOCK SOLENOID ................................................ 4-266
4.18.8 REAR FENCE DRIVE MOTOR ................................................ 4-267
4.18.9 1ST TRAY LIFT MOTOR .......................................................... 4-267
4.18.10 PAPER FEED UNIT FOR TRAY 1 REPLACEMENT .............. 4-267
4.19 PAPER FEED SECTION (TRAY 2-3 / VERTICAL TRANSPORT) ... 4-268
4.19.1 PAPER TRAY ........................................................................... 4-268
4.19.2 FEED ROLLER, PICK-UP ROLLER AND SEPARATION ROLLER4-269
4.19.3 PAPER FEED UNIT .................................................................. 4-270
4.19.4 PICK-UP SOLENOID ................................................................ 4-271
4.19.5 TRANSPORT SENSOR ........................................................... 4-271
4.19.6 PAPER FEED SENSOR ........................................................... 4-272
4.19.7 PAPER TRAY UPPER LIMIT SENSOR / PAPER END SENSOR4-272
4.19.8 VERTICAL TRANSPORT LED ................................................. 4-273
4.19.9 PAPER SIZE SENSORS .......................................................... 4-274
4.19.10 PAPER TRAY SET SENSORS............................................... 4-275
SM xv D135/D136/D137/D138
4.19.11 PAPER TRAY LIFT MOTOR .................................................. 4-276
4.19.12 TRAY HEATER....................................................................... 4-277
Upper Tray Heater ........................................................................... 4-277
Lower Tray Heater ........................................................................... 4-278
4.19.13 TRAY HEATER SETTING ...................................................... 4-280
4.20 BY-PASS TRAY UNIT (D137/D138) ................................................ 4-281
4.20.1 BY-PASS TRAY UNIT REMOVAL ............................................ 4-281
By-pass Tray Unit Separation .......................................................... 4-282
4.20.2 BY-PASS PICK-UP ROLLER / BY-PASS FEED ROLLER /
BY-PASS SEPARATION ROLLER ........................................................ 4-283
4.20.3 BY-PASS TRAY PAPER END SENSOR .................................. 4-285
4.20.4 BY-PASS PAPER WIDTH SENSOR ........................................ 4-286
4.20.5 BY-PASS PAPER LENGTH SENSOR ..................................... 4-287
4.20.6 BY-PASS TRAY LOWER LIMIT SENSOR ............................... 4-287
4.20.7 BY-PASS TRAY LIFT MOTOR ................................................. 4-288
4.20.8 BY-PASS TRAY UPPER LIMIT SENSOR / BY-PASS PAPER FEED
SENSOR ................................................................................................ 4-290
4.20.9 BY-PASS PICK-UP SOLENOID ............................................... 4-292
4.20.10 BY-PASS TRAY SET SENSOR.............................................. 4-292
4.20.11 BY-PASS TRAY LED CONNECTOR (RED) ........................... 4-293
4.21 BY-PASS TRAY UNIT (D135/D136) ................................................ 4-294
4.21.1 BY-PASS TRAY UNIT REMOVAL ............................................ 4-294
By-pass Tray Unit Separation .......................................................... 4-295
BY-PASS SEPARATION ROLLER ........................................................ 4-297
4.21.3 BY-PASS TRAY PAPER END SENSOR .................................. 4-298
4.21.4 BY-PASS PAPER WIDTH SENSOR ........................................ 4-299
4.21.5 BY-PASS PAPER LENGTH SENSOR ..................................... 4-300
4.21.6 BY-PASS PAPER FEED SENSOR .......................................... 4-301
4.21.7 BY-PASS PICK-UP SOLENOID ............................................... 4-304
4.21.8 BY-PASS TRAY LED CONNECTOR (RED) ............................. 4-305
4.22 PAPER RELAY AND REGISTRATION SECTION ........................... 4-306
4.22.1 REGISTRATION UNIT ............................................................. 4-306
4.22.2 RELAY UNIT............................................................................. 4-308
4.22.3 REGISTRATION SENSOR ....................................................... 4-310
4.22.4 PAPER TYPE SENSOR ........................................................... 4-311
4.22.5 RELAY SENSOR ...................................................................... 4-312
4.22.6 BY-PASS TRAY PAPER TYPE SENSOR ................................ 4-313
4.23 PAPER EXIT AND DUPLEX UNIT ................................................... 4-315
D135/D136/D137/D138 xvi SM
4.23.1 PAPER EXIT UNIT ................................................................... 4-315
4.23.2 PAPER EXIT SENSOR ............................................................ 4-318
4.23.3 PAPER EXIT RELAY SENSOR ................................................ 4-318
4.23.4 INVERTER EXIT SENSOR....................................................... 4-319
4.23.5 INVERTER FEED-IN SENSOR ................................................ 4-320
4.23.6 INVERTER FEED-OUT SENSOR ............................................ 4-322
4.23.7 INVERTER JUNCTION GATE HOME POSITION SENSOR .... 4-323
4.23.8 INVERTER JUNCTION GATE MOTOR ................................... 4-323
4.23.9 DUPLEX INVERTER SOLENOID ............................................. 4-324
4.23.10 PAPER EXIT LEFT GUIDE PLATE SENSOR ........................ 4-325
4.23.11 PAPER EXIT UPPER GUIDE PLATE SENSOR..................... 4-325
4.24 DUPLEX UNIT ................................................................................. 4-326
4.24.1 PURGE RELAY SENSOR / DUPLEX INVERT SENSOR ......... 4-326
4.24.2 DUPLEX INVERT SOLENOID .................................................. 4-328
4.24.3 DUPLEX UNIT ENTRANCE SENSOR ..................................... 4-328
4.24.4 DUPLEX UNIT SENSOR 1 ....................................................... 4-329
4.24.8 DUPLEX EXIT SENSOR .......................................................... 4-331
4.24.9 HORIZONTAL FEED GUIDE PLATE OPEN SENSOR ............ 4-332
4.24.10 ROLLER HP SENSOR 1 ........................................................ 4-333
4.24.11 ROLLER HP SENSOR 2 ........................................................ 4-333
4.24.12 SENSOR SHIFT MOTOR ....................................................... 4-334
4.24.13 EDGE DETECTION UNIT....................................................... 4-335
4.24.14 EDGE DETECTION SENSOR ................................................ 4-336
4.24.15 SENSOR SHIFT HP SWITCH ................................................ 4-336
4.24.16 ROLLER SHIFT MOTOR 1 / ROLLER SHIFT MOTOR 2 ....... 4-337
4.25 PAPER PURGE UNIT ...................................................................... 4-339
4.25.1 PAPER PURGE UNIT .............................................................. 4-339
4.25.2 PCB: LSB.................................................................................. 4-340
4.25.3 PUSH SWITCH......................................................................... 4-342
4.25.4 DUPLEX INVERTER MOTOR .................................................. 4-343
4.25.5 PURGED PAPER SENSOR ..................................................... 4-344
4.25.6 LED: CONNECTER: RED......................................................... 4-345
Upper guide plate LED / Purge door LED ........................................ 4-345
Lower guide plate LED ..................................................................... 4-345
4.26 MAIN BOARDS / HDD UNIT ............................................................ 4-347
4.26.1 LAYOUT ................................................................................... 4-347
SM xvii D135/D136/D137/D138
4.26.2 CONTROLLER BOARD ........................................................... 4-349
When installing the New Controller Board ........................................ 4-350
4.26.3 HDD UNIT................................................................................. 4-351
After Installing the New HDD Unit .................................................... 4-351
Disposal of HDD Unit ....................................................................... 4-352
Reinstallation .................................................................................... 4-352
4.26.4 BCU .......................................................................................... 4-352
When installing the new BCU ........................................................... 4-353
4.26.5 NVRAM REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE ................................. 4-354
NVRAM on the Controller Board ...................................................... 4-354
NVRAM on the BCU ......................................................................... 4-356
4.26.6 IPU ............................................................................................ 4-357
4.26.7 IOB ........................................................................................... 4-358
When removing the motors that are behind the IOB ........................ 4-359
4.26.8 PFB ........................................................................................... 4-359
When removing the motors that are behind the PFB ....................... 4-359
4.26.9 IH INVERTER ........................................................................... 4-360
4.26.10 AC DRIVE BOARD ................................................................. 4-360
Notes on Replacing the AC Drive Board .......................................... 4-360
4.26.11 PSU1 / PSU2 .......................................................................... 4-362
When removing the motors and sensors that are behind the PSU1/PSU24-363
4.26.12 POTENTIAL SENSOR BOARD .............................................. 4-364
4.26.13 COMBINED HIGH-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD
(CHARGE / DEVELOPMENT) (KCMY) ................................................. 4-366
Combined High-Voltage Power Supply Board (KC) ......................... 4-366
Combined High-Voltage Power Supply Board (MY) ......................... 4-366
4.26.14 FUSING WEB CONTROL BOARD-MAIN MACHINE (D137/D138
ONLY) 4-367
4.26.15 AC DRIVE BOARD RELAY (D137/D138 ONLY) .................... 4-367
4.27 MOTORS AND SENSORS .............................................................. 4-368
4.27.1 LAYOUT (MOTOR) ................................................................... 4-368
Rear of the Machine (Top) ............................................................... 4-368
Rear of the Machine (Middle) ........................................................... 4-369
Rear of the Machine (Bottom) .......................................................... 4-370
Drawer Unit (Front) .......................................................................... 4-371
Drawer Unit (Rear) ........................................................................... 4-372
4.27.2 DRUM MOTOR (KCMY) / DRUM ENCODER SENSOR (KCMY)4-373
Removing the Drive Exhaust Fan and the Potential Sensor Board .. 4-376
4.27.3 DRUM HP SENSOR (D137/D138 ONLY) ................................. 4-377
D135/D136/D137/D138 xviii SM
4.27.4 DRUM CLEANING MOTOR (KCMY) ........................................ 4-378
4.27.5 DEVELOPMENT MOTOR (KCMY) ........................................... 4-380
4.27.6 DEVELOPMENT ROLLER HP SENSOR (KCMY).................... 4-383
4.27.7 BY-PASS FEED MOTOR/RELAY MOTOR .............................. 4-384
4.27.8 PTR MOTOR / PTR ENCODER SENSOR ............................... 4-385
4.27.9 PAPER FEED MOTOR/TRANSPORT MOTOR ....................... 4-386
1st Paper Feed Motor/1st Transport Motor ...................................... 4-386
Vertical Transport Motor ................................................................... 4-387
2nd Paper Feed Motor/2nd Transport Motor, 3rd Paper Feed Motor/3rd
Transport Motor ................................................................................ 4-388
4.27.10 FUSING DRIVE MOTOR ........................................................ 4-390
4.27.11 WASTE TONER COLLECTION MOTOR ............................... 4-391
Removing the Waste Toner Collection Motor ................................... 4-391
Removing the Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller Drive Motor and the Bracket4-394
4.27.12 WASTE TONER LOCK SENSOR ........................................... 4-395
4.27.13 FUSING RELEASE MOTOR .................................................. 4-396
Removing the Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller Drive Motor and the Bracket4-398
4.27.14 FUSING BELT SMOOTHING ROLLER DRIVE MOTOR
(D137/D138 ONLY) ................................................................................ 4-399
4.27.15 FUSING BELT SMOOTHING ROLLER CONTACT MOTOR
(D137/D138 ONLY) ................................................................................ 4-401
4.28 FANS AND FILTERS ....................................................................... 4-402
4.28.1 LAYOUT (FANS) ...................................................................... 4-402
4.28.2 LAYOUT (FILTERS) ................................................................. 4-405
4.28.3 CONTROLLER EXHAUST FAN ............................................... 4-406
4.28.4 CONTROLLER INTAKE FAN ................................................... 4-406
4.28.5 DEVELOPMENT EXHAUST FANS (RIGHT / LEFT) ................ 4-407
4.28.6 DEVELOPMENT INTAKE FANS (KCMY) ................................ 4-409
4.28.7 DRIVE EXHAUST FAN ............................................................. 4-410
4.28.8 FUSING EXIT EXHAUST FAN ................................................. 4-410
4.28.9 FUSING PRESSURE ROLLER EXHAUST FAN (D137/D138 ONLY)4-411
4.28.10 HEAT PIPE PANEL EXHAUST FAN ...................................... 4-413
4.28.11 HEAT PIPE PANEL INTAKE FAN .......................................... 4-414
4.28.12 PTR FUSING EXHAUST FAN ................................................ 4-415
4.28.13 ITB MOTOR COOLING FAN .................................................. 4-416
4.28.14 OZONE EXHAUST FAN ......................................................... 4-417
4.28.15 DUPLEX EXHAUST FANS (FRONT / MIDDLE / REAR) ........ 4-418
SM xix D135/D136/D137/D138
4.28.16 IH COIL POWER COOLING FAN ........................................... 4-419
4.28.17 ITB CLEANING INTAKE FAN ................................................. 4-420
4.28.18 ID SENSOR CLEANING FAN................................................. 4-421
4.28.19 PSU FANS (RIGHT / LEFT).................................................... 4-422
4.28.20 DEODORIZING FILTERS (LARGE / SMALL)......................... 4-423
4.28.21 DUST FILTERS (LARGE / SMALL) ........................................ 4-424
4.28.22 OZONE FILTERS (LARGE / SMALL) ..................................... 4-425
4.29 WASTE TONER COLLECTION ....................................................... 4-426
4.29.1 WASTE TONER BOTTLE......................................................... 4-426
4.29.2 WASTE TONER BOTTLE UNIT ............................................... 4-427
Installing the Relay Duct................................................................... 4-429
4.29.3 WASTE TONER BOTTLE MOTOR SENSOR .......................... 4-430
4.29.4 WASTE TONER FULL SENSOR.............................................. 4-430
4.29.5 WASTE TONER BOTTLE SET SENSOR ................................ 4-431
4.29.6 WASTE TONER TRANSPORT MOTOR .................................. 4-431
4.29.7 WASTE TONER UPPER TRANSPORT ................................... 4-432
4.29.8 WASTE TONER VERTICAL TRANSPORT .............................. 4-433
4.29.9 WASTE TONER LOWER TRANSPORT .................................. 4-434
4.30 ADJUSTMENT AFTER REPLACEMENT......................................... 4-435
4.31 PAPER FEED UNIT FOR TRAY 1 REPLACEMENT ....................... 4-437
5. TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................. 5-1

5.1 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE ....................................................................... 5-1
5.1.1 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE AT POWER ON ................................... 5-1
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC TEST FLOW ....................................................... 5-2
5.1.2 DETAILED SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE ........................................... 5-2
5.2 EXECUTING DETAILED SELF-DIAGNOSIS............................................. 5-3
5.3 SERVICE CALL 101-195 ............................................................................ 5-4
5.3.1 SC100 (ENGINE: SCANNING) ......................................................... 5-4
5.4 SERVICE CALL 202-286 .......................................................................... 5-15
5.4.1 SC200 (ENGINE: IMAGE WRITING) .............................................. 5-15
5.5 SERVICE CALL 300-398 .......................................................................... 5-27
5.5.1 SC300 (ENGINE: CHARGE, DEVELOPMENT) .............................. 5-27
5.6 SC300 (ENGINE: DEVELOPMENT) ........................................................ 5-39
5.7 SERVICE CALL 400-498 .......................................................................... 5-53
5.7.1 SC400 (ENGINE: AROUND THE DRUM) ....................................... 5-53
5.8 SC300/400 (ENGINE: TRANSFER/SEPARATION, CLEANING ETC.) ... 5-59
5.9 SERVICE CALL 501-595 .......................................................................... 5-87
5.9.1 SC500 (ENGINE: PAPER TRANSPORT 1: PAPER FEED, DUPLEX,
TRANSPORT) .......................................................................................... 5-87
D135/D136/D137/D138 xx SM
5.10 SC500 (ENGINE: PAPER TRANSPORT 2: FUSING, ETC.) ............ 5-112
5.11 SC500 (ENGINE: PAPER TRANSPORT 3: FEED, DUPLEX,
TRANSPORT, FUSING)............................................................................... 5-133
5.12 SC500 (ENGINE: OTHERS) ............................................................ 5-139
5.13 SERVICE CALL 620-689 .................................................................. 5-140
5.13.1 SC600 (ENGINE: COMMUNICATION AND OTHERS) ............ 5-140
5.14 SC600 (CONTROLLER) ................................................................... 5-162
5.15 SERVICE CALL 700-780 .................................................................. 5-174
5.15.1 SC700 (ENGINE: PERIPHERALS) .......................................... 5-174
5.16 ERVICE CALL 816-899 .................................................................... 5-231
5.16.1 SC800 (CONTROLLER) .......................................................... 5-231
5.17 SERVICE CALL 900-998 .................................................................. 5-296
5.17.1 ..................................................................................................... 5-296
5.17.2 SC900 (ENGINE: OTHERS) ................................................... 5-296
5.18 SC900 (CONTROLLER) ................................................................... 5-298
5.19 JAM DETECTION............................................................................. 5-306
5.19.1 JAM DISPLAYS....................................................................... 5-306
1. D135/D136 .............................................................................. 5-306
2. D137/D138 .............................................................................. 5-307
5.20 REMOVING JAMMED PAPER ......................................................... 5-307
5.21 PRINTER ENGINE JAM HISTORY .................................................. 5-308
5.21.1 HOW TO CHECK .................................................................... 5-308
5.21.2 DISPLAY ................................................................................. 5-309
5.22 JAM CODES AND POSITION CODES ............................................ 5-309
5.22.1 ADF ......................................................................................... 5-309
5.22.2 MAIN MACHINE ...................................................................... 5-310
5.22.3 LCIT RT4020 (D709) ............................................................... 5-314
5.22.4 LCIT RT4030 (D710) ............................................................... 5-314
5.22.5 FINISHER SR4090 (D703) ...................................................... 5-315
5.22.6 BOOKLET FINISHER SR4100 (D704) .................................... 5-317
5.22.7 FINISHER SR4110 (D707) ...................................................... 5-319
5.22.8 MULTI FOLDING UNIT FD4000 (D615):................................. 5-320
5.22.9 MAIL BOX CS4010 (D708)...................................................... 5-323
5.22.10 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY CI4010 (D711) ..................... 5-324
5.22.12 DECURL UNIT DU5020 ...................................................... 5-326
5.22.13 BUFFER PASS UNIT TYPE 5020 (D751)............................ 5-326
5.22.14 PLOCKMATIC BOOKLETMAKER ....................................... 5-328
5.22.15 GBC STREAM PUNCH ....................................................... 5-328
SM xxi D135/D136/D137/D138
5.23 PAPER SIZE CODES ...................................................................... 5-329
5.24 FAN DEFECT DETECTION.............................................................. 5-330
5.24.1 FAN LOCATIONS AND FAN SC ............................................. 5-330
Main Machine (Rear) ........................................................................ 5-330
Main Machine (Front) ....................................................................... 5-331
Drawer (Inside) ................................................................................. 5-331
5.25 ADJUSTMENT ................................................................................. 5-334
5.25.1 ADJUSTMENT 001: ACC (AUTOMATIC COLOR CALIBRATION)5-334
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-334
Procedure......................................................................................... 5-335
5.26 ADJUSTMENT 002: MANUAL GAMMA ADJUSTMENT................... 5-336
5.26.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 5-336
5.26.2 PRINTER MODE ADJUSTMENT ............................................ 5-336
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-336
Adjustment Procedure ...................................................................... 5-337
5.26.3 COPIER MODE ADJUSTMENT .............................................. 5-341
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-341
5.27 ADJUSTMENT 003: SCANNER REGISTRATION ............................ 5-344
5.27.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 5-344
5.27.2 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE................................................. 5-344
5.28 ADJUSTMENT 004: ADF REGISTRATION ...................................... 5-344
5.28.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 5-344
5.29 ADJUSTMENT 005: REGISTRATION .............................................. 5-345
5.29.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 5-345
5.29.2 CAUSE .................................................................................... 5-345
Skew ................................................................................................ 5-345
Image Shift ....................................................................................... 5-345
Incorrect magnification between Front and Back .............................. 5-345
5.29.3 CONTENTS ............................................................................ 5-345
Step 1. Side fence check .................................................................. 5-345
Step 2. Skew Adjustment for front and back. .................................... 5-345
Front Side (1st Side) ......................................................................... 5-346
Back Side (2nd Side)........................................................................ 5-346
Step 3. Image Adjustment for front ................................................... 5-347
Step 4. Image Adjustment for back ................................................... 5-348
Step 5. Adjustment of magnification for back. ................................... 5-349
Reference Information-1 (Step 2. Skew adjustment for front and back)5-349
D135/D136/D137/D138 xxii SM
Reference Information-2 (Step 3. Image Adjustment for front)
Side-to-Side Registration ................................................................. 5-350
Examples ......................................................................................... 5-350
Lead Edge Registration .................................................................... 5-351
Reference Information-3 (Step 4. Image Adjustment for back) ......... 5-352
Reference Information-4 (Step 5. Adjustment of magnification for back)5-353
5.30 ADJUSTMENT 006: FUSING NIP WIDTH ADJUSTMENT FOR
ENVELOPES ............................................................................................... 5-355
5.30.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 5-355
5.31 ADJUSTMENT 007: ADJUSTMENTS REQUIRED FOR IMPROVED
GLOSSINESS .............................................................................................. 5-356
5.31.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 5-356
5.31.2 ADJUSTMENTS REQUIRED FOR IMPROVED GLOSSINESS
(PRO C5110S /PRO C5100S) ............................................................... 5-356
5.31.3 ADJUSTMENTS REQUIRED FOR IMPROVED GLOSSINESS (MP
C8002SP/MP C6502SP) ........................................................................ 5-357
5.32 ADJUSTMENT 008: MARGIN ADJUSTMENT ................................. 5-358
5.32.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 5-358
5.32.2 MARGIN ADJUSTMENT ......................................................... 5-359
5.33 ADJUSTMENT 009: STAPLE MISALIGNMENT (3 MM OR MORE)
OCCURS ..................................................................................................... 5-361
5.33.1 SYMPTOM .............................................................................. 5-361
5.33.2 CAUSE .................................................................................... 5-361
Cause 1: ........................................................................................... 5-361
Cause 2: ........................................................................................... 5-361
5.33.3 SOLUTION .............................................................................. 5-361
Production line ................................................................................. 5-361
In the field For Cause 1: ................................................................... 5-362
For Cause 2:..................................................................................... 5-362
Procedure......................................................................................... 5-362
5.34 IMAGE QUALITY - DEFINITIONS OF ABNORMAL IMAGES ........... 5-365
5.34.1 LARGE CLASSIFICATION: POINTS ...................................... 5-365
1. Middle classification1: Spots ................................................... 5-365
5.34.2 LARGE CLASSIFICATION: LINES ......................................... 5-366
Middle classification1: Streaks .......................................................... 5-366
Middle classification1: Bands ............................................................ 5-367
5.34.3 LARGE CLASSIFICATION: PLANE ........................................ 5-369
Middle classification1: Whole area .................................................... 5-369
SM xxiii D135/D136/D137/D138
Middle classification1: Non-reproduction .......................................... 5-370
Middle classification1: Unevenness .................................................. 5-371
Middle classification1: Stains ............................................................ 5-373
Middle classification1: Irregularity ..................................................... 5-374
Middle classification1: Scratches ...................................................... 5-375
Middle classification1: Image shift..................................................... 5-375
5.35 IMAGE QUALITY 001: SPOTS ......................................................... 5-376
5.35.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 5-376
5.35.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR COLOR SPOTS (189MM/40MM
PITCH) 5-377
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-377
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-377
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-377
If the symptom occurs at 189mm intervals: ....................................... 5-377
If the symptom occurs at 40mm intervals: ......................................... 5-377
5.35.3 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR WHITE SPOTS IN
LOW-TEMPERATURE, LOW-HUMIDITY ENVIRONMENT ................... 5-378
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-378
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-378
Action ............................................................................................... 5-378
D135/D136/D137/D138 .................................................................... 5-378
5.35.4 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR WHITE SPOTS .......................... 5-380
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-380
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-380
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-380
D137/D138: ...................................................................................... 5-380
D135/D136: ...................................................................................... 5-381
CE: ................................................................................................... 5-381
5.35.5 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR WHITE SPOTS WITH TONER
CORES 5-381
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-381
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-382
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-382
5.35.6 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR WHITE, FISH-SHAPE STAINS .. 5-383
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-383
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-383
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-383
5.35.7 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR SMALL GRANULAR TONER
FIXATION (PRO C5110S /PRO C5100S) .............................................. 5-385
D135/D136/D137/D138 xxiv SM
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-385
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-385
Flow chart ......................................................................................... 5-385
5.36 IMAGE QUALITY 002: STREAKS .................................................... 5-387
5.36.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 5-387
5.36.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR VERTICAL STREAKS CAUSED BY
CONTACT WITH THE TONER ADHERING TO THE GUIDE PLATE ... 5-387
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-387
Condition .......................................................................................... 5-387
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-387
Action (overview) .............................................................................. 5-387
Action (detail 1): Clean the heat pipe entrance guide plate ribs. ....... 5-388
Action (detail 2): Clean the heat pipe entrance guide plate ribs. ....... 5-388
Action (detail 3): Lower the fusing temperature................................. 5-390
5.36.3 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR STREAKS MADE BY PAPER EDGES5-391
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-391
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-391
Solution (D137/D138) ....................................................................... 5-391
Solution (D135/D136) ....................................................................... 5-393
Procedure for Polishing the Fusing Belt ........................................... 5-393
Surface of polishing tool ................................................................... 5-395
Procedure for Replacing the Web .................................................... 5-396
5.36.4 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR HORIZONTAL WHITE STREAKS IN
SMALL SOLID BLACK AREAS.............................................................. 5-398
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-398
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-398
Action ............................................................................................... 5-398
PS driver and PCL driver .................................................................. 5-398
Fiery driver ....................................................................................... 5-398
D135/D136/D137/D138 .................................................................... 5-399
5.37 IMAGE QUALITY 003: BANDS ........................................................ 5-400
5.37.1 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR BLURRED IMAGE IN 189MM PITCH
(OPC DRUM CIRCUMFERENCE) ......................................................... 5-400
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-400
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-400
Action ............................................................................................... 5-400
5.37.2 TROUBLESHOOTING ROLLER MARKS ............................... 5-401
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-401
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-401
SM xxv D135/D136/D137/D138
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-401
Step 2: Decrease the fusing temp. ................................................... 5-401
Paper Exit Unit ................................................................................. 5-402
Step 2: Decreasing the fusing temp .................................................. 5-404
5.37.3 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR BANDING CAUSED BY THE PCDU
(PRO C5110S/PRO C5100S)................................................................. 5-405
Symptom / Cause ............................................................................. 5-405
How to verify if the bands are caused by components of the PCDU 5-406
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-407
Bands caused by the Drum [189mm pitch] ....................................... 5-407
Bands caused by the Toner Supply Auger [32mm pitch]................... 5-407
Bands caused by the Charge Roller [40mm pitch] ............................ 5-407
Bands caused by the Charge Cleaning Roller [4~5mm pitch] ........... 5-407
Bands that appear in random pitch ................................................... 5-407
Centering the axis of the development roller ..................................... 5-408
Centering the axis of the drum.......................................................... 5-408
5.38 IMAGE QUALITY 004: NON-REPRODUCTION ............................... 5-409
5.38.1 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR HALO IMAGE ............................ 5-409
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-409
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-409
Action ............................................................................................... 5-409
In case of EFI controller .................................................................... 5-409
5.39 IMAGE QUALITY 005: UNEVENNESS ............................................ 5-410
5.39.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 5-410
5.39.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR DENSITY DIFFERENCE BETWEEN
LEFT AND RIGHT ................................................................................. 5-411
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-411
Density difference between left and right.......................................... 5-411
Density difference between middle and right/left .............................. 5-411
Solution (Summary) .......................................................................... 5-412
Solution (Detailed) ............................................................................ 5-412
Step 2: Adjust the image density deference between right and left. .. 5-412
Step 3: Adjust Image Density difference between middle and right/left5-413
5.39.3 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR VERTICAL BAND OF HALFTONE
IMAGES 5-415
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-415
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-415
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-416
D137/D138: ...................................................................................... 5-416
D135/D136/D137/D138 xxvi SM
D135/D136: ...................................................................................... 5-416
5.39.4 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR UNEVEN DENSITY IN THE AREA
85MM FROM THE TRAILING EDGE ..................................................... 5-417
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-417
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-417
Action ............................................................................................... 5-417
From SP mode (D135/D136/D137/D138):........................................ 5-418
From SP mode (D135/D136/D137/D138):........................................ 5-418
85MM FROM THE TRAILING EDGE IN LOW-TEMPERATURE,
LOW-HUMIDITY ENVIRONMENT ......................................................... 5-420
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-420
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-420
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-420
5.39.6 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR GRAINY IMAGE......................... 5-421
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-421
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-421
Action D135/D136: ........................................................................... 5-421
D137/D138: ...................................................................................... 5-421
5.39.7 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR DENSITY UNEVENNESS AND DUST
WHEN USING AC TRANSFER (PRO C5110S/PRO C5100S)............... 5-422
Symptom / Cause ............................................................................. 5-422
Flow chart ......................................................................................... 5-423
[Textured Paper: Paper Transfer Current Setting] ............................. 5-424
Reference: PTR voltage vs. Toner transferability ............................. 5-425
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-429
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-429
5.39.8 TROUBLESHOOTING BLURRED IMAGE ON FRONT AND REAR
SIDES TOWARD THE TRAILING EDGE ............................................... 5-431
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-431
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-431
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-432
Part 2: Fusing entrance guide adjustment ........................................ 5-432
Part 1: Line speed adjustment in IMSS (or in SP mode) ................... 5-432
Part 2: Fusing entrance guide plate adjustment................................ 5-433
5.39.9 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR RANDOM PITCH BANDING CAUSED
BY LUBRICANT FALLING FROM THE DRUM CLEANING UNIT ........ 5-434
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-434
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-434
SM xxvii D135/D136/D137/D138
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-434
5.39.10 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR 3MM-PITCH BANDING ON PAPER
WITH PAPER THICKNESS 6 (PRO C5110S/C5100S) ......................... 5-435
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-435
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-435
How to verify if the bands are caused by inconsistent PCB power output
level .................................................................................................. 5-435
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-436
5.40 IMAGE QUALITY 006: STAINS ........................................................ 5-437
5.40.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................. 5-437
5.40.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR STAINS IN THE AREA 76MM FROM
THE TRAILING EDGE ........................................................................... 5-438
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-438
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-438
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-438
Procedure......................................................................................... 5-438
5.40.3 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR STAINS ON THE SIDE EDGES OF
PAPER 5-440
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-440
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-440
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-440
5.41 IMAGE QUALITY 007: TONER FLAKING OFF ................................ 5-441
5.41.1 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR BLOCKING ON THE PAPER
OUTPUT TRAY ...................................................................................... 5-441
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-441
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-441
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-441
Procedure......................................................................................... 5-441
5.42 PAPER TRANSPORT ...................................................................... 5-444
5.42.1 PAPER TRANSPORT 001: CURLS ........................................ 5-444
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-444
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-444
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-444
5.43 PAPER TRANSPORT 002: ENVELOPES ....................................... 5-446
5.43.1 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR ENVELOPES ARE WRINKLED . 5-446
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-446
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-446
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-446
Poor fusing: ...................................................................................... 5-446
D135/D136/D137/D138 xxviii SM
Wrinkles: .......................................................................................... 5-446
5.43.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR FEED DIRECTION LIMITATIONS
APPLIED ON CERTAIN TYPES OF ENVELOPES ................................ 5-447
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-447
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-447
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-447
5.44 PAPER TRANSPORT 003: TWINING JAMS ................................... 5-448
5.44.1 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR TWINING JAMS IN THE LOWER
PART OF THE FUSING UNIT CAUSED BY INSUFFICIENT MARGINS5-448
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-448
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-448
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-449
5.45 OTHER PROBLEMS ........................................................................ 5-451
5.45.1 OTHER 001: DRAWER UNIT - LOCK MOTOR EMERGENCY5-451
Overview .......................................................................................... 5-451
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-451
Solution (Summary) .......................................................................... 5-451
Solution (Detailed) ............................................................................ 5-452
Step 3: Check whether the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor or Drawer Unit Lock
Motor is defective............................................................................. 5-453
Step 4: Check for the presence or absence of a straddling jam. ...... 5-453
Step 5: Release the Drawer Unit lock by removing the parts related to the
Drawer Unit lock. ............................................................................. 5-453
Step 6: Check whether the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor and Drawer Unit
Lock Motor work correctly. ............................................................... 5-453
Step 7: Check the connections of the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor and
Drawer Unit Lock Motor ................................................................... 5-453
5.45.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR TOO MUCH WEIGHT/ABNORMAL
NOISE ON PULLING OUT/PUSHING IN THE DRAWER UNIT ............. 5-454
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-454
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-454
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-454
Procedure......................................................................................... 5-454
5.46 OTHER 002: CORRESPONDANCE TABLE FOR ADJUSTMENT
SETTINGS ................................................................................................... 5-456
5.46.1 CORRESPONDENCE TABLE FOR ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS
FOR OPERATORS AND SP MODE ...................................................... 5-456
Machine: Image Quality.................................................................... 5-456
5.47 OTHER 003: CORRESPONDANCE TABLE FOR IMSS SETTINGS5-461
SM xxix D135/D136/D137/D138
5.47.1 CORRESPONDENCE TABLE FOR IMSS SETTINGS AND SP
MODE (D137/D138 ONLY) .................................................................... 5-461
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-468
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-468
5.47.2 TROUBLESHOOTING SC 570-00 (FUSING BELT SMOOTHING
ROLLER ERROR) ................................................................................. 5-469
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-469
How to isolate the cause of the problem........................................... 5-469
Procedure 1 ...................................................................................... 5-469
Procedure 2 ...................................................................................... 5-469
Procedure 3 ...................................................................................... 5-470
5.47.3 TROUBLESHOOTING SC515-01 ........................................... 5-471
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-471
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-471
Action ............................................................................................... 5-471
5.47.4 TROUBLESHOOTING SC515-02 ........................................... 5-473
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-473
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-473
Action ............................................................................................... 5-473
5.48 OTHER 005: HDD TROUBLESHOOTING ....................................... 5-475
5.48.1 SYMPTOM .............................................................................. 5-475
5.48.2 CAUSE .................................................................................... 5-475
5.48.3 SOLUTION .............................................................................. 5-476
5.49 PROBLEMS RELATED TO PERIPHERAL DEVICES ...................... 5-477
5.49.1 PERIPHERALS 001: BUFFER PASS UNIT TYPE 5020 ......... 5-477
Troubleshooting for Fan Noise Is Large ........................................... 5-477
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-477
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-477
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-477
5.50 PERIPHERALS 002: FINISHER SR4090/SR4100........................... 5-478
5.50.1 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR PROOF TRAY DETECTED TO BE
FULL TOO SOON .................................................................................. 5-478
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-478
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-478
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-478
5.50.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR ENVELOPES ARE NOT FED .... 5-479
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-479
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-479
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-479
D135/D136/D137/D138 xxx SM
5.50.3 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR TONER RUBBING OFF ALONG THE
FOLD LINE ............................................................................................ 5-480
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-480
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-480
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-480
5.50.4 TROUBLESHOOTING CREASES AND JAM IN STAPLER UNIT
(SR4100) ............................................................................................... 5-481
Symptoms ........................................................................................ 5-481
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-481
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-481
5.50.5 CORNER STAPLING FAILURE/STACK FAILURE/LARGE
MISALIGNMENT .................................................................................... 5-483
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-483
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-483
How to check if the drag rollers are positioned correctly .................. 5-483
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-485
5.50.6 1ST SHEET OF STAPLED STACK MISALIGNED .................. 5-487
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-487
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-487
Action ............................................................................................... 5-487
Offset direction ................................................................................. 5-487
SP adjustment by type of misalignment............................................ 5-488
5.50.7 SHIFT TRAY STALLS CAUSING PAPER JAM ....................... 5-489
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-489
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-489
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-490
If the Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 is not installed: ............................... 5-491
5.50.8 POOR STACKING ON SHIFT TRAY ....................................... 5-492
Symptom .......................................................................................... 5-492
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-492
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-493
Check after replacing the paper stack holder unit ............................. 5-494
5.50.9 HOW TO IMPROVE CENTER-FOLDING ACCURACY (SR4100)5-496
Symptom 1 ....................................................................................... 5-496
Symptom 2 ....................................................................................... 5-496
Cause ............................................................................................... 5-496
Solution ............................................................................................ 5-497
5.50.10 SP SETTINGS FOR ADJUSTING SHIFT TRAY
JOGGER/CORNER STAPLING/BOOKLET STAPLING ........................ 5-499
SM xxxi D135/D136/D137/D138
5.51 BLOWN FUSE CONDITIONS ........................................................... 5-503
5.51.1 IDB (D1365492) ...................................................................... 5-503
5.51.2 AC CONTROL BOARD (D0165460) ........................................ 5-504
5.51.3 PSU1 (AZ240226) ................................................................... 5-506
5.51.4 PSU2 (AX240230) ................................................................... 5-506
5.51.5 DUB (D1365121) ..................................................................... 5-508
5.51.6 POTENTIAL SENSOR BOARD (D1365450 [100V], D1365455
[200V]) 5-510
5.51.7 TSB (D1365425) ..................................................................... 5-510
5.51.8 IPU (D1365724) ...................................................................... 5-511
5.51.9 IOB (D1385110) ...................................................................... 5-512
5.51.10 CONTROLLER (D1365700/D1365705) ............................... 5-515
5.51.11 OPERATION PANEL ........................................................... 5-516
Pro OP-R (D1387395) ...................................................................... 5-516
Office OP-L (D1491478) ................................................................... 5-517
5.51.12 OPTION BOARDS ............................................................... 5-518
IEEE1284 (B5955710) ..................................................................... 5-518
Copy connector (B5815710) ............................................................ 5-519
Wireless Lan: 11n (D1645230) ......................................................... 5-520
Giga-Ethenet Board (D7306036) ...................................................... 5-521
6. ENERGY SAVING ........................................................................ 6-1

6.1 ENERGY SAVING ..................................................................................... 6-1
6.1.1 ENERGY SAVE ................................................................................ 6-1
If the Energy Saver button is pressed during machine operation ......... 6-1
6.1.2 ENERGY SAVER TIMER ................................................................. 6-3
6.2 PAPER SAVE ............................................................................................ 6-4
6.2.1 EFFECTIVENESS OF DUPLEX/COMBINE FUNCTION .................. 6-4
Paper Savings and Counter ................................................................. 6-5
D135/D136/D137/D138 xxxii SM
READ THIS FIRST
Important Safety Notices
Prevention of Physical Injury

1. Before disassembling or assembling parts of the copier and peripherals, make sure that the
copier power cord is unplugged.
2. The wall outlet should be near the copier and easily accessible.
3. If any adjustment or operation check has to be made with exterior covers off or open while
the main switch is turned on, keep hands away from electrified or mechanically driven
components.
4. The copier drives some of its components when it completes the warm-up period. Be
careful to keep hands away from the mechanical and electrical components as the copier
starts operation.
5. The inside and the metal parts of the fusing unit become extremely hot while the copier is
operating. Be careful to avoid touching those components with your bare hands.
Health Safety Conditions

1. Toner and developer are non-toxic, but if you get either of them in your eyes by accident, it
may cause temporary eye discomfort. Immediately wash eyes with plenty of water. If
unsuccessful, get medical attention.
2. The copier, which use high voltage power source, can generate ozone gas. High ozone
density is harmful to human health. Therefore, the machine must be installed in a
well-ventilated room.
Observance of Electrical Safety Standards

The copier and its peripherals must be serviced by a customer service representative who has
completed the training course on those models.
 Keep the machine away from flammable liquids, gases, and aerosols. A fire or an
explosion might occur.
 The Controller board on this machine contains a lithium battery. The danger of
explosion exists if a battery of this type is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the
same or an equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Discard batteries in
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and local regulations.
 The optional fax and memory expansion units contain lithium batteries, which can
explode if replaced incorrectly. Replace only with the same or an equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer. Do not recharge or burn the batteries. Used
batteries must be handled in accordance with local regulations.
Safety and Ecological Notes for Disposal

1. Do not incinerate toner bottles or used toner. Toner dust may ignite suddenly when
exposed to an open flame.
2. Dispose of used toner, the maintenance unit which includes developer or the organic
photoconductor in accordance with local regulations. (These are non-toxic supplies.)
3. Dispose of replaced parts in accordance with local regulations.
4. When keeping used lithium batteries in order to dispose of them later, do not put more than
100 batteries per sealed box. Storing larger numbers or not sealing them apart may lead to
chemical reactions and heat build-up.
Laser Safety
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) prohibits the repair of laser-based
optical units in the field. The optical housing unit can only be repaired in a factory or at a
location with the requisite equipment. The laser subsystem is replaceable in the field by a
qualified Customer Engineer. The laser chassis is not repairable in the field. Customer
engineers are therefore directed to return all chassis and laser subsystems to the factory or
service depot when replacement of the optical subsystem is required.
 Use of controls, or adjustment, or performance of procedures other than those

specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
 Turn off the main switch before attempting any of the procedures in the Laser Optics
Housing Unit section. Laser beams can seriously damage your eyes.
CAUTION MARKING:
Warnings, Cautions, Notes
In this manual, the following important symbols and notations are used.
 A Warning indicates a potentially hazardous situation. Failure to obey a Warning could

result in death or serious injury.
 A Caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation. Failure to obey a Caution could

result in minor or moderate injury or damage to the machine or other property.
 Obey these guidelines to avoid problems such as misfeeds, damage to originals, loss
of valuable data and to prevent damage to the machine.
 This information provides tips and advice about how to best service the machine.
Symbols, Abbreviations and Trademarks

This manual uses several symbols and abbreviations. The meaning of those symbols and
abbreviations are as follows:
See or Refer to
Clip ring
Screw
Connector
Clamp
E-ring
SEF Short Edge Feed
LEF Long Edge Feed

[A] Short Edge Feed (SEF)
[B] Long Edge Feed (LEF)
Trademarks
Microsoft®, Windows®, and MS-DOS® are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the
United States and /or other countries.
PostScript® is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Incorporated.
PCL® is a registered trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.
Ethernet® is a registered trademark of Xerox Corporation.
PowerPC® is a registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only and may be trademarks of
their respective companies. We disclaim any and all rights involved with those marks.
PRODUCT INFORMATION
R E V I S I O N H I S T O RY
P ag e Dat e Ad d ed/ Upd at ed/ New
None
Product Overview
1. PRODUCT INFORMATION
Information
Product
1.1 PRODUCT OVERVIEW
1.1.1 COMPONENT LAYOUT
SM 1-1 D135/D136/D137/D138
Product Overview
1. ADF 11. Fusing Unit
2. Scanner Unit 12. Exit Transport
3. Laser Unit 13. Exit Inverter Transport
4. PCDU 14. Duplex Transport
5. Bypass Unit 15. Vertical Transport
6. ITB Unit 16. Tray 1 (Tandem Tray)
7. Belt Cleaning Unit 17. Tray 2, Tray 3 (Universal Tray)
8. Relay Transport 18. Used Toner Collection Bottle
9. PTR Unit 19. Purge Tray
10. PTB Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-2 SM
Product Overview
Information
1.1.2 PAPER PATH
Product
1. ADF Transport
2. Bypass Transport
3. LCIT Transport
4. Duplex Transport
5. Simplex Transport
SM 1-3 D135/D136/D137/D138
Product Overview
1.1.3 DRIVE LAYOUT
Front View
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-4 SM
Product Overview
Information
Product
1. 10. Cleaning Web Drive Motor
: Cartridge Drive Motor
: Toner Supply Transport Coil Motor
2. PTR Lift Motor 11. Cleaning Web Contact Motor
3. Registaration Motor 12. Duplex Transport Motor
4. Duplex Exit Motor 13. Inverter Entrance Motor
5. Sensor Shift Motor 14. Inverter Entrance Junction
6. Drawer Lock Motor 15. Exit Motor
7. Roller Shift Motor 2 16. Belt Smoothing Roller Contact Motor
8. Roller Shift Motor 1 17. Fusing Motor
9. Duplex Inverter Motor
SM 1-5 D135/D136/D137/D138
Product Overview
Rear View
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-6 SM
Product Overview
Information
Product
1.Scanner Carriage Motor 14. Used Toner Bottle Collection Motor
2. Exit Motor (ADF) 15. PTR Drive Motor
3. Transport Motor (ADF) 16. Rear Fence Drive Motor
4. Tray Lift Motor (ADF) 17. Bottom Plate Lift Motor

: For Tray 2
: For Tray 3
5. Feed Motor (ADF) 18. Feed Motor

: For Tray 2
: For Tray 3
6. Entrance Motor (ADF) 19. Transport Motor

: For Tray 2
: For Tray 3
7. Pick-up Lift Motor (ADF) 20. Tandem Tray Lift Motor
8. Relay Motor (ADF) 21. Relay Transport Motor
9. 22. Feed Motor (For Tray 1)

: Drum Cleaning Motor
: Development Motor
: Drum Motor
10. Image Transfer Roller Lift Motor 23. Transport Motor (For tray 1)
(Gear Box)
11. Fusing Contact Motor 24. Bypass/Relay Transport Motor
12. Used Toner Collection Motor 25. Bypass Feed Motor
13. Fusing Drive Motor
SM 1-7 D135/D136/D137/D138
Machine Codes and Peripherals Configuration
1.2 MACHINE CODES AND PERIPHERALS
CONFIGURATION
D137/D138 (Pro Models)
Call
Item Machine Code
out
D703-17 (NA/EU/AP)
Finisher SR4090 [14]
D703-21(CHN)
D704-17 (NA/EU/AP)
Booklet Finisher SR4100 [12]
D704-21 (CHN)
Output Jogger Unit Type M2 D705-01 [13]
Punch Unit PU3060 NA D706-00 -
Punch Unit PU3060 EU D706-01 -
Punch Unit PU3060 SC D706-02 -
Finisher SR4110 D707-17 [11]
Punch Unit PU5000 NA B831-01 -
Punch Unit PU5000 EU B831-02 -
Punch Unit PU5000 SC B831-03 -
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-8 SM
Call
Item Machine Code
out
Information
Product
Copy Tray Type M2 D744-01 [1]
D709-17 (NA/TWN)
LCIT RT4020 [4]
D709-27 (EU/AP/CHN)
8 1/2" x 14" Paper Size Tray Type M2 D745-17 [3]
LCIT RT4030 D710-17 [2]
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 D711-17 [15]
A3/11"x17" Tray Unit Type M2 D749-01 [5]
Tab Sheet Holder Type M2 D750-01 -
Decurl Unit DU5020 D727-17 [7]
D751-17 (NA)
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 [8]
D751-27 (EU/AP/CHN)
D615-17 (NA/TWN)
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 [10]
D615-27 (EU/AP/CHN)
D859-01 (NA/EU/AP/CHN)
Waste Toner Bottle MP C8002 -
D859-17 (TWN)
Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A B870-11 -
Card Reader Tray Type1075 B498-01 -
D719-10 (NA)
Postscript3 Unit Type M2 D719-11 (EU) -
D719-12 (AP/CHN)
D719-15 (NA)
IPDS Unit Type M2 D719-16 (EU) -
D719-17 (AP/CHN)
Unicode Font Package for SAP® 1 License B869-01 -
Unicode Font Package for SAP® 10

B869-02 -
License
SM 1-9 D135/D136/D137/D138
Call
Item Machine Code
out

B869-03 -
License
SD Card for Fonts Type D D641-54 -
Copy Data Security Unit Type G D640-41 -
File Format Converter Type E D377-04 -
IEEE1284 Interface Board Type A B679-17 -
IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit Type M2 D164-01 -
Bluetooth Interface Unit Type D D566-01 -
SD card for NetWare printing Type M2 D719-46 -
D719-41 (NA)
Browser Unit Type M2 D719-42 (EU) -
D719-43 (AP/CHN)
D166-25 (NA)
OCR Unit Type M2 D166-26 (EU) -
D166-24 (AP/CHN)
Copy Connector Type 3260 B328-11 [6]
Color Controller E-42B D728-02 -
D729-01(NA)
Color Controller E-22B -
D729-02 (EU/AP/CHN)
Fiery Impose D728-05 -
Fiery Compose D525-15 -
Fiery Impose-Compose D729-04 -
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-10 SM
D135/D136 (Office Models)
Information
Product
Call
Item Machine Code
out
D703-17 (NA/EU/AP)
Finisher SR4090 [13]
D703-21 (CHN)
D704-17 (NA/EU/AP)
Booklet Finisher SR4100 [11]
D704-21 (CHN)
Output Jogger Unit Type M2 D705-01 [12]
Punch Unit PU3060 NA D706-00 -
D706-01 (EU/AP)
Punch Unit PU3060 EU -
D706-03 (CHN)
Punch Unit PU3060 SC D706-02 -
Finisher SR4110 D707-17 [10]
Punch Unit PU5000 NA B831-01 -
Punch Unit PU5000 EU B831-02 -
Punch Unit PU5000 SC B831-03 -
Mail Box CS4010 D708-17 [14]
Copy Tray Type M2 D744-01 [1]
SM 1-11 D135/D136/D137/D138
Call
Item Machine Code
out
D709-17 (EU)
LCIT RT4020 [4]
D709-27 (NA/AP/CHN)
8 1/2" x 14" Paper Size Tray Type M2 D745-17 [3]
LCIT RT4030 D710-17 [2]
A3/11"x17" Tray Unit Type M2 D749-01 [5]
Tab Sheet Holder Type M2 D750-01 -
D615-17 (NA)
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 [8]
D615-27 (EU/AP/CHN)
Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A B870-11 -
Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 D739-06 -
Waste Toner Bottle MP C8002 D859-01
D718-01 (NA)
D718-02 (EU)
Fax Option Type M2 -
D718-03 (AP)
D718-05 (CHN)
D718-11 (NA)
G3 Interface Unit Type M2 -
D718-12 (EU/AP)
Memory Unit Type B 32MB G578-17 -
D719-21 (NA)
Fax Connection Unit Type M2 D719-22 (EU) -
D719-23 (AP/CHN)
D166-25 (NA)
OCR Unit Type M2 D166-26 (EU) -
D166-24 (AP/CHN)
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-12 SM
Call
Item Machine Code
out
Information
Product
D719-10 (NA)
Postscript3 Unit Type M2 D719-11 (EU) -
D719-12 (AP)
D719-15 (NA)
IPDS Unit Type M2 D719-16 (EU) -
D719-17 (AP)
Unicode Font Package for SAP® 1 License B869-01 -

B869-02 -
License

B869-03 -
License
SD Card for Fonts Type D D641-54 -
Copy Data Security Unit Type G D640-41 -
Data Overwrite Security Unit Type H D377-06 -
File Format Converter Type E D377-04 -
IEEE1284 Interface Board Type A B679-17 -
IEEE 802.11a/g/n Interface Unit Type M2 D164-01 -
Bluetooth Interface Unit Type D D566-01 -
SD card for NetWare printing Type M2 D719-46 -
D719-41 (NA)
Browser Unit Type M2 D719-42 (EU) -
D719-43 (AP/CHN)
Copy Connector Type 3260 B328-11 [6]
D729-01(NA)
Color Controller E-22B -
D729-02 (EU/AP/CHN)
SM 1-13 D135/D136/D137/D138
Specifications
1.3 SPECIFICATIONS
See "Appendices" for the following information:

 General Specifications
 Supported Paper Sizes
 Software Accessories
 Optional Equipment
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-14 SM
Guidance for Those Who are Familiar with Predecessor Products
1.4 GUIDANCE FOR THOSE WHO ARE FAMILIAR WITH
Information
Product
PREDECESSOR PRODUCTS
1.4.1 NEW FEATURES OF D137/D138 AND D135/D136
Developed Image Quality
Items Description D137/D138 D135/D136
The D135/D136/D137/D138 series

adopts new chemical toner in order
New Chemical
to enhance image quality and meet Yes Yes
Toner
the demand of higher image quality
in commercial printers.
The D135/D136/D137/D138 series

realizes a high image quality of
VCSEL 1200x4800dpi at a low price Yes Yes
compared to Taurus-C1 by the
advanced 40 channel VCSEL.
SM 1-15 D135/D136/D137/D138
Improvement of Banding Issues
D135/D136/D137/D138 has new

OPC drive technology called
PPG-Drive. The combination of
PPG Drive (1*) Yes Yes
PPG-Drive and highly precise drive
control can keep OPC rotation
stable.
CVEC is a technology to keep ITB

speed variation stable and reduce
color inconsistency. The
decentering of the driven shaft can
CVEC (2*) Yes Yes
be adjusted by monitoring the
differences in outputs from the drive
shaft encoder and the driven shaft
encoder in the ITB unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 Pro
supports DEMS in order to adjust
the toner adhesion and banding.
When the gap between
development roller and OPC drum
DEMS (3*) Yes No
changes, color inconsistency will
occur due to changes in toner
adhesion. D135/D136/D137/D138
Pro supports DEMS in order to
adjust the toner adhesion.
(1*): Precision Planetary Gear-Drive

(2*):Compensation function of belt speed Variation of Encoder roller Cycle
(3*): Development Electric-field Modulation System
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-16 SM
Improvement of the Scratch Mark Issue
Information
Product
D135/D136/D137/D138 Pro has a

new fusing belt smoothing roller to
Fusing Belt improve the scratch mark issue.
Smoothing This roller gives pressure and rubs Yes No
Roller against the belt surface to
smoothen the rough parts caused
by the paper edges.
Improvement of the Toner Dusting Issue
An intake air duct at the

development unit’s trough area,
Intake air duct Yes Yes
which prevents toner from dropping
onto the paper
SM 1-17 D135/D136/D137/D138
Developed Printing Quality of Textured Paper
In order to improve printing quality

on textured media,
D135/D136/D137/D138 Pro uses
AC transfer AC transfer. This can increase toner Yes No
transfer to the media by generating
better adherence between toner
and ITB.
The elastic fusing belt has a thicker

elastic layer to reach the toner on
Elastic fusing the bottom of textured media and
Yes No
belt realizes better fusing by providing
stable pressure and heat on the
media surface.
To keep image quality and

performance on heavy coated
Solid fusing
media, D135/D136/D137/D138 Pro Yes No
roller
supports solid fusing rollers (same
as Pro C751EX series).
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-18 SM
Developed User Appliance
Information
Product
The front cover of the

D135/D136/D137/D138 series is
like a drawer and operators can
Easy Jam Fix directly access the inner unit. Yes Yes
LED lights and jam animations
appear when the user opens the
drawer to fix paper jam.
Active Tray Each tray has an indicator that will

Yes No
Indicator light up when it is feeding paper.
Same as the Pro C901 series and

Pro C751EX series, the
D135/D136/D137/D138 Pro also
Paper Library Yes No
has a Paper Library to offer
customers easy and simple paper
settings on the operation panel.
D135/D136/D137/D138 Pro is
TCRU designed with a TCRU/ORU Yes No
concept.
Toner Toner cartridge replacement during

Yes Yes
Replacement machine operation
Controller features
Capture of part of the controller and

engine log contents onto an SD
Capturing log Yes Yes
card (operation possible from the
LCD)
SM 1-19 D135/D136/D137/D138
INSTALLATION
P a ge Date A d de d /U pd at e d /N ew
1 ~ 77 4/25/2014 Updated installation
29 ~ 32 10/02/2013 Added Library Data Installation
54 ~ 57 10/23/2013 Finisher SR 7090
54 ~ 61 4/22/2014 Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Finisher SR4100 (D704)
60 ~ 61 10/23/2013 Auxiliary Trays
87 ~ 88 10/24/2013 Updated Finisher SR4110 (D707) Installation.
91 10/24/2013 Updated Finisher SR4110 (D707) Installation.
87 ~ 93 4/22/2014 Updated Finisher SR4110 (D707) Installation.
94 ~ 99 04/17/2014 Updated Punch Unit PU5000 (B831)
100 ~ 106 10/02/2013 Update Copy Tray Type M2 (D744) Installation instructions.
100 ~ 116 2/12/2014 Update Copy Tray Type M2 (D744) Installation instructions.
100 ~ 108 05/20/2014 Update Copy Tray Type M2 (D744) installation instructions.
107 ~ 116 9/26/2013 Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
117 ~ 140 12/13/2013 Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
132 ~ 140 04/17/2014 Updated Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
148 ~ 159 9/25/2013 Added CL4010 Accessory Bracket
150 11/13/2013 Updated step 5 w/ IMPORTANT See 2.13.3
153 ∼ 154 11/13/2013 Updated steps 14 and 16 with new style Ground Plate.
158 ∼ 159 11/13/2013 Updated Replacing the Guide Plate (2.13.3)
205 ~ 206 10/25/2013 Added How to Disconnect LCIT RT4030 instructions.
213 ~ 219 04/17/2014 Updated A3/11”x17” Tray Unit Type M2 (D749)
268 ~ 269 11/27/2013 Deleted Installation of Data Overwrite Security Unit Type H
276 10/02/2013 Added How to Backup/Restore Custom Paper Library
277 ∼ 284 10/02/2013 Added Removing the Retainers of the Charge Roller Units
285 ∼ 318 10/21/2013 Added Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
Installation Requirements
2. INSTALLATION
2.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
 Install the machine in a safe place to maintain security.

 Make sure that the operation instructions are kept at the customer's hand.
Installation
2.1.1 ENVIRONMENT
Temperature Range: 10°C to 32°C (50°F to 90°F)
Humidity Range: 15% to 80% RH
Ambient Illumination: Less than 1,500 lux (do not expose to direct sunlight.)
Ventilation: Room air should turn over at least 30 m3/hr/person
Ambient Dust: Less than 0.10 mg/m3 (2.7 x 10/6 oz/yd3)
1. Avoid areas exposed to sudden temperature changes:

1) Areas directly exposed to cool air from an air conditioner.
2) Areas directly exposed to heat from a heater.
2. Do not place the machine where it will be exposed to corrosive gases.
3. Do not install the machine at any location over 2,000 m (6,500 ft.) above sea level. (D135/D136/D137/D138 for
NA can be installed only up to 2,500m (8,200 ft.))
4. Place the main machine on a strong and level base. Inclination on any side should be no more than 5 mm
(0.2").
5. Do not place the machine where it may be subjected to strong vibrations.
2.1.2 MINIMUM SPACE REQUIREMENTS

Place the main machine near the power source, providing clearance as shown:
Installation space
The following space is required for the user to use the machine. If you cannot secure this space,
then you will not be able to ensure the machine’s usability. Make this space to avoid causing
damage.
SM 2-1 D135/D136/D137/D138
Installation Requirements
1 Rear 100mm (4")
2 Right 900mm (35.5")
3 Front 400mm (15.7")
4 Left 100mm (4")
2.1.3 DIMENSIONS
D137/D138 D135/D136
2.1.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS
 Make sure that the wall outlet is near the main machine and easily accessible. Make
sure the plug is firmly inserted in the outlet.
 Avoid multi-wiring.
 Be sure to ground the machine.
 Never set anything on the power cord.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-2 SM
Main Machine Installation
Input voltage level (D137/D138)

Destination Model Power supply voltage Rated current consumption
D137 208 to 240V 12A

NA
D138 208 to 240V 12A
D137 220 to 240V 12 to 10A

EU
D138 220 to 240V 12 to 10A
D137 220 to 240V 12 to 10A
Installation
AP
D138 220 to 240V 12 to 10A
D137 220 to 240V 12 to 10A

CHN
D138 220 to 240V 12 to 10A
Input voltage level (D135/D136)

Destination Model Power supply voltage Rated current consumption
D135 120 to 127V 16A

NA
D136 208 to 240V 12A
D135 220 to 240V 12 to 10A

EU
D136 220 to 240V 12 to 10A
D135 220 to 240V 12 to 10A

AP
D136 220 to 240V 12 to 10A
D135 220 to 240V 12 to 10A

CHN
D136 220 to 240V 12 to 10A
2.2 MAIN MACHINE INSTALLATION

2.2.1 SPECIAL TOOLS AND LUBRICANTS
D137/D138
The following special tools should be prepared for maintenance of this model in the field:
Unique or Common:
U: Unique for this model
C: Common with listed
Item Part Number Description Q’ty Unique or Common
1 D0159501 ZINC STEARATE 1 C (*1)
2 D0159500 G104 YELLOW TONER 1 C (*1)
3 VSSG9002 FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE: 100G 1 C (*2)
4 B6455020 SD Card 1 C(General)
5 B6456705 PCMCIA Card Adapter 1 C (General)
SM 2-3 D135/D136/D137/D138
6 G0219350 Loop-back Connector – Parallel 1 C (General)
7 C4019503 20X Magnification Scope 1 C (General)
8 A0929503 C4 Color Test Chart (3 pcs/set) 1 C (General)
9 B6795100 Plug - IEEE1284 Type C 1 C (General)
 These items are common with the following models.

(*1): Common with D014/D081 series machines.
(*2): Common with D074 series machines.
 Loop-back Connector [Parallel (item 6)] requires Plug [IEEE1284 Type C (item 9)].
 A PC (Personal Computer) is required for creating the Encryption key file on an SD
card when replacing the controller board in which HDD encryption has been enabled.
D135/D136
Unique or Common:
2 D0159500 G104 YELLOW TONER 1 C (*1)
3 VSSG9002 FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE : 100G 1 C (*2)
4 B6455020 SD Card 1 C (*4)
5 C4019503 20X Magnification Scope 1 C (*4)
6 A0929503 C4 Color Test Chart (3 pcs/set) 1 C (*4)
7 A2579300 Grease Barrierta – S552R 1 C (*1)
8 A1849501 OPTICS ADJUSTMENT TOOL 2 C (*3)
9 D0747690 BRUSH:BLOWER 1 C (*2)
10 A2579300 GREASE-BARRIERTA S552R 1 C (*4)
11 D0149800 GREASE-KS660B 1 C (*1)
12 A2579100 SILICONE OIL TYPE SS 1 C (*4)
13 VSSA9001 LAUNA OIL 40N 1 C (*4)

(*1): Common with D014/D081 series machines
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-4 SM
(*2): Common with D074 series machines

(*3): Common with D088/D086 series machines
(*4): General (common with multiple models)
2.2.2 INSTALLATION FLOW CHART
Installation
2.2.3 ACCESSORY CHECK
D137/D138
No Description Q’ty
D137 D138
1 PCU Pocket 1 1
2 Developer Funnel 1 1
3 Tube Type Lamp 1 1
4 Operation Panel Arm Upper Cover 1 1
5 Operation Panel Arm Cover 1 1
6 Operation Panel Rear Cover 1 1
7 Operation Panel Arm 1 1
8 Screw Cover 5 5
9 Tapping Screw - 3 x 6 24 24
10 Printing Sample 1 1
SM 2-5 D135/D136/D137/D138
No Description Q’ty
D137 D138
11 Paper (White, 100 sheets) 1 1
12 Decal - ADF Paper Set 1 1
13 Leveling Shoes 4 4
14 Decal - Paper Set Direction 3 3
15 Cloth Holder 1 1
16 Cloth - DF Exposure Glass 1 1
17 Rivet - Dia5 2 2
18 Development Cap 1 1
19 Logotype Plate (NA Only) 1 1
20 Decal - Function : Multi Language 1 1
21 Sheet - Logo (NA Only) 1 1
22 Decal - Caution: ADF Paper Set 1 1
- Sheet - Exposure Glass 1 1
- Power Supply Cord 1 1
- Sheet - Application : Multi Language 1 1
- Sheet - Pro 1 1
- Sheet - Scanner Protection 1 1
- Sheet - Safety (EU Only) 1 1
- Decal - EMC Address (EU Only) 1 1
- Sheet - TEL Name (CHN Only) 1 1
- Guarantee (CHN Only) 1 1
- CD-ROM-Driver 2 2
- CD-ROM-OI (NA/ AP/TWN Only) 2 2
- CD-ROM-OI (EU Only) 4 4
- Sheet - EULA: 20 languages 1 1
- Seal - Caution: 20 languages 1 1
- Operation Instructions 4 4
- Sheet - Security Password 1 1
- SMC Report 1 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-6 SM
Installation
D137/D138
Accessories
D135/D136
Description Q’ty
D135 D136
1 PCU Pocket 1 1
2 Developer Funnel 1 1
3 Decal - Paper Size 1 1
4 Decal - Paper Set Direction 3 3
5 Decal - Function : Multi Language 1 1
6 Decal - ADF Paper Set 1 1
7 Leveling Shoes 4 4
8 Cloth - DF Exposure Glass 1 1
9 Cloth Holder 1 1
10 Development Cap 1 1
11 Rivet - Dia5 2 2
12 Logotype Plate (NA/EU/AP/TWN Only) 1 1
13 Sheet - Logo (NA/EU/AP/TWN Only) 1 1
14 Decal - Caution: ADF Paper Set 1 1
SM 2-7 D135/D136/D137/D138
Description Q’ty
D135 D136
15 Decal - Paper Feed (NA/CHN Only) - 1
16 Decal - Paper Exit (NA/CHN Only) - 1
17 Decal - Model Name Plate (NA Only) - 1
- Power Supply Cord 1 1
- Sheet - Exposure Glass 1 1
- Sheet - Application : Multi Language 1 1
- Decal - Power Supply Cord (NA/CHN Only) - 1
- Sheet - Safety (EU Only) 1 1
- Decal - EMC Address (EU Only) 1 1
- Sheet - TEL Name (CHN Only) 1 1
- Guarantee (CHN Only) 1 1
- SMC Report 1 1
- Sheet - Scanner Protection 1 1
- CD-ROM-Driver 2 2
- CD-ROM-OI (NA/AP/TWN Only) 2 2
- CD-ROM-OI (EU Only) 4 4
- Sheet - EULA Sheet: 20 languages 1 1
- Seal - Caution: 20 languages 1 1
- Operation Instructions 4 4
- Sheet - Security Password 1 1
D135/D136
Accessories
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-8 SM
2.2.4 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE (D137/D138)

1. Unpack the machine and remove all the wrapping.
2. Remove all filament tape from the machine.
Installation
3. Open the tandem tray [A] and remove the filament tape at the duplex unit [B].
4. Remove the filament tape and the cushion at the ADF.
5. Open the ADF [A] and release the lever to open the white board. Then remove the
protection sheet.
SM 2-9 D135/D136/D137/D138
6. Remove the power cable from paper tray 2.
Removing the Retainers of the Charge Roller Units (C, M, K)

The shipping retainers [A] must be removed from the charge roller units (C, M, K).
Note: These retainers is not included in the Yellow (Y) charge roller unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-10 SM
1. Pull out the drawer unit and remove its cover [A] ( x7).
Installation
Make sure to hold down the lock lever ([A] in the photo below) when you pull out the unit.
(The unit is locked in place by this lever).
2. Close the drawer unit.
When you push the unit back in to the machine, you can close the guide plate [A] of the paper
exit and duplex unit.
SM 2-11 D135/D136/D137/D138
3. Remove the ITB cleaning intake fan [A] together with the duct ( x 1).
4. Open the front cover of the toner supply unit [A].
5. Remove the fixing screws of the toner supply unit [A] ( x 3).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-12 SM
6. Pull out the toner supply unit [A].
Installation
7. Remove the toner supply unit [A] ( x2).
8. Remove the filament tape [A] from the faceplate.
9. Remove the screws fixing the face plate ( x6).
10. Remove the handles.
SM 2-13 D135/D136/D137/D138
11. Attach the handles and pull out the units slowly and evenly.
12. Hold the grips and remove the face plate.
13. Remove all filament tape [A] from the Magenta and Cyan units.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-14 SM
14. Unlock the lever [A] and pull out the PCDU [B] from the machine.
Installation
15. Place the PCDU [A] on the PCU stand [B].
16. Remove the charge roller unit and place it on a clean, flat, and level surface with the roller
facing up ( x2).
Make sure that the surface is flat and level.
SM 2-15 D135/D136/D137/D138
17. Remove the filament tape [A] and retainers [B] from both ends of the charge roller unit.
18. Reattach the charger roller unit and PCDU, and then attach the face plate.
After attaching the face plate, check the status of the locking levers again by looking through
the holes as shown.
[A]: The locking lever is properly fit into the hole in the machine frame.
[B]: The locking lever is not properly fit into the hole in the machine frame.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-16 SM
Attaching the ITB Separation Lever

When unpacking the machine, the ITB separation lever is not yet attached to the correct
location. During machine installation, you must install the lever.
1. Open the drawer unit [A], and remove the ITB separation lever [B].
Installation
2. Drawer unit cover [A] ( x 7*)
* D137/D138 use TCRU screws

3. Close the drawer unit
 After removing the drawer unit cover, when the drawer unit is returned to the
machine, you can close the guide plate [A] of the paper exit and duplex unit.
SM 2-17 D135/D136/D137/D138
When the drawer unit is pushed back into the machine, it is locked in place by the lock lever [A].
(Make sure to hold down this lever whenever pulling out the unit).
4. ITB cleaning intake fan [A] along with the duct ( x 1*).

5. Open the toner supply unit front cover [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-18 SM
6. Remove the fixing screws of the toner supply unit [A] ( x 3*).
Installation
7. Slide the toner supply unit [A] to the front.
8. Attach the ITB separation lever [A] horizontally from the right side of the machine.
SM 2-19 D135/D136/D137/D138
9. Turn the ITB separation lever [A] clockwise until it is vertical.
10. Return the toner supply unit to the machine and secure it with the screws.
11. Attach the ITB cleaning intake fan and drawer unit cover
Operation Panel Attachment

1. In order to easily remove the right middle upper cover [A], remove the fixing screws on the
left side of the rear middle cover [B] ( x 2).
2. Open the by-pass tray unit [A]. Remove the right middle upper cover [B], moving it
downward ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-20 SM
 Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing.
Installation
3. Attach the arm stay [A] for the operation panel ( x 5).
4. Attach the operation panel arm ( x 5, x 3).
SM 2-21 D135/D136/D137/D138
Position the hook of the

operation panel arm [A]
over the arm stay [B].
5. Open the by-pass tray unit and attach the arm cover [A] ( x 2).
6. Attach the screw covers [B] on the arm cover [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-22 SM
7. Attach the operation panel [A] to fit the hook of the operation panel arm [B].
Installation
8. Secure the operation panel [A] ( x 4, x 3).
9. Attach the rear cover [A] ( x 3) and the screw cover [B].
SM 2-23 D135/D136/D137/D138
10. Attach the arm upper cover [A] ( x 2) and the screw covers [B].
11. Remove the protection sheet [A].
Operator Call Light Attachment

1. Connect the machine and operation call light [A] ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-24 SM
2. Fold back the harness [A] and clamp it.
Installation
3. Attach the operation call light [A] ( x 3).
 When attaching the operator call light, be careful not to pinch the harness. Fix the
light after it was confirmed visually from the front and back.
SM 2-25 D135/D136/D137/D138
Attaching the Service Pocket

When Attaching to the Machine
1. Attach the service pocket [A] for the funnel/PCU holder to the left lower (rear) (rivet x 2).
Put the funnel [B], PCU holder [C] and Development roller/Drum rotation tools into the
service pocket.
When Attaching to the Finisher
Finisher SR4090/ Booklet Finisher SR4100:

Attach to the following locations.
Rear side (upper): Operating
instructions [A]
Rear side (lower): Funnel/ PCU
holder [B]
Finisher SR4110: Attach to the following

locations.
Rear side (upper): Operating
instructions [A]
Rear side (lower): Funnel/ PCU
holder [B]
Storing the Supply Port Caps for the Developer

TCRU/ORU Contracts
When a TCRU/ORU user removes the PCDU from the machine, they must use the caps (x
4) to prevent developer spill. When installing the machine, attach the caps [A] to the
clamping position shown below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-26 SM
Installation
Not TCRU/ORU Contracts
Store the caps [A] (x 4) in the

service pocket for the operating
instructions. Use them during
maintenance if needed.
Storing the Factory SP Sheet

On a newly delivered machine, the factory SP sheet is located on the exposure glass.
Open the tandem tray [A], and remove the paper cassette decal [B]. Confirm the factory SP
sheet is stored inside.
Attaching the decals

1. Prepare the ADF paper set decal [A] and ADF caution decal ([B] or [C]).
[A] ADF paper set decal

[B]: ADF caution decal for CHN
[C]: ADF caution decal for other
countries
SM 2-27 D135/D136/D137/D138
2. Attach the ADF caution decal to the position [A] on the ADF.
3. Attach the ADF paper set decal [A] in the indentation in the ADF.
4. According to the paper that will be used by the customer, select and attach the following
decals to the 1st tray, 2nd tray and 3rd tray.
 Paper type, brand, etc can be written on the blank space.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-28 SM
Machine Level Adjustment

When installing the main machine, make the machine level.
 If the machine is not leveled, the tilt of the machine reduces the accuracy in
side-to-side registration.
 The front and rear side of the machine must be less than 5 mm (0.2") away from level.
Installation
1. Place the four shoes [A] below the bolts [B] under each corner of the machine.
2. Turn the nuts [B] to lower the bolt until the bolts reach the leveling shoes [A].
Example below: Front side
 Use the wrench provided with the main machine to raise or lower the nuts.
3. Open the ADF, and then place a level [A] on the exposure glass.
4. Adjust the machine level until the machine is less than 5mm from level (measure from
left-to-right).
 When the right side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the right side of the
machine (front and rear) to lift the right side of the machine.
SM 2-29 D135/D136/D137/D138
 When the left side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the left side of the
machine (front and rear) to lift the left side of the machine.
5. Open the ADF, and then place the level [A] along the side.
front-to-rear).
 When the front side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the front side of the
machine (left and right) to lift the front of the machine.
 When the rear side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the rear side of the
machine (left and right) to lift the rear of the machine.
Installing the Securing Bracket to Prevent the Power Cord from Falling Off
1. Install the securing bracket [A] to prevent the power cord from falling off. ( x1)
Example below: D137/D138
D137/D138 machines have

two power cords. Install a
securing bracket for each
power cord.
How to Set the Toner Cartridge
 Be careful when setting the toner cartridges because the toner cartridges have
different shapes, and the cartridge may be damaged if you try to force a cartridge into
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-30 SM
the wrong place. The position of the toner cartridges is Y, M, C, K from the left.
Installation
2. Unpack the new toner cartridge.
3. Reverse the toner cartridge and shake 5-6 times while grasping both ends.
4. Set each color toner cartridge. Push the toner cartridge until it locks into place.
Make sure to remove the retainer before installing the K toner cartridge.
ACC (Automatic Color Calibration) Adjustment

1. Check that there are no clamps etc. that you forgot to remove, and plug the power cord into
its power source.
2. Turn the main power switch ON.
3. Tap [User Tools].
4. To print a color pattern, select: Maintenance > Auto Color Calibration.
5. Tap [Start] for the Copier function.
SM 2-31 D135/D136/D137/D138
6. Tap [Start Printing].

7. Put the color test pattern face-down with the arrow pointing to the rear left corner of the
exposure glass.
8. Tap [Start Scanning]. The machine scans the pattern once.
9. Do Steps 6-8 for the Printer function.
Checking the copy image with color chart

If you want to install any options, install them using the installation procedure before doing the
procedure below.
1. Switch the machine to copier mode.
2. Make sure that there is A3 or DLT paper in one of the trays.
3. Put a "Color Chart C-4" on the exposure glass.
4. Select full color mode and print one copy of the chart.
5. Check the copy image with color chart.
Paper Tray Settings

Adjust the side-to-side registration for each paper tray as necessary.
 SP1-003-001 (Side-to-Side Reg: Tray1)
Paper Library Data Installation

Follow this procedure to install the Paper Library data.
1. Create a folder in the root directory of an SD card and name the folder "mqp".
2. Copy the paper database file into the "mqp" folder, and then rename the copied file
"library.mqp".
3. Make sure that the machine is turned OFF.
4. Insert the SD card which has the "library.mqp" file into SD card Slot 2 (lower slot) on the
back side of the machine.
5. Turn ON the machine.

6. Make sure that the data version of the SD card is newer than the data version of the flash
ROM on the controller. If not, prepare the latest data version of the Paper Library on an SD
card.
• The version of the data on the SD card can be checked with SP5711-202.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-32 SM
• The version of the data in the flash ROM on the controller can be checked with
SP5711-201.
7. Enter SP5-711-001, and then touch [EXECUTE].
8. Next, touch [EXECUTE] again.
9. When the machine displays "Completed" and prompts you to re-boot, touch [Exit] to leave
the SP mode.
10. Turn OFF the machine and remove the SD card from SD card slot 2.
12. Check the Paper Library data version with SP5-711-201 (Flash ROM) to confirm that the
Installation
Paper Library data has been updated.
Note the following 2 types of MQP data:

MediaLib XX ProC5100 A(AB) : For ProC5100S only
MediaLib XX ProC5110 A(AB) : For ProC5110S only
Backing Up and Restoring Paper Library Data

This table describes the methods for backing up and restoring Paper Library data.
Adjustment Setting for
SP Mode SD Slot
Skilled Operators
MQP data Install - SP5-711-001 Lower slot
Custom Paper Back up  - Slot on operation panel
Library Restore  - Slot on operation panel
Saved Paper Back up  - Upper slot
Library Restore - SP5-711-002 Lower slot
How to back up and restore Custom paper library/Saved paper library in Adjustment Settings for
Skilled Operators
1. Insert the SD card into the SD card slot on the operation panel.
2. Tap [User Tools], and then tap [Adjustment Settings for Skilled Operators].
3. Tap [05: Machine Maintenance].
4. Tap [0703: Backup / Restore Custom Paper Data].
5. Tap [Back Up Saved Paper Library], [Back Up Custom Paper Settings], or [Restore Custom
Paper Settings].
2.2.5 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE (D135/D136)

1. Unpack the machine and remove all the wrapping.
2. Remove all filament tape from the machine.
SM 2-33 D135/D136/D137/D138
3. Open the tandem tray [A] and remove the filament tape at the duplex unit [B].
4. Remove the filament tape and the cushion at the ADF.
5. Open the ADF [A] and release the lever to open the white board. Then remove the
protection sheet.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-34 SM
Installation
7. Remove the protection sheet
Removing the Retainers of the Charge Roller Units (C, M, K)

The shipping retainers [A] must be removed from the charge roller units (C, M, K).
Note: These retainers are not

included in the Yellow (Y) charge roller
unit.
1. Pull out the drawer unit and remove its cover [A] ( x7).
SM 2-35 D135/D136/D137/D138
Make sure to hold down the lock lever ([A] in the photo below) when you pull out the unit.
(The unit is locked in place by this lever).
When you push the unit back in to the machine, you can close the guide plate [A] of the paper
exit and duplex unit.
3. Remove the ITB cleaning intake fan [A] together with the duct ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-36 SM
4. Open the front cover of the toner supply unit [A].
Installation
6. Pull out the toner supply unit [A].
SM 2-37 D135/D136/D137/D138
7. Remove the toner supply unit [A] ( x2).

8. Remove the filament tape [A] from the faceplate.
9. Remove the screws fixing the face plate ( x6).
10. Remove the handles.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-38 SM
Installation
13. Remove all filament tape [A] from the Magenta and Cyan units.
SM 2-39 D135/D136/D137/D138
16. Remove the charge roller unit and place it on a clean, flat, and level surface with the roller
facing up ( x2).
Make sure that the surface is flat and level.

17. Remove the filament tape [A] and retainers [B] from both ends of the charge roller unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-40 SM
18. Reattach the charger roller unit and PCDU, and then attach the face plate.
After attaching the face plate, check the status of the locking levers again by looking through
the holes as shown.
[A]: The locking lever is properly fit into the hole in the machine frame.
[B]: The locking lever is not properly fit into the hole in the machine frame.
Installation
Attaching the ITB Separation Lever
When unpacking the machine, the ITB separation lever is not yet attached to the correct
location. During machine installation, you must install the lever.
1. Open the drawer unit [A], and remove the ITB separation lever [B].
2. Attach the ITB separation lever [A] horizontally.
SM 2-41 D135/D136/D137/D138
3. Close the drawer unit
After removing the drawer unit cover, when the drawer unit is returned to the machine, you can
close the guide plate [A] of the paper exit and duplex unit.
When the drawer unit is pushed back into the machine, it is locked in place by the lock lever [A].
(Make sure to hold down this lever whenever pulling out the unit).
4. ITB cleaning intake fan [A] along with the duct ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-42 SM
Installation
8. Attach the ITB separation lever [A] horizontally from the right side of the machine.
SM 2-43 D135/D136/D137/D138
9. Turn the ITB separation lever [A] clockwise until it is vertical.
10. Return the toner supply unit to the machine and secure it with the screws.
11. Attach the ITB cleaning intake fan and drawer unit cover
Attaching the Service Pocket

Attach the service pocket [A] for the funnel/PCU holder to the left lower (rear) (rivet x 2). Put the
funnel [B], PCU holder [C], Development roller/Drum rotation tools and development caps into
the service pocket.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-44 SM
When Attaching to the Finisher
Finisher SR4090/ Booklet Finisher SR4100: Attach to the

following locations.
Rear side (upper): Operating instructions [A]
Rear side (lower): Funnel/ PCU holder [B]
Installation
Finisher SR4110: Attach to the following locations.
Rear side (upper): Operating instructions [A]
Rear side (lower): Funnel/ PCU holder [B]
Storing the Supply Port Cap of the Developer

Store the caps [A] (x 4) in the service pocket for the operating instructions. Use them during
maintenance if needed.
Attaching the decals

1. Prepare the ADF paper set decal [A] and ADF caution decal ([B] or [C]).
[A]: Paper set decal

[B]: ADF caution decal for CHN
[C]: ADF caution decal for other countries
2. Attach the ADF caution decal to the position [A] on the ADF.
SM 2-45 D135/D136/D137/D138
3. Attach the ADF paper set decal [A] in the indentation in the ADF.
4. According to the paper set by customer, select and attach the following decals to the 1st
tray, 2nd tray and 3rd tray.
Paper brand can be written on the

blank space.
Machine Level Adjustment

When installing the main machine, make the machine level.
 If the machine is not leveled, the tilt of the machine reduces the accuracy in
side-to-side registration.
 The front and rear side of the machine must be less than 5 mm (0.2") away from level.
1. Place the four shoes [A] below the bolts [B] under each corner of the machine.
2. Turn the nuts [B] to lower the bolt until the bolts reaches to the leveling shoes [A].
Example below: Front side
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-46 SM
Use a wrench to raise or

lower the nuts.
Installation
3. Open the ADF, and then place a level [A] on the exposure glass.
left-to-right).
 When the right side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the right side of the
machine (front and rear) to lift the right side of the machine.
 When the left side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the left side of the
machine (front and rear) to lift the left side of the machine.
5. Open the ADF, and then place the level [A] along the side.
SM 2-47 D135/D136/D137/D138
front-to-rear).
 When the front side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the front side of the
machine (left and right) to lift the front of the machine.
 When the rear side of the machine is lower: Lower the nuts of the rear side of the
machine (left and right) to lift the rear of the machine.
Installing the Securing Bracket to Prevent the Power Cord from Falling Off
1. Install the securing bracket [A] to prevent the power cord from falling off. ( x1)
Example below: D135/D136
D135/D136 machines
have two power cords.
Install a securing bracket
for each power cord.
How to Set the Toner Cartridge
Be careful when setting the toner cartridges

because the toner cartridges have different
shapes, and the cartridge may be damaged
if you try to force a cartridge into the wrong
place. The position of the toner cartridges is
Y, M, C, K from the left.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-48 SM
2. Unpack the new toner cartridge.

3. Reverse the toner cartridge and shake 5-6 times while grasping both ends.
Installation
4. Set each color toner cartridge. Push the toner cartridge until it locks into place.
Load the Paper Trays
For each paper cassette tray:

1. Pull out the paper tray until it stops.
2. Move the side fence and back fence to the correct positions for the paper.
3. Add paper to the trays.
4. Align the side fence and end fence gently against the paper you loaded.
5. Attach the paper size decals to the front of the three trays.
ACC (Automatic Color Calibration) Adjustment

1. Check that there are no clamps etc. that you forgot to remove, and plug the power cord into
its power source.
2. Turn the main power switch ON.
3. Tap [User Tools].
4. To print a color pattern, select: Maintenance > Auto Color Calibration.
5. Tap [Start] for the Copier function.
6. Tap [Start Printing].
7. Put the color test pattern face-down with the arrow pointing to the rear left corner of the
exposure glass.
8. Tap [Start Scanning]. The machine scans the pattern once.
9. Do Steps 6-8 for the Printer function.
Storing the Factory SP Sheet

On a newly delivered machine, the factory SP sheet is located on the exposure glass.
Open the tandem tray [A], and remove the paper cassette decal [B]. Confirm that the factory SP
sheet is inside.
SM 2-49 D135/D136/D137/D138
2.2.6 CHECK IMAGE QUALITY / SETTINGS
Initializing DEMS (D137/D138)

Initialize DEMS with SP3-040-001.
Checking the copy image with color chart

If you want to install any options, install them using the installation procedure before doing the
procedure below.
5. Switch the machine to copier mode.
6. Make sure that there is A3 or DLT paper in one of the trays.
7. Put a "Color Chart C-4" on the exposure glass.
8. Select full color mode and print one copy of the chart.
9. Check the copy image with color chart.
Paper Tray Settings

Adjust the side-to-side registration for each paper tray as necessary.
Security Function Installation

The machine contains the Security functions (Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption
unit) built into the controller board.
If you are installing a new machine, it is recommended to activate the Data Overwrite Security
and HDD Encryption unit by selecting "Format All Data" from “System Settings” on the
operation panel.
 This method is recommended because there is no user data on the hard drive yet
(Address Book data, image data, etc.).
If the customer wishes to activate the Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption unit on a
machine that is already running, it is recommended to activate the unit by selecting "All Data"
from “System Settings” on the operation panel.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-50 SM
 Selecting "All Data" will preserve the data that has already been saved to the hard
drive. (If "Format All Data" is selected, all user data saved to the hard drive up to that
point will be erased).
Immediately after encryption is enabled, the encryption setting process will take several minutes
to complete before you can begin using the machine.
Installation
 If encryption is enabled after data has been stored on the disk, or of the encryption key
is changed, this process can take up to three and a half hours or more.
The machine cannot be operated while data is being encrypted.
Once the encryption process begins, it cannot be stopped.
Make sure that the machine's main power is not turned off while the encryption process is in
progress.
If the machine's main power is turned off while the encryption process is in progress, the hard
disk will be damaged and all data on it will be unusable.
Print the encryption key and keep the encryption key (which is printed as a paper sheet).
Keep the encryption key in a safe place. If the encryption key is lost and is needed, the
controller board, hard disk and NVRAM must all be replaced at the same time.
 "NVRAM" mentioned in here means the NVRAM on the Controller Board.

 "NVRAM" or EEPROM on the BCU has nothing to do with this.
Please use the following procedure when the Data Overwrite Security and HDD Encryption is
reinstalled.
Data Overwrite Security
Before You Begin the Procedure
1. Make sure that the following settings (1) to (3) are not at their factory default values.
(1) Supervisor login password
(2) Administrator login name
(3) Administrator login password
If any of these settings is at a factory default value, tell the customer these settings must be
changed before you do the installation procedure.
2. Make sure that “Admin. Authentication” is on.
[System Settings] -> [Administrator Tools] -> [Administrator Authentication Management] ->
[Admin. Authentication]
If this setting is off, tell the customer this setting must be on before you do the installation
procedure.
3. Make sure that “Administrator Tools” is enabled (selected).
[System Settings] -> [Administrator Tools] -> [Administrator Authentication Management] ->
[Available Settings]
SM 2-51 D135/D136/D137/D138
If this setting is disabled (not selected), tell the customer this setting must be enabled
(selected) before you do the installation procedure.
Installation Procedure
1. Connect the network cable if it needs to be connected.
2. Turn on the main power switch.
3. Go into the SP mode and push “EXECUTE” in SP5-878-001.
4. Exit the SP mode and turn off the operation switch. Then turn off the main power
switch.
5. Turn on the machine power.
6. Do SP5-990-005 (SP print mode Diagnostic Report).
7. Go into the User Tools mode, and select [System Settings] [Administrator Tools]
[Auto Erase Memory Setting] [On].
8. Exit the User Tools mode.
This icon is lit when there is temporary

Icon [1] data to be overwritten, and blinks during
overwriting.
This icon is lit when there is no temporary

Icon [2]
data to be overwritten.
9. Check the display and make sure that the overwrite erase icon appears.
10. Check the overwrite erase icon.
The icon [1] is lit when there is temporary data to be overwritten, and blinks during
overwriting.
The icon [2] is lit when there is no temporary data to be overwritten.
HDD Encryption
Before You Begin the Procedure:
1. Make sure that the following settings (1) to (3) are not at the factory default settings.
(1) Supervisor login password
(2) Administrator login name
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-52 SM
(3) Administrator login password

These settings must be set up by the customer before the HDD Encryption unit can be
installed.
2. Confirm that "Admin. Authentication" is on: [User tools/Counter] key -> [System
Settings] -> [Administrator Tools] -> [Administrator Authentication Management] ->
[Admin. Authentication] -> [On]
If this setting is off, tell the customer that this setting must be on before you can do the
Installation
installation procedure.
3. Confirm that "Administrator Tools" is selected and enabled.
[User tools/Counter] key -> [System Settings] -> [Administrator Tools] -> [Administrator
Authentication Management] -> [Available Settings]
"Available Settings" is not displayed until step 2 is done.
If this setting is not selected, tell the customer that this setting must be selected before you
can do the installation procedure.
Installation Procedure:
1. Turn on the main power switch, and then enter the SP mode.
2. Select SP5878-002, and then press "Execute" on the LCD.
3. Exit the SP mode after "Completed" is displayed on the LCD.
4. Turn off the main power switch.
Enable Encryption Setting:
1. Press the [User tools/Counter] key.
2. Press [System Settings].
3. Press [Administrator Tools].
4. Press [Machine Data Encryption Settings].If this item is not visible, press [Next] to
display more settings.
5. Press [Encrypt].
6. Select the data to be carried over to the hard disk and not be reset.
To carry all of the data over to the hard disk, select [All Data].
To carry over only the machine settings data, select [File System Data Only].
To reset all of the data, select [Format All Data].
SM 2-53 D135/D136/D137/D138
7. The following message will be displayed. Press the [Start] key to print the encryption
key for safe keeping.
8. Press [Exit] to remove the following message.
9. Press [Exit] again.

10. Press the [User Tools/Counter] key.
 After step 10, the initial operation display appears as below. However, HDD
data encryption has not been completed at this moment. Step 11 and step 12
should be performed in order to encrypt the HDD data.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-54 SM
11. Turn the main power switch off and on.

12. "Memory Conversion complete. Turn the man power switch off" is displayed as below.
Then turn the main power switch off and on.
Installation
13. Then initial operation display appears again. After this step, HDD data encryption has
already been completed.
Check the Encryption Settings

4. Press [Machine Data Encryption Settings].
SM 2-55 D135/D136/D137/D138
5. Please confirm whether the encryption has been completed or not on this display.
Print the encryption key
Use the following procedure to print the key again if it has been lost or misplaced.
2. Press [Machine Data Encryption Settings].
If this item is not visible, press [Next] to display more settings.
1. Press [Print Encryption Key].
Encryption key sample
The encryption key is printed out as a

sheet of paper like the example
shown.
Please instruct the customer to keep it
in a safe place.
2.2.7 MOVING THE MACHINE

1. Turn off the main power switch, and then unplug the power cable from the main machine.
2. Close all the doors and trays that are openable and closable.
3. Follow all the precautions below when moving the machine.
 Do not put a load on the ADF
 Do not wander in front of the machine. The trays and drawer unit may come out.
 When moving the machine, push the machine instead of pulling the machine. Pulling
the machine may cause damage to the covers.
 When pushing the machine, push the upper side of the machine in the areas marked
with red rectangles below. If you move the machine over an uneven surface, insert
your hands under the machine at the places marked with red rectangles below, and
then lift the machine slightly to get over the uneven surface.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-56 SM
 Do not push or lift the locations marked with red rectangles below. You may
damage the machine.
Installation
SM 2-57 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704) Rev. 4/22/2014
⇒ 2.3 FINISHER SR4090 (D703) /BOOKLET FINISHER

SR4100 (D704)
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories against the following list.
Q’ty
No Description
SR4090 SR4100
1 Lower output tray - 1
2 Shift Auxiliary Tray (use only when the Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 1 1
is installed)
3 Proof Auxiliary Tray 1 1
4 Cushion (with double-sided tape) 1 1
5 Docking Bracket 1 1
6 Upper output tray 1 1
7 Tapping screws – M3 x 6 6 6
8 Screw (Plastic) 2 2
9 Screws– M4 x 20 4 4
10 Tapping screws – M3 x 8 1 1
11 Grounding Plate 1 1
12 Joint Bracket 1 1
13 End Fence for lower output tray - 1
14 Proof Support Tray 1 1
15 Tray Holder - 1
16 Cover: Right Upper 1 1
17 Seal: Coupling 1 1
18 Holder: Stand 4 4
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-58 SM
Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)
2.3.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
 Always switch the machine off and unplug the machine before doing the following
procedure.
1. Unpack the finisher and remove all tapes and packing materials from the finisher.
Installation
2. Open the front door [A], and then remove all tapes and packing materials from the inside of
the finisher.
3. Pull out the jogger unit [B], and then remove all tapes and retainers.
4. Remove the upper bracket with the red tag attached [A] ( x 2).
5. Remove the lower bracket with the red tag attached [A]. ( x 2)
SM 2-59 D135/D136/D137/D138
6. Install the docking bracket [A] on the finisher. ( x 2; M3 x 6 )
7. Attach the Cover: Right Upper [A] to the finisher. ( x 2)
If the Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711) is to

be installed, DO NOT attach the Cover: Right
Upper.
8. Install the ground plate [B] on the finisher. ( x 2; M3 x 6 )
9. Attach the cushion [A] to the finisher.
NOTE: Make sure that the cushion is placed within

0 to 1 mm from the edge of the cover.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-60 SM
10. Secure the docking bracket [A] with the screws in the center of each elliptical screw hole (
x 4; M4x20).
Installation
11. Attach the Seal Coupling [A] to the left side of the copier.
12. Remove the connector cover [A] from the main machine.
13. Open the front door [A] of the finisher, and pull the lock lever [B]. ( x 1)
SM 2-61 D135/D136/D137/D138
14. Slowly push the finisher against the left side of the machine, keeping its front door open
until the brackets go into their slots.
15. Push the lock lever [A], and then secure it ( x 1).
16. Connect the finisher connector [A] to the machine.
17. Close the front door of the finisher.

18. Install the upper output tray [A] ( x 1; M3 x 8).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-62 SM
19. Only for D704, install the lower output tray [A].
Installation
20. Turn on the main power switch of the machine.
21. Check the finisher operation.
22. Print out five A3 or DLT sheets to the proof tray and check the side-to-side registration as
follows:
A3 sheets: Use the scale marks on the FRONT exit roller [B].
 If the paper edge lines up with the center marking [D], the paper is aligned correctly.
 If the paper edge is aligned with marks to the right of center, the paper is shifted
toward the front (operator) side.
 If the paper edge is aligned with marks to the left of center, the paper is shifted toward
the rear (non-operator) side.
DLT sheets: Use the scale marks on the REAR exit roller [A].
Check the side-to-side registration in the same way, using the rear rollers.
23. If side-to-side registration is shifted, correct the shift.
[A]: Scale marks for DLT

[B]: Scale marks for A3
[C]: 7 scale marks at 2mm
intervals
[D]: Center mark
24. Print out some sheets with center-folding and make sure that the folding line is not
misaligned or shifted.
If the folding line is misaligned or shifted, correct the misalignment or shift.
Auxiliary Trays
Make sure that the customer understands the following points about these auxiliary trays:
• The trailing edges of excessively curled or Z-folded paper can activate the tray full sensors
before the tray is actually full.
SM 2-63 D135/D136/D137/D138
• Once the "Exit Tray Full" message displays, the job cannot continue until some sheets are
removed from the tray which is only partially full. The trays are designed to prevent this
problem.
Shift Auxiliary Tray
Install the shift auxiliary tray [A] ONLY when the “Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)” is
included in the configuration. Note that the Shift Auxiliary Tray [A] may generate
unexpected side effects, for example, paper jams caused by displaced paper height
detection feeler [B].
Proof Auxiliary Tray

Install the proof auxiliary tray [B] on the proof tray [A] when using the Z-fold function.
Proof Support Tray

Install the proof support tray [A] on the proof tray when the trailing edges of paper are
excessively curled.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-64 SM
Output Jogger Unit Type M2 (D705)
2.4 OUTPUT JOGGER UNIT TYPE M2 (D705)

This option is for the Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704) only.
It jogs the sheets delivered to the finisher shift tray.
2.4.1 COMPONENT CHECK

Installation
No Description Qty
1 Jogger Unit 1
2 Tapping Screws M3 x 6 2
2.4.2 INSTALLATION
procedure.
1. Disconnect the finisher from the main frame.
2. Remove the cover plate [A]. ( x 2). Keep the screws.
3. Use the flat head of a screwdriver to remove the left upper cover [A]. (hook x 3)
SM 2-65 D135/D136/D137/D138
4. Rear cover [A] ( x 2)
5. Open the clamp [A] to release the connector [B].
6. Connect the connector to the upper left cover and close the clamp..
7. Reattach the rear cover [A] ( x 2)
8. Attach the jogger unit [A] to the finisher. ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-66 SM
NOTE:
When you install the jogger unit, put
the hooks of the frame of the jogger
unit into the holes in the left and right
sides of the finisher frame.
Installation
9. Fasten the connector [A] of the jogger unit to the socket. ( x 1)
10. Reattach the jogger unit cover [A] to the jogger unit ( x 2).
SM 2-67 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU3060 (D706)
2.5 PUNCH UNIT PU3060 (D706)

No Description Qty
1 Paper Chip Guide 1
2 Hopper Bracket 1
3 Punch Unit Slide Stay 1
4 Registration Guide Plate 1
5 Registration Sensor Bracket 1
6 Punch Unit 1
7 Punch Waste Hopper 1
8 Stepper Motor Bracket 1
9 Harness Connector Cable-PCB 1
10 Tapping Screw (M3 x 6) 14
11 E-ring 1
procedure.
1. If the finisher is connected to the machine, disconnect it.
2. If the finisher is installed on the machine, remove it.
3. Remove the rear upper cover [A] of the finisher. ( x2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-68 SM
Installation
4. Remove the rear lower cover [A] of the finisher. ( x2)
5. Open the front door [A], and then remove the punch hopper bracket [B]. ( x2)
6. Pull out the stapling unit [A]. (Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704) only)
7. Remove the inner upper cover [A] from the front side of the finisher. ( x 2)
SM 2-69 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Disconnect the harness from the back side of the inner upper cover when you
remove the inner upper cover.
8. Remove screw [A] of the transport guide plate from the rear side of the finisher. ( x1)
9. Remove the transport guide plate [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-70 SM
Installation
10. Install the punch unit slide stay [A] from the rear side of the finisher.
11. Fasten the punch unit slide stay. (Front side [A]: x 2, Rear side [B]: x 2)
 Front side:
 Rear side:
SM 2-71 D135/D136/D137/D138
12. Insert the paper chip guide [A] into the finisher as shown below.
13. Install the paper chip guide. (Front side [A]: hook x 2, Rear side [B]: hook x 2, snap ring x 1)
 Hook the paper chip guide onto the front side of the finisher first, and then hook it
onto the rear side of the finisher.
 Front side:
 Rear side:
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-72 SM
Installation
14. Fasten the paper chip guide with an E-ring from the rear side of the finisher. (snap ring x 1)
 When fastening the paper chip guide with the snap ring, make sure the front side
of the paper chip guide is hooked onto the small-diameter slot [A].
SM 2-73 D135/D136/D137/D138
15. Insert the hopper bracket [A] into the finisher as shown below.
16. Hook the hopper bracket onto the frame [A] [B] of the finisher.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-74 SM
NOTE: Make sure the

hooks [A] and [B] of the
hopper bracket are also
hooked onto the finisher.
Installation
17. Fasten the hopper bracket [A]. ( x 2)
18. Route the harness of the hopper bracket [A] inside the finisher as shown.
19. Route the harness of the hopper bracket to the rear side of the finisher. (locking edge
saddle x 1, x 3)
SM 2-75 D135/D136/D137/D138
20. Insert the registration guide plate [A] from the rear side of the finisher.
 Hook [A] and [B] of the registration guide plate onto the slotted holes of the finisher.
21. Fasten the registration guide plate. (front side: x 1, rear side: x 1)
 Front side:
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-76 SM
Installation
 Rear side:
22. Insert the registration sensor bracket from the rear side of the finisher.
NOTE:
Hook [A] of the registration sensor
bracket into the slotted holes of the
finisher.
23. Fasten the registration sensor bracket. (rear side: x 2)
SM 2-77 D135/D136/D137/D138
24. Inert the punch unit [A] from the rear side of the finisher.
 Make sure the shaft [A] on the finisher is inserted into the punch unit [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-78 SM
Installation
 When inserting the punch unit, make sure the bracket [A] of the punch unit is in the
right position as shown below.
25. Fasten the punch unit. (rear side: x 2)
SM 2-79 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Make sure the bracket of the punch unit fits the embossed parts [A] on the finisher.
26. Install the stepper motor bracket [A] from the rear side of the finisher.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-80 SM
 Insert the hole [A] of the stepper motor bracket into the shaft [B] on the rear side of
the finisher.
Installation
 Make sure the rack [A] of the punch unit is engaging with the pinion [B] of the
stepper motor bracket when you insert the stepper motor bracket.
27. Fasten the stepper motor bracket. ( x 2)
SM 2-81 D135/D136/D137/D138
28. Connect the harness [A] of the registration sensor bracket to the harness [B] from the
hopper bracket. ( x 1)
29. Connect the harness [A] of the registration sensor bracket to the harness [B] from the
punch unit. ( x 1)
30. Connect the harness connector cable provided with the punch unit to the main board [A] of
the finisher. ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-82 SM
Installation
 The end that is split into two connectors must be connected to the main board.
31. Route the harness connector cable as shown below. ( x 6)
 Route the harness inside the I/F bracket [A] as shown below.
SM 2-83 D135/D136/D137/D138
32. Connect the harness connector cable to the PCB [A] on the punch unit. ( x 3)
33. Connect the harness [A] of the stepper motor bracket to the PCB [B] in the punch unit. (
x 3)
34. Connect the harness [A] of the registration sensor bracket to the PCB [B] in the punch unit.
( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-84 SM
Installation
35. Gather the harnesses of steps 32-34 [A] with your hands, and then fasten them with the
clamps as shown below. ( x 6)
 When you clamp the harness in clamp [A], clamp the harness between the two
binds [B].
 Route the harness [A] of the punch unit over the PCB as shown below.
SM 2-85 D135/D136/D137/D138
36. Slide the punch waste hopper [A] into the finisher from the rear.
37. Pull back the stapling unit.

38. Re-attach the covers, and then re-install the finisher on the main machine. ( page 2-54
"Finisher SR4090 (D703) /Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704)")
39. Connect the finisher connector to the main machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-86 SM
Rev. 4/22/2014 Finisher SR4110 (D707)
⇒ 2.6 FINISHER SR4110 (D707)

2.6.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the accessories and their quantities against this list.
Description Q'ty
Installation
1. Side Tray 1
2. Sponge Strip 1
3. Ground Plate 1
4. Entrance Guide Plate 1
5. Joint Bracket 1
6. Shift Tray 4
7. Support Plate 1
8. Support Plate Pocket 1
9. Tapping Screws – M3 x 6 2
12. Screws – M4 x 14 4
13. Screws – M4 x 20 4
14. Leveling Shoes 1
15. Support Plate for Shift Tray 1
16. Coupling Seal 1
17. Support Plate for Proof Tray 1
 The output jogger unit is pre-installed on this finisher, so it is not an option.
SM 2-87 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher SR4110 (D707) Rev. 4/22/2014
Spacer
A spacer for correcting paper skew is attached to the bottom right of the finisher.
[A]: Spacer for skew correction and side-to-side registration adjustment
 Turn the machine off and disconnect the machine power cord before you do this
procedure.
1. Unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
2. Unpack the finisher and remove all tapes and shipping retainers.
3. Open the front door and remove the shipping retainers.

4. Remove the brackets, tags, and wires in this order: [A]> [B]> [C] ( x 2 each).
5. Be sure to remove the two sheets of paper [D].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-88 SM
Rev. 4/22/2014 Finisher SR4110 (D707)
6. Install the ground plate [A]. ( x 2; M3 x 6)

Set the ground plate so that there is no gap between the plate and the bottom frame of the
finisher (as shown).
7. Install the table extension [B]. ( x 2; M4 x 8)
The edge of the table extension should be aligned with the edge of the finisher.
8. Attach the cushion [C] to the right side of the upper cover.
Installation
9. Install the entrance guide plate [D]. ( x 2; M3 x 6)
10. Insert the shift tray [A] into the grooves and fasten it. ( x 4; M3 x 6)
Docking the Finisher D707

The Finisher (D707) is docked to one of the following:
 Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
 Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712)
 Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
 Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
 Main Machine
SM 2-89 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher SR4110 (D707) Rev. 4/22/2014
Finisher D707 to Cover Interposer Tray CI4020

1. Fasten the joint bracket [A] to the Cover Interposer Tray CI4020.
2. Dock the finisher. (See “Connecting the Finisher D707”)
 Attach the black mylar [A] provided with the cover interposer tray accessories to
the relay guide plate [B] of the Finisher D707.
Finisher D707 to Main Machine or Other Upstream Unit

1. Remove the connector cover [A].
2. Fasten the joint bracket [B] to the Copier.
[C]
3. Attach the Coupling Seal [C] to the position shown in the photo. (***)
4. Dock the finisher. (See “Connecting the Finisher D707”)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-90 SM
Rev. 4/22/2014 Finisher SR4110 (D707)
Connecting the Finisher D707

1. Open the front door of the finisher.
2. Pull out the locking lever [A]. ( x 1)
3. Align the finisher [B] with the joint brackets [C], then slowly push the finisher onto the
brackets.
Installation
4. Connect the finisher cable [D] to the copier
5. Push in the locking lever. [A]
6. Check that the top edges of the finisher are parallel with edges of the device (or copier) to
the right.
7. Fasten the locking lever [A]. ( x 1)
8. Close the front door.

9. Set the leveling shoes [A] (x4) under the feet.
10. Turn the nuts to adjust the height of the finisher until it is level.
SM 2-91 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher SR4110 (D707) Rev. 4/22/2014
How to Use the Spacer to Correct Paper Skew

A spacer for correcting paper skew is attached to the bottom right of the finisher.
[A]: Spacer for skew correction and

side-to-side registration adjustment
 Check to see if the paper is skewed when it is exited from the machine.
 If skew correction is required, dock the finisher to the copier using the M4x20 screws
included with the finisher.
This is because the M4x14 screws will not be long enough when the spacer(s) are attached.
IMPORTANT: When you attach the bracket, attach the spacer(s) as follows:
 If the leading edge is skewed about 2mm toward the front (operator) side of the machine,
attach a 2mm spacer to the rear side of the joint bracket.
 If the leading edge is skewed about 2mm toward the rear (non-operator) side of the
machine, attach a 2mm spacer to the front side of the joint bracket.
[A]: Joint bracket

[B]: Spacer
[C]: Finisher side
[D]: Machine (Mainframe) side
[E]: Adjustable direction
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-92 SM
Rev. 4/22/2014 Finisher SR4110 (D707)
Installation
[A]: Screws (with spacer(s): M4x20, without spacer(s): M4x14)
[B]: Joint bracket
[C]: Without spacer
[D]: With 1-2 spacers
[E]: Exterior cover
 If skew correction is NOT required, dock the finisher to the copier using the M4x14
screws included with the finisher.
This is because without the spacer, the M4x20 screws are too long and the bracket cannot
be fastened in place.
[A]: Folding unit

[B]: Joint bracket
[C]: Screw (M4x20)
[D]: Screw is too long and
cannot be fully inserted
2.6.3 SP SETTING
1. Enter the SP mode.
2. Do SP5841-11 and enter the name of the staples used for corner stapling.
 This is the name that shows when the user prints the Inquiry List.
 To print this list push User Tools> [Inquiry]> [Print Inquiry List]> [Start].
SM 2-93 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Unit PU5000 (B831) Rev. 04/17/2014
⇒2.7 PUNCH UNIT PU5000 (B831)

Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list:
No. Description Q'ty
1. Punch Unit 1
2. Punch Waste Collection Hopper 1
3. Spacer (2 mm) 2
4. Spacer (1 mm) 1
5. Knob 1
6. Step Screw 1
7. Screw (M4 x 6) Black 1
8. Screw (M3 x 10) 2
9. Spring 1
10. Sensor Arm and Sensor 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-94 SM
Rev. 04/17/2014 Punch Unit PU5000 (B831)

This punch unit is for the D707 finisher only.
 Switch the machine off and unplug the machine before starting the following procedure.
1. If the finisher is connected to the main machine, disconnect it.
2. Open the front door and remove the rear cover ( x 2).
Installation
3. Unpack the punch unit and remove the step screw from the lower section of the unit.
4. Remove the motor protector plate [A] ( x 4).

5. Remove the cam lock plate [B] ( x 2).
6. Pull out the stapling unit.

7. Remove the inner cover [A] ( x 4, M3x8).
8. Behind the inner cover at [B] and [C], press the lock tab to the right to release the inner
cover from the frame.
9. Remove the plastic knockouts [D].
SM 2-95 D135/D136/D137/D138
10. Remove the rear cover. ( x 2)

11. Remove the punch cover [A]. ( x 1)
12. Remove the paper guide [A] ( x 4).
13. Position the 2 mm spacer [A] and attach the punch unit [B] ( x 2, M3x10).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-96 SM
14. Use one of the screws removed from the motor protector plate to fasten the remaining two
spacers to the frame as shown.
 These extra spacers can be used to adjust the position of the punch holes (front to
rear, across the page).
Installation
15. At the front, fasten the punch unit knob [A] ( x 1, M4x6).
16. Remove the harness cover [A] ( x 2) and middle cover [B] ( x 2).
SM 2-97 D135/D136/D137/D138
17. Install the sensor arm [A] ( x 1, small step screw (M3 x 4). Make sure that the sensor arm
swings freely on the step screw.
18. Attach the spring [B].
19. Connect the PCB harness connector [A] to CN135 of the finisher PCB and to CN600 of the
punch unit PCB.
20. Connect the harness [B] to CN136 of the finisher PCB.
21. Connect the single end of the hopper full sensor connector cable [C] to the hopper full
sensor on the arm ( x 1,  x 2).
 No special DIP switch settings are required for this punch unit. A signal from the
punch identifies itself by sending a signal to the copier.
22. Reattach the harness cover [A] ( x 2) and middle cover [B] ( x 2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-98 SM
Installation
23. Slide the punch waste collection hopper [A] into the finisher.
24. Reattach the inner cover and rear cover.

25. Close the front door and re-connect the finisher to the machine.
SM 2-99 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Tray Type M2 (D744) Rev. 02/12/2014
⇒ 2.8 COPY TRAY TYPE M2 (D744)

1. COPY TRAY: EXIT: ASS'Y 1
2. BRACKET: COOLING UNIT: ASS'Y 1
3. COOLING UNIT: ASS'Y 1
4. CLAMP:LWC-3A 1
5. TAPPING SCREW:4X8 2
6. TAPPING SCREW: ROUND POINT:3X6 2
7. SCREW:M4X20 4
8. LEVER 1
9. BRACKET: SENSOR: PAPER VOLUME SENSOR 1
10. SPRING PLATE: SENSOR: EXIT 1
11. PHOTOINTERRUPTOR:GP1A173LCS2F 1
12. CLAMPS:WES-0507 1
13. SHEET: COPY TRAY: EXIT 1
14. DECAL: CAUTION: EXIT 1
15. TAPPING SCREW - M3X6 1
16. TAPPING SCREW:3X8 2
17. CONNECTOR:2-292246-2 (for use with D135/D136 only) 1
18. CLAMP:LWSM-0511A 1
19. PCB: OKB 1
20. HARNESS: EXIT: TRAY: COOLING UNIT: OKB 1
21. TAPPING SCREW: 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-100 SM
Rev. 05/20/2014 Copy Tray Type M2 (D744)
⇒
The following symptoms may occur if the harness is connected incorrectly at step 18.
1. When turning the unit on, the machine power error message “The power cord is pulled
out.” appears on the Operation Panel.
Installation
2. SC547 occurs.
See the notes described in step 18 for more details.
Turn the machine off and disconnect the machine power cord before you do this procedure.
1. Remove the rear middle cover. ( x 4)
2. Remove the left upper cover [A]. ( x 2)
3. Open the drawer unit [A].
4. Attach the sheet [A] to the left side of the drawer unit.
SM 2-101 D135/D136/D137/D138
There are four cutouts in the sheet.

Align the left-most cutout with the corner [A] of the paper exit.
5. Attach the paper height sensor [A] and harness clamp [B] to the sensor bracket [C].
6. Attach the actuator [F] to the actuator arm bracket [D].
7. Attach the actuator bracket [D] to the sensor bracket [C]. ( x 1; M3 x 6)
8. Attach the sensor bracket [C] to the main machine. ( x 2; M4 x 8)
9. Connect the sensor harness [E] to the sensor bracket [A]. ( x 1, x 1)
10. D135/D136 only: Remove the interface cable cover. ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-102 SM
11. D135/D136 only: Attach the "CONNECTOR: 2-292246-2". ( x 2; M3 x 8)
Installation
12. Attach the PCB:OKB ( x 1)
13. Attach the CLAMP:LWSM-0511A.
14. Connect the branched (divided) end of the HARNESS:EXIT:TRAY:COOLING UNIT:OKB to the
PCB:OKB.
SM 2-103 D135/D136/D137/D138
15. Bind the harness as shown in the photo. ( x 5)
16. D135/D136 only: Connect the harness tied with a bind to “CONNECTOR:2-292246-2”.
D137/D138: Connect the harness tied with a bind to the peripheral interface port as shown in the
following steps.
• Disconnect harnesses from the peripheral interface port.
• Connect the harness tied with a bind to the rear side of the peripheral interface port.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-104 SM
• Reconnect the front sides of the harnesses that you disconnected above back to the
peripheral interface port.
Installation
17. Disconnect the harness [A].
18. Connect the “HARNESS:EXIT:TRAY:COOLING UNIT:OKB” to the disconnected harnesses

above.
⇒
• Make sure the harnesses are connected
as shown in the photo.
• The following symptoms may occur, if
the harness is connected incorrectly.
1. When turning on the machine power
error message “The power cord is
19. Bind the harness. ( x 2). pulled out” appears on the operation
panel.
2. SC547
The above is a result of ground fault,
which occurs, if the harnesses are
connected incorrectly causing the
mainframe and inner cover to pinch the
harness of the duplex exit fan (24V).
SM 2-105 D135/D136/D137/D138
20. Make four holes [A] in the left cover with a screwdriver.
21. Reattach the left upper cover. ( x2)

22. Reattach the rear middle cover. ( x 4)
23. [D135/D136 only]: Remove the connector cover from the rear middle cover.
24. Attach the copy tray [A].
• Remove the packaging from the copy tray before attaching the tray to the copier.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-106 SM
25. Install the cooling unit [A] on the cooling unit bracket [B]. (hook x2)
Installation
26. Fasten the cooling unit to the cooling unit bracket. ( x2; M3 x 6)
27. Install the cooling unit bracket [A] on the left side of the main machine. ( x4; M4 x 20)
28. Attach the cable clamp [A] provided with the copy tray to the main machine. Then route the
harness as shown below. ( x 1)
SM 2-107 D135/D136/D137/D138
29. D135/D136 only: Connect the interface cable of the cooling unit to the interface [A].
30. Attach the decal [A] to the left side of the main machine.
• Align the lower side of the decal with the marker [A] on the main machine when you attach the
decal to the main machine.
31. Turn on the power switch [A] of the cooling fan.

• As a general rule, keep the power switch of the cooling
fan ON. This is because the cooling fan prevents
blockage (sheets of paper sticking together during
duplex jobs due to wet toner). The cooling fan stops
automatically when the print job is complete.
• If the customer points out the noise made by the fan, or
thin paper types tend to fall off the copy tray due to
airflow from the fan, advise the customer to turn the
cooling fan OFF as necessary.
• If blockage still occurs when the cooling fan is ON,
position the fan at a 90 degree angle (see Technical
Service Bulletin - TBA, “Image Quality Troubleshooting:
Toner Flaking Off”).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-108 SM
Rev. 2/12/2014 Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only)
2.9 DECURL UNIT DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 ONLY)
 The decurl unit is top heavy and has an extremely narrow base. It can fall over easily. Work
carefully to avoid knocking it over.
 Do not set this unit upright until you are ready to install it and dock it to the side of the main
machine.
 Never leave this unit standing upright and unattended in the work area during installation.
Installation
2.9.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following illustration
and list.
1. Screws M3x6 3
2. Screws M4x8 1
3. Screws M4x16 4
4. Screws M4x8 4
5. Leveling Shoes 3
6. Joint Bracket – L 1
7. Joint Bracket – R 1
8. Small Bracket 1
9. Sponge Strip 1
10. Paper Guide 1
11. Mylar – Black 1
12. Mylar – Transparent 1
 Make sure that the main machine is switched off and that its power cord is disconnected
before doing the following procedure.
1. Remove the retainers [A]. ( x 4)
 Keep the screws, they will be needed to reinstall the retainers after docking the de-curl
unit with the mainframe.
SM 2-109 D135/D136/D137/D138
Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727) (D137/D138 Only) Rev. 2/12/2014
2. Loosen the screws [A] of the retainers. ( x 2)
3. Install the retainers on the decurl unit. ( x 4)

Install the retainers [A] alternately on both sides of the decurl unit as shown below.
 Left side of the decurl unit
 Right side of the decurl unit
4. Fasten the screws [A] loosened in step 2. ( x 2)

 Left side of the decurl unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-110 SM
Installation
 Right side of the decurl unit
5. Open the front door.

6. Remove tapes and retainers.
7. To attach the mylar in the next step, disassemble the paper guide [A] included as an accessory.
( x 2)
8. Attach the transparent mylar [B].
[C]: 0 to 1 mm
9. Reassemble the paper guide. ( x2)

10. Peel the tape from the sponge strip [A] and attach it to the top right edge of the unit.
11. Attach the paper guide [B]. ( x2; M3x6)
SM 2-111 D135/D136/D137/D138
12. Attach the following to the main machine:

 [A] Right joint bracket, marked "R" ( x2; M4x16)
 [B] Left joint bracket, marked "L" ( x2; M4x16).
13. Remove the interface connector cover [A] from the main machine.
14. Open the front door [A].

15. Remove the screw of the lock bar [B] ( x1). Keep this screw.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-112 SM
16. Remove the retainers installed in step 3. ( x4)

17. Push the decurl unit [A] against the main machine so that the lock bar is below the joint
brackets.
Installation
18. Push in the lock bar [A] and fasten it with the screw removed in step 15. ( x 1)
19. Reinstall the retainers [A] removed in step 16 as shown below. ( x 4)
20. Connect the I/F cable [A] of the decurl unit to the main machine.
SM 2-113 D135/D136/D137/D138
21. Set the leveling shoes [A].

22. Adjust the height of the unit and make sure that it is level.
23. Remove the paper guide of the downstream peripheral device.

24. Disassemble the paper guide [A]. ( x2)
25. Attach the black mylar [B].
[C]: 0 to 1 mm
[D]: 0 to 1 mm
 If the downstream peripheral device is Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751), don’t attach
the black mylar. The mylar for the decurl unit is provided with the buffer pass unit.
Dock the Downstream Peripheral Device

If the downstream peripheral device is Finisher SR4090 (D703) or Booklet Finisher SR4100
(D704)
Attach the following to the decurl unit:
 [A] Right joint bracket( x2; M4x8)
 [B] Left joint bracket ( x2; M4x8).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-114 SM
Installation
If the downstream peripheral device is Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711) or Cover
Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712)
1. Install the small bracket [A] on the cover interposer tray [B]. ( x1)
2. Dock the downstream unit.
If the downstream peripheral device does not have a connecting section such as Buffer Pass
Unit Type 5020 (D751)
1. Remove the rear upper cover [A] of the decurl unit. ( x4)
2. Remove the rear lower cover [A] of the decurl unit. ( x2)
SM 2-115 D135/D136/D137/D138
3. Remove the connecting bracket [A].
4. Dock the downstream unit.
 When you remove the decurl unit, hold it in the lower half, lower than the middle.
Paper curl adjustment when Decurl unit DU5020 connects with Finisher SR4090 or Booklet
Finisher SR4100
1. Print out 10 sheets of A4/LT in stapling mode, LEF.
2. Check the paper curl.
3. Adjust the paper curl in [System setting] – [Paper curl Correction level].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-116 SM
⇒ Rev. 12/13/2013 Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
2.10 BUFFER PASS UNIT TYPE 5020 (D751) (D137/D138

ONLY)
1. Screws (M4 x 8) 2
Installation
2. Screws (M4 x 16) 4
3. Leveling Shoes 4
4. Docking Bracket (L) 1
5. Docking Bracket (R) 1
6. Wide Mylar (50mm) 2
7. Narrow Mylar (35.5mm) 2
8. Sponge Strip 1
9. Power Cord 1
10. Ground Plate 1
INSTALLATION
 The unit must be connected to a power source that is close to the unit and easily
accessible.
 Make sure that the main machine is switched off and that its power cord is
disconnected before doing the following procedure.
 The buffer pass unit is unstable and can fall over easily. To avoid personal injury or
damage to the unit, use caution when you pull out the buffer pass unit drawer until the
unit has been docked to the main machine.
 The power cord that comes with the buffer pass unit is for use with this equipment only.
Do not use it with other appliances. Doing so could result in fire or electric shock.
SM 2-117 D135/D136/D137/D138
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only) Rev. 12/13/2013
 Rated Voltage of Output Connector [A] for Accessories: Max. DC 24 V.
Fuse Rating (DC5V, DC24V Fuse)

PCB: CTB
ID Rating Manufacturer Type No.

[A] CP1 DC32V/5A IDEC CORP NRPS10-G5A
[B] CP2 DC6V/1.5A TYCO ELECTRONICS CORP miniSMDC150F
1. Remove all visible external tapes on the external surfaces.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-118 SM
Rev. 12/13/2013
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
2. Open the front door [A] and remove all visible tapes.
 There are no tapes inside the unit.

 The unit is top heavy and unstable. Use caution when you pull out the buffer pass
unit drawer until this unit has been docked to the main machine.
Installation
3. Remove the right cover [A] of the buffer pass unit. ( x 6)
4. Attach the ground plate [A]. ( x 2)
SM 2-119 D135/D136/D137/D138
5. Remove the entrance guide [A]. ( x 2)
#01: When connecting the Buffer Pass Unit with the mainframe
NOTE: If the Buffer Pass Unit is to be connected to the Decurl

Unit DU5020 (D727), go to "#02: When connecting the
Buffer Pass Unit with the Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727)"
(page 2-124).
This section describes the procedure for attaching the Wide Mylar to the entrance guide that was
removed in step 5.
[A]: Wide Mylar (50mm, accessory item #6)
[C] [B]: Upper entrance guide

[C]: Lower entrance guide
[B]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-120 SM
Rev. 12/13/2013 Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
Attaching the Wide Mylar to the Upper entrance guide
6-1. Peel off the sheet from the double stick tape [A] on the Wide Mylar.
6-2. Attach the Wide Mylar to the Upper entrance guide by aligning the edge [B] of the Mylar with
the edge #01 of the guide plate, and edge [C] of the double stick tape with the edge #02 of the
guide plate.
Installation
[A] [C]
6-3. Confirm the Wide Mylar is attached correctly to the Upper entrance guide as shown in
the photo below.
Attaching the Wide Mylar to the Lower entrance guide

6-5. Attach the Wide Mylar to the Lower entrance guide by aligning the edge [B] of the
Mylar with the edge #01 of the guide plate, and edge [C] of the double stick tape with
the edge #02 of the guide plate.
SM 2-121 D135/D136/D137/D138
6-6. Confirm the Wide Mylar is attached correctly to the Lower entrance guide as shown in the
photo below.
7. Attach the entrance guide to the buffer pass unit. (screw x2)
8. Attach the right cover of the buffer pass unit. (screw x6)
9. Attach the sponge strip [A] (accessories item #8) to the Buffer Pass Unit as shown in the
illustration below.
10. Attach the docking bracket Right [A] (accessories item #5) and docking bracket Left [B]
(accessories item #4) to the main frame. (screw x2 each)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-122 SM
11. Remove the connector cover [A] from the mainframe.
Installation
12. Open the front door, then pull out the locking lever [A]. (screw x1)
13. Push the buffer pass unit against the mainframe to dock the units.
14. Push the lock lever [A] and fasten it with the screw removed in step 12. (screw x1)
SM 2-123 D135/D136/D137/D138
15. Connect the I/F cable of the buffer pass unit to the socket [A] on the mainframe.
Go to "Common Procedure" (page 2-128).
#02: When connecting the Buffer Pass Unit with the Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727)
This section describes the procedure for attaching the Wide Mylar to the entrance guide that was
removed in step 5.
[A]: Wide Mylar

(50mm, accessories item #6)
[C]
[B]
[B]: Upper entrance guide

[C]: Lower entrance guide
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-124 SM
Attaching the Wide Mylar to the Upper entrance guide

16-2. Attach the Wide Mylar to the Upper entrance guide by aligning the edge [B] of the
Mylar with the edge #01 of the guide plate, and the shorter edge [C] of the Mylar with
NOTE: Alignment position of edge [C] is different from step 6-2 (when connecting the buffer pass
unit to the mainframe).
Installation
16-3. Confirm the Wide Mylar is attached correctly to the Upper entrance guide as shown in
the photo below.
Attaching the Wide Mylar to the Lower entrance guide

16-5. Attach the Wide Mylar to the Lower entrance guide by aligning the edge [B] of the
NOTE: Same as step 6-5 (when connecting buffer pass unit to the mainframe).
SM 2-125 D135/D136/D137/D138
16-6. Confirm the Wide Mylar is attached correctly to the Lower entrance guide as shown in the
photo below.
17. Attach the entrance guide to the buffer pass unit. (screw x2)
18. Attach the right cover of the buffer pass unit. (screw x6)
19. Remove the rear upper cover [A] of the Decurl Unit. (screws x4)
20. Remove the lower rear cover [A] of the Decurl Unit. (screw x2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-126 SM
21. Remove the bracket [A] from the Decurl Unit. (screw x3)
Installation
22. Attach the docking bracket Right [A] (accessories item #5) and docking bracket Left [B]
(accessories item #4) to the paper exit side of the Decurl Unit. (screw x2 each)
SM 2-127 D135/D136/D137/D138
Buffer Pass Unit Type 5020 (D751) (D137/D138 Only)
Rev. 12/13/2013
23. Connect the I/F cable of the Decurl Unit to the socket [A] of the mainframe. Then connect
the Buffer Pass Unit with the Decurl Unit similarly to steps 10 through 12.
Common procedure for both of the following cases:
#01: When connecting the Buffer Pass Unit with the mainframe
#02: When connecting the Buffer Pass Unit with the Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727)
24. Set the leveling shoes [A] and adjust the height of the unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-128 SM
25. Remove the 2 screws [A] on the front side of clamping bracket [D].
26. Turn the Kc5 lever [B] counter clockwise and pull out the buffer pass unit drawer [C].
27. Remove the clamping bracket [D]. (screw x2)
28. Remove the 4 shipping brackets [E]. (screw x1 each)
29. Slide in the buffer pass unit drawer [C].
30. Close the front door [F].
Installation
31. Attach the docking bracket [A] of the downstream unit to the left side of the buffer pass unit.
(Illustration below is an example showing the bracket for SR4110.)
32. Attach the Narrow Mylar [A] (35.5mm, accessories item #7) to the entrance guide of the
downstream unit (for example, the SR4110) by referring to the procedure described on the
following page.
SM 2-129 D135/D136/D137/D138
Attaching the Narrow Mylar to the Upper entrance guide

32-1. Peel off the sheet from the double stick tape [A] on the Narrow Mylar.
32-2. Attach the Narrow Mylar to the Upper entrance guide by aligning the edge [B] of the
double stick tape with the edge #01 of the guide plate, and the edge [C] of the double
stick tape with the edge #02 of the guide plate.
32-3. Confirm the Narrow Mylar is attached correctly to the Upper entrance guide as shown in the
photo below.
Attaching the Narrow Mylar to the Lower entrance guide

32-4. Peel off the sheet from the double stick tape [A] on the Narrow Mylar.
32-5. Attach the Narrow Mylar to the Lower entrance guide by aligning the edge [B] of the
#02
#01
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-130 SM
32-6. Confirm the Narrow Mylar is attached correctly to the Lower entrance guide as shown in the
photo below.
Installation
33. Dock the downstream unit to the buffer pass unit.
34. Connect the power cord [A] provided with the buffer pass unit to the power inlet on the buffer
pass unit.
35. Connect the buffer pass unit power cord to the wall socket, and then connect the mainframe
power cord to the wall socket.
NOTE: Make sure the power cords are plugged to the wall socket in the above order. Otherwise,
the buffer pass unit will not be recognized by the mainframe when turning on the power in
the following step, and cause a paper jam in the buffer pass unit.
36. Turn ON the main power switch on the mainframe.

37. Confirm proper function of the buffer pass unit to complete the procedure.
SM 2-131 D135/D136/D137/D138
Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615) Rev. 04/17/2014
⇒ 2.11 MULTI-FOLDING UNIT FD4000 (D615)

2.11.1 ACCESSORIES
and list.
1. Joint Bracket 1
2. Paper Guide – Long (for D135/D136/D137/D138) 1
3. Paper Guide – Short (for D131/D132/D133) 1
4. Proof Tray Auxiliary Plate - Bottom 1
5. Ground Plate 1
6. Screws 3x6 2
7. Screws M3x6 2
8. Screws M4x20 4
9. Screws M4x14 (Not Used) 4
10. Leveling Shoes 5

*1
11. Power Cord 1
12. Sponge Strip 1
*1: When using this unit in China, do not use this power cord provided with this unit. Contact
your supervisor and use the power cord specified for use in China.
2.11.2 INSTALLATION
accessible.
 Make sure that the main machine is switched off and that its power cord is
disconnected before doing the following procedure.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-132 SM
Rev. 12/13/2013 Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 (D615)
Tapes
1. Remove all tape and packing material from the front, left, rear, and right sides.
Installation
3. Remove all tape from inside [B].
Paper Guide, Sponge Strip

1. Fasten the joint bracket [A] to the left side of the upstream unit. ( x 4; M4x20)
2. Fasten the joint bracket provided with the downstream device to the left side of the
multi-folding unit, if a downstream device is going to be installed. ( x 4; M4x14)
SM 2-133 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Use the screws provided with the downstream device.

3. Select the long paper guide for the installation.
 Two paper guides are provided.
 The short paper guide is for another machine (D131/D132/D133).
 If the upstream peripheral device is the Decurl Unit DU5020 (D727), attach the
black mylar provided with the cover interposer tray or decurl unit to this paper
guide.
4. Attach the long paper guide [A] to the left side of the multi-folding unit. ( x 2; M3x6)
5. Peel the tape from the sponge strip [B] and attach the strip to the top right edge of the
multi-folding unit.
Ground Plate
1. Attach the ground plate [A] to the lower right edge of the unit. ( x 2; M3x6)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-134 SM
Installation
Docking
Do the step 8 to 12, only if the upstream unit is the Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712).
2. At the front right corner, remove the screw of the lock bar [B] ( x 1 M3x6). Keep this screw.
3. Push in the lock bar.
4. Slowly push the unit [C] against the left side of the upstream unit (or main machine) so that the lock bar is
directly and squarely under the arms of the joint bracket.
5. Pull out the lock bar so it slides up into the notches in the arms on both ends of the joint bracket [D].
6. Fasten the lock bar by re-attaching the screw removed in Step 2 ( x 1).
7. Connect the I/F cable [E] to the upstream unit (or main machine).
 If you are connecting to the main machine, you must first remove the plastic cap on
the I/F cable connection point.
8. Remove:
 [A] Rear upper cover ( x4)
 [B] Rear lower cover ( x3)
SM 2-135 D135/D136/D137/D138
9. Use a short screwdriver to loosen bracket [A] ( x 2).

10. Fasten the bracket to the upstream unit at [B] ( x 1).
11. Tighten the screws ( x 3).
12. Re-attach the rear covers.
Power Cord
1. Insert the power cord socket into the power connection point.
 In China, do not use this power cord provided with this

unit. Contact your supervisor and use the power cord
specified for use in China.
2. Plug in the power cord for the Multi-Folding Unit into an AC wall
outlet.
3. Disconnect the power cord from the copier, and then press the
main power switch.
 This releases the charge remaining inside the machine. If you do not do this step,
the copier will not recognize the Multi-Folding Unit and paper jams will occur. (See
“Replacement and Adjustment” → “Notes on the Main Power Switch”).
4. Plug in the power cord for the copier into an AC wall outlet.
5. Turn ON the main power switch.
 If the copier main power turns on automatically when you plug in the cord, wait
until the machine finishes warming up. Then, turn the main power OFF and ON
again.
6. Make sure that the Multi-Folding Unit operates correctly.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-136 SM
Height Adjustment
Adjust the height of the unit and make sure that it is level.
1. Turn the lower nut to lower the bolt.
2. Set the leveling shoes [A] below the bolt.
Installation
Removing Parts for the Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712)
Three parts must be removed before the tray unit of the cover interposer tray can be mounted
on top of the Multi Folding Unit.
1. Open the front door.
 The following parts require removal only if the upstream unit is the Cover
Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712).
 These parts must be removed so that the tray unit of the Cover Interposer Tray will
fit on top of the Multi Folding Unit.
2. Remove:
 [A] Bracket ( x 1)
 [B] Cross-piece ( x 2)
 [C] Metal plate from the door ( x 2)
3. After removing [B] and [C], reattach [A].
SM 2-137 D135/D136/D137/D138
Proof Tray Auxiliary Plate

1. Install the proof tray auxiliary plate.
 Set the plate [A] in the center aligned with the diagonal groove.
 The back should be flat against the end fence.
2. When the plate is not being used, open the front door and store the plate at [B] inside the
inner cover.
 The plate should be used when Z-folded paper (all sizes) is output to the proof tray.
 If the plate is not used with Z-folded output, the pages could mix and overlap.
Detecting Paper Skew

Do this check to detect the presence of skew in the paper path.
1. Make sure that the I/F cable of the unit is connected to the upstream unit.
2. If a peripheral unit is connected on the left side, disconnect it and pull it away.
3. Execute a straight-through run.
4. Check the scale where each sheet exits.
 The rear scale is for DLT-size paper.
 The front scale [2] is for A3-size paper.
 Be sure to read the correct scale for the paper size in use.
[A] Centered. No adjustment necessary.

[B] Trailing edge skew to the front, total
skew more than ±2 mm. Adjustment
required.
[C] Trailing edge skew to the rear, total
skew more than ±2 mm. Adjustment
required.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-138 SM
Correcting Skew
1. Disconnect the multi folding unit from the upstream unit.
2. Remove the spacers from the multi folding unit.
Installation
3. Loosen the screws ( x4) of the joint bracket attached to the upstream unit.
4. Insert a spacer and tighten the screws.
If the trailing edge of the paper is skewing toward the front of the machine, insert a
spacer [A] under the rear end of the bracket and tighten the screws.
-or-
If the trailing edge is skewing toward the rear of the machine, insert a spacer [B] under
the front end of the bracket and tighten the screws.
5. Do another run to check the adjustment. If skew is still present, insert another spacer.
 Each spacer is 2 mm thick.
 Only two spacers are provided, so the maximum adjustment is 4 mm (using two
spacers).
Checking Side-to-Side Registration

Do this procedure to confirm that the paper is centered in the paper path.
1. Make sure that the I/F cable of the unit is connected to the upstream unit.
2. Disconnect the unit to the left of the unit to be tested.
3. Execute a run by feeding paper from Tray 2 of the host machine.
4. When each sheet exits, check the position of the paper on the scale to see if the paper is
centered.
 Read the rear scale for DLT-size paper
 Read the front scale for A3-size paper.
 The scale lines are spaced 2 mm apart.
5. The paper must not deviate more than ±2 mm on the scale.
SM 2-139 D135/D136/D137/D138
[A] Leading/trailing edges centered. No

adjustment necessary.
[B] Leading/trailing edges offset to the rear by
more than 2 mm. Adjustment required.
[C] Leading/trailing edges offset to the front by
more than 2 mm. Adjustment required.
If the edge of the paper is on the scale at the center [A], no adjustment is required.
-or-
If the edge of the paper is ±2 mm off the center line on the scale, adjustment is required. Do
the procedure in the next section.
Correcting Side-to-Side Registration

1. Disconnect the multi-folding unit from the upstream unit.
2. On the joint bracket attached to the upstream unit, loosen screws , , , and .
3. Remove bracket [A] ( x1), rotate it 90 degrees, and re-fasten the screw. Changing the
position of this bracket aligns the oval cut-out horizontally and frees the joint bracket so it
can slide from side to side.
4. Look at the scale [B].
5. Slide the bracket to the left or right and tighten the screw.
6. If the deviation from center was toward the front, slide the bracket to the rear and tighten
the screw .
-or-
If the deviation from center was toward the rear, side the bracket to the front and tighten the
screw .
7. Tighten screws , , and .
8. Do another test run, so that you can check the results of the adjustment.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-140 SM
Mail Box CS4010 (D708) (D135/D136 Only)
2.12 MAIL BOX CS4010 (D708) (D135/D136 ONLY)

The Mail Box CS4010 is installed on the Finisher SR4090 or Booklet Finisher SR4100. It cannot
be installed with the Cover Interposer Tray CI4010. (Either the mailbox or cover interposer tray
can be installed on top of the finisher, but not both.)
2.12.1 ACCESSORIES
Installation
No. Description Qty
1. Trays 9
2. Guide plate 1
3. Tapping screws - M3x8 6
4. Decals (bin display) 1
SM 2-141 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Turn the machine off and disconnect the machine power cord before you start this
procedure.
1. Remove the filament tape [A].
 Move the mailbox carefully. It is easy to cause damage to the corner leaf plate [B].
2. If the Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 is installed on the Finisher SR4090 or Booklet Finisher
SR4100, remove it.
 The cover interposer tray and mailbox cannot be installed on the finisher at the
same time.
3. Remove the finisher from the main machine.
 Disconnect the finisher connector [A] to the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-142 SM
Installation
 Open the front door [A] of the finisher, and pull the lock lever [B]. ( x 1)
 Remove the finisher from the main machine.
4. Remove the top cover [A] from the finisher ( x 2).
SM 2-143 D135/D136/D137/D138
5. Install the finisher on the main machine.

 Slowly push the finisher against the left side of the machine, keeping its front door open
until the brackets go into their slots.
 Push the lock lever [A], and then secure it ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-144 SM
 Connect the finisher connector [A] to the machine.
Installation
6. Attach the guide plate [A] to the top of the finisher ( x 2, M3 x 8).
7. Attach the mailbox [A] to the top of the finisher ( x 4, M3 x 8).

8. Attach the 9 trays [B] to the mailbox.
9. Give the decals [C] to the customer. The customer will write on these and attach them at
the correct location.
SM 2-145 D135/D136/D137/D138

D135/D136/D137/D138 2-146 SM
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
2.13 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY CI4010 (D711)

Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711) is for installation on the Finisher SR4090 (D703)/Booklet
Finisher SR4100 (D704) only and not on Finisher SR4110 (D707).
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711) inserts cover or slip sheets into copied or printed outputs.
2.13.1 ACCESSORIES
Installation
1 Plate Extension (bottom) 1
2 Rear cover extension (bottom) 1
3 Front door extension (top) 1
4 Front door extension (bottom) 1
5 Connecting Bracket (rear) 1
6 Connecting Bracket (front) 1
7 Front Joint Bracket 1
8 Rear Joint Bracket 1
9 Right front corner plate 1
10 Right Rear Cover Plate 1
11 Cushion (with double-sided tape) 1
12 Label 1
13 Gasket Seals 2
14 Screws– M4 x 14 4
15 Shoulder screw 2
16 Tapping screws – M3 x 6 6
18 Tapping screws – 3 x 6 2
SM 2-147 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711) Rev. 9/25/2013
⇒ 19 *Guide Plate: Connecting: Lower (P/N: D7114237) 1
* When the CI4010 is connected with a Decurler unit DU5020 or a Buffer pass unit Type5020
replace the accessory bracket with item 19 (Guide Plate: Connecting: Lower). See the
replacement procedure at the end of CL4010 Installation.
19
procedure.
1. Remove all tape and retainers from the cover interposer tray.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-148 SM
Rev. 9/25/2013 Cover Interposer Tray CI4010 (D711)
2. If the finisher is connected to the main machine, disconnect it.

 Disconnect the finisher connector [A] from the main machine.
Installation
 Open the front door [A] of the finisher, and pull the lock lever [B]. ( x 1)
 Disconnect the finisher from the main machine.
3. Remove the front joint bracket [A] and rear joint bracket [B]. ( x 4)
SM 2-149 D135/D136/D137/D138
4. Remove the cover [A] from the finisher.
⇒ 5. (D137/D138 only) Remove the docking bracket [A] from the finisher. ( x 2)
IMPORTANT: See 2.13.3 Replacing The

Guide Plate for the procedure.
6. Install the front connecting bracket [A] and rear connecting bracket [B]. ( x 2; 3 x 6)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-150 SM
7. Install the shoulder screws from inside the finisher. ( x 2; shoulder screws)
 Front side [A]: ( x 1)
 Rear side [B]: ( x 1)
Installation
8. Open the finisher front door, and then install the cover interposer tray [A] on the finisher.
 Make sure the cover interposer tray is set on the shoulder screws installed in step
7.
SM 2-151 D135/D136/D137/D138
9. Fasten the cover interposer tray on the finisher. ( x 1; M3 x 6)
10. Install the 4 screws in the front door of the finisher. ( x 4; M4 x 8)
11. Install the bottom front cover extension [A] on the front door. ( x 2; screws installed in step
10)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-152 SM
12. Install the top front cover extension [A] on the front door. ( x 2; screws installed in step
10)
Installation
13. Install the rear cover extension [A] on the right side of the finisher. ( x 2; M3 x 6)
14. Remove the ground plate [A] from the finisher. ( x 2)
15. Install the ground plate [A] provided with the cover interposer tray. ( x 2; M3 x 6)
SM 2-153 D135/D136/D137/D138
16. Install the ground plate [A] removed in step 14. ( x 2; screws removed in step 14)
17. Peel the 2 labels from the finisher.

 Front side: The label is placed at [A]
 Rear side: The label is placed at [B].
18. Temporary tighten the screw [A] at the front side of the finisher. ( x 1; M4 x 16)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-154 SM
19. Install the right front corner plate [A], and fasten the screw installed in step 18. ( x 1; M4 x
16)
Installation
20. Temporary tighten the two screws [A] at the rear side of the finisher. ( x 2; M4 x 16)
21. Install the right rear cover plate [A], and fasten the screws installed in step 20. ( x 2; M4 x
16)
SM 2-155 D135/D136/D137/D138
22. Attach the cushion [A] to the finisher.
23. Open the front door of the finisher, and pull the lock lever [A]. ( x 1)
 Keep the screw that you removed.

24. Install the front joint bracket [A]. ( x 2; M4 x 14)
25. Install the rear joint bracket [B]. ( x 2; M4 x 14)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-156 SM
26. Attach the gasket seals [A] and [B].
Installation
27. Slowly push the finisher with cover interposer tray against the left side of the machine,
keeping its front door open until the brackets go into their slots.
28. Push the lock lever [A], and then secure it. ( x 1; screw removed in step 23).
29. Connect the finisher connector [A] to the main machine.
SM 2-157 D135/D136/D137/D138
30. Plug the machine and switch the machine on.

31. Enter the [System Settings].
32. Set the [Interposer] for the [Front Cover Sheet Tray], [Back Cover Sheet Tray], and
[Designation Sheet 2 Tray] of the [Tray Paper Settings].
⇒ 2.13.3 REPLACING THE GUIDE PLATE:

IMPORTANT (D137/D138 ONLY):
If the "Decurler Unit DU5020 (D727)" or "Buffer Pass Unit Type
5020 (D751)" is included in the configuration, the original guide
plate [A] must be replaced with "GUIDE PLATE: CONNECTING:
LOWER" (item#19 of accessories). With the original guide plate
[B] installed, lever [A] will catch the optional device if released for
jam recovery (***). [A]
[B]
1. Release the lever [A] and remove the guide

plate [B]. ( x2)
[A]
[B]
The original guide plate will no longer be used and

does not have to be stored.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-158 SM
2. Attach the new guide plate [A] (item#19 of accessories) to the frame [B] of the cover
interposer and lift up the lever [C] to its home position. ( x 2)
Installation
[C] [A]
[B]
SM 2-159 D135/D136/D137/D138
2.14 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY CI4020 (D712)

Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712) is for installation on the Finisher SR4110 (D707) only and
not on Finisher SR4090 (D703)/Booklet Finisher SR4100 (D704).
Cover Interposer Tray CI4020 (D712) inserts cover or slip sheets into copied or printed outputs.
2.14.1 ACCESSORIES
Check the quantity and condition of the accessories in the box against the following list.
1. Base Cover (Tray Unit) 1
2. Rear Cover 1
3. Spacer 1
4. Relay Guide Plate 1
5. "L" Hinge Pins (Tray Unit Front Cover) 2
6. Sponge Strip 1
7. Leveling Shoes 4
8. Front Docking Bracket 1
9. Rear Docking Bracket 1
10. Screw (M4 x 14) 4
11. Screw (M3 x 6) 2
12. Screw (M3 x 8) 1
13. Screws (M4 x 8) 7
14. Flat Knob Screw 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-160 SM
Installation
Setting up the Unit and Docking to the Copier
 Unplug the power cord before starting the following procedure.

1. Remove all the tape and shipping materials from the tray unit [A].
2. Remove cover [A].

3. Remove all tape and shipping materials from the transport unit [B].
SM 2-161 D135/D136/D137/D138
4. Remove the interface connector cover [A].

5. Attach the rear docking bracket [B] ( x2; M4x14).
6. Attach the front docking bracket [C] ( x2; M4x14).
7. Peel the tape from the back of the sponge strip [A] and attach it as shown.
8. Attach the relay guide plate [B] ( x2; M3x6).
9. Remove the ground plate [C] from the bottom cross-piece ( x2).
10. Turn the ground plate over.
11. Reattach the ground plate with the same screws as shown ( x2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-162 SM
Installation
12. Open the front door of the cover interposer tray.
13. Pull out the locking lever [A].
14. Align the finisher [B] with the joint brackets [C], then slowly push the finisher onto the
brackets.
15. Connect the finisher cable [D] to the copier
16. Push in the locking lever.
17. Check that the top edges of the finisher are parallel with edges of the finisher (or copier) to
the right.
18. Fasten the locking lever [A]. ( x 1)
19. Push the runners [A] and [B] in and re-fasten them again with the screws.
SM 2-163 D135/D136/D137/D138
20. Close the front door.
Docking the Next Peripheral Device

The next peripheral device to the left of the cover interposer tray must be installed before you
can mount the tray unit on top of the transport unit of the cover interposer tray.
 The tray unit of the cover interposer tray is supported by the top of the next peripheral
device in line to the left, as well as the transport unit of the cover interposer.
 The next peripheral device to the left of the cover interposer must be set up and docked to
the cover interposer before the transport unit of the cover interposer can be mounted.
Connect the next peripheral unit now.
 Finisher SR4110 ( page 2-87 "Finisher SR4110 (D707)")
 Never attempt to mount the cover interposer tray unit until the next device in line has
been docked to the transport unit (base) of the cover interposer tray.
 To prevent bending the frame of the tray unit and damaging its alignment, always
remove the tray unit from the cover interposer tray transport unit: (1) Before
disconnecting either the cover interposer tray or the next peripheral device to the left,
or (2) Before doing any maintenance on either the cover interposer tray or the next
peripheral device to the left.
Mounting the Tray Unit

1. Remove the rear cover [A] ( x2).
2. Confirm that the connectors [B] are free.
3. Place the tray unit [C] on top of the cover interposer transport unit.
4. Attach the knob screw [D] ( x1).
5. Connect the harness connectors [E] ( x5)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-164 SM
Installation
6. Reattach the rear cover.
7. Remove the front inner cover [A] from the dual-tray unit ( x2).
8. Fasten the tray unit to the top of the transport unit with the knob screws [B] ( x2; M4x8).
9. Attach the base cover [A] ( x1; M4x10).

10. Confirm that the holes in the cover match the positions of the reference pins.
11. Re-attach the front inner cover [B] (removed at step 7 above).
12. Position the tray unit front door [C] so that its hinges match the posts on the frame of the
tray unit.
13. Hold the lower L-pin [D] as shown, insert it halfway, push it up, then rotate it into its groove.
14. Hold the upper L-pin [E] as shown, insert it halfway, push it down, then rotate it into its
groove.
SM 2-165 D135/D136/D137/D138
15. Attach the spacer [A] to the rear of the transport unit ( x2; M4x12).
16. Set the leveling shoes [A] (x4) under the feet.
17. Turn the nuts to adjust the height of the cover interposer until it is level.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-166 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
2.15 LCIT RT4020 (D709)

2.15.1 ACCESSORIES
No Description Q'ty
Installation
1 Stay 1
2 Rail 1
5 Shoulder screws 2
6 Decal: caution chart: paper set direction 1
7 Decal: LED 1
SM 2-167 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
procedure.
1. Remove all tape and retainers from the LCT.
2. Remove the paper entrance cover [A] from the main machine. ( x 2)
3. Install the stay [A] on the main machine. (M3 x 6; x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-168 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
Installation
4. Remove the connector cover [A] from the main machine.
5. Install the rail [A] on the right side of the main machine. (M4 x 14; x 2)
SM 2-169 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
 The rail must be standing on the floor. If the screw holes on the LCT are too high or
too low, and do not overlap the vertical screw slots in the rail, the rubber feet of the
rail must be adjusted. ( page 2-174 "Adjustment for the Rubber Foot Positions
on the Rail")
6. Set the LCT [A] on the rail [B], and then slide it towards the main machine.
7. Install the LCT on the main machine.
8. Open the top right cover [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-170 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
9. Right cover [A] ( x2)
Installation
10. Fasten the rail to the LCT. (shoulder screws; x 2)
 When you fasten the rail to the LCT, the screw holes [B] of the rail need to be in the
same position as the screw holes [A] of the LCT.
11. Reattach the right cover, and then connect the plug [A] of the LCT power connector to the
side of the machine.
SM 2-171 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
12. Prepare the Decal: caution chart: paper set direction [A].
13. Open the top right cover and attach the decal as shown below.
Select one of the decals according to the paper that will be used by the customer.
 Paper type, brand, etc can be written on the blank space.

14. Attach a decal to the front.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-172 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
Installation
D137/D138: Attach the Decal: LED supplied with the LCIT.
D135/D136: Attach a blank sheet on the paper size decal supplied with the main machine.
15. Plug in the machine and turn it on.
 To move down the paper tray, cover the photosensor with your left hand and press
the bottom plate operation button [A].
SM 2-173 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
2.15.3 ADJUSTMENT FOR THE RUBBER FOOT POSITIONS ON

THE RAIL
The rail must be standing on the floor. If the screw holes on the LCT are too high or too low, and
do not overlap the vertical screw slots in the rail, the rubber feet of the rail must be adjusted.
Change the rubber foot positions on the rail before installing the rail.
1. The rubber feet are placed at [A] as shown below.
2. The slotted screw holes in the rail for attaching the rail to the LCT have a tolerance for the
height (-/+ 2 mm). If you can install the rail within -/+ 2 mm in height, you do not need to do
the following steps.
3. If you cannot install the rail within -/+ 2 mm in height, change the rubber foot position to
adjust the height of the rail.
 If the screw holes of the main machine are above the slotted holes of the rail, change
the rubber foot position as shown below.
 If the screw holes of the main machine are below the slotted holes of the rail, change
the rubber foot position as shown below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-174 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
Installation
 When changing the rubber foot position, remove the rail bracket [A]. ( x 4). After
changing the rubber foot position, reinstall the rail bracket.
2.15.4 LCIT (D709) TRAY HEATER
Accessories
Check the accessories against the list below.
SM 2-175 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
No Description Q'ty
1 Heater: 15W 1
2 Heater Harness 1
3 Harness clamp 4
4 Harness clamp 1
5 Tapping Screw:4x6 2
7 Tapping Screw - M3x6 2
8 Screw: Polished Round/Spring:M4x8 1
Installation
2. To move down the paper tray, cover the photosensor with your left hand and press the
bottom plate operation button [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-176 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
3. Remove the side fences [A]. ( x 4)
Installation
4. Close the top right cover to move the paper tray upward. (The paper tray stops in about 30
seconds.)
5. Switch the machine off and unplug the machine.
6. Disconnect the LCT power connector from the machine.
SM 2-177 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
9. Release the LCT from the main machine. ( x 2)
10. Slide the LCT [A] against the main machine, and then remove it from the rail [B].
11. Top right cover [A] ( x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-178 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
Installation
12. Top left cover [A] ( x2)
13. Rear left cover [A] ( x2)
14. Rear cover [A] ( x2)
SM 2-179 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
15. Left cover [A] ( x2)
16. Remove the bottom bracket [A]. ( x 3)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-180 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
17. Attach the clamp [A] on the undersurface of the LCT. ( x 1)
Installation
18. Attach the clamp [A] on the undersurface of the LCT. ( x 1)
19. Attach the three clamps [A] on the front side of the LCT. ( x 3)
20. Install the tray heater [A] in the LCT. (M4 x 6; x 2)
SM 2-181 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
21. Route the heater harness to the right side of the LCT as shown below. ( x 1)
22. Clamp the harness routed from the left side of the LCT. ( x 1)
23. Install the heater bracket [A] in the LCT. (M4 x 8; x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-182 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
24. Connect the heater bracket [A] and heater harness [B]. ( x 1)
Installation
25. Route the heater harness and heater bracket [A] as shown below. ( x 3)
26. Attach the ground wire [A] to the LCT. (M4 x 8; x 1)
27. Remove the heater harness cover [A] from the rear cover ( x 2).
SM 2-183 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
28. Reattach the following covers.

 Left cover
 Rear cover
 Rear left cover
 Top left cover
 Top right cover
When attaching the rear cover, pass the heater harness through the hole where the heater
harness cover was.
29. Remove the rear lower cover of the main machine.
30. Fix the heater bracket [A]. ( x 2)
31. Attach the heater harness [A] and ground wire [B]. ( x 1, x 1)
To attach the ground wire, remove the screw and replace it with the polished round screw
M3.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-184 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
Installation
32. Attach the rear lower cover of the main machine.
33. Set the LCT [A] on the rail [B], and then slide it towards the main machine.
34. Install the LCT on the main machine.
35. Open the top right cover, and then fasten the rail to the LCT. (shoulder screws; x 2)
SM 2-185 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
 When you fasten the rail to the LCT, the screw holes [B] of the rail needs to be in
the same position as the screw holes [A] of the LCT.
36. Reattach the right cover. ( x 2)

37. Remove the cover of the main machine.
38. Connect the heater bracket to the main machine.
39. Reattach the cover of the main machine.
40. Connect the LCT power connector to the main machine, and then turn on the main power.
41. To move down the paper tray, cover the photosensor with your left hand and press the
bottom plate operation button [A].
42. Reattach the side fence.

43. Close the top right cover.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-186 SM
LCIT RT4020 (D709)
2.15.5 IMAGE ADJUSTMENTS: SIDE-TO-SIDE REGISTRATION

1. Use the Trimming Area Pattern (SP2-109-003, No. 14) to print the test pattern.
2. Go to SP1-003-007 (Side-to-Side Reg: LCT).
3. Load paper (A4 LEF) in the LCT tray, and then copy a couple of sheets.
4. Enter the value in SP1-003-007 to adjust the blank margin [A] to 2 mm.
The default value is 0mm. Press [+] to broaden the margin, and press [-] to narrow it. You
Installation
can adjust the value in 0.1mm intervals.
5. Exit the SP mode.
SM 2-187 D135/D136/D137/D138
8 1/2" x 14" Paper Size Tray Type M2 (D745)
2.16 8 1/2" X 14" PAPER SIZE TRAY TYPE M2 (D745)

2.16.1 COMPONENT LIST
1 Cover 1
2 B4/LG frame 1
3 Bottom plate extension 1
4 Rear bracket 1
5 Front bracket 1
6 Harness clamp 1
7 Tapping screws - M4x8 6
8 Tapping bind screws - M4x8 4
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-188 SM

1. Open the upper right cover [A].
Installation
2. Move down the paper tray, cover the photosensor with your left hand and press the bottom
plate operation button [A].
3. Move the front side fence [A] and rear side fence [B] to the B4 or LG position.
SM 2-189 D135/D136/D137/D138
4. Close the upper right cover [A] to move the paper tray up. (The paper tray stops in about 30
seconds.)
5. Switch the machine off and unplug the machine.
6. Disconnect the LCT power connector from the machine.
7. Remove the right cover of the LCT. ( page 2-167 "LCIT RT4020 (D709)")
8. Release the LCT from the main machine. ( x 2)
9. Slide the LCT [A] against the main machine, and then remove it from the rail [B].
10. Remove the following covers. ( page 2-167 "LCIT RT4020 (D709)")
 Upper right cover
 Upper left cover
 Rear left cover
 Rear cover
 Left cover
11. Remove the lower limit sensor bracket [A]. ( x 1, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-190 SM
Installation
12. Install the lower limit sensor bracket [A]. ( x 1)
13. Pull the sensor connector wire removed in step 11 through the hole [A] from the left side of
the LCT.
14. Release the sensor connector wire from the clamp [B].
15. Put the sensor connector wire to the right side of the LCT through the hole [A].
SM 2-191 D135/D136/D137/D138
16. Connect the sensor connector wire to the upper limit sensor [A]. ( x 1)
17. Attach the harness clamp to the rear of the plate [A]. Use this clamp to hold the sensor
connector wire.
18. Reattach the following covers.

 Left cover
 Rear cover
 Rear left cover
19. Remove the right stay [A]. ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-192 SM
Installation
20. Attach the right stay [A] below. ( x 2)
21. Attach the front bracket [A] with the beveled corner down. ( x 2)
 If the brackets are not easy to install, lift the bottom plate with your hand.
22. Attach the rear bracket [B] with the beveled corner down. ( x 2)
23. Attach the bottom plate extension [C] with the hex screws. ( x 4)
SM 2-193 D135/D136/D137/D138
24. Attach the B4/LG frame [C] with the hex screws. ( x 2)
25. Attach the right cover [B]. ( x 2)

26. Attach the upper right cover [A] provided with the 8 1/2" x 14" Paper Size Tray Type M2. (
x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-194 SM
Installation
27. Install the LCT on the main machine. ( page 2-167 "LCIT RT4020 (D709)")
28. Plug in the machine and turn it on.
29. Go into the SP mode and do 5-959-003.
30. Input "5" for B4 SEF or "6" for 8.5" x 14" SEF.
SM 2-195 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
2.17 LCIT RT4030 (D710)

No Description Q'ty
1 Shoes 4
2 Upper Joint Brackets 2
3 Lower Joint Bracket 1
5 Stay 1
6 Decal: caution chart: paper set direction 1
7 Decal: LED 1
8 Decal: transport: cover
9 Decal: misfeed removal: manual feed: 250
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-196 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
procedure.
1. Remove all tape and retainers from the LCT.
Installation
2. Open the front door [A] and paper tray unit [B], and remove all tape and retainers from the
LCT.
3. Remove the paper entrance cover [A] from the main machine. ( x 2)
SM 2-197 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
4. Install the stay [A] on the main machine. (M4 x 8; x 2)
 Set the embossed side of the stay against the main machine.
5. Remove the connector cover [A] and LCT connecting cover [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-198 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Installation
6. Install the upper joint brackets [A] and [B].
7. Install the lower joint brackets [A].
SM 2-199 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
8. Remove the ground plate [A]. ( x 2)
9. Change the orientation of the ground plate, and then install it as shown below. ( x 2)
10. Open the front cover [A].

11. Remove the screw [B] and release the lock plate [C]. (M4 x 8; x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-200 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Installation
12. Install the LCT [B] on the main machine [A].
13. Reattach the left corner plate [A]. (M4 x 8; x 1)
14. Set the leveling shoes [A]. (front left, front right, rear left, rear right side of the LCT)
SM 2-201 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
15. Connect the LCIT I/F cable [A] to the main machine.
16. Open the by-pass tray unit [A].
 Push down the lever [A] when opening the by-pass unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-202 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
17. Prepare the caution decal [A] provided with the LCT.
Installation
18. Attach the caution decal to [A] on the by-pass tray unit.
 [B]: 2mm
 [C]: 2mm
19. Prepare the sponge decal [A] provided with the LCT.
20. Attach the sponge decal to [A] on the exit cover.
SM 2-203 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
 Attach the sponge decal [A] on the corner of the exit cover.
 [B]: 50 mm
 [C]: 65 mm
21. Prepare the Decal: caution chart: paper set direction [A].
22. Draw out the paper tray and attach the decal [A] on the top of the front door.
Select one of the decals according to the paper that will be used by the customer.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-204 SM
Rev. 10/25/2013 LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Installation
 Paper type, brand, etc. can be written on the blank space.
23. Attach a decal to the front door.
D137/D138: Attach the Decal: LED supplied with the LCIT.

D135/D136: Attach a blank sheet on the paper size decal supplied with the main machine.
24. Plug in the machine and turn it ON.
 When you remove the LCT from the main

machine, slide the lock lever [A] to the
front side of the LCT, and then remove
the LCT.
SM 2-205 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710) Rev. 10/25/2013
⇒How to Disconnect the LCIT from the Main Machine

1. Open the Front Cover [A]. Remove the  [B] and pull the Lock Bracket [C] in the direction
indicated with the arrow.
2. Disconnect the LCIT from the main machine while pressing the Lock Bracket [D] in the
direction indicated with the arrow.
 Lock Bracket [D] is located at the rear side of the LCIT frame [E].
［E］［D］
［E］
[D]
［D］
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-206 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
2.17.3 LCIT (D710) TRAY HEATER
Accessories
Installation
No Description Q'ty
1 Heater: 15W 1
2 Heater Harness 1
3 Intermediate Harness 1
4 Harness Clamp 1
SM 2-207 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Installation
procedure.
 When installing the tray heater, make sure the LCT is installed in the main machine.
2. Right rear cover [A] ( x4)
3. Left rear cover [A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-208 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Installation
4. Connect the heater [A], intermediate harness [B], heater harness [C]. ( x 3)
5. Pull out the paper tray, and then install the heater [A]. ( x 3)
6. Route the harness with the clamp [A] as shown below, and then attach it to the rear side of
the LCT. ( x 3)
SM 2-209 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
7. Attach the clamp [A] to the rear side of the LCT.
8. Clamp the heater harness. ( x 1)
9. Attach the ground wire [A] to the LCT. (M4 x 8; x 3)
10. Remove the LCT bracket [A]. ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-210 SM
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
Installation
11. Attach the heater bracket [A]. ( x 2)
12. Reattach the exterior covers.

13. Remove the rear lower cover of the main machine.
14. Fix the heater bracket [A]. ( x 2)
15. Attach the heater harness [A] and ground wire [B]. ( x 1, x 1)
To attach the ground wire, remove the screw and replace it with the polished round screw
M3.
SM 2-211 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCIT RT4030 (D710)
16. Attach the rear lower cover of the main machine.
2.17.4 IMAGE ADJUSTMENTS: SIDE-TO-SIDE REGISTRATION

1. Use the Trimming Area Pattern (SP2-109-003, No. 14) to print the test pattern.
2. Go to SP1-003-007 (Side-to-Side Reg: LCT).
3. Load paper (A4 LEF) in the LCT tray, and then copy a couple of sheets.
4. Enter the value in SP1-003-007 to adjust the blank margin [A] to 2 mm.
The default value is 0mm. Press [+] to broaden the margin, and press [-] to narrow it. You
can adjust the value in 0.1mm intervals.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-212 SM
Rev. 04/17/2014 A3/11"x17" Tray Unit Type M2 (D749)
⇒ 2.18 A3/11"X17" TRAY UNIT TYPE M2 (D749)

and list.
Installation
1. Screw – M3 x 4 4
2. Tapping screws –M3 x 6 3
3. Screw – M3 x 6 1
4. Pin Bracket 1
5. Harness 1
6. Paper Size Decal 1
7. Paper Set Direction Decal 1
SM 2-213 D135/D136/D137/D138
A3/11"x17" Tray Unit Type M2 (D749) Rev. 04/17/2014
2.18.2 INSTALLATION
accessible.
 Make sure that the main machine is switched OFF and that its power cord is
disconnected before doing the following procedures.
1. Remove the stay [A] ( x2).
2. Remove the retainers [B] [C] and the shipping material [D] ( x1).
3. Check the position of the front and back side fences and make sure that they are set for
DLT or A3.
4. If you need to adjust the positions of the side fences for the paper to be loaded in the tray,
remove the front panel [A] ( x10).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-214 SM
5. Remove the fences and adjust their positions for the paper to be loaded:
[F] Side fence ( x1)
[G] Back fence ( x1)
[H] End fence ( x1)
Installation
6. Reattach the front panel. ( x10)
7. Open the front doors.
8. Pull out the tandem feed tray [A] and remove the paper cassette decal [B].
9. Remove the factory SP sheet [A] and SD card holder [B].
 These parts will be installed in the A3/11"x17" Tray Unit later.
SM 2-215 D135/D136/D137/D138
10. Push the right tandem tray [A] into the machine.
11. Remove the left tandem tray [A] (M3 x 8; x 2 left, M3 x 10; x 3 right).
12. From the left tandem tray, remove the front cover [A] ( x 2).
13. Pull out the right tandem tray [A] then remove it ( x2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-216 SM
Installation
14. Insert the short connector [A] into the socket inside the machine [B]. ( x1)
 Hold the connector as shown in the illustration.
15. Using the screw provided in the accessories, attach the pin bracket [A] to the center rail. (
x2)
16. Using the screws provided in the accessories for the right rail and left rail, install the tray [B]
on the right rail [C], center rail [D], and left rail [E]. ( x4)
SM 2-217 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Make sure that the pin on the pin bracket passes through the hole in the tray bottom
plate.
 Make sure that bosses [A] (two each on the left/right rails) pass through the holes in the
tray. If you close the tray without doing this, it will be impossible to open the tray.
17. Return the factory SP sheet and SD card holder that you removed in Step 9.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-218 SM
18. Re-install the front cover [A] ( x 2).
Installation
20. Use SP5959-2 to select the paper size for Tray 1 (A3 or DLT).
21. After selecting the paper size, switch the machine off and on and check that the selected
paper size is displayed on the operation panel.
SM 2-219 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Connector Type 3260 (B328)
2.19 COPY CONNECTOR TYPE 3260 (B328)

and list.
No. Description Q’ty
1. Copy Connector Board B328 2
2. Repeater Hub 1394 2
3. Ferrite Core 2
4. Power Repeater Cable 2
5. Coupling Interface Cable 1394 3
6. Keytop for V-C1 (Not used) 4
7. Keytop (Not Used) 4
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-220 SM
2.19.2 PREPARATION
Before you begin the installation procedure:
 Measure the distance between the machines to be connected.
Determine the number of cables and repeater hubs that are necessary based on the
distance measured between the machines.
Installation
Power Repeater
Distance Interface Cables Required
Hubs Required
Less than 9.0 m (Less than 29.5

1 2
ft)
9.0 to 13.5 m (29.5 to 112.5 ft.) 2 3
2.19.3 INSTALLATION
procedure.
1. Remove the rear middle cover. ( x4)
 Check the positions of the bosses and hooks before removing the lower cover.
SM 2-221 D135/D136/D137/D138
2. Remove the controller box cover. ( x 4)
3. Remove the cover [A] of Slot A. ( x 2)
4. Install the Copier Connection Kit Board B328 [A] in Slot A and fasten it. ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-222 SM
Installation
5. Connect the power repeater cable [A] to CN525 [B] on the controller board.
6. Connect the other end of the power repeater cable [A] to CN4 [C] on the copy connector
board.
 Pass the power repeater cable [A] under the harness [D] on the controller board
when you connect it to the copy connector board.
7. Connect the end of the interface cable [B] to the copy connector board [A].
8. Attach the ferrite core [A] to the end of the interface cable [B].
SM 2-223 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Attach the ferrite core 30 mm [A] from the end of the interface cable.
9. Connect the other end of the interface cable [A] and repeater hub [B].
10. Repeat Steps 1 to 9 to install the connector kit on the second machine.
11. Connect the interface cable [A] from the second machine to the repeater hub [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-224 SM
Installation
 Measure the distance between the machines to be connected. Determine the
number of cables and repeater hubs that are necessary based on the distance
measured between the machines. ( page 2-221 "Preparation")
12. Reattach the covers.
SM 2-225 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tab Sheet Holder Type M2 (D750)
2.20 TAB SHEET HOLDER TYPE M2 (D750)

The tab sheet holder can installed in trays 2 and 3, and allows the user to load tab stock.
2.20.1 ACCESSORIES
1 Tab Sheet Holder 1
2 Decal 1
2.20.2 INSTALLATION
1. Attach the decal [B] to the tab sheet holder [A].
2. Check that the paper tray is not being used, and then pull the tray carefully out until it stops.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-226 SM
Installation
3. Install the tab sheet holder on the end fence of the paper tray.
 When the tab sheet holder is installed correctly, you can hear a clicking noise.
 [A]: End fence

 [B]: Tab sheet holder
4. Load tab stock in the paper tray.
SM 2-227 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Load tab stock so that the side with the tab faces the tab sheet holder.
5. Adjust the end fence position so that the tab sheet holder will fit the tab stock.
6. Carefully slide the paper tray fully in.
 When removing the tab stock holder, spread the hook [A] of the tab sheet holder and
then remove it as shown below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-228 SM
IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit Type M2 (D164)
2.21 IEEE802.11A/G/N UNIT TYPE M2 (D164)

No Description Q'ty
Installation
1 IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit 1
2 Velcro Fasteners 2
3 Clamps 8
 Don’t disassemble the IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit. When you need to replace the
IEEE802.11a/g/n board, replace the entire IEEE802.11a/g/n Unit.
 Provide the caution chart to the customer.
 It is prohibited by law to disassemble and modify this product. If illegal modifications
are added to this product for its use, we shall not assume any responsibility.
 Depending on the environment where you use this product or the access point you
select, restrictions may be imposed on the use of some usable channels. If wireless
LAN communications are not possible, check the environment or access point.
SM 2-229 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Unplug the main machine power cord before you do the following procedure.
 To prevent damage to the controller box, always work carefully. Never put your hand or
a tool into the box when you remove the controller box or install an option.
 To prevent damage to the circuits on the boards, always touch a metal surface to
remove static charge from your hands before you handle a board.
 The usable frequency range of this product may be used by products (industrial,
scientific, or medical devices) of other companies. Also, outdoor use of wireless
devices may be restricted. Pay attention to where you use this product.
1. Remove the slot cover [A] from the board slot B. ( x 2)
2. Insert the wireless LAN board into the I/F slot and fasten it with the screws. ( x 2)
 Confirm that the interface board is firmly connected to the controller board.
3. Look at the markings on the antenna bracket.
4. Look at the ferrite core of the antenna cable.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-230 SM
5.
Installation
 ANT1. Antenna 1 [A] transmits and receives. It must be installed on the rear middle
side of the main machine. (The core on the Antenna 1 cable is black.)
 ANT2. Antenna 2 [B] only receives. It is installed on the rear right corner of the machine.
(The core on the Antenna 2 cable is white.)
6. Peel off the double-sided tapes on the Velcro fasteners, and then attach them at the rear
middle [B] and rear right [A] of the machine.
 [A] has to be kept 12 cm away from [B].
7. Attach Antenna 1 [A] (having a black ferrite core) to the rear middle of the machine.
8. Attach Antenna 2 [B] (having a white ferrite core) to the rear right of the machine.
9. Attach the eight clamps as shown above.
10. Set the cables of Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 in the clamps and close them. ( x 8)
SM 2-231 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Make sure that the cables are not slack. Keep them wired tightly along the covers.
11. Turn on the main machine.
12. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option.: User Tools > Printer Features >
List/Test Print > Configuration Page
You may have to move the machine if the reception is not clear.
 Make sure that the machine is not located near an appliance or any type of equipment that
generates strong magnetic fields.
 Put the machine as close as possible to the access point.
2.21.3 USER TOOL SETTINGS FOR IEEE 802.11A/G/N

Go into the User Tools mode and do the procedure below. These settings take effect every time
the machine is powered on.
 You cannot use IEEE 802.11a/g/n if you use Ethernet.

1. Press the “User Tools” key.
2. On the touch panel, touch “System Settings”.
 Select “Interface Settings”> “Network” > “LAN Type”. The “LAN Type” (default:
Ethernet) must be set for either Ethernet or wireless LAN.
3. Select “Interface Settings”> “Wireless LAN”. Only the wireless LAN options show.
4. Set the “Communication Mode“.
5. Enter the “SSID setting”. (The setting is case sensitive.)
6. Set the “Ad-hoc Channel”. You need this setting when Ad Hoc Mode is selected. The
allowed range for the channel settings may vary for different countries.
 Region A (mainly Europe and Asia)
2412 - 2462 MHz (1 - 11 channels)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-232 SM
5180 - 5240 MHz (36, 40, 44 and 48 channels)

(default: 11)
 In some countries, only the following channels are available: 2412 - 2462 MHz
(1 - 11 channels)
 Region B (mainly North America)
2412 - 2462 MHz (1 - 11 channels)
Installation
5180 - 5240 MHz (36, 40, 44 and 48 channels)
(default: 11)
7. Set the “Security Method” to specify the encryption of the Wireless LAN.
 The “WEP” (Wired Equivalent Privacy) setting is designed to protect wireless data
transmission. The same WEP key is required on the receiving side in order to unlock
encoded data. There are 64 bit and 128 bit WEP keys.
 Range of Allowed Settings:
64 bit: 10 characters
128 bit: 26 characters
 Specify “WPA2” when “Communication Mode” is set to “Infrastructure Mode”. Set the
“WPA2 Authent. Method”.
 WPA2 Authent. Method:
Select either “WPA2-PSK” or “WPA2”.
If you select “WPA2-PSK”, enter the pre-shared key (PSK) of 8-63 characters in
ASCII code.
When “WPA2” is selected, authentication settings and certificate installation
settings are required.
8. Press “Wireless LAN Signal” to check the machine's radio wave status using the operation
panel.
 Press “Restore Factory Defaults” to initialize the wireless LAN settings.
SM 2-233 D135/D136/D137/D138
2.21.4 SP MODE SETTINGS FOR IEEE 802.11 WIRELESS LAN

The following SP commands and UP modes can be set for IEEE 802.11
SP No. Name Function
5840 Sets the maximum range of the channel settings for the
Channel MAX
006 country.
5840 Sets the minimum range of the channels settings allowed for
Channel MIN
007 your country.
Sets the transmission speed.

5840 Transmission Auto, 54 Mbps, 48 Mbps, 36 Mbps, 24 Mbps, 18 Mbps, 12
008 Speed Mbps, 9 Mbps, 6 Mbps, 11 Mbps, 5.5 Mbps, 2 Mbps, 1 Mbps
(default: Auto).
5840
WEP Key Select Used to select the WEP key (Default: 00).
011
Name Function
SSID Used to confirm the current SSID setting.
WEP Key Used to confirm the current WEP key setting.

UP
mode Used to show the maximum length of the string that can be
WEP Mode
used for the WEP Key entry.
WPA2 Authent. Used to confirm the current WPA authentication setting and
Method preshared key.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-234 SM
Bluetooth Interface Unit Type D (D566)
2.22 BLUETOOTH INTERFACE UNIT TYPE D (D566)

2.22.1 ACCESSORIES
No Description Q'ty
Installation
1 Bluetooth Module 1
2 CD-ROM 1
 Turn off the power of the main unit when connecting the Bluetooth unit. Do not attach
or remove the Bluetooth unit while the power of the main unit is turned on.
SM 2-235 D135/D136/D137/D138
Bluetooth Interface Unit Type D (D566)
1. Insert the Bluetooth unit into the USB Host Interface [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-236 SM
IEEE1284 Interface Board Type A (B679)
2.23 IEEE1284 INTERFACE BOARD TYPE A (B679)

No Description Q'ty
Installation
1 PCB Unit 1
SM 2-237 D135/D136/D137/D138
IEEE1284 Interface Board Type A (B679)
2. Insert the IEEE1284 interface board into the I/F slot and fasten it with the screws. ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-238 SM
File Format Converter Type E (D377)
2.24 FILE FORMAT CONVERTER TYPE E (D377)

No Description Q'ty
Installation
1 PCB Unit 1
SM 2-239 D135/D136/D137/D138
File Format Converter Type E (D377)
2. Insert the file format converter into the I/F slot and fasten it with the screws. ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-240 SM
SD card for NetWare printing Type M2 (D719)
2.25 SD CARD FOR NETWARE PRINTING TYPE M2 (D719)

Installation
1 SD Card 1
SM 2-241 D135/D136/D137/D138
SD card for NetWare printing Type M2 (D719)
1. Remove the SD-card slot cover [A] from the SD Card slots. ( x 1)
2. Insert the SD card (SD card for NetWare printing) in SD slot 2 (lower) [A] with its label face
towards the front of the machine. Then push it slowly into SD slot 2 (lower) until you hear a
click.
3. Perform the SD Card Appli Move. ( page 2-273 "SD Card Appli Move")
 After the SD Card Aplli Move is completed, do the following procedure.

1. Remove the SD Card from the SD slot 2 (lower).
2. Attach the SD-card slot cover, and then turn on the machine ( x 1)
3. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option.: User Tools > Printer Features
> List/Test Print > Configuration Page
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-242 SM
OCR Unit Type M2 (D166)
2.26 OCR UNIT TYPE M2 (D166)

OCR unit allows you to use the searchable PDF function with the scanner application.
2.26.1 ACCESSORIES
Installation
1. SD Card 1
2.26.2 DETAILS ABOUT SEARCHABLE PDF

 Searchable PDF embeds the text information in the scanned document without processing
the data on your computer.
If this option is installed:
 You can search the text in the scanned document.
 You can add extra text to the file name.
 The orientation of the originals is detected, and the document is automatically rotated.
 The OCR unit is provided on an SD card. By installing the SD card on the main machine,
the function key is added to the operation panel. You don’t need to install the OCR unit on
the computer.
 After installing the OCR unit, you can specify the settings of the searchable PDF function.
 The machine embeds the text information of the scanned document after scanning the
originals (after the originals are ejected from the ADF). Therefore, you can remove the
originals from the exposure glass or ADF.
 You can use other applications such as copy and printer while the machine embeds the text
information of the scanned document.
SM 2-243 D135/D136/D137/D138
2. Insert the SD card (OCR Unit) in SD card slot 1 (upper) [A] or SD slot 2 (lower) [B] with its
label face towards the front of the machine. Then push it slowly into the SD slot until you
hear a click.

4. Go to SP 5-878-004 (Option Setup: OCR) and press [EXECUTE].
The SD card ID is recorded in NVRAM, and the machine ID of the main machine is
recorded in the SD card.
5. When the display tells you that the execution is completed, press [Exit].
 If the execution failed, the display tells you that the execution failed.
 If the execution failed, do the following.
Check if the SD card is already used.
Turn off the main power switch, and do steps 1 to 5 again.
7. Go to SP 5-878-004 (Option Setup: OCR) and press [EXECUTE].
The OCR dictionary is copied to the HDD from the SD card.
 SP 5-878-004 links the SD card and the machine in the first execution, and then
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-244 SM
copies the OCR dictionary to the HDD in the second execution.

8. Turn off the main power switch, and then remove the SD card form the SD card slot.
 Keep the SD card in the SD card storage location. You need the original SD card if
the HDD is broken.
9. Re-attach the SD card slot cover.
Installation
11. Press [Send File Type / Name] on the [Scanner] screen.
12. Check if [OCR Settings] is displayed on the [Send File Type / Name] screen.
 You can switch the searchable PDF function on and off in the [OCR Settings] screen
after installing the OCR unit.
 If you want to use the searchable PDF function, select [On] for [OCR Settings].
(Default: [Off])
2.26.4 RESTORATION PROCEDURE

When you install the OCR Unit Type M2, the searchable PDF function is saved on the HDD and
the SD card ID is saved in NVRAM.
Therefore, you need to re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 after replacing the HDD or NVRAM.
When the original SD card exists
 When you replace the HDD
SM 2-245 D135/D136/D137/D138
Re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 from the original SD card.

 When you replace the NVRAM
If you upload / download the NVRAM data, re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 from the
original SD card.
If you don’t upload / download the NVRAM data, order a new SD card (service part) of
the OCR Unit Type M2. Then re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 from the new SD card.
 When you replace the HDD and NVRAM at the same time
Re-install the OCR Unit Type M2 from the original SD card.
When the original SD card is lost
Order a new SD card (service part) of the OCR Unit Type M2, and then re-install from the
new SD card.
 When you re-install the OCR Unit Type M2, do the same procedure as the original
installation procedure. ( page 2-244 "Installation Procedure")
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-246 SM
Postscript3 Unit Type M2 (D719)
2.27 POSTSCRIPT3 UNIT TYPE M2 (D719)

2.27.1 ACCESSORIES
Installation
1 PostScript3 Emulation SD Card 1
2 Decal 1
SM 2-247 D135/D136/D137/D138
Postscript3 Unit Type M2 (D719)
2. Insert the SD card (PostScript3 Unit) in SD slot 2 (lower) [A] with its label face towards the
front of the machine. Then push it slowly into SD slot 2 (lower) until you hear a click.

1. Remove the SD Card from SD slot 2 (lower).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-248 SM
IPDS Unit Type M2 (D719)
2.28 IPDS UNIT TYPE M2 (D719)

2.28.1 ACCESSORIES
No Description Q'ty
Installation
1 IPDS Emulation SD Card 1
2 Decal 1
SM 2-249 D135/D136/D137/D138
IPDS Unit Type M2 (D719)
2. Insert the SD card (IPDS Unit) in SD slot 2 (lower) [A] with its label face towards the front of
the machine. Then push it slowly into SD slot 2 (lower) until you hear a click.

D135/D136/D137/D138 2-250 SM
Browser Unit Type M2 (D719)
2.29 BROWSER UNIT TYPE M2 (D719)

2.29.1 ACCESSORIES
Installation
1 SD Card 1
1. Turn the main switch OFF.
3. Insert the SD card (Browser Unit) in SD slot 2 (lower) [A].
SM 2-251 D135/D136/D137/D138
4. Turn the main switch ON.

5. D135/D136: Press the “User Tools/Counter” key.
D137/D138: Press the “User Tools” key.
6. On the touch panel, touch “Extended Feature settings”.
7. Touch “Extended Feature settings” in the Extended Feature Settings Menu.
8. Make sure that “Extended JS” application was automatically installed in the Startup Settings
tab.
9. Turn the main switch OFF/ON.
 After the SD Card Appli Move is completed, do the following procedure.

3. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option.: User Tools > Printer
Features > List/Test Print > Configuration Page
12. Touch “Edit home”.
13. Touch “Add Icon”.
14. Touch “Browse”.
15. Touch a blank square to set the location for the browser icon.
16. Touch “Exit” to complete the addition of the browser icon.
17. Execute SP5-801-024 (Clear Memory: BROWSER).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-252 SM
Do the following steps if the customer is using the Ricoh JavaScript

connected to a Web application developed by Operius/RiDP.
3. On the touch panel, touch “Browser Features”.
Installation
4. Touch “JavaScript”.
5. Change the Extended JavaScript setting to “Active”.
Browser/EXJS Firmware Update Procedure
 The firmware configuration of the Browser Unit Type M2 has been changed to enhance
browsing.
 The Browser Unit Type M2 consists of the Browser firmware and EXJS firmware. The
EXJS firmware is equivalent to the existing browser firmware. Therefore, it is possible
to update the EXJS firmware using the same procedure as that of SDK application
firmware.
5. Disable “Extended JS” in the Startup Settings tab.
8. Insert the SD card for Browser firmware update into SD slot 2 (lower) [A] with its label face
click.
SM 2-253 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Make sure that only the Browser firmware is on this SD card; do not copy the EXJS
firmware.

10. After the Update screen is displayed, select the “Browser”.
11. Touch “Update (#)”.
12. After the "Update Done" message appears on the screen, turn the main power switch OFF.
13. Remove the SD card from the lower slot.
Do the following steps if you are updating the Extended JavaScript (EXJS).
14. Insert the SD card for EXJS firmware update into SD slot 2 (lower) [A] with its label face
click.
 Make sure that only the EXJS firmware is on this SD card; do not copy the Browser
firmware.

19. Change the status of “Extended JS” to “Ending” in the Startup Settings tab.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-254 SM

21. Insert the SD card containing the Extended JS firmware into the lower slot.
24. On the touch panel, push “Extended Feature settings”.
Installation
26. Touch the “Install” tab.
27. Touch “SD card”, then select “Extended JS” from the list of Extended Features.
28. Select “Machine HDD” as the “Install to” destination, then touch “Next”.
29. Check the Extended Features information on the “Ready to Install” screen, then press
“OK”.
30. After “The following extended feature has already been installed. Are you sure you want to
overwrite it?” is displayed, press “Yes”.
31. Change the status of Extended JS to “waiting” in the Startup Settings tab.
33. Remove the SD card from slot 2 (lower slot) and attach the SD-card slot cover.
37. Touch “Extended Feature settings” in the Extended Feature settings Menu.
38. Make sure that the “Extended JS” has been updated to the latest version in the Startup
Settings tab.
 If you are not updating the EXJS Firmware, attach the SD-card slot cover after step 13.
EXJS Firmware Un-install Procedure

3. Login with an administrator user name and password.
6. Touch “Uninstall”.
7. Touch “Extended JS”, and then touch “Yes” after “Are you sure you want to uninstall the
following extended feature?” is displayed.
SM 2-255 D135/D136/D137/D138
 “Uninstalling the extended feature... Please wait” is then displayed on the touch
screen.
8. After "Completed" is displayed, turn the main power switch OFF.
 The Browser firmware is un-installed from the machine when the Browser SD card is
removed.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-256 SM
Optional Counter Interface Unit Type A (B870)
2.30 OPTIONAL COUNTER INTERFACE UNIT TYPE A

(B870)
Check the quantity and condition of the components against the following list.
Installation
1 Key Counter Interface Board 1
2 Harness 1
3 Tapping Screw: M3 x 6 4
4 Stud Stay 4
5 Harness Clamp 1
6 Band 1
 Unplug the main machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
1. Remove the rear middle cover. ( page 4-6 "Outer Covers")
2. Remove the controller box cover [A]. ( x 4)
SM 2-257 D135/D136/D137/D138
3. Install the four stud stays on the controller box.
4. Install the optional counter interface board [A] on the four stud stays.
5. Release the extension harness (13-pin) [B] from the clamps [A] in the controller box. (
x2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-258 SM
6. Connect the harness [A] to CN3 [B] on the optional counter interface board. ( x 1)
Installation
7. Route the harness [A] inside the controller box as shown below. ( x 3)
8. Remove the part [A] of the rear middle cover with a flathead screwdriver.
9. Connect the harness from the optional counter device to CN4 [A] on the optional counter
interface board through the cut off part of the right rear cover. ( x 1)
SM 2-259 D135/D136/D137/D138
10. Reassemble the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-260 SM
Smart Card Reader Built-in Unit Type M2 (D739) (D135/D136 Only)
2.31 SMART CARD READER BUILT-IN UNIT TYPE M2

(D739) (D135/D136 ONLY)
Installation
1 IC Card Upper Cover 1
2 IC Card Cover 1
3 Sponge 2
4 Cable Clamp 3
5 Harness Clamp 3
6 Front Upper Cover*1 1
*1: Not used in this machine
SM 2-261 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Unplug the main machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
1. Remove the following covers. ( page 4-6 "Outer Covers")
 Upper front cover
 Upper rear cover
 Right middle upper cover
2. Remove the screws and connectors of the operation panel [A]. ( x 2, x 2)
3. Pull the operation panel [A] and lower cover [B] forward to remove it.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-262 SM
Installation
4. Remove the IC card cover [A] from the operation panel lower cover.
5. Attach the IC card R/W you want to install [A] on the operation panel lower cover.
6. Pass the USB cable through hole [A] from the back side of the operation panel lower cover,
and then connect the USB cable [B] to the IC card R/W.
SM 2-263 D135/D136/D137/D138
7. Route the USB cable [A] along the back side of the operation panel lower cover. (hook x 2)
8. Keep the USB cable routed [A] on the back side of the operation panel lower cover, and
then re-attach the operation panel lower cover.
9. Install the IC card upper cover [B] on the IC card cover [A].
10. Install the IC card cover [A] on the operation panel lower cover.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-264 SM
Installation
11. Route the USB cable [A] inside the right middle upper cover. ( x 3)
12. Route the USB cable [A] under the upper rear cover, and then pull it out to the rear side of
the machine.
13. Hold the USB cable with the clamp [A]. ( x 1)
14. Route the USB cable [A] along the rear side of the machine as shown below. (hook x 3)
SM 2-265 D135/D136/D137/D138
15. Attach the cable clamp [A] to the side surface of the controller box.
16. Hold the USB cable with the clamp [A]. ( x 1)
17. Reattach the rear middle cover.
 When your reattach the rear middle cover [B], pull out the USB cable [A] to the
outside as shown below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-266 SM
Installation
18. Connect the USB cable [A] to the USB host interface. ( x 1)
19. Attach the cable clamps to the rear middle cover, and then route the USB cable. ( x3)

22. Make sure that SP5-985-002 (Device Setting - On Board USB) is set to “1”.
SM 2-267 D135/D136/D137/D138
Copy Data Security Unit Type G (D640)
2.33 COPY DATA SECURITY UNIT TYPE G (D640)

2.33.1 COMPONENT CHECK LIST
Installation of this unit requires the following components. Other components included in this kit
are not used for installation on this machine.
1 Copy data security unit board 1
2 Screws 2
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-270 SM
2.33.2 INSTALLATION
1. Controller box cover ( page 4-349 "Controller Board")
2. Connect the connector [A] on the copy data security unit board to the CN581 [B] on the IPU
board of the copier.
Installation
3. Attach the copy data security unit board [A] to the IPU board bracket ( x 2).
User Tool Setting

1. Plug in and turn on the main power switch.
2. Go into the User Tools mode, and select System Settings > Administrator Tools > Copy
Data Security Option > "On".
SM 2-271 D135/D136/D137/D138
3. Exit User Tools.

4. Check the operation.
 The machine will issue an SC165-00 error if the machine is powered on with the
Copy Data Security Unit Board removed and the "Data Security for Copying"
feature set to "ON".
 The machine will issue an uncertain SC165-00 error if the machine is powered on
with a defective Copy Data Security Unit Board and the "Data Security for
Copying" feature set to "OFF".
 When you remove this option from the machine, first set the setting to "OFF" with
the user tool before removing this board. If you forget to do this, the "Data Security
for Copying" feature cannot appear in the user tool settings. And then SC165-00
will appear every time the machine is switched on, and the machine cannot be
used.
Make sure that the machine can recognize the option (see "Check All Connections" at the end
of this section).
Check All Connections

Make sure that the machine can recognize the option.
1. Plug in the power cord.
2. Turn on the main switch.
3. Enter the printer user mode. Then print the configuration page.
User Tools > Printer Features > List Test Print > Configuration Page
4. All installed options are shown in the "System Reference" column.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-272 SM
SD Card Appli Move
2.34 SD CARD APPLI MOVE

2.34.1 OVERVIEW
The service program "SD Card Appli Move" (SP5-873) lets you move application programs from
one SD card to another SD card.
Be very careful when you do the SD Card Appli Move procedure:
Installation
 The data necessary for authentication is transferred with the application program from an
SD card to another SD card. Authentication fails if you try to use the SD card after you
move the application program from one card to another card.
 Do not use the SD card if it has been used before for other purposes. Normal operation is
not guaranteed when such an SD card is used.
 Open the tandem tray [A] and remove the paper cassette decal [B]. Keep the SD card
inside after you move the application program from one card to another card. This is done
for the following reasons:
 The SD card can be the only proof that the user is licensed to use the application
program.
 You may need to check the SD card and its data to solve a problem in the future.
 Do not move OCR Unit Type M2 (optional) to another SD card.
SM 2-273 D135/D136/D137/D138
SD Card Appli Move
2.34.2 MOVE EXEC

The menu "Move Exec" (SP5-873-001) lets you move application programs from the original
SD card to another SD card.
 Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card
on the machine. If the write protect switch is ON, a download error (e.g. Error Code 44)
occurs during a firmware upgrade or application merge.
1. Turn the main switch off.
2. Make sure that a target SD card is in SD Card Slot 1 [A]. The application program is moved
to this SD card.
3. Insert the source SD card with the application program in SD Card Slot 2 [B].The
application program is copied from this source SD card.
4. Turn the main switch on.

5. Start the SP mode.
6. Select SP5-873-001 "Move Exec".
7. Follow the messages shown on the operation panel.
9. Remove the source SD card from SD Card Slot 2 [B].
11. Check that the application programs run normally.
2.34.3 UNDO EXEC

"Undo Exec" (SP5-873-002) lets you move back application programs from an SD card in SD
Card Slot 1 (upper) to the original SD card in SD Card Slot 2 (lower). You can use this program
when, for example, you have mistakenly copied some programs by using Move Exec
(SP5-873-001).
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-274 SM
SD Card Appli Move
 Do not turn ON the write protect switch of the system SD card or application SD card
on the machine. If the write protect switch is ON, a download error (e.g. Error Code 44)
occurs during a firmware upgrade or application merge.
2. Insert the original SD card in SD Card Slot 2 [B]. The application program is copied back
into this card.
Installation
3. Insert the SD card with the application program in SD Card Slot 1 [A].The application
program is copied back from this SD card.

5. Start the SP mode.
6. Select SP5-873-002 "Undo Exec."
7. Follow the messages shown on the operation panel.
9. Remove the SD card from SD Card Slot 2 [B].
11. Check that the application programs run normally.
SM 2-275 D135/D136/D137/D138
How to Backup/Restore Custom Paper Library Rev. 10/02/2013
⇒ 2.35 HOW TO BACKUP/RESTORE CUSTOM PAPER

LIBRARY
The following describes how to back up and restore Custom paper library/Saved paper library in
Adjustment Settings for Skilled Operators.
1. Insert the SD Card to the SD slot on the Operation
Panel.
2. From [User Tools], select

[Adjustment Settings for Skilled
Operators].
3. Select [05: Machine Maintenance].
4. Select [0703: Backup / Restore

Custom Paper Data].
5. Select [Back Up Saved Paper

Library] or [Back Up Custom Paper
Settings] or [Restore Custom Paper
Settings].
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-276 SM
Rev. 10/02/2013 Removing the Retainers of the Charge Roller Units
⇒ 2.36 REMOVING THE RETAINERS OF THE CHARGE

ROLLER UNITS
1. Pull out the Drawer Unit and remove its cover [A]. ( x 7)
Installation
2. Slide the Drawer Unit back into the mainframe and remove the ITB Cleaning Intake Fan [A]
together with the duct. ( x 1)
SM 2-277 D135/D136/D137/D138
Removing the Retainers of the Charge Roller Units Rev. 10/02/2013
3. Open the Toner Supply Unit Front Cover [A].
4. Remove the screws fixing the toner supply unit. ( x 3)
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-278 SM
5. Pull out the Toner Supply Unit [A].
Installation
6. Remove the Toner Supply Unit [A]. ( x 2)
7. Remove the filament tape from the faceplate [A].
SM 2-279 D135/D136/D137/D138
8. Remove the screws fixing the face plate. ( x 6)
9. Take off the handles.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-280 SM
Installation
12. Remove all filament tapes of Magenta and Cyan units.
 The Y unit is NOT fixed with braces.
SM 2-281 D135/D136/D137/D138
15. Remove the charge roller unit and place it on a clean, flat surface with the roller facing up.
( x 2)
 Place the charge unit on a flat surface.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-282 SM
16. Remove the filament tapes [A] and retainers [B] from both ends of the charge roller unit.
Installation
 You need to remove the retainers of C, M and K units.
SM 2-283 D135/D136/D137/D138
17. Put back the charger roller unit and PCDU and attach the face plate.
 After attaching the face plate, check the status of the locking levers again by looking
through the holes as shown.
[A]: The locking lever is properly fit in the hole in the machine frame.
[B]: The locking lever is not properly fit in the hole in the machine frame.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-284 SM
Rev. 10/21/2013 Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
⇒2.37 FINISHER PAPER COOLING FAN UNIT TYPE M2

(D770)
 This option is to be installed to Finisher SR4090 (D703) or Booklet Finisher SR4100

(D704) or Finisher SR4110 (D707).
 When installing this option to the Finisher SR4090 (D703) or Booklet Finisher SR4100
Installation
(D704), install it after installing the "Output Jogger Unit Type M2 (D705)".
 This purpose of this option is to cool down the sheets delivered to the Finisher Shift
Tray.

No Description Q'ty
1 Cooling Fan Assembly 1
2 Interface Unit 1
3 Tapping Screw M3 X 16 1
4 Locking Wire Saddle CKN-13 3
5 Harness: Fan: Separation 1
6 Harness: Fan 1
7 Tapping Screw M3 x 6 3
8 Wire Saddle : LWSM-0511A 1
9 PCB: OKB 1
10 Bracket (for SR4110) 1
11 Lower Cover (for SR4110) 1
12 Upper Cover (for SR4110) 1
SM 2-285 D135/D136/D137/D138
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770) Rev. 10/21/2013
7 8
3 4 6
12
9 10
11
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-286 SM
2.37.2 COMMON INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR FINISHER

SR4090 / BOOKLET FINISHER SR4100 AND FINISHER
SR4110
 Always switch the machine OFF and unplug the machine before doing the following
procedure.
Installation
1. Remove the Left Middle Cover [A] ( x 2) and Rear Middle Cover [B] ( x 4).
[A]
[B]
2. Attach the PCB: OKB [B] to bracket [A] (M3X6 tapping  x 1/ accessory #7).
[B]
[A]
SM 2-287 D135/D136/D137/D138
3. Attach the Wire Saddle: LWSM-0511A [B] (accessory #8) to the bracket [A].
[A]
[B]
4. Connect the s [A] and [B] of the Harness: Fan: Separation (accessory #5) to [C] and [D] on
the PCB:OKB.
[C]
[B]
[A]
[D]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-288 SM
5. Lock harness [A] Harness: Fan: Separation (accessory #5) with harness clamps ( x 1 – 5).
Installation
[A]
SM 2-289 D135/D136/D137/D138
6. Connect the harness [A] Harness: Fan: Separation (accessory #5) clamped in step 5 to the
 [B] of Harness: Fan (accessory #6)" .
[A]
[B]
7. Disconnect the  [A], then connect [A] to the  [B] of the Harness: Fan (accessory #6)
connected in step 6.
[A]
[B]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-290 SM
8. Connect the remaining  [A] of the Harness: Fan (accessory #6)" to  [B].
[A]
Installation
[B]
9. Lock the Harness: Fan (accessory #6) with the  [A] as shown.
[A]
SM 2-291 D135/D136/D137/D138
10. Disconnect  [A].
[C]
[A] [B]
 When disconnecting the white relay  [B], make sure it remains connected to the
connector attached to the purple harness [C]. If it remains connected to the connector
attached to the red, white and black harnesses, harnesses could be connected
incorrectly in the following steps.
11. Connect the remaining s [A] and [B] of the Harness: Fan: Separation (accessory #5) to s
[C] and [D] disconnected in step 10.
[A]
[C]
[B] [D]
 Harnesses [A] and [C] should be purple.

 Harnesses [B] and [D] should be different colors.
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-292 SM
12. Clamp the harness [A] with the  [B]. [B]
Installation
[A]
13. Attach the Left Middle Cover ( x 2) and Rear Middle Cover ( x 4).
14. Peel off the tapes from the Velcro [B] attached to the Interface Unit [A] (accessory #2).
[A]
[B]
SM 2-293 D135/D136/D137/D138
15. Align the screw hole [A] against the surface of the cover [C], and attach the Interface Unit [B]
with its Velcro against the surface of the cover [D].
[C]
[D] [A]
[B]
16. Attach the interface unit [A] to the Lower Left Cover with M3X16  (accessory #3).
[A]
17. Connect  [A] to the copier.
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-294 SM
2.37.3 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR FINISHER SR4090/

BOOKLET FINISHER SR4100
 Installation Procedure for Finisher SR4110 starts from step No.28.

18. Remove the cover [A] from the Output Jogger Unit Type M2 ( x 2).
Installation
[A]
 The removed cover will not be used.
19-1. Remove the cover [A] from the Cooling Fan Assembly ( x 4).
1
[A]
SM 2-295 D135/D136/D137/D138
19-2 Remove the cover [A] and take out the Cooling Fan Unit [B] ( x 4).
4 1
[A]
[B]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-296 SM
20. Route the ends of the harness [B] through the hole [A] on the Fan Unit Bracket. [A]
Installation
[B]
21. Attach the bracket [A] by fastening the  (M3X6; x1) to the hole [B]. Then, fix the ground
wire [C] to the hole [D] with  (M3X6; x1).
[D] [A]
[C]
[B]
SM 2-297 D135/D136/D137/D138
22. Mount the fan unit [A] on the Output Jogger Unit Type M2 [B] ( x 4).
 #1 and #3 will fasten the Fan Unit, Output Jogger Unit and copier.
 #2 and #4 will fasten the Fan Unit and Output Jogger Unit.
[A] [B]
4 1
 #3
 #1
 #4
 #2
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-298 SM
23. Attach the cover [A] removed in step 19-2 （ x 4; [B], [C], [D] and [E]）.
Installation
[A]
[D]
[B]
[C] [E]
SM 2-299 D135/D136/D137/D138
24. Connect the harness of the fan unit [A]. Clamp the harness with the  [B].
[B]
[A]
25. Attach the cover of the Cooling Fan Unit ( x 2).

Make sure the tabs on both sides of the cover [B] (colored in grey) lap over the plate
(colored in green).
1
2
[A]
Tabs should lap over the plate
[B]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-300 SM
26. Insert the 4 tabs [B] to the Upper Cover to attach the cover [A].
Installation
[B]
[B]
[B]
[B]
[A]
SM 2-301 D135/D136/D137/D138
27. Bind the Interface Unit Harness [A] and clamp it with the Locking Wire Saddle CKN-13 [B]
(accessory #4) as shown.
 Depending on the number of options installed between the copier and Finisher
SR4090/SR4100, 3 pcs of Locking Wire Saddle CKN-13 might be needed to clamp the
harness.
[B]
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-302 SM
2.37.4 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR FINISHER SR4110
 Installation Procedure for Finisher SR4090 /Booklet Finisher SR4100 starts from step
No.18.
28. Remove the Upper Cover [A] from the Cooling Fan Assembly ( x 2).
Installation
[A]
29. Remove the Lower Cover [A] from the Cooling Fan Assembly ( x 2).
[A]
SM 2-303 D135/D136/D137/D138
30. Place the Fan Assembly [A] on a table with the Upper and Lower Covers removed.
[A]
31. Release ( x 3) [A] attached to the Cooling Fan Assembly.
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-304 SM
32. Disconnect the  [A].
Installation
[A]
33. Remove the bracket [A] ( x 2).

[A]
SM 2-305 D135/D136/D137/D138
34. Remove the Rocker Switches [A] and [B] from the bracket removed in step 33 ( [D], [E]
and [F]).
[B]
[D] [C]
[F]
[E]
[A]
35. Remove the Fan Motor [A] from the bracket [B] ( x 4, x 1).
[B]
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-306 SM
36. Remove the spring plate [A] ( x 1) and the resistor  [B] from the bracket [C].
[C]
[A]
Installation
[B]
37. Assemble the Fan Motor [A] and bracket [B] (for SR4110) (accessory #10) ( x 4).
[B]
[A]
SM 2-307 D135/D136/D137/D138
37. Remove the knob  [A] and  [B] from the Upper Cover [C] removed from the Cooling Fan
Unit in step 28.
[C]
[B]
[A]
38. Remove the Air Shield [A] from the Upper Cover [B].
[B]
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-308 SM
39. Remove the bracket [A] from the Air Shield [B] ( x 2).
[B]
Installation
[A]
40. Assemble the Air Shield [A] and Upper Cover (for SR4110) [B] (accessory #12) with the
 [C] and knob  [D] removed in step 37.
[C]
[B]
[A]
[D]
SM 2-309 D135/D136/D137/D138
41. Attach the Spring Plate [A] removed in step 36 to the Lower Cover (for SR4110) (accessory
#11) [B] ( x 1; [C]).
[B]
[A]
[C]
42. Prepare the following parts:

Rocker switches [A] and [B], harness removed in steps 36 and 37 [C], Lower Cover of
SR4110
[A]
[B]
[C]
[D]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-310 SM
43. Route the harnesses through the openings [C] and attach the Rocker Switches [A] and [B]
to the Lower Cover of SR4110 [D].
[A] NOTE: Attach the Rocker Switch [A]

so that the white dot marking
Installation
positions to the side indicated with
the arrow in the left photo.
[D]
[E]
NOTE: Attach the Rocker Switch [B]

[C] [B]
so that the side connected with the
harness [E] corresponds to the
direction of the arrow shown in the
above photo.
SM 2-311 D135/D136/D137/D138
44. Insert the resistor harness [A] into the Spring Plate [B].
[B]
[A]
45. Connect the  [A] and [B].
[A]
[B]
46. Connect the 2  [A] to the Rocker Switch [B].
[A]
[B]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-312 SM
47. Remove the  [A] from the bracket [B] removed in step 34. Then attach the  [A] to the
hole [C] on the lower cover of SR4110.
[B]
Installation
[A]
[C]
48. Remove the Jogger Unit Cover [A] from Finisher SR4110 ( x 2).
[A]
SM 2-313 D135/D136/D137/D138
49. Mount the Fan Motor Unit [A] on Finisher SR4110 by aligning the hooks [B] and [C] with the
cutouts [D] and [E] ( x 2).
[A]
[C]
[B]
[D] [E]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-314 SM
50. Attach the Lower Cover [A] assembled in step 47 by inserting the tabs [B] and [C] to the
grooves [D] and [E] located under the cooling fan unit ( x 2).
 Grooves [D] and [E] refer to the wider groove (toward the upstream of the unit).
Installation
[A]
[C]
[F]
[E]
[D]
[B]
SM 2-315 D135/D136/D137/D138
51. Connect the s [A] and [B].
[B]
[A]
52. Fix the harness [A] from the Interface Unit mounted on the copier in step 15 ( x 1 for
ground wire [B],  x 1 for bracket [C],  x 1 [D]).
[D]
[C]
[A] [B]
53. Clamp the harness [A] ( x 1).
[A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-316 SM
54. Mount the Upper Cover [A] assembled in step 40 on the Cooling Fan Unit ( x 5).
Installation
[A]
55. Bind the harness of the Interface Unit [A] and clamp it with Locking Wire Saddle CKN-13 [B]
(accessory #4).
 Depending on the number of options installed between the copier and Finisher SR4110,
3 pcs of Locking Wire Saddle CKN-13 might be needed to clamp the harness.
[B]
[A]
SM 2-317 D135/D136/D137/D138
2.37.5 INFORMATION FOR COOLING FAN UNIT TYPE M2

(1) Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 activates under the following condition.
Main Power Switch [A] of Pro C5110S/Pro 5100S

Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 Printing/Copying Ready status
ON Active Inactive
OFF Inactive Inactive
1. Always keep the Main Power Switch of the Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 ON, because the
power is supplied from mainframe.
2. Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 does not activate even with the Mainframe Power switched
ON, if the printer is in ready status. Cooling Fan is activated only during print/copy
operations.
(2) Instruction for Customer
How to adjust the fan power
Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 is equipped with an fan power adjustment switch [B]. Fan power
can be set to either maximum or minimum. If poor stacking is confirmed as a result of
excess air volume, set this switch to minimum.
If the air volume needs to be fine adjusted, rotate the knob screw [C], which will change the
position of the air shield [D] inside the unit. Air shield can be fixed at the desired position
by tightening the knob screw. (Air shield [D] is located inside the meshed cover.)
[C]
[D]
[A] [B]
Max air
Min air volume
volume
D135/D136/D137/D138 2-318 SM
Finisher Paper Cooling Fan Unit Type M2 (D770)
Installation
SM 2-319 D135/D136/D137/D138
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
13 ∼ 20 02/20/2014 Revised the PM Parts Replacement Procedure
Preventive Maintenance Tables
3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
3.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TABLES
See "Appendices" for the following information:

 Preventive Maintenance Items
 Other Yield Parts
Maintenance
Preventive
SM 3-1 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Quality Standards
3.2 IMAGE QUALITY STANDARDS
3.2.1 RESOLUTION
Item Specification Chart Measuring method
Copy Ave 5.0 lines/mm or Book: S-5 Copy onto plain paper
(100%/Enlargement), more (revised) using Auto Image
Black and White (1C) Min 4.5lines/mm or Density/5 notches and
more then determine resolution.
Copy (Reduction), Min 4.5×M lines/mm DF: S-5Y

Black and White (1C) or more (revised)
3.2.2 COLOR SHIFT
Engine, Main Ave.+3 150.0 m L-Pattern

Scan/Sub Scan
Engine, Main Ave.+3 120.0 m

Print within 1 minute after
Scan/Sub Scan
MUSIC correction.
(after MUSIC)
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-2 SM
3.2.3 MAGNIFICATION RATIO ERROR MARGIN
Engine, Main Scan, 0.75% or less Mono_CCD Copy the scale and
Black and White compare it with the scale
(1C) at 100 mm to see if it is
within specification.
Engine, Sub Scan, 0.50% or less Scale chart
Leave the sheet for 3
Black and White
minutes or more after it
(1C)
Maintenance
has been output before
Preventive
Copy (100%), Main 0.75% or less measuring.
Scan, Black and
White (1C)
Copy (100%), Sub 0.80% or less

Scan, Black and
White (1C)
Copy (Reduction), 1.00% or less

Main Scan/Sub The swelling/shrinkage of
Scan, Black and paper caused by humidity
White (1C) are excluded.
First side of the sheet
Copy 1.00% or less
only.
(Enlargement), Main
Scan/Sub Scan,
Black and White
(1C)
SM 3-3 D135/D136/D137/D138
3.2.4 MAGNIFICATION RATIO ERROR MARGIN DEVIATION
Copy (100% / 1.00% or less Scale chart Leave the sheet for 3
Enlargement / minutes or more after it
Reduction), Black has been output before
and White (1C) measuring.
3.2.5 PITCH ERROR MARGIN
Engine, Black and 1.50% or less For a line of about 1/2 inch
Mono_CCD
White(1C) in length.
3.2.6 PERPENDICULARITY
Engine, Black and ±0.70mm/200mm or Measure with the full length

Mono_CCD
White(1C) less (90° ± 0.20°) and width of the image.
Copy (100%), Black ±1.00mm/200mm or Scale chart

and White (1C) less
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-4 SM
3.2.7 LINEARITY

Mono_CCD
White(1C) less and width of the image.
Scale chart
Maintenance
Preventive
Copy, Black and ±0.50mm/100mm or 1. Inner line
White (1C) less 2. 100mm
3. Base line
4. Copy
5. 100mm
6. 0.5mm
3.2.8 PARALLELISM
Engine, Black and Measure with the full length

± 1.0mm or less Mono_CCD
White(1C) and width of the image.
SM 3-5 D135/D136/D137/D138
3.2.9 MISSING IMAGE AREA (D135/D136)
[Uncoated paper]
Paper thickness 1 to
3: 5.0±1.5mm Since there is a variability
Paper thickness 4 to of about 1 mm in the sizes
Engine (leading
8: 4.0+1.8/-1.2mm of sheets of paper, correct
edge), Black and
[Coated paper] the size of the sheet before
White(1C)
Paper thickness 1 to measuring.
4: 5.0±1.5mm
8: 4.0+1.8/-1.2mm
Engine (left/right),
2.0±1.5mm Trim
Black and White(1C)
[Uncoated paper]
4: 5.0±2.0mm 1. Paper feed direction
Paper thickness 5 to 52gsm short grain, leading
Engine (trailing
8: 4.0±2.0mm edge: 5±1.5mm
edge), Black and
[Coated paper] First side, trailing edge:0.5
White(1C)
Paper thickness 1 to to 7.0mm
6: 5.0±2.0mm (for reference only)
8: 4.0±2.0mm
[Uncoated paper]
3: 5.0±1.5mm
Since there is a variability
Copy (leading of about 1 mm in the sizes
8: 4.0+1.8/-1.2mm Exposure
edge), Black and of sheets of paper, correct
[Coated paper] glass open
White(1C) the size of the sheet before
measuring.
4: 5.0±1.5mm
8: 4.0+1.8/-1.2mm
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-6 SM
Copy (left/right),
2.0±1.5mm
Black and White(1C)
[Uncoated paper]
4: 5.0±2.0mm
Copy (trailing edge), 8: 4.0±2.0mm
Black and White(1C) [Coated paper] 1. Paper feed direction
52gsm short grain, leading
Maintenance
Preventive
6: 5.0±2.0mm edge: 5±1.5mm
Paper thickness 7 to First side, trailing edge:0.5
8: 4.0±2.0mm to 7.0mm
(for reference only)
3.2.10 MISSING IMAGE AREA (D137/D138)

Mono_CCD
White(1C) less (90° ± 0.20°) and width of the image.
[Uncoated paper]
3: 5.0±1.5mm
Engine (leading Since there is a variability
8: 4.0±1.5mm
edge), Black and of about 1 mm in the sizes
[Coated paper]
White(1C)
Paper thickness 1 to Trim of sheets of paper, correct
4: 5.0±1.5mm the size of the sheet before
8: 4.0±1.5mm
Engine (left/right),
2.0±1.5mm
Black and White(1C)
SM 3-7 D135/D136/D137/D138
[Uncoated paper]
4: 5.0±2.0mm
Engine (trailing
8: 4.0±2.0mm
edge), Black and
[Coated paper]
White(1C)
Paper thickness 1 to 1. Paper feed direction
6: 5.0±2.0mm 52gsm short grain, leading
Paper thickness 7 to edge: 5±1.5mm
8: 4.0±2.0mm First side, trailing edge:0.5
to 7.0mm
(for reference only)
[Uncoated paper]
3: 5.0±1.5mm Since there is a variability
Paper thickness 4 to of about 1 mm in the sizes
Copy (leading
8: 4.0±1.5mm of sheets of paper, correct
edge), Black and
[Coated paper] the size of the sheet before
White(1C)
4: 5.0±1.5mm
8: 4.0±1.5mm
Copy (left/right), Exposure

2.0±1.5mm
Black and White(1C) glass open
[Uncoated paper]
4: 5.0±2.0mm 1. Paper feed direction
Paper thickness 5 to 52gsm short grain, leading
Copy (trailing edge), 8: 4.0±2.0mm edge: 5±1.5mm
Black and White(1C) [Coated paper] First side, trailing edge:0.5
Paper thickness 1 to to 7.0mm
6: 5.0±2.0mm (for reference only)
8: 4.0±2.0mm
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-8 SM
3.2.11 MARGIN POSITION
Engine (simplex), ±2.0 or less Mono_CCD

Main Scan/Sub
Scan, Black and
White (1C)
Engine (duplex), ±3.0 or less
Maintenance
Preventive
Main Scan, Black
and White (1C)
Engine (duplex), ±4.0 or less

Sub Scan, Black
and White (1C)
3.2.12 1ST SIDE/2ND SIDE POSITIONAL PRECISION (SHIFT

LENGTH OF 2ND SIDE COMPARED TO 1ST SIDE)
Engine, Main ±1 mm or less Measure after adjusting

Scan/Sub Scan, (for reference only) image position and
Trim
Black and White magnification ratio in SP
(1C) mode.
SM 3-9 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Transfer Quality Standards
3.3 PAPER TRANSFER QUALITY STANDARDS
3.3.1 REGISTRATION
Exposure glass
Item Specification Note
Simplex (1st print side), 0±2mm (Vertically and

100% or reduction horizontally)
Simplex (1st print side), 0±2mm × M mm (Vertically

M: Magnification ratio
enlargement and horizontally)
Duplex (2nd print side), 0±2mm (Vertically and

100% or reduction horizontally)
Duplex (2nd print side), 0±2mm × (2×M+1) mm

enlargement (Vertically and horizontally)
ADF
Simplex (1st print side),

Main Scan: 0±4mm
non-B6 original, 100% or
Sub Scan: 0±3mm
reduction
Simplex (1st print side),

Main Scan: 0±(2×M+2)mm
non-B6 original, M: Magnification ratio
Sub Scan: 0±(2×M+1)mm
enlargement
Simplex (1st print side), B6 Main Scan: 0±5mm

original, 100% or reduction Sub Scan: 0±4mm
Simplex (1st print side), B6 Main Scan: 0±(2×M+3)mm

original, enlargement Sub Scan: 0±(2×M+2)mm
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-10 SM
Duplex (2nd print side),

Main Scan: 0±4mm
non-B6 original, 100% or
Sub Scan: 0±3mm
reduction
Duplex (2nd print side),

Main Scan: 0±(2×M+3)mm
non-B6 original, M: Magnification ratio
Sub Scan: 0±(2×M+2)mm
enlargement
3.3.2 SKEW
Maintenance
Preventive
Exposure glass
Simplex, A4 SEF or larger*1 ±1.0mm/200mm or less
Simplex, B5 SEF or smaller Excluding paper longer than

±1.0mm/100mm or less 12 ×18inches.
*2
*1 Feed length 279mm or
2nd side, A4 SEF or more
±1.0mm/200mm or less
larger*1 *2 Feed length 257mm or
2nd side, B5 SEF or smaller less

±1.0mm/100mm or less
*2
SM 3-11 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
Original Printed paper Specification Note
Main Scan:
3.5mm/200mm or
1st side, A3 to less
B5 SEF or smaller
B5/A6 LEF Sub Scan:
3.0mm/200mm or
less
Main Scan:
±2.5mm/200mm or
1st side, A3 to less
A3/DLT to A4/LT
B5/A6 LEF Sub Scan:
2.0mm/200mm or
less
Main Scan and Sub

1st side, other than Scan:
B5 SEF or smaller
A3 to B5/A6 LEF ±4.0mm/200mm or
less
Main Scan and Sub

1st side, other than Scan:
A3/DLT to A4/LT
A3 to B5/A6 LEF ±3.0mm/200mm or
less
Main Scan and Sub

Scan:
2nd side, A3 to A5 B5 SEF or smaller
±4.0mm/200mm or
less
Main Scan and Sub

Scan:
2nd side, A3 to A5 A3/DLT to A4/LT
±3.0mm/200mm or
less
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-12 SM
Rev. 02/20/2014 PM Parts Settings
3.4 PM PARTS SETTINGS

⇒ PM parts replacement procedure for the D135 / D137 series machines are different from
predecessor models. If the PM counter is reset in “PM parts display”, flag is set (SP3701-XXX)
and initial process SPs are run automatically for the replaced part. See below for details If the
PM counter is reset in SP7622-XXX, procedure is the same as predecessor models.
Comparison of the PM Parts Replacement Procedure
D135 / D137 models
Maintenance
Preventive
If the counter for the Lubricant Bar is reset in SP 7622-XX, make sure to set the
flag in SP3701-XXX. Otherwise, the lubricant end detection (SP3810-XXX) will
not be reset and the banner message indicating near-end will remain on the
operation panel.
3.4.1 PM PARTS REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

1. Turn off the power on the operation panel button, and unplug the AC power cord.
2. Turn off the main power switch located inside the door.
3. Replace the PM parts.
4. Plug in the AC power cord and turn on the main power switch with either the bypass tray door
[A] or vertical transport door [B] opened.
SM 3-13 D135/D136/D137/D138
PM Parts Settings Rev. 02/20/2014
NOTE: Make sure to open either the bypass tray or vertical transport door before turning
on the main power. Otherwise, troubles could occur as a result of unneeded initialization
processes.
5. Enter the SP mode and push the PM parts counter reset button in the PM Parts display. (
PM Counter Display)
⇒ NOTE: Pressing the reset button in PM Counter Display does not reset the PM counter.
The PM counter is reset after closing the door in step 6.
6. Close the bypass tray door (or the vertical transport door). The machine will reset the PM
counters automatically followed by an initialization process. ( Initial Adjustment SP Lists)
7. Check the Initial Adjustment SP Lists and execute initialization in the SP mode, if required.
( Initial Adjustment SP Lists)
8. Enter SP5-990-004 and check the counter values in the SMC logging data. Make sure that
the PM counters for the replaced units are "0" in the PM parts display. If a PM counter for a unit
that had been replaced does not display “0,” reset that counter in the procedure described
above.
NOTE: Machine operation will automatically stop when the PM counters for the fusing
cleaning web and drum lubricant bar reach their yield. Counter clearance is not
required when replacing the developer, as this counter is cleared by SP3-024
(Developer Fill: Execute). Counter clearance triggers the initialization of the parts
described in this section. When initialization is required for these parts, open the
front door and clear the counter.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-14 SM
3.4.2 PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION CHECK

1. Clean the exposure glasses (for DF and book scanning). Check the PM table to see if any
other cleaning is scheduled at this time.
2. Enter the User Tools mode.
3. Do the "Automatic Color Calibration (ACC)" for the copier mode & printer mode.
4. Exit the User Tools mode, and then enter the SP mode.
5. Do the "Forced line position adjustment."
• First do SP2-111-3 (Mode c).
• Then do SP2-111-1 (Mode a).
• Check the process by viewing the operation panel to confirm successful results.
Maintenance
Preventive
Results can also be viewed in SP 2-194-10 to 12.
3.4.3 OPERATION CHECK

Print out a sample image and confirm proper image quality.
3.4.4 PM COUNTER DISPLAY

The PM Counter main menu and submenu allow you to view the PM counts for both units and
individual components.
On the D135/D136/D137/D138, Estimated usage rate / Remaining days and Commissioning
Status Report have been added to this menu.
Similarly to the Taurus, D135/D136/D137/D138 applies the running distance calculation to
display the usage rate and remaining days of parts.
With this system, PM can be scheduled with more accuracy in accordance with the machine
usage conditions unique to every user.
Please refer to the usage rate and remaining days when doing PM for the
D135/D136/D137/D138.
3.4.5 NOTE CONCERNING RUNNING DISTANCE DATA

Since the PM parts yield is based on set conditions (for example, D135/D136/D137/D138 Pro:
A4LEF, 26P/J, FC70%, etc), if a machine is used in an unexpected manner, parts could reach
their life before the prescribed yield (EM), or could exceed the prescribed yield.
However, if the machine uses the running distance of the parts (which is a calculation based on
the total number of revolutions made by the parts), PM can be carried out at more precise times,
because the running distance reflects the actual status of the machine.
SM 3-15 D135/D136/D137/D138
3.4.6 OPENING THE PM COUNTER

2. Touch [PM Counter].
All PM Parts List.

Displays all PM items (all PM items, not only PM units). Lists all PM items regardless of PM
yield indicator settings.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-16 SM
Parts list for PM yield indicator

Displays on the items with their PM yield indicator settings set to "Yes".
Clear all PM settings
Resets all PM counter settings to "0" at the same time. PM items can be reset one by one
with the [Clear] button.
Counter list print out
Prints the PM counter on paper.
Estimated Usage Rate/Estimated Remain Days
Displays the estimated usage rate (0 to 100%) and remaining days (255 to 0 days) of the
PM items, in which the calculation is based on page counter value and running distance,
allowing more accuracy in comparison to the conventional PM page counter.
Commissioning Status Report Print
Prints the status report.
Maintenance
Preventive
3.4.7 PM PARTS SCREEN DETAILS
All PM Parts list: Main Menu

The "All PM Parts list" displays all PM units and individual items. This list shows all PM items,
regardless of their "PM yield indicator settings".
[A]: Number buttons. Pressing a number button opens a submenu.

[B]: Descriptions. The # mark denotes a "unit" (not an individual item).
[C]: PM yield buttons. Function is the same as the "PM yield indicator settings" button.
[D]: Current PM counter value.
[E]: Target PM interval. This can be changed by pressing a number button [A].
[F]: PM counter clear button. Function is the same as the [Clear current counter] button.
Number Button Submenu

Press any number button to open the submenu for a part. In the example below, the number
button [001] #Development Unit was pressed.
SM 3-17 D135/D136/D137/D138
[A]: Clear current counter. Press to reset the selected PM counter (in this example 001
#Development Unit) to "0". You can also clear the settings by pressing the [Clear] button on the
right side of the PM Counter Main Menu ([F] in the previous section).
[B]: Change target yield. Press the change the target PM yield. To change the setting:
Press [Change target yield]
Enter the number for the new target with the 10-key pad.
Press [#] on the operation panel.
[C]: PM yield indicator settings. [Yes] is the default. Press [No] to remove the current item from
the "Parts list for PM yield indicator".
When set to "Yes", items marked with the # mark (# = a unit) will not have their individual
items displayed automatically in the "Parts list for PM yield indicator list".
When set to "No", items marked with the # mark (# = a unit) only the individual components
will appear in the list (the units will not appear).
[D]: PM counter history. This is a summary of the most recent counts
Latest 1. The latest PM count since the unit (or part) was replaced.
Latest 2. The previous PM count since the unit (or part) was replaced.
Latest 3. The previous but one PM count since the unit (or part) was replaced.
Parts List for PM Yield Indicator

This list shows the PM Parts Main Menu with only items set to "Yes" displayed.
The # mark denotes a unit.

Items without the # (for example, 065 ITB) denote individual components.
An asterisk (*) will appear in the Exceed column [A] to show items that have exceeded
their target PM yields.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-18 SM
Estimated Usage Rate/Estimated Remaining Days

Displays the estimated usage rate (0 to 100%) and remaining days (255 to 0 days) of the PM
items against the PM yield, which are based on calculations using the page counter and running
distance.
Maintenance
Preventive
[A]: Number buttons. Pressing a number button opens a submenu.
[B]: Descriptions. The # mark denotes a “unit” (not an individual item)
[C]: Displays the estimated usage rate (0 to 100%)
[D]: Displays the estimated remaining days (255 to 0 days)
[E]: Clear button
Calculation of Estimated remaining days (255 to 0 days) and Estimated usage rate (0 to
100%)
Calculation of estimated remaining days (255 to 0 days)
Displays either the page counter (SP7-951-XXX) or the running distance (SP7952-XXX),
whichever is smaller. Note that parts such as rollers always show the page counter value,
because running distance is not counted.
Remaining days by page counter (SP7-951-XXX) = (A – B) / C
A: Standard end value as pages (SP7623-xxx)
B: PM page counter (SP7621-xxx)
C: Average PM page counter per day = PM page counter (SP7621-xxx)/Number of days
since last replacement
Remaining days by running distance (SP7952-XXX) = (A – B) / C
A: Standard end value as distance (SP7940-xxx)
B: PM distance counter (SP7944-xxx)
C: Average distance per day = PM distance counter (SP7944-xxx) /Number of days since
last replacement
Calculation of estimated usage rate (0 to 100%)
Displays either the page counter (SP7-954-xxx) and running distance (SP7-942-xxx),
whichever is larger. Note that parts such as rollers always show the page counter value,
because running distance is not counted.
Estimated usage rate % (by Page counter) is calculated as follows.
Current page counter value <SP7-621-xxx> / Standard page end value <SP7-623-xxx> x
100
Estimated usage rate % (by Running distance) is calculated as follows.
Current distance <SP7-944-xxx> / Standard distance end value <SP7-940-xxx> x 100
SM 3-19 D135/D136/D137/D138
Commissioning Status Report Print

Prints out the status report.
Contents of the status report are as follows:
1. SP7403-001 to 010SC History
2. SP7507-001 to 010 Print Engine Jam History
3. SP7508-001 to 010 Original Jam History
4. SP7910-001,002ROM No(-001:System/Copy, -002:Engine)
5. SP7911-001,002Firmware version (-001:System/Copy, -002:Engine)
6. SP8581-001 T: Counter (-001: Total, -002: Total Full Color, -003B&W/Single Color,
-010:Total Color, -011:Total B/W)
7. SP8591-001 O: Counter (-001:A3/DLT Counter, -002:Duplex Counter)
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-20 SM
Initial Adjustment SP Lists
3.5 INITIAL ADJUSTMENT SP LISTS
This section describes the following:

 Automatic execution to be performed after replacement
 SP that needs to be done manually after replacement
 Parts of the automatic adjustment items that are described in this section are
automatically executed as a trigger counter is cleared. Therefore, press the counter
clear button for the corresponding parts and turn the power off and on for automatic
execution
 Initial adjustment for "Force Apply Lubricant Execute" is done manually. This is
Maintenance
Preventive
because it is necessary to perform this after separating the ITB cleaning blade from the
ITB. For more information, check the replacement and adjustment procedures for each
part..
3.5.1 D137/D138
Manual Auto/ SP
Parts list Adjustment SP SP time
SP Manual description
Initial TD
SP3-030-001 Initial setting
Auto Sensor 50s
to 006 of TD sensor
Execute
Developer No Manual
ProCon Exe 15 to
Auto SP3-011-002 Pro Con
Density 85s
Adjustment
DEMS
Development SP3-040-001 DEMS : 110 to
Yes Manual Control (Pro
Filter to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
Initial cleaning Initial

SP3-032-001
Auto setting : cleaning 15s
to 006
Cleaning Execute setting
Yes
Unit DEMS
SP3-040-001 DEMS : 110 to
Manual Control (Pro
to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
SM 3-21 D135/D136/D137/D138
Manual Auto/ SP

SP3-032-001
Auto setting cleaning 15s
to 006
Cleaning Execute setting
Yes
Blade DEMS
SP3-040-001 DEMS : 110 to
Manual Control (Pro
to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
DEMS
Lubrication SP3-040-001 DEMS : 110 to
Roller to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
DEMS
Lubricant SP3-040-001 DEMS : 110 to
Bar to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
DEMS
Lubricant SP3-040-001 DEMS : 110 to
Blade to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
DEMS
SP3-040-001 DEMS : 110 to
Joint Yes Manual Control (Pro
to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
DEMS
SP3-040-001 DEMS : 110 to
Gears Yes Manual Control (Pro
to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
Manual
ProCon Exe 15 to
Density 85s
Charge Adjustment
Yes
Roller Unit
DEMS
SP3-040-001 DEMS : 110 to
Manual Control (Pro
to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-22 SM
Manual Auto/ SP
Manual
ProCon Exe 15 to
Density 85s
Charge Adjustment
Yes
Roller
DEMS
SP3-040-001 DEMS : 110 to
Manual Control (Pro
to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
Cleaner: DEMS
Maintenance
Preventive
SP3-040-001 DEMS : 110 to
Charge Yes Manual Control (Pro
to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Roller Only)
Gear: DEMS
SP3-040-001 DEMS : 110 to
Charge Yes Manual Control (Pro
to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Roller Only)
Manual
ProCon Exe 15 to
Density 85s
Adjustment
OPC Drum Yes Forced line

Auto SP2-111-004 MUSIC 15s
Position
DEMS
SP3-040-001 DEMS : 110 to
Manual Control (Pro
to 005 EXECUTE 180s
Only)
speed
Dancing 45 to
Auto SP2-924-004 control of
Control Belt 60s
Image ITB+MUSIC
Transfer Belt Yes Manual

Unit ProCon Exe 15 to
Density 85s
Adjustment
SM 3-23 D135/D136/D137/D138
Manual Auto/ SP
Force Apply
Manual SP2-696-001 Lubricant Lubrication 180s
Execute
speed
Dancing 45 to
Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
Manual
ProCon Exe 15 to
Transfer Belt Yes Auto SP3-011-002 Pro Con
Density 85s
Adjustment
Force Apply
Execute
speed
Dancing 45 to
Control Belt 60s
Image ITB+MUSIC
Transfer No Manual
Roller ProCon Exe 15 to
Density 85s
Adjustment
speed
Dancing 45 to
Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
ITB Bias
No Manual
Roller
ProCon Exe 15 to
Density 85s
Adjustment
speed
ITB drive Dancing 45 to
Yes Manual SP2-924-004 control of
shaft gear Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-24 SM
Manual Auto/ SP
speed
Dancing 45 to
Control Belt 60s
ITB Cleaning ITB+MUSIC
Yes
Unit Force Apply
Execute
speed
Dancing 45 to
Maintenance
Preventive
Control Belt 60s
Yes
Blade Force Apply
Execute
ITB
Lubricant No - - - - -
Brush
ITB Force Apply

Lubricant No Manual SP2-696-001 Lubricant Lubrication 180s
Bar Execute
ITB Force Apply

Lubricant No Manual SP2-696-001 Lubricant Lubrication 180s
Blade Execute
Manual
Paper
ProCon Exe 15 to
Transfer No Auto SP3-011-002 Pro Con
Density 85s
Roller Unit
Adjustment
Paper
Discharge No - - - - -
Plate
SM 3-25 D135/D136/D137/D138
Manual Auto/ SP
Manual
Paper
ProCon Exe 15 to
Transfer No Auto SP3-011-002 Pro Con
Density 85s
Roller
Adjustment
3.5.2 D135/D136
Manual Auto/
Parts list Adjustment SP Parts list SP time
SP Manual
Initial TD
SP3-030-001 Initial setting
Auto Sensor 50s
to 006 of TD sensor
Execute
Developer No Manual
ProCon Exe 15 to
Density 85s
Adjustment
Development
No - - - - -
Filter

SP3-032-001
Cleaning Unit No Auto setting: cleaning 15s
to 006
Execute setting

SP3-032-001
No Auto setting: cleaning 15s
to 006
Execute setting
Cleaning
No - - - - -
Blade
No - - - - -
Lubrication
No - - - - -
Roller
Lubricant Bar No - - - - -
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-26 SM
Manual Auto/
SP Manual
Lubricant
No - - - - -
Blade
Manual
Charge Roller ProCon Exe 15 to
No Auto SP3-011-002 Pro Con
Unit Density 85s
Adjustment
Manual
ProCon Exe 15 to
Maintenance
Preventive
Charge Roller No Auto SP3-011-002 Pro Con
Density 85s
Adjustment
No - - - - -
Cleaner:
No - - - - -
Charge Roller
Manual
ProCon Exe 15 to
Density 85s
OPC Drum No Adjustment
Forced line
Auto SP2-111-004 MUSIC 15s
Position
speed
Dancing 45 to
Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
Manual
Image
ProCon Exe 15 to
Density 85s
Unit
Adjustment
Force Apply
Execute
SM 3-27 D135/D136/D137/D138
Manual Auto/
SP Manual
speed
Dancing 45 to
Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
Manual
ProCon Exe 15 to
Density 85s
Adjustment
Force Apply
Execute
speed
Dancing 45 to
Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
Image
No Manual
Transfer Roller
ProCon Exe 15 to
Density 85s
Adjustment
speed
Dancing 45 to
Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
ITB Bias
No Manual
Roller
ProCon Exe 15 to
Density 85s
Adjustment
speed
ITB drive shaft Dancing 45 to
Yes Manual SP2-924-004 control of
gear Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
speed
ITB Cleaning Dancing 45 to
Yes Auto SP2-924-004 control of
Unit Control Belt 60s
ITB+MUSIC
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-28 SM
Manual Auto/
SP Manual
Force Apply
Execute
speed
Dancing 45 to
Control Belt 60s
Yes
Blade Force Apply
Maintenance
Preventive
Execute
ITB Lubricant
No - - - - -
Brush
Force Apply
ITB Lubricant
Yes Manual SP2-696-001 Lubricant Lubrication 180s
Bar
Execute
Force Apply
ITB Lubricant
Yes Manual SP2-696-001 Lubricant Lubrication 180s
Blade
Execute
Manual
Paper
ProCon Exe 15 to
Transfer Roller No Auto SP3-011-002 Pro Con
Density 85s
Unit
Adjustment
Paper
Discharge No - - - - -
Plate
Manual
Paper ProCon Exe 15 to
No Auto SP3-011-002 Pro Con
Transfer Roller Density 85s
Adjustment
SM 3-29 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
3.6 CLEANING POINTS
3.6.1 SCANNER
Exposure Glass, ADF Exposure Glass, Reflective Plate, 1st Mirror, 2nd
Mirror, 3rd Mirror, Original Size Sensors
1. Exposure glass ( page 4-108)
2. Clean the front and back of the exposure glass with a glass cleaner.
3. Move the non-adhesive surface (left), then clean the front and back of the ADF exposure
glass [A] with a glass cleaner.
4. First, turn the gear [A] and move the 1st scanner carriage [B] to the center.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-30 SM
Cleaning Points
 Do not touch the mirror, reflector, or light guide plate in the scanner carriage.
5. Clean the reflective plate [A] with a dry optical cloth.
Maintenance
Preventive
6. Clean the 1st mirror [A], 2nd mirror [B] and 3rd mirror [C] with a dry optical cloth.
7. Clean the original size sensors [A] with a dry cloth.
SM 3-31 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
3.6.2 DEVELOPER
Development Unit
Do the following cleaning at 300k.
1. Development unit ( page 4-161)
2. Wipe off the toner at the toner receptacle [A] with a dry cloth.
3. Clean off the toner adhering around the unit with a dry cloth.
3.6.3 TONER SUPPLY
Toner Supply Unit

2. Remove the toner cartridge [A].

Clean the toner supply unit [B] with a damp cloth that has been wrung out.
Clean the sponge seal [C] of the supply port with a dry cloth.
e.g.: Y
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-32 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
Preventive
 In order to prevent the scattering of toner, do not use a blower brush to clean.
3.6.4 ITB UNIT

As shown below, there are seven parts to clean at a certain interval.
1. ID Sensor
2. ITB Drive Roller
3. Pre-Transfer Roller
4. ITB Cleaning Blade Counter Roller
5. ITB Lubricant Blade Counter Roller
6. Back-up Roller
7. ITB Driven Roller
Rollers
Rollers need cleaning every 900k prints
1. Transfer Belt (page 4-174 "ITB Replacement")
2. With a dry cloth, wipe each roller.
SM 3-33 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
ID Sensor
Clean the ID sensor every 600k prints.
1. Bracket with the ID sensor
2. With a damp cloth, wipe the ID sensor (three areas indicated below).
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-34 SM
Cleaning Points
3.6.5 FUSING
Stripper Plate (Fusing / Pressure)

1. Pull the fusing unit out and then raise the stripper unit to open it.
2. With a dry cloth, wipe the circled area shown below.
Fusing Stripper Plate: Clean the surface and the back.
Pressure Stripper Plate: Clean the seven pawls of the stripper plate.
Maintenance
Preventive
 Do not wipe too strongly.
Fusing Entrance Guide

1. Pull the fusing unit out.
SM 3-35 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
Thermistor (Fusing Belt)

1. Access the thermistor (Fusing Belt) (page 4-242 "Thermistor (Fusing Belt)")
2. Wipe the circled area shown below.
Thermistor (Hot Roller Shaft) (ProC5100S/5110S Only)

1. Access the thermistor (hot roller shaft) (page 4-243 "Thermistor (Hot Roller Shaft)")
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-36 SM
Cleaning Points
Thermopile
1. Access the thermopile. (page 4-246 "Thermopile (Pressure Roller)")
2. With a dry cloth, wipe the surface of the lens.
Maintenance
Preventive
 Do not wipe too strongly.
SM 3-37 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
3.6.6 OTHER
Development Intake Dust Filter

1. Access the development intake filter. ( page 4-409 "Development Intake Fans
(KCMY)")
2. Clean the locations marked with a red circle below with some dry cloth.
Pressure Roller Dust Filter (D137/D138 only)

1. Access the pressure roller intake filter. ( page 4-94 "Fusing Pressure Roller Intake Fan
(D137/D138 only)")
2. Clean the locations marked with a red circle below with some dry cloth.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-38 SM
Cleaning Points
3.6.7 PAPER FEED
1st to 4th Transport Roller (Drive/Idle)

1. Open the vertical transport door [A].
Maintenance
Preventive
2. Wipe the 1st to 4th feed roller (drive) with damp cloth.
 [A]: 1st feed roller (drive)

 [B]: 2nd feed roller (drive)
 [C]: 3rd feed roller (drive)
 [D]: 4th feed roller (drive)
3. Wipe the 1st to 4th feed roller (idle) with damp cloth.
SM 3-39 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
 [A]: 1st feed roller (idle)

 [B]: 2nd feed roller (idle)
 [C]: 3rd feed roller (idle)
 [D]: 4th feed roller (idle)
Registration Roller (Drive/Idle)

1. Pull out the drawer unit [A].
2. Open the registration section and wipe the registration roller (drive/idle) with a damp cloth.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-40 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
 [A]: Registration roller (Drive)
Preventive
 [B]: Registration roller (Idle)
Relay Roller (Drive/Idle)

1. Remove the registration unit. ( page 4-306)
2. Remove the relay unit. ( page 4-308)
3. Wipe the relay roller (drive) [A] with a damp cloth.
4. Remove the relay sensor. ( page 4-312)

5. Wipe the relay roller (idle) [A] with a damp cloth.
SM 3-41 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
Bypass Relay Roller (Drive/Idle)

2. Wipe the by-pass relay roller (drive/idle) with a damp cloth while rotating the joint [A].
 [B]: By-pass relay roller (Drive)

 [C]: By-pass relay roller (Idle)
Registration Sensor
2. Open the registration section and clean the registration sensor [A] with a blower brush.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-42 SM
Cleaning Points
Relay Sensor
Maintenance
1. Open the drawer unit cover [A].
Preventive
2. Clean the relay sensor [A] with a blower brush
SM 3-43 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
Paper Dust Collection Unit

2. Remove the upper cover [A] of the paper dust collection unit. ( x2)
3. Remove the paper dust, and then wipe the dust collection unit [A] with a dry cloth.
4. Reattach the upper cover of the paper dust collection unit.

5. Wipe the by-pass relay roller (drive/idle) with a damp cloth while rotating the joint [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-44 SM
Cleaning Points
 [B]: By-pass relay roller (Drive)

 [C]: By-pass relay roller (Idle)
Maintenance
Preventive
3.6.8 DUPLEX
Heat Pipe Roller

1. Remove the fusing unit. ( page 4-211)
2. Wipe the heat pipe roller [A] with a damp cloth.
Heat Pipe Drive Roller

2. Wipe the heat pipe drive roller [A] with a damp cloth.
SM 3-45 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
Paper Exit Roller (Drive/Idle)

2. Wipe the paper exit roller (drive) [A] with a damp cloth.
3. Hold up the exit guide plate [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-46 SM
Cleaning Points
4. Wipe the paper exit roller (idle) [A] with a damp cloth
Maintenance
Preventive
Inverter Feed Out Roller (Drive/Idle)
2. Open the paper exit feed guide plate [A].
SM 3-47 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
3. Wipe the inverter feed out roller (drive/idle) with a damp cloth.
 [A]: Inverter feed out roller (Drive)

 [B]: Inverter feed out roller (Idle)
Inverter Exit Roller (Drive/Idle)

2. Open the paper exit feed guide plate [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-48 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
3. Wipe the inverter exit roller (drive/idle) with a damp cloth.
Preventive
 [A]: Inverter exit roller (Drive)
 [B]: Inverter exit roller (Idle)
SM 3-49 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
Paper Exit Relay Roller (Drive/Idle)

3. Wipe the paper exit relay roller (drive/idle) with a damp cloth.
 [A]: Paper exit relay roller (Drive)

 [B]: Paper exit relay roller (Idle)
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-50 SM
Cleaning Points
Inverter Feed In Roller (Drive/Idle)

Maintenance
Preventive

4. Remove the separation pawl (e-ring x 2).
5. Wipe the inverter feed roller (drive/idle) with a damp cloth.
 [A]: Inverter feed roller (Drive)

 [B]: Inverter feed roller (Idle)
SM 3-51 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
Exit Transport Guide Plate (Upper/Middle/Left)

2. Open the reverse guide plate [A].
3. Open the paper exit feed guide plate.

4. Wipe the paper exit feed guide plate (left) [A] with a dry cloth.
5. Hold up the paper exit guide plate [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-52 SM
Cleaning Points
6. Wipe the paper exit feed guide plate (upper/middle) with a dry cloth.
Maintenance
Preventive
 [A]: Paper exit feed guide plate (Upper)
 [B]: Paper exit feed guide plate (Middle)
Duplex Unit Roller 1st to 4th (Drive/Idle)

2. Push down the guide plate [A].
SM 3-53 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
3. Wipe the duplex feed roller 1st to 4th (drive) and duplex feed roller 2nd to 4th (idle) with a
damp cloth.
 [A]: Duplex feed roller 1st (Drive)

 [B]: Duplex feed roller 2nd (Drive)
 [C]: Duplex feed roller 3rd (Drive)
 [D]: Duplex feed roller 4th (Drive)
 [E]: Duplex feed roller 2nc (Idle)
 [F]: Duplex feed roller 3rd (Idle)
 [G]: Duplex feed roller 4th (Idle)
5. Wipe the duplex feed roller 1st (idle) [A] with a damp cloth.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-54 SM
Cleaning Points
Maintenance
Preventive
Duplex Exit Roller (Drive/Idle)
3. Wipe the duplex exit roller (drive/idle) with a damp cloth.
SM 3-55 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
 [A]: Duplex exit roller (Drive)

 [B]: Duplex exit roller (Idle)
Transport Guide Plate (Upper/Lower)

3. Wipe the transport guide plate (upper/lower) with a damp cloth.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-56 SM
Cleaning Points
 [A]: Transport guide plate (Upper)

 [B]: Transport guide plate (Lower)
Maintenance
Preventive
SM 3-57 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cleaning Points
Purge Guide Plate (Lower)

1. Open the purge door [A].
2. Move the purge guide plate (lower) [A] to the upright position.
3. Wipe the area [A] under the transport guide plate (lower) with a damp cloth.
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-58 SM
Lubrication Points
3.7 LUBRICATION POINTS
3.7.1 FUSING
Bearing (Hot Roller/Pressure Roller) Lubrication

1. Detach the bearing (page 4-230 "Heating Roller, Fusing Roller, Fusing Belt")
2. Use grease (Barrierta S552R) to lubricate the inner surface of the bearing.
3. Rotate the inner surface of the bearing to check if the bearing can rotate smoothly.
Maintenance
Preventive
 Replace the bearing if it cannot rotate smoothly.
Fusing Gear Lubrication

1. While rotating the gear [B], lubricate the small diameter teeth of the gear [A] and all teeth of
the gear [B] circled below.
2. Make sure that grease is applied to all the gears.
[Left]: FLUOTRIBO MG Grease 4.0g

[Right]: FLUOTRIBO MG Grease 1.5g
SM 3-59 D135/D136/D137/D138
Lubrication Points
 The max. and min. amount of grease you should use is shown below.
[A]: Min. Amount
[B]: Max. Amount
[A]: Min. Amount

[B]: Max. Amount
D135/D136/D137/D138 3-60 SM
REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
132 10/23/2013 Installing The Scanner Heater
132 04/15/2014 Updated Scanner Heater P/Ns.
141 ~ 143 10/25/2013 Toner shield glass cleaning
152 9/30/2013 OPC Drum
153 2/20/2014 Attaching the new OPC Drum
159 ~ 160 2/20/2014 Assembling the cleaning unit
164 ~ 172 9/26/2013 Removing Old Developer
168 12/18/2013 Adding New Developer (Summary)
178 10/29/2013 Lubrication after replacement
197 2/20/2014 ITB cleaning blade
202 ~ 203 2/20/2014 ITB paper dust cleaning brush roller
250 03/06/2014 Updated “Fusing Paper Feed Sensor”
328 ~ 329 4/11/2014 Duplex Invert Solenoid
353 10/23/2013 When Installing the New BCU
354 ~ 355 10/23/2013 Updated NVRAM Replacement Procedure.
426 ∼ 429 03/17/2014 Updated Waste Toner Collection
Notes on the Main Power Switch
4. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
4.1 NOTES ON THE MAIN POWER SWITCH
4.1.1 PUSH SWITCH

The main power button of this machine has been changed to a push-button switch (push
button) from the conventional rocker switch. The push switch has characteristics and
specifications different from the rocker switch. Care must be taken when replacing and
adjusting parts.
Characteristics of the Push Switch (DC Switch)

Power is supplied to the machine even when the main power switch is turned OFF.
The push switch in this machine uses DC (direct current). Therefore, if the AC power cord is
connected to an electrical outlet, power is supplied to the controller board, the operation
and Adjustment
Replacement
unit and other modules even when the main power is turned OFF. When replacing the
controller board and the operation unit in this state, not only these boards, it will damage
other electrical components.
So, when performing maintenance work such as replacing parts, in addition to turning off
the main power with the push switch, always unplug the AC power cord.
When you disconnect the power cord from the AC wall outlet, inside the machine there is
still residual charge.
When you disconnect the power cord from the AC wall outlet, inside the machine for a while
there is still residual charge. Therefore, if you remove boards in this state, it can cause a
blown fuse or memory failure.
How to remove the residual charge inside the machine
After you unplug the power cord from the AC wall outlet, in order to remove the residual
charge from inside the machine, be sure to press the main power switch. Thus, the
charge remaining in the machine is released, and it is possible to remove boards.
SM 4-1 D135/D136/D137/D138
When you reconnect the AC power cord into an AC wall outlet, the machine will start
automatically.
In order to remove the residual charge, push the main power switch while you disconnect
the AC power cord. At that time, the power ON flag inside the machine is set. Therefore,
after you finish work on the machine and reconnect the power cord to the AC, even if you
do not press the main power switch, the machine will start automatically and the moving
parts will begin to move. When working on moving parts, be careful that fingers or
clothes do not get caught.
 Automatic restart deals with cases when you accidentally unplugged the AC power
cord or unexpected power outages. By keeping the power flag ON, after the
resumption of power, the machine will start up automatically.
In rare cases, when you reconnect the AC power cord to a power outlet, the machine does
not start automatically. In this case, the machine has not failed. The cause is due to the
timing of releasing the residual charge. If you press the main power switch while the
residual charge was already released, the power ON flag will not be set. At this time, start
the machine manually by pressing the main power switch.
Shutdown Method
1. Press the main power switch [A] on the left side of the machine.
2. Take out the power cord
3. Wait 3 minutes (this is the time required if you will remove the rear cover and access the
interior of the machine, to take out the controller board for example).
Note: If some LEDs on any of the boards are blinking or lit, current is still flowing.
After the shutdown process, the main power is turned off automatically.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-2 SM
When the shutdown is complete

Main power LED: Off
Operation panel LED: Off
 How to start from shutdown

 To start the machine, press the main power switch. However, if you press the main
power switch between the beginning and the end of a shutdown, the machine will not
start.
Forced Shutdown
In case normal shutdown does not complete for some reason, the machine has a forced
shutdown function.
To make a forced shutdown, press and hold the main power switch for 6 seconds.
In general, do not use the forced shutdown.
 Forced shutdown may damage the hard disk and memory, and can cause damage to
and Adjustment
Replacement
the machine. Use a forced shutdown only if it is unavoidable.
SM 4-3 D135/D136/D137/D138
Special Tools and Lubricants
4.2 SPECIAL TOOLS AND LUBRICANTS
4.2.1 D137/D138
Unique or Common:
2 D0159500 G104 YELLOW TONER 1 C (*1)
FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE:
3 VSSG9002 1 C (*2)
100G
5 B6456705 PCMCIA Card Adapter 1 C (General)
Loop-back Connector –
6 G0219350 1 C (General)
Parallel
C4 Color Test Chart (3

8 A0929503 1 C (General)
pcs/set)
9 B6795100 Plug - IEEE1284 Type C 1 C (General)

(*1): Common with Venus-C2/Venus-C3
(*2): Common with Taurus-C1
 Loop-back Connector [Parallel (item 6)] requires Plug [IEEE1284 Type C (item 9)].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-4 SM
Special Tools and Lubricants
4.2.2 D135/D136
Unique or Common:
2 D0159500 G104 YELLOW TONER 1 C (*1)
FLUOTRIBO MG GREASE :
3 VSSG9002 1 C (*2)
100G
and Adjustment
Replacement
C4 Color Test Chart (3

6 A0929503 1 C (General)
pcs/set)
7 A2579300 Grease Barrierta – S552R 1 C (*1)
OPTICS ADJUSTMENT
8 A1849501 2 C (*3)
TOOL

(*1): Common with Venus-C2/Venus-C3
(*2): Common with Taurus-C1
(*3): Common with Apollon-C2.5/Athena-C2.5
SM 4-5 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
4.3 OUTER COVERS
4.3.1 RIGHT COVER
Right Middle Front Cover (D137/D138)

1. LCT cover [A] ( x 2)
2. Screw covers [B] on the arm cover [A] of the operation panel
3. Arm cover [A] of the operation panel ( x 2)
4. Remove the fixing screws of the right middle front cover ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-6 SM
Outer Covers
5. Open the toner supply unit front cover [A] and by-pass tray unit [C]. Slide the right middle
front cover [B] to the left.
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-7 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
Right Middle Front Cover (D135/D136)

2. Remove the fixing screws of the right middle front cover [A] ( x 2)
3. Open the toner supply unit front cover [A] and by-pass tray unit [C]. Slide the right middle
front cover [B] to the left.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-8 SM
Outer Covers
Right Middle Upper Cover (D137/D138)

and Adjustment
Replacement
downward ( x 1).
SM 4-9 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
Right Middle Upper Cover (D135/D136)

downward ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-10 SM
Outer Covers
Right Middle Rear Cover (D137/D138)

1. Right middle upper cover (D137/D138) ( page 4-9)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Slide the right middle rear cover [A] to the left ( x 2)
SM 4-11 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
Right Middle Rear Cover (D135/D136)

1. Right middle upper cover (D135/D136) ( page 4-10)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-12 SM
Outer Covers
Right Lower Cover

1. In order to easily remove the right lower cover [A], remove the fixing screws on the left side
of the rear lower cover [B] ( x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Remove the fixing screws of the right lower cover ( x 4).
SM 4-13 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
4. Open the vertical tranport door [A]. Remove the hooks (x 2) located on the upper side of the
right lower cover [B], then remove by sliding downward.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-14 SM
Outer Covers
4.3.2 LEFT COVER
Left Middle Cover

1. In order to easily remove the left middle cover [A], remove the fixing screws on the right
side of the rear middle cover [B] and rear lower cover [C] ( x 3).
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Remove the fixing screws of the left middle cover( x 2).
3. Remove the left middle cover [A].
SM 4-15 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
Notes On Left Middle Cover Attachment

 Attach the left middle cover to align the left middle cover [A] and the upper cover [B].
 Attach the hook [A] to fit location [B] on the machine.

 Attach the hook [C] to fit location [D] on the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-16 SM
Outer Covers
Left Lower Cover
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. Purge cover [A] (pin x 2)
2. Remove the fixing screws of the left lower cover( x 2).
3. While holding the right side of the left lower cover [A], remove it in a downward direction.
SM 4-17 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-18 SM
Outer Covers
4.3.3 REAR COVER
Rear middle cover

1. Remove the rear middle cover [A] by moving it upward ( x 4).
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-19 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
Rear Lower Cover

1. Rear middle cover ( page 4-19)
2. Rear Lower Cover [A] ( x 4).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-20 SM
Outer Covers
4.3.4 UPPER COVER
Upper Front Cover (D137/D138)

1. Open the ADF and remove the fixing screws of the upper front cover [A] ( x 2).
2. Lift the upper front cover [A] and slide it forward.
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-21 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
Upper Front Cover (D135/D136)

1. Open the ADF and remove the fixing screws of the upper front cover [A] ( x 2).
2. Disconnect the left hook of the upper front cover [A].
3. Slide the upper front cover [A] to the right.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-22 SM
Outer Covers
Upper Rear Cover (Small)

1. Open the ADF and remove the fixing screws of the upper rear cover (small) [A] ( x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
Upper Left Cover/ Upper Right Cover
1. Upper front cover ( D137/D138: page 4-21, D135/D136: page 4-22)
2. Upper rear cover (small) ( page 4-23)
3. Remove the upper left cover [A] and upper right cover [B] by sliding them toward the rear.
SM 4-23 D135/D136/D137/D138
Outer Covers
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-24 SM
Operation Panel (D137/D138)
4.4 OPERATION PANEL (D137/D138)
4.4.1 OPERATION PANEL

1. Remove the screw covers [A] on the back of the operation panel. Remove the arm upper
cover [B] ( x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Screw cover [A] and the rear cover [B] ( x 3)
3. Operation panel ( x 4, x 3)
SM 4-25 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.4.2 LDCD BOARD

1. Operation Panel ( page 4-25)
3. Bracket [A] ( x 10)
4. LDCD board [A] ( x 4, x 1, x 2, flat cable x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-26 SM
4.4.3 OPU BOARD / OPR BOARD

1. Remove the connector and the clamp that is connected to the LDCD board [A] ( x 1,
x 1, flat cable x 1).
2. Bracket [A] ( x 15, flat cable x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. OPU board ( x 4)
4. OPR board ( x 7)
SM 4-27 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.4.4 LCD BOARD (TOUCH PANEL UNIT)

1. Remove the connector and the clamp that is connected to the LDCD board [A] ( x 1,
x 1, flat cable x 1).
2. Bracket [A] ( x 15, flat cable x 2)
3. LCD Board (Touch Panel Unit) [A] ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-28 SM
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-29 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.5 OPERATION PANEL (D135/D136)

1. Upper right cover ( page 4-23 "Upper Left Cover/ Upper Right Cover")
2. Remove the fixing screws and connectors of the operating unit [A] ( x 2, x 2)
3. Slide the operation panel [A] and lower cover [B] forward.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-30 SM
4. Remove the operation panel [B] from the lower cover [A] ( x 5).
4.5.2 TOUCH PANEL CALIBRATION
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Turn the operation panel (including the lower cover) [A] and remove the fixing screws ( x
2,).
3. For tilt adjustment, loosen the screws in three places.
4. Lift the lower cover [B] to pivot the hooks [A] on the front side. Then align the cover [B] with
the ribs [C].
SM 4-31 D135/D136/D137/D138
1. Fix the ribs and lower cover with the screws you removed in step 2 ( x 2,).
e.g.: right side
2. Tighten the screws in three places to fix the operation panel.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-32 SM
4.5.3 LDCD BOARD

2. Middle cover [A] ( x 6)
3. Bracket [A] ( x 5, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. LDCD board [A] ( x 4, x 2, flat cable x 1)
SM 4-33 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.5.4 OPU BOARD / OPR BOARD

1. LDCD board [A] along with the bracket ( x 6, x 2, flat cable x 5)
2. OPU board ( x 1)
3. OPR board ( x 6)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-34 SM
4.5.5 LCD BOARD (TOUCH PANEL UNIT)

1. LDCD board [A] along with the bracket ( x 6, x 2, flat cable x 5)
2. LCD Board (Touch Panel Unit) [A]
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-35 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
4.6 ADF
4.6.1 ADF REMOVAL

1. Remove the rear middle cover [A] by moving it upward ( x 4).
2. Controller box cover [A] ( x 4).
3. Disconnect the interface cable [A] ( x 1, x 1) and CIS unit cable [B] ( x 1, x 1,
x 4) from the rear of the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-36 SM
ADF
4. Open the ADF [A].
and Adjustment
Replacement
5. Remove the fixing screws of the ADF ( x 2).
6. While holding the left and right sides of the ADF, lift up to remove it.
 Because of the weight of the ADF, handle with care.
SM 4-37 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
4.6.2 ADJUSTMENT AFTER REPLACING THE ADF
CIS RGB Adjustment

Enter the four-digit numeric values for RGB that are listed on the paper that comes with the ADF
into the following SP.
R: SP4-712-001 (CIS GB Adj Value: R)
G: SP4-713-001 (CIS GB Adj Value: G)
B: SP4-714-001 (CIS GB Adj Value: B)
Checking the vertical registration

SP6-006-001 (ADF Adjustment Side-to-Side Regist: Front)
SP6-006-002 (ADF Adjustment Side-to-Side Regist: Rear)
1. Create an original as shown in the following picture.
*The arrows indicate the direction of feed.

2. Copy the original and make sure that the position of the line [A] is within 0±1mm
3. If not within the standard, adjust with the SP modes.
Checking the horizontal registration

SP6-006-010 (ADF Adjustment L-Edge Regist (1-Pass): Front)
SP6-006-011 (ADF Adjustment L-Edge Regist (1-Pass): Rear)
1. Copy the original and make sure that the position of the line [B] is within 0±2mm.
2. If not within the standard, adjust with the SP modes.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-38 SM
ADF
Checking the skew

1. Make sure that the difference between both end positions of the line [A] is within 0±2mm.
2. If not within the standard, change the position of the fixing screw [A] to the long hole [B] at
the right hinge.
Checking the magnification

SP6-017-001 (DF Magnification Adj.)
and Adjustment
Replacement
1. Copy the original and make sure that the length of the line [B] is within 100±1mm.
2. If not within the standard, adjust with the SP mode.
Platen Adjustment
1. Open the ADF and remove the white cover (magic tape x 10).
2. Put the white cover [A] in the correct position on the exposure glass, aligning it with the
glass cover [B] and the rear scale [C].
SM 4-39 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
3. Close the ADF [A] slowly and paste the ADF and the white cover [B] with the magic tapes.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-40 SM
ADF
4.6.3 ADF COVER
ADF Front Cover

1. Open the feed cover [A].
2. Slide the ADF front cover [A] to the left ( x 2, hook x 4).
and Adjustment
 Check the position of the hooks in the photo below before removing. Replacement
SM 4-41 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
ADF Rear Cover

1. Open the feed cover [A].
2. Cover [A] ( x 1).
3. Lift off the rear cover [A] ( x 2, hook x 4).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-42 SM
ADF
Feed Cover
1. ADF front cover ( “ADF Front Cover” in page 4-41 "ADF Cover")
2. ADF rear cover ( “ADF Rear Cover” in page 4-41 "ADF Cover")
3. Feed cover [A] ( x 3, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-43 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
4.6.4 ORIGINAL FEED UNIT

1. Open the feed cover.
2. Remove the snap-fit [A].
3. Original feed unit [A] (Pull the original feed unit, remove the back side of the shaft. Then,
remove the bushing in the foreground.)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-44 SM
ADF
4.6.5 PICK-UP ROLLER / TRANSPORT BELT

1. Original feed unit ( page 4-44)
2. Slide the resin bushing [A], and then remove the pick-up roller unit [B].
 At re-assembly, make sure that the tab on the front guide plate [A] is above the
pick-up roller [B].
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Pick-up roller cover [A] and pick-up roller [B] (snap-fit x 2, bushing x 2, one-way clutch x 1)
4. Lift the left and right sides of the feed belt holder [A], then remove it.
SM 4-45 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
5. Remove the feed belt [B] from the feed belt holder [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-46 SM
ADF
4.6.6 ADF SEPARATION ROLLER

1. Open the feed cover.
3. ADF separation roller cover [A].
4. ADF separation roller [A] and torque limiter clutch [B] (snap-fit x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-47 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
4.6.7 ORIGINAL REGISTRATION SENSOR

1. Entrance lower guide [A] ( x 2).
2. Scanning guide plate [A] (hook x 1).
3. Original registration sensor [A] along with the bracket ( x 1, x 1).
4. Original Registration Sensor [A] (hook x 4).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-48 SM
ADF
4.6.8 ORIGINAL EXIT SENSOR

1. Entrance lower guide [A] ( x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Open the white cover [A].
4. Remove the original exit sensor [B], which is mounted on the upper guide [A] ( x 6).
SM 4-49 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
5. Remove the original exit sensor [B] from the upper guide [A] ( x 1, x 1).
4.6.9 ADF CONTROL BOARD

1. ADF rear cover ( “ADF Rear Cover ” in page 4-41 "ADF Cover")
2. ADF control board [A] ( x 4, all s)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-50 SM
ADF
4.6.10 SEPARATION SENSOR / SKEW CORRECTION SENSOR

1. Feed upper guide [A] in the feed cover ( x 3)
2. Remove the sensors along with the bracket [A] ( x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Separation Sensor [A] and Skew Correction Sensor [B] ( x 1 each)
SM 4-51 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
4.6.11 ORIGINAL WIDTH SENSOR / INTERVAL SENSOR

1. Feed cover ( “Feed Cover ” in page 4-41 "ADF Cover")
2. Guide plate [A] ( x 3)
3. Interval sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
4. Remove the original width sensor guide plate [A] ( x 2), then remove the original width
sensors (x 5) [B] ( x 1 each).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-52 SM
ADF
4.6.12 B5 WIDTH SENSOR / A4 WIDTH SENSOR / LG WIDTH

SENSOR
1. Raise the document tray [A], then remove the lower cover [B] ( x 4).
and Adjustment
2. B5 Width Sensor [A] ( x 1)
Replacement
3. A4 Width Sensor [B] ( x 1)
4. LG Width Sensor[C] ( x 1)
SM 4-53 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
4.6.13 APS FEELER

2. APS Feeler [A] ( x 1)
4.6.14 ADF LIFT-UP INTERLOCK SW / LIFT-UP SENSOR

1. ADF Control Board ( page 4-50)
2. ADF lift-up interlock SW [A] along with the bracket ( x 3, x 2)
3. Lift-Up Sensor [A] along with the bracket ( x 1, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-54 SM
ADF
4.6.15 ORIGINAL SET SENSOR

2. Remove the screw and raise the original tray [A].
3. Original set sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-55 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
4.6.16 A4 LEF/LT LEF SENSOR

3. A4 LEF/LT LEF Sensor [A] (hook x 1, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-56 SM
ADF
4.6.17 BOTTOM PLATE HP SENSOR

4. Bottom plate HP sensor [A] ( x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.6.18 BOTTOM PLATE POSITION SENSOR
3. Bottom plate position sensor [A] ( x 1)
SM 4-57 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
4.6.19 ADF FEED COVER INTERLOCK SW / PICK-UP ROLLER HP

SENSOR
2. Remove the ADF feed cover interlock SW [A] from the retaining bracket (snap-fit x 1, spring
x 1, pin x 1).
3. ADF feed cover interlock SW [A] ( x 2, x 2)
4. Pick-up roller HP sensor [A] along with the bracket ( x 1, x 1, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-58 SM
ADF
4.6.20 ADF ENTRANCE MOTOR

2. ADF entrance motor [A] along with the frame ( x 2, x 2, x 2, spring x 1, timing belt
x 1)
3. ADF entrance motor [A] ( x 4)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-59 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
4.6.21 ADF SCANNING MOTOR

1. ADF entrance motor along with the frame ( page 4-59 "ADF Entrance Motor")
2. ADF read motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 2, x 1 , spring x 1, timing belt x 1)
3. ADF scanning motor [A] ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-60 SM
ADF
4.6.22 ADF EXIT MOTOR

1. ADF Control Board ( page 4-50)
2. ADF exit motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 2, x 1, spring x 1, timing belt x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. ADF exit motor [A] ( x 3)
SM 4-61 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
4.6.23 ADF BOTTOM PLATE LIFT MOTOR

2. ADF bottom plate lift motor [A] ( x 2, x 1)
4.6.24 ADF PICK-UP ROLLER LIFT MOTOR / ADF TRANSPORT

MOTOR
2. Frame (black) [A] ( x 3)
3. ADF pick-up roller lift motor [A] ( x 2, x 1, timing belt x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-62 SM
ADF
4. ADF transport motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 2, x 1, timing belt x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
5. ADF transport motor [A] ( x 3)
SM 4-63 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
4.6.25 ADF FEED MOTOR

2. Remove the fixing screws of the frame (black) [A] ( x 2).
4. ADF feed motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 2, x 1, spring x 1, timing belt x 1)
5. ADF feed motor [A] ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-64 SM
ADF
4.6.26 CIS UNIT

1. Original Feed Unit ( page 4-44)
2. ADF Separation Roller ( page 4-47)
4. Guide plate (large) [A] ( x 3)
and Adjustment
Replacement
5. Guide plate (small) [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-65 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADF
7. CIS unit [A] ( x 2, x3)
 To prevent scratches on the surface of the CIS glass, removal of the CIS unit must
be done with the white cover [A] open.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-66 SM
Drawer Unit
4.7 DRAWER UNIT
4.7.1 LAYOUT (MOTORS)
Drawer Unit (Front)

To replace the motors on the front of the drawer unit, first remove the drawer unit cover. (
page 4-69 "Drawer Unit Cover")
and Adjustment
Replacement
Replacement
No. Part Name Remarks
procedure
1 Exit Motor page 4-85
Duplex Inverter Entrance

2 page 4-86
Motor
3 Duplex Transport Motor page 4-88
4 Registration Motor page 4-85
5 Duplex Exit Motor page 4-88
6 Cleaning Web Motor page 4-89 D137/ D138 only
SM 4-67 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
Drawer Unit (Rear)
Replacement
procedure
1 Exit Inverter Motor page 4-87
2 Cleaning Web Contact Motor page 4-90 D137/ D138 only
4.7.2 LAYOUT (BOARDS)
Replacement
procedure
Paper Separation AC Power

1 page 4-75
Pack
2 DUB page 4-74
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-68 SM
Drawer Unit
Replacement
procedure
Fusing Web Control

3 page 4-76 D137/ D138 only
Board-Drawer
4.7.3 DRAWER UNIT COVER

and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Drawer unit cover [A] ( x 7*)
* D137/D138 use TCRU/ORU screws
 After removing the drawer unit cover, when the drawer unit is returned to the
machine, you can close the guide plate [A] of the paper exit and duplex unit.
SM 4-69 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
If the Drawer is Locked

When the drawer is locked, deal with the problem depending on the symptom. ( page 5-344
"Other 001: Drawer Unit Lock Motor Emergency")
This section shows the procedure to unlock when there is a failure of the drawer unit lock
sensor or drawer unit lock motor.
1. Left middle cover of the outer cover ( page 4-15)
2. Right middle front cover of the outer cover ( D137/D138: page 4-6. D135/D136: page
4-8)
3. Remove the fixing screws of the left and right sides of the drawer unit cover [A] ( x 5).
4. Open the paper feed tray, then remove the fixing screw on the bottom of the drawer unit
cover [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-70 SM
Drawer Unit
5. Insert the driver from the flapper handle [A], and remove the bracket screw [B].
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. Put a hand in the flapper handle [A] and pull the drawer unit cover [B] to the front. Then hold
the guide plate [C] of the paper exit and duplex unit, and remove the drawer unit cover [A]
in an upward direction.
7. Drawer unit lock motor cover [A] ( x 3)
8. Drawer unit lock motor block [A] ( x 1, snap-fit x 1, x 3, x1)
SM 4-71 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
9. Turn the lock shaft [A] clockwise to release the lock.
10. Turn the paper transfer roller shaft [A] clockwise by using the link [B] to separate the paper
transfer roller unit from the ITB. You can pull the drawer unit out.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-72 SM
Drawer Unit
 When mounting the motor block, screw the motor in first. Then, assemble links [A],
[B] and [C] as shown below. There is also a diagram embossed on the motor cover
to help you to install the links correctly.
 Lock shaft (Cut surface to the upper left) [A]
 Link (Long hole to the right) [B]
 Paper transfer roller shaft (Cut surface to the lower side) [C]
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-73 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
4.7.4 DUB (DRAWER UNIT BOARD)

1. Drawer unit cover ( page 4-69)
2. Registration unit ( page 4-306)
3. Paper transfer roller unit ( page 4-204)
4. DUB cover [A] ( x 1)
5. DUB [A] ( x 6, all s)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-74 SM
Drawer Unit
4.7.5 PAPER SEPARATION AC POWER PACK

2. Cover [A] ( x 4, hook x 2)
3. Paper separation AC power pack [A] ( x 5, all s)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-75 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
4.7.6 FUSING WEB CONTROL BOARD-DRAWER (D137/D138

ONLY)
3. Fusing web control board-drawer [A] ( x 1, all x 4)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-76 SM
Drawer Unit
4.7.7 CURLED CORD

3. Relay unit ( page 4-308)
5. Remove the curled cord connector and fixing material [A] that is connected to the rear of
the machine.
and Adjustment
Replacement
 When mounting the curled cord, fit the fixing material in the hole on the rear of the
machine.
6. Remove the left and right clamps fixing the curled cord [A].
SM 4-77 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
7. DUB cover [A] ( x 1)
8. Curled cord ( x 2, x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-78 SM
Drawer Unit
4.7.8 DRAWER UNIT CONNECTOR

1. In order to facilitate the work, pull the drawer unit out half way, then press the release levers
(one on the left side and one on the right side, shown by the red arrows) and pull the drawer
unit [A] out fully.
and Adjustment
Replacement
 In a low-temperature environment (below 15°C), the tension of the curled cord may
be reduced. So, do not pull the drawer unit out for a long time, or the curled cord
will be deformed and will not curl up again when you try to slide the drawer unit
back in. As a guide, every 30 minutes, push the drawer unit back to the half-way
position. There is no decrease in tension of the curled cord with a low-temperature
environment if the drawer unit is open half-way.
2. Drawer unit connector bracket [A] ( x 4)
3. Remove the drawer unit connector [A] (x 2) by pressing the ends ( x 2 each).
SM 4-79 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
4.7.9 DRAWER UNIT SET SENSOR

1. IOB along with the bracket, located on the back side of the machine ( page 4-359
"When removing the motors that are behind the IOB")
2. Drawer unit set sensor [A] ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-80 SM
Drawer Unit
4.7.10 DRAWER UNIT LOCK SENSOR

unit [A] out fully.
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Drawer Unit Lock Sensor [A] along with the bracket ( x 1)
SM 4-81 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
4.7.11 DRAWER UNIT HANDLE SENSOR

2. Right cover [A] and left cover [B] ( x 2 each)
3. Middle cover ( x 5)
4. Drawer unit handle sensor [A] ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-82 SM
Drawer Unit
4.7.12 DRAWER UNIT LOCK MOTOR

2. Drawer unit lock motor cover [A] ( x 3)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Drawer unit lock motor block [A] ( x 1, snap-fit x 1, x 3, x1)
SM 4-83 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
4. Drawer unit lock motor holder [A] ( x 5)
5. Take off the gears, and remove the drawer unit lock motor [A] ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-84 SM
Drawer Unit
4.7.13 REGISTRATION MOTOR

2. Registration motor [A] ( x 2, x 1, timing belt x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.7.14 EXIT MOTOR
2. Exit motor [A] ( x 2, x 1, timing belt x 1)
SM 4-85 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
4.7.15 DUPLEX INVERTER ENTRANCE MOTOR

2. Duplex inverter entrance motor [A] ( x 2, x 1, timing belt x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-86 SM
Drawer Unit
4.7.16 EXIT INVERTER MOTOR

unit [A] out fully.
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Exit Inverter Motor [A] ( x 2, x 1, timing belt x 1)
SM 4-87 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
4.7.17 DUPLEX TRANSPORT MOTOR

2. Duplex transport motor [A] ( x 2, x 1, timing belt x 1)
4.7.18 DUPLEX EXIT MOTOR

2. Duplex exit motor [A] ( x 2, x 1, timing belt x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-88 SM
Drawer Unit
4.7.19 CLEANING WEB MOTOR (D137/D138 ONLY)

2. Cleaning Web Motor block [A] (torsion spring x 1, x 1, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Cleaning Web Motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 2)
4. Cleaning Web Motor [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-89 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
4.7.20 CLEANING WEB CONTACT MOTOR (D137/D138 ONLY)

unit [A] out fully.
2. Exit inverter motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 3, x 1)
3. Cleaning Web Contact Motor [A] ( x 2, x 1, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-90 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-91 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
4.7.21 FUSING HEAT PIPE COOLING FAN

2. Disconnect the connector, clamp, etc., in order to remove the duct together with the fusing
heat pipe cooling fan [A].
3. Fusing heat pipe cooling fan [A] along with the duct ( x 3, x 3, hook x 2)
4. Fusing heat pipe cooling fan [A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-92 SM
Drawer Unit
4.7.22 IH COIL COOLING FAN

2. Disconnect the connector, clamp, etc., in order to remove the duct together with the IH coil
cooling fan [A].
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. IH coil cooling fan [A] along with the duct ( x 3, x 3, hook x 2)
4. IH coil cooling fan [A]
SM 4-93 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drawer Unit
4.7.23 FUSING PRESSURE ROLLER INTAKE FAN (D137/D138

ONLY)
2. Fusing unit ( page 4-211)
3. Inner cover [A] ( x 2, x 1)
4. Disconnect the connector, clamp, etc., of the duct [A] for the fusing heat pipe cooling fan
and IH coil cooling fan.
5. Duct [A] for the fusing heat pipe cooling fan and IH coil cooling fan ( x 2, x 3, hook x 4
(On the left side, there is a hook on the top and bottom.))
6. Fusing pressure roller intake fan [A] ( x 2, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-94 SM
Drawer Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-95 D135/D136/D137/D138
Toner Supply Unit
4.8 TONER SUPPLY UNIT
4.8.1 TONER SUPPLY UNIT FRONT COVER

2. Remove the toner supply unit front cover [A] by sliding it to the left, fastener x 1).
4.8.2 TONER SUPPLY UNIT


D135/D136/D137/D138 4-96 SM
Toner Supply Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. Pull out the toner supply unit [A], and remove it from the slide rail with the handles on the
left and right ( x 2*).
SM 4-97 D135/D136/D137/D138
Toner Supply Unit
 When attaching the toner supply unit to the machine, the hooks of the toner supply
unit should be fit into the holes in the slide rails.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-98 SM
Toner Supply Unit
4.8.3 ID CHIP CONNECTOR BOARD (KCMY)

1. Toner supply unit ( page 4-96)
2. ID chip connector board cover [A].
e.g.: Y
3. ID chip connector board [A] ( x 2, x 1).
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-99 D135/D136/D137/D138
Toner Supply Unit
4.8.4 TONER SUPPLY UNIT INNER COVER

1. Toner supply unit front cover ( page 4-96)

4. Toner supply unit inner cover [A] ( x 4).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-100 SM
Toner Supply Unit
4.8.5 TONER END SENSOR (KCMY)

1. Toner supply unit inner cover ( page 4-100)
2. CMY: Sub Hopper Unit [A] ( x 2 each, all s)
e.g.: Y
 K: Disconnect all the connectors and clamps connected to the sub hopper unit [A]
and toner supply board (TSB) [B] ( x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
 Sub hopper unit [A] ( x2)
3. Toner end sensor ( x 1, x 1)
SM 4-101 D135/D136/D137/D138
Toner Supply Unit
4.8.6 SUB HOPPER MOTOR (KCMY)

2. CMY: Sub Hopper Unit [A] ( x 2 each, x 2 each, x 1 each)
e.g.: Y
 K: Disconnect all the connectors and clamps connected to the sub hopper unit [A]
and toner supply board (TSB) [B] ( x 2).
 Sub hopper unit [A] ( x2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-102 SM
Rev. 5/19/2014 Toner Supply Unit
3. Sub hopper motor [A] ( x 2 each, x 1 each)
and Adjustment
Replacement
⇒ 4.8.7 SUB HOPPER UNIT
1. Toner supply unit inner cover.
2. CMY: Sub Hopper Unit [A] (2 screws each, all clamps)
e.g.: Y
3. K: Disconnect all the connectors and clamps connected to the sub hopper unit [A] and
toner supply board (TSB) [B] (2 screws).
SM 4-103 D135/D136/D137/D138
Toner Supply Unit Rev. 5/19/2014
Sub hopper unit [A] ( x 2 )
NOTE: When installing the sub hopper unit, take care not to tuck the toner fall prevention
sheet [A] attached to the toner supply unit.
[B]: Normal state
[C]: Toner fall prevention sheet is tucked
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-104 SM
Adjustment after Sub Hopper Unit (KCMY) replacement

After replacing the Sub Hopper Unit, you have to execute Density Adjustment Process Control.
1. Turn on the main power switch with the by-pass tray unit [A] or the vertical transport door
[B] open.
2. Enter SP mode and close the by-pass tray unit or vertical transport door.
3. Execute SP3-011-002 ([Manual ProCon:Exe] > Density Adjustment).
4. Confirm that SP3-012-001 ([ProCon OK?] > History:Latest) shows “11111111”.
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.8.8 TONER SUPPLY BOARD (TSB)
2. Sub Hopper Unit (K) ( page 4-102 "Sub Hopper Motor (KCMY)")
3. Toner Supply Board (TSB) [A] ( x 2)
4.8.9 TONER CARTRIDGE GUIDE

* D137/D138 use TCRU/ORU

screws
SM 4-105 D135/D136/D137/D138
Toner Supply Unit Rev. 5/19/2014
* D137/D138 use
TCRU/ORU screws
5. Slide forward the toner supply unit [A].
6. Toner cartridge [A]
7. Toner cartridge guide [A] ( x 8)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-106 SM
When installing, tighten the screws on the bottom while holding from the top as
shown below.
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.8.10 TONER SUPPLY MOTOR (KCMY)
1. Toner cartridge guide ( page 4-104)
2. Remove the ID chip connector cover [B] from the back of the toner supply unit [A].
e.g.: Y
SM 4-107 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit Rev. 5/19/2014
3. Toner supply motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 3, x 1, x 3)
It will be easier to access the clamp shown below if you remove the development
intake fan. ( page 4-409 "Development Intake Fans (KCMY)")
4. Toner supply motor [A] ( x 2)

e.g.: Y
4.9 SCANNER UNIT
4.9.1 EXPOSURE GLASS

1. Rear scale [A] ( x 3)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-108 SM
Rev. 5/19/2014 Scanner Unit
2. Glass cover [A] ( x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Exposure glass [A]
When attaching the glass cover, ensure that the

glass cover is not riding on the upper front cover
or the upper rear small cover.
4.9.2 ADF EXPOSURE GLASS / GAP SHEET (D135/D136)
The document transport system of the ADF is different between D135/D136 and
D137/D138. D135/D136 uses a new non-contact transport system, so the glass
replacement procedure is changed accordingly.
How to Remove the ADF Exposure Glass/Gap Sheet

2. Remove the gap sheet (black) [A], ADF exposure glass [B] and exposure glass seal
(transparent) [C].
SM 4-109 D135/D136/D137/D138
How to Attach the ADF Exposure Glass/Gap Sheet

1. Clean the place to attach the exposure glass seal on the exposure glass bracket with
alcohol.
2. Attach the exposure glass seal* [C] along the marking [B] on the exposure glass bracket
[A].
* The tip of the seal is cut at an angle.

3. Peel off the release paper of the exposure glass seal.
4. Attach the ADF exposure glass [B] along the lancing parts [A] on the exposure glass
bracket.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-110 SM
Rev. 5/19/2014 Scanner Unit
Attach the ADF

exposure glass, so
that the marking [A] is
on the upper left.
5. Attach in the order of exposure glass, glass cover and rear scale.
6. Clean the ADF exposure glass with a dry cloth.
7. Peel off the release paper of the gap sheet.
8. Fit the gap sheet* [C] to the convex portion [A] on the glass cover.
and Adjustment
Replacement
*The tip of the seal is cut at an angle. Its tip faces the front [B].
When replacing an ADF exposure glass, replace with a new exposure glass seal
and a gap sheet as well.
ADF Exposure Glass (D137/D138): Same as for D135/D136, except there is no
gap sheet.
SM 4-111 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
4.9.3 MODIFICATION PROCEDURE FOR ORIGINAL TRANSPORT

For D135/D136, if you change from contact transport to non-contact transport, it is necessary to
replace parts of the scanner unit and the ADF.
Replacing Parts of the ADF

1. Open the ADF
2. Entrance lower guide unit [A] ( x 2).
 Entrance lower guide unit for non-contact transport: the following areas are black
[A].
 Entrance lower guide unit for contact transport (part number: D6833401): the
following areas are clear and colorless [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-112 SM
Scanner Unit
 Scanning guide plate for non-contact transport: the following areas are black [A].
 Scanning guide plate for contact transport (part number: D6833350): the following
areas are white [B].
4. Attach the scanning guide plate for contact transport [A] (hook x 1).
5. Attach the entrance lower guide unit for contact transport [B] ( x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. Enter the SP mode, set "98" at SP4-688-002 (Scan Image Density Adjustment 1-pass).
Removing the Scanner Parts

2. Remove the gap sheet (black) [A] from the ADF exposure glass [B].
3. Clean the ADF exposure glass with alcohol.
SM 4-113 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
4.9.4 LENS BLOCK / ORIGINAL SIZE SENSOR

2. Lens cover [A] ( x 5)
3. Original size sensors [A] ( x 2) and the sensor cradle [B] ( x 2)
4. IDB [A] ( x 2, x 2)
5. Lens Block [A] ( x 4, x 3)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-114 SM
Scanner Unit
Adjustment after Replacing the Lens Block

SP4-008-001: Sub Scan Magnification Adj ( ”Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment” in page
4-135 "Magnification and Registration Adjustment")
SP4-010-001: Sub Scan Registration Adj ( ”Sub Scan Registration Adjustment” in page
4-135 "Magnification and Registration Adjustment")
SP4-011-001: Main Scan Reg ( ”Main Scan Registration Adjustment” in page 4-135
and Adjustment
Replacement
"Magnification and Registration Adjustment")
4.9.5 EXPOSURE LAMP (LED)

2. Upper front cover ( D137/D138: page 4-21, D135/D136: page 4-22)
3. Move the 1st scanner carriage [A] to the notched section [B].
 Do not touch the mirror, reflector, or light guide plate in the scanner carriage.
4. Exposure lamp (LED) [A] ( x 2, x 1)
SM 4-115 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
 When attaching the exposure lamp, put the harness in the hook.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-116 SM
Scanner Unit
4.9.6 SCANNER DRIVE MOTOR

1. Upper right cover ( page 4-23 "Upper Left Cover/ Upper Right Cover")
 In the case of D135/D136, also remove the operation panel. ( page 4-30
"Operation Panel")
2. Pull out the toner supply unit. ( page 4-96)
3. Right side stay [A] ( x 5)
and Adjustment
Replacement
 Iin the case of D135/D136, remove the operation panel bracket [A] ( x 7).
4. Scanner drive motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 3, x 1, spring x 1, timing belt x 1)
SM 4-117 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
5. Motor bracket [A] ( x 2)
6. Motor cushion [A] ( x 2)
 When attaching the motor, make sure that the timing belt does not come off. Slide
the motor a few times. Screw the motor into place while the spring is pulled.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-118 SM
Scanner Unit
4.9.7 SCANNER HP SENSOR

2. Upper left cover ( page 4-23 "Upper Left Cover/ Upper Right Cover")
3. Left bracket [A] ( x 5)
4. Move the 1st scanner carriage [A] to the center. Peel off the shielding plate [B], Then
remove the scanner HP sensor ( x 1).
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-119 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
4.9.8 DF POSITION SENSOR

1. ADF ( page 4-36)
2. Upper rear small cover [A] ( x 2)
3. Operator call light [A] ( x 3, x 1)
 The operatior call light is not attached to D135/D136, so this step is not required.
4. Upper rear cover [A] ( x 2)
5. DF position sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1, spring plate x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-120 SM
Scanner Unit
4.9.9 SIO BOARD

1. Upper rear small cover [A] ( x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Slide the upper right cover [A] toward the rear.
3. Remove the fixing screws on the right side of the rear middle cover [A] ( x 2).
SM 4-121 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
4. Open the by-pass tray unit, then remove the right middle cover [A] ( x 1).
5. SIO board [A] ( x 5, x 5)
 The 5 screws for the SIO board are accessed from holes in the right frame of the
machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-122 SM
Scanner Unit
4.9.10 SCANNER UNIT

1. Upper left cover/ upper right cover ( page 4-23 "Upper Left Cover/ Upper Right Cover")
 In the case of D135/D136, also remove the operation panel. ( page 4-30
"Operation Panel")
2. Rear middle cover [A] ( x 4)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Slide the controller box cover [A] to the right ( x 4).
4. Disconnect the interface cable [A] from the rear of the machine ( x 1, x 1, x 2,
bind x 1).
SM 4-123 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
 When connecting the scanner cable, do not forget to attach the bind. As shown in
the pictures below, the binding position should be in the middle of the cable.
5. Remove the interface cable [A] through the right side [B] of the machine ( x 3).
6. Disconnect the connector of the scanner unit [A] ( x 2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-124 SM
Scanner Unit
7. Fixing screws on the left side stay [A] ( x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
8. Fixing screws on the right side stay [A] ( x 3)
 For steps 7-8 in the procedure described above, in the case of D135/D136,
remove the operation panel bracket [A] ( x 7).
SM 4-125 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
9. D137/D138: Scanner unit [A] ( x 4)
D135/D136: Scanner unit [A] ( x 4)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-126 SM
Scanner Unit
10. Hold the handles at the left and right, and remove the scanner unit [A] from the machine.
4.9.11 SCANNER WIRE
Preparation for Replacing a Scanner Wire

2. Left stay [A] and right stay [B] ( x 5 each)
and Adjustment
3. Front frame [A] ( x 7) Replacement
SM 4-127 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
Replacing the Scanner Wire

1. Move the 1st sacanner carriage [B] to a position where the screw [A] of the bracket can be
seen.
2. Remove the springs of the tension brackets (rear: [A] / front: [B]).
3. Loosen the fixing screws of the tension brackets (rear: [A] / front: [B]).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-128 SM
Scanner Unit
4. Remove the retaining brackets (rear: [A] / front [B]) from the wire ( x 1 each).
5. Remove the tip and the rear end of the wire (rear / front).
6. Unscrew the wire pulleys (rear: [A] / front [B]) and drive pulley [C]. Remove the wire pulleys
and Adjustment
Replacement
from the shaft.
7. Remove the rear and front wires.
SM 4-129 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
Preparation for Reassembling the Scanner Wire

1. Pass the wire from the side where there is no projection on the pulley. [A]
2. Place the beads on the middle of the wire in the groove. [B]
3. Attach tape across the pulley to temporarily hold the wires in place. [C]
Reassembling the Scanner Wire

1. Remove the 1st scanner carriage from the scanner unit.
2. Position the 2nd scanner carriage with the positioning pins (part number: A1849501)
3. Set the wire pulley through the shaft. (Do not tighten the screw of the front side pulley yet.)
4. Turn the wire and remove the tape.
5. Set the spring. (Do not tighten the screw yet.)
6. Tighten the screw of the drive pulley.
7. Remove the positioning pins temporarily. Then move the 2nd carriage to fit in the wire.
8. Set the positioning pins again and tighten screws of the front pulley and tension bracket.
 If the scanner does not move smoothly, and it is possible to set positioning pins,
re-adjust using the above procedure.
9. Set the 1st scanner carriage with the positioning pins. Attach the retaining bracket. Then fix
the wire and the carriage.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-130 SM
Scanner Unit
10.
 If replacing anything other than the wire, adjust SP4-010-001 (Sub Scan
Registration Adj).
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-131 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.9.12 INSTALLING THE SCANNER HEATER
Accessories
No Description Q'ty
1 Heater 1
• The P/N for the scanner heater is the same across all models except the D135. See the
table below.
Model Area Voltage P/N

D135 NA 120～127V B2291678
⇒ D136/D137/D138 NA 208～240V D1381688
⇒
• Unplug the machine power cord before starting the following procedure.
• Do the following procedure not to damage any harnesses.
• Check that all harnesses are not damaged nor pinched after installation.
Installation
1. Exposure Glass ( page 4-108)
2. Left middle cover ( page 4-15)
3. First, turn the gear [A] and move the 1st scanner carriage [B] to the position of the lens
cover [C].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-132 SM
Scanner Unit
4. Pass the scanner heater [A] under the 2nd carriage [B]. Then put the connector [C] from the
left side of the scanner unit [D].
and Adjustment
Replacement
5. Attach the scanner heater [A] ( x 2).
 The screw on the left side of the scanner heater is accessed from the scanner
frame.
SM 4-133 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
6. Connect the connector [A] of the scanner heater to the machine ( x 1, x 2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-134 SM
Scanner Unit
4.9.13 MAGNIFICATION AND REGISTRATION ADJUSTMENT
Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment

Measuring Tool
150 mm scale
Adjustment Method
Copy the scale and check that the length of the 100 mm scale on the copy is the same as
the original, within the standard value (±0.8%) for a 100 mm scale.
It should be measured 10 minutes after the copy has been fed out.
and Adjustment
Replacement
Adjustment Procedure
1. Enter SP mode.
2. Select SP4-008.
If you decrease the adjustment value, this will increase the scanner speed, and the output
image is compressed in the feed direction.
If you increase the adjustment value, this will decrease the scanner speed, and the output
image is extended in the feed direction.
SM 4-135 D135/D136/D137/D138
Scanner Unit
Sub Scan Registration Adjustment

Measuring Tool
C4 chart
Adjustment Method
Copy the C4 chart. Check whether there is an image in the center of the paper.
1. Enter SP mode.
2. Select SP4-010.
The image is moved downward by increasing the adjustment value.
The image is moved upward by decreasing the adjustment value.
Main Scan Registration Adjustment

Measuring Tool
C4 chart
Adjustment Method
Copy the C4 chart. Check whether there is an image in the center of the paper.
1. Enter SP mode.
2. Select SP4-011.
The image is moved to the right by increasing the adjustment value.
The image is moved to the left by decreasing the adjustment value.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-136 SM
Laser Unit
4.10 LASER UNIT
4.10.1 BEFORE YOU BEGIN
 This laser unit employs 80 laser beams produced by a Class III LD with a wavelength
of 772 to 792 nm and intensity of 1.4 mW (40 beams). Direct exposure to the eyes
could cause permanent blindness.
 Before adjusting or replacing the laser unit, push the main power switch to power the
machine off then unplug the machine from the power source. Allow the machine to cool
for a few minutes. The polygon motor continues to rotate for approximately one to three
minutes after the machine is switched off.
 Do not turn on the power when the laser unit and the polygon cover are not installed.
Ensure that after assembly, the polygon cover is completely closed.
 Do not turn on the power when the synchronization detectors are disconnected.
and Adjustment
Ensure that after assembly, the synchronization detectors are set correctly.
Replacement
Caution Decals
D137/D138, D135/D136
D135/D136 only
SM 4-137 D135/D136/D137/D138
Laser Unit
4.10.2 LASER UNIT
 Each laser unit is composed of two laser diode assemblies.
Before Replacement
1. Plug in the power cord, and then turn ON the main power switch.
2. Reset the motors for skew adjustment to the zero point with the following SPs:.
 SP2-104-002: set to "0"
 SP2-104-003: set to "0"
 SP2-104-004: set to "0"
 If you do not do the above adjustment, MUSIC may not work. This is because one or
more of the motors may be at or near the upper or lower limit (± 50). In such a case, if
you do not zero the motor positions before MUSIC is done, the range that the motor
can move will be restricted and the adjustment may not be done correctly.
Replacement
1. Scanner unit ( page 4-123)
2. Spring plates [A] ( x 4)
3. For the Laser unit (CK) [A], remove the stay [B] first. ( x 1)
4. Remove the connectors from the laser unit [A]. ( x 4; includes a USB connector)
e.g.: CK
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-138 SM
Laser Unit
5. Laser unit [A] ( x 4)

e.g.: CK
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. Grasp the handles on the left and right, and lift out the laser unit.
SM 4-139 D135/D136/D137/D138
Laser Unit
How to Distinguish between the CK Laser Unit and YM Laser Unit

CK Laser Unit
Bar code label [A]: White characters on black background
Bottom center [B]: No screws
YM Laser Unit
Bar code label [A]: Black characters on white background
Center bottom [B]: A pentagonal protrusion is screwed in
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-140 SM
Rev. 10/25/2013 Laser Unit
Notes on Installation of a New Laser Unit

The polygon mirror of the new laser unit is protected by fall prevention materials. Therefore,
when installing the unit in the machine, it is necessary to remove the materials
1. Remove the polygon cover [A] ( x 4).
2. Turn over the polygon cover [A], remove the fall prevention materials [B] and the red tag
[C].
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Attach the polygon cover to the laser unit ( x 4).
Adjustment after Laser Unit Replacement

Do the following steps.
1. Plug in the power cord, and then turn ON the main power switch.
2. Execute the following SPs to download the correction values from the new laser unit.
SP2-108-1: Image Parameter-K/C Writing Unit
SP2-108-2: Image Parameter-Y/M Writing Unit
During the download of the correction values, you can turn off the power, or open
the door.
If an SC or a display of "failure" occurs, you can run the download again after
turning the power OFF and ON.
3. Correct the color registration with the User Tools.
[User Tools/Counter/Inquiry]-[Management]-[Color Registration]-[OK]
SM 4-141 D135/D136/D137/D138
Laser Unit Rev. 10/25/2013
4. If necessary, adjust the registration, skew, and magnification. For information about how to
adjust, refer to Adjustment in Troubleshooting. ( page 5-317 "Adjustment")
4.10.3 LASER UNIT COOLING FAN (LEFT / RIGHT)

1. Laser unit ( page 4-138)
Remove the laser unit cooling fan (left) after removing the laser unit (YM).
Remove the laser unit cooling fan (right) after removing the laser unit (CK).
2. For the laser unit cooling fan (left), first, remove the cover [A] ( x 2), and then remove the
clamp of the cooling fan cord.
3. Laser unit cooling fan along with the bracket ( x 2, x 1, x 1)

e.g.: Left
4. Laser unit cooling fan [A] (hook x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-142 SM
Rev. 10/25/2013 Laser Unit
It is also possible to leave the bracket on the machine side, and remove the laser
unit cooling fan [A] only.
⇒ 4.10.4 TONER SHIELD GLASS CLEANING

1. Open the drawer unit [A] and remove the Toner Shield Glass Cleaning Tool [B]
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Remove the "Toner Supply Unit".
3. Insert the Toner Shield Glass Cleaning Tool [A] to the slot [B], and slide it
back-and-forth about 5 times to clean the toner shield glass on the laser units. Do
this procedure for all 4 colors.

C K
M
Y
[A]
[B]
SM 4-143 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
4.11 PCDU
4.11.1 FACEPLATE
2. Turn the transfer belt release lever counterclockwise and remove the fixing screws of the
faceplate ( x 6*).

3. Take off the handles.
4. Pull out the units using the handles in the circled areas as shown below. Pull out little by
little over the entire surface uniformly throughout.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-144 SM
PCDU
5. Remove the faceplate with the grips.
and Adjustment
Replacement
 Do not close the drawer unit with the faceplate removed, because there is a risk of
damage to the paper transfer roller unit.
SM 4-145 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
4.11.2 PCDU
1. Faceplate ( page 4-144)
3. Place the PCDU [A] on the cradle [B] that was laid down on paper in advance.
 When installing the PCDU, ensure that the locking lever is fit in the hole of the
machine frame.
[A]: The locking lever is properly fit in the hole in the machine frame.
[B]: The locking lever is not properly fit in the hole in the machine frame.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-146 SM
PCDU
 After installing the faceplate, check the status of the locking levers again by looking
through the holes as shown below. The levers should be straight, as shown above
[A], and not at an angle [B]. However, some force is required to attach the
faceplate, and this could knock the levers out of their horizontal alignment.
and Adjustment
Replacement
 D137/D138: After you take the PCDU out of the machine and put it back, or
replace it with a new one, carry out SP3-040-001 to SP3-040-005 (DEMS:
Execute).
SM 4-147 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
4.11.3 CHARGE ROLLER UNIT

1. PCDU ( page 4-146)
2. Charge roller unit [A] ( x 2*)
 After removing the charge roller unit, place it on a clean, flat surface with the roller
facing up.
4.11.4 DRUM CLEANING UNIT REMOVAL

1. PCDU ( page 4-146)
2. Front faceplace [A] ( x 3*)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-148 SM
PCDU

3. Spopper [A] at the rear ( x 1*)
* D137/D138 use a TCRU/ORU screw
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Slide the bracket [A] to the rear.
5. Drum cleaning unit [A] ( x 1)
SM 4-149 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
 When installing the drum cleaning unit, ensure that it (the front side) is fit into the
grooves of the development unit.
 After removing the cleaning unit, lubricant and toner streaks [B] remain on the
surface of the OPC drum [A]. This will cause stains on the charge roller. Therefore,
rotate the OPC drum in the direction of the arrow [C] before you install the new
drum cleaning unit.
 After replacing the cleaning unit, attach the special tools [A] to the OPC drum
(these are shipped with the cleaning unit). With the flange [C], rotate 1-2 times in
the direction of the arrow [D].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-150 SM
PCDU
Notes on Replacing the Drum Cleaning Unit and Drum Cleaning Blade
and Adjustment
Replacement
Do not replace the drum cleaning unit or the drum cleaning blade at the same time as the
following parts.
 ITB
 ITB Cleaning Unit
 ITB Cleaning Blade
 ITB Lubricant Bar
 ITB Lubricant Blade
After replacing the drum cleaning unit or the drum cleaning blade, cleaning initial setting is
performed automatically. On the other hand, after replacing the above five parts, you need to
run SP2-696-001 (Force Apply Lubricant Execute) manually before cleaning initial setting runs.
( page 4-178 "Lubrication after replacement"). This is because, if cleaning initial setting runs
automatically before running SP2-696-001 (Force Apply Lubricant Execute) manually, the ITB
cleaning blade will be turned up
If you need to replace the above five parts at the same time as replacing the drum cleaning unit
or the drum cleaning blade, use the following procedure.
1. Clear the counter of the drum cleaning unit or the drum cleaning blade.
2. Replace the drum cleaning unit or the drum cleaning blade. (The cleaning initial setting
automatically runs)
3. Clear the counters of the above five parts
4. Replace the above five parts
5. Run SP2-696-001 (Force Apply Lubricant Execute) manually
SM 4-151 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU Rev. 9/30/2013
4.11.5 OPC DRUM

1. Charge roller unit ( page 4-148)
2. Drum cleaning unit ( page 4-148)
3. To remove the drum [A], move it to the front side (to the left as shown above), then pull it
out from the rear side (the right side as shown above).
After removing the OPC drum, place it on a clean, flat surface.
⇒ Important:
The surface of a newly replaced drum needs to be lubricated.
In the lubrication process where the drum is manually rotated, the two tools [A] function to fix
the shaft so that the drum rotates precisely on its axis.
Attach the tools [A] to the front and rear sides of the drum [B].
Make sure the tools are inserted all the way in.
Hold the flange [C] and rotate the drum in the direction toward the development unit [D].
Note: The two tools [A] are accessory parts of the machine.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-152 SM
Rev. 2/20/2014 PCDU
Attaching the New OPC Drum
⇒ 1. When replacing, apply the lubricant powder (D0159501) (zinc stearate) evenly with a
brush: blower (P/N: D0747690) to the OPC drum.
Brush: Blower (P/N: D0747690)
2. Lay the protective sheet (black) [B] that had been wrapped around the new OPC drum on
the development unit [A].
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Attach the new OPC drum [A] and remove the protective sheet (black) [B] from the bottom.
SM 4-153 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
4.11.6 DRUM CLEANING UNIT INTERNAL COMPONENTS
Separation of the Lubrication Unit and Cleaning Unit

2. Front cover [B] of the cleaning unit [A] ( x 1)
3. Remove the following five gears (gear [A]: x 1).
5. Remove the fixing screw on the rear side and separate into cleaning unit [A] and lubrication
unit [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-154 SM
PCDU
 When installing the cleaning unit and the lubrication unit, ensure that the shaft of
the cleaning unit is fit into the hole in the vibration plate [A].
and Adjustment
Replacement
Lubrication Unit
1. Separation of the lubrication unit and cleaning Unit ( page 4-154 "Drum Cleaning Unit
Internal Components")
2. Lubricant blade [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-155 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
 When assembling, position the lubricant blade on the earth plate [A] of the
lubrication unit.
3. Joint at the rear side [A]
4. Cover [A] ( x 2)
5. Lubricant bar [A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-156 SM
PCDU
6. Bearing with the side seal (front) [A], bearing with the side seal (rear) [B] and lubrication
roller [C]
and Adjustment
Replacement
 When installing a new lubricant bar, a new lubrication roller must be installed.
 When installing the lubrication roller, ensure that the roller is fit into the groove of
the lubrication unit
7. Remove the side seal (front) [A] and the side seal (rear) [B] from the bearings.
SM 4-157 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU
Cleaning Unit
1. Separate the lubrication unit and cleaning unit ( page 4-154 "Drum Cleaning Unit Internal
Components")
2. Drum cleaning blade [A] ( x 2)
3. Remove the side seal (rear) [A] and the side seal (front) [B] from the cleaning unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-158 SM
Rev. 2/20/2014 PCDU
Assembling the Cleaning Unit and Lubrication Unit with New Seals
Replace the cleaning blade, lubrication blade and side seals as a set.
1. Assemble the cleaning unit and the lubrication unit. ( page 4-154 "Drum Cleaning Unit
Internal Components")
2. Clean the area [A] of the cleaning unit and the lubrication unit where the side seals were
attached with alcohol and a cloth.
e.g.: cleaning unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Attach new side seals [A] to both sides of the cleaning unit and the lubrication unit.
Align the edges of the side seal with the edges of the unit and attach them.
Ensure there is no gap between the side seals and the blade [B].
e.g.: cleaning unit
⇒ 4. After attaching the side seals (x 2 each) on the cleaning unit and the lubrication unit, apply
the lubricant powder (D0159501) (zinc stearate) with a brush: blower (P/N: D0747690) on
the side seals [A].
e.g. (enlarged): cleaning unit
SM 4-159 D135/D136/D137/D138
PCDU Rev. 2/20/2014
⇒ 4. After attaching the side seals (x 2 each) on the cleaning unit and the lubrication unit, apply
the lubricant powder (D0159501) (zinc stearate) with a brush: blower (P/N: D0747690) on
the side seals [A].
e.g. (enlarged): cleaning unit
⇒ 5. Apply the lubricant powder (D0159501) (zinc stearate) and yellow toner (D0159500) with a
brush: blower (P/N: D0747690) at the lubrication roller [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-160 SM
Development Unit
4.12 DEVELOPMENT UNIT
4.12.1 DEVELOPMENT UNIT

1. PCDU ( page 4-146)
2. Charge roller unit ( page 4-148)
4. OPC drum ( page 4-152)
5. Development unit [A]
and Adjustment
Replacement
 D137/D138: After you take this part out of the machine and put it back, or replace it
with a new one, carry out SP3-040-001 to SP3-040-005 (DEMS: Execute).
 Since the development unit and face plates (front [A], rear [B]) are integrated,
do not remove the following screws.
 When carrying the developing unit, do not hold the frame [A]. The frame may
become bent or broken if load is applied to it.
SM 4-161 D135/D136/D137/D138
Development Unit
 When installing the new development unit, attach the color identification
seals [A] that come with the unit to the supply port.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-162 SM
Development Unit
4.12.2 DEVELOPMENT FILTER

1. Filter cover [A] from the right side.
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Filter cover [A]
SM 4-163 D135/D136/D137/D138
Development Unit Rev. 9/26/2013
⇒ 4.12.3 REMOVING OLD DEVELOPER

Replacing the developer without completely removing old developer causes the machine to
operate in a condition in which the applied toner density value is lower than the actual value.
This occurs because the toner density sensor (TD sensor) initialization process
(SP3-030-001~006), which is performed when replacing the developer, always sets back the
toner density readings to the prescribed standard value 7.0%. This happens regardless of the
actual toner density, e.g. actual toner density could be 8% after replacing with fresh developer
but the TD sensor is calibrated to read this as 7%.
Continuous machine operation in this condition and incomplete developer replacement will
eventually cause the actual toner density to become too high and result in toner scattering.
Following are the expected effects:
• Easier developer removal as a result of improved developer fluidity.

• Toner density will come close to the standard 7% after developer replacement even if the
dev unit is not completely cleared and contains a slight amount of old developer.
PART 1: Preparations for Developer Removal

1. Before removing the developer, enter the SP mode and check the current toner density.
Table1 Toner density check SP
SP No. Color
SP 3-200-001 K
SP 3-200-002 C
SP 3-200-003 M
SP 3-200-004 Y
If the toner density is 7%±0.5, skip the following procedures and go to PART 2.
If the toner density is not 7%±0.5 (7.5% or higher), continue this procedure.
2. Refer to the table below and determine the print volume according to the toner density
confirmed in the previous step. The actual printing will be done in step 5.
Table2 Print volume based toner density and paper size
Toner
Density
A4/LT A3/DLT
12% 110 55
11% 90 45
10% 70 35
9% 45 23
8% 20 10
7.5% 10 5
7% 0 0
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-164 SM
Rev. 9/26/2013 Development Unit
3. Refer to the tables below and change the SP values for toner supply mode and supply rate to
“0” for the dev unit(s) requiring the developer replacement.
Table 3-1 Toner Supply Mode
Change
SP No. Color Default to
SP 3-400-001 K 4 0
SP 3-400-002 C 4 0
SP 3-400-003 M 4 0
SP 3-400-004 Y 4 0
Note
The default value “4” supplies toner in DANC (Divided Image Active Noise Control) mode.
Changed value “0” supplies toner in constant supply mode.
Table 3-2 Toner Supply Rate
SP No. Color Default Change
to
SP 3-440-001 K 5 0
SP 3-440-002 C 5 0
SP 3-440-003 M 5 0
SP 3-440-004 Y 5
and Adjustment
0
Replacement
4. Select test pattern “26” from SP2-109-003 and specify the color in SP2-109-005.
Table 4 Test Pattern Settings
SP No. Settings
SP 2-109-003 26 Solid
SP 2-109-005 Specify color
5. Print the test pattern on A4/LT or A3/DLT for the volume determined in step 2.
6. Check the latest toner density in SP3-200-001~004. (Table 1)
7. Repeat steps 1~5 until you achieve the standard toner density 7%±0.5.
8. Set the SP settings for toner supply mode and supply rate (changed in step 3) back to the
default values; “4” for toner supply mode and “5%” for supply rate.
Important
Make sure to set the toner supply mode and supply rate carry back to default. Otherwise the
image density will appear light.
9. Continue with the procedures described in “Part 2”.
PART 2: Developer Removal Procedure

1. Development unit ( page 4-161)
2. Take out the old developer from the supply port [A] into the plastic bag that came with the
new developer.
SM 4-165 D135/D136/D137/D138
When carrying the developing unit, do not hold the frame. It may become
bent or broken if load is applied to the frame.
3. Remove the old developer while turning the screw [A] clockwise, using the special tool.
4. When the developer is no longer ejected from the supply port, rotate the development roller
[A] counterclockwise
5. Repeat until the developer does not come out of the supply port
6. Tilt the development unit towards the development roller. The developer in the unit is
gathered at the development roller side.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-166 SM
7. Once again, dump the developer until there is no adhesion around the development roller
[A].
8. Turn the development roller clockwise, and make sure that there is no adhesion of the roller
around the roller.
and Adjustment
Replacement
If you are in an environment that can use a vacuum cleaner, remove the
development guide plate [A] ( x 2) and remove the developer attached to the
roller with the vacuum cleaner.
If you are in an environment where use of a vacuum cleaner is not possible, make
sure that all old developer is removed from the center of the development roller
until about 1cm from the edge [A]. After filling with new developer and there is
more old developer than this remaining, a development motor lock may occur.
SM 4-167 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.12.4 ADDING NEW DEVELOPER

Before you refill a development unit, remove all the old developer in accordance with the
‘Removing Old Developer’ procedure described above.
⇒ Adding New Developer (Summary)
Adding New Developer and Adjustment

1. Turn off the power.
3. Turn on the machine.
4. Attach the funnel [A] to the supply port [B] of the development unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-168 SM
Protrusion [A] at the bottom of the funnel is the stopper. Make sure that the
protrusion is inserted securely into the slot at the back side of the supply port [B] of
the development unit.
and Adjustment
Replacement
5. Shake the developer pack [A] 5 or 6 times.
6. Enter SP mode and execute SP3-024-00x (Developer Fill). See the table below.
SM 4-169 D135/D136/D137/D138
Filling Developer SP
SP Description
3-024-001 Developer Fill :Exe Execute: ALL
3-024-002 Developer Fill :Exe Execute: COL
3-024-003 Developer Fill :Exe Execute: K
3-024-004 Developer Fill :Exe Execute: C
3-024-005 Developer Fill :Exe Execute: M
3-024-006 Developer Fill :Exe Execute: Y
3-024-007 Developer Fill :Exe Choose: From Left: YMCK
3-024-008 Developer Fill :Exe Execute: Chosen Color
7. Fill the developer [A] while tapping the funnel. It should finish within 60 seconds. Make sure
that the error message "Failed" does not appear.
Execution time for filling developer is 60 seconds as the default. The time interval
for execution can be adjusted. If more time is needed to empty the developer pack,
increase the time interval with SP3-024-11 (Developer Fill: Exe Drive Time Upper
Limit).
If the filling is not completed in time, see the result code table below.
8. After the filling completion message is displayed on the touch panel display, enter
SP3-025-001 (Dev Fill OK? From Left:YMCK) to confirm that developer installation
succeeded.
You will see a 4-digit number: 1111. Reading from left-to-right each number is a result code
for the Y, M, C, K developer execution with SP3-024-00. Refer to the result code table
below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-170 SM
Result code table for filling developer
Code Meaning Comment Conditions Recovery Procedure

0 No execution - - -
Even the results display of SP3025
shows success, developer may remain
in the funnel. In this case, implement
the following output checks in order to
fill the remaining developer.
Set to ON “1” at SP5-805-068
(Output Check Used Toner Bottle
Motor).
1 Succeeded - - Set to ON “1” at SP5-805-069
(Output Check Toner Discharge
Motor).
Set to ON “1” at SP5-805-112,
-113, -114 or 115 (Output Check
Dev Motor).
After the completion of filling, set
the output checks to OFF.
Deal with this in the following order.
Turn off the main power.
Carefully remove the funnel for
and Adjustment
which the developer is remaining.
Replacement
Remove the PCDU and attach the
Before cap to the supply port.
execution, When the time Tilt the PCDU about 45 degrees
expires at the to the side of the toner supply
No TD sensor developer is unit, closer to the developer
2 developer output was
exited above 1.0V filled with supply port side in the vicinity of
about 150 to the TD sensor.
(developer 200g Attach the PCDU.
present).
Attach the funnel that has the
developer remaining.
Turn on the main power and run
the developer filling with SP3-024.
Make sure that the "1" is the result
with SP3-025.
Before Removing the Deal with this in the following order.

execution, developer in Turn off the main power.
Remove the PCDU and remove
No TD sensor EM, if the the developer in the PCDU.
2 developer output was developer
exited above 1.0V remains in the Attach the PCDU and the funnel
Enter SP mode and execute
(developer developing SP3-024-00x (Developer Fill).
present). unit
Fill the developer
After
execution,
TD sensor When the time
No expires the
3 developer output was rest of the Enter SP mode and execute
below 1.0V SP3-024-00x (Developer Fill).
entered (no developer is
less than 150g
developer
present).
The used If the waste
Used toner toner bottle toner bottle is Replace the waste toner bottle.
4 Enter SP mode and execute
bottle full was full when filling SP3-024-00x (Developer Fill).
detected full. the developer
The If the
Development development development Clear the SC325 to SC328.
5 Enter SP mode and execute
motor lock motor was motor is SP3-024-00x (Developer Fill).
not locked
SM 4-171 D135/D136/D137/D138
Code Meaning Comment Conditions Recovery Procedure

operating. (SC325 to
SC328) when
filling the
developer
One or both One or both
motors motors locked:
Used toner locked: Used Toner Clear the SC 486/SC488.
6 transport Used Toner Transport Enter SP mode and execute
Transport Motor, Used
lock Motor, Used Toner Bottle SP3-024-00x (Developer Fill).
Toner Bottle Motor. (SC
Motor. 486/SC488)
By-pass tray
cover
opened,
waste toner
front cover When the Deal with this in the following order.
situation on
opened, the the left Enter SP mode and execute
9 Forced abort machine SP3-024-00x (Developer Fill).
was happend If the result code is not "1",
when filling
powered off, the developer replace the developer.
or some
other event
interrupted
execution.
9. Remove the funnel and turn off the power.

10. Attach the toner supply unit and turn on the power.
After turning on the main power switch, initialization for the TD sensor and process
control automatically starts.
11. Confirm the initialization results for the TD sensor (SP3-031-00x (Init TD Sensor: Exe
Execute)). If the initialization is successful, the result shows “1111”.
If "1111" is not displayed, solve along the steps that are described in the
troubleshooting.
12. Confirm the initialization results for the process control (SP3-012-001 (ProCon OK?
History:Latest)). If the initialization is successful, the result shows “11111111”.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-172 SM
Image Transfer Belt Unit
4.13 IMAGE TRANSFER BELT UNIT
4.13.1 ITB UNIT REMOVAL

1. Faceplate (page 4-144 "Faceplate")
2. ITB Cleaning Unit (page 4-196 "ITB Cleaning Unit")
3. Bracket [A] ( x2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Pull the drawer unit. Then pull the ITB Unit [A] out to detach it.
 Make sure that the image transfer rollers do not contact the transfer belt when you
remove the ITB unit. You can check it with the lever shown in the picture below.
The lever indicates either “HP” or “O” depending on the state of the image transfer
rollers.
 HP: Image transfer rollers contact the ITB.
 O: Imager transfer rollers do not contact the ITB.
SM 4-173 D135/D136/D137/D138
 When you remove or install the ITB unit, be sure not to let the transfer belt touch
the drawer unit.
 Be sure to place the ITB unit on a flat surface.
 Execute SP2924-004 after you remove and re-install the ITB unit.
4.13.2 ITB REPLACEMENT

Before you start:
 Clear the counter for the ITB in PM counter mode (or use SP mode to turn SP3701-093 or
094 “0 1”)
 Turn the machine off.
1. ITB Unit (page 4-173 "ITB Unit Removal")
2. Make sure that the image transfer roller lever is in the “HP” state (page 4-173 "ITB Unit
Removal").
3. Both side brackets [A], [B] ( x2 each, Spring x2)
4. Anti-toner-scatterring cover [A] ( x2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-174 SM
5. Stay [A] on the left side ( x2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. Stay [A] on the right side. ( x3)
7. Bracket with ID Sensors [A]. ( x1, x1, x2)
SM 4-175 D135/D136/D137/D138
8. Center stay [A] ( x1)
9. Hold the frames [A] of the encoder roller and pull them towards you.
10. Tension roller [A] ( x1, Bracket x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-176 SM
11. Pull the transfer belt [A] upward to remove it.
and Adjustment
Replacement
 Be sure to install the new transfer belt with the number at the rear of the machine
(the lower side in the picture below).
 Be sure to attach the new transfer belt without slackness.
SM 4-177 D135/D136/D137/D138
Image Transfer Belt Unit Rev. 10/29/2013
After the replacement, some procedures need to be done. See “Lubrication after
replacement” described below.
⇒ Lubrication after replacement

1. Turn on the machine.
2. Enter the SP mode and push the PM parts counter reset button in the PM Parts display.
3. Replace Image Transfer Belt.
4. Attach the toner hopper unit.
Note: Do not install the belt cleaning fan yet.
5. Attach drawer unit cover.
6. Rotate the blade release lever to move the cleaning blade away from the ITB.
7. Pull out (open) the drawer unit.
8. Keep the drawer unit open, and then turn the machine main power ON.
Note: The automatic adjustment will not be performed when the machine is turned ON,
since the drawer unit is pulled out/opened.
8. Enter the SP mode and choose “SP2-696-001 (Force Apply Lubricant Execute).
9. Push [Execute] on the operation panel and then push the drawer unit into the machine.
Note: When the drawer unit is pushed into the machine, lubrication starts automatically. This
operation takes about 3 minutes to complete.
6. Turn the machine off when the lubrication finishes (the machine’s activity stops).
7. Withdraw the drawer unit and rotate the blade release lever in order to make the cleaning
blade contact the ITB.
8. Re-install the belt cleaning fan (Screw x1).
9. Push the drawer unit into the machine.
10. Turn the machine on.
Note: The machine will then execute the automatic corrections.
4.13.3 ID/MUSIC SENSORS

1. Bracket with the ID sensor
2. Detach the ID sensor board [A] from the bracket. ( x5, x3, x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-178 SM
4.13.4 ITB HP SENSOR

1. Detach the ID sensor from the bracket. (page 4-178 "ID/MUSIC Sensors")
2. Cover [A] ( x1, Hook x3)
3. ITB HP Sensor [A] ( x2, x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-179 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.13.5 PTR SEPARATION SENSOR

2. Bracket with PTR separation sensor [A] ( x2)
3. Detach the PTR separation sensor [A] from the bracket [A]. (Hook, x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-180 SM
4.13.6 ITB LIFT (YMC) SENSOR

2. Rotate the cam [A] and make its widest part point to the bearing (“image transfer roller rises
up” state) as shown below.
Be sure to re-rotate the cam and drop the image transfer roller down after the
and Adjustment

Replacement
replacement.
3. ITB Lift (YMC) Sensor ( x1, Hook)
4.13.7 IMAGE TRANSFER ROLLER (K)

2. Raise the lever [A].
SM 4-181 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Be sure to re-rotate the cam and drop the image transfer roller down after the
replacement.
3. “ x1” that fixes the image transfer roller (K) [A]
4. Slide the image transfer roller (K) [A] towards you and remove it.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-182 SM
4.13.8 IMAGE TRANSFER ROLLER (YMC)

2. Rotate the cams and make the wider parts [A] [B] point to the bearing (“rise up” state).
and Adjustment
Replacement
 Be sure to re-rotate the cam and drop the image transfer roller down after the
replacement.
3. “ x1” that fixes the image transfer roller (C) [A]
4. Slide the image transfer roller (C) [A] to the rear side and remove it.
SM 4-183 D135/D136/D137/D138
5. Remove the image transfer roller (M), (Y) as in the previous step.
4.13.9 ITB BIAS ROLLER

2. PTR Separation Sensor Bracket [A] ( x2, x 1)
3. Actuator [A] ( x1)
4. Separate the drawer bracket [A] from the drawer ( x3).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-184 SM
5. Harness Guide [A] and Bracket [B] ( x5, Grounding Plate x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. Re-attach the drawer bracket [A] ( x3)
 Be sure not to pinch the harness when you re-attach the drawer bracket.
7. Loosen the motor bracket [A] ( x2, Spring x1). Then remove the belt [B].
SM 4-185 D135/D136/D137/D138
8. Pulley [A] ( x1)
9. Bearing Bracket [A] ( x2, Bearing x1)
10. Drop the ITB bias roller [A] down and remove the parallel pin [B].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-186 SM
11. Pull the ITB bias roller [A] upward and release its lower end to remove it.
and Adjustment
Replacement
 Each side cam of the ITB bias roller must be attached in the correct direction.
Re-attach these cams, directing each cam’s widest part inward.
SM 4-187 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.13.10 TRANSFER POWER PACK/SEPARATION POWER PACK

3. Transfer Power Pack/Separation Power Pack [A] ( x6, all)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-188 SM
4.13.11 TDRB (TRANSFER DRIVE RELAY BOARD)

2. Image Transfer Roller (C) (page 4-183 "Image Transfer Roller (YMC)")
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. TDRB [A] ( x4, all)
SM 4-189 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.13.12 ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATER

2. Detach the bracket with the drawer connector [A] from the ITB unit. ( x3)
3. Disconnect the white connector and push the red connector into the back of the ITB frame.
4. Detach the heater from the ITB unit. ( x2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-190 SM
4.13.13 PTR SEPARATION MOTOR

2. Bracket with the PTR separation motor [A] (Spring x1, x2, Belt x1)
3. Separate the bracket [A] and the PTR separation motor [B] ( x2, x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Detach the vibration-proof pad [A] from the motor. ( x2)
SM 4-191 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.13.14 AC TRANSFER POWER PACK (D137/D138 ONLY)

1. Image Transfer Roller (C) (page 4-183 "Image Transfer Roller (YMC)")
2. AC Transfer Power Pack [A] ( x6, all)
4.13.15 ITB MOTOR

2. ITB Motor [A] ( x4, x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-192 SM
4.13.16 ITB DRIVE SHAFT GEAR / ENCODER SENSOR

2. Motor Bracket [A] ( x4, x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Housing [A] ( x4)
 Do not remove only the housing [A]. Remove it [A] with the gear.
4. Detach the ITB drive shaft gear [A] from the housing
SM 4-193 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Be sure to handle the gear carefully not to break the encoder [A].
 To prevent breaking the encoder [A] when you install the ITB drive shaft gear,
remove the ITB drive shaft encoder sensor from the housing first. Then install the
ITB drive shaft gear.
5. Disconnect the harness from the housing to detach the ITB drive shaft encoder sensor [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-194 SM
4.13.17 ITB DRIVEN SHAFT ENCODER SENSOR

2. ITB Driven Shaft Encoder Sensor [A] (Pin x2, x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-195 D135/D136/D137/D138
ITB Cleaning Unit
4.14 ITB CLEANING UNIT
Before you start replacement of the ITB cleaning unit or its components (ITB cleaning blade /
Lubricant bar / ITB lubricant blade):
1. Clear the counter for the ITB in PM counter mode (or use SP mode to turn SP3701-093 or
094 “0 1”)
2. Turn the machine off.
4.14.1 ITB CLEANING UNIT

1. ITB Motor Cooling Fan (page 4-416 "ITB Motor Cooling Fan")
2. Release the lock lever.
3. Pull the ITB cleaning unit [A] out. ( x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-196 SM
Rev. 2/20/2014 ITB Cleaning Unit
4.14.2 ITB CLEANING BLADE
ITB cleaning blade, ITB lubricant brush and ITB lubricant bar must be replaced
together as a set.
2. ITB Cleaning Blade [A] ( x2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
Be sure to to apply yellow toner (D0149500) evenly on the lined faces of the new
ITB blade with a brush: blower (P/N: D0747690) before the installment as shown
below.
SM 4-197 D135/D136/D137/D138
ITB Cleaning Unit
4.14.3 ITB LUBRICANT BRUSH
 ITB cleaning blade, ITB lubricant brush and ITB lubricant bar must be replaced
together as a set.
2. Rotate the lock lever [A] in the arrowed direction as shown below.
3. Lock lever [A] ( x1)
4. Snap ring [A] x1, Gear x1 [B], Belt x1 [C], Bearing [D]
5. [A] x1, Spacer [B] x1, Bearing [C] x1
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-198 SM
ITB Cleaning Unit
6. ITB Lubricant Brush [A]
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.14.4 ITB LUBRICANT BAR
 ITB cleaning blade, ITB lubricant brush and ITB lubricant bar must be replaced
together as a set.
1. ITB Lubricant Brush (page 4-198 "ITB Lubricant Brush")
2. Detach the ITB lubricant bar [A] from the ITB cleaning unit.
SM 4-199 D135/D136/D137/D138
ITB Cleaning Unit
4.14.5 ITB LUBRICANT BLADE

2. ITB Lubricant Blade [A] ( x2)
4.14.6 ITB CLEANING UNIT SET SENSOR

1. Toner Supply Unit (page 4-96 "Toner Supply Unit")
2. ITB Cleaning Unit Set Sensor [A] ( x3, x1, Hook)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-200 SM
ITB Cleaning Unit
4.14.7 ITB PAPER DUST CLEANING BRUSH ROLLER

2. Rotate the lock lever [A] in the arrowed direction as shown below.
3. Lock lever [A] ( x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Snap ring [A] x2, Gear x2 [B], Belt x1 [C], [D] x1, Gear [E] x1, Bearing [F] x1
5. Coupling [A] ( x1), Bearing [B] ( x1)
SM 4-201 D135/D136/D137/D138
ITB Cleaning Unit Rev. 2/20/2014
6. Bearing [A] that has a sponge
7. ITB Paper Dust Cleaning Brush Roller [A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-202 SM
Rev. 2/20/2014 ITB Cleaning Unit
⇒ 8. Install the new cleaning brush roller and then use a brush: blower (P/N: D0747690) to apply
zinc stearate (D0149501) and yellow toner (D0149500) in a 40 ~ 50 mm area (shown
below) of the installed cleaning brush roller.
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.14.8 LUBRICATION AFTER REPLACEMENT
After the replacement of the ITB cleaning unit or its components (ITB cleaning blade / Lubricant
bar / ITB lubricant blade), you should follow these steps below to lubricate:
1. Rotate the blade release lever to move the cleaning blade away from the ITB.
2. Turn on the machine, while keeping the drawer unit withdrawn.
3. Enter the SP mode and choose “SP2-696-001 (Force Apply Lubricant Execute).
4. Push [Execute] on the operation panel and then push the drawer unit into the machine.
5. Lubrication starts (the operation takes 3 minutes).
6. Turn the machine off when the lubrication finishes (the machine’s activity stops).
7. Withdraw the drawer unit and rotate the blade release lever in order to make the cleaning
blade contact the ITB
8. Re-install the belt cleaning fan ( x1).
9. Attach the toner supply unit.
10. Attach the drawer cover and then push the drawer unit in.
11. Turn the machine on. The machine will execute automatic corrections.
SM 4-203 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Transfer Roller Unit
4.15 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER UNIT
4.15.1 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER UNIT

1. Pull the drawer unit out.
2. Drawer Unit Cover (page 4-69 "Drawer Unit Cover")
3. Cover [A] ( x2, x1)
4. Remove the harnesses from the inner cover [A] ( x4)
5. Inner Cover [A] ( x3)
6. Release the link plate [A] ( x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-204 SM
and Adjustment
Replacement
7. “Shoulder x2” on both sides of the paper transfer unit [A]
SM 4-205 D135/D136/D137/D138
8. Paper Transfer Roller unit [A] ( x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-206 SM
4.15.2 PAPER DISCHARGE PLATE

2. Paper Discharge Plate [A] ( x2)
4.15.3 PAPER TRANSFER ROLLER

and Adjustment
2. Paper Discharge Plate [A] ( x2)
Replacement
3. Lift the paper transfer roller [A] to remove it.
SM 4-207 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
4.16 FUSING UNIT
4.16.1 SCREW LIST

The fusing unit has many types of screws. A screw list is shown below.
In the procedures, the screw types used are shown as (A ) ~ (M ).
 Example: Cover [A] (A x2)

This means “the two screws that fixes cover [A] are A : SCREW:M3X6 listed below”.
 If (E x 2), it means “Cover [A] is fixed with two E : HEXAGONAL BOLT:DOUBLE
SCREW:M3X10.”
B : HEXAGONAL
A : SCREW:M3X6
BOLT:W/WASHER:M3X8
C : STEPPED SCREW:M3 D : TCRU/ORU SCREW M4
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-208 SM
Fusing Unit
E : HEXAGONAL BOLT:DOUBLE
F : STEPPED SCREW:DIA5:M3X3.8
SCREW:M3X10
G : HEXAGON HEAD BOLT WITH

H : STEPPED SCREW - M3
WASHER:M3X6
and Adjustment
Replacement
I : TAPPING SCREW:3X10 J : SCREW:GUIDE PLATE:ADF
SM 4-209 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
K : SCREW:M3X4 L : SCREW:CLAMP:FRONT
M : TCRU/ORU SCREW M3
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-210 SM
Fusing Unit
4.16.2 REMOVING THE FUSING UNIT

1. Drawer Unit Cover (page 4-69 "Drawer Unit Cover")
2. Keep pressing in the locks [A] [B] and withdraw the drawer unit fully.
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Open the inner cover [A] (D x1)
4. ”D x2” on the front side of the fusing unit [A].
SM 4-211 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
5. Open the guide plate [A].
6. Raise the lever [A] to lift the inner guide plate [B] up.
7. Hold the handgrips to detach the fusing unit [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-212 SM
Fusing Unit
4.16.3 FUSING HEAT PIPE

1. Fusing Unit (page 4-211 "Removing the Fusing Unit")
2. Open the cover [A] and then remove the fusing heat pipe unit [B]. (D x2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.16.4 FUSING UNIT COVER
Fusing Front / Rear Cover

2. Fusing Front Cover [A] (B x3)
3. Fusing Rear Inner Cover [B] and Fusing Rear Cover [A]. (B x4)
SM 4-213 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
Entrance Drawer Cover

2. Entrance Drawar Cover [A] (B x2)
Exit Drawer Cover

2. Exit Drawer Cover [A] (B x2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-214 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
Fusing Upper Cover
2. Fusing Upper Cover [A] (G x2, C x1)
 Two types of screws are used to fasten the fusing upper cover. Refer to the
diagram below to check each screw location.
 In the diagram below, [A]:G ( EXAGON HEAD BOLT WITH WASHER:M3X6),
[B]:C (HEXAGONAL BOLT:W/WASHER:M3X8)
SM 4-215 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
Separation Unit
2. Stoppers [B], [C] on Fusing Upper Cover [A] (M ×2)
3. Open the separation unit [A].
4. Separation Unit [A] (slide pins [B] [C] on both sides as shown below)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-216 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.16.5 FUSING UNIT PLATE
1. Fusing Front Cover, Fusing Rear Cover, Entrance Drawer Cover, Exit Entracne Drawer
Cover (page 4-213 "Fusing Unit Cover")
2. Fusing Unit Plate [A] (A x5)
In Pro C5100S/Pro C5110, you also need to remove “A x1” shown below.
SM 4-217 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
3. Drawer Connector [A], [B] (E x4)
4. Rear plate [A] (A x5, B x1 x1, Harness Cover [B] x1)
 Only [A] is B (HEXAGONAL BOLT:W/WASHER:M3X8). The others are A

(SCREW:M3X6) in the picture below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-218 SM
Fusing Unit
In Pro C5100S/Pro C5110, you also need to remove “A x2” and the couplings [A], [B] shown
below.
and Adjustment
Replacement
 When re-attaching the harness cover, hook one of the harnesses on the tab (circled
below) that is on the back of the harness cover as shown below.
SM 4-219 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
4.16.6 IH COIL UNIT

1. Fusing Front Cover, Fusing Rear Cover, Drawer Cover (page 4-213 "Fusing Unit Cover")
2. Drawer Connector [A] (E x2)
3. Spring [A], [B]
4. A x2
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-220 SM
Fusing Unit
5. F x2
6. Disconnect the drawer connector [A] and [B].
and Adjustment
Replacement
7. IH Coil Unit [A]
SM 4-221 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
4.16.7 FUSING CLEANING WEB UNIT (D137/D138 ONLY)

1. Fusing Heat Pipe (page 4-213 "Fusing Heat Pipe")
2. Push the stopper [A] on the left side of the fusing cleaning web unit in the arrow direction as
shown below.
3. Raise the fusing cleaning web unit [A] as shown below to make it upright, and then remove
it.
 The frame on the right side of the fusing cleaning web unit has a C-cut hole as
shown below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-222 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.16.8 FUSING CLEANING WEB (D137/D138 ONLY)
1. Fusing Cleaning Web Unit (page 4-222 "Fusing Cleaning Web Unit (D137/D138 Only)")
2. Cover [A] (B x1, C x1)
 See the picture below to make sure which screw is used in which location.
 [A]: C (STEPPED SCREW:M3), [B]: B (HEXAGONAL
BOLT:W/WASHER:M3X8)
SM 4-223 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
3. Bracket [A] (A x4)
4. Bracket [A] (A x3), and then the other screws (A x2).
5. Gears [A], [B], [C] and Bearings [D], [E]
6. Gear [A] ( x1) and Bearing [B] ( x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-224 SM
Fusing Unit
7. Bearing [A]
and Adjustment
Replacement
9. Gear [A] (loosen Hexagonal Socket x1)
SM 4-225 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
11. Feeler [A] (Spring x1) and Bearing [B] ( x1)
12. Stay [A] (A x2)
13. Fusing Cleaning Web [A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-226 SM
Fusing Unit
4.16.9 FUSING BELT SMOOTHING ROLLER (D137/D138 ONLY)

1. Separation Unit (page 4-213 "Fusing Unit Cover")
2. Remove the screw to release the stopper. (M x1)
3. Raise the finger grips of the fusing belt smoothing roller [A] to hold them, and then slide and
remove the fusing belt smoothing roller [A].
and Adjustment
Replacement
 Do not touch the side cams [B] [C] of the fusing belt smoothing roller [A]. The rim of
the cams is greased.
SM 4-227 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
4.16.10 FUSING BELT SMOOTHING ROLLER CONTACT SENSOR

(PRO C5100S/PRO C5110S)
1. Fusing Rear Cover (page 4-213 "Fusing Unit Cover")
2. Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller Contact Sensor [A] (Hook, x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-228 SM
Fusing Unit
4.16.11 SEPARATING THE FUSING UNIT

1. Fusing Unit Plate (page 4-217 "Fusing Unit Plate")
2. “H x1”and Bracket [A] (I x2) on the front side
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. “H x1”, “I x2”, Bracket [A] on the rear side, and Connector [B]
4. Separate the fusing unit into the upper part and the lower part.
SM 4-229 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
4.16.12 HEATING ROLLER, FUSING ROLLER, FUSING BELT

1. Separate the fusing unit into the upper part and the lower part. (page 4-229 "Separating the
Fusing Unit")
2. Turn the upper part [A] over.
3. Gear [A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-230 SM
Fusing Unit
5. “A x2 “and Bracket [A] (A x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. Rotation Sensor [A] (A x1, Spring [B] x1)
7. Gear [A] ( x1, Washer x1)
SM 4-231 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
8. Brackets [A], [B] (J [C] x1, C-ring [D] x1, A x2)
9. Bracket [A] on the front side, and Grounding Plate [B] (A x2, K x1)
 [A]:K (SCREW:M3X4), Others: A (SCREW:M3X6)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-232 SM
Fusing Unit
10. Bracket [A], [B] (L [C] x1, J [D] x1 , A x3, C-ring [E] x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
 Detach the bracket [A] and then the bracket [B].

11. C-ring [A] x1
12. Entrance Stay [A]
SM 4-233 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
13. Detach the fusing belt unit from both side-frames. (Bearings [A], [B])
14. Detach the hot roller [A] and the heating roller [B] from the fusing belt [C].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-234 SM
Fusing Unit
 When you detach the rollers and the belt from the frame, hold the ends of the hot
roller shaft to lift it. Then move it above the heating roller to detach the whole thing
(hot/heating rollers and fusing belt).
4.16.13 PRESSURE ROLLER STRIPPER PLATE

1. Separate the fusing unit into the upper part and the lower part (page 4-229 "Separating the
Fusing Unit")
2. Pressure Roller Stripper Guide Plate [A] (C x2, B x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
 [A]:B (HEXAGONAL BOLT:W/WASHER:M3X8), Others: C (STEPPED
SCREW:M3)
3. Release the springs on both sides of the pressure roller stripper plate [A].
SM 4-235 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
4. Raise and make the pressure roller stripper plate [A] upright to remove it.
 The frame of the pressure roller stripper plate has C-cut holes.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-236 SM
Fusing Unit
4.16.14 FUSING LAMP
 In the procedure pictures below, the fusing unit is separated. But you need only to
remove the fusing unit plate to remove or install the fusing lamp.
1. Fusing Front Cover (page 4-213 "Fusing Unit Cover")
2. Harness Guide [A] (B x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. [A] x1
SM 4-237 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
6. Fusing Lamp [A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-238 SM
Fusing Unit
4.16.15 PRESSURE ROLLER

Fusing Unit")
2. Fusing Lamp (page 4-237 "Fusing Lamp")
3. Gear [A] (C-ring [B] x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Detach the pressure roller fixing plates [A], [B] from the lower part. (A x3)
5. Pressure Roller [A]
SM 4-239 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
6. Pressure Roller Fixing Plates [A], [B] (C-ring [C] x1, Bearing [D] x2)
 When re-installing the bearings on the pressure roller, pay attention to the direction
of the bearings [A] (the brimmed part comes to the outside) as shown below
(Diagram 1).
 When re-installing the pressure roller on the fusing unit frame, be sure to make the
brimmed parts [A] of the bearings come to the outside of the frame [B] as shown
below (Diagram 2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-240 SM
Fusing Unit
Diagram 1
Diagram 2
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-241 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
4.16.16 THERMISTOR (FUSING BELT)

Fusing Unit")
2. Bracket with Thermistor [A] (A x2)
3. Thermistor (Fusing Belt) [A] (E x1, x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-242 SM
Fusing Unit
4.16.17 THERMISTOR (HOT ROLLER SHAFT)

1. Fusing Front Cover, Fusing Upper Cover (page 4-213 "Fusing Unit Cover")
2. Bracket with Thermistor (Hot Roller Shaft) [A] (A x1)
3. Thermistor (Hot Roller Shaft) [A] (E x1, x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.16.18 HEATING ROLLER ROTATION SENSOR
1. Fusing Rear Cover (page 4-213 "Fusing Unit Cover")
2. Fusing Unit Plate (page 4-217 "Fusing Unit Plate")
3. Bracket with Heating Roller Rotation Sensor [A] (A x1)
4. Heating Roller Rotation Sensor [A] (Hook, x1)
SM 4-243 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
4.16.19 PRESSURE ROLLER SENSOR (REAR)

2. Turn the lower part [A] over.
3. Bracket [A] with Pressure Roller Sensor (Rear) (A x1)
4. Detach the fusing pressure roller sensor (rear) [A] from the bracket. (Hook, x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-244 SM
Fusing Unit
4.16.20 PRESSURE ROLLER SENSOR (FRONT)

2. Turn the lower part [A] over.
3. Bracket [A] with Pressure Roller Sensor (Front) (A x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Detach the pressure roller sensor (front) from the bracket. (Hook, x1)
SM 4-245 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
4.16.21 HOT ROLLER NC SENSOR

1. Fusing Upper Cover (page 4-213 "Fusing Unit Cover")
2. Hot Roller NC Sensor [A] (G x2, x1)
4.16.22 THERMOPILE (PRESSURE ROLLER)

Fusing Unit")
3. Harness Guide Cover [A] (B x1)
4. Grounding Wire (B x1 [A] x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-246 SM
Fusing Unit
and Adjustment
Replacement
7. Bracket [A] with Thermopile (B x1)
8. Thermopile Cover [A] (Hook x3)
SM 4-247 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
9. Thermopile [A] ( x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-248 SM
Fusing Unit
4.16.23 THERMOSTAT (PRESSURE ROLLER)

Fusing Unit")
2. See “Thermopile (Pressure Roller) Steps 1 to 7”. (page 4-246 "Thermopile (Pressure
Roller)")
3. Harness Guide [A] (G x1, C x1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
 The left side screw is G ( HEXAGON HEAD BOLT WITH WASHER:M3X6), the
right side screw is C ( STEPPED SCREW:M3) in the picture above.
4. Themostat (Pressure Roller) [A] (B x2)
SM 4-249 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit Rev. 03/06/2014
⇒ 4.16.24 FUSING PAPER FEED SENSOR

1. Separate the Fusing Unit into the upper part and the
lower part (page 4-229 "Separating the Fusing
Unit").
2. Remove the Pressure Roller Stripper Plate (page
4-235 "Pressure Roller Stripper Plate")
3. Remove the Fusing Paper Feed Sensor [A] from
the bracket [B]. ( x1)
4. Disconnect the connector to remove the Fusing
Paper Feed Sensor [C] ( x1)
[C]
Adjustment After Replacing The Fusing Paper Feed Sensor

Do the following procedure after replacing the Fusing Paper Feed Sensor.
1. Make sure the entire paper path is clear of paper.
2. Close the Drawer Unit and Front Right Cover.
3. Do SP1-134-001.
4. Confirm the value in SP1-134-002 is between 200 and 400.
5. Reboot.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-250 SM
Fusing Unit
4.16.25 CLEANING WEB SET SENSOR

2. Cleaning Web Set Sensor [A] ( x1, Hook)
4.16.26 CLEANING WEB END SENSOR

and Adjustment
2. Bracket [A] with Cleaning Web End Sensor ( x1)
Replacement
3. Cleaning Web End Sensor [A] ( x1, Hook)
SM 4-251 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fusing Unit
4.16.27 CLEANING WEB CONTACT SENSOR

2. Bracket [A] with Cleaning Web Contact Sensor ( x1)
3. Cleaning Web Contact Sensor [A] ( x1, Hook)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-252 SM
Paper Transport Belt Unit
4.17 PAPER TRANSPORT BELT UNIT
To replace the paper transport belt unit, first remove the fusing unit. ( page 4-211)
4.17.1 PAPER TRANSPORT BELT UNIT

1. Inner cover [A] ( x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Remove the springs and connector from the paper transport belt unit [A] (spring x 2, x
1).
3. Paper transport belt unit [A] ( x 1)
SM 4-253 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.17.2 PAPER TRANSPORT BELT

1. Paper transport belt unit ( page 4-253)
2. Slide the paper transport belt [A] (x 2) to the left or right.
4.17.3 PTB FANS

2. Disconnect the connectors of the PTB fans ( x 1 each).
3. After sliding the paper transport belts [A] to the left or right, remove the PTB fans [B] ( x2
each).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-254 SM
4.17.4 PTB SENSOR

2. PTB sensor [A] ( x 1)
4.17.5 PTB UNIT SET SENSOR

and Adjustment
2. PTB unit set sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
Replacement
SM 4-255 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
4.18 TANDEM TRAY
4.18.1 FEED ROLLER, PICK-UP ROLLER AND SEPARATION

ROLLER
1. Pull out paper tray 1 [A].
2. Right side of the tray [A] (TCRU/ORU x 2)
3. Pick-up roller [A] and feed roller [B] ( x 1)
4. Open the door of the vertical feed path and remove the separation roller [A] ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-256 SM
Tandem Tray
4.18.2 REAR FENCE HOME POSITION SENSOR / LEFT TRAY

PAPER SENSOR
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Side fence [A] ( x 1)
3. Cover [A] ( x 1)
SM 4-257 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
4. Rear Fence Home Position Sensor [A] / Left Tray Paper Sensor [B] ( x 1 each, x1
each)
4.18.3 REAR FENCE RETURN SENSOR

2. Right side of the tray [A] (TCRU/ORU x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-258 SM
Tandem Tray
3. Turn the bracket and remove the rear fence return sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1).
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.18.4 PAPER HEIGHT SENSORS 1, 2, 3 / TRAY DOWN SENSOR /
RIGHT TRAY SET SENSOR
1. Right lower cover of the machine exterior ( page 4-13)
2. Pull out paper trays 1 and 2.
3. Right side of paper tray 1 [A] (TCRU/ORU x 2)
4. Vertical transport unit [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-259 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
5. Paper guide plate [A] ( x 1)
6. Paper feed unit for tray 2 [A] ( x 2, x 1)
7. LED cover [A] ( x 2)

8. Vertical transport LED [B] along with the bracket ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-260 SM
Tandem Tray
9. Relay cover [A] ( x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
10. 5 sensors [A] along with the bracket, located inside the rear face of the machine ( x 3,
x 1 each (front x 4, back x 1), x 2 each).
11. Paper height sensors 1, 2, 3 [A], tray down sensor [B] and right tray set sensor [C]
SM 4-261 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
4.18.5 REAR END FENCE CLOSED SENSOR

1. Right lower cover of the machine exterior ( page 4-13)
5. Paper guide plate [A] ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-262 SM
Tandem Tray
and Adjustment
Replacement
9. Relay cover [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-263 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
10. Rear End Fence Closed Sensor [A], located inside of the rear face of the machine ( x 1)
4.18.6 END FENCE REAR SOLENOID

1. PSU1 / PSU2 along with the bracket, located on the back side of the machine ( page
4-363 "When removing the motors and sensors that are behind the PSU1/PSU2")
2. Disconnect the connectors for the Rear End Fence Closed Sensor and the End Fence Rear
Solenoid.
3. Relay cover ( page 4-262 "Rear End Fence Closed Sensor")

4. End fence rear solenoid [A] along with the bracket, located inside the rear face of the
machine ( x 4)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-264 SM
Tandem Tray
5. Bracket [A] ( x 1, spring x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. End fence rear solenoid [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-265 D135/D136/D137/D138
Tandem Tray
4.18.7 LEFT TRAY LOCK SOLENOID

1. PSU1 / PSU2 along with the bracket, located inside the rear face of the machine ( page
2. Left tray lock solenoid [A] along with the bracket ( x 1, x 1)
3. Left tray lock solenoid [A] ( x 2, spring x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-266 SM
Rev. 5/15/2014 Tandem Tray
4.18.8 REAR FENCE DRIVE MOTOR

1. PFB along with the bracket, located on the back side of the machine ( page 4-359
"When removing the motors that are behind the PFB")
3. Rear fence drive motor [A] ( x 3, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.18.9 1ST TRAY LIFT MOTOR
3. 1st Tray Lift Motor ( x 3, x 1)
⇒ 4.18.10 PAPER FEED UNIT FOR TRAY 1 REPLACEMENT

See Section 4.31 for the Paper Feed Unit For Tray 1 replacement procedure.
SM 4-267 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Feed Section (Tray 2-3 / Vertical Transport)
4.19 PAPER FEED SECTION (TRAY 2-3 / VERTICAL
TRANSPORT)
4.19.1 PAPER TRAY

1. Pull out the paper tray [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-268 SM
4.19.2 FEED ROLLER, PICK-UP ROLLER AND SEPARATION

ROLLER
1. Pull out the paper tray.
2. Pick-up roller [A] and feed roller [B] (snap-fit x 1)
e.g.: Tray 2
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Separation roller [A] (snap-fit x 1)
e.g.: Tray 2
SM 4-269 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.19.3 PAPER FEED UNIT

1. Right lower cover of the machine exterior ( page 4-13 "Right Lower Cover")
2. Pull out paper tray 2 (in the case of the paper feed unit for tray 2).
3. Vertical transport unit [A] (snap-fit x 2)
4. Paper guide plate [A] (snap-fit x 1)
 For tray 3, replace with the same procedure as for tray 2.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-270 SM
4.19.4 PICK-UP SOLENOID

1. Paper feed unit ( page 4-270)
2. Pick-up solenoid [A] ( x 1, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.19.5 TRANSPORT SENSOR
2. Transport sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
SM 4-271 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.19.6 PAPER FEED SENSOR

2. Paper feed sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
4.19.7 PAPER TRAY UPPER LIMIT SENSOR / PAPER END

SENSOR
2. Paper tray upper limit sensor [A] and paper end sensor [B] ( x 1 each, x 1 each)
 When removing the paper end sensor, remove the hook from the opposite side of
the photo above.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-272 SM
4.19.8 VERTICAL TRANSPORT LED

1. Open the vertical transport door [A].
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Remove the vertical transport LED [A] by lifting it upward ( x 1)
SM 4-273 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.19.9 PAPER SIZE SENSORS

2. Disconnect two connectors [A] from the paper size sensors.
3. Pull out the paper trays from the front side of the machine and remove the two paper size
sensors [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-274 SM
4.19.10 PAPER TRAY SET SENSORS

2. Disconnect two connectors [A] from the paper tray set sensors.
3. Pull out the paper trays from the front side of the machine and remove the two paper tray
set sensors [A].
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-275 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.19.11 PAPER TRAY LIFT MOTOR

3. Paper feed motor for paper tray 2 or paper feed motor for paper tray 3 ( page 4-388
"2nd Paper Feed Motor/2nd Transport Motor, 3rd Paper Feed Motor/3rd Transport Motor")
4. Tray pull-in device [A] ( x 3)
e.g.: for paper tray 2
 This work must be done while the paper tray is pulled out.
5. Paper tray lift motor [A] ( x 3, x 1 each)
e.g.: for paper tray 2
 For tray 3, replace with the same procedure as for tray 2.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-276 SM
4.19.12 TRAY HEATER
Upper Tray Heater

3. Remove the fixing screws of the bracket for the upper tray heater [A] ( x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Connector cover [A] ( x 1)
5. Upper tray heater [A] along with the bracket ( x 1, x 2).
SM 4-277 D135/D136/D137/D138
6. Upper tray heater [A] ( x2, x 1).
Lower Tray Heater

2. Remove the fixing screws of the bracket for the lower tray heater [A] ( x 3).
3. Connector cover [A] ( x 1)

4. Lower tray heater [B] along with the bracket ( x 1, x 4).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-278 SM
5. Lower tray heater [A] ( x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-279 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.19.13 TRAY HEATER SETTING

Turn on the tray heater depending on the needs of the user.
1. Rear lower cover ( page 4-20)
2. Remove the clamp and connect the connectors to CN402 [B] and CN401 [C] on the AC
drive board [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-280 SM
By-pass Tray Unit (D137/D138)
4.20 BY-PASS TRAY UNIT (D137/D138)
4.20.1 BY-PASS TRAY UNIT REMOVAL

right side of the rear middle cover [B] ( x 2).
2. Open the by-pass tray unit [A]. Remove the right middle upper cover [B] downward ( x 1).
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-281 D135/D136/D137/D138
5. By-pass Tray Unit [A] ( x 1, x 1)
By-pass Tray Unit Separation

1. Separate the paper feed unit [A] and bottom plate [B] of the by-pass tray unit ( x 2).
2. Remove the right arm [A] and separate the paper feed unit and bottom plate of the by-pass
tray unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-282 SM

BY-PASS SEPARATION ROLLER
1. Open the by-pass tray [A].
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. By-pass pick-up roller [A] (hook x 1)
3. Open the by-pass tray unit [A] and remove the paper feed unit cover [B] ( x 1).
SM 4-283 D135/D136/D137/D138
4. By-pass feed roller [A] ( x 1)
5. By-pass separation roller [A] from the back of the by-pass tray unit ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-284 SM
4.20.3 BY-PASS TRAY PAPER END SENSOR

1. Separate the paper feed unit and bottom plate of the by-pass tray unit. ( page 4-281
"By-pass Tray Unit Removal")
2. Remove the bottom plate [A] of the by-pass tray and turn it over.
3. By-pass tray paper end sensor [A] along with the bracket ( x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. By-pass tray paper end sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
SM 4-285 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.20.4 BY-PASS PAPER WIDTH SENSOR

3. By-pass paper width sensor [A] (hook x 3, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-286 SM
4.20.5 BY-PASS PAPER LENGTH SENSOR

3. By-pass paper length sensor [A] ( x 1, hooks)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.20.6 BY-PASS TRAY LOWER LIMIT SENSOR
2. By-pass tray lower limit sensor [A] from the bottom plate ( x 1, hooks)
SM 4-287 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.20.7 BY-PASS TRAY LIFT MOTOR

2. By-pass tray lift motor cover [A] from the bottom plate ( x 2)
3. Fixing screws of the by-pass tray lift motor block [A] ( x 3)
4. Stay [A] (including the shaft) for lifting the bottom plate ( x 1, x 2)
5. By-pass tray lift motor block [A] (spring x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-288 SM
 When reinstalling the motor, press the spring [B] to rotate the gear. It is easy to
insert the shaft [A] for lifting the bottom plate.
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. By-pass tray lift motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 2)
7. By-pass tray lift motor [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-289 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.20.8 BY-PASS TRAY UPPER LIMIT SENSOR / BY-PASS PAPER

FEED SENSOR
2. By-pass paper feed unit cover [A] ( x 1)
3. Remove the fixing screws (x 7) and joints (x 2) of the by-pass paper feed unit [A] ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-290 SM
4. Bracket [A] of the by-pass paper feed unit ( x 4, x 1)
5. Lift the bracket [A] to remove ( x 3).
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. By-pass tray upper limit sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
7. By-pass paper feed sensor [B] ( x 1, x 1)
SM 4-291 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.20.9 BY-PASS PICK-UP SOLENOID

1. Bracket of the by-pass paper feed unit ( page 4-290 "By-pass Tray Upper Limit Sensor /
By-pass Paper Feed Sensor")
2. By-pass pick-up solenoid [A] ( x 1, spring x 1, x 1)
4.20.10 BY-PASS TRAY SET SENSOR

2. By-pass tray set sensor [A] ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-292 SM
4.20.11 BY-PASS TRAY LED CONNECTOR (RED)

1. Open the by-pass tray unit and remove the LED cover [A] ( x 1).
2. By-pass tray LED connector (Red) [A] ( x 1, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-293 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.21 BY-PASS TRAY UNIT (D135/D136)
4.21.1 BY-PASS TRAY UNIT REMOVAL

right side of the rear middle cover [B] ( x 2).
2. Open the by-pass tray unit [A]. Remove the right middle upper cover [B] downward ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-294 SM
5. By-pass Tray Unit [A] ( x 1, x 1, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
By-pass Tray Unit Separation
1. Separate the paper feed unit [A] and bottom plate [B] of the by-pass tray unit ( x 2).
2. Remove the left arm [A] and right arm [B], and then separate the paper feed unit and
SM 4-295 D135/D136/D137/D138
bottom plate of the by-pass tray unit.
3. By-pass tray [A] from the bottom plate ( x 5)
4. Turn over the by-pass tray [A], then disconnect the connectors and clamps of the by-pass
paper width sensor [B] / by-pass paper length sensor [C].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-296 SM

BY-PASS SEPARATION ROLLER
2. By-pass pick-up roller [A] (hook x 1).
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Open the by-pass tray unit [A] and remove the paper feed unit cover [B] ( x 1).
4. By-pass feed roller [A] ( x 1)
SM 4-297 D135/D136/D137/D138
5. By-pass separation roller [A] from the back of the by-pass tray unit ( x 1)
4.21.3 BY-PASS TRAY PAPER END SENSOR

2. Open the by-pass tray unit [A] and remove the paper feed unit cover [B] ( x 1)
3. By-pass tray paper end sensor [A] ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-298 SM
4.21.4 BY-PASS PAPER WIDTH SENSOR

and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Remove the bottom plate [A] of the by-pass tray and turn it over ( x 5).
3. By-pass paper width sensor [A] (hook x 2, x 1)
SM 4-299 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.21.5 BY-PASS PAPER LENGTH SENSOR

2. Remove the bottom plate [A] of the by-pass tray and turn it over ( x 5).
3. By-pass paper length sensor [A] ( x 1, hooks)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-300 SM
4.21.6 BY-PASS PAPER FEED SENSOR

2. Remove the fixing screws (x 7) and joints (x 2) of the by-pass paper feed unit [A] ( x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Remove the connectors and clamps, then take out the paper feed unit [A].
4. By-pass paper feed unit cover [A] ( x 1)
SM 4-301 D135/D136/D137/D138
5. Bracket [A] of the by-pass paper feed unit ( x 7, x 1)
6. Bracket [A] for the by-pass paper feed unit (by-pass pick-up roller, by-pass feed roller,
spring x 1)
7. Lift the bracket [A] to remove (all s, all s).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-302 SM
8. By-pass paper feed sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-303 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.21.7 BY-PASS PICK-UP SOLENOID

1. Bracket of the by-pass paper feed unit ( page 4-301 "By-pass Paper Feed Sensor")
2. By-pass pick-up solenoid [A] ( x 2, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-304 SM
4.21.8 BY-PASS TRAY LED CONNECTOR (RED)

1. Open the by-pass tray unit and remove the LED cover [A] ( x 1).
2. By-pass tray LED connector (Red) [A] ( x 1, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-305 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Relay and Registration Section
4.22 PAPER RELAY AND REGISTRATION SECTION
4.22.1 REGISTRATION UNIT

2. In order to facilitate the work, press the release lever to fully open the drawer unit [A].
3. Inner cover [A] ( x 2, x 1)
4. Registration motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 3, x 4, x 3, timing belt x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-306 SM
 When installing the motor, attach the timing belt.
and Adjustment
Replacement
5. Timing pulley [A] and positioning bracket [B] ( x 1, x 1)
6. Remove the registration unit [A] by sliding it to the left.
SM 4-307 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.22.2 RELAY UNIT

2. Duplex exit motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 3, timing belt x 1)
 When installing the motor, attach the timing belt.
3. Joint [B] of the relay unit [A] from the bottom ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-308 SM
4. Positioning bracket [B] of the relay unit [A] ( x 1)
 When installing, the positioning pin [A] must be within the hole in the relay unit.
and Adjustment
Replacement
5. Remove the relay unit [A] by sliding it to the left ( x 1, x 1).
SM 4-309 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.22.3 REGISTRATION SENSOR

2. Registration unit cover [A] ( x 2)
4. Registration sensor [A] ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-310 SM
4.22.4 PAPER TYPE SENSOR

1. Relay unit ( page 4-308)
1. Relay unit bracket where the paper type sensor [A] is located ( x 6)
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Paper type sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1, x 1)
SM 4-311 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.22.5 RELAY SENSOR

2. Relay sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-312 SM
4.22.6 BY-PASS TRAY PAPER TYPE SENSOR

2. Cover [A] ( x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Turn over the bracket and remove the by-pass tray paper type sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1).
SM 4-313 D135/D136/D137/D138
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-314 SM
Paper Exit and Duplex Unit
4.23 PAPER EXIT AND DUPLEX UNIT
4.23.1 PAPER EXIT UNIT

3. Remove the paper exit inner cover [A] ( x 1) and turn it over, then disconnect the
connector [B].
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Cover [A] ( x 2)
5. Connector bracket [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-315 D135/D136/D137/D138
6. Inverter exit motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 3)
7. Harness cover [A] ( x 1)
8. Motor assembly [A] along with the bracket ( x 4, x 3, timing belt x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-316 SM
9. Paper exit unit [A] ( x 2, x 3)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-317 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.23.2 PAPER EXIT SENSOR

1. Open the drawer unit.
2. Paper exit sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
4.23.3 PAPER EXIT RELAY SENSOR

1. Open the drawer unit.
3. Paper exit relay sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-318 SM
4.23.4 INVERTER EXIT SENSOR

and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Inverter exit sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1, x 1)
SM 4-319 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.23.5 INVERTER FEED-IN SENSOR

1. Paper exit unit ( page 4-315)
2. Guide plate [A] ( x 1, x 1)
3. Roller [A] ( x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-320 SM
5. Remove the guide [A] by sliding it to the right ( x 2, rib x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
6. Right side of the roller [A] ( x 1, Bearing x 1)
7. Inverter feed-in sensor [A] along with the bracket ( x 1, x 1)
SM 4-321 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.23.6 INVERTER FEED-OUT SENSOR

2. Inverter feed-out sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-322 SM
4.23.7 INVERTER JUNCTION GATE HOME POSITION SENSOR

2. Inverter junction gate home position sensor [A] ( x 1)
4.23.8 INVERTER JUNCTION GATE MOTOR

and Adjustment
2. Before removing the inverter junction gate motor [A] along with the bracket, remove the
Replacement
joint [B] and connctors.
3. Inverter junction gate motor [A] along with the bracket (gear x 2, x 3)
4. Inverter junction gate motor [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-323 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.23.9 DUPLEX INVERTER SOLENOID

1. Inverter junction gate motor ( page 4-323)
2. Duplex inverter solenoid [A] along with the bracket ( x 3)
3. Duplex inverter solenoid [A] ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-324 SM
4.23.10 PAPER EXIT LEFT GUIDE PLATE SENSOR

2. Paper exit left guide plate sensor [A] ( x 1)
4.23.11 PAPER EXIT UPPER GUIDE PLATE SENSOR

and Adjustment
2. Open the paper exit upper guide plate [A] and remove the paper exit upper guide plate
Replacement
sensor [B] ( x 1)
SM 4-325 D135/D136/D137/D138
Duplex Unit
4.24 DUPLEX UNIT
4.24.1 PURGE RELAY SENSOR / DUPLEX INVERT SENSOR

1. Paper purge unit ( page 4-339)
2. Duplex invert solenoid ( page 4-328)
3. Remove the fixing screws of the guide plate [A] ( x 2).
4. Open the guide plate [A].
5. Purge relay sensor [A] along with the bracket ( x 2, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-326 SM
Duplex Unit
6. Duplex invert sensor [A] along with the bracket ( x 1, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-327 D135/D136/D137/D138
Duplex Unit Rev. 4/11/2014
4.24.2 DUPLEX INVERT SOLENOID

1. Paper purge unit ( page 4-339)
2. Remove the springs of the duplex invert solenoid [A] (spring x 2).
3. Duplex invert solenoid [A] ( x 2)
⇒ IMPORTANT:
Make sure to use M3x4 screws to fasten the duplex inverter solenoid [A]. If longer screws
are used, they may touch and damage the solenoid.
4.24.3 DUPLEX UNIT ENTRANCE SENSOR

2. Duplex unit entrance sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-328 SM
Rev. 4/11/2014 Duplex Unit
4.24.4 DUPLEX UNIT SENSOR 1

2. Duplex unit sensor 1 [A] ( x 1, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-329 D135/D136/D137/D138
Duplex Unit


1. Edge detection unit ( page 4-335)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-330 SM
Duplex Unit
4.24.8 DUPLEX EXIT SENSOR

1. Relay Unit ( page 4-308)
2. Duplex exit sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-331 D135/D136/D137/D138
Duplex Unit
4.24.9 HORIZONTAL FEED GUIDE PLATE OPEN SENSOR

3. Remove the connector of the horizontal feed guide plate open sensor [A]
4. Open the horizontal feed guide plate [A] and remove the cover [B] ( x 2).
5. Horizontal feed guide plate open sensor [A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-332 SM
Duplex Unit
4.24.10 ROLLER HP SENSOR 1

2. Roller HP sensor 1 [A] ( x 1, x 1)
4.24.11 ROLLER HP SENSOR 2

and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Roller HP sensor 2 [A] ( x 1, x 1)
SM 4-333 D135/D136/D137/D138
Duplex Unit
4.24.12 SENSOR SHIFT MOTOR

3. Drawer unit lock motor block ( page 4-70 "If the Drawer is Locked")
4. Sensor shift motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 2, x 1, x 1)
5. Sensor shift motor [A] ( x 2)
 When installing the motor, attach the timing belt at the edge detection unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-334 SM
Duplex Unit
4.24.13 EDGE DETECTION UNIT

1. Sensor shift motor ( page 4-334)
2. Remove the fixing screws of the edge detection unit [A] ( x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Edge detection unit [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-335 D135/D136/D137/D138
Duplex Unit
4.24.14 EDGE DETECTION SENSOR

2. Edge detection sensor [A] ( x 2, x 1)
4.24.15 SENSOR SHIFT HP SWITCH

2. Sensor shift HP switch [A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-336 SM
Duplex Unit
4.24.16 ROLLER SHIFT MOTOR 1 / ROLLER SHIFT MOTOR 2

3. Cover [A] ( x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Disconnect the connectors and clamps at the roller shift motor 1 [A] / roller shift motor 2 [B].
5. Open the horizontal feed guide plate [A] and remove the cover [B] ( x 2).
6. Roller shift motor 1 [A] / Roller shift motor 2 [B] ( x 2 each, timing belt x 1 each)
SM 4-337 D135/D136/D137/D138
Duplex Unit
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-338 SM
Paper Purge Unit
4.25 PAPER PURGE UNIT
4.25.1 PAPER PURGE UNIT

2. Open the guide plate [A] and remove it upward ( x 1).
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Cover [A] ( x 2).
4. Remove the fixing screw of the paper purge unit [A] ( x 1).
SM 4-339 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Purge Unit
5. Paper purge unit [A] ( x 2)
4.25.2 PCB: LSB

1. Left lower cover of the machine exterior ( page 4-17)
2. Purge door [A] (pin x 2)
3. Pull out the paper trays [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-340 SM
Paper Purge Unit
4. Remove the fixing screws of the upper inner cover [A] ( x 3).
and Adjustment
Replacement
5. Pull out the drawer unit [A] and remove the upper inner cover [B] (hook x 1).
6. LSB [A] along with the bracket ( x 2).
7. LSB [A] ( x 2, x 1).
SM 4-341 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Purge Unit
4.25.3 PUSH SWITCH

1. LSB [A] along with the bracket ( page 4-340 "PCB: LSB")
2. Hold the sides of the push switch [A], remove by pulling ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-342 SM
Paper Purge Unit
4.25.4 DUPLEX INVERTER MOTOR

2. Disconnect the connector of the duplex inverter motor [A].
3. Pull out the drawer unit and remove the duplex inverter motor unit [A] ( x 1).
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Duplex inverter motor [A] ( x 2, x 1, belt x 1).
SM 4-343 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Purge Unit
4.25.5 PURGED PAPER SENSOR

2. Guide plate [A] ( x 2).
3. Purged paper sensor [A] along with the bracket ( x 1, x 1).
4. Turn the bracket and remove the purged paper sensor [A] ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-344 SM
Paper Purge Unit
4.25.6 LED: CONNECTER: RED

LEDs are mounted at three points in the paper purge unit.
Upper guide plate LED / Purge door LED

1. Upper inner cover ( page 4-340 "PCB: LSB")
2. Remove by pulling the upper guide plate LED [A] and the purge door LED [B] ( x1
each).
and Adjustment
Replacement
Lower guide plate LED
1. Purge door [A] (pin x 2)
2. Lower inner cover [A] ( x 1).
SM 4-345 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Purge Unit
3. Remove by pulling the lower guide plate LED [A] ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-346 SM
Main Boards / HDD Unit
4.26 MAIN BOARDS / HDD UNIT
Before working on any electronics in this machine, perform the following.

1. Turn off the Main Power Switch. Wait the maximum 3 minutes until the
machine is completely turns off.
2. Unplug the machine from the Electrical Power Outlet.
3. Press the Main Power Switch again to discharge the machine.
If any adjustment or operation check has to be made with exterior covers off or open
when the main switch is turned on, keep hands away from electrified or mechanically
driven components.
4.26.1 LAYOUT
To replace the electrical components on the back of the machine, first remove the outer cover.
( page 4-19 "Rear Cover")
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-347 D135/D136/D137/D138
Replacement
procedure
Combined High-Voltage Power

KC: front side, MC:
1 Supply Board (Charge / page 4-366
rear side
Development)
2 Controller Board page 4-349
3 HDD Unit page 4-351
Fusing Web Control Board-Main

4 page 4-367 D137/D138 only
Machine
5 AC Drive Board page 4-360
6 IH Inverter page 4-360
7 AC Drive Board Relay page 4-367 D137/D138 only
8 PFB page 4-359
9 BCU page 4-352
10 IPU page 4-357
Located behind the

11 IOB page 4-358
controller box
Located behind the

12 Potential Sensor Board page 4-364
drive exhaust fan
Located behind the

13 PSU1 page 4-362 AC drive board/IH
inverter
Located behind the

14 PSU2 page 4-362 AC drive board/IH
inverter
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-348 SM
4.26.2 CONTROLLER BOARD

1. Controller box cover [A] ( x 4)
2. Controller panel plate [A] ( x 4)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Controller board [A] ( x 7, x 4)
 There are two types of controller boards, one for D138/D136 and one for
D137/D135. Because there are different part numbers on these two controller
boards, when replacing, check the parts catalog to make sure that you install the
correct type. If you install the wrong board, the machine will not work.
SM 4-349 D135/D136/D137/D138
When installing the New Controller Board

There are two NVRAMs ([A] and [B]) on the controller board. The two NVRAMs are one set.
NVRAM [A] is labeled "2M-1", and NVRAM [B] is labeled "2M-2".
When replacing the controller board, remove the NVRAMs from the old controller board. Then
install them at the same position on the new controller board. If this is not done, SC195-00
occurs.
 Install NVRAM (2M-1) in the socket that has "FRAM-1" [C] printed next to it on the controller
board. Install so that the indentation [E] on NVRAM (2M-1) is facing the direction of the
arrow [G] that is printed on the controller board.
 Install NVRAM (2M-2) in the socket that has "FRAM-2" [D] printed next to it on the controller
board. Install so that the indentation [F] on NVRAM (2M-2) is facing the direction of the
arrow [H] that is printed on the controller board.
 Note that if you install incorrectly, both the controller board and NVRAMs will be damaged.
 When replacing the controller board, first, check which ESA applications have been
installed. After replacing the controller board, re-install the ESA applications by following
the installation instructions for each application.
 After reinstalling the ESA applications, print the SMC (SP-5-990-024/025 (SMC:
SDK/Application Info)). Then open the tandem tray [A] and remove the paper cassette
decal [B]. Store the SMC sheet [C] and the SD card(s) [D] that was used to install the ESA
application(s).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-350 SM
4.26.3 HDD UNIT

The HDD contains two separate hard disks (160 Gigabytes each x2 = 320 Gigabytes).
Before replacing the HDD unit, copy the address book data to an SD card from the HDD with
SP5846-051 if possible.
 Never remove an HDD unit from the work site without the consent of the client.
 The two disks are always replaced together as a unit. Never attempt to replace a single
disk.
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. HDD unit ( x 3, x 3)
After Installing the New HDD Unit

1. Do SP5-832-001 to format the hard disk.
2. Do SP5-853-001 to copy the preset stamp data from the firmware to the hard disk.
3. Do SP5-846-052 to copy back the address book to the hard disk from the SD card to which
SM 4-351 D135/D136/D137/D138
you havealready copied the address book data if possible.

4. Turn the main power switch off/on.
 Make sure the cables are correctly connected on the controller board.
Red cable: Upper socket
Black cable: Lower socket
 If the connections are reversed, the machine will issue an error at startup. If it
occurs just reconnect the HDD correctly and start again. The HDD will not be
damaged by such an incorrect startup.
Disposal of HDD Unit

 If the customer has any concerns about the security of any information on the HDD, the
HDD mustremain with the customer for disposal or safe keeping.
 The HDD may contain proprietary or classified (Confidential, Secret) information.
Specifically, theHDD contains document server documents and data stored in temporary
files created automaticallyduring copy job sorting and jam recovery. Such data is stored on
the HDD in a special format so itcannot normally be read but can be recovered with illegal
methods.
Reinstallation
 Explain to the customer that the following information stored on the HDD is lost when the
HDD isreplaced: document server documents, fixed stamps, document server address
book
 The address book and document server documents (if needed) must be input again.
 If the customer is using the Data Overwrite Security, the Data Encryption feature or OCR
Scanned PDF, these applicationsmust be installed again.
4.26.4 BCU
2. BCU [A] ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-352 SM
Rev. 10/23/2013 Main Boards / HDD Unit
⇒ When installing the new BCU

1. Remove the NVRAM [A] from the old BCU and install it on the new BCU.
NOTE:
• A BCU procured as a service part does not contain the NVRAM (EEPROM) [A].
• When installing a new BCU procured as a service part, make sure to remove the NVRAM from
the old BCU and install it on the new BCU.
• Install so that the indentation [B] on the NVRAM corresponds with the mark [C] printed on the
BCU. Incorrect installation of the NVRAM will damage both the BCU and NVRAM.
• If you forget to install the NVRAM on the new BCU, the machine will not activate and remain in
"Please wait" status even with the main power switch turned on.
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Turn on the main power switch and register the machine serial number onto the new BCU by
entering the machine serial number in SP5-811-004 (Machine Serial / Set: BCU).
NOTE: Inputting a wrong serial number will cause the machine to display SC995-001 (CPM set
error).
3. Select the paper size system in SP5-131-001.
0: DOM (Japan)
1: NA
2: EU
4. Specify the area code in SP5-807-001.
1: DOM (Japan)
2: NA
3: EU
4: TWN
5: AA
6: CHN
NOTE: Setting the wrong area code will cause the machine to display SC995-04 (CPM set error).
SM 4-353 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Boards / HDD Unit Rev. 10/23/2013
⇒ 4.26.5 NVRAM REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

Keep NVRAMs away from any objects that can cause static electricity. Static electricity can
damage NVRAM data.
This machine has three NVRAMs. Two are on the Controller Board; the other is on the BCU.
NVRAM on the Controller Board
1. Make sure that you have the SMC report (factory settings). This report comes with the machine.
2. Print out the SMC data (“ALL”) using SP5-990-001. (SP5-990-001)
3. Turn OFF the Main Switch.
4. Insert a blank SD Card into slot #2, and then turn ON the Main Switch.
5. Upload the NVRAM data to the blank SD Card using SP5-824-001 (NVRAM Data Upload).
Make sure to note the following SP settings as they will not be automatically uploaded
to the SD card. These settings will be input manually in Step 16.
SP5-193-001 (External Controller Info. Setting)
0: No external controller, 1: EFI controller
SP5-895-001 (Application invalidation / Printer )
0: valid, 1: invalid
SP5-895-002 (Application invalidation / Scanner )
0: valid, 1: invalid
SP5-985-001 (Device Setting / On Board NIC )
0: invalid, 1: valid
SP5-985-002 (Device Setting / On Board USB )
0: invalid, 1:valid
6. Turn OFF the Main Power Switch, and then unplug the AC Power Cord.
7. Remove the SD Card containing the NVRAM data from slot #2.
8. Insert another blank SD Card into slot #2, plug the AC Power Cord, and then turn ON the Main
Power Switch.
9. Upload the Address Book Data to the blank SD Card in SP5-846-051 (UCS Setting / Back Up All
Addr Book).
Procedure for D135/D136 (Office model) only
If the Fax Option is installed on the machine, do the following:
¾ Print out the "Box Setting List". (User Tools Æ Facsimile Features Æ General Settings Æ
Box Setting: Print List)
¾ Print out the "Program Special Sender List". (User Tools Æ Facsimile Features Æ
Reception Settings Æ Program Special Sender: Print List)
¾ Take note of the settings in "User Tools Æ Facsimile Features Æ Reception Settings".
¾ Take note of the settings in "User Tools Æ Facsimile Features Æ Send Settings".
10. ReTurn OFF the Main Power Switch, and then unplug the AC Power Cord.
11. Remove the SD Card containing the Address Book Data from slot #2.
12. Replace the two NVRAMs on the Controller Board with the new ones.
There are two NVRAMs on the controller board as mentioned in the following section
of the manual: Controller Board > When installing the New Controller Board. Make
sure to replace the two NVRAMs as a set.
NVRAMs [A] and [B] installed on the Controller Board at the factory are labeled "2M-1"
and "2M-2" respectively. NVRAMs procured as service parts are labeled
"FRAM1/D138E" and "FRAM2/D138E".
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-354 SM
Install NVRAM "FRAM1/D138E" in the socket printed "FRAM-1" [C] on the controller
board. Install so that the indentation [E] on the NVRAM faces toward the direction
indicated with the arrow [G] printed on the controller board.
Install NVRAM "FRAM2/D138E" in the socket printed "FRAM-2" [D] on the controller
board. Install so that the indentation [E] on the NVRAM faces toward the direction
indicated with the arrow [H] printed on the controller board.
Work carefully to avoid mistake when installing the NVRAM. Incorrect installation will
damage both the NVRAM and controller board.
13. Plug in the AC Power Cord, and then turn ON
the Main Power Switch.
and Adjustment
Replacement

FRAM2
DO NOT insert the SD Card
D138E
containing the NVRAM data that you
removed in Step 7 before turning ON
the Main Switch.
SC995-02 (Defective NVRAM) will
appear when powering ON the Main
FRAM1
D138E
Power Switch, but ignore this SC.

DO NOT turn OFF the Main Power
Switch. Continue with this procedure.
14. Re-insert the SD Card containing the NVRAM
data that you removed in Step 7 back into slot
#2.
15. Download the old NVRAM data from the SD card onto the new NVRAM in SP5-825-001
(NVRAM Data Download).
This will take about 2 or 3 minutes.
After the download completes, message "Completed. You have to reboot." will
appear, but ignore this message and press the “Exit” button. DO NOT reboot at this
moment.
SC870-11 (Address Book Data Error) will appear in the banner, but DO NOT turn OFF
the Main Power Switch. Continue with this procedure.
16. Input the following SP settings according to the notes took in Step 5.
SP5-193-001 (External Controller Info. Setting)
SP5-895-001 (Application invalidation / Printer)
SP5-895-002 (Application invalidation / Scanner)
SP5-985-001 (Device Setting / On Board NIC)
SP5-985-002 (Device Setting / On Board USB)
Message "Completed. You have to reboot." will appear after inputting each of the
above SP settings, but ignore this message and press the “Exit” button. DO NOT
reboot at this moment.
SM 4-355 D135/D136/D137/D138
Main Boards / HDD Unit Rev. 10/23/2013
17. Turn OFF the Main Power Switch. This will take about 3 minutes. Wait until the machine power
is turned off completely, and then remove the SD Card from slot #2.
18. Turn ON the Main Power Switch.
19. Insert the SD Card containing the Address Book Data removed in Step 11 into slot #2.
20. Execute SP5-846-052 (UCS Setting / Restore All Addr Book) to download the Address Book
Data on to the new NVRAM.
SP5-846-052 will fail, if the settings in SP5-193-001, SP5-985-001 and SP5-985-002

inputted in Step 16 are incorrect.
Message "Completed. You have to reboot." will appear if SP5-846-052 results in
success.
21. Turn OFF the Main Power Switch and remove the SD Card from slot #2.
23. Print out the SMC data (“ALL”) in SP5-990-001, and make sure that it matches with the SMC
data printed out in Step 2 (except for the total counter value).
The total counter value is reset to “0” when the NVRAM is replaced
24. Do the Self-Check Process Control.
25. Do ACC for the Copier Application Program.
26. Do ACC for the Printer Application Program.
NVRAM on the BCU
Before performing the following procedure, contact your supervisor to obtain information on how to
input the machine serial number in the new NVRAM.
1. Make sure that you have the SMC Report (factory settings). This report comes with the
machine.
2. Print out the SMC data (SP5-990-001).
3. Turn OFF the Main Power Switch.
4. Install an SD Card into SD card slot 2 and then turn ON the Main Power Switch.
5. Copy the NVRAM data to an SD Card (SP5-824-001).
6. Turn OFF the Main Power Switch, and then unplug the Power Cord.
7. Replace the NVRAM on the BCU and put back the covers.
8. Plug in the Power Cord, and then turn ON the Main Power Switch.
9. Select the paper-size system in SP5-131-001 (Paper Size Type Selection).
0: DOM (JAPAN)
1: NA
2: EU
10. Specify the area code in SP5-807-001.
1: DOM (JAPAN)
2: NA
3: EU Setting the wrong area code will cause the
4: TWN system to display SC995-04 (CPM Set Error).
5: AA
6: CHN
11. Input the machine serial number according to the procedure instructed by your supervisor.
Inputting an incorrect serial number will cause the system to display SC195-00 (Serial
Number Set Error).
12. Turn the main power switch OFF and ON.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-356 SM
13. Copy the data from the SD Card to the NVRAM (SP5-825-001).
14. Turn OFF the Main Power Switch, and then remove the SD Card from SD card slot #2.
16. Specify the SP and UP mode settings, if necessary.
17. Do the self-check Process Control.
18. Do ACC for the Copier Application Program.
19. Do ACC for the Printer Application Program.
If the message “SD card for restoration is required.” appears after the NVRAM
replacement, the encryption key should be restored.
4.26.6 IPU
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. IPU_Sub [A] ( x 3)
3. IPU_Main [A] ( x 3)
SM 4-357 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.26.7 IOB
1. Remove the retaining bracket [A] of the controller box which is located at the rear of the
machine ( x 2).
2. Open the controller box [A] ( x 2).
3. IOB [A] ( x 2, all s)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-358 SM
When removing the motors that are behind the IOB

1. Disconnect all connectors on the IOB.
2. Remove the IOB [A] along with the bracket by sliding it to the right ( x 2).
4.26.8 PFB
1. PFB [A] ( x 6, all s)
and Adjustment
Replacement
When removing the motors that are behind the PFB
1. Disconnect all connectors on the PFB.
2. Remove the PFB [A] along with the bracket by sliding it upwards ( x 2).
SM 4-359 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.26.9 IH INVERTER
1. IH inverter [A] ( x 9, all s)
4.26.10 AC DRIVE BOARD

1. AC drive board [A] ( x 8, all s)
Notes on Replacing the AC Drive Board

Depending on the model and the destination, it is necessary to remove a connector or harness
from the old board and install it on the new board.
D135 for NA
1. Remove the jumper harness [B] at CN405 and the connector [C] at CN420/T113/T114
on the old AC drive board [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-360 SM
2. Install the jumper harness and the connector on the new AC drive board.
D135 for EU/AP/CHN
1. Remove the the jumper harness [B] at CN405 on the old AC drive board [A].
and Adjustment
Replacement
2. Install the jumper harness on the new AC drive board.
SM 4-361 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.26.11 PSU1 / PSU2

1. IH Inverter [A] and AC drive board [B] along with the bracket ( x 8, all s)
2. PSU1 [A] ( x 8, all s)
3. PSU2 [A] ( x 8, all s)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-362 SM
When removing the motors and sensors that are behind the PSU1/PSU2
1. Disconnect all connectors on the PSU1/PSU2.
2. Remove the upper stays (right and left) [A] ( x 4).
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Remove the fixing screws of the PTR fusing exhaust fan [A] ( x 3).
4. Remove the PSU1/PSU2 [A] along with the bracket (upper side: x 2, lower side: x 7).
SM 4-363 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.26.12 POTENTIAL SENSOR BOARD

1. Slide the drive exhaust fan [A] upward along with the duct ( x 3, x 1).
2. Harness guide [A] and the connectors of the potential sensor board ( x 2, x 3).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-364 SM
3. Potential sensor board ( x 4)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-365 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.26.13 COMBINED HIGH-VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY BOARD

(CHARGE / DEVELOPMENT) (KCMY)
Combined High-Voltage Power Supply Board (KC)

1. Combined high-voltage power supply board (KC) [A] ( x 6, x 3)
Combined High-Voltage Power Supply Board (MY)

1. Remove the combined high-voltage power supply board (KC) [A] along with the bracket by
sliding it toward the left ( x 4, x 3)
2. Remove the combined high-voltage power supply board (MY) [A] by sliding it upwards ( x
5, x 3).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-366 SM
4.26.14 FUSING WEB CONTROL BOARD-MAIN MACHINE

(D137/D138 ONLY)
1. Fusing web control board -main machine [A] ( x 1, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.26.15 AC DRIVE BOARD RELAY (D137/D138 ONLY)
1. AC drive board relay [A] ( x 1, x 1)
SM 4-367 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
4.27 MOTORS AND SENSORS
4.27.1 LAYOUT (MOTOR)
Rear of the Machine (Top)

To replace the motors and sensors on the back of the machine, first remove the outer cover.
Replacement
procedure
K, C, M, Y from the left

1 Drum Cleaning Motor (KCMY) page 4-378 Y is located behind the
potential sensor board.

2 Development Motor (KCMY) page 4-380 M and Y are located behind
the potential sensor board.

3 Drum Motor (KCMY) page 4-373 Y is located behind the
potential sensor board.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-368 SM
Motors and Sensors
Rear of the Machine (Middle)

and Adjustment
Replacement
Replacement
procedure
1 By-pass Feed Motor page 4-384 Located behind the IOB
2 Relay Motor page 4-384 Located behind the IOB
3 PTR Motor page 4-385 Located behind the IOB
Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller

4 page 4-399 D137/ D138 only
Drive Motor
5 Fusing Drive Motor page 4-390
6 Waste Toner Collection Motor page 4-391
D137/ D138 only

Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller
7 page 4-401 Located behind the fusing
Contact Motor
drive motor
Located behind the duct of

8 Fusing Release Motor page 4-396
the PTR fusing exhaust fan
9 1st Paper Feed Motor page 4-386 Located behind the IOB
SM 4-369 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
Replacement
procedure
10 1st Transport Motor page 4-386 Located behind the IOB
Rear of the Machine (Bottom)

Replacement
procedure
1 Vertical Transport Motor page 4-387 Located behind the PFB
2 2nd Transport Motor page 4-388 Located behind the PFB
3 2nd Paper Feed Motor page 4-388 Located behind the PFB
4 3rd Paper Feed Motor page 4-388 Located behind the PFB
5 3rd Transport Motor page 4-388 Located behind the PFB
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-370 SM
Motors and Sensors
Drawer Unit (Front)

To replace the motors on the front of the drawer unit, first remove the drawer unit cover. (
page 4-19 "Rear Cover")
and Adjustment
Replacement
Replacement
procedure
1 Exit Motor page 4-85
Duplex Inverter Entrance

2 page 4-86
Motor
3 Duplex Transport Motor page 4-88
4 Registration Motor page 4-85
5 Duplex Exit Motor page 4-88
6 Cleaning Web Motor page 4-89 D137/ D138 only
SM 4-371 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
Drawer Unit (Rear)
Replacement
procedure
1 Exit Inverter Motor page 4-87
2 Cleaning Web Contact Motor page 4-90 D137/ D138 only
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-372 SM
Motors and Sensors
4.27.2 DRUM MOTOR (KCMY) / DRUM ENCODER SENSOR

(KCMY)
1. Toner Supply Unit ( page 4-96)
2. Faceplate ( page 4-144)
and Adjustment
Replacement
machine ( x 2).
SM 4-373 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
6. Drum motor as a unit [A] ( x 4, x 2).

e.g.: K
 The following four screws located on the outside of the bracket were positioned on
the bracket with a special jig. Do not loosen or remove these screws. If their
position is shifted, the drum shaft will become eccentric, and this may cause
abnormal images.
7. Drum motor [A] ( x 1).
 Removing or assembling the drum shaft and motor

 The binding portion of the drum shaft [A] and the motor [B] must be maintained in a
horizontal state so that excessive load is not put on the drum shaft. In order to
avoid deformation of the fixing screw [C], use a box-type driver [D].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-374 SM
Motors and Sensors
 In the Pro version, there is a HP sensor and feeler mechanism on the drum motor.
If you forget the feeler, the machine does not work, an SC (SC421-01(K) /
SC421-02(C) / SC421-03(M) / SC421-04(Y)) occurs.
8. Drum encoder sensor [A] ( x 1, rivet x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
 The procedures for C and M are the same as for K.
 For Y, it is necessary to remove the drive exhaust fan and potential sensor board
before you can do step 6 above. ( page 4-376 "Removing the Drive Exhaust
Fan and the Potential Sensor Board")
SM 4-375 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
Removing the Drive Exhaust Fan and the Potential Sensor Board
2. Potential sensor board along with the bracket ( x 4)
 Access to the drum motor (Y) [A] is possible.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-376 SM
Motors and Sensors
4.27.3 DRUM HP SENSOR (D137/D138 ONLY)

1. Drum motor ( page 4-373)
2. Drum HP Sensors (x 2) [A] ( x 2 each, rivet x 2 each)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-377 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
4.27.4 DRUM CLEANING MOTOR (KCMY)

machine ( x 2).
3. Vertical transport LED [B] along with the bracket ( x 3, x 1).

e.g.: K
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-378 SM
Motors and Sensors

 For Y, it is necessary to remove the drive exhaust fan and potential sensor board
before you can do step 3 above. ( page 4-379 "Removing the Drive Exhaust
Fan and the Potential Sensor Board")
and Adjustment
Replacement
 Access to the drum cleaning motor (Y) [A] is possible.
SM 4-379 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
4.27.5 DEVELOPMENT MOTOR (KCMY)

machine ( x 2).
3. Development motor [A] ( x 4, x 1).

e.g.: K
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-380 SM
Motors and Sensors
 Do not loosen or remove screws [A], [B] and [C] in the photograph below. These
screws are positioned with a special jig. Loosening the screws will affect the
and Adjustment
Replacement
driving of the development unit and leads to the occurrence of an abnormal image.

 For M and Y, it is necessary to remove the drive exhaust fan and potential sensor
board before you can do step 3 above. ( page 4-382 "Removing the Drive
Exhaust Fan and the Potential Sensor Board")
SM 4-381 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
 Access to the development motor (M) [A] and development motor (Y) [B] is
possible.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-382 SM
Motors and Sensors
4.27.6 DEVELOPMENT ROLLER HP SENSOR (KCMY)

1. Drum motor ( page 4-373)
2. Development Roller HP Sensor [A] ( x 1, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-383 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
4.27.7 BY-PASS FEED MOTOR/RELAY MOTOR

2. By-pass feed motor [A] and relay motor [B] along with the bracket ( x 3, x 1 each,
x 3)
3. By-pass feed motor [A] and relay motor [B] ( x 2, each)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-384 SM
Motors and Sensors
 When installing motors, attach the timing belt.
4.27.8 PTR MOTOR / PTR ENCODER SENSOR

2. PTR motor [A] ( x4, x 1, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. PTR encoder sensors (x 2) [A] (rivet x 2 each, x 1 each)
4. PTR encoder sensor cover [A] ( x1)
SM 4-385 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
 When installing the PTR encoder sensor, put the sensor [A] on the cover [B] and
fasten the sensor with rivets.
4.27.9 PAPER FEED MOTOR/TRANSPORT MOTOR
1st Paper Feed Motor/1st Transport Motor

2. 1st paper feed motor [A] and 1st transport motor [B] along with the bracket ( x 3, x1
each)
3. 1st paper feed motor [A] and 1st transport motor [B] ( x 2 each)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-386 SM
Motors and Sensors
and Adjustment
Replacement
Vertical Transport Motor
2. Vertical transport motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 4, x 1)
3. Vertical transport motor [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-387 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
2nd Paper Feed Motor/2nd Transport Motor, 3rd Paper Feed Motor/3rd
Transport Motor
2nd paper feed motor/2nd transport motor [A] and 3rd paper feed motor/3rd transport motor
[B] are attached to one bracket.
2. Paper feed motors and transport motors (x 4) [A] along with the bracket ( x 4, x1
each)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-388 SM
Motors and Sensors
3. 2nd transport motor [A], 2nd paper feed motor [B], 3rd transport motor [C] and 3rd paper
feed motor [D] ( x 2 each)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-389 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
4.27.10 FUSING DRIVE MOTOR

machine ( x 2).
3. PTR fusing exhaust fan and the grounding plate [A] along with the duct
D137/D138: x 6, x 2, x6
D135/D136: x 6, x 1, x5
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-390 SM
Motors and Sensors
4. Fusing drive motor [A] ( x 4, x 1).
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.27.11 WASTE TONER COLLECTION MOTOR
Removing the Waste Toner Collection Motor

machine ( x 2).
SM 4-391 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
D137/D138: x 6, x 2, x6
D135/D136: x 6, x 1, x5
4. Fusing drive motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 5, x 1, x 2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-392 SM
Motors and Sensors
 For D137/D138, in order to remove the fusing drive motor along with the bracket,
and Adjustment
Replacement
you must remove the bracket of the fusing belt smoothing roller drive motor. (
page 4-394 "Removing the Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller Drive Motor and the
Bracket")
5. Waste toner collection motor [A] ( x 3, x 1)
SM 4-393 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
Removing the Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller Drive Motor and the Bracket
1. Fusing belt smoothing roller drive motor [A] ( x 4, x 1)
2. The bracket [A] of the fusing belt release roller drive motor ( x 3).
 Access to the bracket [A] of the fusing drive motor is possible.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-394 SM
Motors and Sensors
4.27.12 WASTE TONER LOCK SENSOR

machine ( x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Waste toner lock sensor [A] ( x 1)
SM 4-395 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
4.27.13 FUSING RELEASE MOTOR

machine ( x 2).
D137/D138: x 6, x 2, x6
D135/D136: x 6, x 1, x5
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-396 SM
Motors and Sensors
4. Fusing release motor [A] ( x 3, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
 For D137/D138, in order to remove the fusing release motor, you must remove the
bracket of the fusing belt smoothing roller drive motor. ( page 4-398 "Removing
the Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller Drive Motor and the Bracket")
SM 4-397 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
Removing the Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller Drive Motor and the Bracket
2. The bracket [A] of the fusing belt release roller drive motor ( x 3).
 Access to the fusing release motor is possible.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-398 SM
Motors and Sensors
4.27.14 FUSING BELT SMOOTHING ROLLER DRIVE MOTOR

(D137/D138 ONLY)
machine ( x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. PTR fusing exhaust fan and the grounding plate [A] along with the duct ( x 6, x 2,
x 6)
SM 4-399 D135/D136/D137/D138
Motors and Sensors
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-400 SM
Motors and Sensors
4.27.15 FUSING BELT SMOOTHING ROLLER CONTACT MOTOR

(D137/D138 ONLY)
1. Fusing Release Motor ( page 4-396)
2. Fusing drive motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 5, x 1, x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Fusing belt release roller contact motor [A] along with the bracket ( x 5, x 1)
4. Fusing belt release roller contact motor [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-401 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
4.28 FANS AND FILTERS
4.28.1 LAYOUT (FANS)

Main Machine (Rear)
Main Machine (Front)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-402 SM
Fans and Filters
Drawer (Inside)
and Adjustment
Replacement
Replacement
procedure
1 Heat Pipe Panel Intake Fan page 4-414
2 Development Exhaust Fan (Right) page 4-407
3 Development Exhaust Fan (Left) page 4-407
4 Heat Pipe Panel Exhaust Fan page 4-413
5 Fusing Exit Exhaust Fan page 4-410
6 Drive Exhaust Fan page 4-410
7 Ozone Exhaust Fan page 4-417
8 Controller Exhaust Fan page 4-406
Fusing Pressure Roller Exhaust

9 page 4-411 D137/D138 only
Fan
10 PTR Fusing Exhaust Fan page 4-415
11 Controller Intake Fan page 4-406
12 PSU Fan (Left) page 4-422
SM 4-403 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
Replacement
procedure
13 IH Coil Power Cooling Fan page 4-419
14 PSU Fan (Right) page 4-422
15 ITB Motor Cooling Fan page 4-416
16 ID Sensor Cleaning Fan page 4-421
17 Laser Unit Cooling Fan (Left) page 4-142
18 Laser Unit Cooling Fan (Right) page 4-142
19 Development Intake Fan (K) page 4-409
20 Development Intake Fan (C) page 4-409
21 ITB Cleaning Intake Fan page 4-420
22 Development Intake Fan (M) page 4-409
23 Development Intake Fan (Y) page 4-409
24 Duplex Exhaust Fan (Front) page 4-418
25 Duplex Exhaust Fan (Middle) page 4-418
26 Duplex Exhaust Fan (Rear) page 4-418
27 IH Coil Cooling Fan page 4-419
28 Fusing Pressure Roller Intake Fan page 4-94 D137/D138 only
29 Fusing Heat Pipe Cooling Fan page 4-92
30 PTB Fan (Front) page 4-254
31 PTB Fan (Rear) page 4-254
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-404 SM
Fans and Filters
4.28.2 LAYOUT (FILTERS)
and Adjustment
Replacement
Replacement
procedure
1 Dust Filter (Large) page 4-424
2 Ozone Filter (Large) page 4-425
3 Deodorizing Filter (Small) page 4-423
4 Dust Filter (Small) page 4-424
5 Ozone Filter (Small) page 4-425
6 Deodorizing Filter (Large) page 4-423
SM 4-405 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
4.28.3 CONTROLLER EXHAUST FAN

2. Controller exhaust fan [A] ( x 2, x 1)
4.28.4 CONTROLLER INTAKE FAN

machine ( x 2).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-406 SM
Fans and Filters
4. Controller intake fan [A] ( x 1, x 1)
4.28.5 DEVELOPMENT EXHAUST FANS (RIGHT / LEFT)

2. Disconnect the harness to remove the development exhaust fans [A] along with the duct
( x 1 each)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Disconnect the left clamp to remove the development exhaust fan (right) [A] ( x 1).
4. Development exhaust fans (Right / Left) [A] along with the duct ( x 2 each)
e.g.: Development exhaust fan (right)
SM 4-407 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
5. Remove the hooks and take out the development exhaust fans (right / left) [A]
e.g.: Development exhaust fan (right)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-408 SM
Fans and Filters
4.28.6 DEVELOPMENT INTAKE FANS (KCMY)

2. Development intake fans (KCM) [A] ( x 2 each, x 1 each)
and Adjustment
Replacement
 Development intake fan (Y) [A] from the right side ( x 2, x 1)
3. Development intake fan ( x2, hook x 1)
SM 4-409 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
4.28.7 DRIVE EXHAUST FAN

2. Drive exhaust fan [A] ( x 2, x 1)
4.28.8 FUSING EXIT EXHAUST FAN

2. Fusing exit exhaust fan [A] ( x 2, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-410 SM
Fans and Filters
4.28.9 FUSING PRESSURE ROLLER EXHAUST FAN (D137/D138

ONLY)
machine ( x 2).
and Adjustment
Replacement
5. Remove the PTR fusing exhaust fan [A] and the grounding plate along with the duct ( x 6,
x 2, x 6).
SM 4-411 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
6. Fusing pressure roller exhaust fan [A] along with the duct ( x 2, x 1)
7. Fusing pressure roller exhaust fan [A] ( x 2, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-412 SM
Fans and Filters
4.28.10 HEAT PIPE PANEL EXHAUST FAN

2. Drive exhaust fan [A] along with the duct ( x 3)
3. Fusing exit exhaust fan ( page 4-410)

4. Heat pipe panel exhaust fan [A] along with the duct ( x 2, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
5. Remove the hooks and take out the heat pipe panel exhaust fan [A].
SM 4-413 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
4.28.11 HEAT PIPE PANEL INTAKE FAN

2. PCDU ( page 4-146)
3. Remove the toner supply unit [A] and remove the left slide stay [B] ( x 2).
4. Stay [A] ( x 1)
5. Duct [A] (hook x 2)
6. Heat pipe panel intake fan [A] along with the bracket ( x 3, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-414 SM
Fans and Filters
7. Heat pipe panel intake fan [A] ( x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.28.12 PTR FUSING EXHAUST FAN
2. PTR fusing exhaust fan [A] ( x 2, x 1, x 1)
SM 4-415 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
4.28.13 ITB MOTOR COOLING FAN

machine ( x 2).
4. ITB motor cooling fan [A] along with the bracket ( x 2, x 1)
5. ITB motor cooling fan [A] ( x 2, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-416 SM
Fans and Filters
4.28.14 OZONE EXHAUST FAN

1. Frame [A] ( x1, all s, all s)
2. Ozone exhaust fan [A] along with the duct ( x 5)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Ozone exhaust fan [A] ( x 2, x 1)
SM 4-417 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
4.28.15 DUPLEX EXHAUST FANS (FRONT / MIDDLE / REAR)

2. Duplex exhaust fan (front) [A], duplex exhaust fan (middle) [B] and duplex exhaust fan
(rear) [C] along with the duct ( x 2, x 1, x 1)
3. Duplex exhaust fans [A] ( x 2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-418 SM
Fans and Filters
4.28.16 IH COIL POWER COOLING FAN

3. IH coil power cooling fan [A] along with the bracket ( x 2, x 1, x 1)
4. IH coil power cooling fan [A] (hook x 2)
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-419 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
4.28.17 ITB CLEANING INTAKE FAN

2. ITB cleaning intake fan [A] along with the duct ( x 1)
4. ITB cleaning intake fan [A] ( x 1, x 1, x 1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-420 SM
Fans and Filters
4.28.18 ID SENSOR CLEANING FAN

2. ID sensor cleaning fan [A] along with the bracket ( x 2, x 1)
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. ID sensor cleaning fan [A] ( x 2)
SM 4-421 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
4.28.19 PSU FANS (RIGHT / LEFT)

1. PSU 1 ( page 4-362)
2. Disconnect the connectors (x 3) of the PSU fan (right) [A] and PSU fan (left) [B] at the back
of the PSU 1.
3. PSU fan (right) [A] and PSU fan (left) [B] ( x 2 each)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-422 SM
Fans and Filters
4.28.20 DEODORIZING FILTERS (LARGE / SMALL)

1. Deodorizing filter (large) [A]
2. Deodorizing filter (small) [A]
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-423 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fans and Filters
4.28.21 DUST FILTERS (LARGE / SMALL)

1. Dust filter (large) [A]
2. Dust filter (small) [A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-424 SM
Fans and Filters
4.28.22 OZONE FILTERS (LARGE / SMALL)

1. Ozone filter (large) [A]
2. Ozone filter (small) [A]
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-425 D135/D136/D137/D138
Waste Toner Collection Rev. 03/17/2014
4.29 WASTE TONER COLLECTION
⇒
Make sure to replace the waste toner bottle with the machine power turned OFF. If the
near full/full banner message remains displayed on the operation panel even after
replacing the bottle, pull out and insert the bottle with the machine power turned ON.
4.29.1 WASTE TONER BOTTLE

1. Open the waste toner bottle door [A] and take out the waste toner bottle [B], holding the
bottle at the decal location.
To prevent the waste toner from spilling from the rear side [A], do not incline the
bottle to the rear direction when replacing the waste toner bottle.
⇒Important notes on Waste Toner Bottle Counter Reset

¾ The system can only detect if a waste toner bottle has been set or not, and cannot identify
if the waste toner bottle set is new or not. This is because the waste toner bottle is not
equipped with a waste toner volume detection sensor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-426 SM
Rev. 03/17/2014 Waste Toner Collection
¾ When the waste toner bottle is replaced at “full” status:

PM counter and Estimate usage rate/Remaining days are reset automatically. The PM
counter reset button does not have to be pressed to reset the counter.
¾ When the waste toner bottle is replaced at “near-full” status:
PM counter is NOT reset to “0” immediately. Estimate usage rate and Remaining days
are NOT also reset. This is to prevent the following:
• Overflow could occur, if the bottle is simply removed and reset.
For the system to detect full status at the correct timing after reaching near-full,
SP3-800-004 is counted up by calculating the waste toner volume based on pixel count.
¾ If you are unsure whether the machine has acknowledged a new bottle or not, do the
following:
1. Make 5 or more copies.
2. Confirm the value in SP3-800-004 is not “0”.
3. If this SP value is “0”, pull out and insert the bottle with the machine power turned
ON and check the SP value again.
and Adjustment
Replacement
4.29.2 WASTE TONER BOTTLE UNIT
1. Left cover ( page 4-15)
2. Rear cover ( page 4-19)
3. Remove the fixing screws (x 2) of the duplex exhaust fan (rear) [A] and disconnect the
connector of the duplex inverter motor [B].
4. Open the drawer unit [A] and remove the duplex inverter motor unit [B].
SM 4-427 D135/D136/D137/D138
Waste Toner Collection Rev. 03/17/2014
5. Pull out the relay duct [A] with swinging plate [B].
6. IH inverter [A] and AC drive board [B] along

with the bracket ( x 8, all s, all s)
8. Waste toner bottle unit [A]
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-428 SM
Rev. 03/17/2014 Waste Toner Collection
Installing the Relay Duct

Install the relay duct and swinging plate using the following procedure.
1. Remove the relay duct seal [A] and hook the cutout [B] onto the relay duct [C].
2. Attach the relay duct [A] to the waste toner bottle unit and drop the swinging plate [B] in the
unit.
and Adjustment
Replacement
3. Clean the attachment surface with alcohol and attach a seal [A].
SM 4-429 D135/D136/D137/D138
Waste Toner Collection
4.29.3 WASTE TONER BOTTLE MOTOR SENSOR

1. Rear middle cover and rear lower cover ( page 4-19 "Rear Cover")
2. IH inverter [A] and AC drive board [B] along with the bracket ( x 8, all s, all s)
3. Waste toner bottle motor sensor [A] ( x 1)
4.29.4 WASTE TONER FULL SENSOR

1. Waste toner bottle unit ( page 4-426)
2. Remove the cover [A] and remove the waste toner full sensor [B] ( x 1).
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-430 SM
4.29.5 WASTE TONER BOTTLE SET SENSOR

2. Remove the cover [A] and remove the waste toner bottle set sensor [B].
4.29.6 WASTE TONER TRANSPORT MOTOR

and Adjustment
2. Waste toner transport motor [A] ( x 2, x 1)
Replacement
SM 4-431 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.29.7 WASTE TONER UPPER TRANSPORT

1. PCDU (four colors) ( page 4-146)
2. ITB unit ( page 4-173)
4. Remove the fixing screws of the waste toner upper transport [A] ( x 4)
5. Remove the hooks of K [B], M, C and Y in that order, then remove the waste toner upper
transport [A].
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-432 SM
4.29.8 WASTE TONER VERTICAL TRANSPORT

1. PCDU (four colors) ( page 4-146)
2. ITB unit ( page 4-173)
3. Remove the fixing screws of the waste toner vertical transport [A] ( x 5)
4. Duct [A]
and Adjustment
Replacement
5. Because of the cam [B] at the bottom, remove the waste toner vertical transport [A] in the
upper-left direction.
SM 4-433 D135/D136/D137/D138
4.29.9 WASTE TONER LOWER TRANSPORT

1. PSU1/PSU2 along with the bracket ( page 4-363 "When removing the motors and
sensors that are behind the PSU1/PSU2")
2. Relay duct with swinging plate ( page 4-426 "Waste Toner Bottle Unit")
3. Waste toner lower transport [A] ( x 2)
 When installing, first install the waste toner lower transport, then install the relay
duct with swinging plate. ( page 4-428 "Installing the Relay Duct")
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-434 SM
Adjustment after Replacement
4.30 ADJUSTMENT AFTER REPLACEMENT
The following items need to be adjusted after replacement of parts.
Part Implementation items References
 CIS RGB Adjustment (SP4-712/713/714)

 ADF Adjustment Side-to-Side
page 4-38
Registration (SP6-006-001/002)
ADF "Adjustment after
 ADF Adjustment L-Edge Regist (1-Pass)
Replacing the ADF"
(SP6-006-010/011)
 DF Magnification Adj.(SP6-017)
 Main Scan Registration Adjustment

(SP4-011-001)
page 4-135
Sub Scan Registration Adjustment
and Adjustment

Replacement
Lens Block "Magnification and
(SP4-010-001)
Registration Adjustment"
 Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment
(SP4-008-001)
 Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment page 4-135

Scanner Drive Motor (SP4-008-001) "Magnification and
Registration Adjustment"
 Make a test copy. Make sure there is no

deviation in registration and page 4-135
Scanner Wire magnification. If there is a deviation, "Magnification and
adjust the SPs for registration and Registration Adjustment"
magnification.
 Image Parameters (SP2-108-001/002) page 4-141

Laser Unit  Color Registration (User Tools) "Adjustment after Laser
Unit Replacement"
SM 4-435 D135/D136/D137/D138
Adjustment after Replacement
Part Implementation items References
PCDU  DEMS: Execute

Drum Unit (SP3-040-001/002/003/004/005)
Development Unit
Development Filter
Drum Cleaning Unit
Lubricant Blade
Drum Cleaning
Blade
Lubrication Roller
Charge Roller Unit
Image Transfer Belt  Force Apply Lubricant Execute page 4-178

Unit (SP2-696-001) "Lubrication after
Transfer Belt replacement"
ITB Cleaning Unit  Force Apply Lubricant Execute

page 4-203
ITB Cleaning Blade (SP2-696-001)
"Lubrication after
ITB Lubricant Bar
Replacement"
ITB Lubricant Blade
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-436 SM
Rev. 5/15/2014 Paper feed unit for Tray 1 Replacement
⇒ 4.31 PAPER FEED UNIT FOR TRAY 1 REPLACEMENT
Paper Feed Unit for Tray 1

1. Right lower cover of the machine exterior ( Right Lower Cover)
and Adjustment
Replacement
4. Paper guide plate for tray 2 [A] ( x 1)
SM 4-437 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper feed unit for Tray 1 Replacement Rev. 5/15/2014

8. Relay cover [A] ( x 2, x1)
D135/D136/D137/D138 4-438 SM
Rev. 5/15/2014 Paper feed unit for Tray 1 Replacement
9. Paper guide plate for tray 1 [A] ( x 1)
10. Pull out the left side of the paper feed unit for tray 1 [A], and then remove it. ( x 2,
x1)
(Remove the bracket [B] in order to remove the paper feed unit for tray 1 easily ( x 2))
and Adjustment
Replacement
SM 4-439 D135/D136/D137/D138
TROUBLESHOOTING
REVISION HISTORY
Page Date Added/Updated/New
All Pages 05/04/2014 Section 5 has been re-released with additional information
added.
15 ~ 26 05/14/2014 SC202-SC286
235 05/29/2014 Added SC819
306 ~ 307 05/15/2014 Jam Detection
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5. TROUBLESHOOTING
5.1 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
5.1.1 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE AT POWER ON
As soon as the main machine is powered on, the controller waits for the initial settings of the
copy engine to take effect and then starts an independent self-diagnostic test program. The
self-diagnostic test follows the path of the flow chart shown below and checks the CPU,
memory, HDD, and so on. An SC code is displayed in the touch panel if the self-diagnostic
program detects any malfunction or abnormal condition.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-1 D135/D136/D137/D138
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC TEST FLOW
5.1.2 DETAILED SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE

In addition to the self-diagnostic test initiated every time the main machine is powered on, you
can set the machine in a more detailed diagnostic mode manually in order to test other
components or conditions that are not tested during self-diagnosis after power on. T
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-2 SM
EXECUTING DETAILED SELF-DIAGNOSIS
5.2 EXECUTING DETAILED SELF-DIAGNOSIS

Follow this procedure to execute detailed self-diagnosis.
 Switch off the machine.
Hold down , press and hold down , and then while pressing both keys at the same
time, switch on the machine.
You will see "Now Loading" on the touch-panel, and then you will see the results of the test.
A report is printed every time a detailed self-diagnostic test is executed, whether errors were
detected or not.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-3 D135/D136/D137/D138
SERVICE CALL 101-195
5.3 SERVICE CALL 101-195

5.3.1 SC100 (ENGINE: SCANNING)
SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution
Lamp Error (Scanning)
The white level peak did not reach the prescribed threshold
when the white plate was scanned.
 LED defective
 IDB (LED driver) defective
 SBU defective
 IPU defective
 Power/signal harness defective
 Condensation in scanner unit
 Mirrors or lenses dirty or positioned incorrectly
SC101-01 D  White plate dirty or installed incorrectly
 Cycle the machine off/on.

 Reconnect the power/signal harness.
 Reattach/clean the mirrors/lenses.
 Reattach/clean the white plate.
 Replace the LED board.
 Replace the IDB board.
 Replace the SIO board.
 Replace the SBU board.
 Replace the IPU board.
 Replace the power/signal harness.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-4 SM
Lamp Error (LED illumination adjustment)

SC101-02 D
LED error was detected.
 LED defective

LED Illumination Adjustment Error
The white level peak reached the prescribed threshold when the
Troubleshooting
white plate was scanned after a specified number of
adjustments.
 LED defective
 SBU defective
SC102-00 D  IPU defective


SM 5-5 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC120-00 D Scanner Home Position Error 1
The scanner home position sensor does not go OFF.

Details:
Error detection timing
 During homing (when the machine is turned ON or when it
returns from energy save mode)
 During an automatic adjustment (when the machine is
turned ON or when it returns from energy save mode)
 During a scan from the ADF or exposure glass.
After an error occurs
 Stop process, Operation panel display, LED indication,
Logging
 Scanner is not usable (Copier/Scanner/Document Server
applications)
 Printer is usable.
 Scanner motor driver defective

 Scanner motor defective
 Scanner HP sensor defective
 Harness defective
 Timing belt, pulley, wire, or carriage not installed correctly
Replace the part.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-6 SM
SC121-00 D Scanner Home Position Error 2
The scanner home position sensor does not go ON.

Details:
Error detection timing
 During homing
 During an automatic adjustment
 During a scan from the ADF or exposure glass.
After an error occurs
 Stop process, Operation panel display, LED indication,
Logging
 Scanner is not usable (Copier/Scanner/Document Server
applications).
 Printer is usable.
 Scanner motor driver defective

 Scanner motor defective
 Scanner HP sensor defective
 Harness defective
Troubleshooting
 Timing belt, pulley, wire, or carriage not installed correctly
Replace the part.
Black level detection error
The black level cannot be adjusted within the target during auto
gain control.
SC141-00 D
 SBU defective
 IPU defective

SM 5-7 D135/D136/D137/D138
White level detection error
 The white level cannot be adjusted to the second target

level within the target during auto gain control.
 SBU defective
 LED defective
 IPU defective
 Scanner drive error
 Condensation in scanner unit
SC142-00 D  Mirrors or lenses dirty or positioned incorrectly

 White plate dirty or installed incorrectly

 Reattach/clean the mirrors/lenses.
 Reattach/clean the white plate.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-8 SM
SBU Communication Error
 Connection to SBU cannot be confirmed. (Connection

detection error)
 Cannot communicate with the SBU, or the communication
result is abnormal.
 SBU defective
 The other side of the communication (BCU, IPU etc.)
SC144-00 D defective

 Replace the BCU board.
Troubleshooting
IPU Error (LSYNC abnormal)
An error occurred during the self-diagnostic test performed

every time the machine is turned on, or returns to full operation
from energy save mode.
SC161-01 D  IPU (BiCU, iCTL) board defective (ASIC-LEO connection

failure, LSYNC abnormal, etc.)
 Cable between SBU and IPU (or BiCU) defective
 Replace the IPU (or BiCU) board.

 Check the cable between SBU and IPU (or BiCU)
SM 5-9 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC161-02 D IPU error (Ri response abnormal)
The machine detects an error during an access to the Ri.
IPU (BiCU, iCTL) board defective (Ri response abnormal, etc.)
Replace the IPU (or BiCU) board.
Copy data security unit error
 The copy data security option is enabled in the User Tools

but the option board is detected as missing or defective.
 The copy data security option was detected as defective
when the machine was turned on or returned from energy
SC165-00 D save mode.
 Copy data security unit board not installed correctly

 Copy data security unit board defective
 Reinstall the copy data security unit board.

 Replace the copy data security unit board.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-10 SM
CIS transmission error
The data read from the ASIC register on the CIS were not as
expected.
Details:
SC185-00 D  Occurs when a serial communication error between the CIS

board and the DF board is detected. Occurs also when an
error is detected during initialization of the ASIC on the CIS.
 This can happen during initialization and feeding. The first
and second consecutive occurrences of each constitute
jams. The third occurrence constitutes an SC.
 Connector or harness between DF board and CIS board is

disconnected or defective
 ASIC on the CIS is defective
 Boot failure of ASIC on the CIS

 Replace the CIS and CIPB.
Troubleshooting
 Replace the ADF main control board.
SM 5-11 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC186-00 D CIS LED error
During initialization:
 The ratio between the average values of leading-edge area
and rear-edge area is out of specification.
 Shading data peak value is below specification.
During scanning:
 Shading data peak value is below specification.
Details:
 Occurs when one out of two CIS LEDs is malfunctioning,
causing the difference between the average values of
leading-edge area and rear-edge area to be large (CIS LED
error detection).
 Occurs when both of the CIS LEDs are malfunctioning
(unlit), causing the shading data peak value to be extremely
low (CIS white level adjustment).
During scanning:
 Occurs when both of the CIS LEDs are malfunctioning
(unlit), causing the shading data peak value to be extremely
low (CIS scan control, gray balance
adjustment/confirmation).
 The first and second consecutive occurrences of each
constitute initial/feed jams. The third occurrence constitutes
an SC.
 One or two out of two CIS LEDs are defective
During scanning:
 Both of the CIS LEDs are defective.

 Replace the CIS background white roller.
 Replace the ADF main control board.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-12 SM
CIS black level error
The black level scanned by CIS is abnormal.

Details:
 Occurs when abnormality is detected in the process of black
SC187-00 D level generation – detection.

 The first and second consecutive occurrences constitute
initial jams. The third occurrence constitutes an SC.
CIS defective
Replace the CIS and CIPB.
CIS white level error
 The shading data peak value read out from the CIS is
abnormal.
Troubleshooting
 The shading data peak value is not within the specified
range from the target value. (The target value is set with
SP4-784-001/SP4-785-001/SP4-786-001.)
Details:
 Occurs when abnormality is detected in the process of CIS
SC188-00 D shading data peak detection.
 The first and second consecutive occurrences constitute
initial jams. The third occurrence constitutes an SC.
CIS defective

 Replace the CIS background white roller.
SM 5-13 D135/D136/D137/D138
CIS gray balance adjustment error
The difference between gray balance adjustment target value

and the value scanned from the GS20 chart was out of
specification upon execution of gray balance adjustment
confirmation (SP4-705-002).
SC189-00 D Details:
 Occurs when gray balance adjustment fails.
 The first occurrence constitutes an SC (not an initial jam).
CIS defective
Replace the adjustment chart. (Degradation due to scratches

and smudges)
Machine serial number error
Comparison of the product identification code in the machine

serial number (11 digits).
SC195-00 D
The product identification code in the machine serial number (11
digits) does not match.
Re-enter the machine serial number.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-14 SM
Rev. 5/14/2014 SERVICE CALL 202-286

5.4.1 SC200 (ENGINE: IMAGE WRITING)
SC202-01 D Polygon Motor: ON Timeout Error: Bk
⇒ SC202-03 D Polygon Motor: ON Timeout Error: Ma
After the polygon motor turned on, or within 10 sec. after the
rpm’s changed, the motor did not enter READY status.
The interface harness to the polygon motor driver damaged

or not connected correctly.
Polygon motor or polygon motor driver defective
Polygon motor drive pulse cannot be output correctly.
(Polygon controller)
XSCRDY signal observation failing (Polygon controller)
Cycle the machine off/on.

Troubleshooting
Replace the laser unit.
Replace the polygon harness.
Replace the IPU board.
SC203-01 D Polygon Motor: OFF Timeout Error: Bk
SC203-03 D Polygon Motor: OFF Timeout Error: Ma
The XSCRDY signal (polygon ready) never becomes inactive

(H) after the polygon motor went OFF.
SM 5-15 D135/D136/D137/D138
SERVICE CALL 202-286 Rev. 5/14/2014

Polygon motor drive pulse cannot be output correctly.
(Polygon controller)
XSCRDY signal observation failing (Polygon controller)

Replace the LSU.
SC204-01 D Polygon Motor: XSCRDY Signal Error: Bk
⇒ SC204-03 D Polygon Motor: XSCRDY Signal Error: Ma
During polygon motor rotation, the XSCRDY signal was inactive

(H) for longer than one rotation of the polygon.
Details:
Occurs when the PATMOS polygon error determination
register detects that the XSCRDY signal was inactive (H) for
longer than one rotation of the polygon (7 cycles of
PMCLK).
The PATMOS polygon error determination register detects
that the XSCRDY signal was inactive (H) for longer than
one rotation of the polygon, and then refers to SCERR2.


D135/D136/D137/D138 5-16 SM
SC210-01 C Trailing Edge Beam Error: Bk
SC210-02 C Trailing Edge Beam Error: Cy
SC210-03 C Trailing Edge Beam Error: Ma
⇒ SC210-04 C Trailing Edge Beam Error: Ye
When the main scan magnification rate was measured, the

value measured between 2 points was out of specification.
Details:
When a trailing edge beam detection error flag is asserted
to VTEC status register.
The CPU detected an error flag when measuring the main
scan magnification rate.
The interface harness to the beam detection unit damaged

Beam detection board defective
Troubleshooting
Beam does not enter photodetector..
Abnormality around VTEC
LDB defective
BCU defective
Large main scan magnification rate

Replace the BCU board.
Correct the main scan magnification SP*
* SP2-184-006 through 009 = 269600
SP2-102-001,007 = 123
SP2-102-016 through 025 = 0
Adjust SP2-184-006 through 009 while checking the images
until the values of SP2-102-001,007 become 123 ± 30.
SM 5-17 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC220-01 D Leading Edge: LD1 synchronization detection error: Bk
SC220-02 D Leading Edge: LD1 synchronization detection error: Cy
SC220-03 D Leading Edge: LD1 synchronization detection error: Ma
⇒ SC220-04 D Leading Edge: LD1 synchronization detection error: Ye
The leading edge LD1 synchronization detection signal of the

corresponding color was not output within 100 ms while the
polygon mirror motor was operating at normal speed.
Details:
When a synchronization detection error flag is asserted to
VTEC status register.
After the polygon turned on, the CPU monitored for error
flags in 100 ms cycles and detected an error flag.
The interface harness to the synchronization detection unit

damaged or not connected correctly.
Synchronization detection board defective
Beam does not enter photodetector..
Abnormality around VTEC
LDB defective
BCU defective
Large main scan magnification rate

* SP2-184-006 through 009 = 269600
SP2-102-001,007 = 123
SP2-102-016 through 025 = 0
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-18 SM
SC230-01 D FGATE ON error: Bk
SC230-02 D FGATE ON error: Cy
SC230-03 D FGATE ON error: Ma
SC230-04 D FGATE ON error: Ye
The FGATE signal did not turn ON within 200 msec after the
writing process of the corresponding color started.
Details:
The PFGATE register of PATMOS not asserted within 200 msec
after the writing process started.
 PATMOS defective
 Image processing ASIC defective
 BCU, controller board not connected correctly or defective
 Harness between IPU and LDB defective
Troubleshooting
 Replace the controller board.
 Replace the LDB harness.
SC231-01 D FGATE OFF error: Bk
SC231-02 D FGATE OFF error: Cy
SC231-03 D FGATE OFF error: Ma
SC231-04 D FGATE OFF error: Ye
SM 5-19 D135/D136/D137/D138
The FGATE signal did not turn OFF within 200 msec after the
writing process of the corresponding color ended. The FGATE
signal did not turn OFF when the next job of the corresponding
color started.
Details:
 The PFGATE register of PATMOS not negated within 200
msec after the writing process ended.
 The PFGATE register of PATMOS still asserted from the
previous job when the next writing process started.
 PATMOS defective
 Image processing ASIC defective

SC240-01 D LD error: Bk
SC240-03 D LD error: Ma
When two errors were detected consecutively while monitoring

the VTEC for LD error registers in 350msec intervals after LD
initialization.
Details:
The VTEC LD error flag was detected twice consecutively when
the LD turned on after initialization.
 LD degradation (LD broken, shift of output characteristics

etc.)
 LD driver defective
 VTEC defective
 The interface harness damaged or not connected correctly.
 Large main scan magnification rate
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-20 SM
⇒ Cycle the main power off/on.

Replace the LD unit.
Replace the harness.
* SP2-184-006 through 009 = 269600
SP2-102-001,007 = 123
SP2-102-016 through 025 = 0
SC260-01 C Laser Thermistor Error: Bk
⇒ SC260-03 C Laser Thermistor Error: Ma
Troubleshooting
The reading of the thermistor in the laser unit was less than
10 °C (50 °F), indicating that the thermistor has
disconnected.
The reading of the thermistor in the CK or YM laser unit was
more than 80 °C (176 °F), indicating that the thermistor has
shorted out.
Details:
When the thermistor voltage is out of range (-10 to 80 °C) after
the machine was turned on.
Thermistor defective
Harness defective
BCU defective

Replace the harness of the laser unit.
SM 5-21 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC265-02 C Skew correction error: Cy
SC265-03 C Skew correction error: Ma
⇒ SC265-04 C Skew correction error: Ye
The skew control pulse total is not within range.
Skew motor defective

Harness defective
Optical system defective

Replace the harness of the laser unit.
SC270-01 D LD ASIC communication error: Bk
SC270-03 D LD ASIC communication error: Ma
On startup: Written to and read the same register but the values
were different.
VTEC: Monitored the parity and retried three times.
Details:
On startup: Data 0x5A5A and 0xA5A5 are written to a
predetermined register. Then the register is read and the
read data is compared to the are compared
VTEC: Monitors parity during communication. If it does not
match, retries up to three times. The second retry
constitutes an SC.
VTEC defective
HORUS defective
BCU defective
IPU defective
Harness defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-22 SM
⇒ Cycle the machine off/on.

Replace the LDB harness.
LD ASIC communication error: Others
On startup: “Door open” status was cleared but did not change
to “Door closed” status.
Details:
On startup: After clearing PATMOS “Door open” status, checks
the status of the door after “Door open” determination period.
Failure to detect “Door closed” status constitutes an SC.
PATMOS defective
Troubleshooting
SC270-10 D HORUS defective
BCU defective
IPU defective
Harness defective
Interlock defective

SM 5-23 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC274-01 D Image transfer error: Bk
⇒ SC274-03 D Image transfer error: Ma
On detection of lane abnormality

On detection of elastic buffer overflow/underflow
On detection of STP error
On detection of END error
Details:
When DES status is detected as abnormal.
IPU defective
Harness defective
LDB defective
GAVD defective

SC276-01 D Microcomputer communication error: Bk
⇒ SC276-03 D Microcomputer communication error: Ma
APC microcomputer does not respond.

Details:
Detected an abnormality concerning GAVD interruption.
LDB defective

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-24 SM
SC285-00 D MUSIC error
The results of MUSIC pattern reading failed 4 times while the

machine is turned ON.
Details:
 When MUSIC fails 4 times while the machine is turned ON.
(The count is cleared when the machine is turned OFF e.g.
when entering sleep mode.)
 TM sensor sampling error
 Sensor LED adjustment error
 Patch number error
 Transfer belt flaw error
 Main registration error
 Sub registration error
 Main scan magnification ratio error
 Main scan magnification ratio deviation error
 Belt flawed or smudged

 Sensor smudged or defective
Troubleshooting
 Pattern density defection

 Replace the TM sensor.
 Replace the belt.
 Process control
 Cleaning
SM 5-25 D135/D136/D137/D138
⇒ SC286-01 C LD shutter open error
Detected an erratic movement during closing or opening.
Shutter motor movement error

Sensor defective
Links broken
Cycle the machine off/on.(In case of a malfunction)

Replace the laser unit. (In case of defective parts)
⇒ SC286-02 D LD shutter close error
Detected an erratic movement during opening.
Shutter motor movement error

Sensor defective
Links broken
Cycle the machine off/on.(In case of a malfunction)

Replace the laser unit. (In case of defective parts)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-26 SM

5.5.1 SC300 (ENGINE: CHARGE, DEVELOPMENT)
SC300-01 D Charge Roller Power Pack Output Error (K)
SC300-02 D Charge Roller Power Pack Output Error (C)
SC300-03 D Charge Roller Power Pack Output Error (M)
SC300-04 D Charge Roller Power Pack Output Error (Y)
The interrupt that checks the status of the PCU power pack
every 10 ms detected SC signals 15 times consecutively.
Details:
In case of an overcurrent, the Charge Roller Power Pack
outputs SC signals. The machine monitors it, and issues an SC
when an error occurs.
 High voltage harness shorted.
Troubleshooting
 Leakage around the charge roller caused by a conductive
object.
 Remove the cause of leakage.
SM 5-27 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC312-01 D Charge FB Voltage Error (K)
SC312-02 D Charge FB Voltage Error (C)
SC312-03 D Charge FB Voltage Error (M)
SC312-04 D Charge FB Voltage Error (Y)
On plotter startup, the charge FB (feed-back) voltage was 0.3V

or less for 15 consecutive readings.
Details:
SC issued when electric current does not pass after charge bias
is applied, which can be caused when a harness is
disconnected or damaged, or when the charge roller or the drum
is not installed.
 High-voltage harness damaged or not connected correctly.

 Charge roller or drum not installed
 Fix the problem.
SC320-01 D Development Power Pack Output Error (K)
SC320-02 D Development Power Pack Output Error (C)
SC320-03 D Development Power Pack Output Error (M)
SC320-04 D Development Power Pack Output Error (Y)
When SC signals are detected 25 times consecutively in 20ms

intervals (500 msec).
Details:
When the development power pack is shorted, the development
power pack detects it by means of an SC signal (HIGH level).
The IOB monitors the SC signals as explained above.
 Development power pack shorted
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-28 SM
Disconnect the high voltage cable from the output terminal of the
development power pack of the corresponding color, and check
the following points.
 PWM: Check the signal of the corresponding color.
 If the signal is fixed to HIGH during photocopying process,
replace the harness or the IOB.
 Check the output of the development power pack of the
corresponding color.
If the output is fixed to HIGH during photocopying process,
replace the power pack.
If the output is normal during photocopying process, test the
resistance between the highvoltage cable and the ground. If
resistance is “0” or nearly “0”, replace the high-voltage harness
or PCU.
Troubleshooting
Development motor: Bk: Lock
Error detected by the TDCU.

If a command sent from the TDCU indicates an error, the engine
issues an SC.
ASAP command: Motor lock detection setting value (engine to
TDCU): 0x5B
SC325-00 D ASAP command: SC detection notification (TDCU to engine):

0x56_0x08
Details:
When the motor is on, each lock signal is checked every 100
milliseconds. If the High status is detected 20 times
consecutively, the machine determines that the motor is not
running correctly. The machine issues an SC and stops the
motor.
SM 5-29 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Motor defective
 Connecter disconnected
 Harness broken
 IOB defective
 Unit torque increased.
 Replace the motor.

 Reconnect the connector.
 Replace the harness.
 Replace the IOB.
 Replace the unit.
 Replace the driven unit.
Development motor: C: Lock

issues an SC.
TDCU): 0x5B

0x56_0x02
Details:
motor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-30 SM
 Motor defective
 Harness broken
 IOB defective

Development motor: M: Lock
Troubleshooting
issues an SC.
TDCU): 0x5B

0x56_0x04
Details:
motor.
SM 5-31 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Motor defective
 Harness broken
 IOB defective

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-32 SM
Development motor: Y: Lock

issues an SC.
TDCU): 0x5B

0x56_0x01
Details:
motor.
 Motor defective
 Harness broken
Troubleshooting
 IOB defective
1. Replace the motor.

2. Reconnect the connector.
3. Replace the harness.
4. Replace the IOB.
5. Replace the unit.
6. Replace the driven unit.
SM 5-33 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC332-01 D Toner supply motor error (K)
SC332-02 D Toner supply motor error (C)
SC332-03 D Toner supply motor error (M)
SC332-04 D Toner supply motor error (Y)
Detected a lock signal which indicates overcurrent in the toner

supply bottle motor.
Details:
The lock signal is generated when the toner supply bottle motor
current exceeds 500 mA.
When a toner supply bottle motor is on, it is checked every 100
milliseconds for lock signals. The following steps are executed
every second.
 If the lock signal was detected 9 times in 10 samplings, the
lock counter increases by one. When the lock counter value
is 23 or larger, the SC is issued.
 If the lock signal was detected 8 times or less in 10
samplings, the lock counter is cleared.
 If the samplings end before reaching the tenth time (due to
bottle replacement etc.), the lock counter value is kept as is.
Sampling starts again the next time the motor runs.
 The lock counter is cleared when the machine is turned off
(also when the machine enters sleep mode, in which the
plotter is turned off) or when an SC is issued.
 Toner bottle not set correctly or the torque is large.

 Toner bottle broken or defective
 Motor defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-34 SM
 Toner bottle not set correctly, toner bottle broken, or large

torque: After the machine stops, ask the user to remove the
toner bottle, shake it and set it again. Then cycle the
machine off/on to return from SC status.
 Toner bottle broken or defective: Ask the user to remove the
toner bottle and set a normal bottle. Then cycle the machine
off/on to return from SC status.
 Motor defective: Turn off the machine and replace the
motor. Then cycle the machine off/on to return from SC
status.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-35 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC336-01 D Developer Set Error (K)
SC336-02 D Developer Set Error (C)
SC336-03 D Developer Set Error (M)
SC336-04 D Developer Set Error (Y)
When the TD sensor control voltage (Vtcnt) is 4.3V, the TD

sensor output (Vt) is less than 0.7V.
Details:
When executing TD sensor initialization (SP3-030), the machine
checks the development unit for the presence of developer. If
the error condition is detected at this point, the machine
determines that there is no developer and issues the SC.
 There is an extremely low amount of developer.
 Check the developer.
SC348-01 D Toner supply error (K)
SC348-02 D Toner supply error (C)
SC348-03 D Toner supply error (M)
SC348-04 D Toner supply error (Y)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-36 SM
K:
Amount of toner on the ID sensor pattern printed and read
between sheets (SP3-300-001) is less than the lower threshold
(SP3-301-023) and accumulated toner clutch ON time
(SP3-301-041) is greater than the upper threshold (SP3-
301-031).
CMY:
Amount of toner on the ID sensor pattern printed and read
between sheets (SP3-300-002 to 004) is less than the lower
threshold (SP3-301-024) and accumulated toner clutch ON time
(SP3-301-042 to 044) is greater than the upper threshold
(SP3-301-031).
Details:
This SC is issued when the toner end sensor continues
detecting the presence of toner falsely.
 Toner end sensor cleaner spring broken

 Toner end sensor cleaner spring not set correctly
Troubleshooting
 Toner end sensor defective
1. Replace the toner supply unit.
SC351-01 C Development sleeve home position signal detection error (K)
SC351-02 C Development sleeve home position signal detection error (C)
SC351-03 C Development sleeve home position signal detection error (M)
SC351-04 C Development sleeve home position signal detection error (Y)
Cannot detect the home position signal within specified time.
 Home position sensor defective/loose connection/harness

damaged/Connecter disconnected
 Home position sensor smudged
SM 5-37 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Check if the home position sensor connector is connected

correctly.
 Check the home position sensor for abnormality.
 Replace the home position sensor if it is abnormal.
 Check the sensor for smudges. Blow it with air and check
again.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-38 SM
SC300 (ENGINE: DEVELOPMENT)
5.6 SC300 (ENGINE: DEVELOPMENT)
SC360-01 D TD sensor adjustment error (K)
SC360-02 D TD sensor adjustment error (C)
SC360-03 D TD sensor adjustment error (M)
SC360-04 D TD sensor adjustment error (Y)
During TD sensor initialization, the TD sensor output voltage

(Vt) cannot be adjusted to the target range (target value ± 0.2V).
Details:
TD sensor initialization adjusts the TD sensor control voltage
(Vtcnt) in order to adjust the TD sensor output voltage (Vt) to
target value ± 0.2V.
Adjustment flow:
 Developer presence detection
 Developer not detected.
Troubleshooting
OK: Proceeds to Vtcnt adjustment.
NG: SC336-0X
 TD sensor calibration (Fluctuate Vtcnt and measure Vt)
 TD sensor calibration result judgment
OK: TD sensor calibration succeeded.
NG: SC360-0X
SM 5-39 D135/D136/D137/D138
 TD sensor defective
 Loose connection
 Harness broken
 Developer is not new
 Replace the TD sensor.

 Replace the development unit.
SC361-01 D TD sensor output error: Upper Limit (K)
SC361-02 D TD sensor output error: Upper Limit (C)
SC361-03 D TD sensor output error: Upper Limit (M)
SC361-04 D TD sensor output error: Upper Limit (Y)
The TD sensor output (Vt) (SP3-210-001 to 004) exceeded 4.7

V 20 times consecutively.
 Toner density extremely low
 Check the toner supply system.
SC362-01 D TD sensor output error: Lower limit (K)
SC362-02 D TD sensor output error: Lower limit (C)
SC362-03 D TD sensor output error: Lower limit (M)
SC362-04 D TD sensor output error: Lower limit (Y)
The TD sensor output (Vt) (SP3-210-001 to 004) fell below 0.5 V

10 times consecutively.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-40 SM
 TD sensor not connected correctly

 TD sensor defective
 Check the TD sensor connection.

 Check the home position sensor for abnormality.
 Replace the TD sensor if it is abnormal.
SC370-01 D ID sensor calibration error (F)
SC370-02 D ID sensor calibration error (C)
SC370-03 D ID sensor calibration error (R)
The voltage reading during process control for Vsg_reg was not
within the correct range (4.0 ± 0.5 V).
Details:
Vsg_reg is the voltage reading of the light reflected directly from
Troubleshooting
the bare surface of the ITB. ID sensor calibration adjusts the
LED current so that Vsg_reg becomes 4.0 ± 0.5 V.
Adjustment flow:
 Vsg_reg confirmation
If Vsg_reg is smaller than 0.5V, SC371-0X is issued and
process control ends.
 ID sensor calibration
Fluctuates the LED current and measures Vsg_reg.
 LED current upper limit check
OK: Proceeds to Vsg upper/lower limit check
NG: SC372-0X is issued; proceeds to Vsg upper/lower limit
check
 Vsg upper/lower limit check
OK: Process control continued
NG: SC370-0X is issued and process control ends.
 ITB deformed, out of position or damaged
SM 5-41 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Check the ITB.

 Fix the ITB if it is deformed, out of position, etc.
SC371-01 D ID sensor output error (F)
SC371-02 D ID sensor output error (C)
SC371-03 D ID sensor output error (R)
The ID sensor voltage reading of the light reflected directly

(Vsg_reg) is below 0.5 V.
 ID sensor connector disconnected/loose connection

 ID sensor defective
 Check if the ID sensor connector is connected. Connect it if

disconnected.
 Replace the ID sensor if defective.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-42 SM
SC372-01 C ID sensor LED current upper limit error (F)
SC372-02 C ID sensor LED current upper limit error (C)
SC372-03 C ID sensor LED current upper limit error (R)
The ID sensor LED current exceeds the upper limit (SP3-320-

015)
 ID sensor smudged
 ID sensor deteriorated
 ITB deteriorated (smudges, filming)
 Check the ID sensor window. Wipe it with a damp cloth if

dirty (never use dry cloth).
 If the ID sensor is deteriorated, replace it.
 If the ITB is smudged, check the ITB unit.
Troubleshooting
SC373-01 D ID Sensor Pattern Density High Error (K)
SC373-02 D ID Sensor Pattern Density High Error (C)
SC373-03 D ID Sensor Pattern Density High Error (M)
SC373-04 D ID Sensor Pattern Density High Error (Y)
K:
The density of the Black reading in the ID sensor patterns
created between pages (SP3-300-001) is greater than the
threshold value set by SP3-301-021.
CMY:
The density of the Cyan/Magenta/Yellow reading in the ID
sensor patterns created between pages (SP3-300-002 to o004)
is greater than the threshold value set by SP3-301-022.
 Excessive toner supply
 Replace the toner supply unit.
SM 5-43 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC374-01 D ID Sensor Pattern Density Low Error (K)
SC374-02 D ID Sensor Pattern Density Low Error (C)
SC374-03 D ID Sensor Pattern Density Low Error (M)
SC374-04 D ID Sensor Pattern Density Low Error (Y)
K:
The density of the Black reading in the ID sensor patterns
created between pages (SP3-300-001) was less than the
threshold value set by SP3-301-023 three times consecutively.
CMY:
The density of the Cyan reading in the ID sensor patterns
created between pages (SP3-300-002 to 004) is less than the
threshold value set by SP3301-24 three times consecutively.
 Abnormal development bias (Continuity fault)

 Image transfer error
 Check development bias continuity.

 Check the image transfer unit.
SC381-01 D Potential sensor output high error (K)
SC381-02 D Potential sensor output high error (C)
SC381-03 D Potential sensor output high error (M)
SC381-04 D Potential sensor output high error (Y)
Vd(700) greater than 800[-V]

Details:
In Vd detection, which is done at the beginning of process
control, the measured potential (Vd) is converted to the potential
when -700 V is applied to the drum (Vd700) and used to check
the potential sensor.
Potential sensor dirty (foreign object, such as toner, entering the

probe window) / potential sensor probe connector disconnected
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-44 SM
 Check if the potential sensor probe is clean. If it is dirty, blow

it with air and then check again. If this does not work,
replace the potential sensor.
 Potential sensor probe connector is disconnected.
SC382-01 D Potential sensor output low error (K)
SC382-02 D Potential sensor output low error (C)
SC382-03 D Potential sensor output low error (M)
SC382-04 D Potential sensor output low error (Y)
Vd(700) lesser than 500[-V]

Details:
In Vd detection, which is done at the beginning of process
control, the measured potential (Vd) is converted to the potential
Troubleshooting
when -700 V is applied to the drum (Vd700) and used to check
the potential sensor.
 Potential sensor defective (probe, PWB, connector)
 Connecter between IOB and potential sensor board

disconnected
 Replace the potential sensor board.
SM 5-45 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC395-01 D Drum motor (K) Lock: Encoder 1 error
SC395-02 D Drum motor (K) Lock: Encoder 2 error
SC395-03 D Drum motor (K) Lock: Encoder 1/2 error
SC395-04 D Drum motor (K) Lock: Hole error
SC395-05 D Drum motor (K) Lock: Overload error
SC396-01 D Drum motor (C) Lock: Encoder 1 error
SC396-02 D Drum motor (C) Lock: Encoder 2 error
SC396-03 D Drum motor (C) Lock: Encoder 1/2 error
SC396-04 D Drum motor (C) Lock: Hole error
SC396-05 D Drum motor (C) Lock: Overload error
SC397-01 D Drum motor (M) Lock: Encoder 1 error
SC397-02 D Drum motor (M) Lock: Encoder 2 error
SC397-03 D Drum motor (M) Lock: Encoder 1/2 error
SC397-04 D Drum motor (M) Lock: Hole error
SC397-05 D Drum motor (M) Lock: Overload error
SC398-01 D Drum motor (Y) Lock: Encoder 1 error
SC398-02 D Drum motor (Y) Lock: Encoder 2 error
SC398-03 D Drum motor (Y) Lock: Encoder 1/2 error
SC398-04 D Drum motor (Y) Lock: Hole error
SC398-05 D Drum motor (Y) Lock: Overload error
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-46 SM

issues an SC.
TDCU): 0x5B
See table below for ASAP commands notifying SC detection.
Details:
TDCU Motor lock signal criteria:
 Drum motor
High if the motor speed is not within the range of target
value ± 6.25%.
Low if the motor speed is within the range of target value ±
6.25%.
 ITB drive motor, PTR Motor
value ± 6.25%.
Troubleshooting
6.25%.
Target value:
If the default motor speed was adjusted using the SP, the
adjusted value is used as the target value.
Specification:
 When the motor is on, each lock signal is checked every
100 milliseconds. If the High status is detected 20 times
motor.
 Motor defective, connector disconnected, harness broken,

IOB defective, unit torque increased.
 Black drum sensor smudged, black drum sensor defective,
black drum sensor connector not set correctly, harness
broken
SM 5-47 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Replace the motor / reconnect the connector / replace the

harness / replace the IOB / replace the unit / replace the
driven unit.
 Clean the sensor / replace the sensor.
 Reconnect the sensor connector.
 Check the sensor harness.
ASAP Command: SC detection notification (TDCU to Engine): (SC395-01 to SC398-05)
SC No. ASAP Command: SC detection notification
0x55_0x08_0x01
0x55_0x08_0x02
SC395-01
0x55_0x08_0x03
0x55_0x08_0x04
0x55_0x08_0x05
0x55_0x08_0x0a
SC395-02
0x55_0x08_0x0f
0x55_0x08_0x14
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-48 SM
0x55_0x08_0x06
0x55_0x08_0x07
0x55_0x08_0x08
0x55_0x08_0x09
0x55_0x08_0x0b
0x55_0x08_0x0c
0x55_0x08_0x0d
0x55_0x08_0x0e
SC395-03
0x55_0x08_0x10
0x55_0x08_0x11
0x55_0x08_0x12
0x55_0x08_0x13
0x55_0x08_0x15
0x55_0x08_0x16
0x55_0x08_0x17
0x55_0x08_0x18
0x55_0x02_0x29
Troubleshooting
0x55_0x02_0x2a
SC395-04
0x55_0x02_0x2b
0x55_0x02_0x2c
SC395-05 0x55_0x02_0x34
0x55_0x02_0x01
0x55_0x02_0x02
SC396-01
0x55_0x02_0x03
0x55_0x02_0x04
0x55_0x02_0x05
0x55_0x02_0x0a
SC396-02
0x55_0x02_0x0f
0x55_0x02_0x14
SM 5-49 D135/D136/D137/D138
0x55_0x02_0x06
0x55_0x02_0x07
0x55_0x02_0x08
0x55_0x02_0x09
0x55_0x02_0x0b
0x55_0x02_0x0c
0x55_0x02_0x0d
0x55_0x02_0x0e
SC396-03
0x55_0x02_0x10
0x55_0x02_0x11
0x55_0x02_0x12
0x55_0x02_0x13
0x55_0x02_0x15
0x55_0x02_0x16
0x55_0x02_0x17
0x55_0x02_0x18
0x55_0x02_0x29
0x55_0x02_0x2a
SC396-04
0x55_0x02_0x2b
0x55_0x02_0x2c
SC396-05 0x55_0x02_0x34
0x55_0x04_0x01
0x55_0x04_0x02
SC397-01
0x55_0x04_0x03
0x55_0x04_0x04
0x55_0x04_0x05
0x55_0x04_0x0a
SC397-02
0x55_0x04_0x0f
0x55_0x04_0x14
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-50 SM
0x55_0x04_0x06
0x55_0x04_0x07
0x55_0x04_0x08
0x55_0x04_0x09
0x55_0x04_0x0b
0x55_0x04_0x0c
0x55_0x04_0x0d
0x55_0x04_0x0e
SC397-03
0x55_0x04_0x10
0x55_0x04_0x11
0x55_0x04_0x12
0x55_0x04_0x13
0x55_0x04_0x15
0x55_0x04_0x16
0x55_0x04_0x17
0x55_0x04_0x18
0x55_0x04_0x29
Troubleshooting
0x55_0x04_0x2a
SC397-04
0x55_0x04_0x2b
0x55_0x04_0x2c
SC397-05 0x55_0x04_0x34
0x55_0x01_0x01
0x55_0x01_0x02
SC398-01
0x55_0x01_0x03
0x55_0x01_0x04
0x55_0x01_0x05
0x55_0x01_0x0a
SC398-02
0x55_0x01_0x0f
0x55_0x01_0x14
SM 5-51 D135/D136/D137/D138
0x55_0x01_0x06
0x55_0x01_0x07
0x55_0x01_0x08
0x55_0x01_0x09
0x55_0x01_0x0b
0x55_0x01_0x0c
0x55_0x01_0x0d
0x55_0x01_0x0e
SC398-03
0x55_0x01_0x10
0x55_0x01_0x11
0x55_0x01_0x12
0x55_0x01_0x13
0x55_0x01_0x15
0x55_0x01_0x16
0x55_0x01_0x17
0x55_0x01_0x18
0x55_0x01_0x29
0x55_0x01_0x2a
SC398-04
0x55_0x01_0x2b
0x55_0x01_0x2c
SC398-05 0x55_0x01_0x34
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-52 SM

5.7.1 SC400 (ENGINE: AROUND THE DRUM)
SC400-01 D Development Gamma High Error (K)
SC400-02 D Development Gamma High Error (C)
SC400-03 D Development Gamma High Error (M)
SC400-04 D Development Gamma High Error (Y)
Development gamma > 3.0

Details:
This SC is issued when the development gamma measured
during process control was greater than 3.0
 Toner density too high

 Condensation
 Replace the developer.
Troubleshooting
 If condensation has formed, wait a while and repeat process
control.
SC401-01 D Development Gamma Low Error (K)
SC401-02 D Development Gamma Low Error (C)
SC401-03 D Development Gamma Low Error (M)
SC401-04 D Development Gamma Low Error (Y)
SM 5-53 D135/D136/D137/D138
Development gamma > 3.0

Details:
This SC is issued when the development gamma measured
during process control was smaller than 3.0
 Toner density error

 The dustproof glass is dirty.
 Transfer power pack defective
 Check the toner supply system.

 Clean the dustproof glass.
 Replace the transfer power pack.
SC402-51 D Development gamma calculation error: Insufficient data (K)
SC402-52 D Development gamma calculation error: Insufficient data (C)
SC402-53 D Development gamma calculation error: Insufficient data (M)
SC402-54 D Development gamma calculation error: Insufficient data (KY
The number of valid data that can be used for development

gamma calculation is smaller than 2.

 Condensation

control.
SC402-61 D Development gamma calculation error: LD unlit (K)
SC402-62 D Development gamma calculation error: LD unlit (C)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-54 SM
SC402-63 D Development gamma calculation error: LD unlit (M)
SC402-64 D Development gamma calculation error: LD unlit (Y)
Unable to draw gradation pattern

Details:
This SC is issued when the potential sensor fails to detect the
gradation pattern created during process control.
 LD unlit
 Check the LD system and electric components.
SC403-01 C Development Start Voltage (Vk) High Error (K)
SC403-02 C Development Start Voltage (Vk) High Error (C)
SC403-03 C Development Start Voltage (Vk) High Error (M)
Troubleshooting
SC403-04 C Development Start Voltage (Vk) High Error (Y)
Development Start Voltage (Vk) > 300 [-V]

Details:
This SC is issued when the development start voltage measured
during process control exceeded 300[-V].
SC404-01 C Development Start Voltage (Vk) Low Error (K)
SC404-02 C Development Start Voltage (Vk) Low Error (C)
SC404-03 C Development Start Voltage (Vk) Low Error (M)
SM 5-55 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC404-04 C Development Start Voltage (Vk) Low Error (Y)
Development Start Voltage (Vk) < 300 [-V]

Details:
This SC is issued when the development start voltage measured
during process control was smaller than 300[-V].

 Condensation

control.
SC410-01 C Residual Voltage (Vr) Detection Error (K)
SC410-02 C Residual Voltage (Vr) Detection Error (C)
SC410-03 C Residual Voltage (Vr) Detection Error (M)
SC410-04 C Residual Voltage (Vr) Detection Error (Y)
Residual Voltage (Vr) > 200[-V]

Details:
This SC is issued when the residual voltage measured
duringprocess control exceeded 200 [-V].

 Condensation

control.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-56 SM
SC411-01 C Charge potential (Vd) Adjustment Error (K)
SC411-02 C Charge potential (Vd) Adjustment Error (C)
SC411-03 C Charge potential (Vd) Adjustment Error (M)
SC411-04 C Charge potential (Vd) Adjustment Error (Y)
Failed to adjust the DC charge bias to the target range: Vd*± 8V.
Details:
This SC is issued when the machine fails to adjust the DC
charge bias to the target range: Vd*± 8V during process contol.
 Charge roller dirty
 Replace the charge roller.
SC412-01 C LD input current (Vpl) Adjustment Error (K)
Troubleshooting
SC412-02 C LD input current (Vpl) Adjustment Error (C)
SC412-03 C LD input current (Vpl) Adjustment Error (M)
SC412-04 C LD input current (Vpl) Adjustment Error (Y)
Failed to adjust the LD power to the target range: Vpl*± 5V.

Details:
This SC is issued when the machine fails to adjust the LD power
to the target range: Vpl*± 5V during process contol.
 OPC drum deteriorated (Filming etc.)

 Charge roller dirty
 Replace the OPC drum.

 Replace the charge roller.
SM 5-57 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC421-01 C OPC home position signal detection error (K)
SC421-02 C OPC home position signal detection error (C)
SC421-03 C OPC home position signal detection error (M)
SC421-04 C OPC home position signal detection error (Y)
Failed to detect the home position signal within specified time.
 Home position sensor defective/Loose connection/Harness

broken/Connecter disconnected
 Home position sensor smudged
 Check the home position sensor connector.

 Check the home position sensor harness.
 Replace the home position sensor if it is found to be
defective.
 Check the sensor for smudges. Blow it with air and check
again.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-58 SM
SC300/400 (ENGINE: TRANSFER/SEPARATION, CLEANING ETC.)
5.8 SC300/400 (ENGINE: TRANSFER/SEPARATION,

CLEANING ETC.)
Black drum drive FF control error.

issues an SC.
SC390-00 C ASAP command: 0x58_0x08
 Black drum motor defective

 Black sensor connector disconnected or harness broken
 Black drum encoder sensor defective
 Black drum encoder smudged or defective
 Replace the black drum encoder sensor.

 Replace the black drum encoder.
 Replace the black drum drive unit.
 Replace the black drum motor.
Reconnect the connector or replace the harness.
Troubleshooting

SM 5-59 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cyan drum drive FF control error.

issues an SC.
ASAP command: 0x58_0x02
 Cyan drum motor defective
SC391-00 C  Cyan sensor connector disconnected or harness broken

 Cyan drum encoder sensor defective
 Cyan drum encoder smudged or defective
 Replace the cyan drum encoder sensor.

 Replace the cyan drum encoder.
 Replace the cyan drum drive unit.
 Replace the cyan drum motor.
 Reconnect the connector or replace the harness.
Magenta drum drive FF control error.

SC392-00 C If a command sent from the TDCU indicates an error, the engine
issues an SC.
 Magenta drum motor defective

 Magenta sensor connector disconnected or harness broken
 Magenta drum encoder sensor defective
 Magenta drum encoder smudged or defective
 Replace the magenta drum encoder sensor.

 Replace the magenta drum encoder.
 Replace the magenta drum drive unit.
 Replace the magenta drum motor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-60 SM
Yellow drum drive FF control error.

issues an SC.
 Yellow drum motor defective
SC393-00 C  Yellow sensor connector disconnected or harness broken

 Yellow drum encoder sensor defective
 Yellow drum encoder smudged or defective
 Replace the yellow drum encoder sensor.

 Replace the yellow drum encoder.
 Replace the yellow drum drive unit.
 Replace the yellow drum motor.
Troubleshooting
SC440-01 D Image Transfer Power Pack Voltage Leak (K)
SC440-02 D Image Transfer Power Pack Voltage Leak (C)
SM 5-61 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC440-03 D Image Transfer Power Pack Voltage Leak (M)
SC440-04 D Image Transfer Power Pack Voltage Leak (Y)
An interrupt checks the status of the power pack every 10 ms.

This SC is issued if a problem exists with 50 consecutive
samplings (500 ms).
Details:
SC issued when the image transfer power pack output current is
leaking.
The IOB checks for SC signals as described above.
 Image transfer power pack output current is leaking.
Remove the high voltage cable from the output terminal of the
image transfer power pack and check the following items.
 PWM signal check
If signal is fixed during image transfer, replace the cable or
the IOB.
 Image transfer power pack output check
If output is fixed during image transfer, replace the power
pack.
If output is normal during image transfer, replace the high
voltage cable, ITB or the transfer roller.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-62 SM
SC440-11 D Image Transfer Power Pack Error (low output) (K)
SC440-12 D Image Transfer Power Pack Error (low output) (C)
SC440-13 D Image Transfer Power Pack Error (low output) (M)
SC440-14 D Image Transfer Power Pack Error (low output) (Y)
The transfer roller resistance level was "R-3" (detected voltage

was lower than 0.1kV).
 Image transfer power pack defective

 Problem with input harness to the image transfer power
pack (loose connection, harness broken, or connector
disconnected).
 Fix or replace the image transfer power pack.

 Check the input harness and connector of the image
transfer power pack.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-63 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC442-00 D ITB Lift Error
Even though the ITB lift motor rotates, the ITB lift sensor failed
to detect the specified sensor feeler status within specified time.
Details:
 During home-positioning (operation for fixing the separated
status) (separation movement)
The sensor failed to detect the transition from “feeler
present” to “feeler absent” (separation movement) within
2000 msec from the start of ITB lift motor rotation.
 During normal contact/separation movement
(printing/process control/MUSIC/forced toner consumption)
Contact movement:
absent” to “feeler present” (contact) within 2000 msec from
the start of ITB lift motor rotation.
Separation movement:
present” to “feeler absent” (separation) within 2000 msec
from the start of ITB lift motor rotation.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-64 SM
 During contact/separation movement under special

conditions (paper jam, paper end etc.)
from the start of ITB lift motor rotation.
Detection timing: During contact/separation movement
Detection interval: 2msec or more
 Sensor smudged
 Motor/sensor defective
 Harness broken or problem with connection (such as a
disconnected connector)
 If smudged: cleaning
 If defective or broken: replacement
 Problem with connection: reconnection
Troubleshooting
SC443-01 C Image transfer roller end-of-life (K)
SC443-02 C Image transfer roller end-of-life (C)
SC443-03 C Image transfer roller end-of-life (M)
SC443-04 C Image transfer roller end-of-life (Y)
Resistance level of the image transfer roller was "R+3" during

image transfer voltage detection.
SM 5-65 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Image transfer roller resistance increased through time

(Roller end-of-life)
 Connection fault between the image transfer power pack
and the image transfer roller (High voltage harness broken,
connector disconnected, or contact failure of image transfer
roller bushes, etc.)
 Image transfer power pack defective
 Replace the image transfer roller.

 Reconnect or replace the high voltage harness or the unit.
 Fix or replace the image transfer power pack.
ITB unit control error: driven shaft FB

issues an SC.
 ITB motor defective

 ITB unit set error
SC445-01 C  Connector disconnected or harness broken

 Driven shaft encoder sensor defective
 Driven shaft encoder smudged or damaged
 Replace the ITB unit.

 Replace the ITB motor.
 Set the ITB unit again.
 Replace the driven shaft encoder.
 Reconnect the connectors
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-66 SM
ITB unit control error: driven shaft eccentricity correction control

issues an SC.

 Connector disconnected or harness broken
SC445-02 C  Drive shaft encoder sensor defective
 Drive shaft encoder smudged or damaged

 Replace the driven shaft encoder sensor.
Troubleshooting
 Replace the drive shaft encoder sensor.
 Replace the drive shaft encoder.
 Reconnect the connectors or replace the harness.
 Replace the ITB.
SC445-03 C ITB unit control error: dancing control

issues an SC.
SM 5-67 D135/D136/D137/D138

 Drive shaft encoder sensor defective
 Drive shaft encoder smudged or damaged

 Replace the driven shaft encoder sensor.
 Replace the drive shaft encoder sensor.
 Replace the drive shaft encoder.
 Reconnect the connectors or replace the harness.
SC446-01 D ITB: Lock: Encoder 1 error
SC446-02 D ITB: Lock: Encoder 2 error
SC446-03 D ITB: Lock: Encoder 1/2 error
SC446-04 D ITB: Lock: Hole error
SC446-05 D ITB: Lock: Overload error
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-68 SM

issues an SC.
TDCU): 0x5B
Details:
 Drum motor
value ± 6.25%.
6.25%.
value ± 6.25%.
Troubleshooting
6.25%.
Target value:
Specification:
motor.
SM 5-69 D135/D136/D137/D138

 ITB drive R sensor smudged, ITB driven R sensor
smudged, ITB drive R sensor defective, ITB drive R sensor
defective
 ITB drive R sensor connector not set correctly, ITB driven R
sensor connector not set correctly, harness broken

driven unit.
0x55_0x40_0x01
0x55_0x40_0x02
SC446-01
0x55_0x40_0x03
0x55_0x40_0x04
0x55_0x40_0x05
0x55_0x40_0x0a
SC446-02
0x55_0x40_0x0f
0x55_0x40_0x14
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-70 SM
0x55_0x40_0x06
0x55_0x40_0x07
0x55_0x40_0x08
0x55_0x40_0x09
0x55_0x40_0x0b
0x55_0x40_0x0c
0x55_0x40_0x0d
0x55_0x40_0x0e
SC446-03
0x55_0x40_0x10
0x55_0x40_0x11
0x55_0x40_0x12
0x55_0x40_0x13
0x55_0x40_0x15
0x55_0x40_0x16
0x55_0x40_0x17
0x55_0x40_0x18
0x55_0x40_0x29
Troubleshooting
0x55_0x40_0x2a
SC446-04
0x55_0x40_0x2b
0x55_0x40_0x2c
SC446-05 0x55_0x40_0x34
SC450-01 D ITB Power Pack error (leak): DC
SC450-02 D ITB Power Pack error (leak): AC
SM 5-71 D135/D136/D137/D138

samplings (500 ms).
Details:
SC issued when the ITB power pack output current is leaking.
Distinguished between DC and AC.
 ITB power pack output current is leaking.
ITB power pack and check the following items.
the IOB.
 ITB power pack output check
pack.
voltage cable, ITB or the transfer roller.
ITB Power Pack Error (low output)
The ITB roller resistance level was "R-3" (detected voltage was
lower than 0.1kV).
 ITB power pack defective

SC450-11 D  Problem with input harness to the ITB power pack (loose
connection, harness broken, or connector disconnected).
 Fix or replace the ITB power pack.

 Check the input harness and connector of the ITB power
pack.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-72 SM
SC452-00 D PTR Lift Error
Even though the PTR lift motor rotates, the PTR lift sensor failed
to detect the specified sensor feeler status within specified time.
Details:
 During home-positioning (operation for fixing the separated
status) (separation movement)
from the start of PTR lift motor rotation.
 During normal contact/separation movement
(printing/process control/MUSIC/forced toner consumption)
Contact movement:
absent” to “feeler present” (contact) within 2000 msec from
the start of PTR lift motor rotation.
Troubleshooting
 During contact/separation movement under special

conditions (paper jam, paper end etc.)
Detection timing: During contact/separation movement
Detection interval: 2msec or less
 Sensor smudged
 Motor/sensor defective
 Harness broken or problem with connection (such as a
disconnected connector)
SM 5-73 D135/D136/D137/D138
 If smudged: cleaning
 If defective or broken: replacement
 Problem with connection: reconnection
Paper Transfer Roller end-of-life
The paper transfer roller resistance level was "R+3".
 Paper transfer roller resistance increased through time

(Roller end-of-life)
 Connection fault between the paper transfer power pack
SC453-00 C and the paper transfer roller (High voltage harness broken,
connector disconnected, or contact failure of paper transfer
roller bushes, etc.)
 Paper transfer power pack defective
 Replace the paper transfer roller.

 Reconnect or replace the high voltage harness or the unit.
 Fix or replace the paper transfer power pack.
Separation Power Pack Error (Leak)

samplings (500 ms).
SC460-00 D Details:
SC issued when the separation power pack output current is
leaking.
 Image transfer power pack AC output is leaking.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-74 SM
separation power pack and check the following items.
the IOB.
 Separation power pack output check
pack.
voltage cable or the quenching needle.
SC465-01 D PTR motor: Lock: Encoder 1 error
SC465-02 D PTR motor (K) Lock: Encoder 2 error
SC465-03 D PTR motor (K) Lock: Encoder 1/2 error
Troubleshooting
SC465-04 D PTR motor (K) Lock: Hole error
SC465-05 D PTR motor (K) Lock: Overload error
SM 5-75 D135/D136/D137/D138

issues an SC.
TDCU): 0x5B
Details:
 Drum motor
value ± 6.25%.
6.25%.
value ± 6.25%.
6.25%.
Target value:
Specification:
motor.

 PTR sensor smudged or defective
 PTR sensor connector not set correctly, harness broken
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-76 SM

driven unit.
0x55_0x80_0x01
0x55_0x80_0x02
SC465-01
0x55_0x80_0x03
0x55_0x80_0x04
0x55_0x80_0x05
0x55_0x80_0x0a
Troubleshooting
SC465-02
0x55_0x80_0x0f
0x55_0x80_0x14
SM 5-77 D135/D136/D137/D138
0x55_0x80_0x06
0x55_0x80_0x07
0x55_0x80_0x08
0x55_0x80_0x09
0x55_0x80_0x0b
0x55_0x80_0x0c
0x55_0x80_0x0d
0x55_0x80_0x0e
SC465-03
0x55_0x80_0x10
0x55_0x80_0x11
0x55_0x80_0x12
0x55_0x80_0x13
0x55_0x80_0x15
0x55_0x80_0x16
0x55_0x80_0x17
0x55_0x80_0x18
0x55_0x80_0x29
0x55_0x80_0x2a
SC446-04
0x55_0x80_0x2b
0x55_0x80_0x2c
SC446-05 0x55_0x80_0x34
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-78 SM
SC480-00 D Drum cleaning motor: Bk: Lock

issues an SC.
TDCU): 0x5B
ASAP command: SC detection notification (TDCU to engine):
0x57_0x08
Details:
motor.
 Motor defective
 Harness broken
Troubleshooting
 IOB defective

SM 5-79 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC481-00 D Drum cleaning motor: C: Lock

issues an SC.
TDCU): 0x5B
0x57_0x02
Details:
motor.
 Motor defective
 Harness broken
 IOB defective

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-80 SM
SC482-00 D Drum cleaning motor: M: Lock

issues an SC.
TDCU): 0x5B
0x57_0x04
Details:
motor.
 Motor defective
 Harness broken
Troubleshooting
 IOB defective

SM 5-81 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC483-00 D Drum cleaning motor: Y: Lock

issues an SC.
TDCU): 0x5B
0x57_0x01
Details:
motor.
 Motor defective
 Harness broken
 IOB defective

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-82 SM
Bottle Waste Toner Lock Detection Error
SC486-00 D Signals sent from the bottle waste toner motor lock sensor were
either ON or OFF 50 times consecutively.
 Physical obstruction is blocking waste toner transport path

 Bottle waste toner motor defective
 Sensor defective
 Harness broken
 Connection fault
 Physical obstruction is blocking waste toner transport path:

Replace or clean the waste toner transport section.
 Bottle waste toner motor defective: Replace the motor.
 Sensor defective: Replace the sensor.
 Harness broken: Replace the harness.
 Connection fault: Reconnect it.
Troubleshooting
Machine Waste Toner Lock Detection Error
The intervals of signals sent from the machine waste toner lock
sensor (normally 64.68msec) became either less than 30msec
or more than 81msec.
 Physical obstruction is blocking waste toner transport path

 Machine waste toner motor defective
SC488-00 D  Sensor defective
 Harness broken
 Connection fault
 Physical obstruction is blocking waste toner transport path:

Replace or clean the waste toner transport section.
 Sensor defective or harness broken: Replace parts.
 Connection fault: Reconnect it.
SM 5-83 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC496-00 C MUSIC Sensor Error
MUSIC failed while power was on.

Details:
 TM sensor sampling error
 Sensor LED adjustment abnormal
 Number of patches abnormal
 ITB scratched
 Main scan registration abnormal
 Sub scan registration abnormal
 Main scan magnification abnormal
 Main scan magnification error diffusion abnormal
 ITB scratched or smudged

 Sensor smudged or defective
 Pattern density abnormal

 Replace the TM sensor.
 Process control
 Cleaning
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-84 SM
SC497-00 C Temperature/Humidity Sensor Error (PCU)
One of the following occurred.

 The temperature sensor output was less than 0.5V or more
than 2.8V for three seconds (one second x 3), indicating a
problem with the temperature sensor.
 The humidity sensor output was more than 2.4V for three
seconds (one second x 3), indicating a problem with the
humidity sensor.
Details:
Detection is repeated after power off/on.
If either of temperature/humidity sensors works correctly, the
working sensor will be used even after the SC is issued.
The machine continues working with the assumption that the
temperature is 23 degrees centigrade (if there is a problem with
the temperature sensor) and/or the humidity is 50% (if there is a
problem with the humidity sensor).
Troubleshooting
 Connector disconnected or harness broken: Revert

connection.
SM 5-85 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC498-00 C Temperature/Humidity Sensor Error (Main)
One of the following occurred.

 The temperature sensor output was less than 0.5V or more
than 2.8V for three seconds (one second x 3), indicating a
problem with the temperature sensor.
 The humidity sensor output was more than 2.4V for three
seconds (one second x 3), indicating a problem with the
humidity sensor.
Details:
Detection is repeated after power off/on.
If either of temperature/humidity sensors works correctly, the
working sensor will be used even after the SC is issued.
The machine continues working with the assumption that the
temperature is 23 degrees centigrade (if there is a problem with
the temperature sensor) and/or the humidity is 50% (if there is a
problem with the humidity sensor)

 Connector disconnected or harness broken: Revert

connection.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-86 SM

5.9.1 SC500 (ENGINE: PAPER TRANSPORT 1: PAPER FEED,
DUPLEX, TRANSPORT)
1st Tray Lift Error (A3 extended tray)
1st tray lift motor lift error was detected.

If detected for the first or second time: User is instructed to set
paper again.
If detected for the third time: SC displayed (only the
corresponding tray)
The count of detections is reset when successful operation is
detected and at power off/on.
 1st tray lift motor disconnected/harness broken/defective

 1st tray lift sensor disconnected/defective/smudged
 Paper end sensor disconnected/defective/smudged
SC501-01 B  Paper overloaded
Troubleshooting
 Foreign object (such as a piece of paper) is stuck between
the paper tray and the tray lift motor.
 Paper set incorrectly.
 Load paper again.

 Check the harness of the tray lift sensor,/reconnect the
sensor connector/clean the sensor/replace the
sensor/replace the 1st tray.
 Check the harness of the paper end sensor/reconnect the
sensor connector/clean the sensor/replace the sensor.
 Replace the 1st tray lift motor/reconnect the
connector/replace the harness/replace the PFB/Replace the
right tray (of the tandem tray)/replace the driven unit.
SM 5-87 D135/D136/D137/D138
1st Tray Lowering Error (A3 extended tray)
1st tray lift motor lower error was detected.

If detected for the first to fourth time: User is instructed to set
paper again.
If detected for the fifth time: SC displayed (only the
corresponding tray)
detected and at power off/on

SC501-02 B  Paper overloaded


D135/D136/D137/D138 5-88 SM
SC501-11 B 1st Tray Lift Error (Tandem tray/tandem LCT)
1st tray lift motor lift error was detected.

paper again.
corresponding tray)

 Paper overloaded
Troubleshooting
SM 5-89 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC501-12 B 1st Tray Lowering Error (Tandem tray/Tandem LCT)
1st tray lift motor lower error was detected.

paper again.
corresponding tray)


D135/D136/D137/D138 5-90 SM
SC501-13 B 1st Tray Lower Limit Error (Tandem tray/Tandem LCT)
1st tray lift motor lower limit error was detected.

paper again.
corresponding tray)


Check the harness of the tray lift sensor,/reconnect the
Troubleshooting

SM 5-91 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC501-14 C Tandem Transport Fence Error
Transport motor return error detected.

Transport motor home position error detected.
paper again.
If detected for the third time: User is instructed to set paper
again and SC is recorded but not displayed.
 Transport motor disconnected/defective

 Return sensor disconnected/defective/smudged
 Home position sensor disconnected/defective/smudged
the paper tray and the transport motor.
 Replace the transport motor/reconnect the

left tray/replace the driven unit.
 Check the harness of the return sensor/reconnect the
 Check the harness of the home position sensor/reconnect
the sensor connector/clean the sensor/replace the sensor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-92 SM
SC502-01 B 2nd Tray Lift Error
2nd tray lift motor lift error was detected.

paper again.
corresponding tray)
 2nd tray lift motor disconnected/harness broken/defective

 2nd tray lift sensor disconnected/defective/smudged

Troubleshooting
sensor connector/clean the sensor/replace the 2nd tray.
 Replace the 2nd tray lift motor/reconnect the
2nd tray/replace the driven unit.
2nd Tray Lowering Error
Tray lift motor lower error was detected.

SC502-02 B paper again.

corresponding tray)
SM 5-93 D135/D136/D137/D138
 2nd tray lift motor disconnected/harness broken/defective

 2nd tray lift sensor disconnected/defective/smudged

sensor connector/clean the sensor/replace the 2nd tray.
 Replace the 2nd tray lift motor/reconnect the
2nd tray/replace the driven unit.
3rd Tray Lift Error
3rd tray lift motor lift error was detected.

paper again.
corresponding tray)
SC503-01 B
 3rd tray lift motor disconnected/harness broken/defective

 3rd tray lift sensor disconnected/defective/smudged
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-94 SM

sensor connector/clean the sensor/replace the 3rd tray.
 Replace the 3rd tray lift motor/reconnect the
3rd tray/replace the driven unit.
3rd Tray Lowering Error
Tray lift motor lower error was detected.

paper again.
corresponding tray)
Troubleshooting
 3rd tray lift motor disconnected/harness broken/defective
SC503-02 B  3rd tray lift sensor disconnected/defective/smudged


sensor connector/clean the sensor/replace the 3rd tray.
 Replace the 3rd tray lift motor/reconnect the
3rd tray/replace the driven unit.
SM 5-95 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCT Tray Error (Lift Sensor Error): D709
The following status was detected 5 times consecutively: The

upper limit sensor did not become on before pick-up solenoid is
on at the start of tray initialization.
 Pick-up solenoid defective/connecter disconnected
SC505-01 B  Upper limit sensor defective/connecter disconnected

 Related harness broken
 PCB defective
 Replace or reconnect the pick-up solenoid.

 Replace or reconnect the lift sensor.
 Replace the corresponding harness.
 Replace the PCB.
LCT Tray Error (Lift Timeout): D709
During Tray initialization, the tray bottom plate was lifted but the
upper limit sensor did not detect it after a specified time (30
seconds).
 Upper limit motor defective/connecter disconnected

 PCB defective
 Replace or reconnect the lift motor.

 Replace or reconnect the upper limit sensor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-96 SM
SC505-03 B LCT Tray Error (Lowering Timeout): D709
 During Tray initialization, the tray bottom plate was lowered

for position check but the upper limit sensor was still on or
none of lower limit sensor and paper sensors 1 to 4 became
on after a specified time (30 seconds).
 When paper has run out or when the lowering switch was
pressed, the tray bottom plate was lowered but neither the
lift sensor nor the lower limit sensor became on after a
specified time (30 seconds).
 Lift motor defective/connecter disconnected

 Upper limit sensor defective/connecter disconnected
 Lift sensor defective/connecter disconnected
 Lower limit sensor defective/connecter disconnected
 Either of paper sensors 1 to 4 defective/connecter
disconnected
 PCB defective
Troubleshooting
 Replace or reconnect the lift sensor.
 Replace or reconnect the lower limit sensor.
 Replace or reconnect the paper sensors 1 to 4.
SM 5-97 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCT Tray Error (Paper Overload Error): D709
SC505-04 B During tray initialization, the upper limit sensor and the lower
limit sensor were both on for 5 times consecutively.
 Paper overloaded.
 Lower limit sensor defective/connecter disconnected
 PCB defective
 Reduce loaded paper.

LCT Tray Error (Upper Limit Detection Error): D710
At the start of tray initialization, the upper limit sensor was

detected as being off for 5 times before the pick-up solenoid was
on.
 Pick-up solenoid defective/connecter disconnected

 PCB defective
 Replace or reconnect the pick-up solenoid.

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-98 SM
SC505-12 B LCT Tray Error (Lift timeout): D710
During Tray initialization, the tray bottom plate was lifted but the
upper limit sensor did not detect it after a specified time (27
seconds).
 Lift motor defective/connecter disconnected

 PCB defective

LCT Tray Error (front blower fan error): D710
Troubleshooting
Started LD signal check one second after LCT front blower fan
became on and detected H level (abnormal) for 700 ms
consecutively.
SC505-16 B  Front blower fan defective/connecter disconnected

 PCB defective
 Replace or reconnect the front blower fan.

SM 5-99 D135/D136/D137/D138
LCT Tray Error (rear blower fan error): D710
SC505-17 B Started LD signal check one second after LCT rear blower fan
became on and detected H level (abnormal) for 700 ms
consecutively.
 Rear blower fan defective/connecter disconnected

 PCB defective
 Replace or reconnect the rear blower fan.

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-100 SM
Bypass tray lift error
The bottom plate started CW but the tray upper limit sensor did
not become blocked within 3 seconds.
paper again.
If detected for the third time: SC displayed
 Bypass tray upper limit sensor

defective/disconnected/harness broken
 Bypass tray bottom plate lift motor
SC509-01 B defective/disconnected/harness broken
 Circuit board (PFB) error
 Bypass tray bottom plate/bottom plate drive unit does not
move e.g. because physical obstacle (broken piece of the
unit, etc.) is blocking operation.
Troubleshooting
 Bypass tray bottom plate lift motor and bypass tray bottom
plate upper limit sensor
check/cleaning/replacement/harness reconnection/harness
replacement
 Check or replace the circuit board (PFB).
 Check and/or replace the bypass tray bottom plate and
bottom plate lift drive unit.
SM 5-101 D135/D136/D137/D138
Bypass tray lowering error
The bottom plate started CCW but the tray upper limit sensor did
not become non-blocked within 1.5 seconds.
paper again.

SC509-02 B defective/disconnected/harness broken
plate upper limit sensor
replacement
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-102 SM
SC509-03 B Bypass tray lower limit error
The bottom plate started CCW but the tray lower limit sensor did
not become blocked within 3 seconds.
paper again.
 Bypass tray lower limit sensor

Troubleshooting
plate lower limit sensor
replacement
SM 5-103 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC509-04 B Bypass tray Paper Set Error
Both the upper limit sensor and the lower limit sensor were on
when the machine attempted to adjust the bottom plate position
before starting paper feed (at Job-In).
paper again.
corresponding tray)

 Bypass tray upper limit sensor and lower limit sensor

replacement
 Check the paper capacity.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-104 SM
SC520-02 C Exit Motor: Lock
SC520-03 C Duplex Inverter Entrance Motor: Lock
SC520-04 C Exit Inverter Motor: Lock
The motor error notification register is always monitored at 500

ms intervals. When a register indicates an error five times
consecutively, the motor is assumed to be malfunctioning.
 Motor defective/connecter disconnected

 Harness broken/IOB defective
 Encoder defective
 Replace the motor or connector.

 Replace the harness or IOB.
Troubleshooting
SC521-01 C Duplex Inverter Motor: Lock
SC521-02 C Duplex Transport Motor: Lock
SC521-03 C Duplex Exit Motor: Lock



SM 5-105 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC522-01 C 1st Paper Feed Motor: Lock
SC522-03 C 2nd Paper Feed Motor: Lock
SC522-04 C 3rd Paper Feed Motor: Lock



SC523-01 C 1st Transport Motor: Lock
SC523-02 C 2nd Transport Motor: Lock
SC523-03 C 3rd Transport Motor: Lock
SC523-04 C 4th Transport Motor: Lock



D135/D136/D137/D138 5-106 SM
SC524-01 C Relay Motor: Lock
SC524-02 C Registration Motor: Lock
SC524-03 C Bypass Tray Feed Motor: Lock



Troubleshooting
Drawer Unit Lock Motor Error
Sensor signal did not change for 3000 msec while the drawer
lock motor was running.
 Drawer unit lock motor defective

 Drawer unit lock sensor defective
SC525-01 D  Harness broken
 Circuit board defective
 Replace the drawer unit lock motor.

 Replace the drawer unit lock sensor.
 Replace the circuit board.
SM 5-107 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC525-02 D Drawer Unit Handle Sensor Error
The drawer unit handle sensor was non-blocked for 90 seconds

or longer.
 Drawer unit handle sensor defective

 Harness broken
 Replace the drawer unit handle sensor.

 Replace the circuit board.
SC526-01 D Transport Motor 1 Rotation Error
SC526-02 D Transport Motor 2 Rotation Error
2 seconds after motor startup, the motor lock error signal (LOCK
signal) was detected for 1200 msec or more.
 Motor defective
 Harness broken

SC527-01 D Cooling Fan Alarm 1
SC527-04 D Cooling Fan Alarm
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-108 SM
SC527-05 D Exhaust Fan Alarm 1
SC530-01 D Fusing Pressure Roller Intake Fan Lock (D137/D138 only)
SC530-02 D Fusing Pressure Roller Exhaust Fan Lock (D137/D138 only)
SC530-03 D Heat Pipe Panel Intake Fan Lock
SC530-04 D Heat Pipe Panel Exhaust Fan Lock
SC530-05 D Fusing Exit Exhaust Fan Lock
SC530-06 D ITB Cleaning Intake Fan Lock
Troubleshooting
SC530-07 D IH Coil Cooling Fan Lock
SC530-08 D PTR Fusing Exhaust Fan Lock
SC530-09 D IH Coil Power Cooling Fan Lock
SC531-01 D Development Intake Fan/Y Lock
SC531-02 D Development Intake Fan/M Lock
SC531-03 D Development Intake Fan/C Lock
SC531-04 D Development Intake Fan/K Lock
SC531-05 D Development Exhaust Fan/Right Lock
SC531-06 D Development Exhaust Fan/Left Lock
SC532-02 D Controller Exhaust Fan Lock
SC532-03 D PSU Fan/Right Lock
SM 5-109 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC532-04 D PSU Fan/Left Lock
SC533-01 D Laser Unit Cooling Fan/Right Lock
SC533-02 D Laser Unit Cooling Fan/Left Lock
SC534-01 D Duplex Exhaust Fan/Front Lock
SC534-02 D Duplex Exhaust Fan/Rear Lock
SC534-03 D Duplex Exhaust Fan/Middle Lock
SC535-02 D Drive Exhaust Fan Lock
SC536-01 D Paper cooling pipe fan lock
SC537-01 D Ozone Exhaust Fan Lock
SC538-01 D ID Sensor Cleaning Fan Lock
SC539-01 D Paper Transport Belt Fan/Front Lock
SC539-02 D Paper Transport Belt Fan/Rear Lock
When a motor is on, the lock sensor is checked every 100

milliseconds. If lock signal is missing 51 times consecutively, the
machine determines that the motor is not running correctly.
 Motor defective
 Harness broken
 IOB defective

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-110 SM
Y Development Temperature Detection Error
Temperature Sensor Output Error: 0.35V or lower (100 degrees

centigrade or higher) or 3.07V or higher (-30 degrees centigrade
or lower).
Details:
In case of a Temperature Sensor Output Error: 0.35V or lower
(100 degrees centigrade or higher) or 3.07V or higher (-30
degrees centigrade or lower), the machine determines the
sensor is malfunctioning and assumes that the temperature is
100 degrees centigrade.
SC587-00 D If the sensor is determined as malfunctioning 3 times

consecutively (3 outputs, each of which is an average of 6
readings), the machine issues the SC and no longer use the
sensor, using the assumed temperature "100 degrees
centigrade" instead.
However, the sensor is used again after power off/on.
Troubleshooting
 Connecter disconnected or harness broken
 Connecter disconnected or harness broken: Revert

connection.
SM 5-111 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC500 (ENGINE: PAPER TRANSPORT 2: FUSING, ETC.)
5.10 SC500 (ENGINE: PAPER TRANSPORT 2: FUSING,

ETC.)
SC540-00 A Fusing Motor: Lock
The IOB detects the fusing motor lock error (rotation speed out
of specification).
Vodka assignment: GPIO29DATA[7]
Details:
motor.
 Motor defective
 Harness broken
 IOB defective

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-112 SM
SC541-00 A Sensor 1: Heating Roller Center Disconnection
0 degrees or lower was detected for (t1) seconds consecutively.

Number of times: 10 or more
D135 (Japan): 50 (seconds)
D136 (Japan)/D135 (NA): 50 (seconds)
D136 (NA)/D135 (EU)/D136(EU): 50 (seconds)
D138 (Japan)/D137 (NA)/D138 (NA)/D137 (EU)/D138 (EU): 50
(seconds)
Monitored at: All times, though SC is not issued when
temperature is not controlled (when in off mode/sleep mode,
when a door, excluding the toner supply door, is open, or when
the heater relay is off).
 Thermopile disconnection
 Connecter contact failure
 Replace the thermopile.
Troubleshooting
 Replace the connector.
Sensor 1: Heating Roller Center: Reload Failure: Timeout 1
Failed to reach (T2) degrees centigrade after (t4) seconds from

the start of heater control.
D135 (Japan):T2 = 80, t4 = 100
D136 (Japan)/D135 (NA): T2 = 80, t4 = 80
SC542-02 A D136 (NA)/D135 (EU)/D136(EU): T2 = 80, t4 = 80
D137 (Japan): T2 = 80, t4 = 80
D138 (Japan)/D137 (NA)/D138 (NA)/D137 (EU)/D138 (EU): T2
= 80, t4 = 80
Monitored at: Startup (Power-on, when a cover is closed, when
fuser heater is under control)
SM 5-113 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Thermopile lens smudged

 Input voltage out of specification

 Use with supported input voltage
 Replace the IH coil/IH inverter.
Failed to reach reload temperature after (t5) seconds from the

start of heater control.
D135 (Japan):t5 = 230
D136 (Japan)/D135 (NA): t5 = 230
D136 (NA)/D135 (EU)/D136(EU): t5 = 230
D137 (Japan): t5 = 230
D138 (Japan)/D137 (NA)/D138 (NA)/D137 (EU)/D138 (EU): t5 =
SC542-03 A 230
 IH malfunctioning
 Overheating prevention device worked.

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-114 SM
SC543-00 A Sensor 1: Heating Roller Center: Overheat detection (software)
(T3) degrees centigrade or higher was detected for (t6) seconds

consecutively.
D135 (Japan):T3 = 250, t6 = 1
D136 (Japan)/D135 (NA): T3 = 250, t6 = 1
D136 (NA)/D135 (EU)/D136(EU): T3 = 250, t6 = 1
D137 (Japan): T3 = 250, t6 = 1
= 250, t6 = 1
 Triac shorted.
 IOB board defective.
Troubleshooting
 Replace the IOB board.
Heating Roller Center: Overheat detection (hardware)
Hardware detection of overheat condition.

The heating roller center thermopile was detected as the cause.
SC544-00 A  IOB defective

 Fuser control software running out of control
 Heating roller center thermopile defective
 IH inverter supplied continuously (software error or
temperature sensor malfunctioning
 After removing the cause of the SC, set "Fusing SC Clear"

in the SP mode.
 If necessary, replace: IOB/heating roller center
thermopile/IH coil/IH inverter.
SM 5-115 D135/D136/D137/D138
Zero Cross Error (Relay contact welded)
When this error occurs, machine stops with fusing relay off and
displays the SC.
 Fusing relay defective (contact welded)
SC547-01 D  Fusing relay drive circuit defective
 Turn the main power off/on.

 If the fusing relay is damaged, replace the AC control board.
 Check the connection between the AC control board and
the FSB (fusing IOB) and replace the harness and/or circuit
board if necessary.
Zero Cross Error (Relay contact defective)
When this error occurs, the fusing heater trigger turns off and
then, after a specified time, machine stops with fusing relay off
and displays the SC.
 Fusing relay defective (contact welded)

SC547-02 D  Fusing relay drive circuit defective

board if necessary.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-116 SM
Zero Cross Error (low frequency error)
When this error occurs, the fusing heater trigger turns off and
then, after a specified time, machine stops with fusing relay off
and displays the SC.
SC547-03 D  Unstable commercial power supply frequency

board if necessary.
Fusing rotation detection
Troubleshooting
Blocking/non-blocking signal of the heating roller rotation sensor
was not received within specified time.
 The feeler for heating roller rotation detection deformed or
SC548-00 A broken.
 Fusing motor defective
 Heating roller rotation sensor defective
 IOB defective

in the SP mode, and then turn the main power off/on.
SM 5-117 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC550-01 D Refresh roller drive motor: Lock
The IOB detects the fusing motor lock error (rotation speed out
of specification).
Vodka assignment: GPIO28DATA[7]
Details:
motor.
 Motor defective
 Harness broken
 IOB defective

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-118 SM
SC551-00 A Sensor 4: Pressure Roller Center Disconnection

(seconds)
Troubleshooting

D135 (Japan):T2 = 45, t4 = 80
D136 (Japan)/D135 (NA): T2 = 45, t4 = 60
SC552-02 A D136 (NA)/D135 (EU)/D136(EU): T2 = 45, t4 = 60
D137 (Japan): T2 = 45, t4 = 60
= 45, t4 = 60
SM 5-119 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Thermistor deformed or floating


 Replace the pressure roller heater.

D135 (Japan):t5 = 230
D136 (Japan)/D135 (NA): t5 = 230
D136 (NA)/D135 (EU)/D136(EU): t5 = 230
D137 (Japan): t5 = 230
SC552-03 A 230
 Pressure heater malfunctioning


 Replace the pressure roller heater.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-120 SM
SC553-00 A Sensor 4: Pressure Roller Center: Overheat detection (software)

consecutively.
D135 (Japan):T3 = 220, t6 = 1
D136 (Japan)/D135 (NA): T3 = 220, t6 = 1
D136 (NA)/D135 (EU)/D136(EU): T3 = 220, t6 = 1
D137 (Japan): T3 = 220, t6 = 1
= 220, t6 = 1
 Triac shorted.
Troubleshooting
Pressure Roller Center: Overheat detection (hardware)

The pressure roller center thermopile was detected as the
cause.
SC554-00 A
 IOB defective
 Triac damaged (shorted).
 Pressure roller center thermopile defective
SM 5-121 D135/D136/D137/D138
 After removing the cause of the SC, Set "Fusing SC Clear"

in the SP mode.
 If necessary, replace: IOB/pressure roller center
thermopile/AC drive.
Heater 2: Heater Continuously On (Sensor 4: Thermopile:

Pressure Roller Center)
Target temperature was not reached (t7) seconds after reload.

Time elapsed after reload (excluding paper transport time) (t8)
D135 (Japan): t7 = 90, t8 = 90
D136 (Japan)/D135 (NA): t7 = 90, t8 = 90
D136 (NA)/D135 (EU)/D136(EU): t7 = 90, t8 = 90
D137 (Japan): t7 = 90, t8 = 90
90, t8 = 90
SC555-00 A Monitored at: All times, though SC is not issued when
 Thermopile detection error

 Heater disconnection

 Replace the heater.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-122 SM
SC557-00 C Zero Cross Error (high frequency)
-
Details:
The SC code is logged and the operation of the machine is not
affected.
 Unstable commercial power supply frequency
No action required.
Fusing jam: 3 counts
Fusing jam (fusing exit sensor late jam) was detected 3 times
consecutively.
Details:
This SC can be set ON/OFF. The factory setting is OFF; set it
Troubleshooting
ON when requested by the customer.
SP1-142-001:
0: OFF (factory setting)
SC559-00 A 1: ON (set by service personnel at the request of customer)
This prevents collateral problems (such as thermistor floating)
that may be caused by repeated jams in the fusing unit.
 The jam counter is not reset by power off/on.
 When paper is output successfully, the jam counter is reset.
 Paper jam in the fusing unit

SM 5-123 D135/D136/D137/D138
Web unit contact error
SC560-00 D Contact/separation control failed 3 times consecutively.

Monitored when contact/separation mechanism is operating.
 Web unit contact motor/sensor defective

 Feeler deformed or damaged
 Contact/separation mechanism defective

 Replace the sensor.
 Replace the feeler.
Sensor 2: Heating Roller Front Disconnection

(seconds)
SC561-00 A Monitored at: All times, though SC is not issued when

 Thermistor disconnection
 Replace the thermistor.

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-124 SM
Sensor 2: Heating Roller Front: Reload Failure: Timeout 1

D135 (Japan):T2 = 45, t4 = 80
D136 (Japan)/D135 (NA): T2 = 45, t4 = 80
D136 (NA)/D135 (EU)/D136(EU): T2 = 45, t4 = 80
D137 (Japan): T2 = 45, t4 = 80
= 45, t4 = 80
SC562-02 A Monitored at: Startup (Power-on, when a cover is closed, when
 Thermopile lens smudged

 Thermistor deformed or floating

Troubleshooting
Sensor 2: Heating Roller Front: Reload Failure: Timeout 2

D135 (Japan):t5 = 350
D136 (Japan)/D135 (NA): t5 = 350
SC562-03 A D136 (NA)/D135 (EU)/D136(EU): t5 = 350
D137 (Japan): t5 = 350
350
SM 5-125 D135/D136/D137/D138

Sensor 2: Heating Roller Front: Overheat detection (software)

consecutively.
D135 (Japan):T3 = 250, t5 = 1
D136 (Japan)/D135 (NA): T3 = 250, t5 = 1
D136 (NA)/D135 (EU)/D136(EU): T3 = 250, t5 = 1
D137 (Japan): T3 = 250, t5 = 1
SC563-00 A = 250, t5 = 1
 Triac shorted.

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-126 SM
SC564-00 A Heating Roller Front: Overheat detection (hardware)

The heating roller front thermistor was detected as the cause.
 IOB defective
 Heating roller front thermistor defective
 IH inverter supplied continuously (software error or
temperature sensor malfunctioning
 After removing the cause of the SC, Set "Fusing SC Clear"

in the SP mode.
 If necessary, replace: IOB/heating roller front thermistor/IH
coil/IH inverter.
Pressure Release Error: HP failed 3 times
Troubleshooting
Pressure release/Home position/control failed 3 times
consecutively.
Monitored when the pressure release mechanism is operating.
Pressure Change: SP1-151-001 1:On/0: Off
When this SP is set to OFF, SC detection is disabled.
SC569-02 D  Pressure release motor, sensor defective

 Pressure release mechanism defective

SM 5-127 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC569-03 D Pressure Release Error: Overrun
When sensor A shows Low and Sensor B shows High.

Except when home position is detected.
 Pressure release motor, sensor defective


Pressure Release Error: Overrun
When "Sensor A: Low" is not detected within 1000 msec from

the start of pressure application.
SC569-04 D  Pressure release motor, sensor defective


D135/D136/D137/D138 5-128 SM
Refresh Roller Contact Error
Contact/separation/control failed 3 times consecutively.

Monitored when the contact/separation mechanism is operating.
 Refresh roller contact motor, sensor defective
SC570-00 D  Feeler deformed or damaged

 Contact/separation mechanism defective

Sensor 6: Fusing Roller Front Side Disconnection
Troubleshooting
SC576-00 A D138 (Japan)/D137 (NA)/D138 (NA)/D137 (EU)/D138 (EU): 75
(seconds)
 Replace the NC sensor.

SM 5-129 D135/D136/D137/D138
Sensor 6: Fusing Roller Front Side: Overheat detection

(software)

consecutively.
D135 (Japan):T3 = 250, t6 = 1
D136 (Japan)/D135 (NA): T3 = 250, t6 = 1
D136 (NA)/D135 (EU)/D136(EU): T3 = 250, t6 = 1
D137 (Japan): T3 = 250, t6 = 1
SC577-00 A D138 (Japan)/D137 (NA)/D138 (NA)/D137 (EU)/D138 (EU): T3

= 250, t6 = 1
 Triac shorted.

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-130 SM
SC579-00 A Sensor 7: Fusing Roller Core Disconnection
0 degrees or lower was detected for 1000 seconds

consecutively.
Monitored only when SP1-107-024 is set to ON. SP1-107-
024:
0: OFF (default)
1: ON
 Thermistor disconnection
 Replace the thermistor.

Troubleshooting
Sensor 7: Fusing Roller Core: Reload Failure: Timeout 2

D135 (Japan):t5 = 2700
D136 (Japan)/D135 (NA): t5 = 2700
SC580-03 A D136 (NA)/D135 (EU)/D136(EU): t5 = 2700
D137 (Japan): t5 = 2700
230
SM 5-131 D135/D136/D137/D138

IGBT Overvoltage Error
Error notification from the IH inverter with a command (0x64 bit

0)
SC582-01 A  Fusing unit defective

 IH inverter malfunctioning

 If necessary, replace: Fusing unit, IH inverter
 IH Input Voltage Error
 Error notification from the IH inverter with a command (0x64

bit 1)
 Input voltage abnormal
SC582-02 A  Harness broken

 IH inverter defective
 IOB defective

 If necessary, replace: Harness, IH inverter, IOB
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-132 SM
SC500 (ENGINE: PAPER TRANSPORT 3: FEED, DUPLEX, TRANSPORT, FUSING)
5.11 SC500 (ENGINE: PAPER TRANSPORT 3: FEED,

DUPLEX, TRANSPORT, FUSING)
Paper Thickness Sensor Error
During initial calibration of the paper thickness sensor, the

number of times the sensor failed to output an appropriate value
reached 3.
The counter is reset at the start of initial calibration.
 Paper thickness sensor harness broken/connecter
SC511-01 C disconnected
 Paper thickness sensor dirty with paper dust, etc.
 Foreign object on the section of the roller which is used for
paper thickness detection.
 Check the harness and connector of the sensor.

 Clean or replace the sensor.
 Clean or replace the section of the roller which is used for
Troubleshooting
Bypass Tray Paper Thickness Sensor Error
During initial calibration of the bypass tray paper thickness

SC511-02 C sensor, the number of times the sensor failed to output an
appropriate value reached 3.
The counter is reset at the start of initial calibration.
SM 5-133 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Paper thickness sensor harness broken/connecter

disconnected
 Paper thickness sensor dirty with paper dust, etc.
 Foreign object on the section of the roller which is used for
 Check the harness and connector of the sensor.

 Clean or replace the sensor.
 Clean or replace the section of the roller which is used for
Inverter Junction Gate Motor Error
Inverter junction gate home position sensor did not turn on or off
within 150msec from the start of home position detection
operation (motor drive start).
Details:
If detected for the first or second time:
SC514-00 D  During paper transport, this is not handled as a jam/SC;
paper is fed normally and the error counter increases.
 Otherwise (during initialization), a jam alert is displayed to
instruct the user to remove jammed paper, and the error
counter increases.
If detected for the third time:
 Displays the SC No. on the operation panel.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-134 SM
 Inverter junction gate motor defective/connector

disconnected/harness broken
 Inverter junction gate home position sensor
defective/connector disconnected/harness broken
 Circuit board (PFB, DUB) defective
 Junction gate/junction gate drive unit does not move e.g.
because physical obstacle (piece of paper, etc.) is blocking
operation.
 Inverter junction gate motor and inverter junction gate home

position sensor check/cleaning/replacement/harness
reconnection/harness replacement
 Check or replace the circuit board (PFB, DUB).
 Check and/or replace the inverter junction gate and inverter
junction gate drive unit.
Troubleshooting
Roller Shift Motor 1 Error
When an error occurs during roller shift motor 1 home position

detection, the machine handles it as a jam (JAM097) and stops
operation, and displays the SC No. on the control panel.
 Roller shift motor 1 connector disconnected or defective

SC515-01 B  Motor driver defective
 Roller home position sensor 1 connector disconnected or
defective
 Roller shift motor 1 does not move because of overload
which may be due to foreign objects, etc.
 Roller home position sensor 1 deformed, damaged or
connected incorrectly
SM 5-135 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Clean the roller home position sensor 1 and check its

harness.
 Reconnect the connectors of roller shift motor 1 and roller
home position sensor 1.
 Check and, if necessary, replace: roller shift motor 1, roller
home position sensor 1, harness, circuit board (PFB, DUB),
unit, driven unit.
Roller Shift Motor 2 Error
When an error occurs during roller shift motor 2 home position

 Roller shift motor 2 connector disconnected or defective

 Motor driver defective
 Roller home position sensor 2 connector disconnected or
defective
 Roller shift motor 2 does not move because of overload
SC515-02 B which may be due to foreign objects, etc.
 Roller home position sensor 2 deformed, damaged or
 Clean the roller home position sensor 2 and check its

harness.
 Reconnect the connectors of roller shift motor 2 and roller
home position sensor 2.
 Check and, if necessary, replace: roller shift motor 2, roller
home position sensor 2, harness, circuit board (PFB, DUB),
unit, driven unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-136 SM
Sensor Shift Motor Home Position Error
When an error occurs during sensor shift motor home position

 Sensor shift motor connector disconnected or defective

 Sensor shift home position sensor connector disconnected
or defective
 Sensor shift motor does not move because of overload
SC516-01 B which may be due to foreign objects, etc.
 Sensor shift home position sensor deformed, damaged or
 Clean the sensor shift home position sensor and check its
harness.
 Reconnect the connectors of sensor shift motor and sensor
shift home position sensor.
Troubleshooting
 Check and, if necessary, replace: sensor shift motor, sensor
shift home position sensor, harness, circuit board (PFB,
DUB), unit, driven unit.
SM 5-137 D135/D136/D137/D138
Sensor Shift Motor Edge Detection Error
SC516-02 B When an error occurs during sensor shift motor edge detection,
the machine handles it as a jam (JAM097) the first two times
and displays the SC No. on the control panel the third time.
 Sensor shift motor connector disconnected or defective

 Edge detection sensor connector disconnected or defective
 Sensor shift motor does not move because of overload
which may be due to foreign objects, etc.
 Sensor shift home position sensor deformed, damaged or
 Wrong paper size

 Clean the edge detection sensor and check its harness.
 Reconnect the connectors of sensor shift motor and edge
detection sensor.
 Check and, if necessary, replace: sensor shift motor, edge
detection sensor, harness, circuit board (PFB, DUB), unit,
driven unit.
TDCU Hardware Error
Command notification from the TDCU.
SC595-00 D  STM defective, brush motor defective, harness

disconnected
 Replace the TDCU, harness, and motor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-138 SM
SC500 (ENGINE: OTHERS)
5.12 SC500 (ENGINE: OTHERS)
SC581-00 D Secondary Power Cord Not Connected
The main power cord is connected but the secondary power

cord is not connected.
The secondary power cord is not connected.
 Turn the machine off and plug in the secondary power cord
again.
 Replace the AC drive/IOB.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-139 D135/D136/D137/D138

5.13.1 SC600 (ENGINE: COMMUNICATION AND OTHERS)
SC620-01 D ADF Communication Error
SC620-02 D ADF Communication Error
Communication error between the main machine and ADF

connected with ASAP.
SC620-01: A BREAK was detected after a successful
connection.
SC620-02: Communication timeout after a successful
connection.
Details:
SC is issued when an error is detected after ADF connection
was recognized at power-on.
There will be no response either, if the ADF was not connected
at power-on. In this case, however, SC is not issued and
functions that do not use the ADF (copying from the exposure
glass) are available.
 ADF connection fault.

 ADF defective
 IPU board defective
 Electrical noise on the line
 Check ADF cable connection.

 Replace the ADF.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-140 SM
SC621-00 D Finisher/mail box communication error
Detected an error when connecting the communication line.

Received a communication error notification from the URAT.
 Finisher control board defective.

 BCU or IOB defective
 Connection fault between finisher and main machine.
 Reconnect the Finisher/mail box interface cable.

 Replace the BCU or replace the finisher/mail box
Paper bank communication error.
Communication error between main machine and paper

bank/LCT.
Troubleshooting
 Paper bank control board defective.
SC622-00 D  BCU or IOB defective
 Paper bank-main machine connection fault.
 Reconnect the paper bank connection cable. / Replace the

BCU./Replace the paper bank.
SM 5-141 D135/D136/D137/D138
TDCU communication error.
ASAP communication protocol error

 A BREAK signal was detected at power-on.
SC625-00 D  Non-response (100 ms) was detected 3 times consecutively

during normal operation.
 NAK was received 3 times before ACK was received during
normal operation.
 A BREAK signal was detected during normal operation.
 IOB defective
SC626-01 D DUB communication error at power-on
SC626-02 D DUB communication error during normal operation
SC626-03 D DUB BREAK detection during normal operation

 Non-response (100 ms) was detected 3 times consecutively
normal operation.
 DUB defective
 PFB defective
 Harness between DUB and PFB broken
 Connecter between DUB and PFB disconnected
 Unintended electrical noise
 Replace the DUB.

 Replace the PFB.
 Replace the harness between DUB and PFB.
 Replace the connector between DUB and PFB.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-142 SM
SC626-04 D TSB communication error at power-on
SC626-05 D TSB communication error during normal operation
SC626-06 D TSB BREAK detection during normal operation

 Non-response (100 ms) was detected 3 times consecutively
normal operation.
 TSB defective
 IOB defective
 Harness between TSB and IOB broken
Troubleshooting
 Connecter between TSB and IOB disconnected
 Unintended electrical noise
 Replace the TSB.

 Replace the harness between TSB and IOB.
 Replace the connector between TSB and IOB.
SM 5-143 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC664-01 D
SC664-02 D VODKA SRAM program expansion error
SC664-03 D
VODKA1
SC664-01: VODKA SRAM access permission error (Write
permission denied)
SC664-02: VODKA SRAM write error (write result abnormal)
SC664-03: VODKA program startup error
 Electric noises and hardware defect
 IOB replacement, harness check
SC664-11 D
SC664-13 D
VODKA2
permission denied)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-144 SM
SC664-21 D
SC664-23 D
VODKA3
permission denied)
Troubleshooting
SC664-32 D
SC664-33 D
VODKA4
permission denied)
SM 5-145 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC664-41 D
SC664-43 D
VODKA5
permission denied)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-146 SM
SC665-01 D FFC set detection (Error between IPU and BCU)
The HORUS port on the BCU is used for FFC connection

detection to detect FFC (harness) disconnection and loose
connection between BCU and IPU. By checking the "H" or "L"
status of this port, the connection status can be checked.
 Normal condition (Connector connected): "H" at the HORUS
port on the BCU.
 Abnormal condition (Connector not connected): "L" at the
HORUS port on the BCU.
Details:
 When a connector is disconnected, the voltage level
becomes "L" level (0V level) because there is a pull-down
resistor in the BCU.
 FFC harness between BCU and IPU broken

 FFC harness between BCU and IPU not connected fully
 BCU damaged
 IPU damaged
Troubleshooting
 Replace the FFC harness between BCU and IPU.
 Reconnect the FFC harness between BCU and IPU.
 Replace the IPU.
SM 5-147 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC665-02 D FFC set detection (Error between BCU and IOB)

connection between BCU and IOB. By checking the voltage
level of the AD terminal, the connection status can be checked.
Details:
 When the harness between BCU and IOB becomes
disconnected, the number of parallelly connected resistors
changes and therefore the voltage input to the AD terminal
changes.
 FFC harness between BCU and IOB broken

 FFC harness between BCU and IOB not connected fully
 BCU damaged
 IOB damaged
 Replace the FFC harness between BCU and IOB.

 Reconnect the FFC harness between BCU and IOB.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-148 SM
FFC set detection (Error between IOB and PFB)

connection between IOB and PFB. By checking the voltage level
SC665-03 D of the AD terminal, the connection status can be checked.

Details:
 When the harness between IOB and PFB becomes
disconnected, the number of parallelly connected resistors
changes and therefore the voltage input to the AD terminal
changes.
 FFC harness between IOB and PFB broken

 FFC harness between IOB and PFB not connected fully
 BCU damaged
 IOB damaged
 PFB damaged
 Replace the FFC harness between IOB and PFB.
Troubleshooting
 Reconnect the FFC harness between IOB and PFB.
SM 5-149 D135/D136/D137/D138
IOB does not start
The IOB_WAKE signal of the IOB and the PFB is not "WAKE".
(Occurs when either 2 Vodkas in the IOB or 3 Vodkas in the PFB
are in the reset status.
Details:
 Detected when IOB_WAKE signal from the 2 Vodkas on the
IOB (PIB function, FSB function) and 3 Vodkas on the FSB
stay in the WAKE status.
SC665-04 D  IOB_WAKE signal is output from 5 Vodkas as explained
above and if at least one of them is "WAKE", IOB_WAKE is
not canceled.
 IOB damaged
 PFB damaged
 BCU defective
 Harness between BCU and IOB: Ground fault
 Harness between IOB and PFB: Ground fault
 PSU5V not output
 Replace the harness between IOB and PFB.

 Replace the harness between BCU and IOB.
 Replace the PSU.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-150 SM
SC669 EEPROM Communication Error
SC669-01 D EEPROM OPEN: ID error
SC669-02 D EEPROM OPEN: Channel error
SC669-03 D EEPROM OPEN: Device error
SC669-04 D EEPROM OPEN: Communication abort error
SC669-05 D EEPROM OPEN: Communication timeout error
SC669-06 D EEPROM OPEN: Operation stopped error
SC669-07 D EEPROM OPEN: Buffer full
SC669-08 D EEPROM OPEN: No error code
SC669-09 D EEPROM CLOSE: ID error
SC669-10 D EEPROM CLOSE: No error code
SC669-11 D EEPROM Data write: ID error
Troubleshooting
SC669-12 D EEPROM Data write: Channel error
SC669-13 D EEPROM Data write: Device error
SC669-14 D EEPROM Data write: Communication abort error
SC669-15 D EEPROM Data write: Communication timeout error
SM 5-151 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC669-16 D EEPROM Data write: Operation stopped error
SC669-17 D EEPROM Data write: Buffer full
SC669-18 D EEPROM Data write: No error code
SC669-19 D EEPROM Data read: ID error
SC669-20 D EEPROM Data read: Channel error
SC669-21 D EEPROM Data read: Device error
SC669-22 D EEPROM Data read: Communication abort error
SC669-23 D EEPROM Data read: Communication timeout error
SC669-24 D EEPROM Data read: Operation stopped error
SC669-25 D EEPROM Data read: Buffer full
SC669-26 D EEPROM Data read: No error code
SC669-27 D EEPROM Device detection: ID error
SC669-28 D EEPROM Device detection: Channel error
SC669-29 D EEPROM Device detection: Device error
SC669-30 D EEPROM Device detection: Communication abort error
SC669-31 D EEPROM Device detection: Communication timeout error
SC669-32 D EEPROM Device detection: Operation stopped error
SC669-33 D EEPROM Device detection: Buffer full
SC669-34 D EEPROM Device detection: No error code
Received a error notification during EEPROM communication

and does not resume after 3 retries.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-152 SM
 Electrical noise
 EEPROM not connected fully
 EEPROM not installed
 EEPROM damaged
 BCU damaged

 Reconnect the EEPROM.
 Replace the EEPROM.
 Replace the BCU.
SC681 Toner Cartridge: ID Chip Communication Error
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (K_Invalid Device

SC681-01 D
ID)
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (M_Invalid Device
Troubleshooting
SC681-02 D
ID)
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (C_Invalid Device

SC681-03 D
ID)
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (Y_Invalid Device

SC681-04 D
ID)
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (K_Channel error

SC681-05 D
(e.g. bus disconnection))
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (M_Channel error

SC681-06 D
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (C_Channel error

SC681-07 D
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (Y_Channel error

SC681-08 D
SM 5-153 D135/D136/D137/D138
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (K_Device Error

SC681-09 D
(No ID chip))
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (M_Device Error

SC681-11 D
(No ID chip))
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (C_Device Error

SC681-12 D
(No ID chip))
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (Y_Device Error

SC681-13 D
(No ID chip))
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (K_Communication

SC681-14 D
aborted (error during communication))
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (M_Communication

SC681-16 D
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (C_Communication

SC681-17 D
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (Y_Communication

SC681-18 D
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (K_Communication

SC681-19 D
timeout)
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (M_Communication

SC681-21 D
timeout)
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (C_Communication

SC681-22 D
timeout)
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (Y_Communication

SC681-23 D
timeout)
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (K_Device stopped

SC681-24 D
(logically stopped))
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-154 SM
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (M_Device stopped

SC681-26 D
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (C_Device stopped

SC681-27 D
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (Y_Device stopped

SC681-28 D
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (K_Requested

SC681-29 D
buffer full)
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (M_Requested

SC681-31 D
buffer full)
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (C_Requested

SC681-32 D
buffer full)
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (Y_Requested

SC681-33 D
buffer full)
Troubleshooting
SC681-34 D Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (K_No error code)
SC681-35 D Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (M_No error code)
SC681-36 D Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (C_No error code)
SC681-37 D Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (Y_No error code)
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (K_Invalid Device

SC681-38 D
ID)
Toner Supply: ID Chip Communication Error (M_Invalid Device

SC681-39 D
ID)
Errors defined in I2C communication

 When abnormality occurs at cable connection
 When error notification was received during communication
with the tag and operation is not resumed after 3 retries.
SM 5-155 D135/D136/D137/D138
There was an error during (wired) communication with the ID

chip on the toner bottle.
SC681-01 to 04: Device ID data corrupted.
SC681-06 to 09: Contact fault (e.g. Bus disconnection)
SC681-11 to 14: No ID chip
SC681-16 to 19/21 to 24/26 to 39: Noise
SC681-31 to 34/36 to 39: Software problem
 Toner supply set error
 ID chip defective
 Harness broken
 BCU damaged
 IOB damaged
 TSB damaged
 TCB damaged
 Unintended noise

 Set the toner supply again.
 Replace the ID chip.
 Fix the harness.
 Replace the TSB.
 Replace the TCB.
SC682 PCU: ID Chip Communication Error
SC682-01 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(K_Invalid Device ID)
SC682-02 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(M_Invalid Device ID)
SC682-03 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(C_Invalid Device ID)
SC682-04 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(Y_Invalid Device ID)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-156 SM
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(K_Channel error (e.g. bus

SC682-05 D
disconnection))
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(M_Channel error (e.g. bus

SC682-06 D
disconnection))
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(C_Channel error (e.g. bus

SC682-07 D
disconnection))
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(Y_Channel error (e.g. bus

SC682-08 D
disconnection))
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(K_Device Error (No ID

SC682-09 D
chip))
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(M_Device Error (No ID

SC682-11 D
chip))
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(C_Device Error (No ID

SC682-12 D
chip))
Troubleshooting
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(Y_Device Error (No ID
SC682-13 D
chip))
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(K_Communication aborted

SC682-14 D
(error during communication))
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(M_Communication aborted

SC682-16 D
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(C_Communication aborted

SC682-17 D
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(Y_Communication aborted

SC682-18 D
SC682-19 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(K_Communication timeout)
SC682-21 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(M_Communication timeout)
SC682-22 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(C_Communication timeout)
SM 5-157 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC682-23 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(Y_Communication timeout)
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(K_Device stopped (logically

SC682-24 D
stopped))
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(M_Device stopped

SC682-26 D
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(C_Device stopped (logically

SC682-27 D
stopped))
PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(Y_Device stopped (logically

SC682-28 D
stopped))
SC682-29 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(K_Requested buffer full)
SC682-31 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(M_Requested buffer full)
SC682-32 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(C_Requested buffer full)
SC682-33 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(Y_Requested buffer full)
SC682-34 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(K_No error code)
SC682-35 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(M_No error code)
SC682-36 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(C_No error code)
SC682-37 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(Y_No error code)
SC682-38 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(K_Invalid Device ID)
SC682-39 D PCU: ID Chip Communication Error(M_Invalid Device ID)

 When abnormality occurs at cable connection
 When error notification was received during communication
with the tag and operation is not resumed after 3 retries.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-158 SM
There was an error during (wired) communication with the ID

chip on the toner bottle.
 PCU set error
 HST sensor defective
 Harness broken
 BCU damaged
 IOB damaged
 Set the PCU again.

 Replace the HST sensor.
SC684 Fusing: ID Chip Communication Error
Troubleshooting
SC684-01 D Fusing: ID Chip Communication Error(Invalid Device ID)
Fusing: ID Chip Communication Error(Channel error (e.g. bus

SC684-02 D
disconnection))
SC684-03 D Fusing: ID Chip Communication Error(Device Error (No ID chip))
Fusing: ID Chip Communication Error(Communication aborted

SC684-04 D
SC684-05 D Fusing: ID Chip Communication Error(Communication timeout)
Fusing: ID Chip Communication Error(Device stopped (logically

SC684-06 D
stopped))
SC684-07 D Fusing: ID Chip Communication Error(Requested buffer full)
SC684-08 D Fusing: ID Chip Communication Error(No error code)
SM 5-159 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Fusing unit set error

 ID chip defective
 Harness broken
 IOB damaged
 Set the fusing unit again.

 Replace the ID chip.
DC Power Supply Voltage Error
Uses the power supply status signal monitored by the VODKA

on the IOB.
Tracks for 1 second from the time the converter SW trigger turns
ON (SWTRG1=0 to 1).
Target: 24VS1-N
 PSU malfunctioning
 IOB malfunctioning
SC685-00 D  Connecter disconnected
 Harness broken or ground fault
 Load fault
 Replace the PSU.

 Set the connector again.
 Replace the part where ground fault occurred.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-160 SM
PER Not Received Error
Unable to receive the PER command from the controller.

SC687-00 D
 Communication error
IH Inverter Communication Error
IH inverter not responding to request

IH inverter communication error (ASAP IV compliant)
IH inverter response information unavailable

 IH inverter defective
 IOB defective
Troubleshooting
 Remove the cause of the SC and then turn off/on the power
or main power.
 Replace the harness/IH inverter/IOB as required.
SM 5-161 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC600 (CONTROLLER)
5.14 SC600 (CONTROLLER)
Counter device error 1
After 3 attempts to send a data frame to the optional counter

device via the serial communication line, no ACK signal was
SC632-00 B
received within 100 ms.
Serial line between the optional counter device, the relay board
and copier control board is disconnected or damaged.

 Check the serial communication line.
After communication was established, the controller received

the brake signal from the accounting device.
SC633-00 B Serial line between the optional counter device, the relay board
and copier control board is disconnected or damaged.

 Check the serial communication line.
A backup RAM error was returned by the counter device.
SC634-00 B Counter device control board or the backup battery of counter

device defective
 Replace the counter device control board.

 Replace the backup battery.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-162 SM
SC600 (CONTROLLER)
A backup battery error was returned by the counter device.

SC635-00 B
Counter device control board or the backup battery of counter
device defective
 Replace the counter device control board.

 Replace the backup battery.
IC Card Error (Expanded authentication module error)
Issued when expanded authentication management is set to

"ON" but either of the following occur.
 There is no expanded authentication module in the
machine.
 The SD card or the file of the expanded authentication
module is broken.
Troubleshooting
 There is no DESS module in the machine.
 There is no DESS module in the machine (models on which

SC636-01 D the function is optional).
 There is no expanded authentication module in the
machine.
 The SD card or the file of the expanded authentication
module is broken.
 Set a working SD card/expanded authentication module file.

 Install the DESS module.
 In the SSP mode set SP5-401-160 to 0.
 In the SSP mode, set SP5-401-161 to 0.
 Replace the NVRAM.
SM 5-163 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC600 (CONTROLLER)
IC Card Error (Version error)
The version of the expanded authentication module is not

SC636-02 D
correct.
Incorrect module version
Install the correct file of the expanded authentication module.
IC Card Error (OSM user code file error)
 The correct "usercode" file could not be found in the root

folder of the SD card.
 The "usercode" file on the SD card could not be read.
 The "usercode" file does not exist on the SD card.
SC636-11 D  The "usercode" file on the SD card is an invalid file.

 Data in the "usercode" file on the SD card is invalid.
 "usercode" file was not moved when moving the application
to another SD card
Use the user code configuration tool for OSM users

(Idissuer.exe) to create the "usercode" and store it in the root
folder of the SD card containing the IC card module (eccm.mod).
Tracking Information Notification Error (Tracking application

error)
Tracking information was lost.

SC637-01 D
 Tracking SDK application error
 Internal notification error
Turn the main power off/on.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-164 SM
SC600 (CONTROLLER)
Tracking Information Notification Error (Management server

SC637-02 D
error)
Tracking information was lost.
Communication with tracking management server failed.

 Network error
 tracking management server error
 Tracking SDK application error
Remote Service Modem Communication Error (Dialup

authentication failure)
 An error related to communication (dialup connection,

modem board etc.) using the RC Gate Type M was detected
or an error that prevents RC Gate operation was detected at
Troubleshooting
power on.
 Displayed only when an error is detected while RC Gate is
SC650-01 B operating.
 SC is not issued if an error occurs during RC Gate
installation (because it can be referenced using SP).
Dialup authentication failure
Check the following SPs.

 SP5-816-156
 SP5-816-157
SM 5-165 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC600 (CONTROLLER)
Remote Service Modem Communication Error (dialup failing

SC650-04 B
because of incorrect modem configuration)

power on.
operating.
Dialup failing because of incorrect modem configuration
Check if the setting of SP5-816-160 is correct.

If it is correct, then there is a software bug.
Remote Service Modem Communication Error (insufficient

current or connection fault)

power on.
SC650-05 B  Displayed only when an error is detected while RC Gate is
operating.
Insufficient current or connection fault
The line is not supported and nothing can be done.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-166 SM
SC600 (CONTROLLER)
Remote Service Modem Communication Error (RC Gate Type

Mwas installed but modem is not present (detected during
operation))

power on.
operating.
SC650-13 B  SC is not issued if an error occurs during RC Gate
RC Gate Type Mwas installed but modem is not present

(detected during operation)
 If a modem board is not installed, install it.

 Check again if the modem driver configurations
(SP5-816-160, SP5-816-165 to 171, SP5-816-165 to 171)
Troubleshooting
are correct.
 If the problem is not solved, replace the modem.
SM 5-167 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC600 (CONTROLLER)
Remote Service Modem Communication Error (RC Gate Type N

was installed but modem is present or wired/wireless LAN is not
working correctly)

modem board etc.) using the RC Gate was detected or an
SC650-14 B error that prevents RC Gate operation was detected at
power on.
operating.
RC Gate Type N was installed but modem is present or

wired/wireless LAN is not working correctly
 If a modem board is attached, remove it.

 Check if wired/wireless LAN works.
Illegal Remote Service Dial-up (Chat program parameter error)
An unexpected error occurred when RC Gate Type M dialed up
SC651-01 C the NRS Center.
Software bug
Logging only.
Illegal Remote Service Dial-up (Chat program execution error)
An unexpected error occurred when RC Gate dialed up the NRS
SC651-02 C Center.
Software bug
Logging only.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-168 SM
SC600 (CONTROLLER)
Remote service ID2 mismatching
There was an authentication mismatch between ID2 for

SC652-00 D @Remote, the controller board, and NVRAM.
 Used controller board installed

 Used NVRAM installed (such action is not allowed.)
 If this occurs during RC Gate installation:

Check the validity of the certificate and the NVRAM, check
the machine serial number, write the common certificate,
and then begin installation again.
 If this occurs after RC Gate installation:
Clear the RC Gate install status, check the validity of the
certificate and the NVRAM, check the machine serial
number, write the common certificate, and then begin
installation again.
Troubleshooting
Incorrect remote service ID2
ID2 stored in the NVRAM has either of the following problems.

 Number of characters is not 17.
 Includes a character that cannot be printed.
SC653-00 D  All spaces

 NULL
Replace the NVRAM.
Clear the RC Gate install status, write the common certificate,

and then begin installation again.
SM 5-169 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC600 (CONTROLLER)
SC670-00 D Engine start up error
 Case 1
 /ENGRDY signal was not asserted when the machine
was turned on or returned from energy saver mode.
 /IPURDY signal was not asserted when the machine
was turned on or returned from energy saver mode.
 EC response was not received within specified time
from power on.
 PC response was not received within specified time
from power on.
 SC response was not received within specified time
from power on.
 Writing to Rapi driver failed (the other party not found
through PCI).
 Case 2
 Unexpected down status was detected after /ENGRDY
assertion.
 Case 1
 Engine board does not start up.
 Case 2
 Engine board reset unexpectedly.
Check the connection between the engine board and the

controller board.
 If it is always reproduced, replace the engine board. If the
problem persists, consider replacing the controller board or
other boards between them.
 If reproducibility is low, multiple causes are to be
considered, such as software, engine board, controller
board, and PSU.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-170 SM
SC600 (CONTROLLER)
SC672-10 D Controller start up error
After the machine was powered on, communication between the

controller and the operation panel was not established.
 Controller stalled
 Board installed incorrectly
 Controller board defective
 Operation panel connector loose, broken, or defective
 Controller late

 Check the connection of the controller board.
 Check the control panel harness.
Controller start up error
Troubleshooting
After the machine was powered on, communication between the
controller and the operation panel was not established, or
communication with controller was interrupted after a normal
startup.
SC672-11 D  Board installed incorrectly

 Controller late

SM 5-171 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC600 (CONTROLLER)
Communication with controller was interrupted after a normal

startup.
SC672-12 D  Controller board defective

 Controller late

The operation panel detected that the controller is down.
SC672-13 D  Operation panel connector loose, broken, or defective
 Controller late

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-172 SM
SC600 (CONTROLLER)
SC672-99 D Controller start up error
The operation panel software ended abnormally.
 Controller late

Connection error of Smart Operation Panel
The main machine does not respond to the smart operation
Troubleshooting
SC673-10 D panel.
The SP setting for the smart operation panel is mismatch.
 Set the SP5748-201 (OpePanel Setting) to [1: ON].
SM 5-173 D135/D136/D137/D138

5.15.1 SC700 (ENGINE: PERIPHERALS)
Bottom plate lift motor error (1-pass ADF)
The bottom plate HP sensor does not detect the home position
of the bottom plate after the bottom plate lift motor switches on
and lowers the bottom plate. Or, the bottom plate position
sensor does not detect the position of the plate after the lift
motor switches on and raises the bottom plate.
Details:
The ADF notifies the main machine of the error. The first two
occurences are displayed as jams.
SC700-01 D
 Bottom plate position sensor output error
 Bottom plate HP sensor output error
 Bottom plate lift motor error (does not rotate)
 ARDF main board defective
 Check the connections of the sensor harnesses and motor

harnesses.
 Replace the sensor harnesses and motor harnesses.
 Replace the sensor or motor.
 Replace the ARDF main board.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-174 SM
SC700-02 D Original pick up error (1-pass ADF)
The pick-up motor is turned on but the pick-up home position

sensor is not detecting it.
Details:
The ADF notifies the main machine of the error. The first two
occurences are displayed as jams.
 Pick-up HP sensor output error

 Pick-up motor error (does not rotate)
 ARDF main board defective
 Check the connections of the sensor harnesses and motor

harnesses.
 Replace the sensor harnesses and motor harnesses.
 Replace the sensor or motor.
 Replace the ARDF main board.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-175 D135/D136/D137/D138
Feed motor error (1-pass ADF)
Error signal detected while the motor is driven.

Details:
When encoder channel A (B) error or overload error is detected
among the feed motor error notification registers.
SC700-04 D
The first two occurences, however, are displayed as jams.
 Motor defective
 Harness broken
 Overload
 Check the harness connection.

 Replace the encoder harness.
 Replace the board.
 Remove torn paper from the paper path, remove foreign
objects from the drive area, and check for motor/motor
bracket deformation.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-176 SM
Pull-out motor error (1-pass ADF)

Details:
among the pull-out motor error notification registers.
 Motor defective
 Overload

Troubleshooting
SM 5-177 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC700-06 D Intermediate motor error (1-pass ADF)

Details:
among the intermediate motor error notification registers.
 Motor defective
 Harness broken
 Overload

Scanning motor error (1-pass ADF)

Details:
among the scanning motor error notification registers.
SC700-07 D
 Motor defective
 Harness broken
 Overload
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-178 SM

Exit motor error (1-pass ADF)

Details:
among the exit motor error notification registers.
Troubleshooting
 Motor defective
 Overload

SM 5-179 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC701-02 D Original pick-up motor driver error (1-pass ADF)
Motor driver IC error flag was asserted when a jam occurred.

Details:
The protection mechanism of the motor driver IC detected
overcurrent or overheat and output an error.
Motor driver IC detected an error.
 Check the motor harness connection.

 Check for torn paper on the paper path or foreign objects in
the drive area.
 Replace the motor harness.
Protection device break error 4 (1-pass ADF)
The non-interlock power supply system protection device broke

the circuit with the 24V power supply on.
Details:
A motor defect or a short circuit occurred in either the pick-up
motor, transmission stamp, or bottom plate lift motor and the
non-interlock power system protection device broke the circuit.
SC702-04 D
 Motor defect in non-interlock power supply system.
 Harness broken
 Replace the pick-up motor, transmission stamp solenoid, or

bottom plate lift motor.
 Replace the harness of pick-up motor, transmission stamp
solenoid, or bottom plate lift motor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-180 SM
Protection device break error 5 (1-pass ADF)
The non-interlock power supply system protection device broke

the circuit with the 24V power supply on.
Details:
A motor defect or a short circuit occurred in either the feed
motor, pull-out motor, intermediate motor, scanning motor, or
exit motor and the non-interlock power system protection device
SC702-05 D broke the circuit.
 Motor defect in non-interlock power supply system.

 Harness broken
 Replace the feed motor, pull-out motor, intermediate motor,

scanning motor, or exit motor.
 Replace the harness of feed motor, pull-out motor,
intermediate motor, scanning motor, or exit motor.
Troubleshooting
Downstream device communication error (D751)
 Communication with the downstream device has

established, but the device is not responding to the
command sent out, even after being sent three times.
 The port level of the downstream device does not become H
level (break cancel) within specified time.
SC719-07 D  Interface cable (downstream device side) connector

disconnected or broken
 Board defective (Buffer pass unit or downstream device)
 Replace the interface cable between buffer pass unit and

downstream device or reconnect the connectors.
 Replace the board (of the buffer pass unit or downstream
device).
SM 5-181 D135/D136/D137/D138
Buffer pass unit_CTB_+24V_Power supply error
Detected +24V power OFF of the Buffer pass unit PCB: CTB.
 Buffer pass unit PSU defect

 Harness ground fault/broken
 24V load (motor/fan) layer short
SC719-08 D  PCB defective
 Fuse tripped (PSU, PCB)
 Replace the Buffer pass unit PSU.

 Replace the motor/fan.
Buffer pass unit_CTB_+24VINT_Power supply error
Detected +24VINT power OFF of the Buffer pass unit PCB:

CTB.
 Buffer pass unit PSU defect

 Harness ground fault/broken
 24V load (motor/fan) layer short
 PCB defective
 Fuse tripped (PSU, PCB)
 PCB relay defect
 Replace the Buffer pass unit PSU.

 Replace the motor/fan.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-182 SM
Downstream device communication error (D703/D704)
Communication with the downstream device has established,

but the device is not responding to the command sent out, even
after being sent three times.
 Interface cable (downstream device side) connector

SC720-01 D disconnected or broken
 PCB of downstream device defective
 Controller PCB defective

 Replace the PCB of downstream device.
 Replace the interface cable.
Protection device break error 1 (D703/D704)
Protection device break error (fuse tripped)
Troubleshooting
 Short-circuit
SC720-03 B  Overload
 Motor/solenoid defective
 Check the harness.

 Replace the PCB/motor/solenoid.
SM 5-183 D135/D136/D137/D138
Protection device break error 1 (2000/3000-sheet finisher with

Mailbox)
 Short-circuit
 Overload
SC720-04 B
2000/3000-sheet finisher
Mailbox
 Replace the motor/solenoid.
SC720-10 B Entrance Transport Motor Error (2000/3000
SC720-11 B Horizontal Transport Motor Error (2000/3000
SC720-12 B Pre Stack Transport Motor Error (2000/3000
SC720-13 B Middle Transport Motor Error (2000/3000
SC720-16 B Tray Exit Motor Error (2000/3000
Motor driver detected an error (DC motor control error).

(The first time: jam display, the second time: SC)
 Motor defective
 Overload
 Check motor connection.

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-184 SM
SC720-20 B Lower Junction Gate Motor Error (2000/3000
SC720-24 B Paper Exit Gate Motor Error (2000/3000
 Motor driver detected an error (short-circuit or overheat).

(SC from the first time)
 When moving to the home position, home position was not
detected within specified number of pulses (p0 pulses).
 When moving from the home position, home position was
still detected after specified number of pulses (p1 pulses).
 Motor defective
 Overload
 Home position sensor defective
 Check the connections of the motor and home position

sensor.
Troubleshooting
 Replace the motor/home position sensor.
SC720-25 B Punch Motor Error (2000/3000
SC720-27 B Punch Drive Motor Error (2000/3000
SC720-28 B Paper Position Sensor Side Motor Error (2000/3000
SM 5-185 D135/D136/D137/D138

detected within specified number of pulses (p0 pulse). (The
first time: jam display, the second time: SC)
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
SC720-30 B Jogger Motor Error (2000/3000
SC720-33 B Positioning Roller Motor Error (2000/3000
SC720-41 B Feed Out Motor Error (2000/3000
SC720-42 B Corner Stapler Movement Motor Error (2000/3000

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-186 SM
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
Corner Stapling Motor Error (D703/D704)

detected within specified time (t0 sec). (The first time: jam
display, the second time: SC)
Troubleshooting
still detected after specified time (t1 sec). (The first time: jam
SC720-44 B  Motor defective

 Overload

sensor.
SM 5-187 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC720-50 B Booklet Jogger Motor Error (2000/3000
SC720-51 B Booklet Guide Motor Error (2000/3000
SC720-53 B Booklet Fence Motor Error (2000/3000

 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-188 SM
Booklet Stapling Motor Error (D703/D704)

SC720-60 B still detected after specified time (t1 sec). (The first time: jam
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
Troubleshooting
Movement Roller Transport Motor Error (D703/D704)
Motor driver detected an error (DC motor control error).

 Motor defective
SC720-62 B  Connecter disconnected

 Overload
 Check the motor connection.

SM 5-189 D135/D136/D137/D138
Folding Transport Motor Error (D703/D704)
Motor driver detected an error (short-circuit or overheat). (The

first time: jam display, the second time: SC)
 Motor defective
 Overload
 Check the motor connection.

SC720-65 B Press Folding Motor Error (D703/D704)

 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-190 SM
Tray Lift Motor Error (D703/D704)
 Motor controller detected an error (overload). (The first time:

jam display, the second time: SC)
 When descending, paper sensor is still detecting paper after
SC720-70 B the specified time (t0 sec). (The first time: jam display, the
second time: SC)
 When ascending, paper sensor did not detect paper within
specified time (t1 sec). (The first time: jam display, the
second time: SC)
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-191 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC720-71 B Shift Motor Error (D703/D704)
SC720-72 B Shift Jogger Front Motor Error (D703/D704)
SC720-73 B Shift Jogger Rear Motor Error (D703/D704)
SC720-74 B Shift Jogger Retraction Motor Error (D703/D704)

 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-192 SM
Stacking Roller Motor Error (D703/D704)
 Motor driver detected an error (DC motor control error).

SC720-75 B display, the second time: SC)
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-193 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC720-77 B Leading Edge Guide Motor Error (D703/D704)

 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
Trailing Edge Pressure Plate Motor Error (D703/D704)
 Motor driver detected an error (DC motor control error).

SC720-78 B  When moving from the home position, home position was
 Motor defective
 Overload
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-194 SM

sensor.
Protection device break error 2 (D703/D704)
 Short-circuit
 Overload
SC720-80 B
D703/D704:
 Check the harness/replace the PCB.
Inserter:
Troubleshooting
SM 5-195 D135/D136/D137/D138
Upper Transport Motor Error (D707)
 Motor pulse not detected for a specified time. (The first time:
 The motor speed does not reach the specified value after a
SC722-10 B
specified time (t1msec) from motor startup.
 Motor defective
 Overload

Lower Transport Motor Error (D707)
 Motor pulse not detected for a specified time. (The first time:
 Motor defective
 Overload

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-196 SM
SC722-15 B Pre-stack Tansport Motor Error (D707)
SC722-16 B Upper Tray Exit Motor Error (D707)
SC722-17 B Shift Tray Exit Motor Error (D707)
SC722-18 B Stapler Exit Motor Error (D707)
Motor driver detected an open circuit or short-circuit.

 Motor defective

Troubleshooting
SM 5-197 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC722-20 B Upper Tray Junction Gate Motor Error (D707)
SC722-21 B Stapler Junction Gate Motor Error (D707)
SC722-22 B Pre-stack Junction Gate Motor Error (D707)
SC722-23 B Pre-stack Paper Stopper Motor Error (D707)

detected within specified time (t0 ms). (The first time: jam
still detected after specified time (t1 ms). (The first time: jam
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-198 SM
Exit Guide Motor Error (D707)

SC722-24 B display, the second time: SC)
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-199 D135/D136/D137/D138
Punch Motor Error (D707)
 No change to the punch home position sensor after a

specified time (t1ms) from punch operation. (The first time:
 No change to the punch home position sensor within a
specified number of pulses (p0 pulses) from punch
operation. (The first time: jam display, the second time: SC)

 Overload

sensor.
SC722-30 B Jogger Motor Error (D707)

 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-200 SM
Positioning Roller Motor Error (D707)

SC722-33 B still detected after specified number of pulses (p1 pulses).
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
Troubleshooting
Positioning Roller Transport Motor Error (D707)
Motor driver detected an open circuit or short-circuit. (SC from

the first time)
 Motor defective

SM 5-201 D135/D136/D137/D138
Stack Plate-Center Motor Error (D707)
 The drive unit in the staple tray does not return to the home
position within a specified time (t0ms). (The first time: jam
 When the drive unit in the staple tray was moving away from
the home position, the home position was still detected after
SC722-35 B
a specified time (t1ms). (The first time: jam display, the
second time: SC)
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-202 SM
Stapler Plate-Front Motor Error (D707)
second time: SC)
SC722-36 B
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-203 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC722-37 B Stapler Plate-Rear Motor Error (D707)
second time: SC)
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-204 SM
Stapler Movement Motor Error (D707)

SC722-39 B still detected after specified time (t1 ms). (The first time: jam
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
Troubleshooting
Stapler Rotation Motor Error (D707)


 Overload

sensor.
SM 5-205 D135/D136/D137/D138
Stack Feed-Out Belt Motor Error (D707)

SC722-41 B (The first time: jam display, the second time: SC)
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-206 SM
Stapler Motor Error (D707)


 Overload

sensor.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-207 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC722-43 B Stapler Rotation Motor Error (D707)

 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
Stapler Hammer Motor Error (D707)
 The staple drive unit does not complete operation within

specified time (t0ms). (The first time: jam display, the
second time: SC)
SC722-44 B
 Overload due to staple jam or number of sheets exceeding

the limit, etc.
 Motor defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-208 SM

sensor.
Shift Tray Lift Motor Error (D707)
 When ascending, paper sensor did not detect paper within

specified time (t0 sec). (The first time: jam display, the
second time: SC)
 When descending, paper sensor is still detecting paper after
the specified time (t1 sec). (The first time: jam display, the
second time: SC)
SC722-70 B  Overload due to staple jam or number of sheets exceeding

the limit, etc.
Troubleshooting
 Motor defective

sensor.
SM 5-209 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC722-71 B Shift Motor Error (D707)


the limit, etc.
 Motor defective

sensor.
Shift Jogger Motor Error (D707)

SC722-72 B

the limit, etc.
 Motor defective
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-210 SM

sensor.
Shift Jogger Lift Motor Error (D707)

SC722-74 B  Overload due to staple jam or number of sheets exceeding

the limit, etc.
Troubleshooting
 Motor defective

sensor.
SM 5-211 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC722-75 B Stacking Roller Drug Motor Error (D707)


the limit, etc.
 Motor defective

sensor.
Stacking Roller Motor Error (D707)
Motor driver detected an open circuit or short-circuit. (SC from

the first time)


D135/D136/D137/D138 5-212 SM
SC725-01 D Downstream device communication error (D615)

 Interface cable (downstream device side) connector

disconnected or broken
 PCB of downstream device defective
 Controller PCB defective
 Replace the interface cable.

 Replace the PCB of downstream device.
Troubleshooting
Reg. Roller Transport Motor Error (D615)
 Motor driver detected an error. (SC from the first time)
 Overcurrent to the motor.

SC725-12 B  Motor drive overheat

SM 5-213 D135/D136/D137/D138
Dynamic Roller Transport Motor Error (D615)

SC725-13 B
 Motor drive overheat

Z-fold top tray exit motor error (D615)


D135/D136/D137/D138 5-214 SM
Z-fold stopper 1 Motor error (D615)


 Connector disconnected

 Re-connect the connector.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-215 D135/D136/D137/D138
2nd Stopper Motor Error (D615)

SC725-31 B

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-216 SM
SC725-32 B 3rd Stopper Motor Erro (D615)



Troubleshooting
Jogger Fence Motor Error (D615)


SM 5-217 D135/D136/D137/D138

Dynamic Roller Lift Motor Error (D615)

SC725-34 B

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-218 SM
SC725-35 B Registration Roller Release Motor Error (D615)



Troubleshooting
FM2 Direct-Send JG Motor Error (D615)


SM 5-219 D135/D136/D137/D138

FM6 Pawl Motor Error (D615)

SC725-37 B

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-220 SM
SC725-38 B Fold Plate Motor Error (D615)



Troubleshooting
1st Fold Motor Error (D615)


SM 5-221 D135/D136/D137/D138
2nd Fold Motor Error (D615)

SC725-40 B


Crease Motor Error (D615)


Horizontal Transport Motor Error (D615)

SC725-71 D  Motor drive overheat

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-222 SM
SC725-72 D Horizontal exit motor error (D615)


Horizontal exit motor error (D615)

SC725-73 D  Motor drive overheat
Troubleshooting
SM 5-223 D135/D136/D137/D138
Entrance JG Motor Error (D615)

SC725-74 D still detected after specified number of pulses (p1 pulses).


Downstream device communication error (D712)

SC740-01 D
 Interface cable (between inserter and downstream device)
connector disconnected or broken
 PCB (of inserter or downstream device) defective
 Reconnect or replace the interface cable (between inserter

and downstream device) connector disconnected or broken
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-224 SM
Bottom Plate Lift Motor Error (D711)
 The lift motor rotates in the ascending direction but the

upper limit sensor does not detect within specified time
SC740-10 B (t0sec). (The first time: jam display, the second time: SC)
 The lift motor rotates in the descending direction but the
lower limit sensor does not detect within specified time
(t0sec). (The first time: jam display, the second time: SC)
 Motor defective
 Overload
 Upper limit sensor defective
 Lower limit sensor defective
 Check the motor and upper limit sensor.

 Check the lower limit sensor.
 Replace the motor/upper limit sensor./lower limit sensor.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-225 D135/D136/D137/D138
1st Lift Motor Error (D712)

 Lift motor defective/Connecter disconnected

 Upper limit sensor defective/Connecter disconnected
SC740-10 B  Lower limit sensor defective/Connecter disconnected
 Harness broken
 PCB defective
 Mechanical defect of the tray lift mechanism

 Repair the tray lift mechanism
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-226 SM
1st Pick-Up Motor Error (D712)
 Home position is not detected within a specified number of

pulses after the pick-up motor is driven. (The first time: jam
 Home position is still detected after the pick-up motor has
been driven for a specified number of pulses. (The first time:
 Pick-up motor defective/connector disconnected

SC740-11 B  Home position sensor defective/connecter disconnected
 Harness broken
 PCB defective
 Mechanical defect of the pick-up mechanism
 Replace or reconnect the pick-up motor.

 Replace or reconnect the home position sensor.
Troubleshooting
 Repair the pick-up mechanism
2nd Lift Motor Error (D712)

SC740-20 B (t0sec). (The first time: jam display, the second time: SC)
SM 5-227 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Lift motor defective/Connecter disconnected

 Upper limit sensor defective/Connecter disconnected
 Lower limit sensor defective/Connecter disconnected
 Harness broken
 PCB defective
 Mechanical defect of the tray lift mechanism

 Repair the tray lift mechanism
2nd Pick-Up Motor Error (D712)
 Home position is not detected within a specified number of

pulses after the pick-up motor is driven. (The first time: jam
 Home position is still detected after the pick-up motor has
been driven for a specified number of pulses. (The first time:
 Pick-up motor defective/connecter disconnected

SC740-21 B  Home position sensor defective/connecter disconnected
 Harness broken
 PCB defective
 Mechanical defect of the pick-up mechanism
 Replace or reconnect the pick-up motor.

 Replace or reconnect the home position sensor.
 Repair the pick-up mechanism
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-228 SM
Protection device break error 1 (Mailbox)
 Short-circuit
SC745-03 B  Overload

 Replace the motor/solenoid.
De-curl Pressure Adjustment Motor Error (D727)
 The home position sensor did not change from non-blocked

to blocked 9 seconds after homing operation started.
Troubleshooting
 The home position sensor did not change from blocked to
non-blocked 1.2 seconds after homing operation started.
 Motor defective
 Overload

sensor.
SM 5-229 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC780-50 B LCT high efficiency controller communication error
An error was detected during read/write access in SPI

communication between SPU and high-efficiency controller.
 PCB defective
 High-efficiency controller defective
 High-efficiency controller system clock error
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-230 SM

5.16.1 SC800 (CONTROLLER)
SC816 [0x0000] Energy save I/O subsystem error
SC816-01 D Subsystem error
SC816-02 D Sysarch (LPUX_GET_PORT_INFO) error
SC816-03 D Transition to STR was denied.
SC816-04 D Interrupt in kernel communication driver
SC816-05 D Preparation for transition to STR failed.
SC816-08 D Sysarch (LPUX_ENGINE_TIMERCTRL) error
SC816-09 D Sysarch (LPUX_RETURN_FACTOR_STR) error
Troubleshooting
SC816-13 D open() error
SC816-14 D Memory address error
SC816-19 D Double open() error
SM 5-231 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC816-22 D Parameter error
SC816-23 D read() error
SC816-26 D write() communication retry error
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-232 SM
SC816--48 D Subsystem error
Troubleshooting
SM 5-233 D135/D136/D137/D138
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-234 SM
Rev. 05/29/2014 SERVICE CALL 816-899

Energy save I/O subsystem detected some abnormality.
Energy save I/O subsystem defective

Energy save I/O subsystem detected a controller board
error (non-response).
Error was detected during preparation for transition to STR.

Replace the controller board.
⇒ SC No. Level Error Name/Error Condition/Major Cause/Solution

Fatal kernel error
Due to a control error, a RAM overflow occurred during system
processing. One
of the following messages was displayed on the operation panel.
0x5032 HAIC-P2 error
Troubleshooting
SC819 D 0x5245 Link-up fail
0x5355 L2 Status Time Out
0x696e gwinit died
0x766d Vm_pageout: VM is full
554C USB loader defect
Other
System program defective ( DOS, PS, DESS)
Controller board defective
Optional board defective – (FAX, Adapter A,
Reload System firmware

EEPROM access error
An error occurred during I/O processing.

A read error occurred and 3 retries failed.
SC840-00 D A write error occurred.
EEPROM defective or end-of-life
SM 5-235 D135/D136/D137/D138
EEPROM read data error
Compared the data from 3 areas of the EEPROM mirror data

SC841-00 D with the original data and all 3 of them were different from the
original data.
Data in the specific area of the EEPROM has been modified.
Nand-Flash updating verification error
During remote ROM update or ROM update, the SCS detected

a write error (verify error) regarding the data written to the
SC842-00 C Nand-Flash.
Nand-Flash damaged
Nand-Flash bad block number exceeding the threshold
When the status of the Nand-Flash was checked at power-on or

when returning from energy saver mode, the number of bad
SC842-01 B blocks exceeded the threshold.
Nand-Flash bad block number exceeding the threshold
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-236 SM
Number of times of Nand-Flash block erase exceeding the

threshold
When the status of the Nand-Flash was checked at power-on or

SC842-02 B when returning from energy saver mode, the number of times
the block was erased exceeded the threshold.
Number of times of Nand-Flash block erase exceeding the

threshold
Bluetooth device connection error
The Bluetooth hardware (USB type) was connected after the

machine was turned on.
SC853-00 B The Bluetooth hardware (USB type) was connected after the
Troubleshooting
Turn the main power with the Bluetooth hardware (USB type)
connected.
Bluetooth device disconnected
The Bluetooth hardware (USB type) was disconnected after the

SC854-00 B The Bluetooth hardware (USB type) was disconnected after the
Turn the main power with the Bluetooth hardware (USB type)
connected.
SM 5-237 D135/D136/D137/D138
Wireless LAN board error (driver attachment failure)
Wireless LAN board error (wireless LAN card: 802.11 is

SC855-01 B covered)
Defective wireless LAN board

Loose connection
1. Turn the main power off/on.

2. Replace wireless LAN board
Wireless LAN board error (driver initialization failure)
Wireless LAN board error (wireless LAN card: 802.11 is

covered)
SC855-02 B Defective wireless LAN board

Loose connection
1. Turn the main power off/on.

2. Replace wireless LAN board
USB I/F Error
The USB interface is unusable because of a driver error.
SC857-00 B USB driver error (There are three causes of USB error: RX
error/CRC error/STALL. SC is issued only in the case of STALL.)
1. Check USB connection.

2. Replace the controller board.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-238 SM
Data encryption conversion error (HDD Key Setting Error)
SC858-01 - A serious error occurred during an attempt to update the

encryption key.
Data in the USB Flash etc. corrupted

Communication error because of electromagnetic
interference etc.
Replace the board.
Data encryption conversion error (NVRAM read/write error)
A serious error occurred after data conversion during an attempt
SC858-02 A to update the encryption key.
NVRAM defective
Troubleshooting
Replace the board.
Data encryption conversion error (NVRAM Before Replace

error)

SC858-30 A to update the encryption key.
Software error such as conversion parameters being invalid.
Replace the board.
SM 5-239 D135/D136/D137/D138
Data encryption conversion error (Other Error)

SC858-31 A
to update the encryption key.
Replace the board.
Data encryption conversion HDD conversion error (HDD check

error)
HDD was not converted correctly during an attempt to update

the encryption key.
Only an error screen is displayed and no SC is issued during
conversion. This SC is issued after machine restart.
1. HDD conversion was selected in the Encryption key update

SC859-01 B function but the machine was turned on with the HDD
removed.
2. Power failure occurred during encryption key update.
3. HDD was not successfully converted during encryption key
update due to HDD errors or cable noises.
1. Check HDD connection.

2. Format the HDD.
3. If there is a problem with the HDD, it has to be replaced.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-240 SM
Data encryption conversion HDD conversion error (Power

failure during conversion)

the encryption key.
SC859-02 B Only an error screen is displayed and no SC is issued during
Details:
NVRAM/HDD conversion is incomplete.
Power failure occurred during encryption key update.
None
The display after restart instructs the user to format the HDD.
Data encryption conversion HDD conversion error (Data

read/write command error)
Troubleshooting
the encryption key.
Only an error screen is displayed and no SC is issued during
Details:
SC859-10 B Abnormal DMAC return value has been received two or more
times (DMAC timeout, serial communication error etc.)
HDD was not successfully converted during encryption key

update due to HDD errors or cable noises.
Check HDD connection.

Format the HDD.
If there is a problem with the HDD, it has to be replaced.
SM 5-241 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC860-00 B HDD startup error at main power on (HDD error)
1. The HDD is connected but the driver detected the following

errors.
2. SS_NOT_READY:/* (-2)HDD does not become READY*/
3. SS_BAD_LABEL:/* (-4)Wrong partition type*/
4. SS_READ_ERROR:/* (-5)Error occurred while reading or
checking the label*/
5. SS_WRITE_ERROR:/* (-6)Error occurred while writing or
checking the label*/
6. SS_FS_ERROR:/* (-7)Failed to repair the filesystem*/
7. SS_MOUNT_ERROR:/* (-8)Failed to mount the filesystem*/
8. SS_COMMAND_ERROR:/* (-9)Drive not responding to
command*/
9. SS_KERNEL_ERROR:/* (-10)Internal kernel error*/
10. SS_SIZE_ERROR:/* (-11)Drive size too small*/
11. SS_NO_PARTITION:/* (-12)The specified partition does not
exist*/
12. SS_NO_FILE:/* (-13)Device file does not exist*/
13. Attempted to acquire HDD status through the driver but
there has been no response for 30 seconds or more.
1. Unformatted HDD
2. Label data corrupted
3. HDD defective
Format the HDD through SP mode.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-242 SM
HDD data read failure
The data written to the HDD cannot be read normally.

SC863-01 D
Bad sectors were generated during operation.
(An error occurred in an area that does not belong to a partition,
such as the disklabel area.)
Guide for when to replace the HDD

When SC863 has occurred ten times or more
1. The interval is short.
2. Repeatedly occurs in the same situation (At power-on, etc.).
3. Startup takes a long time when the main power is turned on.
1. It takes a long time after main power on for the operation
panel to become ready.
HDD access may be consuming time. Normal HDD access
time after main power on is about 5 seconds. If the machine
is not waiting for the engine to be ready and it still takes 20
to 30 seconds or more, the HDD may be the cause. If there
Troubleshooting
is a problem with the HDD, HDD-related SCs such as
SC860 and SC863 will occur frequently. Print the SC log
data and check them.
SM 5-243 D135/D136/D137/D138

SC863-02 D
(An error occurred in partition "a".)

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-244 SM

SC863-03 D
(An error occurred in partition "b".)

Troubleshooting
SM 5-245 D135/D136/D137/D138

SC863-04 D
(An error occurred in partition "c".)

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-246 SM

SC863-05 D
(An error occurred in partition "d".)

Troubleshooting
SM 5-247 D135/D136/D137/D138

SC863-06 D
(An error occurred in partition "e".)

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-248 SM

SC863-07 D
(An error occurred in partition "f".)

Troubleshooting
SM 5-249 D135/D136/D137/D138

SC863-08 D
(An error occurred in partition "g".)

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-250 SM

SC863-09 D
(An error occurred in partition "h".)

Troubleshooting
SM 5-251 D135/D136/D137/D138

SC863-10 D
(An error occurred in partition "i".)

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-252 SM

SC863-11 D
(An error occurred in partition "j".)

Troubleshooting
SM 5-253 D135/D136/D137/D138

SC863-12 D
(An error occurred in partition "k".)

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-254 SM

SC863-13 D
(An error occurred in partition "l".)

Troubleshooting
SM 5-255 D135/D136/D137/D138

SC863-14 D
(An error occurred in partition "m".)

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-256 SM

SC863-15 D
(An error occurred in partition "n".)

Troubleshooting
SM 5-257 D135/D136/D137/D138

SC863-16 D
(An error occurred in partition "o".)

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-258 SM

SC863-17 D
(An error occurred in partition "p".)

Troubleshooting
SM 5-259 D135/D136/D137/D138

SC863-18 D
(An error occurred in partition "q".)

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-260 SM

SC863-19 D
(An error occurred in partition "r.)

Troubleshooting
SM 5-261 D135/D136/D137/D138

SC863-20 D
(An error occurred in partition "r.)

It takes a long time after main power on for the operation
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-262 SM

SC863-21 D
(An error occurred in partition "t)

The interval is short.
Repeatedly occurs in the same situation (At power-on, etc.).
Startup takes a long time when the main power is turned on.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-263 D135/D136/D137/D138

SC863-22 D
(An error occurred in partition "u".)

D135/D136/D137/D138 5-264 SM

SC863-23 D
(An error occurred in partition "y".)

Troubleshooting
HDD data CRC error
During HDD operation, the HDD returned a CRC error.

SC864-01 D (An error occurred in an area that does not belong to a partition,
Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
SM 5-265 D135/D136/D137/D138
HDD data CRC error

SC864-02 D
Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
HDD data CRC error
SC864-03 D Bad sectors were generated during operation.

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-266 SM
HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Troubleshooting
Replace the HDD.
HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
SM 5-267 D135/D136/D137/D138
HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
SC864-09 D HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-268 SM
HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
HDD data CRC error

SC864-12 D

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
Troubleshooting
HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
SM 5-269 D135/D136/D137/D138
HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
HDD data CRC error

SC864-15 D
Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-270 SM
HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
Troubleshooting
HDD data CRC error

(An error occurred in partition "r".)
Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
SM 5-271 D135/D136/D137/D138
HDD data CRC error

(An error occurred in partition "s".)
Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
HDD data CRC error

(An error occurred in partition "t".)
Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-272 SM
SC864-22 D HDD data CRC error

Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
HDD data CRC error

(An error occurred in partition "v".)
Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD.
Troubleshooting
HDD access error
During HDD operation, the HDD returned an error.
SC865-00 D The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
sector) or SC864 (CRC error).
Replace the HDD.
SM 5-273 D135/D136/D137/D138
HDD access error

SC865-01 D
The HDD returned an error that does not constitute SC863 (bad
(An error occurred in an area that does not belong to a partition,
Replace the HDD.
HDD access error
Replace the HDD.
HDD access error
Replace the HDD.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-274 SM
HDD access error

SC865-03 D
Replace the HDD.
HDD access error
Replace the HDD.
Troubleshooting
HDD access error
Replace the HDD.
SM 5-275 D135/D136/D137/D138
HDD access error

SC865-07 D
Replace the HDD.
HDD access error
Replace the HDD.
HDD access error
Replace the HDD.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-276 SM
HDD access error

SC865-10 D
Replace the HDD.
HDD access error
Replace the HDD.
Troubleshooting
HDD access error
Replace the HDD.
SM 5-277 D135/D136/D137/D138
HDD access error

SC865-13 D
Replace the HDD.
HDD access error
Replace the HDD.
HDD access error
Replace the HDD.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-278 SM
HDD access error

SC865-16 D
Replace the HDD.
HDD access error
Replace the HDD.
Troubleshooting
HDD access error
Replace the HDD.
SM 5-279 D135/D136/D137/D138
HDD access error

SC865-19 D
(An error occurred in partition "r".)
Replace the HDD.
HDD access error
(An error occurred in partition "s".)
Replace the HDD.
HDD access error
(An error occurred in partition "t".)
Replace the HDD.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-280 SM
HDD access error

SC865-22 D
Replace the HDD.
HDD access error
(An error occurred in partition "v".)
Replace the HDD.
Troubleshooting
SD card authentication error
A license error of an application that is started from the SD card
SC866-00 B was detected.
Invalid program data is stored on the SD card.
Store a valid program data on the SD card.
SM 5-281 D135/D136/D137/D138
SD card removed
The SD card that starts an application was removed from the

SC867-00 D slot.

slot (mount point of /mnt/sd0).
SD card removed

slot.
SC867-01 D
SD card removed

slot.
SC867-02 D
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-282 SM
SD card access error
The SD controller returned an error during operation.

SC868-00 D (Error occurred at the mount point of /mnt/sd0)
SD card defective
SD controller defective
Reformat the SD card (using the "SD Formatter" made by

Panasonic).*
Check the SD card insertion status.
Replace the SD card.
* Do not format an SD card supplied with the main machine or sold as an option. You may
only format SD cards used for Firmware Update by a Customer Engineer.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-283 D135/D136/D137/D138

(Error occurred at the mount point of /mnt/sd1)
SD card defective
SD card that starts an application

Turn the main power off and check the SD card insertion
status.
If no problem is found, insert the SD card and turn the main
SC868-01 D
power on.
If an error occurs, replace the SD card.
SD card for users
In case of a file system error, reformat the SD card (using
the "SD Formatter" made by Panasonic).*
In case of a device access error, turn the main power off
and check the SD card insertion status.
power on.
If an error occurs, use another SD card.
If the error persists
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-284 SM

(Error occurred at the mount point of /mnt/sd1)
SD card defective
SD card that starts an application

Turn the main power off and check the SD card insertion
status.
SC868-02 D
power on.
If an error occurs, replace the SD card.
SD card for users
In case of a file system error, reformat the SD card (using
Troubleshooting
the "SD Formatter" made by Panasonic).*
In case of a device access error, turn the main power off
and check the SD card insertion status.
power on.
If an error occurs, use another SD card.
If the error persists
SC870-00 B Address Book data error (Anytime: Address Book Error.)
Address Book data error (On startup: Media required for storing
SC870-01 B
the Address Book is missing.)
SM 5-285 D135/D136/D137/D138
Address Book data error (On startup: encryption is configured

SC870-02 B
but the module required for encryption (DESS) is missing.)
Address Book data error (Initialization: Failed to generate a file

SC870-03 B
to store internal Address Book.)

SC870-04 B
to store delivery sender.)

SC870-05 B
to store delivery destination.)

SC870-06 B
to store information required for LDAP search.)
Address Book data error (Initialization: Failed to initialize entries

SC870-07 B
required for machine operation.)
Address Book data error (Machine configuration: HDD is

SC870-08 B
present but the space for storing the Address Book is unusable.)
Address Book data error (Machine configuration: Inconsistency

SC870-09 B in the NVRAM area used for storing settings required for
Address Book configuration.)
Address Book data error (Machine configuration: Cannot make

SC870-10 B a directory for storing the Address Book in the SD/USB
FlashROM.)
Address Book data error(On startup: Inconsistency in Address

SC870-11 B
Book entry number.)
SC870-20 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to initialize file.)
SC870-21 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to generate file.)
SC870-22 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to open file.)
SC870-23 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to write to file.)
SC870-24 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to read file.)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-286 SM
SC870-25 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to check file size.)
SC870-26 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to delete data.)
SC870-27 B Address Book data error (File I/O: Failed to add data.)
Address Book data error (Search: Failed to obtain data from

SC870-30 B cache when searching in the machine Address Book. delivery
destination/sender.)
Address Book data error (Search:Failed to obtain data from

SC870-31 B
cache during LDAP search.)
Address Book data error (Search:Failed to obtain data from

SC870-32 B
cache while searching the WS-Scanner Address Book.)
Address Book data error (Cache: failed to obtain data from

SC870-41 B
cache.)
Address Book data error (On startup: Detected abnormality of

SC870-50 B
the Address Book encryption status.)
Troubleshooting
Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to create
SC870-51 B directory required for conversion between plaintext and
encrypted text.)
Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to convert

SC870-52 B
from plaintext to encrypted text.)
Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to convert

SC870-53 B
from encrypted text to plaintext.)
Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Detected data

SC870-54 B
inconsistency when reading the encrypted Address Book.)
Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to delete

SC870-55 B
file when changing encryption setting.)
SM 5-287 D135/D136/D137/D138
Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to erase

SC870-56 B the file that records the encryption key during an attempt to
change the encryption setting.)
Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to move a

SC870-57 B
file during an attempt to change the encryption setting.)
Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Failed to delete a

SC870-58 B
directory during an attempt to change the encryption setting.)
Address Book data error (Encryption settings: Detected a

SC870-59 B resource shortage during an attempt to change the encryption
setting.)
Address Book data error (Unable to obtain the on/off setting for
SC870-60 B
administrator authentication (06A and later).)
When an error related to the Address Book is detected during

startup or operation.
Software bug
Inconsistency of Address Book source location
(machine/delivery server/LDAP server)
Inconsistency of Address Book encryption setting or
encryption key (NVRAM or HDD was replaced individually
without formatting the Address Book)
Address Book storage device (SD/HDD) was temporarily
removed or hardware configuration does not match the
application configuration.
Address Book data corruption was detected.
Check the HDD connection.

Initialize all UCS settings and address/authentication
information (SP5-846-046).
Initialize the Address Book partition (SP5-832-006).
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-288 SM
HDD mail reception error
An error was detected on the HDD immediately after the

HDD defective
Power was turned of while the machine used the HDD.
SC872-00 B Format the HDD (SP5-832-007).

Replace the HDD.
When you do the above, the following information will be
initialized.
Partly received partial mail messages.
Already-read statuses of POP3-received messages (All
messages on the mail server are handled as new
messages).
Troubleshooting
HDD mail reception error
An error was detected on the HDD immediately after the

HDD defective
Power was turned of while the machine used the HDD.
SC873-00 B
Format the HDD (SP5-832-007).
Replace the HDD.
When you do the above, the following information will be
initialized.
Default sender name/password (SMB/FTP/NCP)
Administrator mail address
Scanner delivery history
SM 5-289 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC875-01 D Delete all error (HDD erasure) (hddchack –i error)
SC875-02 D Delete all error (HDD erasure) (Data deletion failure)
An error was detected before HDD/data erasure starts. (Failed

to erase data/failed to logically format HDD)
HDD logical formatting failed.

The modules failed to erase data.
Log Data Error 1
An error was detected in the handling of the log data at power
SC876-01 D on or during machine operation.
Damaged log data file
Initialize the HDD (SP5-832-004).
Log Data Error 2

on or during machine operation.
SC876-02 D
Log encryption is enabled but encryption module is not installed.
Replace or set again the encryption module.

Disable the log encryption setting.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-290 SM
SC876-03 D Log Data Error 3

Inconsistency of encryption key between NV-RAM and HDD.
Disable the log encryption setting.

Initialize LCS memory (SP5801-019).
Log Data Error 4

SC876-04 D Log encryption key is disabled but the log data file is
encrypted. (NVRAM data corruption)
Troubleshooting
Log encryption key is enabled but the log data file is not
encrypted. (NVRAM data corruption)
SM 5-291 D135/D136/D137/D138
Log Data Error 5

SC876-05 D
Only the NV-RAM has been replaced with one previously
used in another machine.
Only the HDD has been replaced with one previously used
in another machine.
Attach the original NV-RAM.

Attach the original HDD.
With the configuration that caused the SC, initialize the
HDD (SP5-832-004).
Log Data Error 99
SC876-99 D on or during machine operation.
Other causes
Data Overwrite Security card error
The "Auto Erase Memory" function of the Data Overwrite

Security is set to on but it cannot be done.
Data Overwrite Security option SD card is broken.
SC877-00 B Data Overwrite Security option SD card has been removed.
If the SD card is broken, prepare a new Data Overwrite

Security option SD card and replace the NVRAM.
If the SD card has been removed, turn the main power off
and reinstall a working Data Overwrite Security option SD
card.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-292 SM
SC878-00 D TPM electronic authentication error
The machine failed TPM electronic authentication.

System hash registered in the TPM did not match the data on
the USB flash.
System module was updated in an unauthorized manner.

USB flash is not working correctly.
Replace the board.
USB Flash error
USB Flash file system error

SC878-01 D
USB Flash file system has been destroyed.
Troubleshooting
TPM error
Error occurred in the TPM or TPM driver.

SC878-02 D
TPM defective
TCSD error
Error occurred in TPM software stack.
SC878-03 D Unable to start TPM

Necessary files missing from the TPM.
SM 5-293 D135/D136/D137/D138
MLB error
Reply to MLB access was not returned within a specified time.
SC880-00 D MLB defective
Replace the MLB.

Remove the MLB.
D Authentication area error
Software error detected.

This error may occur even if IC card option
(ERIE/AYU/Greenland etc.) is not installed.
1. This is caused by accumulation of abnormal authentication
SC881-01 information in the software. (User operation will not directly

cause it.)
2. Occurs when authentication is done.
Example: When a job is sent to the printer/when logged on
from the operation panel/when logged on from a Web
browser
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-294 SM
D Software performance error (signal reception end)
SC899-00 -
Occurs when an internal program behaves abnormally.
In case of a hardware defect

Replace the hardware.
In case of a software error
Try updating the firmware.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-295 D135/D136/D137/D138

5.17.1 SC900 (ENGINE: OTHERS)
CPM setting error 1
Comparison of machine serial number (11 digits) and machine

identification code.
Details:
Machine serial number cannot be identified because of
BICU replacement or malfunctioning.
SC995-01 D Machine serial number cannot be identified because of

NV-RAM replacement
machine serial number (11 digits) or machine identification code

does not match.
Enter the machine serial number using SP5-811, and then

turn the power on/off.
Attach the NV-RAM that was installed previously.
CPM setting error 2

Details:
SC995-02 D
Machine serial number cannot be identified because of NV-RAM
replacement or malfunctioning.

does not match.
Attach the NV-RAM that was installed previously.

Download data on the NV-RAM using SP5-825.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-296 SM
CPM setting error 3

Details:
SC995-03 D Unable to recognize machine identification code because the

controller was replaced incorrectly or is malfunctioning.

does not match.
Replace it with a specified controller.
CPM setting error 4

SC995-04 D
Troubleshooting
does not match.
Return the parts to the original configuration, and then replace

them according to the manual.
SM 5-297 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC900 (CONTROLLER)
5.18 SC900 (CONTROLLER)
Electric counter error
The electric total counter value is out of specification.

Error is detected when increasing the total counter.
 Unexpected NV-RAM is attached.

 NV-RAM defective
SC900-00 D  NV-RAM data corrupted.
 Data written to unexpected area because of external factor
etc.
 The count requested by the SRM on receiving PRT is not
completed.
Replace the NV-RAM.
External Controller Error 1
Notification from external application (external controller)

SC910-00 B
Subject to external application (external controller) specification

SC911-00 B
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-298 SM
SC900 (CONTROLLER)
SC912-00 B External Controller Error 3

SC913-00 B
Troubleshooting

SC914-00 B
SM 5-299 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC900 (CONTROLLER)
SC915-01 A External Controller Error 6 (Egret board error)
SC915-02 A External Controller Error 6 (HDD serial communication error)
SC915-03 A External Controller Error 6 (CPU temperature rise)
External Controller Error 6 (Unable to communicate with GW

SC915-04 A
controller because invalid command was received)
External Controller Error 6(Unable to communicate with GW

SC915-05 A
controller because of an error)
Replace the Egret controller board.
External controller down
While EAC (External Application Converter), the conversion

module, was operating normally, the receipt of a power line
interrupt signal from the FLUTE serial driver was detected, of
BREAK signal from the other station was detected.
SC919-00 D
External controller and the machine had been operating
correctly (*) but the external controller was turned off or
rebooted, or the video bus was disconnected.
* Printing or scanning using the external controller.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-300 SM
SC900 (CONTROLLER)
SC920-00 B Printer application error (No response at PM startup)
SC920-01 B Printer application error (Timeout during PM operation)
SC920-02 B Printer application error (Unable to obtain work memory)
SC920-03 B Printer application error (Unable to start filter process)
SC920-04 B Printer application error (Abnormal termination of filter process)
When an error is detected in the application, which makes

continued operation impossible.
 Software bug
 Unexpected hardware configuration (such as insufficient
memory)
Troubleshooting
Printer application error (Resident font not found)
Resident font was not found at printer startup.

SC921-00 B
Preinstalled font files not found.
Printer application error (Optional font not found)
Optional font required by an emulation was not found at printer
SC921-01 B startup.
Optional emulation font not found
SM 5-301 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC900 (CONTROLLER)
SC925-00 B NetFile function error
SC925-01 B NetFile function error
The NetFile file management on the HDD cannot be used, or a

NetFile management file is corrupted and operation cannot
continue.
 HDD defective
 HDD inconsistency caused by power failure during HDD
access, etc.
 Software bug
If another SC related to HDD errors (SC860 to SC865) is issued

at the same time, the HDD is the cause. Solve the other SC.
 If SC860 to SC865 is not issued
 If this does not work, initialize the HDD NetFile partition
(SP5-832-011). Approval by the customer is required
because received fax message waiting to be delivered and
documents waiting to be captured will be lost.
Procedure:
Go into the User Tools mode and do "Delivery Settings" to print
all received fax documents that are scheduled for delivery. Then
erase them.
In the User Tools mode, do Document Management> Batch
Delete Transfer Documents.
Do SP5832-011, then turn the machine power off and on.
 If this does not solve the problem, initialize all partitions of
the HDD (SP5-832-001), then turn the machine power off
and on.
Approval by the customer is required because documents
and Address Book information in the HDD will be lost.
Received fax messages stored are protected but the order
may be changed.
 If this does not solve the problem, replace the HDD.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-302 SM
SC900 (CONTROLLER)
Software operation error

SC990-00 D
Software attempted an unexpected operation.
 Parameter error
 Internal parameter error
 Insufficient work memory
 Operation error caused by abnormalities that are normally
undetectable.

 Reinstall the software of the controller and BICU board.
Recoverable software operation error
Software attempted an unexpected operation.

SC991 covers recoverable errors as opposed toCS990.
Troubleshooting
 Parameter error
SC991-00 C  Internal parameter error
 Insufficient work memory
 Operation error caused by abnormalities that are normally
undetectable.
Logging only
Undefined SC issued.
An SC, that is not controlled by the system, occurred.
SC992-00 D  An SC for the previous model was used mistakenly, etc.

 Basically a software bug.
SM 5-303 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC900 (CONTROLLER)
Operation error caused by abnormalities that are normally

undetectable.
An error occurred because the number of records exceeded the
SC994-00 C limit for images managed in the service layer of the firmware.
This can occur if there are too many application screens open
on the operation panel.
Logging only.
Application function selection error
The application selected by the operation panel key operated

abnormally (No response, abnormal ending).
SC997-00 D Software bug (mainly the application)
 Check the optional RAM, DIMM, boards required by the

application program.
 Check if the combination of downloaded programs are
correct.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-304 SM
SC900 (CONTROLLER)
Application start error
1. No application was registered to system within a specified

time after the main power was turned on.
SC998-00 D (No application starts/All applications have been terminated
abnormally)
2. Application started but cannot be drawn now for some
reason.
 Software bug (mainly the application)

 The optional RAM, DIMM, boards required by the
application program. Are not installed correctly.

Check the optional RAM, DIMM, boards
Check the combination of programs
Troubleshooting
SM 5-305 D135/D136/D137/D138
JAM DETECTION Rev. 5/15/2014
5.19 JAM DETECTION
⇒ Sensor Locations
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-306 SM
Rev. 5/15/2014 REMOVING JAMMED PAPER
5.19.1 JAM DISPLAYS

When a jam occurs, the location is displayed on the operation panel.
1. D135/D136
2. D137/D138
Troubleshooting
5.20 REMOVING JAMMED PAPER

See the decals on the machine for how to remove jammed paper.
SM 5-307 D135/D136/D137/D138
PRINTER ENGINE JAM HISTORY
5.21 PRINTER ENGINE JAM HISTORY
5.21.1 HOW TO CHECK
Plotter Jam History can be displayed using SP7-507. SP7-507-001

Plotter Jam History Latest
SP7-507-002 Plotter Jam History Latest 1
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-308 SM
JAM CODES AND POSITION CODES
5.21.2 DISPLAY
1. CODE: Displays the jam code.

2. SIZE: Displays the paper size code.
3. TOTAL: Displays the total number of printer jams (SP7-502-001).
4. DATE: Displays the date and time the jam occurred.
 The 10 latest printer jams are displayed.

 Initial jams are not recorded.
5.22 JAM CODES AND POSITION CODES
 Jam code: Shows the cause of a jam. Appears in the log data.
Troubleshooting
 Position code: Shows the location of a jam. Appears on the operation panel. These
are lists of jam codes for the main machine and peripheral devices. Please note: Late jam.
The paper has failed to arrive within the prescribed time due to a jam that has occurred
upstream of the referenced sensor.
Lag jam. The paper has failed to leave the location of the referenced sensor within the
prescribed time due to a jam downstream of the referenced sensor.
5.22.1 ADF
Jam code Jam description Position code
13 Separation Sensor: Late Jam P1
63 Separation Sensor: Lag Jam P1
14 Skew Correction Sensor: Late Jam P1
64 Skew Correction Sensor: Lag Jam P1
15 Original Set Sensor: Late Jam P1
SM 5-309 D135/D136/D137/D138
65 Original Set Sensor: Lag Jam P1
16 Original Registration Sensor: Late Jam P2
66 Original Registration Sensor: Lag Jam P2
17 Original Exit Sensor: Late Jam P2
67 Original Exit Sensor: Lag Jam P2
239 Misfeed:Original Removed P1
1 Initial jam P1
1 Overload jam P1
5.22.2 MAIN MACHINE
1 Bypass Paper Feed Sensor A2
1 1st Tray Transport Sensor A1
1 2nd Tray Transport Sensor A1
1 3rd Transport Sensor A1
1 Main relay Sensor B
1 Registration Sensor B
1 PTB Paper Sensor C
1 Fusing Entrance Sensor D
1 Fusing Exit Sensor D
1 Invert/Entrance Sensor E
1 Invert/Exit Sensor E
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-310 SM
1 Purged Paper Sensor E
1 Exit Invert Sensor E
1 Exid Relay Sensor E
1 Exid Sensor E
1 Invert/Duplex Sensor E
1 Duplex Entrance Sensor Z
1 Duplex Transport Sensor 1 Z
1 Duplex Exit Sensor Z
1 Purged Paper Sensor E
Troubleshooting
3 Tray 1 No Feed A1
5 Tray 2 No Feed A1
6 Tray 3 No Feed A1
8 Bypass Tray No Feed A2
9 Duplex No Feed Z
10 1st Tray Transport Sensor: Late Jam A1
13 2nd Tray Transport Sensor: Late Jam A1
14 3rd Tray Transport Sensor: Late Jam A1
58 Bypass Feed Sensor: Lag Jam A2
60 1st Tray Transport Sensor: Lag Jam A1
SM 5-311 D135/D136/D137/D138
63 2nd Tray Transport Sensor: Lag Jam A1
64 3rd Tray Transport Sensor: Lag Jam A1
18 Main Relay Sensor: Late Jam B
18 Main Relay Sensor: Late Jam B
19 Registration Sensor: Late Jam B
68 Main Relay Sensor: Lag Jam B
69 Registration Sensor: Lag Jam B
22 PTB Paper Sensor: Late Jam C
24 Fusing Exit Sensor: Late Jam D
72 PTB Paper Sensor: Lag Jam C
74 Fusing Exit Sensor: Lag Jam D
25 Invert/Entrance Sensor: Late Jam E
26 Invert/Exit Sensor: Late Jam E
28 Exit Invert Sensor: Late Jam E
29 ExitRelay Sensor: Late Jam E
30 Exit Sensor: Late Jam E
75 Invert/Entrance Sensor: Lag Jam E
76 Invert/Exit Sensor: Lag Jam E
78 Exit Invert Sensor: Lag Jam E
79 Exit Relay Sensor: Lag Jam E
80 Exit Sensor: Lag Jam E
31 Invert/Duplex Sensor: Late Jam E
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-312 SM
33 Duplex Entrance Sensor: Late Jam Z
34 Duplex Transport Sensor 1: Late Jam Z
38 Duplex Exit Sensor: Late Jam Z
81 Invert/Duplex Sensor: Lag Jam E
83 Duplex Entrance Sensor: Lag Jam Z
84 Duplex Transport Sensor 1: Lag Jam Z
Troubleshooting
88 Duplex Exit Sensor: Lag Jam Z
95 Multi feed (front) detected B
Only the
location of
96 Timing lost remaining
paper is
displayed.
97 Shift cover Z
98 Paper thickness error B
99 Multi feed (back) detected B
SM 5-313 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.22.3 LCIT RT4020 (D709)
1 Paper Feed Sensor U
1 Paper Transport Sensor B3
7 LCT No Feed U
57 Paper Feed Sensor: Lag Jam U
17 Paper Transport Sensor: Late Jam U
67 Paper Transport Sensor: Lag Jam B3
5.22.4 LCIT RT4030 (D710)
1 LCT Feed Sensor U
1 LCT Transport Sensor U
1 LCT Exit Sensor U
1 Relay Sensor B3
7 LCT No Feed U
57 LCT Feed Sensor: Lag Jam U
15 LCT Transport Sensor: Late Jam U
65 LCT Transport Sensor: Lag Jam U
16 Relay Sensor: Late Jam U
66 LCT Exit Sensor: Lag Jam U
17 Relay Sensor: Late Jam U
67 Relay Sensor: Lag Jam B3
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-314 SM
5.22.5 FINISHER SR4090 (D703)
1 Entrance Sensor R1-R5
1 Horizontal Transport Sensor R1-R5
1 Switchback Transport Sensor R1-R5
1 Proof Tray Paper Exit Sensor R1-R5
1 Shift Tray Paper Exit Sensor R1-R5
150 Entrance Sensor: Late Jam R1-R5
151 Entrance Sensor: Lag Jam R1-R5
152 Horizontal Transport Sensor: Late Jam R1-R5
153 Horizontal Transport Sensor: Lag Jam R1-R5
154 Switchback Transport Sensor: Late Jam R1-R5
155 Switchback Transport Sensor: Lag Jam R1-R5
Troubleshooting
156 Proof Tray Jam R1-R5
157 Shift Tray Jam R1-R5
159 Entrance Transport Motor Jam R1-R5
160 Horizontal Transport Motor Jam R1-R5
161 Pre Stack Transport Motor Jam R1-R5
162 Middle Transport Motor Jam R1-R5
163 Tray Exit Motor Jam R1-R5
SM 5-315 D135/D136/D137/D138
164 Trailing Edge Pressure Plate Motor Jam R1-R5
165 Paper Exit Gate Motor Jam R1-R5
166 Punch Motor Jam R1-R5
167 Punch Drive Motor Jam R1-R5
168 Paper Position Sensor Side Motor Jam R1-R5
169 Lower Junction Gate Motor Jam R1-R5
170 Jogger Motor Jam R1-R5
171 Positioning Roller Motor Jam R1-R5
172 Feed Out Motor Jam R1-R5
173 Corner Stapler Movement Motor Jam R1-R5
174 Corner Stapling Motor Jam R1-R5
183 Tray Lift Motor Jam R1-R5
184 Shift Motor Jam R1-R5
185 Shift Jogger Front Motor Jam R1-R5
186 Shift Jogger Rear Motor Jam R1-R5
187 Shift Jogger Retraction Motor Jam R1-R5
188 Stacking Roller Motor Jam R1-R5
189 Leading Edge Guide Motor Jam R1-R5
190 Main Machine Data Corrupt R1-R5
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-316 SM
5.22.6 BOOKLET FINISHER SR4100 (D704)
1 Entrance Sensor R1-R5
1 Horizontal Transport Sensor R1-R5
1 Switchback Transport Sensor R1-R5
1 Proof Tray Paper Exit Sensor R1-R5
1 Shift Tray Paper Exit Sensor R1-R5
1 Booklet Paper Exit Sensor R6-R11
150 Entrance Sensor: Late Jam R1-R5
151 Entrance Sensor: Lag Jam R1-R5
152 Horizontal Transport Sensor: Late Jam R1-R5
153 Horizontal Transport Sensor: Lag Jam R1-R5
154 Switchback Transport Sensor: Late Jam R1-R5
Troubleshooting
155 Switchback Transport Sensor: Lag Jam R1-R5
156 Proof Tray Jam R1-R5
157 Shift Tray Jam R1-R5
158 Booklet Tray Jam R6-R11
159 Entrance Transport Motor Jam R1-R5
160 Horizontal Transport Motor Jam R1-R5
161 Pre Stack Transport Motor Jam R1-R5
162 Middle Transport Motor Jam R1-R5
163 Tray Exit Motor Jam R1-R5
164 Trailing Edge Pressure Plate Motor Jam R1-R5
165 Paper Exit Gate Motor Jam R1-R5
SM 5-317 D135/D136/D137/D138
166 Punch Motor Jam R1-R5
167 Punch Drive Motor Jam R1-R5
168 Paper Position Sensor Side Motor Jam R1-R5
169 Lower Junction Gate Motor Jam R1-R5
170 Jogger Motor Jam R1-R5
171 Positioning Roller Motor Jam R1-R5
172 Feed Out Motor Jam R1-R5
173 Corner Stapler Movement Motor Jam R1-R5
174 Corner Stapling Motor Jam R1-R5
175 Booklet Jogger Motor Jam R6-R11
176 Booklet Guide Motor Jam R6-R11
177 Booklet Fence Motor Jam R6-R11
178 Booklet Stapling Motor Jam R6-R11
179 Movement Roller Transport Motor Jam R6-R11
180 Folding Transport Motor Jam R6-R11
182 Press Folding Motor Jam R6-R11
183 Tray Lift Motor Jam R1-R5
184 Shift Motor Jam R1-R5
185 Shift Jogger Front Motor Jam R1-R5
186 Shift Jogger Rear Motor Jam R1-R5
187 Shift Jogger Retraction Motor Jam R1-R5
188 Stacking Roller Motor Jam R1-R5
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-318 SM
189 Leading Edge Guide Motor Jam R1-R5
190 Main Machine Data Corrupt R1-R5
5.22.7 FINISHER SR4110 (D707)
1 Entrance Sensor R1-3
1 Proof Tray Exit Sensor R1-3
1 Proof Tray Exit Sensor R1-3
1 Stapler Exit Sensor R4-8
1 Pre-Stack Sensor R4-8
100 Entrance: Late Jam R1-3
Troubleshooting
101 Entrance: Lag Jam R1-3
102 Proof Tray Exit: Late Jam R1-3
103 Proof Tray Exit: Lag Jam R1-3
104 Shift Tray Exit: Late Jam R1-3
105 Shift Tray Exit: Lag Jam R1-3
106 Stapler Exit: Late Jam R4-8
107 Stapler Exit: Lag Jam R4-8
108 Pre-stack Tray: Late Jam R4-8
109 Pre-Stack Tray: Lag Jam R4-8
110 Output Jam R4-8
111 Drive Mechanism Jam R1-3
SM 5-319 D135/D136/D137/D138
112 Tray Lift Motor Jam R1-3
113 Jogger Motor Jam R4-8
114 Shift Motor Jam R1-3
115 Stapling Motor Jam R8-10
116 Output Motor Jam R4-8
117 Punch Motor Jam R1-3
118 Z-Fold Motor Jam R4-8
119 Pre-Stack Drive Mechanism Jam R4-8
120 Main Machine Data Corrupt R1-3
5.22.8 MULTI FOLDING UNIT FD4000 (D615):
1 Entrance Sensor N1 to N5
1 Horizontal Path Exit Sensor N1 to N5
1 Top Tray Exit Sensor N1 to N5
1 Top Tray Paper Path Sensor N1 to N5
1 Registration Sensor N6 to 22
1 1st Stopper Paper Sensor N6 to 22
1 2nd Stopper Paper Sensor N6 to 22
1 3rd Stopper Paper Sensor N6 to 22
1 Horizontal Path Paper Sensor N1 to N5
1 Bypass Entrance Paper N6 to 22
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-320 SM
1 Bypass Exit Paper Sensor N6 to 22
200 Entrance Sensor: Late Jam N1 to N5
201 Entrance Sensor: Lag Jam N1 to N5
202 Top Tray Exit Sensor: Late Jam N1 to N5
203 Top Tray Exit Sensor: Lag Jam N1 to N5
204 Horizontal Path Exit Sensor: Late Jam N1 to N5
205 Horizontal Path Exit Sensor: Lag Jam N1 to N5
206 1st Stopper HP Sensor: Late Jam N6 to N22
207 1st Stopper HP Sensor: Lag Jam N6 to N22
208 2nd Stopper HP Sensor: Late Jam N6 to N22
209 2nd Stopper HP Sensor: Lag Jam N6 to N22
210 3rd Stopper HP Sensor: Late Jam N6 to N22
Troubleshooting
211 3rd Stopper HP Sensor: Lag Jam N6 to N22
212 Skew Correction Jam N6 to N22
213 Folded Paper Path Jam N1 to N5
214 Entrance JG Motor Jam N1 to N5
215 1st Stopper Motor Jam N6 to N22
216 2nd Stopper Motor Jam N6 to N22
217 3rd Stopper Motor Jam N6 to N22
218 Dynamic Roller Trans. Motor Jam N6 to N22
219 Registration Roller Release Motor Jam N6 to N22
220 Fold Plate Motor Jam N6 to N22
SM 5-321 D135/D136/D137/D138
221 Jogger Fence Motor Jam N6 to N22
222 Direct-Send JG Motor Jam N6 to N22
223 FM6 Pawl Motor Jam N6 to N22
249 Main Machine Data Corrupt N1 to N5,N6 to

N22
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-322 SM
5.22.9 MAIL BOX CS4010 (D708)
1 Transport Sensor 1 W
350 Transport Sensor 1: Late Jam W
350 Transport Sensor 1: Lag Jam W
Troubleshooting
361 Main Machine Data Corrupt W
SM 5-323 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.22.10 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY CI4010 (D711)
1 Feed Sensor Q
1 Exit Sensor Q
370 Feed Sensor: Late Jam or Lag Jam Q
371 Exit Sensor: Late Jam or Lag Jam Q
372 Bottom Plate Motor Jam Q
1 1st Paper Feed Sensor Q1
1 2nd Paper Feed Sensor Q2
1 1st Transport Sensor Q1
1 2nd Transport Sensor Q2
1 1st Vertical Transport Sensor Q1
1 2nd Vertical Transport Sensor Q3 to Q4
1 Exit Sensor Q3 to Q4
1 Entrance Sensor Q3 to Q4
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-324 SM
1 Exit Sensor Q3 to Q4
300 1st Paper Feed Sensor: Late Jam Q1
301 1st Paper Feed Sensor: Lag Jam Q1
302 2nd Paper Feed Sensor: Late Jam Q2
303 2nd Paper Feed Sensor: Lag Jam Q2
304 1st Transport Sensor: Late Jam Q1
305 1st Transport Sensor: Lag Jam Q1
306 2nd Transport Sensor: Late Jam Q2
307 2nd Transport Sensor: Lag Jam Q2
308 1st Vertical Transport Sensor: Late Jam Q1
309 1st Vertical Transport Sensor: Lag Jam Q1
310 2nd Vertical Transport Sensor: Late Jam Q3 to Q4
Troubleshooting
311 2nd Vertical Transport Sensor: Lag Jam Q3 to Q4
312 Exit Sensor: Late Jam Q3 to Q4
313 Exit Sensor: Lag Jam Q3 to Q4
314 Entrance Sensor: Late Jam Q3 to Q4
315 Entrance Sensor: Lag Jam Q3 to Q4
316 Exit Sensor: Late Jam Q3 to Q4
317 Exit Sensor: Lag Jam Q3 to Q4
318 1st Lift Motor Jam Q1
319 2nd Lift Motor Jam Q2
320 1st Pick-up Motor Jam Q1
SM 5-325 D135/D136/D137/D138
321 2nd Pick-up Motor Jam Q2
349 Main Machine Data Corrupt Q3 to Q4
5.22.12 DECURL UNIT DU5020
1 Entrance Sensor K1 to K4
1 Exit Sensor K1 to K4
380 Entrance Sensor: Late Jam K1 to K4
381 Exit Sensor: Late Jam K1 to K4
5.22.13 BUFFER PASS UNIT TYPE 5020 (D751)
1 Transport Sensor 1 Kc1 to Kc9
400 Transport Sensor 1: Late Jam Kc1 to Kc9
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-326 SM
401 Transport Sensor 1: Lag Jam Kc1 to Kc9
Troubleshooting
416 Main Machine Data Corrupt Kc1 to Kc9
SM 5-327 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.22.14 PLOCKMATIC BOOKLETMAKER
Displayed by
148 Plockmatic Bookletmaker Jam
Plockmatic
5.22.15 GBC STREAM PUNCH
Displayed by
149 GBC Stream Punch Jam
GBC
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-328 SM
PAPER SIZE CODES
5.23 PAPER SIZE CODES

Paper size codes are as follows.
* The unit of Main Scan/Sub Scan Length is 0.1 mm.
Main Sub
Size Code Paper Size Name Orientation Scan Scan
Length Length
132(84H) A3 SEF 2970 4200
005(05H) A4 LEF 2970 2100
133(85H) A4 SEF 2100 2970
141(8DH) B4 SEF 2570 3640
006(06H) A5 LEF 2100 1480
134(86H) A5 SEF 1480 2100
014(0EH) B5 LEF 2570 1820
142(8EH) B5 SEF 1820 2570
Troubleshooting
135(87H) A6 SEF 1050 1480
143(8FH) B6 SEF 1280 1820
160(A0H) 11”x17”(DLT) SEF 2794 4318
164(A4H) 8 1/2”x14”(LG) SEF 2159 3556
166(A6H) 8 1/2”x11”(LT) SEF 2159 2794
038(26H) 8 1/2”x11”(LT) LEF 2794 2159
172(ACH) 5 1/2”x8 1/2”(HLT) SEF 1397 2159
175(AFH) 12” x 18” SEF 3048 4572
SM 5-329 D135/D136/D137/D138
FAN DEFECT DETECTION
5.24 FAN DEFECT DETECTION

5.24.1 FAN LOCATIONS AND FAN SC
Main Machine (Rear)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-330 SM
Main Machine (Front)

=
Troubleshooting
Drawer (Inside)
SM 5-331 D135/D136/D137/D138
SC Code SC Name Fan of to be detected Fan No.
Development Intake Fan (Y): Development Intake Fan

SC531-01 23
Lock (Y)
Development Intake Fan (M): Development Intake Fan

SC531-02 22
Lock (M)
Development Intake Fan (C): Development Intake Fan

SC531-03 20
Lock (C)
Development Intake Fan (K): Development Intake Fan

SC531-04 19
Lock (K)
Development Exhaust Fan Development Exhaust

SC531-05 2
(Right): Lock Fan (Right)
Development Exhaust Fan (Left): Development Exhaust

SC531-06 3
Lock Fan (Left)
Fusing Pressure Roller Intake Fusing Pressure Roller

SC530-01 28
Fan: Lock Intake Fan
Fusing Pressure Roller Exhaust Fusing Pressure Roller

SC530-02 9
Fan: Lock Exhaust Fan
Heat Pipe Panel Intake

SC530-03 Heat Pipe Panel Intake Fan: Lock 1
Fan
Heat Pipe Panel Exhaust Fan: Heat Pipe Panel Exhaust

SC530-04 4
Lock Fan
SC530-05 Fusing Exit Exhaust Fan: Lock Fusing Exit Exhaust Fan 5
SC530-06 ITB Cleaning Intake Fan: Lock ITB Cleaning Intake Fan 21
SC530-07 IH Coil Power Cooling Fan: Lock IH Coil Cooling Fan 27
SC530-08 PTR Fusing Exhaust Fan: Lock PTR Fusing Exhaust Fan 10
SC530-09 IH Coil Power Cooling Fan: Lock IH Coil Power Cooling Fan 13
SC532-01 Controller Intake Fan: Lock Controller Intake Fan 11
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-332 SM
SC Code SC Name Fan of to be detected Fan No.
SC532-02 Controller Exhaust Fan: Lock Controller Exhaust Fan 8
SC532-03 PSU Fan (Rgiht): Lock PSU Fan (Rgiht) 14
SC532-04 PSU Fan (Left): Lock PSU Fan (Left) 12
Laser Unit Cooling Fan (Right): Laser Unit Cooling Fan

SC533-01 18
Lock (Right)
Laser Unit Cooling Fan (Left): Laser Unit Cooling Fan

SC533-02 17
Lock (Left)
Duplex Exhaust Fan

SC534-01 Duplex Exhaust Fan (Front): Lock 24
(Front)
Duplex Exhaust Fan

SC534-02 Duplex Exhaust Fan (Rear): Lock 26
(Rear)
Duplex Exhaust Fan (Middle): Duplex Exhaust Fan

SC534-03 25
Lock (Middle)
Troubleshooting
SC535-02 Drive Exhaust Fan (Left): Lock Drive Exhaust Fan (Left) 6
Fusing Heat Pipe Cooling Fan: Fusing Heat Pipe Cooling

SC536-01 29
Lock Fan
SC537-01 Ozone Exhaust Fan: Lock Ozone Exhaust Fan 7
ID Sensor Cleaning Fan /

SC538-01 ID Sensor Cleaning Fan: Lock 16, 15
ITB Motor Cooling Fan
SC539-01 PTB Fan (Front): Lock PTB Fan (Front) 30
SC539-02 PTB Fan (Rear): Lock PTB Fan (Rear) 31
SM 5-333 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADJUSTMENT
5.25 ADJUSTMENT
5.25.1 ADJUSTMENT 001: ACC (AUTOMATIC COLOR
CALIBRATION)
Overview
Color Calibration can be performed by the Automatic Color Calibration (ACC) in "Maintenance"
in "User Tools".
There are two types of ACC.
 Copier Function ACC
 Printer Function ACC
ACC for the Printer Function has 5 modes according to the printer resolution.
Mode Resolution
600dpi 1bit
Calibration 1 600 x 600 dpi
Photo/Text
600dpi 2bit Recommended

Photo/Text Mode
600dpi 4bit
Photo/Text
1200dpi 1bit
Photo/Text
1200dpi 2bit
Photo/Text
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-334 SM
ADJUSTMENT
Procedure
 Press [User Tools].

 To print a color pattern, select Maintenance> Auto Color Calibration.
 Touch [Start] for the selected function (Copier Function or Printer Function).
 If "Printer Function" is selected, resolution ("1800 x 600 dpi" for example) should be
selected next.
 Touch "Start Printing". (The machine will print the Test Pattern after self-checking has
been completed).
 Place the color test pattern face-down with the arrow aligned with the rear left corner of the
exposure glass.
 Touch [Start Scanning] on the display. The machine scans the pattern one time.
 Remove the pattern from the exposure glass.
 Touch [Exit] three times to return to the Copy mode screen.
 When scanning the color test pattern, place about 10 sheets of white paper over the
test pattern, in order to prevent the test pattern from being away from the exposure
glass.
 Please instruct the customer to perform the ACC periodically to keep good image
quality.
Troubleshooting
 Both "Copier Function ACC" and "Printer Function ACC" should be performed as a
set.
 ACC can be cancelled by pressing "Previous Settings" if the customer is not
satisfied with the ACC results.
SM 5-335 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADJUSTMENT 002: MANUAL GAMMA ADJUSTMENT
5.26 ADJUSTMENT 002: MANUAL GAMMA ADJUSTMENT

5.26.1 OVERVIEW
Printer Gamma can be adjusted with SP mode. Highlight (H), Shadow (S), Middle (M) and
IDmax can be set independently from the range 0 through 30 (15 is the default).
5.26.2 PRINTER MODE ADJUSTMENT
Overview
6 types of adjustment mode exist as shown in table
Mode SP number Mode SP number
2,400×600dpi
SP1-102 2,400×600dpi Text SP1-102
Photo
1,800×600dpi
SP1-102 1,800×600dpi Text SP1-102
Photo
600×600dpi Photo SP1-102 600×600dpi Text SP1-102
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-336 SM
Perform ACC in Printer Function. Enter
Printer SP mode
Select the Mode to be adjusted with SP1102 (Resolution Setting)
Print out the Color Gray Scale pattern with SP1103-001.
SP1102 Mode to be adjusted Note

setting
0 1200dpi 2bit Photo Gamma
3 600dpi 2bit Photo Gamma Default in Printer Mode
5 1200dpi 2bit Text Gamma
Troubleshooting
8 600dpi 2bit Text Gamma Default in Printer Mode
Compare the IDmax patch pattern on the C-4 test chart for each color and the
corresponding patch pattern on the Color Gray Scale printed with SP1103-001. (If no
adjustment is required, go step #8).
See NOTE 3 about the corresponding patch pattern.
Adjust the IDmax for CMYK with SP1104 (Gamma Adjustment) and save the adjusted
value with SP1105 (Save Toner Control Value).
Print out the Color Gray Scale pattern with SP1103-001 again.
Compare the Middle (M) patch pattern on the C-4 test chart for each color and the
Adjust the Middle (M) for CMYK with SP1104 (Gamma Adjustment) and save the adjusted
SM 5-337 D135/D136/D137/D138
Compare the Shadow (S) patch pattern on the C-4 test chart for each color and the
Adjust the Shadow (S) for CMYK with SP1104 (Gamma Adjustment) and save the adjusted
Compare the Highlight (H) patch pattern on the C-4 test chart for each color and the
adjustment is required, all adjustment is completed).
Adjust the Highlight (H) for CMYK with SP1104 (Gamma Adjustment) and save the
adjusted value with SP1105 (Save Toner Control Value).
Turn the main power switch OFF and ON.
NOTE 1: Adjustment order should be IDmax -> Middle -> Shadow -> Highlight.
NOTE 2: SP1-104
Output ID K C M
Highlight SP1-104-001 SP1-104-021 SP1-104-041
Shadow SP1-104-002 SP1-104-022 SP1-104-042
Middle SP1-104-003 SP1-104-023 SP1-104-043
IDmax SP1-104-004 SP1-104-024 SP1-104-044
NOTE 3: Cross reference between C-4 test chart and Color Gradation Patch Pattern on the
C-4 test chart
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-338 SM
Highlight: 2-5
Middle: 3-7
Shadow: 6-9
IDmax: 10
Gradation Patch Pattern on Gray Scale printed with SP1-103-001
Troubleshooting
The following table shows a cross reference between the gradation patch pattern on the C-4
test chart and the Gray Scale printed with SP1-103-001.
C-4 test
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
chart
Gray Scale C -- 1 3 4 5 8 9 11 13 15-16
SM 5-339 D135/D136/D137/D138
printed with M 1 2 5 6 7 10 12 14 15 16
SP1-103-001
Y 1 3 5 7 9 10 13 14 15 16
K -- 1 3 4 5 7 10 13 16 --
15-16 Very Close
14, 15,
Close
16
-- Corresponding Patch does not exit
Gradation Patch Pattern Number
Adjustment Item Color Gray Scale printed

Color Chart C-4
with SP1103-001
C 16 10
M 16 10
IDmax
Y 16 10
K 16 9
C 8 6
M 7 5
Middle (M)
Y 7 4
K 7 6
C 13 9
M 12 7
Shadow (S)
Y 13 7
K 13 8
Highlight (H) C 5 5
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-340 SM
Gradation Patch Pattern Number
Adjustment Item Color

Gray Scale printed
Color Chart C-4
with SP1103-001
M 5 3
Y 5 3
K 4 4
5.26.3 COPIER MODE ADJUSTMENT

Overview
This procedure shows how to adjust the printer gamma by SP mode manually after the
ACC (Automatic Color Calibration) has been performed. Adjustment should be performed
only in the ‘Offset’ part of the screen, and not in the ‘Option’ part of the screen. Adjustable
modes are "Text mode", "Photo mode", "B&W text mode" and "B&W photo mode".
 Perform ACC in copier mode with User Tools.
 Take a copy of a C-4 test chart in the mode which you need to adjust.
Troubleshooting
 Enter Copier SP mode.
 Select SP4918-009 (Man Gamma Adj) and press "CHANGE"
 If you touch the "Change" button, the following 3 screens will be displayed. These
screens can be changed by pressing the "Next" or "Previous" button.
SM 5-341 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Press the "Copy Window" button on the bottom left, then take a copy of the C-4 test
chart. Then compare the gradation patch pattern on the copied image and the C-4 test
chart.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-342 SM
Step Output ID C-4 chart level Adjustment Reference
1 ID max Adjust the 'Offset' value so
(K/C/M/Y) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 that the density of level 10

in the gradation patch
pattern on the copy
becomes the same as level
10 on the C-4 chart.
Adjust the 'Offset' value so

that the density of level 6 in
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Middle the gradation patch pattern
2
(K/C/M/Y) on the copy becomes the
same as level 10 on the
C-4 chart.

that the density of level 8 in
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Shadow the gradation patch pattern
3
(K/C/M/Y) on the copy becomes the
Troubleshooting
same as level 10 on the
C-4 chart.

that dirty background is not
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Highlight visible on the copy and the
4
(K/C/M/Y) density of level 3 is slightly
lighter that of level 3 on the
C-4 chart.

that black scale levels 3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
through 5 in the copy are
K Highlight seen as gray (no C, M, or Y
5
(K/C/M/Y) should be visible). If the
black scale contains C, M,
or Y, redo step 1 to 4.
- Only in Photo mode -
SM 5-343 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADJUSTMENT 003: SCANNER REGISTRATION
5.27 ADJUSTMENT 003: SCANNER REGISTRATION

5.27.1 OVERVIEW
Scanning registration can be adjusted in the Main Scan and Sub Scan directions. Sub
Scan Magnification can also be adjusted.
5.27.2 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE

Adjustment can be performed by the following SPs. In the. "Magnification and Registration
Adjustment" section
1. SP4-011-001 (Main Scan Reg.): Registration in the Main Scan direction.
2. SP4-010-001 (Sub Scan Registration Adj): Registration in the Sub Scan direction.
3. SP4-008-001 (Sub Scan Magnification Adj): Magnification in the Sub Scan direction.
5.28 ADJUSTMENT 004: ADF REGISTRATION

5.28.1 OVERVIEW
Adjust the position and scaling applied to scanned images when using the ADF with the copier
and scanner functions. By specifying this setting, you can correct image misalignment,
expansion, and shrinkage due to non-uniform paper feeding.
This adjustment needs to be done before doing “Adjustment 005: Registration Adjustment”
Adjustment can be performed by the following SPs. ( page Error! Bookmark not defined.
"Adjustment after Replacing the ADF")
1. ADF Adjustment Side-to-Side Regist: Front (SP6-006-001)
2. ADF Adjustment Side-to-Side Regist: Rear (SP6-006-002)
3. L-Edge Regist (1-pass): Front (SP6-006-010)
4. L-Edge Regist (1-pass): Rear (SP6-006-011)
5. DF Magnification Adj. (SP6-017-001)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-344 SM
ADJUSTMENT 005: REGISTRATION
5.29 ADJUSTMENT 005: REGISTRATION

5.29.1 OVERVIEW
This troubleshooting covers all the procedures involving registration adjustments; skew, image
position and front-back magnification adjustment except ADF and scanner registration. Note
that these procedures should be done BEFORE making registration adjustments on the Fiery
controller and scanner/ADF of the machine.
5.29.2 CAUSE
Skew
1. Incorrect positioning of the side fence
2. Something in the paper path
3. Insufficient paper buckling at registration roller
Image Shift
5. Change during transport according to the paper characteristics, such as thickness
and stickiness
Troubleshooting
Incorrect magnification between Front and Back
2. Paper Path Variation by paper Specification (Thick, stiffness etc)
5.29.3 CONTENTS
Step 1. Side fence check
Step 2. Skew Adjustment for front and back.
Step 3. Image Adjustment for front.
Step 4. Image Adjustment for back.
Step 5. Adjustment of magnification for back.
Step 1. Side fence check
Check the side fence status for each paper tray. If not correct, adjust the trays.
Step 2. Skew Adjustment for front and back.
Step 2-1 Set A3 or DLT plain paper (63.1-80.0 gsm) in Tray 2 and apply the paper tray
settings.
Step 2-2 Print 5 copies of the test pattern Trimming Area (SP2109-003-14) in b/w and
simplex.
Step 2-3 Measure the two locations [A] and [B] on all 5 copies.
SM 5-345 D135/D136/D137/D138
Step 2-4 You need to make an adjustment with SP1-004-001 so that the average values of
[A] and [B] are the same.
Front Side (1st Side)
*The arrow indicates the paper feed direction

Step 2-5 Make another 5 copies, this time in duplex.
Step 2-6 Measure the locations [C] and [D] on the back side.
Step 2-7 You need to make an adjustment with SP1-004-003 so that the average values of [C]
and [D] are the same.
Back Side (2nd Side)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-346 SM
Step 3. Image Adjustment for front

Step 3-1 Set A3 or DLT plain paper (63.1-80.0 gsm) in Tray 2 and apply the tray paper
settings.
Step 3-2 Print 5 copies of the test pattern Trimming Area (SP2-109-003-14) in b/w,
simplex.
Step 3-3 Measure the distance [A] and [B] on all 5 copies and calculate the average. Step
3-4 You need to make an adjustment with SP1-003-XXX so that the average values of [A]
and [B] are the same. Refer to ‘Reference Information-2’ below.
(You can make an adjustment for each paper type with SP1-952-XXX for IMSS setting
in the Pro machine.)
Step 3-5 You need to make an adjustment with SP1-001-XXX so that the average values
of [A] and [B] are the same. Refer to ‘Reference Information-2’ below.
(You can make an adjustment for each paper type with SP1-950-XXX for IMSS setting in
the Pro machine.)
Step 3-6 If you finished the adjustment, check that the value of [C] is more than 4mm.
1. If the value of [C] is less than 4mm, a jam may occur because of the fusing
stripper pawls.
2. So adjust the value of [C] so that it is more than 4mm.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-347 D135/D136/D137/D138
Step 4. Image Adjustment for back

Step 4-1 Print 11 copies of the test pattern Trimming Area (SP2-109-003-14) in b/w,
duplex, and select 5 copies (from the 4th to the 8th copy) from among the 11.
 The first and the last 3 copies will not be used due to the higher possibility of
image size variations.
Step 4-2 Measure the distances [A2], [B2], [C2] and [D2] on all 5 copies and calculate the
average.
*The arrow indicates the paper feed direction Solid

line: Trimming area 1st side
Dashed line: Trimming area 2nd side
[A2] and [B2] are the same. Refer to ‘Reference Information-3’ below.
a Pro machine.)
[C2] and [D2] are the same. Refer to ‘Reference Information-3’ below.
a Pro machine.)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-348 SM
Step 5. Adjustment of magnification for back.

Step 5-1 Set A3 or DLT plain paper (63.1-80.0 gsm) in Tray 2 and apply the tray paper
settings.
Step 5-2 Print 5 copies of the test pattern Trimming Area (SP2109-003-14) in b/w, Duplex.
Step 5-3 Measure the distance [A] and [B] on all 5 copies and calculate the average. Step
5-4 You need to make an adjustment with SP2-102-043 so that the average values of [A3]
and [B3] are the same. Refer to ‘Reference Information-4’ below.
a Pro machine.)
[C3] and [D3] are the same. Refer to ‘Reference Information-4’ below.
a Pro machine.)
Troubleshooting
Reference Information-1 (Step 2. Skew adjustment for front and back)
 Check the SP value for the tray being used.
 Increase the value of the SP by 1 mm.
1. Example: If the current value is 1 mm, input 2 mm into the SP.
 Print out.
If you can’t solve the skew, repeat steps 1 to 3.
SM 5-349 D135/D136/D137/D138
Pro/Office Number Description Adjustment area
Reg buckle Adj(Tray

SP SP1-004-001 ±5.0mm
1,2,3,4)
SP SP1-004-003 Reg buckle Adj(Duplex) ±5.0mm
Reference Information-2 (Step 3. Image Adjustment for front) Side-to-Side

Registration
 Do the following calculation: ((average [B] - (average [A])/2 = X
 Add X to the current values in SP1003. (If you use IMSS, SP1950)
SP1003
Current SP Value X Modified Value
Side-to-Side Reg
Tray 1
Tray 2
SP1003
Side-to-Side Reg
Duplex Tray
A3LCT Tray 3
A3LCT Tray 4
A3LCT Tray 5
Bypass Tray
Examples
SP1003
Side-to-Side Reg
Example 1. 1.0 0.1 1.1
Example 2. 1.0 -0.2 0.8
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-350 SM
Pro/Office Number Description Adjustment Area
SP SP1-003-XXX Side-to-Side Reg ±3.0mm
[For IMSS]
Pro Number Description Adjustment Area
Adjust Image Position of

Side 1 Across Feed
IMSS 08 ±3.0mm
Direction (Each Custom
Papers)
S-to-S Regist Adj (Each

SP SP1-952-XXX ±3.0mm
Custom Papers)
Lead Edge Registration

 Do the following calculation: ((average [C] - (average[D])/2 = Y
 Add Y to the current values in SP1001. If you use IMSS, SP1950
Troubleshooting
SP1001
Side-to-Side Reg
Tray 1
Tray 2
Duplex Tray
A3LCT Tray 3
A3LCT Tray 4
A3LCT Tray 5
Bypass Tray
SM 5-351 D135/D136/D137/D138
Lead Edge Reg (Each

trays)
[For IMSS]

Side 1 With Feed
IMSS 06 ±3.0mm
Direction (Each Custom
Papers)
L-Edge Regist Adj (Front)

(Each Custom Papers)
Reference Information-3 (Step 4. Image Adjustment for back)

1. Do the following calculation:
(average [B2] - (average [A2])/2 = x (average

[C2]) - (average [D2])/2 = y
2. Make an adjustment in the same way as front image position adjustment.
3. Make a print out and check it.
If you can’t solve the magnification problem, repeat steps 1 to 3.
Side-to-Side Reg
SP SP1-003-006 ±3.0mm
(Duplex)
SP SP1-001-003 Lead Edge Reg (Duplex) ±9.0mm
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-352 SM
For IMSS

IMSS 09 Side 2 Across Feed ±3.0mm
Direction

IMSS 07 ±9.0mm
Side 2 With Feed Direction
S-to-S Regist Adj (Rear)

(Each Custom papers)
L-Edge Regist Adj (Rear)

(Each Custom papers)
Reference Information-4 (Step 5. Adjustment of magnification for back)

 Do the following calculation: average
[A3]/average [B3]-1 = A average
[C3]/average [D3]-1 = C
Troubleshooting
 Add A to the current values in SP2102-043. (If IMSS, SP2952)
 Add C to the current values in SP2102-044. (If IMSS, SP2953)
 Make a print out and check it.
If you can’t solve the magnification problem, repeat steps 1 to 4.
SM 5-353 D135/D136/D137/D138
SP SP2-102-043 Verso Main Meg set& Adj ±0.5%
SP SP2-102-044 Verso Main Sub set& Adj ±0.5%
For IMSS
Adjust Magnification of
Side 2 Across Feed
IMSS 12 ±0.5%
Direction
Adjust Magnification of
IMSS 13 Side 2 With Feed Direction ±0.5%
Verso Main Meg set& Adj

SP SP2952-XXX ±0.5%
Verso Main Sub set& Adj

SP SP2-953-XXX ±0.5%
Adjustment step is 0.025%
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-354 SM
ADJUSTMENT 006: FUSING NIP WIDTH ADJUSTMENT FOR ENVELOPES
5.30 ADJUSTMENT 006: FUSING NIP WIDTH

ADJUSTMENT FOR ENVELOPES
5.30.1 OVERVIEW
Adjust the nip width between the fusing belt and pressure roller for envelope printing.
Changing this setting may lead to insufficient fusing or cause the envelopes to wrinkle. When
encountering such problems, do the following adjustment.
To correct insufficient fusing, increase the value in the following SP by 5msec and check the
result.
To correct wrinkles, decrease the value in the following SP by 5msec and check the result.
SP1-996-109 to
SP Envelope Nip Width Setting 0 to 2000msec
254
Troubleshooting
For IMSS
Fusing Nip Width Adjustment

IMSS 85 for Envelope (Custom 0 to 2000msec
papers)
SP1-996-001 to Envelope Nip Width Setting

SP 0 to 2000msec
100 (Custom papers)
SM 5-355 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADJUSTMENT 007: ADJUSTMENTS REQUIRED FOR IMPROVED GLOSSINESS
5.31 ADJUSTMENT 007: ADJUSTMENTS REQUIRED FOR

IMPROVED GLOSSINESS
5.31.1 OVERVIEW
What to do when the customer is not satisfied with the glossiness of the copies made with the
suggested temperature is described below.
Note that the adjustment procedures for Pro C5110S/Pro C5100S and MP C8002SP/MP
C6502SP Office differ.

(PRO C5110S /PRO C5100S)
1. In the SP mode or IMSS, increase the fusing heat roller temperature until the desired
glossiness is achieved.
SP1-984-XXX Htg Roller Temp Setting
Fusing Heat Roller Temperature 0 to 200 °C

IMSS setting #74
Adjustment
 Do not set the temperature higher than 180°C.

 Following are possible side effects:
Paper curls and jams
Gloss streaks
Blisters on coated paper Reduced
gloss
2. Make 50 copies in A4/LT SEF and check the results.
3. If the results are unsatisfactory, set the process speed to “Low” in the SP mode or IMSS.
SP1-986-XXX “3” (default: 0)
IMSS setting #15:

Paper thickness 1 to 5: “1” (default: 0) 55.8ppm
Process Speed
Paper thickness 6: “3” (default: 1) 35.7ppm
Setting
4. For the process speed adjustment to take effect, turn the machine power OFF and then
ON.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-356 SM
ADJUSTMENT 007: ADJUSTMENTS REQUIRED FOR IMPROVED GLOSSINESS

(MP C8002SP/MP C6502SP)
In [Tray Paper Settings] – [Paper Type], select [Coated Paper (Glossy)].
This will increase the temperature of fusing roller but will also slow down the processing
speed.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-357 D135/D136/D137/D138
ADJUSTMENT 008: MARGIN ADJUSTMENT
5.32 ADJUSTMENT 008: MARGIN ADJUSTMENT

5.32.1 OVERVIEW
Procedure for adjusting the leading edge margin [A] and trailing edge margin [B] is described
below.
1: Paper feed direction
Narrowing the margin too much may cause the side edge of the paper to be dirty.
Take care because if you narrow the margin too much, paper may jam in the fusing unit
separation unit and damage the fusing unit.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-358 SM
5.32.2 MARGIN ADJUSTMENT
 Adjust the margins using the following SPs.

Leading edge margin adjustment
Pro/Office SP No. SP Name Value
Pro/Office SP2-122-201 to [Erase Margin Adj Leading -3 to 6mm

254 Edge] (for each paper
type/thickness)
Pro SP2-122-001 to [Erase Margin Adj Leading -3 to 6mm

100 Edge] (for each custom
paper)
Pro/Office IMSS setting No. IMSS setting Value
Pro 10 Adjust Erase Margin of -3 to 6mm

Leading Edge (for each
custom paper)
Troubleshooting
Trailing edge margin adjustment
Pro/Office SP2-123-201 to [Erase Margin Adj Trailing -3 to 6mm

254 Edge] (for each paper
type/thickness)
Pro SP2-123-001 to [Erase Margin Adj Trailing -3 to 6mm

100 Edge] (for each custom
paper)
Pro 11 Adjust Erase Margin of -3 to 6mm

Trailing Edge (for each
custom paper)
SM 5-359 D135/D136/D137/D138
1. Adjust this SP in increments of ±0.5mm. Higher values will increase the margin,
while lower values will decrease the margin.
 Make some test prints (simplex and duplex) and make sure that fusing jams and side
edge smudges do not occur.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-360 SM
ADJUSTMENT 009: STAPLE MISALIGNMENT (3 MM OR MORE) OCCURS
5.33 ADJUSTMENT 009: STAPLE MISALIGNMENT (3 MM

OR MORE) OCCURS
5.33.1 SYMPTOM
Staple misalignment (3mm or more) occurs.

Sample:
Troubleshooting
5.33.2 CAUSE
Cause 1:
The paper contacts the jogger fence and skews inside the staple tray during standby.
Cause 2:
The side to side registration is not aligned when the paper is being transported from the
mainframe to the finisher.
5.33.3 SOLUTION
Production line
The shape of the bracket was changed and applied from the following cut-in S/N:
SM 5-361 D135/D136/D137/D138
Model Cut-in S/N
D688-17 E783Q810001
D689-17 E793Q910001
D703-17 E433Q810077
D704-17 E443Q810008
In the field For Cause 1:

Update the firmware to Ver. 02.000.10 or newer.
For Cause 2:
Increase the width of the jogger fences when in standby mode from 7mm to 10mm.
See procedure below.
Procedure
Attach the modified docking bracket to make it possible to adjust side-to-side registration
at joint between mainframe and finisher in accordance with the procedure below.
Secure the docking bracket [A] in its default attachment position ( x 4).
Default attachment position (The screw head is centered)
Check the side-to-side registration by exiting to the proof tray.

1. Print out an A3 sheet to the proof tray.
2. Using the markings on the front-most exit roller (see photo below), check to see
where the paper edge is located when the paper is exited. For purposes of accuracy,
print out about 5 sets.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-362 SM
[A]: Make sure to use the markings on the FRONT exit rollers. The roller markings at
the rear side are for DLT sized paper only, and do not apply to this.
[B]: Front exit rollers
[C]: Each marking represents 2mm. If the paper edge is lined up with the center
marking, this means the paper is aligned correctly. If the paper edge is lined up with any
marking to the right of center, this means the paper is shifted toward the front. If the
paper edge is lined up with any marking to the left of center, this means the paper is
shifted toward the rear.
[D]: Center marking
Attach the small bracket [B] to the docking bracket [A] as shown (using the screw hole
Troubleshooting
shown by the red arrow), which will allow the docking bracket to slide side-to-side. Then,
reattach the docking bracket to the machine.
1. If the paper shifts forward (toward the operator side), slide the docking bracket by
the same amount in the same direction. This is to move the Finisher toward the
operator side.
Note: Each scale marking represents 2mm.
Ex: Paper is shifted 4mm from center toward the front
SM 5-363 D135/D136/D137/D138
[A]: Proof tray

[B]: Docking BKT screw
2. If the paper shifts toward the rear (non-operator side), slide the bracket in the
same direction as described below.
Ex: Paper is shifted 4mm from center toward the rear
[A]: Proof tray

[B]: Docking BKT screw
Check the side-to-side registration by printing out to the proof tray.
If the registration is still not corrected, do Steps 3 onward one more time.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-364 SM
IMAGE QUALITY - DEFINITIONS OF ABNORMAL IMAGES
5.34 IMAGE QUALITY - DEFINITIONS OF ABNORMAL

IMAGES
5.34.1 LARGE CLASSIFICATION: POINTS
1. Middle classification1: Spots

Definition: White spots seen in solid image areas or black/color spots seen where there
should be nothing printed. The description "white spots" excludes those with toner cores.
Middle classification2 Sample Definition
Black (color) spots
Stains are visible as crisp

black (color) spots.
White spots
White spots are visible inside
solid image or halftone image
area because of missing
Troubleshooting
toner.
Spots with toner

Toner aggregated inside the
machine has been transferred
to paper.
White spots with toner cores White spots with pieces of

aggregated toner in the center
visible in solid color area.
Pieces of aggregated toner
may be irremovable.
SM 5-365 D135/D136/D137/D138
Fish-shape stains
Stains in the shape of small
fish which appear to be
swimming in the paper feed
direction.
5.34.2 LARGE CLASSIFICATION: LINES
Middle classification1: Streaks

Definition: A smudge or a white area inside an image, in a linear shape with 1mm or
smaller width.
Vertical black (color) streaks Black (color) streaks

appearing in the paper feed
direction.
Vertical white streaks Image missing in the shape of

streaks in the paper feed
direction.
Horizontal black (color) Black (color) streaks

streaks appearing in the direction
perpendicular to the paper
feed direction.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-366 SM
Horizontal white streaks Image missing in the shape of

streaks in the direction
feed direction.
Horizontal glossy streaks Glossy streaks appearing in

the paper feed direction.
Horizontal white streaks Glossy streaks appearing in

the direction perpendicular to
Image scratches Stains in the shape of vertical
Troubleshooting
streaks which seem to result
from being scratched by the
guide plate ribs or other parts.
Middle classification1: Bands

Definition: A smudge or a white area inside an image, in a linear shape with 1mm or larger
width.
Jitter Blurred area visible as bands

in the direction perpendicular
to the paper feed direction.
SM 5-367 D135/D136/D137/D138
Banding Pitch banding in the direction

feed direction. (Gear eyes:
Color unevenness in the
same interval as the pitch of
the gear.)
Vertical white bands White bands in the paper feed

direction.
Horizontal white bands White bands in the direction

feed direction.
Vertical black (color) bands Black (color) bands in the

paper feed direction.
Horizontal black (color) Black (color) bands in the

bands direction perpendicular to the
Fuzzy lines Blurred images in the shape

of slightly winding bands in
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-368 SM
Roller tracks Stains on the transport rollers

transferred to paper.
5.34.3 LARGE CLASSIFICATION: PLANE
Middle classification1: Whole area

Definition: Images and text missing from the whole sheet.
All black Copied paper is all black.
Troubleshooting
Blank No image is reproduced.
SM 5-369 D135/D136/D137/D138
Middle classification1: Non-reproduction

Definition: Parts of the developed images and letters are not reproduced.
White zone Part of a solid image or

halftone is missing.
Wormholes The outline of a letter (or a

line) is reproduced but the
inside of it is missing.
Halo There is a white line around a

solid object.
Negative residual image Previously copied image is

reproduced with its black and
white reversed on the same
page or the next page.
Positive residual image Previously copied image is

reproduced on the same page
or the next page.
Offset The same image is repeatedly

transferred in the same
interval.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-370 SM
Missing image Developed image slided in the

subscan direction or missing.
Middle classification1: Unevenness

Definition: The density of the developed image is uneven.
High density Image density higher than

configured.
Low density Image density lower than
Troubleshooting
configured.
Uneven density Image density is uneven

within the same page.
Unevenness in indefinite Image density unevenness in

shape indefinite shapes.
SM 5-371 D135/D136/D137/D138
Uneven glossiness The glossiness is uneven

inside a dark solid image.
Check it by looking at the
paper from different angles.
Color changing During repeated printing, the

color or the density changes
from sheet to sheet.
Color difference The colors differ between the

original and the copy.
Rough image Color is uneven and small

white spots are visible inside a
solid image. With color
copiers, white spots may not
appear when two colors are
overlapped.
Earthworm shape White area in a shape similar

to an earthworm.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-372 SM
Moire When superimposed regular

pattern, it is a pattern of
striped periodic possible by
pixel to interfere with each
other. Halftones may become
mosaics.
Blur Image seemingly blurred in all

directions.
Middle classification1: Stains

Definition: Areas outside letters or images are stained.
Troubleshooting
Background stains Granular stains are visible in
unprinted areas of the paper.
Backside stains Granular stains are visible on

the backside of the paper.
Toner scattered Toner scattered around a

letter.
SM 5-373 D135/D136/D137/D138
Edge stains The side edges of paper are

stained.
Middle classification1: Irregularity

Definition: Image or letter becoming irregular in comparison with the original.
Irregularity Image becoming irregular in

comparison with the original.
Image expansion Image expanded abnormally

in comparison with the
original.
Image contraction Image contracted abnormally

in comparison with the
original.
Skew The corners of an image

copied from a rectangle
original are not square.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-374 SM
Middle classification1: Scratches

Definition:Stains in the shape of vertical streaks which seem to result from being scratched
by the guide plate ribs or other parts.
Claw marks Stains of toner that got on the

paper when it came into
contact with drum/fuser pawls.
Middle classification1: Image shift

Definition:Stains in the shape of vertical streaks which seem to result from being scratched
by the guide plate ribs or other parts.
Vertical image shift Images and lines shifted in the
Troubleshooting
Horizontal image shift Images and lines shifted in the

direction perpendicular to the
Vertical color shift Color shifted in the paper feed

direction where colors should
be overlaid.
SM 5-375 D135/D136/D137/D138
IMAGE QUALITY 001: SPOTS
Horizontal color shift Color shifted in the direction

perpedicular to the paper feed
direction where colors should
be overlaid.
5.35 IMAGE QUALITY 001: SPOTS

5.35.1 OVERVIEW
White spots seen in solid colored areas or color spots seen in areas without images. The
description "white spots" excludes those with toner cores.
Item Description
Color spots (189mm/40mm pitch) Color spots in 189mm/40 mm pitch may appear in
solid areas.
White spots in low-temperature, White spots may appear in low-temperature, low-

low-humidity environment humidity (10 °C/15 %) environments.
White spots White spots or black spots may appear when printing
halftone images in low-temperature, low-humidity
environments immediately after replacing the
developer.
White spots with toner cores White spots with toner cores may appear inside solid
images.
White, fish-shape stains White points or short lines may appear in the feed
direction in 189 mm pitch.
Small granular toner fixation 0.5-1mm or trailing toner fixation may appear in
halftone images.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-376 SM
5.35.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR COLOR SPOTS (189MM/40MM

PITCH)
Symptom
Colored spots appear at 40mm or 189mm intervals in solid image areas (black or white) or
throughout the entire image on the single-color Independent Pattern (1-dot), when printing
onto A3 or SRA3 sheets.
Cause
 Scratches or foreign particles on the OPC surface
 Scratches or foreign particles on the charge rollers
Solution
Do the following:
 Load A3 or SRA3 paper in the tray.
 In SP2-1090-003, set the test pattern to solid white, solid black, and single color
Independent Pattern 1-dot.
 Print out the pattern and check the interval of the spots.
If the symptom occurs at 189mm intervals:
If there are any scratches on the OPC, replace the OPC.
Troubleshooting
If there are no scratches, wipe the OPC surface with a damp cloth and then with a dry
cloth.
If the symptom occurs at 40mm intervals:

 If there are scratches on the charge rollers, replace the affected roller(s).
 If there are no scratches, wipe the surface of the roller with a damp cloth and
then with a dry cloth.
SM 5-377 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.35.3 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR WHITE SPOTS IN LOW-

TEMPERATURE, LOW-HUMIDITY ENVIRONMENT
Symptom
Under the weight of Plain Paper 2: White spots may appear on the 2nd page of duplex
printing when using the paper with unsmooth surface and high electric resistance in LL
environment.
Higher than weight of Middle Thick Paper: White spots may appear on paper with
unsmooth surface and high electric resistance. (See sample image below)
Cause
The electrical resistance increases when the paper goes through the fusing roller and the
moisture of the paper evaporates.
Due to high electrical resistance characteristics of the paper.
Action
Lower transfer current by changing the following SP
Only change the paper type and thickness that the user needs to use.
D135/D136/D137/D138
SP No. SP Name
SP2-641-001 to 078 PTR Bias:BW
SP2-642-001 to 078 PTR Bias:BW
SP2-651-001 to 078 PTR Bias:FC
SP2-652-001 to 078 PTR Bias:FC
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-378 SM
D137/D138 only
No. IMSS setting
42 Paper Transfer Current Setting: B&W: Side 1
43 Paper Transfer Current Setting: Full Color:

Side 1
No. IMSS setting
44 Paper Transfer Current Setting: B&W: Side 2
45 Paper Transfer Current Setting: Full Color:

Side 2
 Image may not be solid enough, in case of too low transfer current.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-379 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.35.4 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR WHITE SPOTS
Symptom
White or black spots appear when printing halftone images in low-temperature, low-
humidity environments (10C/15%) immediately after the developer is replaced.
1. Black spots occur more frequently when printing onto coated paper.
Cause
Some carrier particles inside newly-installed developer have a relatively high electrical
potential. These particles may be transferred to the OPC in non-image areas as well, and
then fall off before image transfer. As a result, a white spot is developed on the image.
If these carrier particles are transferred to the ITB, toner around the carrier drops off,
forming a black spot.
Solution
Do the following.
D137/D138:
Execute “Adjust Image Density” (0201-01) inside the Skilled Operator Settings.
 This is effective when the development gamma is low (about 0.8 or less) or the
OPC electric potential is high, such as in low-temperature, low-humidity
environments.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-380 SM
D135/D136:
Execute “Density Adjustment Process Control” by tapping the following buttons: [User
Tools/Counters] – [Management] – [Auto Color Calibration].
CE:
1. This is effective when the development gamma is low (about 0.8 or less) or the OPC electric
potential is high, such as in low-temperature, low-humidity environments.
2. After you do this, color calibration is optional.
Execute SP3-011-002 ([Manual ProCon :Exe] - Density Adjustment).
5.35.5 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR WHITE SPOTS WITH TONER

CORES
Symptom
White spots with “toner cores” appear inside solid images/patches when printing under high-
temperature conditions.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-381 D135/D136/D137/D138
Cause
The machine is left unused for an extended time, and toner tends to clump inside the
development unit. As a result, toner may not be transferred onto the paper correctly. The
PCDU is subjected to strong vibration or shock. This may cause toner on the wall of the
unit to fall inside the developer and form clumps.
The toner is left outside the moisture bag too long. This may cause toner to form clumps.
Solution
Do the following, which will clear the toner clumps out of the development unit.
 Make a test print and determine the affected color(s).
 Print out 30-200 A3 sheets with solid images of the affected color(s).
 If the symptom still occurs, replace the toner cartridge of the affected color.
 Repeat Step 2.
 If the symptom still occurs, replace the development unit/developer of the affected
color.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-382 SM
5.35.6 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR WHITE, FISH-SHAPE STAINS
Symptom
Rows of “Medaka” (small, white, fish-shaped specks) appear in solid image areas along
the paper feed direction at 189mm intervals when printing onto A3/SRA3 paper.
Cause
Small foreign objects or particles on the surface of the OPC drum
Solution
Do the action shown in the flowchart below.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-383 D135/D136/D137/D138
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-384 SM
5.35.7 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR SMALL GRANULAR TONER

FIXATION (PRO C5110S /PRO C5100S)
Symptom
Small clumps of toner are offset and appear as spots or short lines.
1. Short line
2. Spots (0.5 to 1 mm)
Cause
Toner clumps adhered to the pressure roller are not picked up by the cleaning web and
Troubleshooting
offset to the printed paper.
Following are conditions that increase the risk of this symptom:
 Halftone printing
 Duplex printing
 Uncoated (especially rough surfaced) paper
 Small size paper (B5, customer paper of 216mm in sub scan direction)
Flow chart
SM 5-385 D135/D136/D137/D138
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-386 SM
IMAGE QUALITY 002: STREAKS
5.36 IMAGE QUALITY 002: STREAKS

5.36.1 OVERVIEW
A smudge or a white area inside an image, in a linear shape with 1mm or smaller width.
Item Description
Vertical streaks caused by contact with

Vertical streaks may appear.
the toner adhering to the guide plate
Item Description
Streaks appear on the prints after switching

Streaks made by Paper Edges
the paper to a larger size
Horizontal white streaks may appear in the

Horizontal white streaks in small solid
small solid black area when printing in HH
black areas
environment (27° C 80%).
Troubleshooting
5.36.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR VERTICAL STREAKS CAUSED
BY CONTACT WITH THE TONER ADHERING TO THE
GUIDE PLATE
Symptom
Vertical streaks appear.
Condition
Scratches tend to stand out when printing on relatively stiff thick coated paper.
Cause
Paper after fusing come into contact with small convex scratches or adhering toner on the
guide plate and vertical streaks appear.
Action (overview)
 If the problem occurs in the position of the ribs of the heat pipe entrance guide plate,
clean the heat pipe entrance guide plate ribs.
 If the problem occurs in other places, clean the paper transport path/duplex unit.
 If cleaning does not improve the situation, lower the fusing temperature.
SM 5-387 D135/D136/D137/D138
Action (detail 1): Clean the heat pipe entrance guide plate ribs.
Position of the heat pipe entrance guide plate ribs [A]
Action (detail 2): Clean the heat pipe entrance guide plate ribs.
 If streaks appear on straight-fed one-sided prints or the second side of two side
prints: (1) Clean the upper part of the Paper Exit transport path.
 If streaks appear on first sides of two-sided prints: (2) Clean the lower part of the
Paper Exit transport path.
 If streaks appear on inverted one-sided prints: (3) Clean the lower left part of the
Paper Exit transport path.
 If streaks appear on the second side of two side prints: (4) Clean the duplex unit.
1. Upper part of the Paper Exit transport path
[A]: Paper Exit Upper Guide Plate

2. Lower part of the Paper Exit transport path
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-388 SM
[A]: Fuser Exit Guide Plate

[B]: Heat Pipe Entrance Guide Plate [C]:
Paper Exit Junction Gate
[D]: Transport Ribs (22 positions)
[E]: Paper Exit Guide Plate (Clean this point intensively.)
3. Lower left part of the Paper Exit transport path
Troubleshooting
[A]: Paper Exit Lower Left Guide Plate (Clean this point intensively.) [B]:
Paper Exit Lower Right Guide Plate
[C]: Junction Gate Ends
4. Duplex unit
SM 5-389 D135/D136/D137/D138
[A]: Duplex Transport guide plate (Upper) (Clean the turning point on the right
intensively.)
[B]: Duplex Transport guide plate (Lower)
Action (detail 3): Lower the fusing temperature.
Enter SP mode and lower the fusing temperature with SP1-984. (Guideline: Lower it 10° C
at a time.)
There is a risk of decreasing fusing ability. Be sure to check the printed results.
Pro/Office SP1-984-109 to 254 Htg Roller Temp Setting 0 to 200
Pro/Office No. IMSS setting Value
Pro 74 (SP1-984-001 to Fusing Heat Roller 0 to 200

100) Temperature Adjustment
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-390 SM
5.36.3 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR STREAKS MADE BY PAPER

EDGES
Overview
Streaks appear on the prints after switching the paper to a larger size [A]:
Small paper
[B]: Streaks
Troubleshooting
Cause
Running a job continuously on a certain paper size causes the paper edges to damage the
fusing belt. Scratches on the fusing belt generate the streaks on the prints.
Solution (D137/D138)
Smooth the Fusing Belt with the Fusing Smoothing Roller using SP mode.
Fusing Belt Smoothing 1:Yes

SP SP1-133-110
Roller Manual Smoothing 0:No
Adjustment Fusing Belt Smoothing: 1:Yes

0210
Settings Smooth Fusing Belt 0:No
SM 5-391 D135/D136/D137/D138
If you can’t resolve the issue with three consecutive operations, you need to replace the
fusing belt.
 The effect of this roller is different for different types of paper.

 You can change the smoothing operation time with SP1-133-120. (Default time is
3 minutes)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-392 SM
Solution (D135/D136)
Polish the edges on the fusing belt using the tool in the following table. See
procedure below.
New P/N Description Q’ty Int Page Index Note
M0774287 WEB:POLISH:FUSING:ASS'Y 1 - - - -
[A]: M0774287 WEB:POLISH:FUSING:ASS'Y
Troubleshooting
Procedure for Polishing the Fusing Belt
 Pull out the drawer unit.
 Press locks ([A], [B]) and remove the unit from the machine.
 Hold the locks down while you pull out the unit.
SM 5-393 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Open the top cover.
 Rub the surface of the M0774287 polishing tool (WEB:POLISH:FUSING:ASS'Y)

against the surface of the fusing belt.
After you finish each section of the fusing belt surface, rotate the fusing gear [A]
counterclockwise and do the next section. Repeat this until you have polished the
entire surface of the belt.
Make sure to polish both the front and rear sides of the fusing belt. This is
because scratches are generated by the front and rear edges of paper.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-394 SM
Surface of polishing tool

 Fusing belt
1. This action will smoothen out any scratches on the fusing belt surface.
2. When you rotate the fusing gear [A] counterclockwise, the fusing belt
rotates clockwise.
Troubleshooting
 After you finish polishing the entire belt, close the fusing unit cover.
 Reattach the drawer unit.
 Print out some sample copies and check whether the vertical lines appear.
It is recommended to replace this web (M0774288) after each polishing of the fusing
belt (one web per fusing belt) in accordance with the following procedure.
New P/N Description Q’ty Int Page Index Note
M0774288 WEB:POLISH:FUSING 1 - - - -
SM 5-395 D135/D136/D137/D138
M0774288 WEB:POLISH:FUSING
Procedure for Replacing the Web

 Remove the screw at the bottom of the tool.
 Remove the metal plate [B] from the tool [A].
 Peel off the used web (M0774288 WEB:POLISH:FUSING).
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-396 SM
 Peel off the seals on both ends of the new web, and then wrap the web around the tool.
 Attach the metal plate to the tool.
Troubleshooting
 Fasten the bottom screw to complete the procedure.
SM 5-397 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.36.4 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR HORIZONTAL WHITE STREAKS

IN SMALL SOLID BLACK AREAS
Symptom
White streaks may appear in feeding direction on the small solid black area (smaller than
3cm x 3cm). (See sample below in red circle)
Cause
Detailed description will be added when this manual is revised.
Action
 Print black in FC mode.
PS driver and PCL driver
Select “Print Quality” from Detailed Settings. Select
“User Setting” as Settings for Images.
Select “CMY+K” or “Black by K (Black) – Text Only” for PS driver, and “CMY+K” for PCL
driver as Gray Reproduction.
Fiery driver
 Select “Job Properties” of the affected image.
 Select “Expert setting” from “Color” tab.
 Select “Gray/Black Processing” Tab.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-398 SM
 Specify “Normal” for Black text and graphics in order to print in CMYK mode.
 Increase image transfer current. (+5 to 10 A from the default)
D135/D136/D137/D138
SP No. SP Name
SP2-451-001 ITB K:Standard:FC
SP2-451-002 ITB K:Standard:BW
D137/D138 only
No. IMSS setting
37 Image Transfer Current Setting: B&W
38 Image Transfer Current Setting: FC: Black
1. Transfer capability and image density may worse.
Troubleshooting
2. Residual image in black halftone may appear.
SM 5-399 D135/D136/D137/D138
IMAGE QUALITY 003: BANDS
5.37 IMAGE QUALITY 003: BANDS
5.37.1 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR BLURRED IMAGE IN 189MM

PITCH (OPC DRUM CIRCUMFERENCE)
Symptom
First few printouts after turning on the machine may have 189mm pitch blurred image
(which corresponds to the OPC drum circumference) on halftone images in high humidity
environment. (See sample below)
Cause
Charge failure caused by “corona products” that form on the OPC drum If
the symptom occurs when all of conditions below are met,
1. Operation after a long break (as in the initial operation of the day)
2. Halftone image
3. High humidity
Action
4. Execute “Color Registration” from “Maintenance” in User Tools.
5. Execute “Auto Color Calibration” from “Maintenance” in User Tools.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-400 SM
5.37.2 TROUBLESHOOTING ROLLER MARKS
Symptom
Roller marks appear on the printouts when any of the following conditions are met:
1. Coated paper
2. Solid image
3. High-temp / high-humidity environment (27 °C, 80% or higher)
Cause
Nip of the drive and idle rollers installed in the paper path after the fusing unit Diagram
describing the location of the roller marks caused by the Paper exit relay roller,
Inverter feed-in roller, Inverter exit roller, Inverter feed-out roller:
Troubleshooting
Diagram describing the location of the roller marks caused by the Paper exit roller:
Solution
Step 1: Clean or replace the drive/idle rollers.
If the roller marks do not disappear by cleaning or replacing the rollers, do Step 2.
Step 2: Decrease the fusing temp.
2. Step 1: Clean or replace the drive/idle rollers in the following units.
1. Clean the rollers with dry cloth. DO NOT apply alcohol.
SM 5-401 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Exit Unit

Open the guide plates and clean the following rollers.
[A]: Paper exit unit [B]:

Fusing unit
[C]: Sponge rollers (Paper exit relay) [D]:
Sponge rollers (Paper exit)
[E]: Rubber rollers (Paper exit)
[A]: Fusing unit [B]:

Paper exit unit
[C]: Heat pipe rollers
[D]: Rubber Rollers (Paper exit relay)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-402 SM
[A]: Sponge rollers (Inverter exit) [B]:

Rubber rollers (Inverter exit)
[C]: Sponge rollers (Inverter feed-out)
[D]: Rubber rollers (Inverter feed-out)
Inverter Feed-in
Remove the fusing unit. Remove the screw (circled in blue) to remove the inner cover.
Remove the 2 E-rings (circled in red) to remove the junction gate.
Troubleshooting
[A]: Inner cover [B]:

Junction gate
[C]: Sponge rollers (Inverter feed-in)
[D]: Rubber rollers (Inverter feed-in)
Duplex Unit
To clean the rollers inside the Duplex unit, cover the cloth over an equipment with length, for
example, a ruler for extended reach.
SM 5-403 D135/D136/D137/D138
[A]: Rubber rollers x 8 [B]:

Rubber rollers x 7 [C]: Idle
rollers x 8 Duplex Inverter
Unit
[A]: Rubber rollers x 5

Step 2: Decreasing the fusing temp
Decrease the fusing temp by 1 step (10 °C) in either the IMSS or SP mode.
2. Decreasing the fusing temp may cause poor fusing. Make sure to check the
results after every adjustment.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-404 SM
IMSS No. Description Range
74 Fusing Heat Roller Temperature

0 to 200 °C
(SP1-984-001 to 100) Adjustment (for each custom paper)
SP No. Description Range
Htg Roller Temp Setting (for each paper

SP1-984-109 to 254 0 to 200 °C
type/thickness)
5.37.3 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR BANDING CAUSED BY THE

PCDU (PRO C5110S/PRO C5100S)
Symptom / Cause
Bands (uneven density) in a certain pitch appear across the entire page. The problem is
caused by the vibration of the components of the PCDU.
The pitch in which the bands appear differs depending on the component causing the
problem.
Troubleshooting
53mm pitch: Primary development roller [A] 26.5mm

pitch: Secondary development roller [B] 189mm
pitch: Drum [C]
32mm pitch: Developer supply auger [D]
40mm pitch: Charge roller [E]
4 to 5mm pitch: Charge cleaning roller [F]
SM 5-405 D135/D136/D137/D138
How to verify if the bands are caused by components of the PCDU

Execute Process Control (SP3-011-002).
Select the test patterns (CMYK) in SP2-109-003 and specify the values described in the
table below and print out the test patterns.
Test pattern (CMYK Chart) and

Setting
K C M Y
2-109-003 26 26 26 26
(Test pattern no.)
2-109-006 5 0 0 0
(Bk output density)
SP
2-109-007 0 5 0 0
(C output density)
2-109-008 0 0 5 0
(M output density)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-406 SM

Setting
K C M Y
2-109-009 0 0 0 5
(Y output density)
Measure the pitch of the bands.

Solution
Bands caused by the Development Roller [53mm/26.5mm pitch]
 Execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
 Do the procedure: “Centering the axis of the Development roller” described on the last
page.
 If the problem does not resolve, replace the PCDU and execute DEMS
(SP3040-001).
Bands caused by the Drum [189mm pitch]

1. Execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
2. Do the procedure: “Centering the axis of the Drum” described on the last page.
Troubleshooting
3. If the problem does not resolve, replace the PCDU and execute DEMS
(SP3040-001).
Bands caused by the Toner Supply Auger [32mm pitch]

1. Reset the PCDU and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
2. If the problem does not resolve, replace the PCDU and execute DEMS
(SP3040-001).
Bands caused by the Charge Roller [40mm pitch]

 Reset the charge roller unit and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
Bands caused by the Charge Cleaning Roller [4~5mm pitch]
1. Execute Process Control (SP3-011-002).
2. Reset the charge roller unit and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
3. If the problem does not resolve, replace the charge roller unit and execute DEMS
(SP3040-001).
Bands that appear in random pitch

Reset the PCDU and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
Do the procedure: “Centering the axis of the Development roller” described on the next
page.
Replace the charge roller unit and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
SM 5-407 D135/D136/D137/D138
Do the procedure: “Centering the axis of the Drum” described on the next page. Replace
the drum and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
Replace the PCDU and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
Centering the axis of the development roller
Ideally, the development roller and drum should revolve at the very center of the axis so
that a consistent gap is maintained between these components during the development
process. This however is not possible due to the margin of error.
To reduce the margin of error, center the axis of the development roller by fine adjusting
the engagement between the drive and coupling gears of the development roller.
 Pull out the PCDU of the affected color.
 Turn the coupling gear located at the rear side of the development unit 90 degrees
counterclockwise (viewed from rear).
 Set the PCDU and execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
 Print the test pattern and check the results.
 Repeat the above steps, if improvement cannot be confirmed.
[A]: Joint of the development roller [B]:

Direction of rotation
Centering the axis of the drum

Similarly to the above procedure, center the axis of the drum by performing the following
procedure.
 Pull out the PCDU.
 Remove the rear cover.
 Turn the drum motor 5 full rotations clockwise (viewed from rear).
 Set the PCDU and attach the rear cover.
 Execute DEMS (SP3040-001).
 Print the test pattern and check the results.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-408 SM
IMAGE QUALITY 004: NON-REPRODUCTION
 Repeat the above steps, if improvement cannot be confirmed.
[A]: Drum motor [B]:

Turn clockwise
5.38 IMAGE QUALITY 004: NON-REPRODUCTION
5.38.1 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR HALO IMAGE
Troubleshooting
Symptom
Halo may appear especially in low-temperature, low-humidity environment (See sample
below)
Cause
Detailed description will be added when this RTB is revised.
Action
In case of GW controller
Change the dpi from “2400 x 600dpi” (Default setting) to “600 x 600dpi”
In case of EFI controller
Change the halftone mode from “200 Dot + Fine Text” to “175 Dot” from “Image” tab.
SM 5-409 D135/D136/D137/D138
IMAGE QUALITY 005: UNEVENNESS
5.39 IMAGE QUALITY 005: UNEVENNESS

5.39.1 OVERVIEW
The density of images and text is uneven.
Item Description
Density difference between left and right
Vertical bands of density unevenness on When making duplex prints on coated paper
back sides of duplex prints made on in low-temperature, low-humidity environment
coated paper in low-temperature, (10°C, 15%), vertical bands of density
low-humidity environment unevenness appear on halftone images only
on the back sides.
Uneven density in the area 85mm from Uneven density of halftone image may
the trailing edge appear in area 85mm from the trailing edge,
which correspond to the point where the
paper leave the registration rollers.
Uneven density in the area 85mm from

Density of halftone image may be higher or
the trailing edge in low-temperature,
lower in area 85mm from the trailing edge.
low-humidity environment
Grainy image The image density is not uniform across

image areas when printing onto paper that is
not smooth under High-temperature,
High-humidity (27°C, 80%).
Density unevenness and dust when With certain types of paper, the concave
using AC transfer (CH-C1 Pro only) portions of the paper may be white or too
dark, or there may be thin lines of dust.
Uneven glossiness when feeding large The glossiness may be uneven at the sides of
size paper after small size paper the paper (outside the width of the small size
paper).
Unevenness in indefinite shape on sides Unevenness in indefinite shape may appear

of paper on both sides of paper.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-410 SM
5.39.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR DENSITY DIFFERENCE

BETWEEN LEFT AND RIGHT
Overview
If uneven density occurs, follow this troubleshooting procedure.
Density difference between left and right
*The arrow indicates the paper feed didection

Density difference between middle and right/left
Troubleshooting
 Cause
Variation in Paper Transfer Roller
Pressure deviation of ITB bias roller
SM 5-411 D135/D136/D137/D138
Solution (Summary)
Step 1: Print a color-by-color solid image and check the color/type of image density
difference.
Step 2: Adjust the image density deference between right and left. Step
3: Adjust Image Density difference between middle and right/left.
Solution (Detailed)
Step 1: Print a color-by-color solid image and check the color/type of image density
difference.
 Select SP2-109-003-26 (Test Pattern: Pattern Selection: Full Dot)
 Do SP2-109-005 (Test Pattern Color Selection) and select the appropriate color.
 Do SP2-109-006~009 (Density: K.C.M.Y) and set the appropriate color’s density to 15.
 Press the button “Copy mode” and move to the copy window
 If you want to print a K solid image, select BW mode and A4 paper and print. If you
want to print a C, M, Y solid image, select FC mode and A4 paper and print.
 Check the color and type of image density difference of the output. If
there is a density difference between right and left: Go to Step 2.
If there is a density difference between middle and right/left: Go to Step 3.
Step 2: Adjust the image density deference between right and left.
1. Select SP2-109-003-026 (Test Pattern: Pattern Selection: Full Dot)
2. Do SP2-109-005 (Test Pattern Color Selection) and select the appropriate color.
3. Do SP2-109-006 to 009 and set the density value of the appropriate color to 8.
4. Do the following SP or Adjust Settings for Skilled Operator and adjust the
appropriate color’s image density deference between right and left.
Model SP No. SP Name Value
SP2-113-001 to Adj Density Diff Main

Pro/Office ±5
004 Scan Dir K.C.M.Y
Adj Density Diff Main

Pro 205-01 to 04 ±5
Scan Dir K.C.M.Y
Press [+] to increase the density at the right, which means to decrease it at the left.
Press [-] to decrease the density at the right, which means to increase it at the left.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-412 SM
*The arrow indicates the paper feed direction [A]:

Leading edge
[B]: Right
[C]: Trailing edge [D]:
Left
 Depending on the machine’s other settings; this setting may have no

effect.
5. Turn the main power off and then back on.
Troubleshooting
6. Print out halftone paper by following Steps 2-1 to 3 and check effect of the adjusted
settings.
Step 3: Adjust Image Density difference between middle and right/left

 Set the appropriate color’s ITB bias to 5 A by doing the following SP.
When adjusting the ITB bias for all paper types at once (excluding the paper library for
the Office version), please use the following SP
Model SP No. SP Name Remarks
Pro/Office SP2-451-001 ITB K:Standard BW mode

FC
Pro/Office SP2-451-002 ITB K:Standard FC mode

FC
Pro/Office SP2-461-001 ITB C:Standard FC mode

FC
SM 5-413 D135/D136/D137/D138
Pro/Office SP2-471-001 ITB M:Standard FC mode

FC
Pro/Office SP2-481-001 ITB Y:Standard FC mode

FC
When adjusting the ITB bias for all paper types in the paper library at once (Office
only), please use the following SP.
Pro SP2-801-001 to ITB Bias:K:BW BW mode

100
Pro SP2-802-001 to ITB Bias:K:FC FC mode

100
Pro SP2-803-001 to ITB Bias:C:FC FC mode

100
Pro SP2-804-001 to ITB Bias:M:FC FC mode

100
Pro SP2-805-001 to ITB Bias:Y:FC FC mode

100
 Print out a sheet with 100% Coverage using the same procedure as Steps 1-1, 2 and
compare with the 100% Coverage printed out in Step 1.
If the image density difference is improved, go to Step 3-3. If
the image density difference is worse, go to Step 3-4.
 Decrease the value 1 A by 1 A (Minimum :-10 A from the default value)
 Increase the value 1 A by 1 A.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-414 SM
5.39.3 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR VERTICAL BAND OF HALFTONE

IMAGES
Symptom
Vertical bands of uneven image density appear in halftone images on the rear side of
duplex copies/prints when printing onto coated paper in low-temperature, low-humidity

environments (10°C, 15%).
Troubleshooting
1: Approximately 30mm
2: Approximately 50mm
[A]: Bands of low density (at approx. 30-50mm from center) [B]:
Density is relatively high at ends of bands
Cause
Friction between the paper and registration roller generates an electrical charge on some
areas of the paper, after the paper has passed through the fusing unit to fuse the first side.
The areas on the paper are charged differently, and these differences are visible as
bands.
SM 5-415 D135/D136/D137/D138
Solution
Lower the PTR bias for the second side.
D137/D138:
 The user can use the IMSS settings to lower the bias.
 If the symptom occurs in full-color mode, use [PTR Bias:FC:Side2: Custom Paper 001
to 100] (2-814-001 to 100).
 If the symptom occurs in B/W mode, use [PTR Bias:BW:Side2: Custom Paper 001 to
100] (2-812-001 to 100).
 When using plain paper, the setting can be changed using 2-652-012 to 028
(for each paper thickness and type) and 2-642-012 to 028 (for each paper
thickness and type).
D135/D136:
A customer engineer must perform the following adjustment:
If the symptom occurs in full-color mode, lower the value of SP2-652-001 to 008 (for each
paper thickness).
If the symptom occurs in B/W mode, lower the value of SP2-642-001 to 008 (for each
paper thickness).
Adjust the value between the [default value] and [default value - 20 A].
1. The density of solid images may be decreased if the bias is too low (especially
high-density solid image areas). In addition, other image problems may occur.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-416 SM

85MM FROM THE TRAILING EDGE
Symptom
Uneven density of halftone image may appear in area 85mm from the trailing edge. (See
sample below)
[A]: Paper feed direction

Cause
Troubleshooting
Uneven density may appear because of the difference of both sticking level and distance
between the ITB and the paper immediately before the paper transfer process. Following
factors tend to change the sticking level and the distance:
 When the rotation speed of the Transfer Timing Roller and PTR differ in great
degree
 Thin paper stocks
In low-temperature, low-humidity environment, electric field is generated at the PTR
entrance
Action
Do the one of the following workarounds.
 Adjust the transfer timing roller speed. Change the figure by 0.1% each.
SM 5-417 D135/D136/D137/D138
From SP mode (D135/D136/D137/D138):
SP No. SP Name
SP2-661-001 to 018 PTR Spd Adj:Std Spd
SP2-662-001 to 018 PTR Spd Adj:Mid Spd
SP2-663-001 to 018 PTR Spd Adj:Mid-Low Spd
SP2-664-001 to 018 PTR Spd Adj:Low Spd
From IMSS setting (D137/D138 only):
No. IMSS setting
22 Paper Transfer Feed Speed Adjustment
 Only change the paper type and thickness that the user needs to use.
 Change either registration motor speed or transport motor speed. If you will go with
this workaround, please reset the transfer roller speed to default, then change the
figure by 0.1% each.
From SP mode (D135/D136/D137/D138):
SP No. SP Name
SP1-008-001 to 008 Fine Adj. Transport Motor 1 Speed
SP1-016-001 to 022 Fine Adj. Relay Motor CW Speed
SP1-019-001 to 022 Fine Adj. Registration Motor Speed
SP1-034-001 to 022 Fine Adj. Duplex Exit Motor Speed
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-418 SM
From IMSS setting (D137/D138 only):
No. IMSS setting
16 Registration Motor Feed Speed Adjustment
17 First Transport Motor Feed Speed Adjustment
18 Second Transport Motor Feed Speed

Adjustment
19 Third Transport Motor Feed Speed Adjustment
20 Relay Transport Motor Feed Speed Adjustment:

CW
21 Relay Transport Motor Feed Speed Adjustment:

CCW
29 2-sided Exit Motor Feed Speed Adjustment
Only change the paper type and thickness that the user needs to use.
Troubleshooting

 Change the all the speed in the same figure.
SM 5-419 D135/D136/D137/D138

85MM FROM THE TRAILING EDGE IN LOW-
TEMPERATURE, LOW-HUMIDITY ENVIRONMENT
Symptom
The density in independent dot halftone or halftone areas may be higher or lower in the
area 0-85mm from the trailing edge, when printing under low-temperature/low-humidity
conditions.
Cause
1. Variations in the attractive force and distance between the ITB and paper
immediately before paper transfer
2. Toner scatters in the pre-transfer section after the paper clears the registration
rollers, which produces high image density in these areas.
Solution
Adjust the speed of the registration rollers as follows.
If the image density is high, set the following to a lower value, and vice-versa. Change
the value 1% at a time and check the results.
Pro/Office SP2-451-001 [ITB K:Standard: FC] 0 to 70
Pro SP2-802-001 to [ITB Bias:K:FC] (for each 0 to 70

100 custom paper)
IMSS setting
Pro/Office IMSS setting Value
No.
Pro 38 Image Transfer Current 0 to 70

Setting: FC: Black
(for each custom paper)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-420 SM
5.39.6 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR GRAINY IMAGE
Symptom
The image density is not uniform across image areas when printing onto paper that is not
smooth under High-temperature, High-humidity. (See sample below)
Cause
When using paper that has an unsmooth surface, the strength of the electrical field
between the ITB and the concaved areas in the paper weakens, causing low image
density only in these areas.
Troubleshooting
Action D135/D136:
Increase toner density by following SPs.
1. Change process control target from SP mode (Ideal setting: +0.03 to 1.0 from the
default)
SP: 3-620-111 to 114 (Plain : Maximum M/ A : K, C, M, Y)
2. Execute manual process control from SP mode.
SP: 3-011-002 (Manual ProCon: Density Adjustment)
D137/D138:
Increase the value of Toner Adhesion in the IMSS setting.
No. IMSS setting
33 Adjust Toner Adhesion (Black)
34 Adjust Toner Adhesion (Cyan)
35 Adjust Toner Adhesion (Magenta)
36 Adjust Toner Adhesion (Yellow)
SM 5-421 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.39.7 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR DENSITY UNEVENNESS AND

DUST WHEN USING AC TRANSFER (PRO C5110S/PRO
C5100S)
Symptom / Cause
Symptom Example Cause
Toner is not Surface of the

transferred to the paper is rough.
indentations on PTR voltage is too
texture paper. low.
Toner Surface of the

accumulates and paper is rough.
density is too high PTR voltage is too
in the indentations high.
on texture paper.
Scattered text and 1. Surface of the

thin line images paper is rough.
2. PTR voltage is
too high.
The above problems are likely to occur under the following conditions:
1. Printing on thick texture paper
2. Continuous printing of low image coverage jobs (5% or lower)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-422 SM
Flow chart
Troubleshooting
SM 5-423 D135/D136/D137/D138
3. [Textured Paper: Paper Transfer Voltage Setting]

B/W
IMSS No. / SP Description Range
66 Textured Paper: Paper Transfer 0.0 to 14.0kV

(SP2-851-001 to 100) Voltage Setting: B&W: Side 1 (Default: 8.0)

(SP2-852-001 to 100) Voltage Setting: B&W: Side 2 (Default: 8.0)
Full color

(SP2-853-001 to 100) Voltage Setting: Full Color: Side 1 (Default: 8.0)

(SP2-854-001 to 100) Voltage Setting: Full Color: Side 2 (Default: 8.0)
[Textured Paper: Paper Transfer Current Setting]

B/W
42 Paper Transfer Current Setting: -300 to 0 A

(SP2-811-001 to 100) B&W: Side 1 (Default: -34)

(SP2-812-001 to 100) B&W: Side 2 (Default: -34)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-424 SM
Full color

(SP2-813-001 to 100) Full Color: Side 1 (Default: -34)

(SP2-814-001 to 100) Full Color: Side 2 (Default: -34)
Reference: PTR voltage vs. Toner transferability
Table 1: Problems when the PTR voltage does not reach the target
Cause PTR voltage waveform (AC + DC) Symptom
PTR voltage Insufficient

does not toner transfer
reach the
target.
Troubleshooting
[A]: V (target)
[B]: V (actual)
[C]: Risk of poor toner transfer
SM 5-425 D135/D136/D137/D138
PTR voltage Excess toner

is set too transfer
high.
(Fluctuation
of the
waveform is
too big.)
As a result,
electrical
discharge
occurs at the
PTR. [A]: V (high AC)
[B]: Risk of electrical discharge
PTR transfer Image density

current is set decreases.
too high and
causes the
waveform to
shift to the
positive.
[A]: V (high DC)

[B]: Risk of low density
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-426 SM
Table 2: Problems when the PTR voltage exceeds the target
PTR voltage Excess toner

exceeds the transfer
target and
causes
electrical
discharge at
the PTR.
[A]: V (actual)
[B]: V (target)
[C]: Risk of scattered text/line
Troubleshooting
SM 5-427 D135/D136/D137/D138
PTR voltage Insufficient

is set too toner transfer
low.
(Fluctuation
of the
waveform is
too small.)
[A]: V (target)
[B]: V (low AC)
[C]: Risk of poor toner transfer
PTR transfer Excess toner

current is set transfer
too high and
causes the
waveform to
shift to the
negative.
As a result,
electrical
discharge [A]: V (low DC)
occurs at the [B]: Risk of electrical discharge
PTR.
Troubleshooting for Uneven glossiness when feeding large size paper after small size
paper
Symptom
The glossiness is uneven at the left and right sides of the paper, along the paper feed
direction (outside the width of the small-sized paper types), when printing onto wide paper
types after making many prints onto narrow paper.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-428 SM
1: Feed direction
[A]: Sides of the belt [A] that are wider than narrow paper types
Cause
Making many prints of narrow sheets leaves the sides of the belt [A] hot and the center
relatively cool. As a result, the surface temperature across the belt is uneven.
Solution
Do the following.
1. Change the SP values as shown below depending on the size of the (narrow) paper
that was used before the symptom occurred.
Size of paper that was
Troubleshooting
Corresponding SP
previously fed
Paper size Default Change

Paper size L Name No.
(example) value to
Switch:Rotation
216.0mm < L Start/Stop: End
B4 SEF 1-121-005 200 120
≤ 257.0mm Temp.:After
Job:B4
Switch:Rotation
Letter SEF,
182.0mm < L Start/Stop: End
Legal SEF, 1-121-006 200 120
≤ 216.0mm Temp.:After
A4 SEF
Job:B5
SM 5-429 D135/D136/D137/D138
Size of paper that was

Corresponding SP
previously fed
Paper size Default Change

Paper size L Name No.
(example) value to
B5 SEF, A5
SEF, Half Switch:Rotation
Letter SEF, Start/Stop: End
L ≤ 182.0mm 1-121-007 200 120
B6 SEF, A6 Temp.:After
SEF, Job:A5
Postcard
Illustration of paper size
1: Feed direction
2. Set SP1-121-003 (Switch:Rotation Start/Stop: Time:After Job) to a value of "100 sec".
Pro/Office SP2-121-003 Switch:Rotation 0 to 300

Start/Stop: Time:After Job
3. Feed paper in the same way as when the problem occurred.

4. If the symptom still occurs, set SP1-121-003 (Switch:Rotation Start/Stop:
Time:After Job) to a value of "180sec" and check the results.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-430 SM
5.39.8 TROUBLESHOOTING BLURRED IMAGE ON FRONT AND

REAR SIDES TOWARD THE TRAILING EDGE
Symptom
Image on both front (operator) and rear (non-operator) sides toward the trailing edge is
blurred.
The problem could occur under any of the following conditions Paper
with low stiffness
Troubleshooting
Thin paper A3/DLT
or larger
Cause
Line speed of the fusing unit is slightly faster than the ITB. This causes to pull the paper
and affect the image at 235mm from the leading edge, which corresponds to the distance
between the two units.
SM 5-431 D135/D136/D137/D138
Solution
Part 1: Line speed adjustment in IMSS (or in SP mode)
Decreasing the line speed of the fusing unit will prevent pulling of the paper between the
fusing and ITB units.
Part 2: Fusing entrance guide adjustment

Lowering the fusing entrance guide plate will make the paper path straighter (= shorter),
which also helps prevent the fusing and ITB units from pulling the paper.
Part 1: Line speed adjustment in IMSS (or in SP mode)

1. Decrease the fusing speed and paper exit motor speed 0.5% from the current value in
IMSS (or in SP mode).
23 Fusing Feed Speed Adjustment -10 to +10

(SP1-987-001 to 254)
24 Exit Motor Feed Speed -3 to +3

(SP1-965-001 to 100) Adjustment
Print out 20 copies of the affected image and check the result. If a different abnormal
image appears, restore the settings and do Part 2: Fusing entrance guide plate
adjustment.
2. If no improvement, repeat step 1, however, this time by 0.5%.
3. Print out 20 copies of the affected image and check the result. If the problem
persists, do Part 2: Fusing entrance guide plate adjustment.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-432 SM
Part 2: Fusing entrance guide plate adjustment

Remove the fusing unit from the mainframe.
[A]: Fusing entrance guide plate

Remove the screws fixing the guide plate at both front (operator) and rear (non-operator)
sides.
Troubleshooting
Set the screw removed in the previous step to the hole in the front most position for both
operator and non-operator sides. DO NOT fully fasten the screws yet.
Fully fasten the screws to complete the procedure.
SM 5-433 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.39.9 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR RANDOM PITCH BANDING

CAUSED BY LUBRICANT FALLING FROM THE DRUM
CLEANING UNIT
Symptom
Banding appears on the printouts at random intervals/pitch.
Cause
The lubricant in the drum cleaning unit falls into the registration unit and creates smudges
on the ITB encoder sensor. As a result, the engine speed cannot be controlled correctly.
Solution
Clean the ITB encoder with a blower brush.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-434 SM
5.39.10 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR 3MM-PITCH BANDING ON PAPER

WITH PAPER THICKNESS 6 (PRO C5110S/C5100S)
Symptom
Bands (uneven density) in 3mm pitch appear across the entire page when printing on
Thick6 paper.
Cause
PCB power output level is inconsistent.
Troubleshooting
How to verify if the bands are caused by inconsistent PCB power output level
Execute Process Control (SP3-011-002).
Select the test patterns (CMYK) in SP2-109-003 and specify the values described in the
table below and print out the test patterns.

Setting
K C M Y
2-109-003
12 12 12 12
(Test pattern no.)
SP
2-109-006
15 0 0 0
(Bk output density)
SM 5-435 D135/D136/D137/D138

Setting
K C M Y
2-109-007
0 15 0 0
(C output density)
2-109-008
0 0 15 0
(M output density)
2-109-009
0 0 0 15
(Y output density)
Measure the pitch of the bands.

Solution
 Set the process speed to “3: Low speed” and decrease the fusing heat roller
temperature 10 °C from the current temperature in IMSS (or in SP mode).
15 Process Speed Setting

0 to 3 (Default: 0)
(SP1-986-001 to 100) (for each custom paper)
74 Fusing Heat Roller

(SP1-984-001 to 100) Temperature Adjustment 0 to 200
(for each custom paper)
 Print the test pattern and check the results. If the fuseability has degraded, turn on
the “Toner reduction” mode provided that the image is of 3C and image quality is
maintained.
 Again, print the test pattern and check the results. If the fuseability is still poor,
increase the heating roller temperature 5°C. (DO NOT set the temp higher than
180°C.)
 If the problem does not resolve, replace the PCB (K/C) and/or PCB (M/Y)
depending on the color showing the problem.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-436 SM
IMAGE QUALITY 006: STAINS
5.40 IMAGE QUALITY 006: STAINS

5.40.1 OVERVIEW
Areas outside letters or images are stained.
Item Description
Stains in the area 76mm from the trailing Stains in the shape of horizontal streaks may
edge appear in the area 76mm from the trailing
edge.
Stains on the side edges of paper If the machine has been used for a long time,
toner, paper powder and foreign objects
sticking to the rollers may get on the side
edges of the paper.
Troubleshooting
SM 5-437 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.40.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR STAINS IN THE AREA 76MM

FROM THE TRAILING EDGE
Symptom
Stains in the shape of horizontal streaks appear in the area 76mm from the trailing edge
when printing high-coverage images onto coated paper.
[A]: Feed direction

Cause
Fused toner passes through the heat pipe rollers, and sticks to the surfaces of the rollers.
When the heat pipe roller slips, it chips off toner that has been fixed on the paper. The
offset toner may get on the paper again, depending on the paper type and the image being
printed.
Solution
Clean the heat pipe unit. See
Procedure below.
Procedure
Remove the fusing unit.
Open the separation unit [A] and remove the heat pipe unit [B] (5 screws).
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-438 SM
Remove the toner stuck to the heat pipe rollers using sandpaper (#1500).
Move the sandpaper back and forth horizontally and rotate the heat pipe roller to
clean it full-circle.
Wipe the places that you sanded in Step 3 with a damp cloth. Re- Troubleshooting
attach the heat pipe unit to the fusing unit.
SM 5-439 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.40.3 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR STAINS ON THE SIDE EDGES OF

PAPER
Symptom
Toner, paper dust, and foreign objects may stick to the rollers and then to the side edges of
the paper.
Cause
The machine has not been used for a long period of time.
Solution
Do the following.
 If the paper has stains, match up their positions against the roller/rib map. If the
positions of the stains match those of the transport rollers, wipe the transport rollers,
paper exit rollers, duplex unit rollers, and rollers inside paper handling options with a
damp (wrung-out) cloth.
 If the stains appear to be caused the by the static discharge brushes, clean these
brushes in the paper exit section [A] and inverter section [B] on the left side with a
blower brush.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-440 SM
IMAGE QUALITY 007: TONER FLAKING OFF
5.41 IMAGE QUALITY 007: TONER FLAKING OFF

5.41.1 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR BLOCKING ON THE PAPER
OUTPUT TRAY
Symptom
Paper printed and stacked on the output tray stick together (known as “toner blocking”)
when printed in duplex.
Cause
Toner fused on the paper is not completely dried.
Solution
Activate the Cooling Fan included as an accessory to the Copy Tray Type M2.
If the above does not resolve the problem, set the cooling fan in the procedure described
on the following pages so that it faces in a 90° angle.
Troubleshooting
Procedure
 Remove bracket [A] from bracket [B]. ( x 2)
 Do the same on the other side. ( x 2)
1. Work carefully to avoid dropping the unit.
SM 5-441 D135/D136/D137/D138
 Fit the bosses on bracket [B] to the holes on bracket [A] and fix the brackets. ( x 2)
 Set the cooling unit [B] on the bracket [A] in a 90° angle.
 Fix the cooling unit [A] with the bracket in a 90° angle. ( x2)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-442 SM
Troubleshooting
SM 5-443 D135/D136/D137/D138
PAPER TRANSPORT
5.42 PAPER TRANSPORT

5.42.1 PAPER TRANSPORT 001: CURLS
Symptom
Thin paper curls inside the machine if the Decurl unit is not installed.
Cause
Thin paper types tend to “shrink” during the fusing process.
Solution
Do the action in the flowcharts below for each model (D137/D138, D135/D136).
D137/D138:
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-444 SM
PAPER TRANSPORT
D135/D136:
Troubleshooting
 Raising the heat roller temperature may cause the following side effects.
 Fusibility may be reduced
 Glossiness of the image may decrease
 Stains may be visible if printing halftone images onto uncoated paper
SM 5-445 D135/D136/D137/D138
PAPER TRANSPORT 002: ENVELOPES
5.43 PAPER TRANSPORT 002: ENVELOPES

5.43.1 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR ENVELOPES ARE WRINKLED
Symptom
Poor fusing or wrinkles may occur when printing onto some types of envelopes.
Cause
The nip width (clearance) is not optimal for some types of envelopes.
Solution
Adjust the envelope nip width as follows.
Poor fusing:
Change the SP value in increments of +5msec and check the print results.
Wrinkles:
Change the SP value in increments of -5msec and check the print results.
Pro/Office SP1-996-109 to Envelope Nip Width 0 to 2000msec

254 Setting (for each paper
thickness/ type)
Pro SP1-996-001 to Envelope Nip Width 0 to 2000msec

100 Setting (for each custom
paper)
Pro 85 Fusing Nip Width 0 to 2000msec

Adjustment for Envelope
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-446 SM
PAPER TRANSPORT 002: ENVELOPES
5.43.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR FEED DIRECTION LIMITATIONS

APPLIED ON CERTAIN TYPES OF ENVELOPES
Symptom
The following may occur when printing onto the envelopes shown below:
1. Wrinkles
2. Paper transport issues
3. Flaps stick (closed) to the body of the envelope
1. If the envelopes are fed in the SEF direction, they tend to warp in between the
PTR unit and fusing unit.
[A]: C6, [B]: 105x235, [C]: DLX

Cause
Troubleshooting
The heat of the fusing process may cause wrinkles to form or the adhesive on the flaps to
melt if the flaps are folded.
Solution
When feeding the types of envelopes described above, feed them from the bypass tray, in
the LEF direction (from the trailing edge), with the flaps open.
SM 5-447 D135/D136/D137/D138
PAPER TRANSPORT 003: TWINING JAMS
5.44 PAPER TRANSPORT 003: TWINING JAMS

5.44.1 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR TWINING JAMS IN THE LOWER
PART OF THE FUSING UNIT CAUSED BY INSUFFICIENT
MARGINS
Symptom
An “accordion jam” may occur under the following conditions:
1. Thin, coated paper
2. A large amount of toner is needed to develop the images on the leading or trailing
edge
3. The margins at the leading and trailing edges are relatively narrow
1: Feed direction
[A]: Leading edge margin [B]:
Trailing edge margin
Cause
The margin at the leading or trailing edge is too narrow, which causes the paper to stick to
the pressure roller stripper plate.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-448 SM
Solution
Do the following:
4. Increase the margins the leading/trailing edges (up to a maximum of 10mm).
See page 337 "Margin adjustment".
If you adjust the margins without adjusting the image position, parts of the image
may not be printed. To adjust the image position, see Step 2 below.
5. If the symptom still occurs, try adjusting the position of the image at the same time.
Change the value in increments of -0.5mm, up to a maximum width of 10mm.
 Before you make any registration adjustments, make sure that the margin in
the direction you will move the image is wide enough.
Subscan registration adjustments:
Pro/Office SP1-001-004 to Lead Edge Reg (for each ±9.0

111 paper type)
Troubleshooting
Pro SP1-950-001 to L-Edge Regist Adj (Front) ±3.0
100 (for each custom paper)
Pro SP1-951-001 to L-Edge Regist Adj (Rear) ±3.0

100 (for each custom paper)
Pro 6 Adjust Image Position of ±3.0

Side 1 With Feed
Direction
Pro 7 Adjust Image Position of ±3.0

Side 2 With Feed
Direction
SM 5-449 D135/D136/D137/D138
6. If the symptom still occurs, check the following and replace parts as necessary.
1. If the fusing belt is damaged, replace it.
2. If the gap between the fusing stripper plate and fusing belt is wider
than normal, replace the fusing unit.
Note: The fusing stripper plate cannot be replaced individually (it can only be
attached and precision-adjusted at the factory).
3. If the pressure roller is damaged, replace it.
4. If the gap between the pressure roller stripper plate and pressure roller
is wider than normal, replace the pressure roller stripper plate.
5. If the rib [A] has come loose, correct the position of the rib as shown.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-450 SM
OTHER PROBLEMS
5.45 OTHER PROBLEMS

5.45.1 OTHER 001: DRAWER UNIT - LOCK MOTOR EMERGENCY
Overview
If you cannot open the drawer, follow this troubleshooting procedure.
Cause
1. The drawer is in a “Not-withdrawable” state.
2. There is a paper jam between the Drawer Unit and another unit (this is called a
‘straddling jam’). In this case, the Drawer Unit is locked because if the user pulls
out the drawer under that condition, it would tear the paper.
3. The pressure of the PTR is not released correctly.
4. The Drawer Unit Lock Sensor or Drawer Unit Lock Motor is defective.
Solution (Summary)
Step 1: Check the machine state.
Step 2: Check whether the pressure of the PTR is released correctly.
Step 3: Check whether the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor or Drawer Unit Lock Motor is
defective.
Step 4: Check for the presence or absence of a straddling jam.
Step 5: Release the Drawer Unit lock by removing the parts related to the Drawer Unit
lock.
Troubleshooting
Step 6: Check whether the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor and Drawer Unit Lock Motor work
correctly.
Step 7: Check the connections of the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor and Drawer Unit Lock
Motor.
SM 5-451 D135/D136/D137/D138
OTHER PROBLEMS
Solution (Detailed)
Step 1: Check the machine state.
Drawer Unit State List: Not withdrawable
Machine State Solution
Output Wait till the output
Correcting has finished.

Warming-up, Process Control, MUSIC,
/Adjustin
Toner Recovery, Web Cleaning
g
O
Forced shutdown due to blackout /
Forced Power off disconnection, or pressing and holding Rebooting
the power button
SC Issued SC670 / SC672 occurs See the SC table and
DUB / TSB follow the solution.

SC626 occurs
Abnormal
Cannot release the drawer lock

Defective Any
correctly. SC525 occurs due to a
Drawer Go to Step 3
problem with the drawer unit lock motor
Lock-related Parts
or the PTR release motor.
If there is a jam (such as the listed jams

below) that straddles the drawer unit
and other unit, jammed paper will be
torn if you pull out the drawer unit, and
torn paper may remain in the machine.
Straddling Jam Jam between: Go to Step 2
The bypass unit and the registration unit
The relay unit and the vertical transport
The paper exit and the purge unit
So in this machine, the drawer unit is
locked when a straddling jam occurs.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-452 SM
OTHER PROBLEMS
Step 2: Check whether the pressure of the PTR is released correctly.

5. Remove the Drawer Unit Lock Motor Cover.
6. Check whether the D-cut surface direction of the axis points down. If the
D-cut surface direction is correct: Go to Step 4.
7. Release the pressure of the PTR by using the link plate. "If the Drawer is
Locked")
If the Drawer Unit can be withdrawn: Solution procedure is finished. If
the Drawer Unit can’t be withdrawn: Go to Step 3
Step 3: Check whether the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor or Drawer Unit Lock Motor is
defective.
1. Do SP1040-001(Drawer Lock Motor Unlocking Operation). If
the Drawer Unit is unlocked: Go to Step 4.
If the Drawer Unit is still locked: Go to Step 5.
Step 4: Check for the presence or absence of a straddling jam.
1. Check whether there is jammed paper at the vertical transport, bypass unit, or
purge unit.
If absent: Solution procedure is finished.
If present: Remove jammed paper. (Go to the next step.)
Step 5: Release the Drawer Unit lock by removing the parts related to the Drawer Unit
lock.
Troubleshooting
2. Follow the procedure ‘If You Cannot Open the Drawer’ in the service manual,
and release the Drawer Unit lock.
Replacement and Adjustment > Drawer Unit > Drawer Unit Cover > If You Cannot
Open the Drawer
3. Turn the main switch ON. If
successful: Go to Step 6.
If an error occurs: Go to Step 7.
Step 6: Check whether the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor and Drawer Unit Lock Motor
work correctly.
1. Do SP5803-204: Input Check Drawer Lock Sensor
2. Do SP5805-150: Output Check Drawer Lock Sensor If
successful: Solution procedure is finished.
If an error occurs: Go to Step 7.
Step 7: Check the connections of the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor and Drawer Unit Lock
Motor
If the harness connection is correct: Replace the Drawer Unit Lock Sensor and/or Motor. If
the harness connection is poor: Connect it correctly. (Solution procedure is finished.)
SM 5-453 D135/D136/D137/D138
OTHER PROBLEMS
5.45.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR TOO MUCH WEIGHT/ABNORMAL

NOISE ON PULLING OUT/PUSHING IN THE DRAWER UNIT
Symptom
It is very difficult to pull out/push in the drawer unit, and/or noise is made when this is
done.
Cause
Grease on the positioning pins decreases over time.
Solution
Apply grease (Barrierta S552R) to the drawer unit positioning pins when the amount of
grease gets too low.
 As a rough figure, the grease needs to be applied every 2000 times the drawer unit is
opened.
Procedure
Press the release levers and pull out the drawer unit [A] all the way.
If you are working in a low-temperature environment (15 °C or lower), make sure to complete
this step within 30 minutes. This is because the tension of the drawer cord will decrease and
the cord will stretch.
Apply Grease Barrierta S552R in thin layers to the drawer unit positioning pins.
Area: On and around the positioning pins
Amount: 0.05g - 0.1g
[A]: Drawer unit positioning pin (right-front) [B]:
Drawer unit positioning pin (right-rear)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-454 SM
OTHER PROBLEMS
[C]: Drawer unit positioning pin (front left) [D]:

Drawer unit positioning pin (rear left)
Troubleshooting
SM 5-455 D135/D136/D137/D138
OTHER 002: CORRESPONDANCE TABLE FOR ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS
5.46 OTHER 002: CORRESPONDANCE TABLE FOR

ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS
5.46.1 CORRESPONDENCE TABLE FOR ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS
FOR OPERATORS AND SP MODE
The correspondence table for Adjustment Settings for Operators and SP settings is as follows.
Machine: Image Quality
No. Item SP No.
0209 Photoconductor Special Mode SP2-225
0210 Fusing Belt Smoothing SP1-133
0211 Fusing Ability by Paper Feed Speed SP1-135
2 Machine: Paper Feed/Output
No. Item SP No.
0106 Criteria for Paper Weight SP1-307
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-456 SM
05 Machine: Maintenance
No. Item SP No.
0701 Temperature SP3-260
0702 Humidity inside the Machine SP3-261
07 Finishing: Finisher
No. Item SP No.
0401 Adjust Punch Position With Feed Direction SP6-100
0402 Adjust Punch Position Across Feed Direction SP6-101
0403 Adjust Staple Position SP6-111
0404 Adjust Staple Position for Booklet SP6-112
0405 Adjust Folding Position for Booklet SP6-113
0406 Adjust Folding Speed for Booklet SP6-114
Troubleshooting
0407 Correct Punch Skew SP6-102
0408 Punch Skew Correction SP6-103
0409 Paper Alignment in Shift Tray Across Feed SP6-104

Direction
0410 Paper Alignment for Stapling Across Feed SP6-107

Direction
0411 Paper Alignment for Booklet Across Feed SP6-108

Direction
0412 Adjust Paper Tapping for Extra Feed for Stapling SP6-120
0413 Adjust Claw Shift for Center Folding SP6-122
0501 Adjust Staple Position SP6-142
0502 Adjust Punch Position With Feed Direction SP6-140
SM 5-457 D135/D136/D137/D138
Correspondance Table for Adjustment Setting and SP Mode (D137/D138 Only)
The correspondence table for TCRU adjustment settings and SP settings is as follows.
Number Skilled Operator Setting SP No
0101 Adjust Image Position With Feed Direction 1 001
0102 Adjust Image Position Across Feed Direction 1 003
0103 Adjust Registration Paper Buckle 1 004
0104 Adjust Registration Paper Buckle (Thick Paper) 1 004
0106 Criteria for Paper Weight 1 307
0107 Adjust Erase Margin of Leading Edge 2 121
0107 Adjust Erase Margin of Trailing Edge 2 121
0107 Adjust Erase Margin of Left Edge 2 121
0107 Adjust Erase Margin of Right Edge 2 121
0108 Adjust Wide LCT Fan Level 1 920
0109 Adjust Wide LCT Fan Timer 1 921
0110 Pickup Assist Setting 1 923
0120 Adjust Paper Curl 1 906
0130 Perpendicularity Adjustment 2 104
0140 Buffer Pass Unit Fan Activation Setting 1 932
0201 Adjust Image Density 3 001
0201 DEMS 3 040
0202 Image Density Adjustment Execute Interval 3 533
0203 Adjust Maximum Image Density 3 620
0204 Adjust Line Width 3 623
0205 Adjust Density Difference Across Feed Direction 2 113
0206 Adjust Cleaning Web Motor Interval 1 161
0207 Adjust Fusing Temperature on Standby 1 107
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-458 SM
0208 Auto Color Selection Setting 2 907
0209 Photoconductor Special Mode 2 225
0210 Fusing Belt Smoothing 1 133
0211 Fusing Ability by Paper Feed Speed 1 135
0301 Execute Cleaning Initial Setting 3 032
0302 Execute Process Initial Setting 3 020
0303 ITB Manual Lubrication 2 696
0304 Tighten Fusing Cleaning Unit at Replacement 1 161
0305 Reset Replaceable Parts Counter 3 701
0306 Replaceable Parts Counter 7 621
0307 Target Value for Replaceable Part 7 623
0401 Adjust Punch Position With Feed Direction 6 100
Troubleshooting
0402 Adjust Punch Position Across Feed Direction 6 101
0403 Adjust Staple Position 6 111
0404 Adjust Staple Position for Booklet 6 112
0405 Adjust Folding Position for Booklet 6 113
0406 Adjust Folding Speed for Booklet 6 114
0407 Correct Punch Skew 6 102
0408 Punch Skew Correction 6 103
0409 Paper Alignment in Shift Tray Across Feed 6 104

Direction
0410 Paper Alignment for Stapling Across Feed 6 107

Direction
SM 5-459 D135/D136/D137/D138
0411 Paper Alignment for Booklet Across Feed 6 108

Direction
0412 Adjust Paper Tapping for Extra Feed for Stapling 6 120
0413 Adjust Claw Shift for Center Folding 6 122
0501 Adjust Staple Position 6 142
0502 Adjust Punch Position With Feed Direction 6 140
0503 Paper Alignment for Stapling Across Feed 6 141

Direction
0504 Paper Alignment for Stapling With Feed Direction 6 145
0505 Paper Alignment in Shift Tray Across Feed 6 143

Direction
0601 Half Fold Position (Multi-sheet Fold) 6 314
0602 Letter Fold-out Position 1 (Multi-sheet Fold) 6 315
0603 Letter Fold-out Position 2 (Multi-sheet Fold) 6 316
0604 Letter Fold-in Position 1 (Multi-sheet Fold) 6 317
0605 Letter Fold-in Position 2 (Multi-sheet Fold) 6 318
0606 Folding Unit Tray Full Detection 6 762
0607 Number of Sheets Folded after Full Detection 6 763
0701 Temperature 3 260
0702 Humidity inside the Machine 3 261
0703 Back Up / Restore Custom Paper Data - -
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-460 SM
OTHER 003: CORRESPONDANCE TABLE FOR IMSS SETTINGS
5.47 OTHER 003: CORRESPONDANCE TABLE FOR IMSS

SETTINGS
5.47.1 CORRESPONDENCE TABLE FOR IMSS SETTINGS AND SP
MODE (D137/D138 ONLY)
Category No. IMSS setting SP No.
Paper Feed 1 Wide LCT Fan Setting 1 976 001 to 100
2 Adjust Wide LCT Fan Level 1 975 001 to 100
3 Pickup Assist Setting 1 977 001 to 100
Paper Path 4 Paper Weight Detection 1 954 001 to 100
5 Double Feed Detection 1 955 001 to 100
Registration 6 Adjust Image Position of Side 1 With 1 950 001 to 100

Feed Direction
7 Adjust Image Position of Side 2 With 1 951 001 to 100

Feed Direction
Troubleshooting
8 Adjust Image Position of Side 1 Across 1 952 001 to 100
Feed Direction
9 Adjust Image Position of Side 2 Across 1 953 001 to 100

Feed Direction
10 Adjust Erase Margin of Leading Edge 2 122 001 to 100
11 Adjust Erase Margin of Trailing Edge 2 123 001 to 100
12 Adjust Magnification of Side 2 Across 2 952 001 to 100

Feed Direction
13 Adjust Magnification of Side 2 With 2 953 001 to 100

Feed Direction
14 Trailing Edge Full Bleed 2 124 001 to 100
SM 5-461 D135/D136/D137/D138
Drive 15 Process Speed Setting 1 986 001 to 100
16 Registration Motor Feed Speed 1 961 001 to 100

Adjustment
17 First Transport Motor Feed Speed 1 956 001 to 100

Adjustment
18 Second Transport Motor Feed Speed 1 957 001 to 100

Adjustment
19 Third Transport Motor Feed Speed 1 958 001 to 100

Adjustment
20 Relay Transport Motor Feed Speed 1 959 001 to 100

Adjustment: CW
21 Relay Transport Motor Feed Speed 1 960 001 to 100

Adjustment: CCW
22 Paper Transfer Feed Speed 2 831 001 to 100

Adjustment
23 Fusing Feed Speed Adjustment 1 987 001 to 100
Drive 24 Exit Motor Feed Speed Adjustment 1 965 001 to 100
25 Switchback Entrance Feed Speed 1 966 001 to 100

Adjustment
26 Switchback Exit Feed Speed 1 967 001 to 100

Adjustment: CW
27 Switchback Exit Feed Speed 1 970 001 to 100

Adjustment: CCW
28 2-sided Switchback Motor Feed Speed 1 971 001 to 100

Adjustment: CCW
29 2-sided Exit Motor Feed Speed 1 969 001 to 100

Adjustment
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-462 SM
30 2-sided Transport Roller Shift 1 981 001 to 100

Adjustment 1
31 2-sided Transport Roller Shift 1 982 001 to 100

Adjustment 2
32 Deactivate 2-sided Transport Roller 1 983 001 to 100

Shift
Toner 33 Adjust Toner Adhesion (Black) 3 921 001 to 100

Adhesion
34 Adjust Toner Adhesion (Cyan) 3 922 001 to 100
35 Adjust Toner Adhesion (Magenta) 3 923 001 to 100
36 Adjust Toner Adhesion (Yellow) 3 924 001 to 100
Image 37 Image Transfer Current Setting: B&W 2 801 001 to 100

Transfer
38 Image Transfer Current Setting: FC: 2 802 001 to 100
Black
Troubleshooting
Cyan
Image 40 Image Transfer Current Setting: FC: 2 804 001 to 100

Transfer Magenta

Yellow
42 Paper Transfer Current Setting: B&W: 2 811 001 to 100

Side 1
43 Paper Transfer Current Setting: Full 2 813 001 to 100

Color: Side 1
44 Paper Transfer Current Setting: B&W: 2 812 001 to 100

Side 2
SM 5-463 D135/D136/D137/D138
45 Paper Transfer Current Setting: Full 2 814 001 to 100

Color: Side 2
46 Paper Transfer Current; Lead Edge: 2 821 001 to 100

B&W
47 Paper Transfer Current; Lead Edge: 2 822 001 to 100

Full Color
48 Paper Transfer Current; Lead Edge 2 823 001 to 100

Distance: B&W
49 Paper Transfer Current; Lead Edge 2 824 001 to 100

Distance: Full Color
Image 50 Paper Transfer Current; Trail Edge: 2 825 001 to 100

Transfer B&W
51 Paper Transfer Current; Trail Edge: 2 826 001 to 100

Full Color
52 Paper Transfer Current; Trail Edge 2 827 001 to 100

Distance: B&W
53 Paper Transfer Current; Trail Edge 2 828 001 to 100

Distance: Full Color
54 Paper Transfer CV Start Timing: B&W: 2 832 001 to 100

Side 1
55 Paper Transfer CV Start Timing: B&W: 2 833 001 to 100

Side 2
56 Paper Transfer CV Start Timing: Full 2 834 001 to 100

Color: Side 1
57 Paper Transfer CV Start Timing: Full 2 835 001 to 100

Color: Side 2
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-464 SM
58 Paper Transfer CV Control Duration: 2 836 001 to 100

B&W: Side 1

B&W: Side 2
Image 60 Paper Transfer CV Control Duration: 2 838 001 to 100

Transfer Full Color: Side 1

Full Color: Side 2
62 Paper Transfer Contact and 2 841 001 to 100

Disengage Mode
63 Adjust Contact Timing of Paper 2 842 001 to 100

Transfer
64 Adjust Disengage Timing of Paper 2 843 001 to 100

Transfer
Troubleshooting
65 Textured Paper Mode 2 850 001 to 100
66 Textured Paper: Paper Transfer 2 851 001 to 100

Voltage Setting: B&W: Side 1

Voltage Setting: B&W: Side 2

Voltage Setting: Full Color: Side 1

Voltage Setting: Full Color: Side 2
Image 70 Textured Paper: AC Frequency of 2 855 001 to 100

Transfer Paper Transfer Voltage
71 Textured Paper: AC Duty Cycle of 2 856 001 to 100

Paper Transfer Voltage
SM 5-465 D135/D136/D137/D138

Isolation Voltage: Side 1

Isolation Voltage: Side 2
Fusing 74 Fusing Heat Roller Temperature 1 984 001 to 100

Adjustment
75 Fusing Pressure Roller Temperature 1 985 001 to 100

Adjustment
76 Fusing Nip Width Setting 1 989 001 to 100
77 Adjust Fusing Temperature to Transfer 1 995 001 to 100

Paper
78 Adjust Adding Fusing Temperature 1 1 993 001 to 100
79 Adjust Adding Fusing Temperature 2 1 994 001 to 100
80 Paper Feed Interval Setting 1 988 001 to 100
81 Reduce Initial CPM: Low Temperature 1 990 001 to 100

Environment
82 Reduce Initial CPM: Normal/High 1 991 001 to 100

Temperature Environment
83 Adjust Cleaning Web Motor Interval 1 992 001 to 100
84 Cleaning Web Contact and Disengage 1 998 001 to 100
85 Fusing Nip Width Adjustment for 1 996 001 to 100

Envelope
Decurler 86 Paper Curl Correction Level 6 928 001 to 100
87 Adjust Paper Curl Correction Level 6 929 001 to 100
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-466 SM
Finisher 88 Adjust Z-fold Position 1 6 750 001 to 100
89 Adjust Z-fold Position 2 6 751 001 to 100
90 Half Fold Position: Single-sheet Fold 6 752 001 to 100
91 Adjust Letter Fold-out Position 1: 6 753 001 to 100

Single-sheet Fold
92 Adjust Letter Fold-out Position 2: 6 754 001 to 100

Single-sheet Fold
93 Adjust Letter Fold-in Position 1: 6 755 001 to 100

Single-sheet Fold
94 Adjust Letter Fold-in Position 2: 6 756 001 to 100

Single-sheet Fold
95 Double Parallel Fold Position 1 6 757 001 to 100
96 Double Parallel Fold Position 2 6 758 001 to 100
Troubleshooting
97 Adjust Gate Fold Position 1 6 759 001 to 100
SM 5-467 D135/D136/D137/D138
OTHER 004: SC
Troubleshooting for SC516 after Repeated J097
Symptom
Unusual clattering noise is heard when a duplex job starts and the system starts to feed
paper. Jam074 occurs, followed by Jam097, which occurs 3 times in succession. The
system finally stops with an SC516-02 (sensor shift motor edge detection error).
Cause
The paper size (A4 or 81/2) fixed with the end fence on the tandem tray does not match
with the size specified on the control panel.
The shift roller in the duplex unit operates according to the paper size specified on the
control panel, resulting in the above jams and SC.
Check the paper size fixed with the end fence on the tandem tray.
Photo below describes an example of the end fence fixed to 8 1/2 size.
Check the paper size specified for the tandem tray on the control panel.
If the sizes do not match, enter SP5-959-001; Paper Size: 1st Tray (Tandem) and specify the
size according to the paper in use.
0: A4 LEF
1: 81/2 × 11 LEF
Confirm proper duplex printing to complete the procedure.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-468 SM
5.47.2 TROUBLESHOOTING SC 570-00 (FUSING BELT SMOOTHING

ROLLER ERROR)
Symptom
SC570-00 (fusing belt smoothing roller operation error)
How to isolate the cause of the problem
Execute a forced fusing belt smoothing operation (SP1-133-110). If
the SC occurs, do Procedure 1.
If the SC does not occur, do Procedure 2.
Procedure 1
The goal of this procedure is to verify the parts (gear, feeler, sensor, harness, motor) that
may be damaged or not connected properly, causing the SC.
Set the value in SP1-133-120 (Fixed Operation Time: Manual) to “1”.
Execute SP1-133-110 (Manual Smoothing: Exe).
Set the value in SP1-133-120 (Fixed Operation Time: Manual) back to “180”.
Check if the gear [A] rotates.
Troubleshooting
If the gear rotates,
Smoothing roller contact/separate Gear
Smoothing roller contact/separate Feeler
Smoothing roller contact/separate Sensor
may be damaged.
If the gear DOES NOT rotate, Harness Motor may be damaged or its connection is
loose.
Replace or fix the affected part(s) accordingly to complete the procedure.
Procedure 2
The goal of this procedure is to verify if the SC is caused by an incorrectly positioned
feeler, which may be caused by excess load put on the cam.
Open the upper guide plate [A] of the fusing unit and locate the belt smoothing roller
contact/separate feeler [B]. If the cut-out on the feeler is not visible, do Procedure 3.
SM 5-469 D135/D136/D137/D138
* The top part of the fusing unit shown in this photo is gray because the unit is of the
prototype.
Incorrect Correct
Cut-out [A] on the feeler is visible. Cut-out on the feeler is not visible.
Continue with the next step. Do Procedure 3.
Check if the brackets [A] and/or [B] are deformed.

If deformed, replace the fusing unit to complete the procedure.
If the brackets are not deformed, excess load on the cam may be the problem. Do
the next step.
Apply Fluotribo grease to the sliding surfaces [C] and [D] of the brackets [A] and [B]. Grease
amount: 5 ± 1 mm in diameter (0.1 to 0.4 gm)
Procedure 3
The goal of this procedure is to reconfirm proper operation of the belt smoothing roller.
Set the value in SP1-133-120 (Fixed Operation Time: Manual) to “1”. Execute
SP1-133-110 (Manual Smoothing: Exe).
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-470 SM
Set the value in SP1-133-120 (Fixed Operation Time: Manual) back to “180”. Check
if the SC occurs.
If it does not occur, repeat the above steps 1 through 3 three times and check if the
SC still does not occur to confirm the effect.
If it does occur, excess load on the cam may be the problem. Do Procedure 2.
5.47.3 TROUBLESHOOTING SC515-01
Symptom
SC515-01 (Roller Shift Motor 1 Error) before total print volume reaches 10K.
Cause
Because the machine is still new, grease is not completely spread across the roller shift
motor (duplex transport motor), causing the motor to lose steps.
Troubleshooting
Action
If SC515-01 is observed before the machine reaches 10K since installation, do the
following procedure to age the duplex transport roller/duplex exit roller.
Pull out the drawer unit and open the duplex unit lower guide plate.
Slide the idle rollers of duplex transport rollers [C] and [D] with your fingers toward the front
side of the machine as far as they go.
SM 5-471 D135/D136/D137/D138
Slide the drive rollers of duplex transport rollers [A] and [B] with your fingers toward the front
Make sure to grip the edge of the rollers, not the surface.
[A]: Duplex transport roller 2 (drive) [B]:

Duplex transport roller 3 (drive) [C]:
Duplex transport roller 2 (idle) [D]:
Duplex transport roller 3 (idle)
Close the duplex unit lower guide plate and push the drawer unit back into the machine. Set
SP5-806-161 (Duplex Feed Mtr:Std Speed) to ON to rotate the duplex transport rollers 2 and 3.
While keeping SP5-806-161 set to ON, set SP5-806-195 (Shift Roller Motor1:Homing) ON and
then OFF. Repeat the ON/OFF cycle 10 times.
Set SP5-806-161 (Duplex Feed Mtr:Std Speed) back to OFF.
Slide the idle rollers of duplex transport rollers [C] and [D] with your fingers toward the back
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-472 SM
Slide the drive rollers of duplex transport rollers [A] and [B] with your fingers toward the back
Close the duplex unit lower guide plate and push the drawer unit back into the machine. Set
SP5-806-195 (Shift Roller Motor1:Homing) ON and then OFF.
Repeat steps 8 through 12 five times and run a test job to confirm SC515-01 does not occur.
If the SC persists, repeat steps 1 through 13.
Troubleshooting
5.47.4 TROUBLESHOOTING SC515-02
Symptom
SC515-02 (Roller Shift Motor 2 Error) before total print volume reaches 10K.
Cause
Because the machine is still new, grease is not completely spread across the roller shift
motor (duplex exit motor), causing the motor to lose steps.
Action
If SC515-02 is observed before the machine reaches 10K since installation, do the
following procedure to age the duplex transport roller/duplex exit roller.
Slide the drive rollers of duplex transport roller [C] and duplex exit roller [D] with your fingers
toward the front side of the machine as far as they go.
Slide the drive rollers of duplex transport roller [A] and duplex exit roller [B] with your fingers
toward the front side of the machine as far as they go.
SM 5-473 D135/D136/D137/D138
[A]: Duplex transport roller 4 (drive) [B]:

Duplex exit roller (drive)
[C]: Duplex transport roller 4 (idle) [D]:
Duplex exit roller (idle)
Close the duplex unit lower guide plate and push the drawer unit back into the machine.
Set SP5-806-174 (Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed Speed:Std Speed) to ON to rotate the duplex
transport rollers 2 and 3.
While keeping SP5-806-161 set to ON, set SP5-806-200 (Shift Roller Motor2:Homing) ON and
then OFF. Repeat the ON/OFF cycle 10 times.
Set SP5-806-174 (Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed Speed:Std Speed) back to OFF. Pull
out the drawer unit and open the duplex unit lower guide plate.
Slide the idle rollers of duplex transport roller [C] and duplex exit roller [D] with your fingers
toward the back side of the machine as far as they go.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-474 SM
OTHER 005: HDD TROUBLESHOOTING
Slide the drive rollers of duplex transport roller [A] and duplex exit roller [B] with your
fingers toward the back side of the machine as far as they go.
Caution: Make sure to grip the edge of the rollers, not the surface.
Close the duplex unit lower guide plate and push the drawer unit back into the machine.
Set SP5-806-195 (Shift Roller Motor1:Homing) ON and then OFF.
Repeat steps 8 through 12 five times and run a test job to confirm SC515-02 does not
occur.
If the SC persists, repeat steps 1 through 13.
Troubleshooting
5.48 OTHER 005: HDD TROUBLESHOOTING
5.48.1 SYMPTOM
The “Please wait” display does not change to “Ready” after warming up at power ON or after
recovering from Energy Saver Mode.
HDD related SC occurrence (Mainly for SC860 to 865)
5.48.2 CAUSE
Mainly AC voltage supplied to the PSU is interrupted, possibly causing corruption of data in the
HDD. As a result, the fax function cannot boot up.
This symptom can happen when the power is interrupted for an instant, or for a longer period
(e.g. the user pulls the power cord out of the outlet).
If the power is interrupted, the area in the HDD that contains image data is corrupted easily.
SM 5-475 D135/D136/D137/D138
OTHER 005: HDD TROUBLESHOOTING
5.48.3 SOLUTION
Follow the action in the attached flowchart.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-476 SM
PROBLEMS RELATED TO PERIPHERAL DEVICES
5.49 PROBLEMS RELATED TO PERIPHERAL DEVICES

5.49.1 PERIPHERALS 001: BUFFER PASS UNIT TYPE 5020
Troubleshooting for Fan Noise Is Large
Symptom
The fan makes a large noise.
Cause
The fan is triggered automatically depending on machine internal settings, as well as the
type of paper used and temperature conditions as well.
Solution
Change the fan settings (TCRU adjustment settings).
No. Item SP No.
0140 Buffer Pass Unit Fan Activation Setting SP1-932
The factory-default setting is “Operate with Paper Thickness 4 and higher”.

Choose the appropriate setting among “Always On”, “Operate with Paper Thickness 3 and
higher”, “Operate with Paper Thickness 4 and higher”, “Operate with Paper Thickness 5 and
Troubleshooting
higher”, “Operate with Paper Thickness 6 and higher”, and “Always Off”.
Note: There is a tradeoff whereby, the longer the fan is off, the greater tendency there is for
toner to flake off the paper.
SM 5-477 D135/D136/D137/D138
PERIPHERALS 002: FINISHER SR4090/SR4100
5.50 PERIPHERALS 002: FINISHER SR4090/SR4100

5.50.1 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR PROOF TRAY DETECTED TO BE
FULL TOO SOON
Symptom
The machine detects the tray full condition for the proof tray before the number of sheets
in the tray has reached capacity when printing onto large-sized, thin,
short-grained paper.
Cause
This type of paper is relatively weak and tends to buckle at the proof tray end fence (see
photo). This blocks the proof tray sensor.
Solution
Attach the proof support tray [A] (included with the finisher), as shown below.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-478 SM
5.50.2 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR ENVELOPES ARE NOT FED
Symptom
Non-feed jams occur when a large amount of envelopes that have not been flattened
enough for feeding are loaded in the feed tray.
Cause
There is air inside the envelopes, which reduces the effective pressure applied by the
pickup roller.
Solution
Do the action in the following flowchart:
Troubleshooting
SM 5-479 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.50.3 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR TONER RUBBING OFF ALONG

THE FOLD LINE
Symptom
Toner rubs off onto the fold line of stapled Booklets.
Cause
The flat fold rollers in the flat fold booklet unit apply too much pressure to the paper.
Solution
Do the procedures described in “Adjustment of the Flat Fold Booklet Unit” in the Finisher
Service Manual (pg. 45).
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-480 SM
5.50.4 TROUBLESHOOTING CREASES AND JAM IN STAPLER

UNIT (SR4100)
Symptoms
Crease [A] appears along the folded edge of a stapled booklet. Paper
jam occurs in the booklet stapler unit.
Cause
The lower flat fold roller [B], installed in the flat fold roller unit [A] is not set in the correct
position, possibly due to the shock when pulling out/pushing in the stapler unit.
Troubleshooting
Solution
Pull out the stapler unit [A].
To check if the lower flat fold roller [C] inside the flat fold roller unit [B] is set correctly or not,
rotate it with your finger.
The roller should rotate smoothly, if it is set correctly.
The roller will not rotate, if it is set incorrectly.
SM 5-481 D135/D136/D137/D138
Open the case [B] attached to the top half of the flat fold roller unit [A].
Set the lower flat fold roller [C] so that its shaft [D] sits on either of the grooves; [E] at the rear
or [F] at the front.
Close the case [B] to complete the procedure.
The default position of the lower flat fold roller is set to groove [E] at the factory.
If the folding operation causes to peel off the toner on the printout, change the roller position to
groove [F], which will reduce the pressure applied in the folding operation, purposed for
creating thick booklets.
For more details, see page 47 of the Finisher SR4090 /Booklet Finisher SR4100 Field Service
Manual.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-482 SM
5.50.5 CORNER STAPLING FAILURE/STACK FAILURE/LARGE

MISALIGNMENT
Symptom
Some sheets fail to be stapled or large misalignments occur with corner stapling.
Cause
Stacking and stapling is disabled because the drag rollers [B] are stuck on top of the
staple tray [C]. This could happen when the trailing edge of the stacked sheets are curled,
because curled sheets tend to pull the drag rollers. Another causing factor is when the
stack has to be removed manually due to a failure in feeding out the stack.
Correct Incorrect
Troubleshooting
How to check if the drag rollers are positioned correctly
Remove the rear upper cover.
Open the front cover [A] and move the stapler unit [B] to the center.
SM 5-483 D135/D136/D137/D138
Locate the drag rollers and check if they are positioned correctly by referring to the table below.
Drag roller - FRONT
[B]: Incorrect position

[A]: Correct position Drag roller is stuck on top of the staple
tray.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-484 SM
Drag roller - REAR
[B]: Incorrect position

[A]: Correct position Drag roller is stuck on top of the staple
tray.
Solution
If the roller is stuck on top of the staple tray, bend the drag roller shaft [A] in the direction of the
arrow [B] and forcibly rotate the drag roller [C] in the direction of the arrow [D] to retrieve the
correct position.
Troubleshooting
Drag roller - FRONT Drag roller - REAR
Confirm the spring of the drag roller is in position.
SM 5-485 D135/D136/D137/D138
Long arm [A] of the spring is in contact with the guide plate [B].
Short arm [C] positions between the drag roller holder [D] and the weight [E].
Drag roller - FRONT Drag roller - REAR
View from a different angle (Drag roller - FRONT)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-486 SM
5.50.6 1ST SHEET OF STAPLED STACK MISALIGNED
Symptom
In stapling mode, the 1st sheet of a stack is misaligned approximately 3mm to 5 mm. The
problem occurs with the following paper sizes if paper is pre-stacked: A4 SEF/LEF,
B5 SEF/LEF, and LT SEF/LEF.
Rear side of 1st sheet Front side of 1st sheet

Parallelly misaligned
misaligned misaligned
Cause
The 1st sheet of the pre-stacked paper bounces off the bottom pawl or does not reach the
bottom pawl.
Troubleshooting
Action
Do either of the following.
SP6-118-(paper size): [CrnrStplrPrstkOffsAdj:2K/3KFIN] SP6-120-
(paper size): [CrnStpPosExFeedAmtAdj:2K/3KFIN]
Offset direction
[CrnrStplrPrstkOffsAdj:2K/3KFIN] (range: ±16 mm, step: 2 mm)
When adjusted in the + direction, pre-stack offset increases n the [A] direction. When
adjusted in the - direction, pre-stack offset decreases in the [B] direction.
[CrnStpPosExFeedAmtAdj:2K/3KFIN] (range: 0 to 30 mm, step: 10 mm)
Increasing this value shifts the sheet toward direction [C].
SM 5-487 D135/D136/D137/D138
SP adjustment by type of misalignment
Rear side of the 1st Front side of the 1st Misaligned in

sheet sheet parallel
Type of
misalignment
SP SP6-118 SP6-118 SP6-120
Adjustment value +10 mm -10 mm 20 mm

(estimation)
Check after SP adjustment

After modifying the SP value, make 50 sets of 2-sheet booklet stapled horizontally (2
points stapling) and check the alignment accuracy.
If misalignment is observed even after the SP adjustment, make further adjustments in the
SP.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-488 SM
5.50.7 SHIFT TRAY STALLS CAUSING PAPER JAM
Symptom
The shift tray [A] unexpectedly stalls at its highest or lowest positions and causes paper
jams.
Cause
The shift tray paper feeler [A] is out of position.
Troubleshooting
Correct Incorrect
The problem occurs if the Shift Auxiliary Tray [A] included with the finisher is set incorrectly.
SM 5-489 D135/D136/D137/D138
In this condition, the feeler gets caught between the auxiliary tray and shift tray when the
shift tray moves up and is displaced.
The Shift Auxiliary Tray [A] is to be used only when the configuration consists of the Multi-
Folding Unit FD4000. This auxiliary tray increases the stacking capacity of z-folded paper.
If the Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 is not installed, do not attach the Shift Auxiliary Tray as it may
cause the shift tray to malfunction.
Solution
If the Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 is installed:
Start the finisher initialization process to raise the shift tray [A]. As you lift up and hold the
shift tray paper feeler [B] up, insert the two bosses [D] on the back of the Shift Auxiliary
Tray to the two holes [C] on the shift tray.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-490 SM
Good Bad
Troubleshooting
The Shift Auxiliary Tray [A] is positioned
There is no space between the Shift above the feeler, creating a space
Auxiliary Tray [A] and shift tray [B]. between the Shift Auxiliary Tray and shift
tray [B].
If the Multi-Folding Unit FD4000 is not installed:

Do not use the Shift Auxiliary Tray [A] included with the finisher.
SM 5-491 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.50.8 POOR STACKING ON SHIFT TRAY
Symptom
Poor stacking on shift tray [A]
Cause
The paper stacking holders [A] are incorrectly positioned and protruding from the end
fence [B], causing the paper to get caught on top of these holders.
Correct position of the paper stacking holders
Incorrect position of the paper stacking holders
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-492 SM
Solution
Turn ON the main power of the mainframe or open/close the finisher front door to start the
initialization process.
Remove the following parts by referring to the procedures described in the service manual,
pages 5 to 13.
Shift tray
Rear upper cover
Paper exit cover Left
cover
End fence
Locate the paper stacking holder unit [A], and check if the paper stacking holder [B] is set
correctly against the eccentric cam [C].
Troubleshooting
SM 5-493 D135/D136/D137/D138
Correct Incorrect
The center rib [B] of the eccentric cam The center rib [B] of the eccentric cam
[A] is facing straight up and the paper [A] is slanted and the paper stacking
stacking holder [C] is in contact with holder [C] is not in contact with the flat
the flat surface of the eccentric cam surface of the eccentric cam [A].
[A].
If the paper stacking holder is positioned incorrectly, replace the paper stacking holder unit [A]
with a new one ( x7). See field service manual for the procedure.
P/N of the paper stack holder unit: D7033700

Check after replacing the paper stack holder unit
After replacing the paper stacking holder unit, confirm proper operation of the paper
stacking holder as described below.
Job: A4/LT LEF, shift sort, 1 original x 10 copies
Before the job starts, the paper stacking holders [A] are at home position and are not protruding
from the end fence.
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-494 SM
When the job starts, the paper stacking holders [A] move down to the holding position.
Immediately after the leading edge of the first sheet of the job passes through the exit, the paper
Troubleshooting
stacking holders [A] retract and stay at home position until the job completes.
The initialization process is run after the job completes, in which the paper stacking holders [A]
move down to the holding position, and then, return to home position.
SM 5-495 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.50.9 HOW TO IMPROVE CENTER-FOLDING ACCURACY (SR4100)
Symptom 1
When sheets are center-folded, the fold line [B] is slanted, causing the front side [C] to be
longer than the rear side [D], resulting in a misalignment [A].
Symptom 2
When sheets are center-folded, the fold line [B] is slanted, causing the front side [C] to be
shorter than the rear side [D], resulting in a misalignment [A].
Cause
Incorrect angle between the bottom fence [A] and folding plate [B]
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-496 SM
Solution
Pull out the stapling unit [A] and remove the black thumbscrew [B], which fixes the bottom
fence.
Troubleshooting
Turn the bottom fence adjustment screw [A] to adjust the angle between the bottom fence [B]
and the folding plate [C].
For Symptom 1, turn the bottom fence adjustment screw [A] clockwise [D] to incline the bottom
fence [B] in the [F] direction.
For Symptom 2, turn the bottom fence adjustment screw [A] counterclockwise [E] to decline the
bottom fence [B] in the [G] direction.
Table: Adjustment value [a] per 1 revolution of the bottom fence adjustment screw
SM 5-497 D135/D136/D137/D138
Symptom 1 Symptom 2
1: Feed direction 1: Feed direction
Paper size Clockwise Counterclockwise
B5 0.56 mm 0.55 mm
A4 0.64 mm 0.64 mm
B4 0.79 mm 0.78 mm
A3 0.91 mm 0.90 mm
Put back the black thumbscrew [B] removed in step 1 to the adjustment screw hole (long hole)
[A].
If the adjustment up to this point has caused the folding position to shift to either left or right,
make corrections in SP6-113 ([BookletFolderPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]).
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-498 SM
Example: If the folding line appears as in below with a misalignment gap of 3mm, shift
the folding line “-1.5mm” in the (-) direction.
5.50.10 SP SETTINGS FOR ADJUSTING SHIFT TRAY

JOGGER/CORNER STAPLING/BOOKLET STAPLING
See “System Maintenance 2” for paper size and orientation for each of the available adjustments
summarized in the following table.
Troubleshooting
SP # Description Range Step Adjustment
Shift 6104 ShiftTrayJogPosAdj:2K/3K FIN ±1.5 0.5 mm + to widen

tray (Shift Tray Jogger Position mm - to narrow
jogger Adjustment) the jogging
movement in
main scan
direction
6105 ShftTJogRtrctAngAdj:2K/3K FIN ±10 5 + to raise

(Shift Tray Jogger Retract Angle degree degree - to lower
Adjustment) s s the direction in
which the
jogger retracts
SM 5-499 D135/D136/D137/D138
Corner 6107 JogPosAdj(CrnrStplr):2K/3K FIN ±1.5 0.5 mm + to widen

stapling (Corner Stapler Jogger Position mm - to narrow
Adjustment) the jogging
movement in
main scan
direction
6109 CrnrStplrJogTimeAdj:2K/3K FIN 0 to 2 1 time Specifies the

(Corner Stapler Jogging Time times number of
Adjustment) jogging
operation
6111 Staple Position Adj: 2K/3K FIN ±3.5 0.5 mm + to move

(Staple Position Adjustment) mm stapling
position to the
front (operator
side)
- to move
stapling
position to the
rear
(non-operator
side)
6116 CrnrStplrMxPrstkShAdj:2K/3KFIN -1 to 0 1 sheet Specifies the

(Corner Stapler Maximum Pre-Stack sheets number of pre-
Sheets Adjustment) stacked sheets
6118 CrnrStplrPrstkOffsAdj:2K/3KFIN ±16 mm 2 mm + to increase

(Corner Stapler Pre-Stack Offset - to decrease
Adjustment) the amount of
offset in sub
scan direction
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-500 SM
6120 CrnStpPosExFeedAmtAdj:2K/3KFI 0 to 30 10 mm Increases the

N mm distance the
(Corner Stapler Positioning Roller sheets are
Excess Feed Amount Adjustment) transported by
the positioning
roller
Booklet 6110 BookStplrJogTimeAdj:2K/3K FIN 0 to 2 1 time Specifies the

stapling (Booklet Stapler Jogging Time times number of
Adjustment) jogging
operation.
6112 BookletStaplerPosAdj:2K/3K FIN ±3 mm 0.2 mm + to move the

(Booklet Stapler Staple Position stapling
Adjustment) position toward
the LE
- to move the
stapling
position toward
Troubleshooting
the TE
6113 BookletFolderPosAdj:2K/3K FIN ±3 mm 0.2 mm + to move the

(Booklet Folder Folding Position saddle-stitchin
Adjustment) g position
toward the LE
- to move the
saddle-stitchin
g position
toward the TE
SM 5-501 D135/D136/D137/D138
6117 BookStplrMxPrstkShAdj:2K/3KFIN -7 to 0 1 sheet Specifies the

(Booklet Stapler Maximum sheets number of pre-
Pre-Stack Sheets Adjustment) stacked sheets.
(Note that -3, -
4,
-5,--6, -7 will all
result in “0”,
i.e., no
pre-stacking.)
6119 BookStplrPrstkOffsAdj:2K/3KFIN ±30 mm 2 mm + to increase

(Booklet Stapler Pre-Stack Offset - to decrease
Adjustment) the amount of
offset between
each
pre-stacked
sheet
6122 BkFoldJogSolMovAmtAdj:2K/3KFIN ±5 mm 1 mm + to move up

(Booklet Folder Jogger Stack - to move down
Junction Gate Move Amount the stack
Adjustment) junction gate in
the booklet
staple path
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-502 SM
BLOWN FUSE CONDITIONS
5.51 BLOWN FUSE CONDITIONS

5.51.1 IDB (D1365492)
FUSE Fuse part Output Reason for Overcurrent Action

number
FU1 11071259 24V LEDB Replace the

FFC/LEDB/IDB
Troubleshooting
SM 5-503 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.51.2 AC CONTROL BOARD (D0165460)

number
FU101 11071252 AC Fusing Lanp Replace AC board

Tray Heater or harnesses
Scanner Heater
Switch of heater
PSU1 / PSU2
FU102 11071350 AC Potential Sensor Board Replace AC board

or harnesses
FU103 11071225 AC Tray Heater Replace AC board

Scanner Heater or harnesses
FU105 [100V] AC PSU1 Replace AC board

11071347 or harnesses
[200V]
11071344
FU106 [100V] AC PSU2 Replace AC board

11071347 or harnesses
[200V]
11071344
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-504 SM
Troubleshooting
SM 5-505 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.51.3 PSU1 (AZ240226)

number
FU1 11071351 5V Nothing Replace PSU or

Harnesses
FU2 11071351 5V Nothing Replace PSU or

Harnesses
5.51.4 PSU2 (AX240230)

number
FU1 11071351 24V IPU Replace PSU or

IOB Harnesses
Decurl Unit
FU2 11071351 24V DUB Replace PSU or

TDRB Harnesses
TSB
FU3 11071216 24V ADF Replace PSU or

LCT Harnesses
FU4 11071216 24V Finisher Replace PSU or

Harnesses
FU5 11071216 24V SIO Replace PSU or

Decurl Unit Harnesses
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-506 SM
Troubleshooting
SM 5-507 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.51.5 DUB (D1365121)

number
FU1 11071213 24VS - Motors - Replace

Duplex Transport Motor DUB or
Duplex Exit Motor harnesses.
Exit Inverter Motor
Duplex inverter entrance motor
Exit Motor
Registration motor
- STM -
Roller Shift Motor 1,2
Senser Shift Motor
Duplex inverter entrance motor
Cleaning Web Drive Motor
Cleaning Web Contact Motor
- Fans -
PTB Fans
IH Coil Cooling Fan
Fusing Heat Pipe Cooling Fan
Fusing Pressure Roller Intake
Fan
- Solenoids -
Inverter Exit SOL
Duplex SOL
- Boards -
FDB-D
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-508 SM
Troubleshooting
SM 5-509 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.51.6 POTENTIAL SENSOR BOARD (D1365450 [100V],

D1365455 [200V])

number
FU1 11071229 250V Potential Sensor Board Replace Potential

sensor board
5.51.7 TSB (D1365425)

number
FU1 11071229 24V Toner Feed Motor Replace TSB or

(Y/M/C/K) harnesses
Development Intake Fan
(Y/M/C/K)
ITB Cleaning Intake Fan
FU3 11071228 24VS_TSB Toner Cartridge Drive Replace TSB or

Motor (Y/M/C/K) harnesses
R100 16002100 24VS_TSB Toner Cartridge Drive Replace TSB or

Motor (Y/M/C/K) harnesses
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-510 SM
5.51.8 IPU (D1365724)

number
FU2 11071302 5VX Operation Panel Replace the IPU
FU3 11071127 5VX IOB, SIO, PEACE
FU6 11071118 5VX USB
FU5 11090016 24V Operator Call Light Power OFF/ON
Troubleshooting
SM 5-511 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.51.9 IOB (D1385110)

number
FU1 11071110 +24VS5 Drum Motor (Y/M/C/K) Replace the

PTR Motor PCB
ITB Lift (YMC) Motor
Voltage Sensor
High-Voltage Power Supply
Developer Bias Power Supply
AC Transfer Power Supply
ITB Power Supply
PTR Power Supply
FU2 11071229 +24VS5 Fusing Pressure Roller Exhaust Replace the

Fan PCB
Duplex Exhaust Fan
(Front/Middle/Rear)
Fusing Drive Motor
Hot Roller Release Motor
Fusing Belt Smoothing Drive
Motor
Fusing Belt Smoothing Release
Motor
FU3 11071110 +24V6 Skew Motor Y/M/C Replace the

Shutter Motor PCB
Laser Unit Cooling Fan(Left and
Right)
Controller Exhaust Fan
ID Sensor Cleaning Fan
PCL (Y/M/C/K)
Development Motor (Y/M/C/K)
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-512 SM

number
FU4 11071110 +24V6 Drum CleaningMotor (Y/M/C/K) Replace the

Weste Toner Bottle Motor PCB
Heat Pipe Panel Intake Fan
Heat Pipe Panel Exhaust Fan
PTR Fusing Exhaust Fan
Development Exhaust Fan /
Right, Left
Ozone Exhaust Fan
Fusing Exit Exhaust Fan
Drive Exhaust Fan
PSU Fun
FU5 11090007 +5V_PTC HST Sensor (Y/M/C/K) Replace the

Toner cartridge ID Chip PCB
(Y/M/C/K)
Fusing ID Chip (Y/M/C/K)
FU6 11071107 +24VS5 Drum Motor:Y Replace the
Troubleshooting
PCB
FU7 11071107 +24VS5 Drum Motor:M Replace the

PCB
FU8 11071107 +24VS5 Drum Motor:C Replace the

PCB
FU9 11071107 +24VS5 Drum Motor:K Replace the

PCB
FU10 11071107 +24VS5 PTR Motor Replace the

PCB
SM 5-513 D135/D136/D137/D138
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-514 SM
5.51.10 CONTROLLER (D1365700/D1365705)

number
FU1 11071229 5VX USB Bluetooth Replace the CTL

FU2 IC Card
FU3 SD Card
FU4 CPU FAN
Case FAN
RiO3 Option
PCIe Option
LAN
USB Device
Troubleshooting
SM 5-515 D135/D136/D137/D138

Pro OP-R (D1387395)

number
FU1 11090049 3.3V SDCard I/F Replace Pro OP-R
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-516 SM
Office OP-L (D1491478)

number
FU2 11090049 3.3V SDCardI/F Replace Office OP-L
Troubleshooting
SM 5-517 D135/D136/D137/D138
5.51.12 OPTION BOARDS

IEEE1284 (B5955710)

number
FU1 11090044 5VEP IEEE1284 Replace

IEEE1284B oard
FU2 11090007 3.3VEP IEEE1284 Replace IEEE1284

Board
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-518 SM
Copy connector (B5815710)
FUSE Fuse part Output Reason for Action

number Overcurrent
FU1 11090020 BUSOUTPUT Connector Hub Replace the board

FU2 12VEP inner of connector
board
FU3 11090007 5VEP Connector Hub Replace the board

inner of connector
board
Troubleshooting
SM 5-519 D135/D136/D137/D138
Wireless Lan: 11n (D1645230)

number Overcurrent
FU1 11090042 3.3VEP Inner of W-LAN Replace the W-LAN
D135/D136/D137/D138 5-520 SM
Giga-Ethenet Board (D7306036)

number Overcurrent
FU1 11090044 3.3VE Inner of PCIe-Gig Replace the board
Troubleshooting
SM 5-521 D135/D136/D137/D138
ENERGY SAVING
None
Energy Saving
6. ENERGY SAVING
6.1 ENERGY SAVING
6.1.1 ENERGY SAVE
If the Energy Saver button is pressed during machine operation

Previous models:
The job in progress is cancelled and the machine switches to Energy Saver mode
immediately.
This model:
The following sequence is followed.
1. The [Energy Saver] key lights up and a pop-up message is displayed informing the
user that the machine will switch to Energy Saver mode as soon as the current job is
completed. The job continues until the end.
2. When the job has been completed, the machine enters Energy Saver mode.
 If the [Energy Saver] key is pressed again during the job, the machine returns
to the Ready condition.
Energy Saving
SM 6-1 D135/D136/D137/D138
Energy Saving
*1: The machine return to ready status by doing one of the following,
 Press the [Energy Saver] key
 Open the platen cover
 Set an original in the ADF
*2: Recovering from the Energy Saver mode is the same. Do one of the following.
 Press the [Energy Saver] key
 Open the platen cover
 Set an original in the ADF
D135/D136/D137/D138 6-2 SM
Energy Saving
6.1.2 ENERGY SAVER TIMER

 With this timer, the user can choose when the machine will automatically enter and recover
from Energy Saver mode, as well as when it will turn on and off. The user does not need to
worry about turning the machine on or off in the morning, during lunchtime, or when leaving
the office. As a result, the machine contributes to overall energy saving in the user’s office
environment, while at the same time helping to improve work efficiency.
 The user is able to control how far the machine will power down, i.e. only to Energy Saver
mode or all the way off.
 With auto power ON and OFF, the user need not remember to turn the machine on and off
every day.
 Auto power ON:
Improves work efficiency, as machine warm-up is already completed by the time the
user is ready to begin work (the user is not made to wait).
 Auto power OFF:
Prevents unnecessary power consumption during after-work hours, saving power.
Energy Saving
 The user can disable the Weekly Timer, so that the machine power is not turned on
automatically during extended periods of inactivity (Ex. Summer holiday).
 A password can be set so that the machine can be used during this period if necessary, but
only by the select group who know this password.
 You can set the energy saver timer setting on “Weekly Timer” in “Timer Settings” menu
under “System Settings”.
SM 6-3 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Save
6.2 PAPER SAVE
6.2.1 EFFECTIVENESS OF DUPLEX/COMBINE FUNCTION

Duplexing and the combine functions reduce the amount of paper used. This means that less
energy overall is used for paper production, which improves the environment.
1. Duplex:
Reduce paper volume in half!

2. Combine mode:
Reduce paper volume in half!

3. Duplex + Combine:
Using both features together can further reduce paper volume by 3/4!
To check the paper consumption, look at the total counter and the duplex counter.
The total counter counts all pages printed.
 For one duplex page, the total counter goes up by 2.
D135/D136/D137/D138 6-4 SM
Paper Save
 For a duplex job of a three-page original, the total counter goes up by 3.

 The duplex counter counts pages that have images on both sides.
 For one duplex page, the duplex counter goes up by 1.
 For a duplex job of a three-page original, the duplex counter will only increase by 1, even
though two sheets are used.
Paper Savings and Counter

 Total counter: SP 8581-001
 Duplex counter: SP 8411-001
 Single-sided with combine mode: SP 8421-004
 Duplex with combine mode: SP 8421-005
The following table shows paper savings and how the counters increase for some simple
examples of single-sided and duplex jobs.
Duplex mode:
Duplex
Simplex Duplex Total counter
Originals Paper Saved counter
Sheet used Sheets used SP8501-001
SP8411-001
1 1 1 0 1 0
2 2 1 1 2 1
3 3 2 1 3 1
4 4 2 2 4 2
5 5 3 5 2
Energy Saving
2
10 10 5 5 10 5
20 20 10 10 20 10
If combine mode is used, the total and duplex counters work in the same way as explained
previously. The following table shows paper savings and how the counters increase for some
simple examples of duplex/combine jobs.
SM 6-5 D135/D136/D137/D138
Paper Save
2 in 1 mode:
Duplex
SP8411-001
1 1 1 0 1 1
2 2 1 1 1 1
3 3 2 1 2 2
4 4 2 2 2 2
5 5 3 2 3 2
10 10 5 5 5 5
20 20 10 10 10 10
D135/D136/D137/D138 6-6 SM
Paper Save
Duplex + 2 in 1 mode:
Duplex
SP8411-001
1 1 1 0 1 1
2 2 1 1 1 1
3 3 1 2 2 2
4 4 1 3 2 2
5 5 2 3 3 3
6 6 2 4 3 3
7 7 2 5 4 4
8 8 2 6 4 4
9 9 3 6 5 5
10 10 3 7 5 5
11 11 3 8 6 6
12 12 3 9 6 6
Energy Saving
SM 6-7 D135/D136/D137/D138
D135/D136/D137/D138
SERVICE MANUAL
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE 1 SECTION
D135/D136/D137/D138
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. SERVICE PROGRAM MODE ...................................................... 1-1

1.1 ENABLING AND DISABLING SERVICE PROGRAM MODE .................... 1-1
1.1.1 ENTERING SP MODE ...................................................................... 1-1
1.1.2 EXITING SP MODE .......................................................................... 1-1
1.2 TYPES OF SP MODES ............................................................................. 1-2
1.2.1 SP MODE BUTTON SUMMARY ...................................................... 1-2
1.2.2 SWITCHING BETWEEN SP MODE AND COPY MODE FOR TEST
PRINTING .................................................................................................. 1-3
1.2.3 SELECTING THE PROGRAM NUMBER ......................................... 1-4
1.2.4 EXITING SERVICE MODE ............................................................... 1-5
1.2.5 SERVICE MODE LOCK/UNLOCK .................................................... 1-5
1.3 REMARKS ................................................................................................. 1-6
1.3.1 DISPLAY ON THE CONTROL PANEL SCREEN ............................. 1-6
1.3.2 OTHERS ........................................................................................... 1-7
2. SERVICE TABLE KEY ................................................................ 2-1

2.1 SERVICE TABLE KEY ............................................................................... 2-1
3. MAIN SP TABLES-1 ................................................................... 3-1

3.1 SP1-001 TO 101 (FEED) ........................................................................... 3-1
3.2 SP1-102 TO 121 (FEED) ......................................................................... 3-41
3.3 SP1-123 TO 950 (FEED) ......................................................................... 3-82
3.4 SP1-951 TO 960 (FEED) ....................................................................... 3-132
3.5 SP1-961 TO 988 (FEED) ....................................................................... 3-179
3.6 SP1-989 TO 998 (FEED) ....................................................................... 3-273
4. MAIN SP TABLES-2 ................................................................... 4-1

4.1 SP2-101 TO 315 (DRUM) .......................................................................... 4-1
4.2 SP2-316 TO 812 (DRUM) ........................................................................ 4-86
4.3 SP2-813 TO 843 (DRUM) ...................................................................... 4-185
4.4 SP2-850 TO 953 (DRUM) ...................................................................... 4-279
SM System Maintenance 1 i D135/D136/D137/D138

SERVICE PROGRAM MODE
None
Enabling and Disabling Service Program Mode
1. SERVICE PROGRAM MODE
Service Program
Mode
1.1 ENABLING AND DISABLING SERVICE PROGRAM
MODE
 Make sure that the data-in LED ( ) is not on before you go into the SP mode. This LED
indicates that some data is coming to the machine. When the LED is on, wait for the
copier to process the data.
 The Service Program Mode is for use by service representatives only. If this mode is
used by anyone other than service representatives for any reason, data might be deleted
or settings might be changed. In such case, product quality cannot be guaranteed any
more.
1.1.1 ENTERING SP MODE

For details, ask your supervisor.
1.1.2 EXITING SP MODE

 Press "Exit" on the LCD twice to return to the copy window.
SM System Maintenance 1 1-1 D135/D136/D137/D138

Types of SP Modes
1.2 TYPES OF SP MODES
 System SP: SP modes related to the engine functions

 Printer SP: SP modes related to the controller functions
 Scanner SP: SP modes related to the scanner functions
 Fax SP: SP modes related to the fax functions
Select one of the Service Program modes (System, Printer, Scanner, or Fax) from the touch panel
as shown in the diagram below after you access the SP mode. This section explains the functions
of the System/Printer/Scanner SP modes. Refer to the Fax service manual for the Fax SP modes.
1.2.1 SP MODE BUTTON SUMMARY

Here is a short summary of the touch-panel buttons.
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-2 SM System Maintenance 1

Types of SP Modes
Service Program
1 Opens all SP groups and sublevels.
Mode
2 Closes all open groups and sublevels and restores the initial SP mode display.
Opens the copy window (copy mode) so you can make test copies. Press SP
3
Mode (highlighted) in the copy window to return to the SP mode screen,
Enter the SP code directly with the number keys if you know the SP number. Then
4 press . (The required SP Mode number will be highlighted when pressing . If
not, just press the required SP Mode number.)
Press two times to leave the SP mode and return to the copy window to resume
5
normal operation.
6 Press any Class 1 number to open a list of Class 2 SP modes.
7 Press to scroll the show to the previous or next group.
Press to scroll to the previous or next display in segments the size of the screen
8
display (page).
9 Press to scroll the show the previous or next line (line by line).
10 Press to move the highlight on the left to the previous or next selection in the list.
1.2.2 SWITCHING BETWEEN SP MODE AND COPY MODE FOR

TEST PRINTING
1. In the SP mode, select the test print. Then press "Copy Window".
2. Use the copy window (copier mode), to select the appropriate settings (paper size, etc.) for
the test print.
3. Press Start to start the test print.
4. Press SP Mode (highlighted) to return to the SP mode screen and repeat from step 1.

Types of SP Modes
1.2.3 SELECTING THE PROGRAM NUMBER

Program numbers have two or three levels.
1. Refer to the Service Tables to find the SP that you want to adjust before you begin.
2. Press the Group number on the left side SP Mode window that contains the SP that you want
to adjust.
3. Use the scrolling buttons in the center of the SP mode window to show the SP number that
you want to open. Then press that number to expand the list.
4. Use the center touch-panel buttons to scroll to the number and title of the item that you want
to set and press it. The small entry box on the right activates and shows the below default or
the current settings.
 Refer to the Service Tables for the range of allowed settings.

5. Do this procedure to enter a setting:
 Press to toggle between plus and minus and use the keypad to enter the appropriate
number. The number you enter writes over the previous setting.
 Press to enter the setting. (The value is not registered if you enter a number that is
out of range.)
 Press "Yes" when you are prompted to complete the selection.
6. If you need to perform a test print, press Copy Window to open the copy window and select
the settings for the test print. Press Start and then press SP Mode (highlighted) in the
copy window to return to the SP mode display.
7. Press Exit two times to return to the copy window when you are finished.

Types of SP Modes
1.2.4 EXITING SERVICE MODE
Service Program
Press the Exit key on the touch-panel.
Mode
1.2.5 SERVICE MODE LOCK/UNLOCK
At locations where the machine contains sensitive data, the customer engineer cannot operate
the machine until the Administrator turns the service mode lock off. This function makes sure that
work on the machine is always done with the permission of the Administrator.
1. If you cannot go into the SP mode, ask the Administrator to log in with the User Tool and then
set "Service Mode Lock" to OFF after he or she logs in:
User Tools > System Settings > Administrator Tools > Service Mode Lock > OFF
 This unlocks the machine and lets you get access to all the SP codes.
 The CE can service the machine and turn the machine off and on. It is not necessary to
ask the Administrator to log in again each time the machine is turned on.
2. Go into the SP mode and set SP5-169 to "1" if you must use the printer bit switches.
3. After machine servicing is completed:
 Change SP5169 from "1" to "0".
 Turn the machine off and on. Tell the administrator that you have completed servicing the
machine.
 The Administrator will then set the "Service Mode Lock" to ON.

Remarks
1.3 REMARKS
1.3.1 DISPLAY ON THE CONTROL PANEL SCREEN

The maximum number of characters which can show on the control panel screen is limited to 30
characters. For this reason, some of the SP modes shown on the screen need to be abbreviated.
The following are abbreviations used for the SP modes for which the full description is over 20
characters.
Paper Weight (D137/D138)

Thick Paper 1: 52.3-65.9 g/m2, 14.0-17.9lb.
Thick Paper 2: 66-80.9 g/m2, 18.0-21.9lb.
Thick Paper 3: 81-100.9 g/m2, 22.0-27.0lb.
Thick Paper 4: 101-127.4 g/m2, 27.1-34.0lb.
Thick Paper 5: 127.5-150 g/m2, 34.1-40.0lb.
Thick Paper 6: 150.1-216 g/m2, 40.1-57.9lb.
Thick Paper 7: 216.1-256 g/m2, 58.0-68.0lb.
Thick Paper 8: 256.1-300 g/m2, 68.1-80.0lb.
Paper Weight (D135/D136)

Thin paper: 52.3-65.9 g/m2, 14.0-17.9lb.
Plain Paper1: 66-80.9 g/m2, 18.0-21.9lb.
Plain Paper2: 81-100.9 g/m2, 22.0-27.0lb.
Middle Thick: 101-127.4 g/m2, 27.1-34.0lb.
Thick Paper 1: 127.5-150 g/m2, 34.1-40.0lb.
Thick Paper 2: 150.1-216 g/m2, 40.1-57.9lb.
Thick Paper 3: 216.1-256 g/m2, 58.0-68.0lb.
Thick Paper 4: 256.1-300 g/m2, 68.1-80.0lb.
Paper Type Paper Feed Station

N: Normal paper P: Paper tray
MTH: Middle thick paper B: By-pass table
TH: Thick paper
Color Mode [Color]

[K]: Black in B&W mode
[Y], [M], or [C]: Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in Full Color mode
[YMC]: Only for Yellow, Magenta, and Cyan
[FC]: Full Color mode
[FC, K], [FC, Y], [FC, M], or [FC, C]: Black, Yellow, Magenta, or Cyan in full color mode

Remarks
Process Speed (D137/D138)
Service Program
L: Low speed /ML: Middle low speed /M: Middle speed /H: High speed (Standard)
Mode
D137 L: 158.46 mm/s/ M: 246.98 mm/s/ H: 352.8 mm/s
D138 L: 158.46 mm/s/ M: 246.98 mm/s/ H: 317.52 mm/s
Process Speed (D135/D136)

L: Low speed /ML: Middle low speed /M: Middle speed /H: High speed (Standard)
D135 L: 158.46 mm/s /M: 176.4 mm/s /H: 317.52 mm/s
D136 L: 158.46 mm/s /ML: 176.4 mm/s /M: 317.52 mm/s /H: 352.8 mm/s
Print Mode
S: Simplex
D: Duplex
1.3.2 OTHERS
The following symbols are used in the SP mode tables.
FA: Factory setting
(Data may be adjusted from the default setting at the factory. Refer to the factory setting sheets
enclosed. You can find it under the jammed paper removal decal.)
DFU: Design/Factory Use only
Do not touch these SP modes in the field.
A sharp (#) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that the main switch must be
turned off and on to effect the setting change.
An asterisk (*) to the right hand side of the mode number column means that this mode is stored
in the NVRAM. If you do a RAM clear, this SP mode will be reset to the default value. "ENG" and
"CTL" show which NVRAM contains the data.
 ENG: NVRAM on the BCU board
 CTL: NVRAM on the controller board
The settings of each SP mode are explained in the right-hand column of the SP table in the
following way.
[Adjustable range / Default setting / Step] Alphanumeric
 If "Alphanumeric" is written to the right of the bracket as shown above, the setting of the
SP mode shows on the screen using alphanumeric characters instead of only numbers.
However, the settings in the bracket in the SP mode table are explained by using only the
numbers.
SSP: This denotes a "Special Service Program" mode setting.

SERVICE TABLE KEY
None
Service Table Key
2. SERVICE TABLE KEY
2.1 SERVICE TABLE KEY
Service Table
Notation What it means
Key
Example: [-9 to +9 / 0 / 0.1 mm step]. The setting
can be adjusted in the range ±9, value reset to
[range / default/step]
+3.0 after an NVRAM reset, and the value can be
changed in 0.1 mm steps with each key press.
Value stored in NVRAM. After a RAM reset, this

*
default value (factory setting) is restored.
Denotes "Design or Factory Use". Do not change

DFU
this value.
The feature or item is for Japan only. Do not

Japan only
change this value.
SSP This denotes a "Special Service Program" mode.
FSP This denotes a "Factory Service Program" mode.

MAIN SP TABLES-1
100 5/15/2014 SP1304 [Dbl-Feed Detect Threshold Adj] (DFU)
SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
3. MAIN SP TABLES-1
3.1 SP1-001 TO 101 (FEED)
[Lead Edge Reg]
Adjust the image position against the transfer paper by adjusting timing of start
1001 registration. Reflects adjustment values with no change. “+” is the direction from
which images come out. (Makes the registration start fast.) “-“ is the direction
which images disappear. (Makes the registration start slow.)
Tables-1
Main SP
001 Tray ENG
002 Bypass Tray ENG
003 Duplex ENG

[-9.0 to 9.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm]
004 Thin ENG
005 Plain1 ENG
006 Plain2 ENG
007 Mid-Thick ENG
008 Thick1 ENG
009 Thick2 ENG [-9.0 to 9.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm]
010 Thick3 ENG
011 Thick4 ENG

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Side-to-Side Reg]
Adjust image position against the transfer paper by adjusting start position for
1003 writing. Reflects adjustment values with no change. “+” is the direction to which
images shift. (Trimming area in the left increases.) “-“ is the direction to which
images shift. (Trimming area in the left decreases.)
001 Tray1 ENG
002 Tray2 ENG
003 Tray3 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
004 Tray4 ENG
005 Bypass Tray ENG
006 Duplex ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
007 LCT ENG
008 Thin ENG
009 Plain1 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
010 Plain2 ENG
011 Mid-Thick ENG
012 Thick1 ENG
013 Thick2 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
014 Thick3 ENG
015 Thick4 ENG

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
1004 [Reg Buckle Adj]
Tray1,2,3,4 ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
The movement to drive the main unit relay roller for making paper buckles in
order to get the top edge of the paper lined up even after the top edge of the
001 paper is delivered onto the registration roller. “+” makes paper buckles bigger
and the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the registration roller
increases. “-“ makes paper buckles smaller. Excess buckling may bring about
too much buckling of the paper and decreasing margin because the top edge of
the paper is pushed back.
Tables-1
Main SP
Bypass Tray ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
The movement to drive the bypass relay roller for making paper buckles in
002 paper is delivered onto the registration roller. “+” makes paper buckles bigger
and the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the registration roller
Duplex ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
003 paper is delivered onto the registration roller. + makes paper buckles bigger and
the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the registration roller
LCT ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
004 paper is delivered onto the registration roller. + makes paper buckles bigger and
the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the registration roller

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
Thick1 ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
The movement to drive the main unit relay roller and the bypass relay roller for
making paper buckles in order to get the top edge of the paper lined up even
005 after the top edge of the paper is delivered onto the registration roller. + makes
paper buckles bigger and the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the
registration roller increases. - makes paper buckles smaller. Excess buckling
may bring about too much buckling of the paper and decreasing margin
because the top edge of the paper is pushed back.

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Dup Buckle Adj]
The movement to drive the duplex Inverter roller for making paper buckles in
1005 paper is delivered onto the duplex transfer roller 1. + makes paper buckles
bigger and the pressure of the top edge of the paper against the duplex Inverter
roller 1 increases. - makes paper buckles smaller. Excess buckling may bring
about too much buckling of the paper.
001 Thin ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
004 Mid-Thick ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Feed Mtr 1 Spd]
Fine-tunes the line speed of the 1st feed motor in the mode in the topic
1007 mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor., and improves image
position accuracy, and then prevents Shock Jitter.
001 Plain:Thin *ENG
002 Plain:Plain1 *ENG
004 Plain:Mid-Thick *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Plain:Thick1 *ENG
[Fine Adj Transport Mtr 1 Spd]
001 Plain:Thin *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
1009 Fine-tunes the line speed of the 2nd feed motor in the mode in the topic
mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change in the line speed.
001 Plain:Thin *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
1010 Fine-tunes the line speed of the 2nd feed motor in the mode in the topic
001 Plain:Thin *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
1011 Fine-tunes the line speed of the 3rd feed motor in the mode in the topic
001 Plain:Thin *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
002 Plain:Plain1 *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
004 Plain:Mid-Thick *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Plain:Thick1 *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
1012 Fine-tunes the line speed of the 3rd feed motor in the mode in the topic
001 Plain:Thin *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
1013 Fine-tunes the line speed of the 4th feed motor in the mode in the topic
001 Plain:Thin *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
1014 Fine-tunes the line speed of the 4th feed motor in the mode in the topic
004 Plain:Mid-Thick *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
Fine Adj Bypass Mtr Spd]
Fine-tunes the line speed of the bypass feed motor in the mode in the topic
001 Plain:Thin *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Matte:Plain1 *ENG
011 Matte:Mid-Thick *ENG
012 Matte:Thick1 *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
016 Glossy:Plain1 *ENG
018 Glossy:Mid-Thick *ENG
019 Glossy:Thick1 *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
020 Glossy:Thick2 *ENG

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Relay Mtr CW Spd]
Fine-tunes the line speed of CW rotation of the main unit relay motor in the
1016 mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change
in the line speed. Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor. for LCT
1st page print and 2nd page print of the main unit bank, and improves image
001 Plain:Thin *ENG
Tables-1
Main SP

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
018 Glossy:Mid-Thick *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Relay Mtr CW IncSpd]
Adjusts the speed multiplication line speed of CW rotation of the main unit relay
1017 motor in the mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values
with no change in the line speed. Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area
Mag. Cor. for LCT 1st page print and 2nd page print of the main unit bank, and
improves image position accuracy, and then prevents Shock Jitter.

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
017 Glossy:Plain2 *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Relay Mtr CCW Spd]
Fine-tunes the line speed of CCW rotation of the main unit relay motor in the
Tables-1
Main SP
in the line speed. Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor. for
bypass 1st page print, and improves image position accuracy, and then
prevents Shock Jitter.
001 Plain:Thin *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Matte:Thick1 *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
[Fine Adj Registration Mtr Spd]
Fine-tunes the line speed of the registration motor in the mode in the topic
1019 mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Adjusts Sub
Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor., and improves image position accuracy,
and then prevents Shock Jitter.
004 Plain:Mid-Thick *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -1.0 / 0.1 %/step]
005 Plain:Thick1 *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -1.0 / 0.1 %/step]
009 Matte:Plain1 *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
011 Matte:Mid-Thick *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -1.0 / 0.1 %/step]
012 Matte:Thick1 *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -1.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
018 Glossy:Mid-Thick *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -1.0 / 0.1 %/step]
019 Glossy:Thick1 *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -1.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
[PTR Cont Timing]
1021 Sets the attaching timing for Shock Jitter Canceling.

Attaching timing gets faster when the value gets smaller.
Attaching timing gets slower when the value gets larger.
001 Plain:Thin ENG [-5 to 10 / 2 / 1 mm/step]
002 Plain:Plain1 ENG [-5 to 10 / 2 / 1 mm/step]
003 Plain:Plain2 ENG [-5 to 10 / 2 / 1 mm/step]
004 Plain:Mid-Thick ENG [-5 to 10 / 2 / 1 mm/step]
005 Plain:Thick1 ENG [-5 to 10 / 3 / 1 mm/step]
012 Glossy:Plain1 ENG [-5 to 10 / 2 / 1 mm/step]
014 Glossy:Mid-Thick ENG [-5 to 10 / 2 / 1 mm/step]
015 Glossy:Thick1 ENG [-5 to 10 / 3 / 1 mm/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
022 Matte:Plain1 ENG [-5 to 10 / 2 / 1 mm/step]
024 Matte:Mid-Thick ENG [-5 to 10 / 2 / 1 mm/step]
025 Matte:Thick1 ENG [-5 to 10 / 3 / 1 mm/step]
056 OHP:Thick2 ENG [-5 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
061 TracingPaper:Thin ENG [-5 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
076 Envelope:Thick2 ENG
077 Envelope:Thick3 ENG [-5 to 10 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
[PTR Sep Timing]
1022 Sets the detaching timing for Shock Jitter Canceling.

Detaching timing gets faster when the value gets smaller.
Detaching timing gets slower when the value gets larger.
001 Plain:Thin *ENG

[-10 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]
003 Plain:Plain2 ENG
004 Plain:Mid-Thick ENG
005 Plain:Thick1 ENG

[-10 to 5 / -5 / 1 mm/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
013 Glossy:Plain2 ENG
014 Glossy:Mid-Thick ENG
015 Glossy:Thick1 ENG

[-10 to 5 / -5 / 1 mm/step]
022 Matte:Plain1 ENG
Tables-1
Main SP
024 Matte:Mid-Thick ENG
025 Matte:Thick1 ENG

[-10 to 5 / -5 / 1 mm/step]
056 OHP:Thick2 ENG
061 TracingPaper:Thin ENG
076 Envelope:Thick2 ENG [-10 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Shock Jitter Canceling]
1023 Sets ON/OFF for Shock Jitter Canceling.

Set 1: ON, Unset 0: OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Plain:Thin *ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
Tables-1
Main SP
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
056 OHP:Thick2 ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
061 TracingPaper:Thin ENG
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0:OFF, 1: ON

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Invert Ent Mtr Spd]
1026 Fine-tunes the line speed of the Inverter Entrance motor in the mode in the
topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Prevents
glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
011 Plain:Thin *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Exit Invert CW Spd]
1027 Fine-tunes the line speed of CW rotation of the Paper Exit Inverter motor in the
mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no
change. Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
001 Plain:Thin *ENG
Tables-1
Main SP

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Exit Invert CW IncSpd]
1028 Fine-tunes the speed multiplication line speed of CW rotation of the Paper Exit
Inverter motor in the mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment
values with no change. Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
001 Plain:Thin *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Exit Invert CCW Spd]
1029 Fine-tunes the line speed of CCW rotation of the Paper Exit Inverter motor in
the mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no
001 Plain:Thin *ENG
Tables-1
Main SP
[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Duplx Invert CW Spd]
1030 Fine-tunes the line speed of CW rotation of the Duplex Inverter motor in the
001 Plain:Thin *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Duplx Invert CCW Spd]
1031 Fine-tunes the line speed of CCW rotation of the Duplex Inverter motor in the
001 Plain:Thin *ENG
Tables-1
Main SP

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Dup Invert CCW IncSpd]
1032 Fine-tunes the speed multiplication line speed of CCW rotation of the Duplex
Inverter motor in the mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment
values with no change. Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
001 Plain:Thin *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
014 Matte:Thick3 *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Dup Transport Mtr Spd]
1033 Fine-tunes the line speed of the Duplex Transport motor in the mode of the
topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Prevents
glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
001 Plain:Thin *ENG
Tables-1
Main SP
[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Duplx Exit Mtr Spd]
Fine-tunes the line speed of the Duplex Exit motor in the mode of the topic
1034 mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Adjusts Sub
Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor., and improves image position accuracy,
and then prevents Shock Jitter.
001 Plain:Thin *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Exit Mtr Spd]
1035 Fine-tunes the line speed of the Exit motor in the mode of the topic mentioned
above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Prevents glossy lines,
ripples, and rubbed images.
001 Plain:Thin *ENG
Tables-1
Main SP
[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
023 Envelope:Mid-Thick *ENG
024 Envelope:Thick1 *ENG

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
028 OHP *ENG
[Initial Operation Setting]
1036 Switches not remove: 0 / remove: 1 regarding paper dust removal when
recovering from sleep mode.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Paper Dust Remove *ENG 0:not remove
1:remove
[Drawer Lock Motor]

1040
Executes unlocking the drawer unit.
001 Unlocking Operation ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1050 [Motor Adj:First Speed]
Drum Motor:K:First Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

001
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Bk drum motor 1st speed
Drum Motor:C:First Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

002
Fine adjustment for motor speed for C drum motor 1st speed
Drum Motor:M:First Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

003
Fine adjustment for motor speed for M drum motor 1st speed
004 Drum Motor:Y:First Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Y drum motor 1st speed
Dev Motor:K:First Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

005
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Bk development motor 1st speed
Dev Motor:C:First Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

006
Fine adjustment for motor speed for C development motor 1st speed
Dev Motor:M:First Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

007
Fine adjustment for motor speed for M development motor 1st speed
Dev Motor:Y:First Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
008
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Y development motor 1st speed
ITB Motor:First Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

013
Fine adjustment for motor speed for the image transfer motor 1st speed
PTR Motor:First Speed *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 1.2 / 0.1 %/step]

014
Fine adjustment for motor speed for the 2nd transfer motor 1st speed
Fusing Motor:First Speed *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

015
Fine adjustment for motor speed for the fusing motor 1st speed
1051 [Motor Adj:Second Speed]
Drum Motor:K:Second Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

001
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Bk drum motor 2nd speed
Drum Motor:C:Second Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

002
Fine adjustment for motor speed for C drum motor 2nd speed
Drum Motor:M:Second Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

003
Fine adjustment for motor speed for M drum motor 2nd speed
Drum Motor:Y:Second Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

004
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Y drum motor 2nd speed
005 Dev Motor:K:Second Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Bk development motor 2nd speed
Dev Motor:C:Second Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

006
Fine adjustment for motor speed for C development motor 2nd speed
Dev Motor:M:Second Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

007
Fine adjustment for motor speed for M development motor 2nd speed
Dev Motor:Y:Second Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

008
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Y development motor 2nd speed
ITB Motor:Second Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

013
Fine adjustment for motor speed for the image transfer motor 2nd speed
PTR Motor:Second Speed *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 1.2 / 0.1 %/step]

014
Fine adjustment for motor speed for the 2nd transfer motor 2nd speed
Fusing Motor:Second Speed *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

015
Fine adjustment for motor speed for the fusing motor 2nd speed
1052 [Motor Adj:Third Speed]
Drum Motor:K:Third Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

001
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Bk drum motor 3rd speed
Drum Motor:C:Third Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

002
Fine adjustment for motor speed for C drum motor 3rd speed
Drum Motor:M:Third Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

003
Fine adjustment for motor speed for M drum motor 3rd speed
Drum Motor:Y:Third Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

004
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Y drum motor 3rd speed
Dev Motor:K:Third Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

005
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Bk development motor 3rd speed
006 Dev Motor:C:Third Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
Fine adjustment for motor speed for C development motor 3rd speed
Dev Motor:M:Third Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

007
Fine adjustment for motor speed for M development motor 3rd speed
Dev Motor:Y:Third Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

008
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Y development motor 3rd speed
ITB Motor:Third Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

013
Fine adjustment for motor speed for the image transfer motor 3rd speed
PTR Motor:Third Speed *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 1.2 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
014
Fine adjustment for motor speed for the 2nd transfer motor 3rd speed
Fusing Motor:Third Speed *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

015
Fine adjustment for motor speed for the fusing motor 3rd speed
1053 [Motor Adj:Fourth Speed]
Drum Motor:K:Fourth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -1.0 / 0.1 %/step]

001
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Bk drum motor 4th speed
Drum Motor:C:Fourth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -1.0 / 0.1 %/step]

002
Fine adjustment for motor speed for C drum motor 4th speed
Drum Motor:M:Fourth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -1.0 / 0.1 %/step]

003
Fine adjustment for motor speed for M drum motor 4th speed
Drum Motor:Y:Fourth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -1.0 / 0.1 %/step]

004
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Y drum motor 4th speed
Dev Motor:K:Fourth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

005
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Bk development motor 4th speed
Dev Motor:C:Fourth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

006
Fine adjustment for motor speed for C development motor 4th speed
007 Dev Motor:M:Fourth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
Fine adjustment for motor speed for M development motor 4th speed
Dev Motor:Y:Fourth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

008
Fine adjustment for motor speed for Y development motor 4th speed
ITB Motor:Fourth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

013
Fine adjustment for motor speed for the image transfer motor 4th speed
PTR Motor:Fourth Speed *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 1.2 / 0.1 %/step]

014
Fine adjustment for motor speed for the 2nd transfer motor 4th speed
Fusing Motor:Fourth Speed *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

015
Fine adjustment for motor speed for the fusing motor 4th speed
1054 [Motor Adj:Fifth Speed]
Drum Motor:K:Fifth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

001
Fine adjustment for motor speed of Bk drum motor 5th speed
Drum Motor:C:Fifth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

002
Fine adjustment for motor speed of C drum motor 5th speed
Drum Motor:M:Fifth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

003
Fine adjustment for motor speed of M drum motor 5th speed
Drum Motor:Y:Fifth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / -0.1 / 0.1 %/step]

004
Fine adjustment for motor speed of Y drum motor 5th speed
Dev Motor:K:Fifth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

005
Fine adjustment for motor speed of Bk development motor 5th speed
Dev Motor:C:Fifth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

006
Fine adjustment for motor speed of C development motor 5th speed
Dev Motor:M:Fifth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

007
Fine adjustment for motor speed of M development motor 5th speed
008 Dev Motor:Y:Fifth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
Fine adjustment for motor speed of Y development motor 5th speed
ITB Motor:Fifth Speed *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

013
Fine adjustment for motor speed of the image transfer motor 5th speed
PTR Motor:Fifth Speed *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 1.2 / 0.1 %/step]

014
Fine adjustment for motor speed of the 2nd transfer motor 5th speed
Fusing Motor:Fifth Speed *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

015
Fine adjustment for motor speed of the fusing motor 5th speed
Tables-1
Main SP
1060 [PaperFeedTimingAdj.:Mainframe
001 RegistExFeedAmtAdj *ENG [- / 0 / mm/step]
002 RegistExFeedAmtAdj:Bypass *ENG [- / 0 / mm/step]
Bypass Paper Size Confirm

003 *ENG [- / 3 s/step]
Time
1101 [Reload Permit Setting]
[0 to 200 /150(Pro a) /
Reload Target Temp.:Center *ENG
002 1deg/step]
Reload Permit Temp: Center
Reload Target Temp.:Press *ENG [0 to 200 / 130 / 1deg/step]

003
Reload Permit Temp: Press
Temp.:Delta:Cold:Center *ENG [0 to 200 / 5 / 1deg/step]

004
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Center
Temp.:Delta:Cold:End *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1deg/step]

005
Reload Permit Set: Temp: Delta: Cold: End
Temp.:Delta:Cold:Press *ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 1deg/step]

006
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press
007 Temp.:Delta:Cold:Press:End *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1deg/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press End
[0.0 to 10000.0 /
Rotation Time:Cold *ENG 2860.0(Office a, Pro b) / 0.1
008 sec/step]
Reload Rotation Time for Cold
Temp.:Delta:Warm:Center *ENG [0 to 200 / 5 / 1deg/step]

009
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Center
Temp.:Delta:Warm:End *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1deg/step]

010
Reload Permit Set: Temp: Delta: Cold: End
Temp.:Delta:Warm:Press *ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 1deg/step]

011
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press
Temp.:Delta:Warm:Press:End *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1deg/step]

012
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press End
[0.0 to 10000.0 / 5.0 / 0.1

Rotation Time:Warm *ENG
013 sec/step]
Reload Rotation Time for Warm
Temp.:Delta:Hot:Center *ENG [0 to 200 / 5 / 1deg/step]

014
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Hot: Center
Temp.:Delta:Hot:End *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1deg/step]

015
Reload Permit Set: Temp: Delta: Hot: End
Temp.:Delta:Hot:Press *ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 1deg/step]

016
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Hot: Press
Temp.:Delta:Hot:Press:End *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]

017
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Hot: Press End
[0.0 to 10000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1

Rotation Time:Hot *ENG
018 sec/step]
Reload Rotation Time for Hot

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
Roll Core Temp *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1 deg/step]

020
Cored bar Reload Permit Temp
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Roll Core Temp Judgment *ENG 0: Roll Core Detection:OFF
021 1:Roll Core Detection: ON
Cored bar Reload Permit Temp detection ON/OFF settings
Temp.:Delta:Cold:Center:BW1/2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]

051
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Center in BW1/2: mode
Temp.:Delta:Cold:End:BW1/2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
052
Reload Permit Set Temp: Delta: Cold: End in BW1/2: mode
Temp.:Delta:Cold:Press:BW1/2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 1 deg/step]

053
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press in BW1/2: mode
Temp.:Delta:Cold:Press:End:BW1/2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]

054
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press End in BW1/2: mode
[0.0 to 10000.0 / 43.0 / 0.1

Rotation Time:Cold:BW1/2 *ENG
055 sec/step]
Reload Rotation Time for Cold in BW1/2: mode
Temp.:Delta:Warm:Center:BW1/2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]

056
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Center in BW1/2: mode
Temp.:Delta:Warm:End:BW1/2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]

057
Reload Permit Set Temp: Delta: Cold: End in BW1/2: mode
Temp.:Delta:Warm:Press:BW1/2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 1 deg/step]

058
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press in BW1/2: mode
Temp.:Delta:Warm:Press:End:BW1/2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]

059
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press End in BW1/2: mode
[0.0 to 10000.0 / 5.0 / 0.1

060 Rotation Time:Warm:BW1/2 *ENG
sec/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
Reload Rotation Time for Warm in BW1/2: mode
Temp.:Delta:Hot:Center:BW1/2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]

061
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Hot: Center in BW1/2: mode
Temp.:Delta:Hot:End:BW1/2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]

062
Reload Permit Set Temp: Delta: Hot: End in BW1/2: mode
Temp.:Delta:Hot:Press:BW1/2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 1 deg/step]

063
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Hot: Press in BW1/2: mode
Temp.:Delta:Hot:Press:End:BW1/2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]

064
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Hot: Press End in BW1/2: mode
[0.0 to 10000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1

Rotation Time:Hot:BW1/2 *ENG
065 sec/step]
Reload Rotation Time for Hot in BW1/2: mode
Temp.:Delta:Cold:Center:Energy Saving *ENG [0 to 200 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
071 Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Center when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
Temp.:Delta:Cold:End:Energy Saving *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]
072 Reload Permit Set Temp Delta: Cold: End when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
Temp.:Delta:Cold:Press:Energy Saving *ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 1 deg/step]
073 Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
Temp.:Delta:Cold:Press:End:Energy
*ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]
Saving
074
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press End when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
[0.0 to 10000.0 / 25.0 / 0.1

075 Rotation Time:Cold:Energy Saving *ENG
sec/step]

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
Reload Rotation Time for Cold when judging as feeding through in energy saving
mode
Temp.:Delta:Warm:Center:Energy
*ENG [0 to 200 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
Saving
076
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Center when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
Temp.:Delta:Warm:End:Energy Saving *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]
077 Reload Permit Set Temp Delta: Cold: End when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
Tables-1
Main SP
Temp.:Delta:Warm:Press:Energy Saving *ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 1 deg/step]
078 Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
Temp.:Delta:Warm:Press:End:Energy
*ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]
Saving
079
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Cold: Press End when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
[0.0 to 10000.0 / 5.0 / 0.1

Rotation Time:Warm:Energy Saving *ENG
sec/step]
080
Reload Rotation Time for Warm when judging as feeding through in energy
saving mode
Temp.:Delta:Hot:Center:Energy Saving *ENG [0 to 200 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
081 Reload Permit Temp Delta: Hot: Center when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
Temp.:Delta:Hot:End:Energy Saving *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]
082 Reload Permit Set Temp Delta: Hot: End when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
Temp.:Delta:Hot:Press:Energy Saving *ENG [0 to 200 / 50 / 1 deg/step]
083 Reload Permit Temp Delta: Hot: Press when judging as feeding through in energy
saving mode

SP1-001 to 101 (Feed)
Temp.:Delta:Hot:Press:End:Energy
*ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]
Saving
084
Reload Permit Temp Delta: Hot: Press End when judging as feeding through in
energy saving mode
[0.0 to 10000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1

Rotation Time:Hot:Energy Saving *ENG
sec/step]
085
Reload Rotation Time for Hot when judging as feeding through in energy saving
mode
Reload Extension: Low Temp *ENG [0 to 200 / 60 / 1 deg/step]

090
Sets extension for reload time of low temperature environment.
Reload Target Temp.:Center:Energy [0 to 200 / 143(Office b),

*ENG
Saving 150(Pro a, Prob) / 1 deg/step]
101
Sets Fusing Center Reload Permit Temp when feeding through in energy saving
mode.
Reload Target Temp.:Press:Energy

*ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1 deg/step]
Saving
102
Sets Press Center Reload Permit Temp when feeding through in energy saving
mode.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
3.2 SP1-102 TO 121 (FEED)
1102 [Feed Permit Setting]
Feed Permit time *ENG [0 to 1000 / 60 / 1sec/step]

019
Set time for starting operation before feeding through to feeding permission
Temp.:Lower Delta:Heat:1 *ENG [0 to 60 / 10 / 1deg/step]
101 Pattern 1 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from target
temperature of Feed Permit Temp on the fusing unit side
Tables-1
Main SP
Temp.:Upper Delta:Heat:1 *ENG [0 to 60 / 15 / 1deg/step]
102 Pattern 1 settings for feeding permission of upper limit difference value from target
Temp.:Lower Delta:Press:1 *ENG [0 to 60 / 60 / 1deg/step]
temperature of Feed Permit Temp on the Press side
Temp.:Upper Delta:Press:1 *ENG [0 to 60 / 60 / 1deg/step]
Rotation Time:1 *ENG [0 to 60 / 0 / 1sec/step]

105
Seeings for waiting time for the result of feeding permission pattern 1
108 Temp.:Lower Delta:Press:2 *ENG [0 to 60 / 60 / 1deg/step]

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Pattern 2 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from target

110
Rotation Time:3 *ENG [0 to 60 / 0 / 1sec / step/step]

115

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)

120
Tables-1
Main SP

125
126 Pattern 6 settings for feeding permission of lower limit difference value from Fusing
Center: Feed Permit, target temperature

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)

130
Tmp:LowDelta:Nml:Heat:End:Div1 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1deg/step]
150 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm or less: lower limit
difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
151 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm to 92mm or less:
lower limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
153 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 211mm to324mm or less:
154 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 324mm or more: lower limit
Tmp:UpDelta:Nml:Heat:End:Div1 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1deg/step]
155 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm or less: upper limit
upper limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
157 Tmp:UpDelta:Nml:Heat:End:Div3 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1deg/step]

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 292mm to 311mm or less:
159 Fusing priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 324mm or more: upper
limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
Tmp:LowDelta:Prd:Heat:End:Div1 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1deg/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
160 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm or less: lower limit
161 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm to 292mm or less:
164 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 324mm or more: lower limit
Tmp:UpDelta:Prd:Heat:End:Div1 *ENG [0 to 200 / 100 / 1deg/step]
165 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 262mm or less: upper limit

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
169 Output priority mode: Edge of Fusing with paper width of 324mm or more: upper
limit difference value from feed permit temperature and target temperature.
Uncoated Thick 5:L ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

180
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Uncoated Thick 5:L.
Matte Thick 5:L ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

181
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Matte Thick 5:L.
Glossy Thick 5:L ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

182
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Glossy Thick 5:L.
Output Priority:Uncoated Thick 5:L ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

183
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Output Priority:Uncoated Thick 5:L.
Output Priority:Matte Thick 5:L ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

184
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Output Priority:Matte Thick 5:L.
Output Priority:Glossy Thick 5:L ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

185
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Output Priority:Glossy Thick 5:L.
Uncoated Thick 6:L ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

186
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Uncoated Thick 6:L.
Matte Thick 6:L ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

187
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Matte Thick 6:L.
Glossy Thick 6:L ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

188
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Glossy Thick 6:L.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Output Priority:Uncoated Thick 6:L *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

189
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Output Priority:Uncoated Thick 6:L.
Output Priority:Matte Thick 6:L *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

190
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Output Priority:Matte Thick 6:L.
Output Priority:Glossy Thick 6:L *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

191
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Output Priority:Glossy Thick 6:L.
Envelope *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

194
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Envelope.
Tables-1
Main SP
Output Priority:Envelope *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]
195
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Output Priority: Envelope.
Glossy *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

196
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Glossy.
Output Priority:Glossy *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

197
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Output Priority: Glossy.
Postcard *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

198
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Postcard.
Output Priority:Postcard *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

199
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Output Priority: Postcard.
Norm:Uncoated:Thin:Thick1 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

201
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm: Uncoated: Thin: Thick1.
Norm:Uncoated:Plain1:Thick2 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

202
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm: Uncoated: Plain1: Thick2.
Norm:Uncoated:Plain2:Thick3 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

203
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm: Uncoated: Plain2: Thick3.
Norm:Uncoated:Mid-Thick:Thick4 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

204
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm: Uncoated: Mid-Thick: Thick4.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Norm:Uncoated:Thick1:Thick5 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

205
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm:Uncoated:Thick1:Thick5.

206
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm: Uncoated: Thick2: Thick6.

207

208
Norm:Uncoated:OHP *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

209
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm: Uncoated: OHP.
Norm:Sp1:Matte:Thin:Thick1 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

210
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm: Sp1: Matte: Thin: Thick1.
Norm:Sp1:Matte:Plain1:Thick2 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

211
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm: Sp1: Matte: Plain1: Thick2.
Norm:Sp1:Matte:Plain2:Thick3 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

212
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm: Sp1: Matte: Plain2: Thick3.
Norm:Sp1:Matte:MidThick:Thick4 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

213
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm: Sp1: Matte: MidThick: Thick4.
Norm:Sp1:Matte:Thick1:Thick5 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

214
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm: Sp1:Matte:Thick1:Thick5.

215
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm: Sp1: Matte: Thick2: Thick6.

216
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm: Sp1: Matte: Thick3: Thick7.

217
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm:Sp1:Matte:Thick4:Thick8.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Nml:Sp2:Glossy:Thin:Thick1 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

219
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Nml:Sp2:Glossy:Thin:Thick1.
Nml:Sp2:Glossy:Plain1:Thick2 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

220
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Nml:Sp2:Glossy:Plain1:Thick2.
Nml:Sp2:Glossy:Plain2:Thick3 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

221
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Nml:Sp2:Glossy:Plain2:Thick3.
Nml:Sp2:Glossy:MidThick:Thick4 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

222
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Nml:Sp2:Glossy:MidThick:Thick4.
Tables-1
Main SP
Norm:Sp2:Glossy:Thick1:Thick5 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]
223
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Norm:Sp2:Glossy:Thick1:Thick5.

224

225

226
Prd:Uncoated:Thin:Thick1 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

228
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Uncoated:Thin:Thick1.
Prd:Uncoated:Plain1:Thick2 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

229
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Uncoated:Plain1:Thick2.
Prd:Uncoated:Plain2:Thick3 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

230
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Uncoated:Plain2:Thick3.
Prd:Uncoated:MidThick:Thick4 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

231
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Uncoated:MidThick:Thick4.
Prd:Uncoated:Thick1:Thick5 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

232
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Uncoated:Thick1:Thick5.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)

233
Prd:Uncoated:Thick3:Thick7 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1 / step/step]

234

235
Prd:Uncoated:OHP *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

236
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Uncoated:OHP.
Prd:Sp1:Matte:Thin:Thick1 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

237
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Sp1:Matte:Thin:Thick1.
Prd:Sp1:Matte:Plain1:Thick2 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

238
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Sp1:Matte:Plain1:Thick2.
Prd:Sp1:Matte:Plain2:Thick3 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

239
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Sp1:Matte:Plain2:Thick3.
Prd:Sp1:Matte:MidThick:Thick4 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

240
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Sp1:Matte:MidThick:Thick4.
Prd:Sp1:Matte:Thick1:Thick5 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

241
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Sp1:Matte:Thick1:Thick5.

242

243

244
Prd:Sp2:Glossy:Thin:Thick1 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

245
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Sp2:Glossy:Thin:Thick1.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Prd:Sp2:Glossy:Plain1:Thick2 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

246
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Sp2:Glossy:Plain1:Thick2.
Prd:Sp2:Glossy:Plain2:Thick3 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

247
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Sp2:Glossy:Plain2:Thick3.
Prd:Sp2:Glossy:MidThick:Thick4 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

248
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Sp2:Glossy:MidThick:Thick4.
Prd:Sp2:Glossy:Thick1:Thick5 *ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

249
Selects Feed Permit Setting for Prd:Sp2:Glossy:Thick1:Thick5.
Tables-1
Main SP
250

251

252
1106 [Fusing Temp. Display]
Sensor1:Heat:Center ENG [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1deg/step]

001
Displays the temperature for Sensor1:Heat:Center.
Sensor2:Heat:Front ENG [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1deg/step]

002
Displays the temperature for Sensor2:Heat:Front.
Sensor3:Fusing:End ENG [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1deg/step]

003
Displays the temperature for Sensor3:Fusing:End.
Sensor4:Press:Center ENG [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1deg/step]

004
Displays the temperature for Sensor4:Press:Center.
Sensor5:Press:End *ENG [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1deg/step]

005
Displays the temperature for Sensor5:Press:End.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Sensor6:Fusing:Center *ENG [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1deg/step]

006
Displays the temperature for Sensor6:Fusing:Center.
Sensor7:Fusing:Roll Core *ENG [-10 to 270 / 0 / 1deg/step]

007
Displays the temperature for Sensor7:Fusing:Roll Core.
1107 [Standby Target Temp. Setting]
Standby:Fusing:Center *ENG [100 to 200 / 148 / 1deg/step]

001
Target temperature for Standby/EnergySaver1: Sets Fusing.
Standby:Press:Center *ENG [100 to 200 / 130 / 1deg/step]

002
Target temperature for Standby/EnergySaver1: Sets Press.
EnergySaver:Press:Center *ENG [100 to 200 / 0 / 1deg/step]

003
Target temperature for EnergySaver2: Sets Fusing.
EnergySaver:Heat:Center *ENG [100 to 200 / 130 / 1deg/step]

004
Target temperature for EnergySaver2: Sets Press.
Low Power:Fusing:Center *ENG [100 to 200 / 148 / 1deg/step]

005
Target temperature for Low Power: Sets Fusing.
Low Power:Press:Center *ENG [100 to 200 / 130 / 1deg/step]

006
Target temperature for Low Power: Sets Press.
Print Ready:Fusing:Center *ENG [120 to 180 / 145 / 1deg/step]

007
Target temperature for Print Ready: Sets Fusing.
Print Ready:Press:Center *ENG [50 to 200 / 130 / 1deg/step]

008
Target temperature for Print Ready: Sets Press.
1108 [After Reload/Job Target Temp.]
Heat:Center *ENG [120 to 180 / 148 / 1deg/step]

001
Target temperature for After Reload/Job: Sets Heat: Center.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Press:Center *ENG [50 to 200 / 130 / 1deg/step]

002
Target temperature for After Reload/Job: Sets Press:Center.
[120 to 180 / 153(Office b:NA),

Heat:Center:Energy Saving *ENG
011 150(Pro a) / 1deg/step]
Target temperature for After Reload/Job when saving energy: Sets Heat:Center.
Press:Center:Energy Saving *ENG [50 to 200 / 130 / 1deg/step]
012 Target temperature for After Reload/Job when saving energy: Sets
Press:Center.
Tables-1
Main SP
1111 [Environment Correction:Fusing]
Temp.:Threshold: Low *ENG [0 to 100 / 5 / 1deg/step]

001
Environment Correction Threshold on Low
Temp.:Threshold: High *ENG [0 to 100 / 35 / 1deg/step]

002
Environment Correction Threshold on High
Low Temp. Correction *ENG [0 to 100 / 10 / 1deg/step]

003
Sets the target temperature correction on Low Temp. environment.
High Temp. Correction *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]

004
Sets the target temperature correction on Low Temp. environment.
Job Low Temp. Correction *ENG [0 to 100 / 10 / 1deg/step]

005
Environment Correction for Job on Low Temp.
Job High Temp. Correction *ENG [0 to 100 / 5 / 1deg/step]

006
Environment Correction for Job on High Temp.
Job Low Temp. Correction:Sp. *ENG [0 to 100 / 15 / 1deg/step]

007
Environment Correction for Job of special paper on Low Temp.
Job High Temp.

*ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
008 Correction:Sp.
Environment Correction for Job of special paper on High Temp.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
1112 [Image Processing Temp. Correct]
Temp.:Plain:Center:Level1/2 *ENG [-20 to 10 / 0 / 1deg/step]

001
Temp.:Plain:Center:Level1/2
Temp.:Plain:Center:Energy
*ENG [-10 to 20 / 0(Office a) / 1deg/step]
002 Saving
Temp.:Plain:Center:Energy Saving
1113 [Curl Correction]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Thin/Thick1 *ENG 0:OFF
001 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Uncoated:Thin/Thick1 Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2 *ENG 0:OFF
002 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2 Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Plain2/Thick3 *ENG 0:OFF
003 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Uncoated:Plain2/Thick3 Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:MidThick/Thick4 *ENG 0:OFF
004 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Uncoated:MidThick/Thick4 Curl

Correction.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG 0:OFF
005 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5 Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 1:ON

Correction.
Tables-1
Main SP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 1:ON

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 1:ON

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Envelope *ENG 0:OFF
009 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Uncoated:Envelope Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Uncoated:Postcard *ENG 0:OFF
010 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Uncoated:Postcard Curl

Correction.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp1:Matte:Thin/Thick1 *ENG 0:OFF
011 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Sp1:Matte:Thin/Thick1 Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp1:Matte:Plain1/Thick2 *ENG 0:OFF
012 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Sp1:Matte:Plain1/Thick2 Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp1:Matte:Plain2/Thick3 *ENG 0:OFF
013 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Sp1:Matte:Plain2/Thick3 Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp1:Matte:MidThick/Thick4 *ENG 0:OFF
014 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Sp1:Matte:MidThick/Thick4 Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp1:Matte:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG 0:OFF
015 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Sp1:Matte:Thick1/Thick5 Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
016 1:ON

Correction.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 1:ON

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 1:ON

Correction.
Tables-1
Main SP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp2:Gloss:Thin:Thick1 *ENG 0:OFF
021 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Sp2:Gloss:Thin:Thick1 Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp2:Gloss:Plain1:Thick2 *ENG 0:OFF
022 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Sp2:Gloss:Plain1:Thick2 Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp2:Gloss:Plain2:Thick3 *ENG 0:OFF
023 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Sp2:Gloss:Plain2:Thick3 Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp2:Gloss:MidThick:Thick4 *ENG 0:OFF
024 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Sp2:Gloss:MidThick:Thick4 Curl

Correction.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CorJ:Sp2:Gloss:Thick1:Thick5 *ENG 0:OFF
025 1:ON
Executes Curl Correction application judgment on Sp2:Gloss:Thick1:Thick5 Curl

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 1:ON

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 1:ON

Correction.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
028 1:ON

Correction.
Tmp:D1:Uncoated:ThinThick1 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
031 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:ThinThick1 is applied.
Tmp:D1:Uncoated:Plain1Thick2 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Plain1Thick2 is applied.
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Plain2Thick3 is applied.
034 Tmp:D1:Uncoated:MidThickThick4 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for M-humid (65 to 85%) when the
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:MidThickThick4 is applied.
Tmp:D1:Uncoated:Thick1Thick5 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Thick1Thick5 is applied.
Tables-1
Main SP
Tmp:D1:Uncoated:Envelope *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Envelope is applied.
Tmp:D1:Uncoated:Postcard *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Postcard is applied.
Tmp:D1:Sp1Matte:ThinThick1 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp1Matte:ThinThick1 is applied.
Tmp:D1:Sp1Matte:Plain1Thick2 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp1Matte:Plain1Thick2 is applied.
Curl Correction mode for Sp1Matte:Plain2Thick3 is applied.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Tmp:D1:Sp1Matte:MidThickThick4 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp1Matte:MidThickThick4 is applied.
Tmp:D1:Sp1Matte:Thick1Thick5 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp1Matte:Thick1Thick5 is applied.
Tmp:D1:Sp2Gloss:ThinThick1 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp2Gloss:ThinThick1 is applied.
Tmp:D1:Sp2Gloss:Plain1Thick2 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp2Gloss:Plain1Thick2 is applied.
Curl Correction mode for Sp2Gloss:Plain2Thick3 is applied.
Tmp:D1:Sp2Gloss:MidThickThick4 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp2Gloss:MidThickThick4 is applied.
055 Tmp:D1:Sp2Gloss:Thick1Thick5 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Curl Correction mode for Sp2Gloss:Thick1Thick5 is applied.
Tmp:D1:Sp2Gloss:Thick2Thick6 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
CPM1:Uncoated:Thin/Thick1 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Thin/Thick1 is applied.
CPM1:Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2 is applied.
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Plain2/Thick3 is applied.
CPM1:Uncoated:MidThick/Thick4 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:MidThick/Thick4 is applied.
CPM1:Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5 is applied.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
CPM1:Uncoated:Envelope *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Envelope is applied.
CPM1:Uncoated:Postcard *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Postcard is applied.
CPM1:Sp1/Matte:Thin/Thick1 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp1/Matte:Thin/Thick1 is applied.
CPM1:Sp1/Matte:Plain1/Thick2 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp1/Matte:Plain1/Thick2 is applied.
Curl Correction mode for Sp1/Matte:Plain2/Thick3 is applied.
CPM1:Sp1/Matte:MidThick/Thick4 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp1/Matte:MidThick/Thick4 is applied.
CPM1:Sp1/Matte:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp1/Matte:Thick1/Thick5 is applied.
076 CPM1:Sp1/Matte:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
CPM1:Sp2/Gloss:Thin/Thick1 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
Curl Correction mode for Sp2/Gloss:Thin/Thick1 is applied.
CPM1:Sp2/Gloss:Plain1/Thick2 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp2/Gloss:Plain1/Thick2 is applied.
Curl Correction mode for Sp2/Gloss:Plain2/Thick3 is applied.
CPM1:Sp2/Gloss:MidThick/Thick4 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp2/Gloss:MidThick/Thick4 is applied.
CPM1:Sp2/Gloss:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
Curl Correction mode for Sp2/Gloss:Thick1/Thick5 is applied.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Tmp:D2:Uncoated:ThinThick1 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
091 Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:ThinThick1 is applied.
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Plain1Thick2 is applied.
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Plain2Thick3 is applied.
Tmp:D2:Uncoated:MidThickThick4 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:MidThickThick4 is applied.
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Thick1Thick5 is applied.
099 Tmp:D2:Uncoated:Envelope *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Sets the Target Temp. Correction difference value for H-humid (85% or more) when
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Envelope is applied.
Tmp:D2:Uncoated:Postcard *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Postcard is applied.
Tmp:D2:Sp1Matte:ThinThick1 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Sp1Matte:ThinThick1 is applied.
Tables-1
Main SP
the Curl Correction mode for Sp1Matte:Plain1Thick2 is applied.
the Curl Correction mode for Sp1Matte:Plain2Thick3 is applied.
Tmp:D2:Sp1Matte:MidThickThick4 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Sp1Matte:MidThickThick4 is applied.
the Curl Correction mode for Sp1Matte:Thick1Thick5 is applied.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Tmp:D2:Sp2Gloss:ThinThick1 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Sp2Gloss:ThinThick1 is applied.
the Curl Correction mode for Sp2Gloss:Plain1Thick2 is applied.
the Curl Correction mode for Sp2Gloss:Plain2Thick3 is applied.
Tmp:D2:Sp2Gloss:MidThickThick4 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Sp2Gloss:MidThickThick4 is applied.
the Curl Correction mode for Sp2Gloss:Thick1Thick5 is applied.
CPM2:Uncoated:Thin/Thick1 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Thin/Thick1 is applied.
122 CPM2:Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2 is applied.
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Plain2/Thick3 is applied.
CPM2:Uncoated:MidThick/Thick4 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:MidThick/Thick4 is applied.
Tables-1
Main SP
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5 is applied.
CPM2:Uncoated:Envelope *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Envelope is applied.
CPM2:Uncoated:Postcard *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Uncoated:Postcard is applied.
CPM2:Sp1/Matte:Thin/Thick1 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Sp1/Matte:Thin/Thick1 is applied.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
the Curl Correction mode for Sp1/Matte:Plain1/Thick2 is applied.
133 humid (85% or more) when the Curl Correction mode for Sp1/Matte:Plain2/Thick3 is
applied.
CPM2:Sp1/Matte:MidThick/Thick4 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Sp1/Matte:MidThick/Thick4 is applied.
the Curl Correction mode for Sp1/Matte:Thick1/Thick5 is applied.
CPM2:Sp2/Gloss:Thin/Thick1 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Sp2/Gloss:Thin/Thick1 is applied.
the Curl Correction mode for Sp2/Gloss:Plain1/Thick2 is applied.
143 CPM2:Sp2/Gloss:Plain2/Thick3 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
the Curl Correction mode for Sp2/Gloss:Plain2/Thick3 is applied.
CPM2:Sp2/Gloss:MidThick/Thick4 *ENG [25 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]
the Curl Correction mode for Sp2/Gloss:MidThick/Thick4 is applied.
the Curl Correction mode for Sp2/Gloss:Thick1/Thick5 is applied.
Tables-1
Main SP
Humidity:Threshold:M-humid *ENG [0 to 100 / 65 / 1%/step]

150
Sets Humidity Threshold applying applying Curl Correction CPM1 (M-humid).
Humidity:Threshold:H-humid *ENG [0 to 100 / 85 / 1%/step]

151
Sets Humidity Threshold applying applying Curl Correction CPM2 (H-humid).
1114 [Heat Storage Status]
[0 to 200 / 45(Pro a, Pro b) /

Temp.:Threshold:Fusing *ENG
001 1deg/step]
Sets Press Temp. Threshold judging Heat Storage Status.
Temp.:Threshold:Atmosphere *ENG [0 to 200 / 60 / 1deg/step]

002
Sets Fusing Atmosphere Temp. Threshold judging Heat Storage Status.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
1115 [Target Temp. Correction]
Temp:Delta:Heat:End *ENG [-50 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]

001
Sets Target Temp. Delta for Heat Center and Heat End.
Temp:Delta:Press:End *ENG [-50 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]

002
Sets Target Temp. Delta for Press Center and Press End.
Temp:Delta:Heat:End:BW2 *ENG [-50 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]

011
Sets Target Temp. Delta for Heat Center and Heat End BW2.
Temp:Delta:Press:End:BW2 *ENG [-50 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]

012
Sets Target Temp. Delta for Press Center and Press End BW2.
1116 [Heat Storage FB Correction]
Execution Mode *ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Selects Execution Mode for Heat Storage FB Control.
Time Out *ENG [0 to 500 / 5 / 1sec/step]

011
Sets time for Feed Start to Temp. Correction.
Delay:Standard Speed:FC:1 *ENG [0 to 20000 / 3500 / 1ms/step]

021
Time until acquiring Press Temp. from F GATE, Standard Speed:FC:1
Delay:Standard Speed:BW:1 *ENG [0 to 20000 / 1400 / 1ms/step]

022
Time until acquiring Press Temp. from F GATE, Standard Speed:BW:1
Delay:Standard Speed:FC:2 *ENG [0 to 20000 / 3500 / 1ms/step]

031
Time until acquiring Press Temp. from F GATE, Standard Speed:FC:2
Delay:Standard Speed:BW:2 *ENG [0 to 20000 / 1400 / 1ms/step]

032
Time until acquiring Press Temp. from F GATE, Standard Speed:BW:2
PressStdTemp:Bk:Normal *ENG [0 to 200 / 80 / 1deg/step]

041
Press Temp. for calculating Temp. Correction values.
042 PressStdTemp:Bk:Lv1 *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1deg/step]

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Temp. Correction Lower Limit
PressStdTemp:Bk:Lv2 *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1deg/step]

043
Temp. Correction Upper Limit
Temp. Correction Lower Limit *ENG [-30 to 0 / 0 / 1deg/step]

044
Sets Correction Lower Limit for Heat Storage FB Control.
Temp. Correction Upper Limit *ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1deg/step]

045
Sets Correction Upper Limit for Heat Storage FB Control.
PaperThickCoef:Plain:Plain1 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
051
Coefficient for calculating Temp. Correction values. Plain1
PaperThickCoef:Plain:Plain2 *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1/step]

052
Coefficient for calculating Temp. Correction values. Plain2
1117 [Time Correction]
Control Time 1 *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1 sec/step]
001 Sets time for applying temp. correction of first stage Fusing targer temp. when
repeat feeding.
Control Time 2 *ENG [0 to 1000 / 100 / 1 sec/step]
002 Sets time for applying temp. correction of second stage Fusing targer temp.
when repeat feeding.
Temp:A:Center:1 *ENG [-100 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
003 Pattern A: Sets the 1st stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
Temp:A:Center:2 *ENG [-100 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
005 Pattern A: Sets the 2nd stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
Temp:B:Center:1 *ENG [-100 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
007 Pattern B: Sets the 1st stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Temp:B:Center:2 *ENG [-100 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
009 Pattern B: Sets the 2nd stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
Temp:C:Center:1 *ENG [-100 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
011 Pattern C: Sets the 1st stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
Temp:C:Center:2 *ENG [-100 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
013 Pattern C: Sets the 2nd stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
Temp:D:Center:1 *ENG [-100 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
015 Pattern D: Sets the 1st stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
Temp:D:Center:2 *ENG [-100 to 100 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
017 Pattern D: Sets the 2nd stage Temp. Correction for Fusing Target Temp. when
repeat feeding.
Div1:Thin/Thick1 *ENG [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]
100 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thin/Thick1 paper
whose width is 262 mm or less
Div1:Plain1/Thick2 *ENG [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]
101 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Plain1/Thick2 paper
Div1:MidThick/Thick4 *ENG [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]
103 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the MidThick/Thick4
paper whose width is 262 mm or less
104 Div1:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick1/Thick5 paper
Div1:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]
105 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick2/Thick6 paper
Tables-1
Main SP
Div1:Envelope *ENG [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]
108 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Envelope whose
width is 262 mm or less
Div1:OHP *ENG [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]
109 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the OHP whose width is
262 mm or less
Div1:Postcard *ENG [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]
110 Div1: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Postcard whose
width is 262 mm or less
whose width is less than 262 - 292 mm

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
paper whose width is less than 262 - 292 mm
less than 262 - 292 mm
whose width is less than 292 - 311mm
133 Div3:MidThick/Thick4 *ENG [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Div3: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the MidThick/Thick4

paper whose width is less than 292 - 311mm
Tables-1
Main SP
less than 292 - 311mm
paper whose width is less than 311 - 324mm

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
whose width is 324mm or more
paper whose width is 324mm or more
155 Div5:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Div5: Selecting Temp. Correction when repeat feeding the Thick2/Thick6 paper
Tables-1
Main SP
1118 [Job:Init Temp Calc1]
Continuous Time1:Std Spd *ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 0.5 / 0.1sec/step]
001 Process Speed: Sets Continuous Time for Job:Init Temp Calc1 from Feed Start
for Std Spd.
Continuous Time1:Mid Spd *ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 1.0 / 0.1sec/step]
for Mid Spd.
Continuous Time1:MidLow
*ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 1.0 / 0.1sec/step]
Spd
003
Process Speed: Sets Continuous Time for Job:Init Temp Calc1 from Feed Start
for MidLow Spd.
Continuous Time1:Low Spd *ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 1.0 / 0.1sec/step]
for Low Spd.
Added Temp1:Thin/Thick1 *ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg/step]

011
Sets Job:Init Temp Calc1 for Thin/Thick1.
Added Temp1:Plain1/Thick2 *ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg/step]

012
Sets Job:Init Temp Calc1 for Plain1/Thick2.
Added Temp1:Plain2/Thick3 *ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg/step]

013

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Added
*ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
014 Temp1:MidThick/Thick4
Sets Job:Init Temp Calc1 for MidThick/Thick4.
Added Temp1:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg/step]

015

016
Sets Job:Init Temp Calc1 for Thick2/Thick6.

017

018
Added Temp1:Envelope *ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg/step]

019
Sets Job:Init Temp Calc1 for Envelope.
Added Temp1:OHP *ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg/step]

020
Sets Job:Init Temp Calc1 for OHP.
Added Temp1:Postcard *ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg/step]

021
Sets Job:Init Temp Calc1 for Postcard.
Added Temp:Thickness 5:L

*ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
022 speed
Thickness 5: Sets Job:Init Temp Calc1 for L speed.

*ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg/step]
023 speed
Added Temp:Glossy *ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1 deg/step]

024
Sets Job:Init Temp Calc1 for Glossy.
1119 [Job:Init Temp Calc2]

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Start Time:Std Spd *ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 0.0 / 0.1sec/step]
001 Process speed: Sets waiting time for Standard Speed’s start writing signal to
initial feeding addition tempture 2.
Start Time:Std Spd *ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 0.0 / 0.1sec/step]
002 Process speed: Sets waiting time for Middle Speed’s start writing signal to initial
feeding addition tempture 2.
Start Time2:MidLow Spd *ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 0.0 / 0.1sec/step]
003 Process speed: Sets waiting time for Middle low Speed’s start writing signal to
initial feeding addition tempture 2.
Tables-1
Main SP
Start Time2:Low Spd *ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 0.0 / 0.1sec/step]
004 Process speed: Sets waiting time for Low Speed’s start writing signal to initial
feeding addition tempture 2.
Continuous Time2:Std Spd *ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 0.0 / 0.1sec/step]
005 Process Speed: Sets Continuous Time2 for Job:Init Temp Calc2 from Start
Time2 for Std Spd.
Continuous Time2:Mid Spd *ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 0.0 / 0.1sec/step]
Time2 for Mid Spd.
Continuous Time2:MidLow
*ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 0.0 / 0.1sec/step]
Spd
007
Process Speed: Sets Continuous Time2 for Job:Init Temp Calc2 from Start
Time2 for MidLow Spd.
Continuous Time2:Low Spd *ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 0.0 / 0.1sec/step]
Time2 for Low Spd.
Added Temp2:Thin/Thick1 *ENG [0 to 30 / 0.0 / 1 deg/step]

011
Sets Job:Init Temp Calc2 for Thin/Thick1.
Added Temp2:Plain1/Thick2 *ENG [0 to 30 / 0.0 / 1 deg/step]

012

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
Added Temp2:Plain2/Thick3 *ENG [0 to 30 / 0.0 / 1 deg/step]

013
Added
*ENG [0 to 30 / 0.0 / 1 deg/step]
014 Temp2:MidThick/Thick4
Added Temp2:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG [0 to 30 / 0.0 / 1 deg/step]

015

016

017

018
Added Temp2:OHP *ENG [0 to 30 / 0.0 / 1 deg/step]

019
Sets Job:Init Temp Calc2 for Envelope.
Added Temp2:OHP *ENG [0 to 30 / 0.0 / 1 deg/step]

020
Sets Job:Init Temp Calc2 for OHP.
Added Temp2:Postcard *ENG [0 to 30 / 0.0 / 1 deg/step]

021
Sets Job:Init Temp Calc2 for Postcard.

*ENG [0 to 30 / 0.0 / 1 deg/step]
022 speed

*ENG [0 to 30 / 0.0 / 1 deg/step]
023 speed
Added Temp:Glossy *ENG [0 to 30 / 0.0 / 1 deg/step]

024
Sets Job:Init Temp Calc2 for Glossy.

SP1-102 to 121 (Feed)
1121 [Switch:Rotation Start/Stop]
Time:After Reload *ENG [0 to 999 / 60 / 1 sec/step]

001
Time between Reload and standby
Time:After Recovery *ENG [0 to 100 / 15 / 1 sec/step]

002
Shift to standby: Changing the time for timeout until Pressure Release starts
Time:After Job *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1 sec/step]

003
Time between Feed and standby
Tables-1
Main SP
Press Temp.:After Reload *ENG [0 to 160 / 160 / 1deg/step]
004
Press Threshold for applying time to switch from reload to stanby.
End Temp.:After Job:B4 *ENG [0 to 250 / 200 / 1deg/step]
005 End Rotation Start Temp. for Soaking Rotary after Job (LTT < Feed Width ≤
B4T)
End Temp.:After Job:B5 *ENG [0 to 250 / 185 / 1deg/step]
006 End Rotation Start Temp. for Soaking Rotary after Job (A5T < Feed Width ≤
LTT)
End Temp.:After Job:A5 *ENG [0 to 250 / 170 / 1deg/step]

007
End Rotation Start Temp. for Soaking Rotary after Job (Feed Width ≤ A5T)
Overshoot Prevent Temp. *ENG [0 to 250 / 220 / 1deg/step]

008
Temperature which starts rotation for preventing Overshoot Temp
Overshoot Prevent Time *ENG [0 to 100 / 10 / 1 sec/step]

009
Time which continues rotation for preventing Overshoot Temp

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
3.3 SP1-123 TO 950 (FEED)
1123 [Rotation Speed Setting]
WarmupHeat/Rotate After
*ENG [0 to 4 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Reload
Sets WarmupHeat/Rotate After Reload.
Before Job *ENG [0 to 5 / 5 / 1/step]

002
Sets Rotation Speed Setting before Job.
[CPM Down Setting]

1124
Set tempture to deside CPM is down.
Low:Down Temp. *ENG [-50 to 0 / -15 / 1deg/step]

001
Difference value of CPM Down Setting and Target Temp.
Low:Up Temp. *ENG [-50 to 0 / -10 / 1deg/step]

002
Difference value of CPM Up Setting and Target Temp.
Low:1st CPM *ENG [10 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]

003
Settings for temperature decrease CPM Down Setting percentage1
Low:2nd CPM *ENG [10 to 100 / 65 / 1%/step]

004
Low:3rd CPM *ENG [10 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]

005
High:1st CPM *ENG [10 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step]

006
Settings for temperature increase CPM Down Setting percentage1
High:2nd CPM *ENG [10 to 100 / 65 / 1%/step]

007
008 High:3rd CPM *ENG [10 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
High:1st CPM Down

*ENG [0 to 250 / 220 / 1deg/step]
012 Temp.:A4
High:1st CPM Down Temp.:A4
High:2nd CPM Down

*ENG [0 to 250 / 230 / 1deg/step]
013 Temp.:A4
High:2nd CPM Down Temp.:A4
High:3rd CPM Down

*ENG [0 to 250 / 240 / 1deg/step]
014 Temp.:A4
Tables-1
Main SP
High:3rd CPM Down Temp.:A4
High:1st CPM Down

*ENG [0 to 250 / 180 / 1deg/step]
015 Temp.:A5
High:1st CPM Down Temp.:A5
High:2nd CPM Down

*ENG [0 to 250 / 185 / 1deg/step]
016 Temp.:A5
High:2nd CPM Down Temp.:A5
High:3rd CPM Down

*ENG [0 to 250 / 190 / 1deg/step]
017 Temp.:A5
High:3rd CPM Down Temp.:A5
Judging Interval *ENG [1 to 250 / 10 / 1 sec/step]

021
Sets the waiting time for switching CPM.
Init CPM Down: Std Spd *ENG [1 to 250 / 10 / 1 sec/step]

030
Sets the valid time for Init CPM Down: Std Spd.
Init CPM Down: Mid Spd *ENG [1 to 250 / 10 / 1 sec/step]

031
Sets the valid time for Init CPM Down: Mid Spd.
Init CPM Down: MidLow Spd *ENG [1 to 250 / 10 / 1 sec/step]

032
Sets the valid time for Init CPM Down: MidLow Spd.
033 Init CPM Down: Low Spd *ENG [1 to 250 / 10 / 1 sec/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Sets the valid time for Init CPM Down: Low Spd.
High:1st CPM Down

*ENG [100 to 250 / 220 / 1deg/step]
101 Temp.:Div1
High:1st CPM Down Temp.: 216mm < Feed Width ≤ 262mm
High:2nd Down Temp.:Div1 *ENG [100 to 250 / 230 / 1deg/step]

102
High:2nd CPM Down Temp.: 216mm < Feed Width ≤ 262mm
High:3rd Down Temp.:Div1 *ENG [100 to 250 / 240 / 1deg/step]

103
High:3rd CPM Down Temp.: 216mm < Feed Width ≤ 262mm
High:1st CPM Down

*ENG [100 to 250 / 220 / 1deg/step]
111 Temp.:Div2

112

113
High:1st CPM Down

*ENG [100 to 250 / 220 / 1deg/step]
121 Temp.:Div3

122

123
High:1st CPM Down

*ENG [100 to 250 / 220 / 1deg/step]
131 Temp.:Div4

132

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)

133
High:1st CPM Down

*ENG [100 to 250 / 220 / 1deg/step]
141 Temp.:Div5
High:1st CPM Down Temp.: Feed Width < 324mm

142
High:2nd CPM Down Temp.: Feed Width < 324mm

143
Tables-1
Main SP
High:3rd CPM Down Temp.: Feed Width < 324mm

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
1127 [Energy Saving PprFeed Judgment]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ENG
001 Judging Method Change 0:OFF, 1:ON
Sets whether to apply Energy Saving Judgment.
Temp.: Threshold: Press ENG [0 to 200 / 45 / 1deg/step]
002 Sets Press Roller Temp. Threshold executing Energy Saving PprFeed
Judgment when restarting.
Temp.: Threshold:
ENG [0 to 200 / 60 / 1deg/step]
Atmosphere
003
Sets Atmosphere Temp. Threshold executing Energy Saving PprFeed
Judgment when restarting.
[0 to 300 / 208(EU, ASIA, CHN,

ENG
004 Power Supply Voltage: Lower KOR), 94(TW) / 1V/step]
Sets Lower Power Supply Voltage applying Energy Saving PprFeed Judgment.
[0 to 300 / 264(CHN, KOR) /

ENG
005 Power Supply Voltage: Upper 1V/step]
Sets Upper Power Supply Voltage applying Energy Saving PprFeed Judgment.
Judgment Time-Out ENG [0 to 10 / 2.0 / 0.1sec/step]
006 Exits Energy Saving PprFeed Judgment in case that feeding does not start
within Judgment Time-Out after Reload on Energy Saving PprFeed Judgment.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
[Continuous Print Mode Switch]

1131
Sets condition for to allow paper feed when printing continuously
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Feed Permit Condition *ENG 0: Fusing Priority
001 1: Productivity Priority
0(default): When paper size changes; wait till fuse temputure becomes stable.
1: Productivity priority. Picture quality will be good as product specification.
Tables-1
Main SP
1132 [Maximum Duty Switch]
Control Method Switch *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]

001
Switches maximum fixed duty and power control.
[0 to 8 / 4 / 1/step]
0: +400W
1: +300W
2: +200W
3: +100W
Power Offset *ENG
003 4: 0W
5: -100W
6: -200W
7: -300W
8: -400W
Maximum Duty Offset value

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
1133 [Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller]
Auto Control Method Switch ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Selects operating conditions in Auto execution mode for Fusing Refresh Roller
Setting.
Operation Intervals:a ENG [0 to 600000 / 0 / 1page/step]
020 Sets Operation Intervals:a on Auto execution condition for Fusing Refresh
Roller Setting.
Operation Intervals:b ENG [0 to 600000 / 0 / 1page/step]
021 Sets Operation Intervals:b on Auto execution condition for Fusing Refresh
Roller Setting.
Fixed Operation Time ENG [0 to 60000 / 0 / 1sec/step]
040 Sets Fixed Operation Time values in Auto execution mode for Fusing Refresh
Roller Setting.
Coefficient:F ENG [-30000 to 30000 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Sets Operation Time Coefficient in Auto execution mode for Fusing Refresh
Roller Setting.
Coefficient:G ENG [-30000 to 30000 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller Setting.
Coefficient:H ENG [-30000 to 30000 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller Setting.
Fusing Speed ENG [0 to 5 / 4 / 1/step]

101
Sets Fusing Speed when operating Fusing Refresh Roller.
Htg Roller Temp Setting ENG [0 to 20 / 90 / 1deg/step]
102 Sets Fusing Temp. (Heat Center Sensor) when operating Fusing Refresh
Roller.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Press Roller Temp Setting ENG [0 to 20 / 90 / 1deg/step]
103 Sets Fusing Temp. (Press Center Sensor) when operating Fusing Refresh
Roller.
Fusing Pressure Position ENG [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]

104
Sets Fusing Press level when operating Fusing Refresh Roller.
Smoothing Roller:Prs Position ENG [0 to 2 / 2 / 1/step]

105
Sets Refresh Roller Press level when operating Fusing Refresh Roller.
Smoothing Roller:Speed ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
106
Sets Refresh Roller Speed when operating Fusing Refresh Roller.
Manual Smoothing:Exe ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

110
Executes forcibly Fusing Refresh Roller operation.
Fixed Operation Time:Manual ENG [0 to 60000 / 180 / 1sec/step]
120 Sets Fixed Operation Time values in Forced execution mode for Fusing Refresh
Roller Setting.
Total Operation Time ENG [0 to 6000000 / 0 / 1sec/step]

130
Counts Total Operation Time for Fusing Refresh Roller operation.
Near End Setting ENG [0 to 6000000 / 16920 / 1sec/step]

131
Sets Refresh Near End Setting time.
End Setting ENG [0 to 6000000 / 18000 / 1sec/step]

132
Sets Refresh End Setting time.
Operation time before

ENG [0 to 60000 / 0 / 1sec/step]
interruption
150
Saves Refresh Operation time before interruption if Refresh Operation is
interrupted.
Pressure Time1 ENG [0 to 5000 / 234 / 1 msec/step]

160
Sets time for [High Detection->Pressure1] for Fusing Refresh Roller.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)

161

162
Depressure Time ENG [0 to 5000 / 12 / 1 msec/step]

170
Sets time for [Low Detection->Depressure3] for Fusing Refresh Roller.
Page Cnt Category1 ENG [0 to 600000 / 0 / 1page/step]

201
Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category1 (Print Width ≤ 15mm)
202 Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category2 (15mm < Print Width ≤
140mm)
170mm)
209.9mm)
205 Page Cnt Category5 ENG [0 to 600000 / 0 / 1page/step]
Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category5 (209.9mm < Print Width
≤ 224.9mm)
206 Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category6 (224.9mm < Print Width
≤ 254mm)
270mm)
208 Page Cnt Category8 ENG [0 to 600000 / 0 / 1page/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category8 (270mm < Print Width ≤
296.9mm)
209 Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category9 (296.9mm < Print Width
≤ 300mm)
305mm)
Tables-1
Main SP
211 Counts Total Paper Counter for Paper Width Category11 (305mm < Print Width
≤ 324mm)
1134 [Fusing Enter Sensor Setting]
Fusing Enter Sensor:No

ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001 Paper Check
For detecting No Paper Threshold voltage of Fusing Enter Sensor
No Paper:Detection voltage *ENG [0 to 4000 / 0 / 1mV]

002
No Paper voltage value for Fusing Enter Sensor
Yes Paper:Voltage:Delta *ENG [0 to 4000 / 150 / 1mV]

003
Paper detedted voltage Delta(diffential) value of fusing enter sensor
1135 [Fusing Mode Switch]
Fusing Mode Setting ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Switching between Standard Speed Mode / Thick Priority Fusing Mode
1141 [Fusing SC Error Info]
SC Number *ENG [0 to 999/ 0 / 1/step]

001
Displays SC Error Number.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Cause *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Displays branch numbers for Error Cause
Htg Roller:Ctr Detect Tmp1 *ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
101 Displays calculation temperature (Htg Roller:Ctr Detect Tmp1) when SC Error
occurs.
Htg Roller:Front Temp. 1 *ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
102 Displays calculation temperature (Htg Roller:Front Temp. 1) when SC Error
occurs.
Fus Roller:End Different

*ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Tmp1
103
Displays calculation temperature (Fus Roller:End Different Tmp1) when SC
Error occurs.
Fus Roller:End Compensate

*ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Tmp1
104
Displays calculation temperature (Fus Roller:End Compensate Tmp1) when SC
Error occurs.
Press Roller:Ctr Differe Tmp1 *ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
105 Displays calculation temperature (Press Roller:Ctr Differe Tmp1) when SC
Error occurs.
Press Roller:Ctr Compensa

*ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Tmp1
106
Displays calculation temperature (Press Roller:Ctr Compensa Tmp1) when SC
Error occurs.
Press Roller:End Tmp1 *ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
107 Displays calculation temperature (Press Roller:End Tmp1) when SC Error
occurs.
Fus Roller:Ctr Different Tmp1 *ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
108 Displays calculation temperature (Fus Roller:Ctr Different Tmp1) when SC
Error occurs.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Fus Roller:Ctr Compensate

*ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Tmp1
109
Displays calculation temperature (Fus Roller:Ctr Compensate Tmp1) when SC
Error occurs.
Htg Roller:Roll Core Tmp1 *ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
110 Displays calculation temperature (Htg Roller:Roll Core Tmp1) when SC Error
occurs.
Tables-1
Main SP
occurs.
occurs.

*ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Tmp2
153
Error occurs.

*ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Tmp2
154
Error occurs.
Error occurs.

*ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Tmp2
156
Error occurs.
157 Press Roller:End Tmp2 *ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Displays calculation temperature (Press Roller:End Tmp2) when SC Error

occurs.
Error occurs.

*ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Tmp2
159
Error occurs.
occurs.
occurs.
occurs.

*ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Tmp3
203
Error occurs.

*ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Tmp3
204
Error occurs.
Error occurs.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)

*ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Tmp3
206
Error occurs.
Press Roller:End Tmp3 *ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
207 Displays calculation temperature (Press Roller:End Tmp3) when SC Error
occurs.
Tables-1
Main SP
Error occurs.

*ENG [-5 to 260 / 0 / 1deg/step]
Tmp3
209
Error occurs.
occurs.
1142 [Fusing Jam 3 Times Detection]
SC Display *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Display SC for Fusing Jam 3 Times Continuous Detection

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
1151 [Pressure Setting]
[0 or 1 / 0(Office a, Office b) /
*ENG
001 Pressure Change ON/OFF 1/step]
Pressure Change ON/OFF
Mtr Op Start Delay Time1 *ENG [0 to 10000 / 1000 / 1 msec/step]

013
Sets stopping timing for Press2 Position.

014
Sets pressure completion timing for Press2 Position.

015
Sets pressure completion timing for Press3 Position.
Press Pos:Power ON Heat *ENG [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]

016
Sets Press Position for Power ON Heat.
Press Pos:Restart *ENG [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]

017
Sets Press Position for Restart.
Press
*ENG [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
018 Pos:RotationAfterReload
Sets Press Position for RotationAfterReload.
Press Pos:Before Job *ENG [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]

019
Sets Press Position for Before Job.
Press Pos:After Job *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]

020
Sets Press Position for After Job.
Press Pos:Ready Standby *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]

021
Sets Press Position for Ready Standby.
Press Pos:EnergySaver *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]

022
Sets Press Position for EnergySaver.
023 Press Pos:Low Power *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Sets Press Position for Low Power.
Press Pos:Off Sleep *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]

024
Sets Press Position for Off Sleep.
Press Pos:Print Ready *ENG [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]

025
Sets Press Position for Print Ready.
Reverse Operation Time *ENG [100 to 10000 / 1000 / 1 msec/step]

026
Sets Reverse Operation Time. (Does not use for this machine.)
Tables-1
Main SP
1152 [Fusing Nip Band Check]
Execute *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]

001
Check Fusing Nip Band.
Pre-idling Time *ENG [0 to 3600 / 600 / 1sec/step]

002
Sets Fusing Nip Band Check and Pre-idling Time.
Stop Time *ENG [0 to 255 / 60 / 1sec/step]

003
Sets time for Nip Band Check.
Pressure Position *ENG [1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]

004
Sets Press Position for Nip Band Check.
Target Temp: Fusing:Center *ENG [0 to 200 / 155 / 1deg/step]

010
Fusing when checking Nip Band: Sets Center Temp.
Target Temp: Press:Center *ENG [0 to 200 / 155 / 1deg/step]

011
Press when checking Nip Band: Sets Center Temp.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
1153 [Press Roller Cooling Fan]
Startup Difference ENG [-90 to 50 / -90 / 1deg/step]

001
Sets operation temperature for Press Roller Cooling Fan when restarting.
Job Difference *ENG [-90 to 50 / 10 / 1deg/step]

002
Sets operation temperature for Press Roller Cooling Fan when operating Job.
After Job Difference *ENG [-90 to 50 / -90 / 1deg/step]

003
Sets operation temperature for Press Roller Cooling Fan after Job.
Fusing Refresh *ENG [-90 to 50 / -10 / 1deg/step]
004 Sets operation temperature for Press Roller Cooling Fan when operating
Fusing Refresh.
1153 [Fuser Cleaning]
Force to Execute ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

101
Fuser Cleaning: Force to Execute
Operation Interval *ENG [0 to 300 / 300 / 1Kpage/step]

102
Fuser Cleaning: Operation Interval
Control Temp. *ENG [0 to 200 / 180 / 1deg/step]

103
Control Temp. when operating Fuser Cleaning
Page Count *ENG [0 to 300000 / 0 / 1page/step]

104
Control Temp. when operating Fuser Cleaning
1154 [Keep Temp Rotation]
Rotation Start Temp *ENG [0 to 150 / 120 / 1deg/step]

001
Fusing Roller Temp. for Idle Rotation operation
Rotation Time *ENG [0 to 255 / 30 / 1sec/step]

002
Standby Rotaion Time

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
1155 [Job Cancel]
Press Roller Temp *ENG [0 to 200 / 200 / 1deg/step]

001
Job Cancel Judgment Temp.
1161 [Fusing Cleaning Web]
Execute Takeup After

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Replacement
Executes Takeup After Web Replacement.
Tables-1
Main SP
Duplex Takeup Cycle Adj *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1%/step]
004
Cleaning Web Takeup Cycle Change UP
1302 [Dbl-Feed Detect]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Tray1 (0: OFF / 1: ON) ENG 0:OFF
001 1:ON
Switches Dbl-Feed Detect 0: OFF / 1: ON when feeding in Tray1.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
002 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
003 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
004 1:ON

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed) Rev. 5/15/2014
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
LCT (0: OFF / 1: ON) ENG 0:OFF
005 1:ON
Switches Dbl-Feed Detect 0: OFF / 1: ON when feeding in LCT.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Bypass Tray (0: OFF / 1: ON) ENG 0:OFF
006 1:ON
Switches Dbl-Feed Detect 0: OFF / 1: ON when feeding in Bypass Tray.
⇒ 1304 [Dbl-Feed Detect Threshold Adj] (DFU)
001 Thin ENG [100 to 255 / 150 / 1%/step]
002 Plain1 ENG [100 to 255 / 150 / 1%/step]
003 Plain2 ENG [100 to 255 / 150 / 1%/step]
004 Mid-Thick ENG [100 to 255 / 150 / 1%/step]
005 Thick1 ENG [100 to 255 / 150 / 1%/step]
006 Thick2 ENG [100 to 255 / 150 / 1%/step]
007 Thick3 ENG [100 to 255 / 150 / 1%/step]
008 Thick4 ENG [100 to 255 / 150 / 1%/step]
009 Bypass Tray:Thin ENG [100 to 255 / 150 / 1%/step]
010 Bypass Tray:Plain1 ENG [100 to 255 / 150 / 1%/step]
011 Bypass Tray:Plain2 ENG [100 to 255 / 150 / 1%/step]
012 Bypass Tray:Mid-Thick ENG [100 to 255 / 150 / 1%/step]
013 Bypass Tray:Thick1 ENG [100 to 255 / 150 / 1%/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
1305 [Dbl-Feed Comp Std Value]
Tray1:LAST ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]
Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value (the average of the values calculated based
on Initial Setting Mode and the scanned values) feeding from Tray1 and the
001 average value of Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value on the previous page. This shall be
the standard value for Double Feed Detect judgment. Does not save the result if
an error is detected during the detection of Paper Interval and/or Paper
Thickness.
Tray1:LAST2 ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
002
Saves the previous Dbl-Feed Comp Std Value.

003
Saves the Dbl-Feed Comp Std Value before last.
Thickness.

005

006
Thickness.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)

008

009
010 Tray4:LAST ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]
average value of Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value on the previous page. This shall be
Thickness.

011

012
LCT:LAST ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]
on Initial Setting Mode and the scanned values) feeding from LCT and the
Thickness.
LCT:LAST2 ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]

014
LCT:LAST3 ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]

015
016 Bypass Tray:LAST ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
on Initial Setting Mode and the scanned values) feeding from Bypass Tray and
the average value of Dbl-Feed Detect Std Value on the previous page. This
shall be the standard value for Double Feed Detect judgment. Does not save
the result if an error is detected during the detection of Paper Interval and/or
Paper Thickness.
Bypass Tray:LAST2 ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]

017
Bypass Tray:LAST3 ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]

018
Tables-1
Main SP
1306 [Paper Thickness Sensor Cal]
Average ENG [-2000 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]
001 Saves the average of counter values measured in Initial Setting Mode of Main
Unit Relay Roller.
Maximum ENG [-2000 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]
002 Saves the maximum value of counter values measured in Initial Setting Mode of
Main Unit Relay Roller.
Minimum ENG [-2000 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]
003 Saves the minimum value of counter values measured in Initial Setting Mode of
Main Unit Relay Roller.
Bypass Tray:Ave *ENG [-2000 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]
004 Saves the average of counter values measured in Initial Setting Mode of
Bypass Tray Relay Roller.
Bypass Tray:Max *ENG [-2000 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]
005 Saves the maximum value of counter values measured in Initial Setting Mode of
Bypass Tray:Min *ENG [-2000 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]
006 Saves the minimum value of counter values measured in Initial Setting Mode of

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
1307 [Paper Thick Detect Std Value]
001 Plain1 ENG [0 to 999 / 89 / 1um/step]
002 Plain2 ENG [0 to 999 / 104 / 1um/step]
003 Mid-Thick ENG [0 to 999 / 123 / 1um/step]
004 Thick1 ENG [0 to 999 / 149 / 1um/step]
008 Bypass Tray:Plain ENG [0 to 999 / 89 / 1um/step]
009 Bypass Tray:Plain2 ENG [0 to 999 / 104 / 1um/step]
010 Bypass Tray:Mid-Thick ENG [0 to 999 / 123 / 1um/step]
011 Bypass Tray:Thick1 ENG [0 to 999 / 149 / 1um/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
1309 [Dbl-Feed Detect Times]
Tray1 ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Times in Tray1 whether Dbl-Feed Setting is ON/OFF.
Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the maximum value
65535.
Tray2 ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
65535.
Tables-1
Main SP
Tray3 ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
65535.
Tray4 ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
65535.
LCT ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Times in LCT whether Dbl-Feed Setting is ON/OFF.
65535.
Bypass Tray ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Saves Dbl-Feed Detect Times in Bypass Tray whether Dbl-Feed Setting is
ON/OFF. Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the
maximum value 65535.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
1310 [Paper Thick Detect Function]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Disabled Display (0:Off
*ENG 0:OFF
1:On)
001 1:ON
Switches wheter to dispay paper thickness detection as OFF when it is so.

Switchng ON will not be appplyed since this SP is not used.
1311 [Paper Thikness Error Times]
Tray1 ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Saves Paper Thick Detect Times in Tray1 whether Paper Thick Detect Setting
is ON/OFF. Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the
Tray2 ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Tray3 ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Tray4 ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
LCT ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Saves Paper Thick Detect Times in LCT whether Paper Thick Detect Setting is
ON/OFF. Does not count up any more when the count value reaches the
006 Bypass Tray ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Saves Paper Thick Detect Times in Bypass Tray whether Paper Thick Detect
Setting is ON/OFF. Does not count up any more when the count value reaches
the maximum value 65535.
1313 [Paper Thickness Detect]
Tray1 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]

001
Switches Paper Thick Detect 0: OFF / 1: ON when feeding in Tray1.

002
Tables-1
Main SP
003

004
LCT ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]

005
Switches Paper Thick Detect 0: OFF / 1: ON when feeding in LCT.
Bypass Tray ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]

006
Switches Paper Thick Detect 0: OFF / 1: ON when feeding in Bypass Tray.
1314 [Paper Thikness Detect Corr]
001 Roller Rotation Times *ENG [0 to 10 / 10 / 1/step]
002 Bypass:Roller Rotation Times *ENG [0 to 10 / 10 / 1/step]
1315 [Paper Thikness Cal Corr Value]
001 Resolution:Tray1 *ENG [0.0 to 9.9 / 5.0 / 0.1um/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
005 Resolution:LCT *ENG [0.0 to 9.9 / 5.0 / 0.1um/step]
006 Resolution:Bypass Tray *ENG [0.0 to 9.9 / 5.0 / 0.1um/step]
1316 [Paper Thickness Error Thresh]
001 Gap Amplitude ENG [100 to 2000 / 100 / 1um/step]
002 Paper Amplitude ENG [100 to 2000 / 100 / 1um/step]
003 Gap Compare ENG [100 to 2000 / 100 / 1um/step]
004 Paper Compare ENG [100 to 2000 / 100 / 1um/step]
005 Gap Amplitude:Bypass Tray ENG [100 to 2000 / 100 / 1um/step]
006 Paper Amplitude:Bypass Tray ENG [100 to 2000 / 100 / 1um/step]
007 Gap Compare:Bypass Tray ENG [100 to 2000 / 100 / 1um/step]
008 Paper Compare:Bypass Tray ENG [100 to 2000 / 100 / 1um/step]
1317 [Paper Thickness Mesure Adj.]
001 Gap Start Delay ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1mm/step]
002 Paper Start Delay ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1mm/step]
003 Gap Mesurement Length ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1mm/step]
004 Paper Mesurement Length ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1mm/step]
005 Gap Start Delay:Bypass Tray ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1mm/step]
Paper Start Delay:Bypass

006 ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1mm/step]
Tray
Gap Mesurement
007 ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1mm/step]
Length:Bypass Tray
Paper Mesurement
008 ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1mm/step]
Length:Bypass Tray
1601 [Dup:RollerShift12:MoveFineAdj]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Main Scan Move Adjustment value for Duplex Transport Roller2-4 and Duplex
Exit Roller Used for Main Scan registration adjustment for 2nd page print for
transported paper from Tray1. Reflects adjustment values with no change.
 “+” is the direction which images shift to the left. (Trimming area in the left
decreases.)
 “-“ is the direction which images shift to the right. (Trimming area in the left
increases.)
001 Tray1 ENG
002 Tray2 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
003 Tray3 ENG
Tables-1
Main SP
004 Tray4 ENG
005 Bypass Tray ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
006 LCT ENG
[Dup:RollerShift1:MoveFineAdj]
Main Scan Move Fine Adjustment value for Duplex Transport Roller2, 3 in the
mode in the topic mentioned above Reflects adjustment values with no change.
1602  “+” is the direction which images shift to the left. (Trimming area in the left
decreases.)
increases.)
001 Plain:Thin ENG
003 Plain:Plain2 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
013 Matte:Thick2 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
018 Glossy:Mid-Thick ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
[Dup:RollerShift2:MoveFineAdj]
Main Scan Move Fine Adjustment value for Duplex Transport Roller4 and
Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above Reflects
1603 adjustment values with no change.

 “+” is the direction which images shift to the left. (Trimming area in the left
decreases.)
increases.)
001 Plain:Thin ENG
003 Plain:Plain2 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
006 Plain:Thick2 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
014 Matte:Thick3 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
018 Glossy:Mid-Thick ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]

[-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
1604 [Dup:RollerShift1:MoveData:1]
LAST ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
Saves the last value of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport Roller2, 3.
001 Displays that;
 “+” is the movement to the rear side of the unit.

 “-“ is the movement to the front side of the unit.
LAST1 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
Saves the value before last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport Roller2, 3.
002 Displays that;


SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Saves the second value from the last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport
003 Roller2, 3. Displays that;

Saves the third value from the last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport

Saves the forth value from the last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport

1605 [Dup:RollerShift2:MoveData:1]
LAST ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
Saves the last value of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport Roller4 and
001 Duplex Exit Roller. Displays that;

Saves the value before last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport Roller4
002 and Duplex Exit Roller. Displays that;

Saves the second value from the last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport
003 Roller4 and Duplex Exit Roller. Displays that;


SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Saves the third value from the last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport

Saves the forth value from the last of Main Scan Move for Duplex Transport
 “+” is the movement to the rear side of the unit

Tables-1
Main SP
1606 [Dup:EdgeDetectSn:MeasureData:1]
001 LAST ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
Saves the last value of edge position measurement for Duplex Md Pass Paper
by Duplex Edge Detect Sensor.
Displays the Duplex Md Pass Paper is passed from the ideal position through
the rear side of the unit when it is “+”, and through the front size of the unit when
it is “-“.
Saves the value before last of edge position measurement for Duplex Md Pass
002 Paper by Duplex Edge Detect Sensor.

it is “-“.
Saves the second value from the last of edge position measurement for Duplex
003 Md Pass Paper by Duplex Edge Detect Sensor.

it is “-".

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Saves the third value from the last of edge position measurement for Duplex Md
004 Pass Paper by Duplex Edge Detect Sensor.

it is “-“.
LAST4 ENG [-3 to 3 / 0 / 0.1mm/step]
Saves the forth value from the last of edge position measurement for Duplex
005 Md Pass Paper by Duplex Edge Detect Sensor.

it is “-“.
1607 [Dup:RollerShift:Disable]
001 Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller with feeding from Tray1.
Bypass Tray ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller with feeding from Bypass Tray.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
LCT ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller with feeding from LCT.
Plain:Thin ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller2-4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.
Plain:Plain1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
Plain:Plain2 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Plain:Mid-Thick ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Plain:Thick1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

014
4 and Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Matte:Plain1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Matte:Plain2 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Matte:Mid-Thick ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Matte:Thick1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Glossy:Plain1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Glossy:Plain2 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Glossy:Mid-Thick ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
025 Glossy:Thick1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sets 0: Enabled / 1: Disabled for Main Scan Move Shift for Duplex Transport
Glossy:Thick2 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
1802 [CPM Information]
001 - *ENG [- / - / -]
1902 [Fusing Web Setting]
Web Consumption *ENG [0 to 107 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Displays current Web Consumption (Does not use for this machine.)
Std Spd Rotation Interval *ENG [3.6 to 130.0 / 15.1 / 0.1sec/step]

002
Feed Speed: Sets Web Rotation Interval at Standard Speed.
Web Motor Rotation Time *ENG [0.3 to 3.5 / 2.8 / 0.1sec/step]

003
Sets Web Standard Rotation Time per time.
004 Web Near End Setting *ENG [50 to 100 / 81 / 1%/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Stores the status of Web Near End.
Web End Recording *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

005
Stores the status of Web End.
Web Near End/End Clear ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

006
Clears Web Near/End.
Correction Coeff *ENG [0.00 to 2.00 / 1.07 / 0.01/step]

007
Sets Correction Coefficient alpha for Web Consumption calculation.
Takeup Rotations After Jam *ENG [0 to 30 / 10 / 1/step]

008
Sets time for Web Cleaning executed when reloading after Jam.
Consumption Formula
*ENG [0 to 100000 / 1180 / 1/step]
009 Denominator
Sets denominator for Web Consumption calculation.
Sequence for Each Reload *ENG [0.0 to 30.0 / 3.5 / 0.1sec/step]

010
Sets time for Web Cleaning executed when reloading.
Rotations After Cold Start *ENG [0 to 30 / 10 / 1/step]

011
Sets Web Takeup Rotation Time After Cold Start.
Fixed Rotation Time 1 *ENG [40 to 60 / 48 / 1%/step]
012 Sets Judgment Threshold1 which makes the Web Takeup Rotation Time fixed
value.
Fixed Rotation Time 2 *ENG [61 to 120 / 62 / 1%/step]
013 Sets Judgment Threshold2 which makes the Web Takeup Rotation Time fixed
value.
Rotation Intervals: Mid Speed *ENG [3.6 to 130.0 / 26.6 / 0.1sec/step]

014
Feed Speed: Sets Web Takeup Rotation Intervals at medium speed.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Operation Intervals: MidLow

*ENG [3.6 to 130 / 28.2 / 0.1sec/step]
Speed
015
Feed Speed: Sets Web Takeup Rotation Intervals at medium-low speed. (Does
not use for this machine.)
Rotation Intervals: Low Speed *ENG [3.6 to 130.0 / 41.3 / 0.1sec/step]

016
Feed Speed: Sets Web Takeup Rotation Intervals at low speed.
Rotation Frequency *ENG [1 to 1000 / 250 / 1/step]

017
Sets operation PPS (rotation time) for Web Cleaning Motor.
Tables-1
Main SP
Fixed Rotation Time *ENG [0 to 25.5 / 0.9 / 0.1sec/step]
018
Takeup Rotation times After Web Replacement
Takeup Rotation Time After

*ENG [5 to 70 / 10 / 1/step]
019 Replacement
Sets Initial Takeup Rotation time brand-new Web Replacement.
Web Counter Clear Recording ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

020
Stores flags when Web Counter is cleared.
Web pressure delay time ENG [0 to 5000 / 500 / 1 msec/step]

101
Sets delay time from starting pressure to Web Pressure.
Take up rotation time at

ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1/step]
103 pressure
Sets Take up rotation time at pressure.
Take up rotation time at

ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1/step]
104 depressure
Sets Take up rotation time at depressure.
Correction time2 ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 msec/step]

151
Sets correction time for Pressure time2.

152

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)

153
Pressure time1 ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 msec/step]

161
Sets the position for Web Pressure Position1.

162

163

164
Depressure time ENG [0 to 5000 / 10 / 1 msec/step]

165
Sets the position for Web Depressure Position.
1903 [Web Counter]
Web Total Page Counter *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1sec/step]

001
Displays the current Web Total Page Counter.
Web Motor Rotation Time *ENG [0 to 25.5 / 2.8 / 0.1sec/step]

002
Displays the current Web Motor Rotation Time.
Rotation Interval Count *ENG [0 to 130 / 0 / 1sec/step]

003
Stores the current count value of Web Takeup Rotation Interval.
Total Rotation Times *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1cycle/step]

004
Displays Web Total Rotation Times.
1904 [Fusing unit replacement]
As a set of Fusing unit and

001 *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Web

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Sets Cleaning Web information operation by using Fusing ID Chip.

Sets 1 if operates by keeping the Fusing Cleaning Unit installed when replacing
the Fusing Unit, and sets 0 if operates by replacing the Fusing Cleaning Unit.
1907 [Exit Tray Full Detection]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF / 1: ON *ENG 0:OFF
1:NO
001
Switches 0: OFF / 1: ON for Exit Tray Full Detection. SP is added because Full
Detection Disabling Connector which was included as standard for conventional
Tables-1
Main SP
equipment was abolished (due to cost-cutting).
1909 [Retract Pos Force Exit Op]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: OFF / 1: ON ENG 0:OFF
1:ON
001 Switches 0: OFF / 1: ON for Retract Position Force Exit Operation when jam
occurs. Control for transporting invalid paper to the react position which avoids
the boundary line of the unit and the main unit transportation route in order to
prevent paragraphs from dividing into two parts over two pages
1918 [Bypass Paper Size Detect]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Switch LT SEF/LG SEF ENG 0:LT SEF
001 1:LG SEF
Selects whether to detect LT SEF which cannot be identified with Bypass Paper
Size Detect or LG SEF.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
1920 [LCT Tray Fan DUTY Adj]
A3LCT ENG [10 to 100 / 50 / 10%/step]
001 Adjusts air volume for Air Assist Fan.

The problems such as Double Feed and No Feed are improved by increasing
Air Assist Duty.
1921 [LCT Fan Start Time Setting]
A3LCT ENG [1 to 10 / 3 / 1sec/step]
001 Adjusts the time between turning Air Assist on and starting feeding.
The time handling paper with Fan increases by increasing values before
feeding and problems such as Double Feed and No Feed are improved.
1922 [LCT Tray Fan ON/OFF]
[1 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0:Auto Select
A3LCT ENG
1:Force ON
2:Force OFF
001
Sets Air Assist operation.
Problem resolution will be possible by turning Air Assist ON forcibly when
Double Feed and No Feed occur with plain paper.
0: Auto Select / 1: Force ON / 2: Force OFF

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
1923 [LCT Pickup Assist ON/OFF]
[1 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0:Auto Select
A3LCT ENG
1:Force ON
2:Force OFF
001 Selects Pickup Roller Assist settings.
Problem resolution will be possible by selecting Force ON when No Feed

occurs with plain paper and by selecting Force OFF when Double Feed occurs
with coated paper.
0: Auto Select / 1: Force ON / 2: Force OFF
Tables-1
Main SP
1932 [Buffer Pass Unit]
Stand-by Setting ENG [0 to 60 / 1 / 1min/step]

001
Time control until fan movement of Buffer Pass Unit stops when it is standby.
Fan Drive Setting ENG [0 to 5 / 2 / 1/step]

002
On/Off control of Buffer Pass Unit by paper thickness of the fan.
[Fan Cooling Time Set]

1940
Sets Fan Cooling Time on standby state after printing.
001 Development Suction Fan *ENG
002 Development Exhaust Fan *ENG
003 Heatsink Suction Fan *ENG

[0.0 to 120 / 0 / 0.1min/step]
004 Heatsink Exhaust Fan *ENG
Fusing & Paper Exhaust

005 *ENG
Cooling Fan
006 Belt Cleaning Cooling Fan *ENG

[0.0 to 120.0 / 0.0 / 0.1min/step]
007 IH Cooling Fan *ENG
IH & Belt Cleaning Exhaust

008 *ENG [0.0 to 120.0 / 0.0 / 0.1min/step]
Fan

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
009 IH Power Cooling Fan *ENG
010 PCB BOX Suction Fan *ENG
011 PCB BOX Exhaust Fan *ENG
012 Imaging Cooing Fan *ENG
013 Duplex Exhaust Fan *ENG [0.0 to 120.0 / 0.0 / 0.1min/step]
014 Drive Exhaust Fan *ENG
015 Paper Cooling HP Fan *ENG
016 Ozone Exhaust Fan *ENG

[0.0 to 120.0 / 0.0 / 0.1min/step]
017 PSU Cooling Fan *ENG
[Fan Start Time Set]

1941
Sets Fan Start Time when Engine OFF Mode restarts.
001 Development Suction Fan *ENG
002 Development Exhaust Fan *ENG
003 Heatsink Suction Fan *ENG

[0 to 900 / 120 / 1sec/step]
004 Heatsink Exhaust Fan *ENG
Fusing & Paper Exit Exhaust

005 *ENG
Fan
006 Belt Cleaning Cooling Fan *ENG [0 to 900 / 120 / 1sec/step]
007 IH Cooling Fan *ENG
IH & Belt Cleaning Exhaust

008 *ENG [0 to 900 / 0 / 1sec/step]
Fan
009 IH Power Cooling Fan *ENG
010 PCB BOX Suction Fan *ENG
011 PCB BOX Exhaust Fan *ENG [0 to 900 / 120 / 1sec/step]
012 Imaging Cooing Fan *ENG
013 Duplex Exhaust Fan *ENG [0 to 900 / 120 / 1sec/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
014 Drive Exhaust Fan *ENG
015 Paper Cooling HP Fan *ENG
016 Ozone Exhaust Fan *ENG

[0 to 900 / 120 / 1sec/step]
017 P Sensor Cleaning Fan *ENG
018 PSU Cooling Fan *ENG
1942 [Fan Control Off Mode Strt Time]
Fan Control Off Mode Strt

*ENG [0 to 60 / 10 / 1min/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
001 Time
Sets OFF Mode Time until when Fan Control starts.
1943 [Extra Fan Control]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Operating State *ENG
001 0:OFF, 1:ON
Displays the current Extra Fan Operating State.
Start Temperature *ENG [0 to 100.0 / 40.0 / 0.1deg/step]
002 Sets Decision Temp. when Extra Fan Operating starts. Does not execute when
it is [0].
Stop Temperature Threshold *ENG [0 to 100.0 / 2.0 / 0.1deg/step]
003 Sets temperature threshold (between start temperature and stop temperature)
when stopping Extra Fan Operating.
Extra Fan Control ON/OFF [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]

*ENG
004 Setting 0: OFF, 1: ON
Sets ON/OFF for Extra Fan Operation.

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
[Fan Control]
1944
Sets a temperature threshold for when switching operation of each fan.
001 Cancellation Temp Threshold *ENG [0.0 to 100.0 / 2.0 / 0.1deg/step]
002 Execution Temp Threshold *ENG [0.0 to 100.0 / 33.0 / 0.1deg/step]
Drive Exit Fan Exec Temp

003 *ENG [0.0 to 100.0 / 33.0 / 0.1deg/step]
Thres Low

004 *ENG [0.0 to 100.0 / 37.0 / 0.1deg/step]
Thres Mid

005 *ENG [0.0 to 100.0 / 40.0 / 0.1deg/step]
Thres High
006 Drive Exit Fan Duty Silent *ENG [0 to 100 / 20 / 1%/step]
007 Drive Exit Fan Duty Low *ENG [0 to 100 / 90 / 1%/step]
008 Drive Exit Fan Duty Middle *ENG [0 to 100 / 90 / 1%/step]
009 Drive Exit Fan Duty High *ENG [0 to 100 / 90 / 1%/step]
1945 [Set Cooling Operation]
Machine Stop Counter ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Counts the number of times that the machine is stopped by temperature
increase and saves it in SP.
Machine Stop Temperature ENG [30 to 60 / 44 / 1deg/step]
002 Temperature threshold settings for stopping the machine when temperature
increases.
Recovery Temperature ENG [1 to 10 / 3 / 1deg/step]
003 Temperature threshold settings for restarting the machine when it is stopped by
temperature increase.
Fan Op Off Temp: Y

006 *ENG [30 to 50 / 43 / 1deg/step]
Thermistor

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Temperature threshold when the fan operates in Engine OFF Mode
Fan Op Off Time *ENG [0 to 60 / 10 / 5min/step]

007
Operating time for the fan when it operates in Engine OFF Mode
1946 [Machine Stop control]
ON/OFF ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]

001
Decide wheter to control machine to stop when tempture rises.
Tables-1
Main SP
[L-Edge Regist Adj (Front)] *D137/D138 only
Adjusts the timing for registration start of the paper surface in the topic
mentioned above and the image position against the transfer paper. Reflects

 "+" is the direction from which images come out. (Makes the registration
start fast.)
 "-" is the direction which images disappear. (Makes the registration start
slow.)
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)

SP1-123 to 950 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
3.4 SP1-951 TO 960 (FEED)
[L-Edge Regist Adj (Rear)] *D137/D138 only
Adjusts the timing for registration start of the back side of the paper in the topic

 "+" is the direction from which images come out. (Makes the registration
start fast.)
 "-" is the direction which images disappear. (Makes the registration start
slow.)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
[S-to-S Regist Adj (Front)] *D137/D138 only
Adjusts the start position for writing of the paper surface in the topic mentioned
above and the image position against the transfer paper. Reflects adjustment
1952 values with no change.

 "+" is the direction which images shift to the right. (Trimming area in the left
increases.)
 "-" is the direction which images shift to the left. (Trimming area in the left
decreases.)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
[S-to-S Regist Adj (Rear)] *D137/D138 only
Adjusts the start position for writing of the back side of the paper in the topic

 "+" is the direction which images shift to the right. (Trimming area in the left
increases.)
 "-" is the direction which images shift to the left. (Trimming area in the left
decreases.)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
[Paper Thikness Detect] *D137/D138 only
1954 Switches Paper Thick Detect 0: OFF / 1: ON when feeding the paper in the topic
mentioned above.
Custom Paper 001(0: OFF / 1:

001 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

002 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

003 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

004 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

005 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

006 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

007 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

008 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

009 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

010 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

011 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

012 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
Tables-1
Main SP
013 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

014 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

015 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

016 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

017 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

018 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

019 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

020 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

021 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

022 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

023 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

024 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

025 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

026 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

027 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

028 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

029 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

030 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

031 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

032 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

033 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

034 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

035 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

036 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

037 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

038 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

039 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

040 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

041 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

042 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
Tables-1
Main SP
043 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

044 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

045 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

046 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

047 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

048 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

049 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

050 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

051 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

052 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

053 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

054 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

055 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

056 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

057 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

058 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

059 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

060 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

061 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

062 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

063 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

064 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

065 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

066 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

067 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

068 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

069 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

070 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

071 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

072 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
Tables-1
Main SP
073 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

074 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

075 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

076 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

077 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

078 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

079 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

080 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

081 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

082 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

083 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

084 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

085 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

086 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

087 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

088 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

089 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

090 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

091 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

092 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

093 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

094 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

095 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

096 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

097 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

098 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

099 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

100 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
[Dbl-Feed Detect] *D137/D138 only
1955 Switches Dbl-Feed Detect 0: OFF / 1: ON when feeding the paper in the topic
mentioned above.
Tables-1
Main SP
001 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

002 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

003 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

004 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

005 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

006 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

007 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

008 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

009 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

010 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

011 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

012 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

013 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

014 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

015 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

016 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

017 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

018 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

019 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

020 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

021 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

022 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

023 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

024 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

025 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

026 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

027 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

028 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

029 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

030 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
Tables-1
Main SP
031 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

032 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

033 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

034 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

035 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

036 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

037 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

038 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

039 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

040 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

041 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

042 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

043 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

044 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

045 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

046 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

047 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

048 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

049 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

050 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

051 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

052 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

053 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

054 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

055 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

056 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

057 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

058 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

059 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

060 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
Tables-1
Main SP
061 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

062 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

063 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

064 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

065 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

066 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

067 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

068 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

069 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

070 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

071 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

072 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

073 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

074 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

075 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

076 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

077 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

078 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

079 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

080 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

081 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

082 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

083 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

084 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

085 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

086 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

087 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

088 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

089 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

090 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)
Tables-1
Main SP
091 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

092 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

093 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

094 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

095 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

096 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

097 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

098 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

099 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

100 ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
ON)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Transport Mtr 1 Spd] *D137/D138 only
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Fine-tunes the line speed of the 2nd feed motor in the mode in the topic

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Fine-tunes the line speed of the 3rd feed motor in the mode in the topic

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Relay Mtr CW Spd] *D137/D138 only
Fine-tunes the line speed of CW rotation of the main unit relay motor in the
in the line speed. Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification of 2nd page print and 1st
page print of the main unit bank/LCT and Area Mag. Cor. Then improves image
position accuracy, and prevents Shock Jitter.

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Relay Mtr CCW Spd] *D137/D138 only
Fine-tunes the line speed of CCW rotation of the main unit relay motor in the
in the line speed. Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification and Area Mag. Cor. for
bypass 1st page print, and improves image position accuracy, and then
prevents Shock Jitter.

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-951 to 960 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
3.5 SP1-961 TO 988 (FEED)
[Fine Adj Registration Mtr Spd] *D137/D138 only
Fine-tunes the line speed of the registration motor in the mode in the topic
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Exit Motor Spd] *D137/D138 only
1965 Fine-tunes the line speed of the Exit motor in the mode in the topic mentioned
above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Prevents glossy lines,
ripples, and rubbed images.
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Invert Entrance Spd] *D137/D138 only
1966 Fine-tunes the line speed of the Inverter Entrance motor in the mode in the topic
mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Prevents glossy
lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Exit Invert CW Spd] *D137/D138 only
1967 Fine-tunes the line speed of CW rotation of the Paper Exit Inverter motor in the
mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change.
Prevents glossy lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Duplx/Invert CW Spd] *D137/D138 only
1968 Fine-tunes the line speed of CW rotation of the Duplex Inverter motor in the
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Duplx Exit Mtr Spd] *D137/D138 only
1969 Fine-tunes the line speed of the Duplex Exit motor in the mode in the topic
mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no change. Prevents glossy
lines, ripples, and rubbed images.
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Exit Invert CCW Spd] *D137/D138 only
1970 Fine-tunes the line speed of CCW rotation of the Paper Exit Inverter motor in
the mode in the topic mentioned above. Reflects adjustment values with no
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[Fine Adj Duplx/Invert CCW Spd] *D137/D138 only
1971 Fine-tunes the line speed of CCW rotation of the Duplex Inverter motor in the
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[Dup:RollerShift1:MoveFineAdj] *D137/D138 only
Main Scan Move Fine Adjustment value for Duplex Transport Roller2,3 in the
mode in the topic mentioned above Reflects adjustment values with no change.
1981  "+" is the direction which images shift to the left. (Trimming area in the left
decreases.)
"-" is the direction which images shift to the right. (Trimming area in the left
Tables-1
Main SP

increases.)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[Dup:RollerShift2:MoveFineAdj] *D137/D138 only
Main Scan Move Fine Adjustment value for Duplex Transport Roller4 and
Tables-1
Main SP
Duplex Exit Roller in the mode in the topic mentioned above Reflects

 "+" is the direction which images shift to the left. (Trimming area in the left
decreases.)
 "-" is the direction which images shift to the right. (Trimming area in the left
increases.)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP
[Dup:RollerShift:Disable] *D137/D138 only
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP
[Htg Roller Temp Setting] *D137/D138 only
1984
Sets Print Target Temp. for Heating Roller.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1 deg/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
109 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
110 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
111 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
112 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
125 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
126 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
127 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
128 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
141 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
142 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
143 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
144 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
201 Plain:Uncoated:Thin/Thick1:FC *ENG [0 to 200 / 138 / 1 deg/step]
202 Plain:Uncoated:Thin/Thick1:Bk *ENG [0 to 200 / 138 / 1 deg/step]
[0 to 200 / 150(Pro a) / 1
203 Plain:Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2:FC *ENG
deg/step]
[0 to 200 / 143(Office a),

204 Plain:Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2:Bk *ENG 148(Office b), 145(Pro a),
153(Pro b) / 1 deg/step]
205 Plain:Uncoated:Plain2/Thick3:FC *ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
206 Plain:Uncoated:Plain2/Thick3:Bk *ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
207 Plain:Uncoated:Mid-Thick/Thick4:FC *ENG [0 to 200 / 158 / 1 deg/step]
208 Plain:Uncoated:Mid-Thick/Thick4:Bk *ENG [0 to 200 / 158 / 1 deg/step]
209 Plain:Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5:FC *ENG [0 to 200 / 158 / 1 deg/step]
210 Plain:Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5:Bk *ENG [0 to 200 / 158 / 1 deg/step]
217 Sp1/Matte:Thin/Thick1:FC *ENG [0 to 200 / 153 / 1 deg/step]
218 Sp1/Matte:Thin/Thick1:Bk *ENG [0 to 200 / 138 / 1 deg/step]
[0 to 200 / 150(Pro a) / 1
219 Sp1/Matte:Plain1/Thick2:FC *ENG
deg/step]
[0 to 200 / 143(Office a),

220 Sp1/Matte:Plain1/Thick2:Bk *ENG 148(Office b), 145(Pro a),
221 Sp1/Matte:Plain2/Thick3:FC *ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
222 Sp1/Matte:Plain2/Thick3:Bk *ENG [0 to 200 / 153 / 1 deg/step]
[0 to 200 / 153(Office a),

223 Sp1/Matte:Mid-Thick/Thick4:FC *ENG 158(Office b, Pro a),
[0 to 200 / 153(Office a),

224 Sp1/Matte:Mid-Thick/Thick4:Bk *ENG 158(Office b, Pro a),
225 Sp1/Matte:Thick1/Thick5:FC *ENG [0 to 200 / 153 / 1 deg/step]
226 Sp1/Matte:Thick1/Thick5:Bk *ENG [0 to 200 / 153 / 1 deg/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
233 Sp2/Glossy:Thin/Thick1:FC *ENG [0 to 200 / 138 / 1 deg/step]
234 Sp2/Glossy:Thin/Thick1:Bk *ENG [0 to 200 / 138 / 1 deg/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
[0 to 200 / 150(Pro a) / 1
235 Sp2/Glossy:Plain1/Thick2:FC *ENG
deg/step]
[0 to 200 / 143(Office a),

236 Sp2/Glossy:Plain1/Thick2:Bk *ENG 148(Office b), 145(Pro a),
237 Sp2/Glossy:Plain2/Thick3:FC *ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
238 Sp2/Glossy:Plain2/Thick3:Bk *ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
[0 to 200 / 153(Office a),

239 Sp2/Glossy:Mid-Thick/Thick4:FC *ENG 158(Office b, Pro a),
[0 to 200 / 153(Office a),

240 Sp2/Glossy:Mid-Thick/Thick4:Bk *ENG 158(Office b, Pro a),
241 Sp2/Glossy:Thick1/Thick5:FC *ENG [0 to 200 / 153 / 1 deg/step]
242 Sp2/Glossy:Thick1/Thick5:Bk *ENG [0 to 200 / 153 / 1 deg/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
249 Envelope:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG [0 to 200 / 200 / 1 deg/step]
252 OHP *ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
253 Postcard:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
254 Postcard:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG [0 to 200 / 148 / 1 deg/step]
[Press Roller Temp Setting] *D137/D138 only

1985
Sets Print Target Temp. for Press Roller.

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

109 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

110 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

125 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

126 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

141 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

142 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

201 Plain:Uncoated:Thin/Thick1:FC *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

202 Plain:Uncoated:Thin/Thick1:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

204 Plain:Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

207 Plain:Uncoated:Mid-Thick/Thick4:FC *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

208 Plain:Uncoated:Mid-Thick/Thick4:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

209 Plain:Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5:FC *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

210 Plain:Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

217 Sp1/Matte:Thin/Thick1:FC *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

218 Sp1/Matte:Thin/Thick1:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

220 Sp1/Matte:Plain1/Thick2:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

223 Sp1/Matte:Mid-Thick/Thick4:FC *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

224 Sp1/Matte:Mid-Thick/Thick4:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

225 Sp1/Matte:Thick1/Thick5:FC *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

226 Sp1/Matte:Thick1/Thick5:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

233 Sp2/Glossy:Thin/Thick1:FC *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

234 Sp2/Glossy:Thin/Thick1:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1
236 Sp2/Glossy:Plain1/Thick2:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

239 Sp2/Glossy:Mid-Thick/Thick4:FC *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

240 Sp2/Glossy:Mid-Thick/Thick4:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

241 Sp2/Glossy:Thick1/Thick5:FC *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

242 Sp2/Glossy:Thick1/Thick5:Bk *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

249 Envelope:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

252 OHP *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

253 Glossy *ENG
deg/step]
[50 to 200 / 130 / 1

254 Postcard:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG
deg/step]
[Process Speed] *D137/D138 only

1986
Selects Process Speed.
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
201 Uncoated:Thick1:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
202 Uncoated:Thick1:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
217 Matte:Thick1:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
218 Matte:Thick1:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
233 Glossy:Thick1:FC *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
234 Glossy:Thick1:Bk *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]

0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
252 OHP *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
253 Glossy *ENG
1: Mid Spd
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Low Spd
[0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Std Spd
254 Postcard:Thick6 *ENG
1: Mid Spd
3: Low Spd
[Fusing Mtr Rotation Correct] *D137/D138 only

1987
Fine-tunes Fusing Speed in the range of -10.0 to +10.0%.

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP
109 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
110 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
111 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
112 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
125 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
126 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
127 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
128 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
141 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
142 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
143 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
144 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
201 Uncoated:Thick1:FC *ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
202 Uncoated:Thick1:Bk *ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
217 Matte:Thick1:FC *ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
218 Matte:Thick1:Bk *ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
233 Glossy:Thick1:FC *ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
234 Glossy:Thick1:Bk *ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
249 Envelope:Thick6 *ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
252 OHP *ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
253 Glossy *ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
254 Postcard:Thick6 *ENG [-10.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
[CPM Adjustment] *D137/D138 only

1988
Adjusts Def-CPM in the range of 1 to 100%.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP
109 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
110 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
111 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
112 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
125 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
126 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
127 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
128 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
141 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
142 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
143 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
144 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
201 Uncoated:Thick1:FC *ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
202 Uncoated:Thick1:Bk *ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
217 Matte:Thick1:FC *ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
218 Matte:Thick1:Bk *ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
233 Glossy:Thick1:FC *ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
234 Glossy:Thick1:Bk *ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]

SP1-961 to 988 (Feed)
249 Envelope:Thick6 *ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
252 OHP *ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
253 Glossy *ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]
254 Postcard:Thick6 *ENG [1 to 100 / 100 / 1 %/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
3.6 SP1-989 TO 998 (FEED)
[Nip Width Setting] *D137/D138 only

1989
Changes the Nip position.
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
1: Press (for reverse rotation when
jamed)
2: Press2 (Envelope Feed Nip
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
3: Press3 (Normal Feed Nip Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
Tables-1
Main SP
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
252 OHP *ENG
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
253 Glossy *ENG
Width)
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
jamed)
Width)
[IniCPMDwn:EnvLowTmp:UnitLowTmp] *D137/D138 only

1990
EnvLowTmp: Sets Initial CPM Down rate for Unit Low Temperature.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
101 Plain:Uncoated:Thin/Thick1 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
102 Plain:Uncoated:Plain1/Thick1 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
104 Plain:Uncoated:Mid-Thick/Thick4 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
105 Plain:Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
109 Sp1/Matte:Thin/Thick1 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
110 Sp1/Matte:Plain1/Thick1 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
112 Sp1/Matte:Mid-Thick/Thick4 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
113 Sp1/Matte:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
117 Sp2/Glossy:Thin/Thick1 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
118 Sp2/Glossy:Plain1/Thick1 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
120 Sp2/Glossy:Mid-Thick/Thick4 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
121 Sp2/Glossy:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
130 Envelope:Thick2 *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
138 OHP *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
139 Postcard *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
140 Glossy ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
1990 [IniCPMDwn:EnvLowTmp:UnitHghTmp]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
EnvLowTmp: Sets Initial CPM Down rate for Unit High Temperature.

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
188 OHP *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
[L Temp:CPM Down]
1990
EnvLowTmp: Sets Initial CPM Down rate for Unit Low Temperature.
205 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
213 Matte Thick 5:L Speed ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
221 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
[IniCPMDwn:EnvNmlTmp:UnitLowTmp] *D137/D138 only

1991
EnvNmlTmp: Sets Initial CPM Down rate for Unit Low Temperature.

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
138 OHP *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
[IniCPMDwn:EnvNmlTmp:UnitLowTmp]
1991
EnvNmlTmp: Sets Initial CPM Down rate for Unit High Temperature.

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP
188 OHP *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
[Over N Temp:CPM Down]

1991
EnvNmlTmp: Sets Initial CPM Down rate for Unit Low Temperature.

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
[Web Feed Interval] *D137/D138 only

1992
Adjusts Web Feed Interval.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
201 Uncoated:Thick1:FC ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
202 Uncoated:Thick1:Bk ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
213 Uncoated:Thick7:FC *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
214 Uncoated:Thick7:Bk *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
215 Uncoated:Thick8:FC *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
216 Uncoated:Thick8:Bk *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
217 Matte:Thick1:FC *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
218 Matte:Thick1:Bk *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP
233 Glossy:Thick1:FC *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
234 Glossy:Thick1:Bk *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
249 Envelope:Thick6 *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
252 OHP *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
253 Postcard:Thick5 *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
254 Postcard:Thick6 *ENG [-75 to 0 / 0 / 1 %/step]
[Norm Paper:Init Temp Calc1] *D137/D138 only

1993
Sets Norm Paper: Init Temp Calc1 by paper type. (Custom Paper)
Added Temp:Custom
001 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper001
Added Temp:Custom
002 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper002
Added Temp:Custom
003 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper003
Added Temp:Custom
004 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper004
Added Temp:Custom
005 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper005
Added Temp:Custom
006 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper006
Added Temp:Custom
007 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper007
Added Temp:Custom
008 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper008
Added Temp:Custom
009 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper009
Added Temp:Custom
010 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper010
Added Temp:Custom
011 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper011

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Added Temp:Custom
012 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper012
Added Temp:Custom
013 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper013
Added Temp:Custom
014 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper014
Added Temp:Custom
015 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper015
Added Temp:Custom
016 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper016
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
017 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper017
Added Temp:Custom
018 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper018
Added Temp:Custom
019 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper019
Added Temp:Custom
020 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper020
Added Temp:Custom
021 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper021
Added Temp:Custom
022 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper022
Added Temp:Custom
023 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper023
Added Temp:Custom
024 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper024
Added Temp:Custom
025 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper025
Added Temp:Custom
026 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper026

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Added Temp:Custom
027 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper027
Added Temp:Custom
028 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper028
Added Temp:Custom
029 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper029
Added Temp:Custom
030 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper030
Added Temp:Custom
031 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper031
Added Temp:Custom
032 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper032
Added Temp:Custom
033 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper033
Added Temp:Custom
034 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper034
Added Temp:Custom
035 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper035
Added Temp:Custom
036 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper036
Added Temp:Custom
037 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper037
Added Temp:Custom
038 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper038
Added Temp:Custom
039 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper039
Added Temp:Custom
040 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper040
Added Temp:Custom
041 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper041

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Added Temp:Custom
042 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper042
Added Temp:Custom
043 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper043
Added Temp:Custom
044 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper044
Added Temp:Custom
045 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper045
Added Temp:Custom
046 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper046
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
047 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper047
Added Temp:Custom
048 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper048
Added Temp:Custom
049 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper049
Added Temp:Custom
050 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper050
Added Temp:Custom
051 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper051
Added Temp:Custom
052 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper052
Added Temp:Custom
053 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper053
Added Temp:Custom
054 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper054
Added Temp:Custom
055 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper055
Added Temp:Custom
056 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper056

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Added Temp:Custom
057 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper057
Added Temp:Custom
058 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper058
Added Temp:Custom
059 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper059
Added Temp:Custom
060 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper060
Added Temp:Custom
061 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper061
Added Temp:Custom
062 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper062
Added Temp:Custom
063 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper063
Added Temp:Custom
064 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper064
Added Temp:Custom
065 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper065
Added Temp:Custom
066 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper066
Added Temp:Custom
067 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper067
Added Temp:Custom
068 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper068
Added Temp:Custom
069 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper069
Added Temp:Custom
070 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper070
Added Temp:Custom
071 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper071

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Added Temp:Custom
072 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper072
Added Temp:Custom
073 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper073
Added Temp:Custom
074 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper074
Added Temp:Custom
075 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper075
Added Temp:Custom
076 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper076
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
077 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper077
Added Temp:Custom
078 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper078
Added Temp:Custom
079 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper079
Added Temp:Custom
080 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper080
Added Temp:Custom
081 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper081
Added Temp:Custom
082 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper082
Added Temp:Custom
083 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper083
Added Temp:Custom
084 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper084
Added Temp:Custom
085 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper085
Added Temp:Custom
086 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper086

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Added Temp:Custom
087 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper087
Added Temp:Custom
088 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper088
Added Temp:Custom
089 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper089
Added Temp:Custom
090 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper090
Added Temp:Custom
091 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper091
Added Temp:Custom
092 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper092
Added Temp:Custom
093 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper093
Added Temp:Custom
094 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper094
Added Temp:Custom
095 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper095
Added Temp:Custom
096 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper096
Added Temp:Custom
097 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper097
Added Temp:Custom
098 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper098
Added Temp:Custom
099 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper099
Added Temp:Custom
100 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper100
[Norm Paper:Init Temp Calc2] *D137/D138 only

1994
Sets Norm Paper:Init Temp Calc2 by paper type. (Custom Paper)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Added Temp:Custom
001 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper001
Added Temp:Custom
002 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper002
Added Temp:Custom
003 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper003
Added Temp:Custom
004 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper004
Added Temp:Custom
005 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper005
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
006 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper006
Added Temp:Custom
007 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper007
Added Temp:Custom
008 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper008
Added Temp:Custom
009 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper009
Added Temp:Custom
010 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper010
Added Temp:Custom
011 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper011
Added Temp:Custom
012 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper012
Added Temp:Custom
013 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper013
Added Temp:Custom
014 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper014
Added Temp:Custom
015 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper015

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Added Temp:Custom
016 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper016
Added Temp:Custom
017 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper017
Added Temp:Custom
018 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper018
Added Temp:Custom
019 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper019
Added Temp:Custom
020 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper020
Added Temp:Custom
021 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper021
Added Temp:Custom
022 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper022
Added Temp:Custom
023 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper023
Added Temp:Custom
024 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper024
Added Temp:Custom
025 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper025
Added Temp:Custom
026 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper026
Added Temp:Custom
027 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper027
Added Temp:Custom
028 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper028
Added Temp:Custom
029 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper029
Added Temp:Custom
030 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper030

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Added Temp:Custom
031 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper031
Added Temp:Custom
032 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper032
Added Temp:Custom
033 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper033
Added Temp:Custom
034 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper034
Added Temp:Custom
035 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper035
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
036 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper036
Added Temp:Custom
037 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper037
Added Temp:Custom
038 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper038
Added Temp:Custom
039 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper039
Added Temp:Custom
040 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper040
Added Temp:Custom
041 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper041
Added Temp:Custom
042 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper042
Added Temp:Custom
043 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper043
Added Temp:Custom
044 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper044
Added Temp:Custom
045 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper045

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Added Temp:Custom
046 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper046
Added Temp:Custom
047 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper047
Added Temp:Custom
048 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper048
Added Temp:Custom
049 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper049
Added Temp:Custom
050 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper050
Added Temp:Custom
051 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper051
Added Temp:Custom
052 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper052
Added Temp:Custom
053 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper053
Added Temp:Custom
054 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper054
Added Temp:Custom
055 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper055
Added Temp:Custom
056 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper056
Added Temp:Custom
057 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper057
Added Temp:Custom
058 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper058
Added Temp:Custom
059 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper059
Added Temp:Custom
060 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper060

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Added Temp:Custom
061 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper061
Added Temp:Custom
062 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper062
Added Temp:Custom
063 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper063
Added Temp:Custom
064 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper064
Added Temp:Custom
065 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper065
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
066 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper066
Added Temp:Custom
067 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper067
Added Temp:Custom
068 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper068
Added Temp:Custom
069 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper069
Added Temp:Custom
070 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper070
Added Temp:Custom
071 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper071
Added Temp:Custom
072 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper072
Added Temp:Custom
073 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper073
Added Temp:Custom
074 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper074
Added Temp:Custom
075 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper075

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Added Temp:Custom
076 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper076
Added Temp:Custom
077 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper077
Added Temp:Custom
078 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper078
Added Temp:Custom
079 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper079
Added Temp:Custom
080 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper080
Added Temp:Custom
081 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper081
Added Temp:Custom
082 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper082
Added Temp:Custom
083 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper083
Added Temp:Custom
084 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper084
Added Temp:Custom
085 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper085
Added Temp:Custom
086 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper086
Added Temp:Custom
087 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper087
Added Temp:Custom
088 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper088
Added Temp:Custom
089 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper089
Added Temp:Custom
090 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper090

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Added Temp:Custom
091 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper091
Added Temp:Custom
092 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper092
Added Temp:Custom
093 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper093
Added Temp:Custom
094 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper094
Added Temp:Custom
095 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper095
Tables-1
Main SP
Added Temp:Custom
096 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper096
Added Temp:Custom
097 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper097
Added Temp:Custom
098 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper098
Added Temp:Custom
099 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper099
Added Temp:Custom
100 ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 1 deg/step]
Paper100
[Feed Permit Setting] *D137/D138 only

1995
Sets the pattern for Feed Permit by paper type. (Custom Paper)
001 Custom Paper1 ENG [1 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP
[Envelope Nip Width Setting] *D137/D138 only
1996 Sets the integrated rate alpha used for calculating Total Paper Counter by paper
type. (Custom Paper)
001 Custom Paper1 ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1 msec/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP
109 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
110 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
111 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
112 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
125 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
126 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
127 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
128 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
141 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
142 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
143 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
144 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
201 Uncoated Thick 1:FC ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
202 Uncoated Thick 1:Bk ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
217 Matte Thick 1:FC ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
218 Matte Thick 1:Bk ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP
233 Glossy Thick 1:FC ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
234 Glossy Thick 1:Bk ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
249 Envelope:Thick6 ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
252 OHP ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
253 Glossy ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
254 Postcard:Thick6 ENG [0 to 2000 / 375 / 1 msec/step]
[Cleaning Web Pressure Setting] *D137/D138 only

1998
Sets Web Pressure Select by paper type. (Custom Paper)
001 Custom Paper001 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
Tables-1
Main SP

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
109 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
110 Uncoated Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
111 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
112 Uncoated Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
125 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [0 or 1 / 1(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]
126 Matte Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 or 1 / 1(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]
127 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [0 or 1 / 1(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]
128 Matte Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 or 1 / 1(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]
141 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:FC ENG [0 or 1 / 1(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]
142 Glossy Thick 5:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 or 1 / 1(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]
143 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:FC ENG [0 or 1 / 1(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]
144 Glossy Thick 6:L Speed:Bk ENG [0 or 1 / 1(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]
201 Uncoated Thick 1:FC ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
202 Uncoated Thick 1:Bk ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
217 Matte Thick 1:FC ENG [0 or 1 / 1(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]
218 Matte Thick 1:Bk ENG [0 or 1 / 1(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]
Tables-1
Main SP
233 Glossy Thick 1:FC ENG [0 or 1 / 1(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]
234 Glossy Thick 1:Bk ENG [0 or 1 / 1(Pro a, Pro b) / 1/step]

SP1-989 to 998 (Feed)
249 Envelope:Thick6 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
252 OHP ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
253 Postcard:Thick5 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
254 Postcard:Thick6 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

MAIN SP TABLES-2
None
SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
4. MAIN SP TABLES-2
4.1 SP2-101 TO 315 (DRUM)
[Color Regist Adjust]

2101
Sets manual adjustment amount of main scan/sub scan registration.
Main Scan Initial Value: K *ENG [-512 to 511 / 0 / 1dot/step]

001
K: Main Regist (rgate) Adjust
Main Scan Initial Value: C *ENG [-512 to 511 / 0 / 1dot/step]

002
C: Main Regist (rgate) Adjust
Main Scan Initial Value: M *ENG [-512 to 511 / 0 / 1dot/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
003
M: Main Regist (rgate) Adjust
Main Scan Initial Value: Y *ENG [-512 to 511 / 0 / 1dot/step]

004
Y: Main Regist (rgate) Adjust
Main/Sub Scan Initial Value: K *ENG [-47 to 47 / 0 / 1sub-dot/step]

006
K: Main Regist (D-Phase Area 0) Adjust: 1/48 Dot
Main/Sub Scan Initial Value: C *ENG [-47 to 47 / 0 / 1sub-dot/step]

007
C: Main Regist (D-Phase Area 0) Adjust: 1/48 Dot
Main/Sub Scan Initial Value:

*ENG [-47 to 47 / 0 / 1sub-dot/step]
008 M
M: Main Regist (D-Phase Area 0) Adjust: 1/48 Dot
Main/Sub Scan Initial Value: Y *ENG [-47 to 47 / 0 / 1sub-dot/step]

009
Y: Main Regist (D-Phase Area 0) Adjust: 1/48 Dot
Main Phase Initial Value: K *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1us/step]

011
K: Sub Regist Adjust (Polygon Phase Correction)
012 Main Phase Initial Value: C *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1us/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
C: Sub Regist Adjust (Polygon Phase Correction)
Main Phase Initial Value: M *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1us/step]

013
M: Sub Regist Adjust (Polygon Phase Correction)
Main Phase Initial Value: Y *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1us/step]

014
Y: Sub Regist Adjust (Polygon Phase Correction)
Main Beam Pitch Adj: KC *ENG [1500 to 1900 / 1698 / 1um/step]

021
KC: Main Scan Beam Pitch Adjust
Main Beam Pitch Adj: MY *ENG [1500 to 1900 / 1698 / 1um/step]

023
MY: Main Scan Beam Pitch Adjust
Sub Scan Initial Value: K *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1line/step]

036
K: Sub Regist Adjust (4800 dpi)
Sub Scan Initial Value: C *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1line/step]

037
C: Sub Regist Adjust (4800 dpi)
Sub Scan Initial Value: M *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1line/step]

038
M: Sub Registration Adjust (4800 dpi)
Sub Scan Initial Value: Y *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1line/step]

039
Y: Sub Registration Adjust (4800 dpi)
Main Cor Revision Amt: C *ENG [-512 to 511 / 0 / 1dot/step]

041
C: Music: Main Registration (rgate) Adjust
Main Cor Revision Amt: M *ENG [-512 to 511 / 0 / 1dot/step]

042
M: Music: Main Regist (rgate) Adjust
Main Cor Revision Amt: Y *ENG [-512 to 511 / 0 / 1dot/step]

043
Y: Music: Main Registration (rgate) Adjust
Main/Sub Cor Revision Amt:

045 C
C: Music: Main Registration (D-Phase Area 0) Adjust: 1/48 Dot

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)

046 M
M: Music: Main Registration (D-Phase Area 0) Adjust: 1/48 Dot

047 Y
Y: Music: Main Registration (D-Phase Area 0) Adjust: 1/48 Dot
Sub Cor Revision Amt: C *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1line/step]

049
C: Music: Sub Registration Adjust (4800 dpi)
Sub Cor Revision Amt: M *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1line/step]

050
M: Music: Sub Registration Adjust (4800 dpi)
Sub Cor Revision Amt: Y *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1line/step]

051
Y: Music: Sub Registration Adjust (4800 dpi)
Tables-2
Main SP
Sub Cor Revision Amt: C 81% *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / -1 / 1line/step]
053
C: Sub Registraiion Adjust (4800 dpi)
Sub Cor Revision Amt: M

*ENG [-4096 to 4095 / -2 / 1line/step]
054 81%
M: Sub Registration Adjust (4800 dpi)
Sub Cor Revision Amt: Y 81% *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / -2 / 1line/step]

055
Y: Sub Registration Adjust (4800 dpi)
Left Sub Mag.: C *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1sub-dot/step]

060
C: Main Scan Fine Adjustment: Left: 1/48 Dot
Right Sub Mag.: C *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1sub-dot/step]

061
C: Main Scan Fine Adjustment: Right: 1/48 Dot
Left Sub Mag.: M *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1sub-dot/step]

062
M: Main Scan Fine Adjustment: Left: 1/48 Dot
Right Sub Mag.: M *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1sub-dot/step]

063
M: Main Scan Fine Adjustment: Right: 1/48 Dot

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Left Sub Mag.: Y *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1sub-dot/step]

064
Y: Main Scan Fine Adjustment: Left: 1/48 Dot
Right Sub Mag.: Y *ENG [-4096 to 4095 / 0 / 1sub-dot/step]

065
Y: Main Scan Fine Adjustment: Right: 1/48 Dot
[Magnification Adjustment]
2102
-
Main Mag.: K *ENG [0 to 255 / 123 / 1/step]

001
K: Main Scan Magnification Adjustment: Std Spd
Main Mag.: M *ENG [0 to 255 / 123 / 1/step]

007
M: Main Scan Magnification Adjustment: Std Spd
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main/Sub: K *ENG
016 1sub-dot/step]
K: Main Scan Magnification Fine Adjustment: Std Spd: 1/48 Dot
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main/Sub: C *ENG
019 1sub-dot/step]
C: Main Scan Magnification Fine Adjustment: Std Spd: 1/48 Dot
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main/Sub: M *ENG
022 1sub-dot/step]
M: Main Scan Magnification Fine Adjustment: Std Spd: 1/48 Dot
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main/Sub: Y *ENG
025 1sub-dot/step]
Y: Main Scan Magnification Fine Adjustment: Std Spd: 1/48 Dot
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main Paper Int. Sub: K ENG
031 1sub-dot/step]
K: Main Scan Magnification Fine Adjustment: Paper Int.: 1/48 Dot
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
032 Main Paper Int. Sub: C ENG
1sub-dot/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
C: Main Scan Magnification Fine Adjustment: Paper Int.: 1/48 Dot
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main Paper Int. Sub: M ENG
033 1sub-dot/step]
M: Main Scan Magnification Fine Adjustment: Paper Int.: 1/48 Dot
[-15264 to 15264 / 0 /
Main Paper Int. Sub: Y ENG
034 1sub-dot/step]
Y: Main Scan Magnification Fine Adjustment: Paper Int.: 1/48 Dot
Main Mag. Adjustment ENG [-0.3 to 0.3 / 0.000 / 0.1%/step]

040
Main Scan Magnification Fine Adjustment
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

Verso Main Mag set & Adj ENG
043 0.025%/step]
Verso: Main Scan Magnification Adjustment (other than Custom Paper)
Tables-2
Main SP
[-0.500 to 0.500 / 0.000 /
Verso Sub Mag set & Adj ENG
044 0.025%/step]
Verso: Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment (other than Custom Paper)
[Erase Margin Adjustment]

2103
Margin adjustment
Lead Edge Width *ENG [0.0 to 9.0 / 4.0 / 0.1mm/step]

001
Lead Edge Width Adjustment
Trail. Edge Width *ENG [0.0 to 9.0 / 4.0 / 0.1mm/step]

002
Trail. Edge Width Adjustment
Left *ENG [0.0 to 9.0 / 2.0 / 0.1mm/step]

003
Left Edge Width Adjustment
Right *ENG [0.0 to 9.0 / 2.0 / 0.1mm/step]

004
Right Edge Width Adjustment
2104 [Skew Adjustment]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Manual C *ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
C: Executes Skew Adjustment of the scan line to Bk (Enters the correction

002 value manually.)
Value increase: Scan line changes into upward rise.

Value decrease: Scan line changes into downward rise.
Manual M *ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
M: Executes Skew Adjustment of the scan line to Bk (Enters the correction

003 value manually.)

Manual Y *ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
Y: Executes Skew Adjustment of the scan line to Bk (Enters the correction value
004 manually.)

Accumulated Present Value C *ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]

007
C: Displays Accumulated Value for Skew Adjustment.
Accumulated Present Value M *ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]

008
M: Displays Accumulated Value for Skew Adjustment.
Accumulated Present Value Y *ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]

009
Y: Displays Accumulated Value for Skew Adjustment.
Accumulated MUSIC Value C *ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
011 C: Displays Accumulated Value for Skew Adjustment. (Accumulated Value
based on MUSIC calculation)
Accumulated MUSIC Value M *ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
012 M: Displays Accumulated Value for Skew Adjustment. (Accumulated Value
Accumulated MUSIC Value Y *ENG [-50 to 50 / 0 / 1 pulse/step]
013 Y: Displays Accumulated Value for Skew Adjustment. (Accumulated Value

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Phase Pattern C *ENG [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]

021
C: Records Phase Pattern for Skew Adjustment Motor.
Phase Pattern M *ENG [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]

022
M: Records Phase Pattern for Skew Adjustment Motor.
Phase Pattern Y *ENG [1 to 4 / 1 / 1/step]

023
Y: Records Phase Pattern for Skew Adjustment Motor.
[1 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Clear Revision C ENG
031 [Execute]
C: Clears Revision for Skew Adjustment.
[1 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Clear Revision M ENG
032 [Execute]
M: Clears Revision for Skew Adjustment.
Tables-2
Main SP
[1 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Clear Revision Y ENG
033 [Execute]
Y: Clears Revision for Skew Adjustment.
2104 [Shutter]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Opening and Shutting *ENG 0:OPEN
035 1:CLOSE
Executes Opening and Closing of Shutter.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Forced Mode *ENG 0:OFF
1:ON
036
Sets OFF/ON for Forced Mode.
Shutter can be opened / closed only in changing SP values when Forced Mode
is ON.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
037 Switching Condition ENG 0:OPEN
1:CLOSE

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Records and displays the switching condition of Shutter.
[Polygon Rotation Time]

2106
Sets rotaiting time for polygon motor when Warming-Up/Job End.
Warming-Up *ENG [0 to 60 / 10 / 1sec/step]
001 Sets Warming-Up Rotation Time for Polygon Motor. Warming-Up Rotation of
Polygon Motor starts by touching the OP panel on printing standby state.
Waiting time until printing starts gets short by executing Warming-Up Rotation.
Job End *ENG [0 to 60 / 10 / 1sec/step]
002 Sets Job End Rotation Time for Polygon Motor. Job End Rotation of Polygon
Motor starts after printing. The time until printing starts gets short if printing is
requested during the Job End Rotation.
2107 [Image Parameter]
Shading Correction Flag *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001 Shading Correction Setting
Executes Shading Correction when ON is selected.
Image Gamma Flag *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
002 Image Gamma Setting
Executes Gamma Correction when ON is selected.
Dot Stabilize Revision *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Dot Stabilize Revision Setting
Executes Dot Stabilize when OFF is selected.
BowSkew Revision *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
006 BowSkew Revision Setting
Executes BowSkew Revision when OFF is selected.
Sub Mag Adj Revision K1 *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
007 Sub Mag Adj Revision K1 Setting
Executes K1 Revision when ON is selected.

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Executes K2 Revision when ON is selected.
Sub Mag Adj Revision W1 *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
009 Sub Mag Adj Revision W1 Setting
Executes W1 Revision when ON is selected.
Sub Mag Adj Revision W2 *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
010 Sub Mag Adj Revision W2 Setting
Executes W2 Revision when ON is selected.
Sub Mag Adj Rev 600dpi K1 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Sub Mag Adj Rev 600dpi W1 Setting
Does not execute 600dpi W1 Revision when OFF is selected.
Tables-2
Main SP
Trapezoid Adj ON/OFF *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
012 Trapezoid Adjustment Setting
Executes Trapezoid Adjustment when ON is selected.
Does not execute K3 Revision when OFF is selected.
Sub Mag Adj Revision Gray *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Sub Mag Adj Revision Gray Setting
Does not execute Gray Revision when OFF is selected.
Sub Scan Revision 1spl ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Sub Scan Revision 1spl Setting
Does not execute Sub Scan Revision 1spl when OFF is selected.
Sub Mag Adj Parameter

*ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Change
021
Sub Mag Adj Parameter Change Setting
Does not execute Sub Mag Adj Parameter Change when OFF is selected.

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
2108 [Image Parameter]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K/C Writing Unit *ENG
001 [Execute]
Acquiring Image Parameter for K/C Writing Unit
Y/M Writing Unit *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Acquiring Image Parameter for Y/M Writing Unit
2109 [Test Pattern]
Pattern Selection ENG [0 to 27 / 0 / 1/step]
Writing Test Pattern Selection
0 Copy Image Data 14 Trimming Area
1 Vertical Line 1dot 15 Hound's Tooth Check1 Vertical
2 Vertical Line 2dot 16 Hound's Tooth Check2 Vertical
3 Horizontal Line 1dot 17 Band Horizontal
4 Horizontal Line 2dot 18 Band Vertical
5 Grid Vertical Line 19 Checkered Flag

003
6 Grid Horizontal Line 20 Grayscale Vertical Margin
7 Grid Pattern Small 21 Grayscale Horizontal Margin
8 Grid Pattern Large 22 4800dpi Step Pattern1 (1dot)
9 Argyle Pattern Small 23 4800dpi Step Pattern1 (2dot)
10 Argyle Pattern Large 24 4800dpi Step Pattern2 (1dot)
11 Independent Pattern 1dot 25 4800dpi Step Pattern2 (2dot)
12 Independent Pattern 2dot 26 Full Dot
13 Independent Pattern 4dot 27 Full White Pattern

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[1 to 5 / 1 / 1/step]
1: Full Color
2: Cyan
Color Selection ENG
005 3: Magenta
4: Yellow
5: Black
Writing Test Pattern Output Color Selection
Density: K ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]

006
K: Sets Writing Test Pattern Output Density.
Density: C ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]

007
C: Sets Writing Test Pattern Output Density.
Density: M ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]

008
M: Sets Writing Test Pattern Output Density.
Tables-2
Main SP
Density: Y ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]
009
Y: Sets Writing Test Pattern Output Density.
[Forced Line Position Adj]

2111
Executes Forced Line Position Correction.
001 Mode a ENG
002 Mode b ENG [- / - / -]
003 Mode c ENG [Execute]
004 Mode d ENG
2112 [TM/P-Sensor Test]
[- / - / -]
Execute ENG
001 [Execute]
Checks for scraches or so on trancefer belt and malfunction of TM sensor.
010 General *ENG [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Genral check resoult for Trancefer Belt.
Error Code: P *ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1/step]

011
Trancefer belt check, error code: P.
Error Code: Front *ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1/step]

015
Trancefer belt check, error code: Front.
Error Code: Center *ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1/step]

016
Trancefer belt check, error code:Center
Error Code: Rear *ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1/step]

017
Trancefer belt check, error code:Rea r
Threshold Setting *ENG [0.0 to 5.5 / 1.90 / 0.1V/step]

020
Sets Threshold for Trancefer belt check.
Judge Val: Min 2 *ENG [0.0 to 5.5 / 2.50 / 0.01V/step]

021
Trancefer belt check, judge value: minimum 2.
Judge Val: Output Chg

*ENG [0.0 to 5.5 / 1.00 / 0.01V/step]
022 Amplitude High
Trancefer belt check. Judge value: output change amplitude High.
Judge Val: Output Chg

*ENG [0.0 to 5.5 / 1.00 / 0.01V/step]
023 Amplitude Low
Trancefer belt check. Judge value: output change amplitude Low.
Judge Val: Ave Chg Amplitude

*ENG [0.0 to 5.5 / 0.50 / 0.01V/step]
024 High
Trancefer belt check. Judge value: Average amplitude High.
Judge Val: Ave Chg Amplitude

*ENG [0.0 to 5.5 / 0.50 / 0.01V/step]
025 Low
Trancefer belt check. Judge value: Average amplitude Low.
2113 [Adj Density Diff Main Scan Dir]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Adjusts righ/left density difference of developmet with light amount.
001 K *ENG
002 C *ENG
[-10 to 10 / 0 / 1/step]
003 M *ENG
004 Y *ENG
2121 [Erase Margin Adj]
Erase Margin Adj Leading

ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
Edge
001
Corrects Leading Edge Margin and raises fusing detachability. (Special
Operator Adjustment)
Erase Margin Adj Trailing

ENG [-9.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
Edge
002 Corrects Trailing Edge Margin and raises fusing detachability. Alternatively
avoids image cutoff. (Special Operator Adjustment)
 Value increase: Margin widens and fusing detachability rises.
 Value decrease: Margin narrows and image cutoff does not occur.
Left ENG [-9.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]

003
Corrects Left Margin and avoids image cutoff. (Special Operator Adjustment)
Right ENG [-9.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]

004
Corrects Right Margin and avoids image cutoff. (Special Operator Adjustment)
[Erase Margin Adj Leading Edge] *D137/D138 only

2122
Corrects Leading Edge Margin and raises detachability.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP
201 Plain:Uncoated:Thin/Thick1:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
202 Plain:Uncoated:Thin/Thick1:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
203 Plain:Uncoated:Plain1/Thick21:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
204 Plain:Uncoated:Plain1/Thick2:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
205 Plain:Uncoated:Plain2/Thick3:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
206 Plain:Uncoated:Plain2/Thick3:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
207 Plain:Uncoated:Mid-Thick/Thick4:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
208 Plain:Uncoated:Mid-Thick/Thick4:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
209 Plain:Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.2 / 0.1mm/step]
210 Plain:Uncoated:Thick1/Thick5:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.2 / 0.1mm/step]
217 Sp1/Matte:Thin/Thick1:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
218 Sp1/Matte:Thin/Thick1:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
219 Sp1/Matte:Plain1/Thick21:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
220 Sp1/Matte:Plain1/Thick2:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
221 Sp1/Matte:Plain2/Thick3:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
222 Sp1/Matte:Plain2/Thick3:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
223 Sp1/Matte:Mid-Thick/Thick4:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
224 Sp1/Matte:Mid-Thick/Thick4:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
225 Sp1/Matte:Thick1/Thick5:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.2 / 0.1mm/step]
226 Sp1/Matte:Thick1/Thick5:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.2 / 0.1mm/step]
233 Sp2/Glossy:Thin/Thick1:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
234 Sp2/Glossy:Thin/Thick1:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
235 Sp2/Glossy:Plain1/Thick21:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
236 Sp2/Glossy:Plain1/Thick2:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
237 Sp2/Glossy:Plain2/Thick3:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
238 Sp2/Glossy:Plain2/Thick3:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
239 Sp2/Glossy:Mid-Thick/Thick4:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
240 Sp2/Glossy:Mid-Thick/Thick4:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.5 / 0.1mm/step]
241 Sp2/Glossy:Thick1/Thick5:FC *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.2 / 0.1mm/step]
242 Sp2/Glossy:Thick1/Thick5:Bk *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.2 / 0.1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
249 Envelope:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.2 / 0.1mm/step]
252 OHP *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.2 / 0.1mm/step]
253 Postcard:Thick1/Thick5 *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.2 / 0.1mm/step]
254 Postcard:Thick2/Thick6 *ENG [-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.2 / 0.1mm/step]
[Erase Margin Adj Trailing Edge] *D137/D138 only

2123
Corrects Trailing Edge Margin and raises detachability.
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 0.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

252 OHP *ENG
0.1mm/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[-3.0 to 6.0 / 1.0 /

0.1mm/step]
[Trailing Edge Full Bleed] *D137/D138 only
 Selects OFF/ON for Trailing Edge Full Bleed Mode. (Custom Paper)
2124  Trailing Edge Margin becomes "0" to the corresponding Custom Paper
when ON is selected.
 Productivity decreases when ON is selected because cleaning is performed
in order to prevent verso from becoming dirty.

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
2130 [Sub Mag Adj Parameter K]
001 Interval:0.025 Percent *ENG [0 to 255 / 19 / 1/step]
Mag Reciprocal:0.025
002 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 3990 / 1/step]
Percent
004 Mag Reciprocal:0.05 Percent *ENG [0 to 8191 / 1961 / 1/step]
006 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 1349 / 1/step]
Percent
010 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 799 / 1/step]
Percent
014 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 572 / 1/step]
Percent

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
018 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 437 / 1/step]
Percent
022 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 361 / 1/step]
Percent
Tables-2
Main SP
026 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 306 / 1/step]
Percent
030 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 266 / 1/step]
Percent
034 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 231 / 1/step]
Percent
038 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 210 / 1/step]
Percent

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
2131 [Sub Mag Adj Parameter C]
002 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 3990 / 1/step]
Percent
006 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 1349 / 1/step]
Percent
010 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 799 / 1/step]
Percent
014 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 572 / 1/step]
Percent
018 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 437 / 1/step]
Percent

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
022 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 361 / 1/step]
Percent
026 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 306 / 1/step]
Percent
Tables-2
Main SP
030 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 266 / 1/step]
Percent
034 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 231 / 1/step]
Percent
038 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 210 / 1/step]
Percent

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
2132 [Sub Mag Adj Parameter M]
002 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 3990 / 1/step]
Percent
006 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 1349 / 1/step]
Percent
010 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 799 / 1/step]
Percent
014 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 572 / 1/step]
Percent
018 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 437 / 1/step]
Percent

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
022 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 361 / 1/step]
Percent
026 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 306 / 1/step]
Percent
030 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 266 / 1/step]
Percent
Tables-2
Main SP
034 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 231 / 1/step]
Percent
038 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 210 / 1/step]
Percent

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
2133 [Sub Mag Adj Parameter Y]
002 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 3990 / 1/step]
Percent
006 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 1349 / 1/step]
Percent
010 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 799 / 1/step]
Percent
014 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 572 / 1/step]
Percent
018 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 437 / 1/step]
Percent

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
022 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 361 / 1/step]
Percent
026 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 306 / 1/step]
Percent
030 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 266 / 1/step]
Percent
Tables-2
Main SP
034 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 231 / 1/step]
Percent
038 *ENG [0 to 8191 / 210 / 1/step]
Percent

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Average:P-Sensor *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

001
Data for bare part of the belt, ID Sensor, Regular reflection, Average
Average:Front *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

005
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Front, Average
Average:Center *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

006
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Center, Average
Average:Rear *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

007
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Rear, Average
Maximum:P-Sensor *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

001
Data for bare part of the belt, ID Sensor, Regular reflection, Maximum
Maximum:Front *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

005
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Front, Maximum.
Maximum:Center *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

006
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Center, Maximum.
Maximum:Rear *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

007
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Rear, Maximum.
Minimum:P-Sensor *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

001
Data for bare part of the belt, ID Sensor, Regular reflection, Minimum.
Minimum:Front *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

005
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Front, Minimum.

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Minimum:Center *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

006
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Center, Minimum.
Minimum:Rear *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

007
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Rear, Minimum.
Maximum 2:P-Sensor *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

001
Data for bare part of the belt, ID Sensor, Regular reflection, Maximum 2.
Maximum 2:Front *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

005
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Front, Maximum 2.
Maximum 2:Center *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

006
Tables-2
Main SP
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Center, Maximum 2.
Maximum 2:Rear *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

007
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Rear, Maximum 2.
Minimum 2:P-Sensor *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

001
Data for bare part of the belt, ID Sensor, Regular reflection, Minimum 2.
Minimum 2:Front *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

005
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Front, Minimum 2.
Minimum 2:Center *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

006
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Center, Minimum 2.
Minimum 2:Rear *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

007
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Rear, Minimum 2.

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
2146 [TM-Sensor Test]
Number of Edge
*ENG [0 to 16 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Detection:Front
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Front, Number of Edge Detection
Number of Edge
*ENG [0 to 16 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Detection:Center
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Center, Number of Edge Detection
Number of Edge
*ENG [0 to 16 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Detection:Rear
Data for bare part of the belt, TM Sensor, Rear, Number of Edge Detection
[Area Mag. Correction]

2150
Main Scan Fine Adjustment by area: 1/48 Dot.
001 Area 0: K *ENG [-4095 to 4095 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
015 Area 0: C *ENG [-4095 to 4095 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
029 Area 0: M *ENG [-4095 to 4095 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
043 Area 0: Y *ENG [-4095 to 4095 / 0 / 1 sub-dot/step]
[BowSkew Setting]
2151
BowSkew Initial settings.
001 Initial Setting Area0 :K *ENG [0 to 24 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Initial Setting Area1-8:K *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
013 Initial Setting Area0 :C *ENG [0 to 24 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Initial Setting Area1-8:C *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
025 Initial Setting Area0 :M *ENG [0 to 24 / 0 / 1/step]
026 Initial Setting Area1-8:M *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
037 Initial Setting Area0 :Y *ENG [0 to 24 / 0 / 1/step]
038 Initial Setting Area1-8:Y *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
061 Revision Setting Area0 :C *ENG [0 to 24 / 0 / 1/step]
062 Revision Setting Area1-8:C *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
073 Revision Setting Area0 :M *ENG [0 to 24 / 0 / 1/step]
074 Revision Setting Area1-8:M *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
085 Revision Setting Area0 :Y *ENG [0 to 24 / 0 / 1/step]
086 Revision Setting Area1-8:Y *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[Area Shad. Correct. Setting]

2152
Shad. Correct. Coefficient.
001 Leading Edge: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
002 Area 0: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
003 Area 1: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
004 Area 2: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
005 Area 3: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
006 Area 4: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
007 Area 5: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
008 Area 6: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
009 Area 7: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
010 Area 8: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
011 Area 9: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
012 Area 10: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
013 Area 11: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
014 Area 12: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
015 Area 13: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
016 Area 14: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
017 Area 15: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
018 Area 16: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
019 Area 17: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
020 Area 18: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
021 Area 19: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
022 Area 20: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
023 Area 21: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
024 Area 22: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
025 Area 23: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
026 Area 24: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
027 Area 25: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
028 Area 26: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
029 Area 27: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
030 Area 28: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
031 Area 29: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
032 Area 30: K *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
033 Leading Edge: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
034 Area 0: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
035 Area 1: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
036 Area 2: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
037 Area 3: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
038 Area 4: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
039 Area 5: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
040 Area 6: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
041 Area 7: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
042 Area 8: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
043 Area 9: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
044 Area 10: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
045 Area 11: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
046 Area 12: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
047 Area 13: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
048 Area 14: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
049 Area 15: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
050 Area 16: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
051 Area 17: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
052 Area 18: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
053 Area 19: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
054 Area 20: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
055 Area 21: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
056 Area 22: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
057 Area 23: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
058 Area 24: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
059 Area 25: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
060 Area 26: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
061 Area 27: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
062 Area 28: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
063 Area 29: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
064 Area 30: C *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
065 Leading Edge: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
066 Area 0: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
067 Area 1: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
068 Area 2: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
069 Area 3: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
070 Area 4: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
071 Area 5: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
072 Area 6: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
073 Area 7: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
074 Area 8: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
075 Area 9: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
076 Area 10: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
077 Area 11: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
078 Area 12: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
079 Area 13: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
080 Area 14: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
081 Area 15: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
082 Area 16: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
083 Area 17: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
084 Area 18: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
085 Area 19: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
086 Area 20: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
087 Area 21: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
088 Area 22: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
089 Area 23: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
090 Area 24: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
091 Area 25: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
092 Area 26: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
093 Area 27: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
094 Area 28: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
095 Area 29: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
096 Area 30: M *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
097 Leading Edge: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
098 Area 0: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
099 Area 1: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
100 Area 2: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
101 Area 3: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
102 Area 4: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
103 Area 5: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
104 Area 6: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
105 Area 7: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
106 Area 8: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
107 Area 9: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
108 Area 10: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
109 Area 11: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
110 Area 12: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
111 Area 13: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
112 Area 14: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
113 Area 15: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
114 Area 16: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
115 Area 17: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
116 Area 18: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
117 Area 19: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
118 Area 20: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
119 Area 21: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
120 Area 22: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
121 Area 23: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
122 Area 24: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
123 Area 25: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
124 Area 26: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
125 Area 27: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
126 Area 28: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
127 Area 29: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
128 Area 30: Y *ENG [0.875 to 1.165 / 1.000 / 0.001/step]
2153 [MUSIC Settings]
Auto Execute *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001 MUSIC: Auto Execute Settings
Performs Auto Execute when ON is selected.
During ProCon *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
002 MUSIC: During ProCon Execute Settings
Performs During ProCon Execute when ON is selected.
Initialization *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
003 MUSIC: Initialization Execute Settings
Performs Initialization Execute when ON is selected.
Tables-2
Main SP
During Data In *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
004 MUSIC: During Data In Execute Settings
Performs During Data In Execute when ON is selected.
Writing *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
005 MUSIC: Writing Execute Settings
Performs Writing Execute when ON is selected.
Paper Interval *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
007 MUSIC: Paper Interval Execute Settings
Performs Paper Interval Execute when ON is selected.
Assign Page Interval *ENG [0 to 999 / 100 / 1page/step]

024
MUSIC: Assign Page Interval Settings
MUSIC Density Lvl *ENG [0 to 15 / 15 / 1/step]

029
MUSIC: MUSIC Pattern Density Lvl Settings
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Clear Main Slip ENG
030 [Execute]
MUSIC Clear Main Scan Slip

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Clear Sub Slip ENG
031 [Execute]
MUSIC Clear Sub Scan Slip
Decision Temp: LD K *ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 1.0 / 0.1deg/step]

040
K: MUSIC Decision Temp Change: LD Mode b Execution Judge
Decision Temp: LD K2 *ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 2.0 / 0.1deg/step]

041
K: MUSIC Decision Temp Change: LD 2 Mode a Execution Judge
Decision Temp: LD K:Paper

*ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 0.7 / 0.1deg/step]
042 Int
K: MUSIC Decision Temp Change: LD Paper Int Execution Judge
Decision Temp: LD M *ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 1.0 / 0.1deg/step]

050
M: MUSIC Decision Temp Change: LD Mode b Execution Judge
Decision Temp: LD M2 *ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 3.0 / 0.1deg/step]

051
M: MUSIC Decision Temp Change: LD 2 Mode a Execution Judge
Decision Temp: LD M:Paper

*ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 0.7 / 0.1deg/step]
052 Int
M: MUSIC Decision Temp Change: LD Paper Int Execution Judge
Decision Temp Deviation: LD

*ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 1.0 / 0.1deg/step]
060 KM
KM: MUSIC Decision Temp Change: LD Mode b Execution Judge

*ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 2.0 / 0.1deg/step]
061 KM2
KM: MUSIC Decision Temp Change: LD 2 Mode a Execution Judge

*ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 0.7 / 0.1deg/step]
062 KM:Paper Int
KM: MUSIC Decision Temp Deviation Change: LD Paper Int Execution Judge
2154 [MUSIC Setting: 2]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
001 Feed Back Mode *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
2155 [MUSIC Setting: 3]
013 Filter QF *ENG [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
[-131071 to 131071 / 125869 /

020 BeforeFilter:a1 *ENG
1/step]
[-131071 to 131071 / -60488 /

021 BeforeFilter:a2 *ENG
1/step]
022 BeforeFilter:b0 *ENG [-131071 to 131071 / 39 / 1/step]
[-131071 to 131071 / 125869 /

025 AfterFilter:a1 *ENG
Tables-2
Main SP
1/step]
[-131071 to 131071 / -63398 /

026 AfterFilter:a2 *ENG
1/step]
027 AfterFilter:b0 *ENG [-131071 to 131071 / 84 / 1/step]
050 Main Offset Left: C *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
051 Main Offset Center: C *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
052 Main Offset Right: C *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
053 Main Offset Left: M *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
054 Main Offset Center: M *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
055 Main Offset Right: M *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
056 Main Offset Left: Y *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
057 Main Offset Center: Y *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
058 Main Offset Right: Y *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
062 Sub Offset Left: C *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
063 Sub Offset Center: C *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
064 Sub Offset Right: C *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
065 Sub Offset Left: M *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
066 Sub Offset Center: M *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
067 Sub Offset Right: M *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
068 Sub Offset Left: Y *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
069 Sub Offset Center: Y *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
070 Sub Offset Right: Y *ENG [-2000.0 to 2000.0 / 0.0 / 0.1um]
090 BowSkew Upper Limit *ENG [0 to 24 / 24 / 1line/step]
091 BowSkew Lower Limit *ENG [0 to 24 / 1 / line/step]
2156 [MUSIC Threshold Setting]
001 Ch 0: 1st *ENG [0.5 to 3.0 / 1.5 / 0.1V/step]
002 Ch 0: 2nd *ENG [0.5 to 3.0 / 1.5 / 0.1V/step]
003 Ch 0: 3rd *ENG [0.5 to 3.0 / 1.5 / 0.1V/step]
004 Ch 0: 4th *ENG [0.5 to 3.0 / 1.5 / 0.1V/step]
005 Ch 1: 1st *ENG [0.5 to 3.0 / 1.5 / 0.1V/step]
006 Ch 1: 2nd *ENG [0.5 to 3.0 / 1.5 / 0.1V/step]
007 Ch 1: 3rd *ENG [0.5 to 3.0 / 1.5 / 0.1V/step]
008 Ch 1: 4th *ENG [0.5 to 3.0 / 1.5 / 0.1V/step]
009 Ch 2: 1st *ENG [0.5 to 3.0 / 1.5 / 0.1V/step]
010 Ch 2: 2nd *ENG [0.5 to 3.0 / 1.5 / 0.1V/step]
011 Ch 2: 3rd *ENG [0.5 to 3.0 / 1.5 / 0.1V/step]
012 Ch 2: 4th *ENG [0.5 to 3.0 / 1.5 / 0.1V/step]
020 Threshold hysteresis *ENG [0.5 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1V/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
2180 [MUSIC Monitor]
Lens Temp: K *ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

001
K: Lens Temp Monitor
Lens Temp: M *ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

003
M: Lens Temp Monitor
Previous Temp: K Normal *ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

010
K: Normal MUSIC Previous Temp
Previous Temp: K Paper Int *ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

011
K: Paper Int MUSIC Previous Temp
Previous Temp: M Normal *ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

012
Tables-2
Main SP
M: Normal MUSIC Previous Temp
Previous Temp: M Paper Int *ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

013
M: Paper Int MUSIC Previous Temp
2181 [Alignment Result]
General *ENG [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Alignment Result: General
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Main Left: C *ENG
002 0.001um/step]
C: Alignment Result: Main Scan Difference: Left
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Main Center: C *ENG
003 0.001um/step]
C: Alignment Result: Main Scan Difference: Center
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Main Right: C *ENG
004 0.001um/step]
C: Alignment Result: Main Scan Difference: Right

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Main Left: M *ENG
005 0.001um/step]
M: Alignment Result: Main Scan Difference: Left
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Main Center: M *ENG
006 0.001um/step]
M: Alignment Result: Main Scan Difference: Center
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Main Right: M *ENG
007 0.001um/step]
M: Alignment Result: Main Scan Difference: Right
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Main Left: Y *ENG
008 0.001um/step]
Y: Alignment Result: Main Scan Difference: Left
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Main Center: Y *ENG
009 0.001um/step]
Y: Alignment Result: Main Scan Difference: Center
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Main Right: Y *ENG
010 0.001um/step]
Y: Alignment Result: Main Scan Difference: Right
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Sub Left: C *ENG
014 0.001um/step]
C: Alignment Result: Sub Scan Difference: Left
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Sub Center: C *ENG
015 0.001um/step]
C: Alignment Result: Sub Scan Difference: Center
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Sub Right: C *ENG
016 0.001um/step]
C: Alignment Result: Sub Scan Difference: Right
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

017 Difference Sub Left: M *ENG
0.001um/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
M: Alignment Result: Sub Scan Difference: Left
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Sub Center: M *ENG
018 0.001um/step]
M: Alignment Result: Sub Scan Difference: Center
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Sub Right: M *ENG
019 0.001um/step]
M: Alignment Result: Sub Scan Difference: Right
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Sub Left: Y *ENG
020 0.001um/step]
Y: Alignment Result: Sub Scan Difference: Left
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Sub Center: Y *ENG
021 0.001um/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
Y: Alignment Result: Sub Scan Difference: Center
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Difference Sub Right: Y *ENG
022 0.001um/step]
Y: Alignment Result: Sub Scan Difference: Right
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

BowSkew Revision Left: C *ENG
030 0.001um/step]
C: Alignment Result: BowSkew Revision: Left
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

BowSkew Revision Center: C *ENG
031 0.001um/step]
C: Alignment Result: BowSkew Revision: Center
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

BowSkew Revision Right: C *ENG
032 0.001um/step]
C: Alignment Result: BowSkew Revision: Right
BowSkew Revision Left: M *ENG [-2000 to 2000 / 0 / 1um/step]

033
M: Alignment Result: BowSkew Revision: Left
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

034 BowSkew Revision Center: M *ENG
0.001um/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
M: Alignment Result: BowSkew Revision: Center
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

BowSkew Revision Right: M *ENG
035 0.001um/step]
M: Alignment Result: BowSkew Revision: Right
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

BowSkew Revision Left: Y *ENG
036 0.001um/step]
Y: Alignment Result: BowSkew Revision: Left
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

BowSkew Revision Center: Y *ENG
037 0.001um/step]
Y: Alignment Result: BowSkew Revision: Center
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

BowSkew Revision Right: Y *ENG
038 0.001um/step]
Y: Alignment Result: BowSkew Revision: Right
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Skew Amt: C *ENG
042 0.001um/step]
C: Alignment Result: Skew Amt
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Skew Amt: M *ENG
043 0.001um/step]
M: Alignment Result: Skew Amt
[-2000.000 to 2000.000 / 0.000 /

Skew Amt: Y *ENG
044 0.001um/step]
Y: Alignment Result: Skew Amt
[Main Scan Length Detection]

2183
Main Scan Length Detection: Execute: Std Spd
[- / - / 1/step]
001 Execute : K ENG
[Execute]
[- / - / 1/step]
007 Execute : M ENG
[Execute]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
2184 [Main Scan Length Target]
[- / - / 1/step]
Execute: K ENG
001 [Execute]
K: Main Scan Length Target Execute
[- / - / 1/step]
Execute: C ENG
002 [Execute]
C: Main Scan Length Target Execute
[- / - / 1/step]
Execute: M ENG
003 [Execute]
M: Main Scan Length Target Execute
[- / - / 1/step]
Execute: Y ENG
[Execute]
Tables-2
Main SP
004
Y: Main Scan Length Target Execute
Count Value: K ENG [0 to 300000 / 271534 / 1/step]

006
K: Main Scan Length Target: Count Value
Count Value: C ENG [0 to 300000 / 271534 / 1/step]

007
C: Main Scan Length Target: Count Value
Count Value: M ENG [0 to 300000 / 271534 / 1/step]

008
M: Main Scan Length Target: Count Value
Count Value: Y ENG [0 to 300000 / 271534 / 1/step]

009
Y: Main Scan Length Target: Count Value
2185 [Main Scan Length Detection]
001 Mode selection *ENG [0 to 2 / 2 / 1/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
2190 [Line Position Adj. Setting]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001 Partial Mag: K *ENG 0: Off
1: On
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
002 Partial Mag: C *ENG 0: Off
1: On
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
003 Partial Mag: M *ENG 0: Off
1: On
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
004 Partial Mag: Y *ENG 0: Off
1: On
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
006 Left Right Mag: C *ENG 0: Off
1: On
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
007 Left Right Mag: M *ENG 0: Off
1: On
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
008 Left Right Mag: Y *ENG 0: Off
1: On
012 SnErr Level Paper Int Sub:um *ENG [0 to 3500 / 300 / 1um/step]
013 Partial Mag: K *ENG [0 to 3500 / 300 / 1um/step]
SnErr Level Paper Int

014 *ENG [0 to 3500 / 0 / 1um/step]
Main:um
2191 [Polygon Mirror Face Detection]
001 Mode selection *ENG [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
2194 MUSIC Execution Result]
Execution Result *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

007
MUSIC Execution Result
Number of Execution *ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1time/step]

008
Number of Failure *ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1time/step]

009
Error Result: M *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]

010
Error Result: C *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]

011
Tables-2
Main SP
Error Result: Y *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]

012
2197 [MUSIC Start Time]
001 MUSIC Start Time (EDT) *ENG [10 to 40 / 20 / 10ms/step]
002 TM Sensor Position *ENG [50 to 500 / 52.5 / 0.1mm/step]
Paper Int MUSIC Read Start

003 *ENG [300 to -300 / 8.79 / 0.01mm/step]
Pos
2198 [MUSIC A/D Interval]
001 ADC Trigger Counter *ENG [5.0 to 20.0 / 5.0 / 0.1us/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
2199 [Music Error Time Setting]
Error Detection
*ENG [0.1 to 9.9 / 2.5 / 0.1sec/step]
001 Counter:Normal
MUSIC Error Detection Counter: Normal
Error Detection
*ENG [0.1 to 9.9 / 0.5 / 0.1sec/step]
002 Counter:Paper Interval
MUSIC Error Detection Counter: Paper Interval
[Set DC Charge]
2201 Sets DC Bias Charge. However, only enabled when [0:FIXED] is selected in
SP3-600-001 ProCon Potential Control.
001 K ENG
002 C ENG
[300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
003 M ENG
004 Y ENG
[Set AC (Fixed) Charge]
2202 Fixed output value when AC Charge Adjustment is OFF (SP2-205-001 is [1:
FIXED])
001 AC Bias :K ENG
002 AC Bias :C ENG

[0.00 to 3.00 / 2.20 / 0.01KV/step]
003 AC Bias :M ENG
004 AC Bias :Y ENG

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[Set AC Environ Corr]
2204 Target current value for AC Charge Adjustment

Value increase: Vpp increases.
Value decrease: Vpp decreases.
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.86(Office a, Pro

001 Norm:LL:Target:K *ENG a ), 2.25(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 2.35(Office b, Pro b)

002 Norm:LL:Target:C *ENG
/ 0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 2.35(Office b, Pro b)

003 Norm:LL:Target:M *ENG
/ 0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 2.35(Office b, Pro b)

004 Norm:LL:Target:Y *ENG
/ 0.01mA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.86(Office a, Pro a),
006 Norm:ML:Target:K *ENG 2.25(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.96(Office a, Pro a),

007 Norm:ML:Target:C *ENG 2.35(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.96(Office a, Pro a),

008 Norm:ML:Target:M *ENG 2.35(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.96(Office a, Pro a),

009 Norm:ML:Target:Y *ENG 2.35(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 2.25(Office b, Pro b)

011 Norm:MM:Target:K *ENG
/ 0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.96(Office a, Pro a),

012 Norm:MM:Target:C *ENG 2.35(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.96(Office a, Pro a),

013 Norm:MM:Target:M *ENG 2.35(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.96(Office a, Pro a),

014 Norm:MM:Target:Y *ENG 2.35(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 2.25(Office b, Pro b)

016 Norm:MH:Target:K *ENG
/ 0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.96(Office a, Pro a),

017 Norm:MH:Target:C *ENG 2.35(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.96(Office a, Pro a),

018 Norm:MH:Target:M *ENG 2.35(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.96(Office a, Pro a),

019 Norm:MH:Target:Y *ENG 2.35(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 2.25(Office b, Pro b)

021 Norm:HH:Target:K *ENG
/ 0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.96(Office a, Pro a),

022 Norm:HH:Target:C *ENG 2.35(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.96(Office a, Pro a),

023 Norm:HH:Target:M *ENG 2.35(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.96(Office a, Pro a),

024 Norm:HH:Target:Y *ENG 2.35(Office b, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.20(Office a),

026 Mid:LL:Target:K *ENG 1.86(Office b), 1.55(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

027 Mid:LL:Target:C *ENG
1.60(Pro a, Pro b) / 0.01mA/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

028 Mid:LL:Target:M *ENG
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

029 Mid:LL:Target:Y *ENG
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.20(Office a),

031 Mid:ML:Target:K *ENG 1.86(Office b), 1.55(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

032 Mid:ML:Target:C *ENG 1.96(Office b), 1.60(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

033 Mid:ML:Target:M *ENG 1.96(Office b), 1.60(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),
Tables-2
Main SP
034 Mid:ML:Target:Y *ENG 1.96(Office b), 1.60(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.20(Office a),

036 Mid:MM:Target:K *ENG
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

037 Mid:MM:Target:C *ENG 1.96(Office b), 1.60(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

038 Mid:MM:Target:M *ENG 1.96(Office b), 1.60(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

039 Mid:MM:Target:Y *ENG 1.96(Office b), 1.60(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.20(Office a),

041 Mid:MH:Target:K *ENG
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

042 Mid:MH:Target:C *ENG 1.96(Office b), 1.60(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

043 Mid:MH:Target:M *ENG 1.96(Office b), 1.60(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

044 Mid:MH:Target:Y *ENG 1.96(Office b), 1.60(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.20(Office a),

046 Mid:HH:Target:K *ENG
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

047 Mid:HH:Target:C *ENG 1.96(Office b), 1.60(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

048 Mid:HH:Target:M *ENG 1.96(Office b), 1.60(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
[1.25 to 3.00 / 1.25(Office a),

049 Mid:HH:Target:Y *ENG 1.96(Office b), 1.60(Pro a, Pro b) /
0.01mA/step]
051 MidLow:LL:Target:K *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
052 MidLow:LL:Target:C *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
053 MidLow:LL:Target:M *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
054 MidLow:LL:Target:Y *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
056 MidLow:ML:Target:K *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
057 MidLow:ML:Target:C *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
058 MidLow:ML:Target:M *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
059 MidLow:ML:Target:Y *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
061 MidLow:MM:Target:K *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
062 MidLow:MM:Target:C *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
063 MidLow:MM:Target:M *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
064 MidLow:MM:Target:Y *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
066 MidLow:MH:Target:K *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
067 MidLow:MH:Target:C *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
068 MidLow:MH:Target:M *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
069 MidLow:MH:Target:Y *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
071 MidLow:HH:Target:K *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
072 MidLow:HH:Target:C *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
073 MidLow:HH:Target:M *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
074 MidLow:HH:Target:Y *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.25 / 0.01mA/step]
076 Low:LL:Target:K *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.15 / 0.01mA/step]
077 Low:LL:Target:C *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
078 Low:LL:Target:M *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
079 Low:LL:Target:Y *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
081 Low:ML:Target:K *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.15 / 0.01mA/step]
082 Low:ML:Target:C *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
083 Low:ML:Target:M *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
084 Low:ML:Target:Y *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
086 Low:MM:Target:K *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.15 / 0.01mA/step]
087 Low:MM:Target:C *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
088 Low:MM:Target:M *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
089 Low:MM:Target:Y *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
091 Low:MH:Target:K *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.15 / 0.01mA/step]
092 Low:MH:Target:C *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
093 Low:MH:Target:M *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
094 Low:MH:Target:Y *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
096 Low:HH:Target:K *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.15 / 0.01mA/step]
097 Low:HH:Target:C *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
098 Low:HH:Target:M *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
099 Low:HH:Target:Y *ENG [0.75 to 2.50 / 1.20 / 0.01mA/step]
[Adj/Display AC Charge]
2205
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Select *ENG 0: Auto
001 1: Fixed
Settings for ON/OFF of AC Charge Adjustment
Temp Threshold 1 *ENG [0 to 50 / 3 / 1deg/step]

002
Temp Threshold for After Idle Time Execution of AC Charge Adjustment
Temp Threshold 2 *ENG [0 to 50 / 1 / 1deg/step]

003
Temp Threshold for Active Time Execution of AC Charge Adjustment
Execution Interval *ENG [0 to 200 / 10 / 1/step]

004
Execution Interval (number of pages) of AC Charge Adjustment
Previous Temp:BW *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 1deg/step]

005
Previous temperature (BW) of AC Charge Adjustment Execution
Previous Temp:Col *ENG [0 to 50 / 0 / 1deg/step]

006
Previous temperature (Col) of AC Charge Adjustment Execution
2208 [Chg AC Adj:Execute]
[- / - / -]
Execute AC Reduction *ENG
001 [Execute]
Forced execution of AC Charge Adjustment Execution

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
2209 [Chg AC Adj:Result]
From Left:YMCK *ENG [0000 to 9999 / 0000 / 1/step]

001
Result display of AC Charge Adjustment Execution
[Set LD Power]
2211 Sets LD Power for Writing Unit. However, only enabled when [0: FIXED] is
selected in SP3-600-001 ProCon Potential Control.
001 K ENG
002 C ENG
[60 to 180 / 100 / 1%/step]
003 M ENG
004 Y ENG
Tables-2
Main SP
[Set Dev DC]
2212 Sets Development DC Bias Charge. However, only enabled when [0:FIXED] is
selected in SP3-600-001 ProCon Potential Control.
001 K ENG
002 C ENG
[200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
003 M ENG
004 Y ENG

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
2224 [Set QL Power]
Norm Image *ENG [0 to 100 / 65 / 1%/step]
001 Sets QL Power for Image Area.

Value increase: QL Power increases.
Value decrease: QL Power decreases.
Norm Non-Image *ENG [0 to 100 / 65 / 1%/step]
002 Sets QL Power for Non Image Area.

Mid Image *ENG [0 to 100 / 40 / 1%/step]

Mid Non-Image *ENG [0 to 100 / 40 / 1%/step]

MidLow Image *ENG [0 to 100 / 40 / 1%/step]

MidLow Non-Image *ENG [0 to 100 / 40 / 1%/step]

Low Image *ENG [0 to 100 / 36 / 1%/step]


SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Low Non-Image *ENG [0 to 100 / 36 / 1%/step]

2225 [Cleaning Speed:Col]
Standard Speed *ENG [100 to 500 / 207 / 1/step]
001 Standard rotation times _rpm (Standard Speed) of Cleaning Brush

Value increase: Lubricant consumption increases.
Value decrease: Lubricant consumption decreases.
Middle Speed *ENG [100 to 500 / 141 / 1/step]
002 Standard rotation times _rpm (Middle Speed) of Cleaning Brush
Tables-2
Main SP
Middle-Low Speed *ENG [100 to 500 / 141 / 1/step]
003 Standard rotation times _rpm (Middle-Low Speed) of Cleaning Brush

Low Speed *ENG [100 to 500 / 130 / 1/step]
004 Standard rotation times _rpm (Low Speed) of Cleaning Brush

Period of Revs1 *ENG [0 to 400000 / 5000 / 100 mm/step]

006
Period of revs for Cleaning Brush
[0 to 400000 / 15000 / 100

Period of Revs2 *ENG
007 mm/step]
[0 to 400000 / 40000 / 100 m

008 Period of Revs3 *ENG
m/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[0 to 400000 / 30000 / 100 m

Period of Revs4 *ENG
009 m/step]
Distance Coefficient1 *ENG [0.50 to 2.00 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]
013 Distance Coefficient for Rotation times of Brush





[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Special Mode Selection:K *ENG 0:OFF
020 1:ON
Special Mode Selection

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Special Mode Selection:C *ENG 0:OFF
021 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Special Mode Selection:M *ENG 0:OFF
022 1:ON
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Special Mode Selection:Y *ENG 0:OFF
023 1:ON
Tables-2
Main SP
Special Mode Coefficient1 *ENG [0.50 to 2.00 / 1.20 / 0.01/step]
024 Distance Coefficient for Rotation times of Brush in Special Mode




028 Special Mode Coefficient5 *ENG [0.50 to 2.00 / 1.20 / 0.01/step]

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Distance Coefficient for Rotation times of Brush in Special Mode

Environ Coefficient 1 *ENG [0.50 to 2.00 / 0.70 / 0.01/step]
032 Environment Coefficient for Rotation times of Brush








SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)



Tables-2
Main SP
2231 [Cont High Q Img: CPM Down Mode]
Shift Threshold ENG [0 to 100 / 53 / 1%/step]
 -Shifts to CPM Down Mode when Accumulated Image Area rate of any
color (K, C, M or Y) exceeds the threshold.
 -CPM Down Mode is the mode for preventing "Medaka"(which is the
symptom that a image has short vertical white lines) and decreases the
001 occurrence by reducing the image area per unit time making interval
between papers.
 -Value increase: The effect to decrease "Medaka"reduces, however, it
becomes more difficult to enter the CPM Down Mode.
 Value decreases: It becomes easier to enter the CPM Down Mode,
however, the effect to decrease "Medaka" gains.
*Set SP value for 100 if you do not want

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Stop Threshold ENG [0 to 100 / 45 / 1%/step]
 Swtches to CPM Down mode when ether of the colors (KCMY)

Accumulated Image Area rate goes under this threshold.
 Value increase: CPM Down mode will end sooner, but “Medaka”
002 depression effect will decrease.
 Value decrease: “Medaka” depression effect will increace, but easyer for
CPM Down mode to go on.
* If value becomes lager than Shift Threshold (SP2-231-001), CPM Down mode
will not work long enough.
CPM Value ENG [0 to 100 / 70 / 1%/step]
 CPM Down rate for CPM Down mode. (if set for 70, CPM will be 70% of
useual)
003  Value increase: “Medaka” depression effect will increase, but the CPM will
be slower when CPM down mode.
 Value decrease: CPM will be faster when CPM down mode, but “Medaka”
depression effect will decrease.
Cleaning Blade Worn-out

ENG [0 to 99999999 / 80000 / 1m]
Threshold
 Switches to CPM down mode when ether of the KCMY Colors cleaning
blade runs longer than this threshold.
004  Value increase: Enters CPM down mode when clening blade is worned out
even more. Keeps CPM down mode to kickin as well but, “Medaka”
depression effect will decrease.
 Value decrese: Enters CPM down mode even blade is worned out much
less. Easyer for CPM down mode to kickin, but “Medaka” depression effect
will increase.
DC Avg.:LL:K ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / 0.00 / 0.01%/step]
011 Displays Accumulated Image Area rate used for CPM Down Mode Shift
Judgment.
DC Avg.:LL:C ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / 0.00 / 0.01%/step]
Judgment.

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
DC Avg.:LL:M ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / 0.00 / 0.01%/step]
Judgment.
DC Avg.:LL:Y ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / 0.00 / 0.01%/step]
Judgment.
TotalPage:LL:Set ENG [1 to 65535 / 300 / 1count/step]
021 Defines the base (number of pages) for taking average on Accumulated Image
Area rate.
2241 [Temperature/Humidity: Display]
AIT Temperature ENG [-1280 to 1270 / 0 / 1deg/step]

001
Tables-2
Main SP
Displays the temperature for Y Development Thermistor.
2301 [Current Value:FC]
Side1:ITB K ENG [0 to 70 / 0 / 1uA/step]

001
Displays Output Value of ITB K of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 1).
Side1:ITB C ENG [0 to 70 / 0 / 1uA/step]

002
Displays Output Value of ITB C of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 1).
Side1:ITB M ENG [0 to 70 / 0 / 1uA/step]

003
Displays Output Value of ITB M of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 1).
Side1:ITB Y ENG [0 to 70 / 0 / 1uA/step]

004
Displays Output Value of ITB Y of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 1).
Side1:PTR AC ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 0.0 / 0.1kV/step]

006
Displays Output Value of PTR AC of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 1).
Side1:PTR DC ENG [-300 to 0 / 0 / 1uA/step]

007
Displays Output Value of PTR DC of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 1).

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Side1:SepDC ENG [0 to 10 / 0 / 1uA/step]

008
Displays Output Value of SepDC of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 1).
Side1:SepAC ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 0.0 / 0.1kV/step]

009
Displays Output Value of SepAC of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 1).

011
Displays Output Value of ITB K of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 2).
Side2:ITB C ENG [0 to 70 / 0 / 1uA/step]

012
Displays Output Value of ITB C of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 2).
Side2:ITB M ENG [0 to 70 / 0 / 1uA/step]

013
Displays Output Value of ITB M of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 2).
Side2:ITB Y ENG [0 to 70 / 0 / 1uA/step]

014
Displays Output Value of ITB Y of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 2).

016
Displays Output Value of PTR AC of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 2).
Side2:PTR DC ENG [-300 to 0 / 0 / 1uA/step]

017
Displays Output Value of PTR DC of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 2).
Side2:SepDC ENG [0 to 10 / 0 / 1uA/step]

018
Displays Output Value of SepDC of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 2).

019
Displays Output Value of SepAC of the previous printing (FC Mode/Side 2).
2302 [Current Value:BW]

001
Displays Output Value of ITB K of the previous printing (BW Mode/Side 1).

006
Displays Output Value of PTR AC of the previous printing (BW Mode/Side 1).

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
Side1:PTR ENG [-300 to 0 / 0 / 1uA/step]

007
Displays Output Value of PTR DC of the previous printing (BW Mode/Side 1).
Side1:SepDC ENG [0.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1uA/step]

008
Displays Output Value of SepDC of the previous printing (BW Mode/Side 1).

009
Displays Output Value of SepAC of the previous printing (BW Mode/Side 1).

011
Displays Output Value of ITB K of the previous printing (BW Mode/Side 2).

016
Displays Output Value of PTR AC of the previous printing (BW Mode/Side 2).
Side2:PTR ENG [-300 to 0 / 0 / 1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
017
Displays Output Value of PTR DC of the previous printing (BW Mode/Side 2).
Side2:SepDC ENG [0.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1uA/step]

018
Displays Output Value of SepDC of the previous printing (BW Mode/Side 2).

019
Displays Output Value of SepAC of the previous printing (BW Mode/Side 2).
2311 [Current R Level]
ITB K *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Displays Current R Level for ITB Roller K based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
ITB C *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Displays Current R Level for ITB Roller C based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
ITB M *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Displays Current R Level for ITB Roller M based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
ITB Y *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Displays Current R Level for ITB Roller Y based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
PTR *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Displays Current R Level for PTR based on the detection result of Regist FB
Control.
2311 [Current R Division]
011 Displays Current R Division for ITB Roller K based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
012 Displays Current R Division for ITB Roller C based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
013 Displays Current R Division for ITB Roller M based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
014 Displays Current R Division for ITB Roller Y based on the detection result of
Regist FB Control.
PTR *ENG [0 to 6 / 3 / 1/step]
017 Displays Current R Division for PTR based on the detection result of Regist FB
Control.
2312 [Measured Voltage]
ITB K *ENG [0.00 to 7.00 / 0.00 / 0.01kV/step]

001
Displays Measured Voltage for ITB K when executing Regist FB Control.
ITB C *ENG [0.00 to 7.00 / 0.00 / 0.01kV/step]

002
Displays Measured Voltage for ITB C when executing Regist FB Control.

SP2-101 to 315 (Drum)
ITB M *ENG [0.00 to 7.00 / 0.00 / 0.01kV/step]

003
Displays Measured Voltage for ITB M when executing Regist FB Control.
ITB Y *ENG [0.00 to 7.00 / 0.00 / 0.01kV/step]

004
Displays Measured Voltage for ITB Y when executing Regist FB Control.
PTR *ENG [0.00 to 12.00 / 0.00 / 0.01kV/step]

007
Displays Measured Voltage for PTR when executing Regist FB Control.
2312 [Env Vltg Meas]
Env Level *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]

011
Displays Env Level when executing Regist FB Control.
Env Division ENG [0 to 6 / 3 / 1/step]

013
Displays Env Division when executing Regist FB Control.
Tables-2
Main SP
2313 [Execute Vltg Meas]
FC ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Executes Regist FB Control with SP.
2314 [Set:Int Vltg Meas]
Interrupt Interval *ENG [0 to 20000 / 1000 / 1page/step]

001
Sets the interval for executing Regist FB Control automatically by interrupting.
JobEnd Interval *ENG [0 to 20000 / 200 / 1page/step]

002
Sets the interval for executing Regist FB Control automatically with Job End.
2315 [Disp:Int Vltg Meas]
Page Cnt:FC *ENG [0 to 20000 / 0 / 1page/step]
002 Displays the number of printed pages after Regist FB Control is executed.
It is "0"-cleared when Regist FB Control is executed.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
4.2 SP2-316 TO 812 (DRUM)
2316 [Set:Current Vltg Meas]
ITB *ENG [0 to 70 / 34 / 1uA/step]

001
Displays ITB (shared by all colors) when executing Regist FB Control.
PTR 1st *ENG [-300 to 0 / -52 / 1uA/step]

011
Displays PTR when executing Regist FB Control.
2317 [Set:Vltg Meas]
Startup Time *ENG [0 to 1000 / 30 / 1msec/step]
001 Sets the time for outputting with P.P. Output Maximum to start up PTR when
executing Regist FB Control. (peculiar to Pro machine)
Changeover Time *ENG [0 to 1000 / 200 / 1msec/step]
002 Sets the waiting time that PTR becomes stable by detection current when
executing Regist FB Control. (peculiar to Pro machine)
2318 [Current Age Division]
001 Displays Age Division for executing Age Correction for ITB K based on PM
Counter of the developer.
002 Displays Age Division for executing Age Correction for ITB C based on PM
003 Displays Age Division for executing Age Correction for ITB M based on PM

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
004 Displays Age Division for executing Age Correction for ITB Y based on PM
[R Thresh:LLL]
2321 Sets the threshold for determining R Level for ITB Roller in the execution
environment.
001 R Thresh1:ITB *ENG [0.00 to 10.00 / 1.35 / 0.01kV/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
006 R Thresh1:PTR *ENG [0.00 to 10.00 / 1.20 / 0.01kV/step]
[R Thresh:LL]
environment.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[R Thresh:ML]
environment.
[R Thresh:MM]
environment.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[R Thresh:MH]
environment.
Tables-2
Main SP
[R Thresh:HH]
environment.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
2331 [Age Thresh]
Age Thresh1:K *ENG [0 to 600000 / 5000 / 1page/step]
001 Sets the threshold for determining Age Division for ITB K based on PM Counter
of the developer.
of the developer.
of the developer.
Age Thresh1:Col *ENG [0 to 600000 / 5000 / 1page/step]
011 Sets the threshold for determining Age Division for ITB Col(YMC) based on PM
Age Thresh2:Col *ENG [0 to 600000 / 20000 / 1page/step]
Age Thresh3:Colc *ENG [0 to 600000 / 50000 / 1page/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[ITB Corr:ON/OFF]
2400
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
All Corr *ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
001 1: Correction OFF
ON/OFF switch for all the correction types for ITB Current.
Cleared by turning off the power and returns to the default settings.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Eng Spd Corr *ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
ON/OFF switch for Line Speed Correction for ITB Current.

Tables-2
Main SP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Env Corr *ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
ON/OFF switch for Environment Correction for ITB Current.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Pot Corr *ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
ON/OFF switch for Position Correction for ITB Current.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Age Corr *ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
ON/OFF switch for Age Correction for ITB Current.

OFF Cleared by turning off the power and returns to the default settings.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[ITB K:Eng Spd Coeff]
2401 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current K along with the
Operation Line Speed.
001 Std Spd:FC *ENG
002 Std Spd:BW *ENG [10 to 200 / 81 / 1%/step]
003 Std Spd:Non-Image *ENG
001 Mid Spd:FC *ENG
002 Mid Spd:BW *ENG [10 to 200 / 51 / 1%/step]
003 Mid Spd:Non-Image *ENG
001 Mid-Low Spd:FC *ENG
002 Mid-Low Spd:BW *ENG [10 to 200 / 10 / 1%/step]
003 Mid-Low Spd:Non-Image *ENG
001 Low Spd:FC *ENG
002 Low Spd:BW *ENG [10 to 200 / 45 / 1%/step]
003 Low Spd:Non-Image *ENG

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[ITB Col:Eng Spd Coeff]
2411 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current Col(YMC) along with the
001 Std Spd:FC *ENG

[10 to 200 / 81 / 1%/step]
003 Std Spd:Non-Image *ENG
001 Mid Spd:FC *ENG

[10 to 200 / 50 / 1%/step]
003 Mid Spd:Non-Image *ENG
Tables-2
Main SP
001 Mid-Low Spd:FC *ENG

[10 to 200 / 10 / 1%/step]
003 Mid-Low Spd:Non-Image *ENG
001 Low Spd:FC *ENG

[10 to 200 / 45 / 1%/step]
003 Low Spd:Non-Image *ENG
[ITB K:Env Coeff]
2421 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current K according to

Environment Division.
001 LLL:BW:Side1 *ENG [10 to 200 / 105 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
002 LLL:BW:Side2 *ENG
003 LLL:FC:Side1 *ENG
005 LLL:Non-Image *ENG
011 LL:BW:Side1 *ENG
013 LL:FC:Side1 *ENG [10 to 200 / 102 / 1%/step]
014 LL:FC:Side2 *ENG
015 LL:Non-Image *ENG
021 ML:BW:Side1 *ENG
023 ML:FC:Side1 *ENG [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
024 ML:FC:Side2 *ENG
025 ML:Non-Image *ENG
031 MM:BW:Side1 *ENG
033 MM:FC:Side1 *ENG [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
034 MM:FC:Side2 *ENG
035 MM:Non-Image *ENG
041 MH:BW:Side1 *ENG
043 MH:FC:Side1 *ENG [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
044 MH:FC:Side2 *ENG
045 MH:Non-Image *ENG
051 HH:BW:Side1 *ENG

[10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
053 HH:FC:Side1 *ENG
055 HH:Non-Image *ENG
[ITB Col:Env Coeff]
2422 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current Col(YMC) according to
002 LLL:FC:Side2 *ENG [10 to 200 / 130 / 1%/step]
003 LLL:Non-Image *ENG
012 LL:FC:Side2 *ENG [10 to 200 / 120 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
013 LL:Non-Image *ENG
022 ML:FC:Side2 *ENG [10 to 200 / 110 / 1%/step]
023 ML:Non-Image *ENG
032 MM:FC:Side2 *ENG [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
033 MM:Non-Image *ENG
042 MH:FC:Side2 *ENG [10 to 200 / 103 / 1%/step]
043 MH:Non-Image *ENG
052 HH:FC:Side2 *ENG [10 to 200 / 103 / 1%/step]
053 HH:Non-Image *ENG

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[ITB K:R Coeff]
2431 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current K according to R Division
for ITB Roller.
001 R-2 *ENG [50 to 250 / 170 / 1%/step]
002 R-1 *ENG [50 to 250 / 152 / 1%/step]
003 R0 *ENG [50 to 250 / 136 / 1%/step]
004 R+1 *ENG [50 to 250 / 124 / 1%/step]
005 R+2 *ENG [50 to 250 / 116 / 1%/step]
006 R+3 *ENG [50 to 250 / 106 / 1%/step]
[ITB Col:R Coeff]
2432 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current Col(YMC) according to R
Division for ITB Roller.
001 R-2 *ENG [50 to 250 / 170 / 1%/step]
002 R-1 *ENG [50 to 250 / 152 / 1%/step]
003 R0 *ENG [50 to 250 / 136 / 1%/step]
004 R+1 *ENG [50 to 250 / 124 / 1%/step]
005 R+2 *ENG [50 to 250 / 116 / 1%/step]
006 R+3 *ENG [50 to 250 / 106 / 1%/step]
[ITB K:Age Coeff]
2441 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current K by environment

according to Age Division for Developer.
001 Age Division1:LLL *ENG
002 Age Division2:LLL *ENG [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
011 Age Division1:LL *ENG [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
021 Age Division1:ML *ENG [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
031 Age Division1:MM *ENG [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
041 Age Division1:MH *ENG [10 to 200 / 97 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
051 Age Division1:HH *ENG [10 to 200 / 96 / 1%/step]
[ITB C:Age Coeff]
2442 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current C by environment

011 Age Division1:LL *ENG
021 Age Division1:ML *ENG

[10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
031 Age Division1:MM *ENG
041 Age Division1:MH *ENG
051 Age Division1:HH *ENG
[ITB M:Age Coeff]
2443 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current M by environment


SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[ITB Y:Age Coeff]
2444 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting ITB Current Y by environment

Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
2451 [ITB K:Standard]
FC *ENG [0 to 70 / 31 / 1uA/step]
001
Sets ITB Current Standard Value K for FC Mode.
BW *ENG [0 to 70 / 31 / 1uA/step]
002
Sets ITB Current Standard Value K for BW Mode.
Non-Image *ENG [0 to 70 / 5 / 1uA/step]

003
Sets ITB Current Standard Value K for creating Non-Image.
Refresh *ENG [0 to 70 / 12 / 1uA/step]

004
Sets ITB Current Standard Value K for executing Paper Interval Toner Refresh.
2461 [ITB C:Standard]
FC *ENG [0 to 70 / 25 / 1uA/step]
001
Sets ITB Current Standard Value C for FC Mode.

003
Sets ITB Current Standard Value C for creating Non-Image.

004
Sets ITB Current Standard Value C for executing Paper Interval Toner Refresh.
2471 [ITB M:Standard]
FC *ENG [0 to 70 / 25 / 1uA/step]
001
Sets ITB Current Standard Value M for FC Mode.

003
Sets ITB Current Standard Value M for creating Non-Image.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)

004
Sets ITB Current Standard Value M for executing Paper Interval Toner Refresh.
2481 [ITB Y:Standard]
FC *ENG [0 to 70 / 25 / 1uA/step]
001
Sets ITB Current Standard Value Y for FC Mode.

003
Sets ITB Current Standard Value Y for creating Non-Image.

004
Sets ITB Current Standard Value Y for executing Paper Interval Toner Refresh.
Tables-2
Main SP
2500 [Sep Corr:ON/OFF]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
All Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
1: Correction OFF
001
ON/OFF switch for all the correction types for Separation Output. (AC/DC
Common Setting)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Eng Spd Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
1: Correction OFF
002
ON/OFF switch for Line Speed Correction for Separation Output. (AC/DC
Common Setting)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Env Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
1: Correction OFF
003
ON/OFF switch for Line Speed Correction for Separation Output. (AC/DC
Common Setting)

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
LEdge Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
1: Correction OFF
004
ON/OFF switch for Image Leading Edge for Separation Output. (AC/DC
Common Setting)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
TEdge Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
1: Correction OFF
005
ON/OFF switch for Image Trailing Edge for Separation Output. (AC/DC
Common Setting)
[SepDC:Eng Spd Coeff]
2501 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting Separation DC Output along with the
001 Standard Speed ENG [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
002 Middle Speed ENG [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
003 Middle-Low Speed ENG [10 to 200 / 10 / 1%/step]
004 Low Speed ENG [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
[SepAC:Eng Spd Coeff]
2502 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting Separation AC Output along with the

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[SepDC:Env Coeff]
2511 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting Separation DC Output according to

001 LLL:BW:Side1 ENG
002 LLL:BW:Side2 ENG

[10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
003 LLL:FC:Side1 ENG
004 LLL:FC:Side2 ENG
011 LL:BW:Side1 ENG
012 LL:BW:Side2 ENG

[10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
013 LL:FC:Side1 ENG
014 LL:FC:Side2 ENG
Tables-2
Main SP
021 ML:BW:Side1 ENG
022 ML:BW:Side2 ENG

[10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
023 ML:FC:Side1 ENG
024 ML:FC:Side2 ENG
031 MM:BW:Side1 ENG
032 MM:BW:Side2 ENG

[10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
033 MM:FC:Side1 ENG
034 MM:FC:Side2 ENG
041 MH:BW:Side1 ENG
042 MH:BW:Side2 ENG

[10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
043 MH:FC:Side1 ENG
044 MH:FC:Side2 ENG
051 HH:BW:Side1 ENG

[10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
052 HH:BW:Side2 ENG

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
053 HH:FC:Side1 ENG
054 HH:FC:Side2 ENG
[SepAC:Env Coeff]
2512 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting Separation AC Output according to

001 LLL:BW:Side1 ENG [10 to 200 / 86 / 1%/step]
003 LLL:FC:Side1 ENG [10 to 200 / 82 / 1%/step]
011 LL:BW:Side1 ENG [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%/step]
013 LL:FC:Side1 ENG [10 to 200 / 87 / 1%/step]
021 ML:BW:Side1 ENG [10 to 200 / 94 / 1%/step]
023 ML:FC:Side1 ENG [10 to 200 / 92 / 1%/step]
031 MM:BW:Side1 ENG [10 to 200 / 97 / 1%/step]
033 MM:FC:Side1 ENG [10 to 200 / 96 / 1%/step]
041 MH:BW:Side1 ENG
042 MH:BW:Side2 ENG

[10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
043 MH:FC:Side1 ENG
044 MH:FC:Side2 ENG

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
051 HH:BW:Side1 ENG
052 HH:BW:Side2 ENG

[10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
053 HH:FC:Side1 ENG
054 HH:FC:Side2 ENG
[Sep:L Edge Length]
2521 Sets the length for correcting Image Leading Edge for Separation Output.
(AC/DC Common Setting)
001 Side1 ENG

[-10 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
002 Side2 ENG
[Sep:T Edge Length]
Tables-2
Main SP
2522 Sets the length for correcting Image Trailing Edge for Separation Output.
(AC/DC Common Setting)
001 Side1 ENG

[-10 to 30 / 0 / 1mm/step]
002 Side2 ENG
[SepDC:Side1]
2531
Sets Standard Value for Separation DC Output by paper type/paper thickness.
001 Plain:Thin ENG

[0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
015 Glossy:Thick1 ENG [0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA/step]
025 Matte:Thick1 ENG [0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA/step]
056 OHP:Thick1 ENG [0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA/step]
061 TracingPaper:Thin ENG [0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA/step]
077 Envelope:Thick3 ENG [0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA/step]
[SepDC:Side2]
2532
Sets Standard Value for Separation DC Output by paper type/paper thickness.
001 Plain:Thin ENG

[0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
015 Glossy:Thick1 ENG [0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
025 Matte:Thick1 ENG [0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA/step]
056 OHP:Thick1 ENG [0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA/step]
061 TracingPaper:Thin ENG [0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA/step]
077 Envelope:Thick3 ENG [0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[SepDC:Non-Image]
2533
Sets Standard Value for Separation DC Output when creating Non-Image.
001 Non-Image *ENG [0.0 to 10.0 / 1.0 / 0.1uA/step]
[SepAC:Side1]
2541
Sets Standard Value for Separation AC Output by paper type/paper thickness.
001 Plain:Thin ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 12.0 / 0.1kV/step]
002 Plain:Plain1 ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 11.0 / 0.1kV/step]
004 Plain:Mid-Thick ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 10.0 / 0.1kV/step]
005 Plain:Thick1 ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 9.5 / 0.1kV/step]
012 Glossy:Plain1 ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 12.0 / 0.1kV/step]
014 Glossy:Mid-Thick ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 10.0 / 0.1kV/step]
015 Glossy:Thick1 ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 9.5 / 0.1kV/step]
022 Matte:Plain1 ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 12.0 / 0.1kV/step]
024 Matte:Mid-Thick ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 10.0 / 0.1kV/step]
025 Matte:Thick1 ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 9.5 / 0.1kV/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
056 OHP:Thick1 ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 9.5 / 0.1kV/step]
061 TracingPaper:Thin ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 12.0 / 0.1kV/step]
076 Envelope:Thick2 ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 9.5 / 0.1kV/step]
[SepAC:Side2]
2542
Sets Standard Value for Separation AC Output by paper type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP
001 Plain:Thin ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 12.0 / 0.1kV/step]
004 Plain:Mid-Thick ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 10.0 / 0.1kV/step]
014 Glossy:Mid-Thick ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 10.0 / 0.1kV/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
024 Matte:Mid-Thick ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 10.0 / 0.1kV/step]
056 OHP:Thick1 ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 9.5 / 0.1kV/step]
061 TracingPaper:Thin ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 12.0 / 0.1kV/step]
[SepAC:Non-Image]
2543
Sets Standard Value for Separation AC Output when creating Non-Image.
001 Non-Image *ENG [0.0 to 12.0 / 9.0 / 0.1kV/step]
[SepDC:LEdge:Coeff]
2551 Sets Correction Coefficient for Image Leading Edge for Separation DC Output
by paper type/paper thickness.
001 Plain:Thin ENG [50 to 200 / 105 / 1%/step]
004 Plain:Mid-Thick ENG [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
012 Glossy:Plain1 ENG [50 to 200 / 105 / 1%/step]
016 Glossy:Thick2 ENG [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
022 Matte:Plain1 ENG [50 to 200 / 105 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
026 Matte:Thick2 ENG [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
055 OHP:Thick1 ENG [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
061 TracingPaper:Thin ENG [50 to 200 / 105 / 1%/step]
077 Envelope:Thick3 ENG [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
[SepDC:TEdge:Coeff]
2552 Sets Correction Coefficient for Image Trailing Edge for Separation DC Output.
(Paper type/Paper thickness Common Setting)
001 Common *ENG [50 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[SepAC:LEdge:Coeff]
2561 Sets Correction Coefficient for Image Leading Edge for Separation AC Output
001 Plain:Thin ENG

[50 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[SepAC:TEdge:Coeff]
2562 Sets Correction Coefficient for Image Trailing Edge for Separation AC Output by
paper type/paper thickness.
001 Plain:Thin ENG
Tables-2
Main SP
[50 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
2600 [PTR Corr:ON/OFF]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
All Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
ON/OFF switch for all the correction types for PTR Current.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Eng Spd Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
ON/OFF switch for Line Speed Correction for PTR Current.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Env Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default), 1:
003 Correction OFF
ON/OFF switch for Environment Correction for PTR Current.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Pape Size Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
1: Correction OFF

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
ON/OFF switch for Paper Size Correction for PTR Current.

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
LEdge Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
ON/OFF switch for Image Leading Edge Correction for PTR Current.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
TEdge Corr ENG 0: Correction ON (Default)
ON/OFF switch for Image Trailing Edge Correction for PTR Current.
[RTR:Eng Spd Coeff]
Tables-2
Main SP
2601 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR Current along with the Operation
Line Speed.
[PTR:Env Coeff]
2611 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR Current according to

005 LLL:Non-Image ENG [10 to 200 / 112 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
015 LL:Non-Image ENG [10 to 200 / 108 / 1%/step]
025 ML:Non-Image ENG [10 to 200 / 104 / 1%/step]
035 MM:Non-Image ENG [10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
041 MH:BW:Side1 ENG [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%/step]
043 MH:FC:Side1 ENG [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%/step]
045 MH:Non-Image ENG [10 to 200 / 90 / 1%/step]
051 HH:BW:Side1 ENG [10 to 200 / 85 / 1%/step]
053 HH:FC:Side1 ENG [10 to 200 / 85 / 1%/step]
055 HH:Non-Image ENG [10 to 200 / 85 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR:LEdge Env Coeff]
2612 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR Current Image Leading Edge
Output according to Environment Division.
001 LLL ENG
011 LL ENG
021 ML ENG
[10 to 500 / 100 / 1%/step]
031 MM ENG
041 MH ENG
051 HH ENG
[PTR:R Coeff]
2621 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR Current according to R Division
Tables-2
Main SP
for PTR Roller.
001 R-2 ENG [10 to 300 / 225 / 1%/step]
002 R-1 ENG [10 to 300 / 185 / 1%/step]
003 R0 ENG [10 to 300 / 160 / 1%/step]
004 R+1 ENG [10 to 300 / 140 / 1%/step]
005 R+2 ENG [10 to 300 / 125 / 1%/step]
006 R+3 ENG [10 to 300 / 115 / 1%/step]
[Paper Size:Thick Coeff]
2631 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR Current by paper type/paper
thickness according to paper thickness.
001 Thin:Side1 ENG [50 to 600 / 105 / 1%/step]
002 Plain1:Side1 ENG [50 to 600 / 110 / 1%/step]
004 Mid-Thick:Side1 ENG [50 to 600 / 130 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
005 Thick1:Side1 ENG [50 to 600 / 145 / 1%/step]
011 Thin:Side2 ENG [50 to 600 / 110 / 1%/step]
014 Mid-Thick:Side2 ENG [50 to 600 / 150 / 1%/step]
[PTR Bias:Non-Image]
2640
Sets PTR Current for creating Non-Image.
001 Non-Image *ENG [0.0 to 1.0 / 0.5 / 0.1kV/step]
[PTR Bias:BW]
2641
Sets PTR Current Standard Value for BW Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
001 Plain:Thin:Side1 ENG
002 Plain:Plain1:Side1 ENG
004 Plain:Mid-Thick:Side1 ENG [-300 to 0 / -50 / 1uA/step]
005 Plain:Thick1:Side1 ENG

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
012 Glossy:Plain1:Side1 ENG
014 Glossy:Mid-Thick:Side1 ENG
015 Glossy:Thick1:Side1 ENG [-300 to 0 / -48 / 1uA/step]
016 Glossy:Thick2:Side1 ENG
022 Matte:Plain1:Side1 ENG
024 Matte:Mid-Thick:Side1 ENG
Tables-2
Main SP
025 Matte:Thick1:Side1 ENG [-300 to 0 / -48 / 1uA/step]
026 Matte:Thick2:Side1 ENG
056 OHP:Thick1:Side1 ENG [-300 to 0 / -50 / 1uA/step]
061 TracingPaper:Thin:Side1 ENG [-300 to 0 / -50 / 1uA/step]
076 Envelope:Thick2:Side1 ENG
077 Envelope:Thick3:Side1 ENG [-300 to 0 / -50 / 1uA/step]
[PTR Bias:BW]
2642
Sets PTR Current Standard Value for BW Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
001 Plain:Thin:Side2 ENG
002 Plain:Plain1:Side2 ENG [-300 to 0 / -50 / 1uA/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
004 Plain:Mid-Thick:Side2 ENG
2643 [Ledge Coeff:BW]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Leading Edge for BW Mode
002 Plain:Plain1 ENG [5 to 300 / 140 / 1%/step]
005 Plain:Thick1 ENG [5 to 300 / 180 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
014 Glossy:Mid-Thick ENG [5 to 300 / 150 / 1%/step]
024 Matte:Mid-Thick ENG [5 to 300 / 150 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[Ledge Length:BW]
2644 Sets the length for executing PTR Current Correction for Image Leading Edge
for BW Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
001 Plain:Thin ENG [0 to 30 / 15 / 1mm/step]
002 Plain:Plain1 ENG [0 to 30 / 15 / 1mm/step]
004 Plain:Mid-Thick ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
005 Plain:Thick1 ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
012 Glossy:Plain1 ENG [0 to 30 / 15 / 1mm/step]
014 Glossy:Mid-Thick ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
015 Glossy:Thick1 ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
022 Matte:Plain1 ENG [0 to 30 / 15 / 1mm/step]
024 Matte:Mid-Thick ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
025 Matte:Thick1 ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
056 OHP:Thick1 ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
061 TracingPaper:Thin ENG [0 to 30 / 15 / 1mm/step]
076 Envelope:Thick2 ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
[TEdge Coeff:BW]
2645 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Trailing Edge for BW Mode
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[TEdge Length:BW]
2646 Sets the length for executing PTR Current Correction for Image Trailing Edge
for BW Mode by paper type/paper thickness.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP
[PTR Bias:FCC]
2651
Sets PTR Current Standard Value for FC Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
001 Plain:Thin:Side1 ENG [-300 to 0 / -75 / 1uA/step]
005 Plain:Thick1:Side1 ENG [-300 to 0 / -73 / 1uA/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR Bias:FC]
2652
Sets PTR Current Standard Value for FC Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
001 Plain:Thin:Side2 ENG [-300 to 0 / -75 / 1uA/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[Ledge Coeff:FC]
2653 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Leading Edge for FC Mode

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[Ledge Length:FC]
2654 Sets the length for executing PTR Current Correction for Image Leading Edge
for FC Mode by paper type/paper thickness.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[TEdge Coeff:FC]
2655 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Trailing Edge for FC Mode

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP
[TEdge Length:FC]
2656 Sets the length for executing PTR Current Correction for Image Trailing Edge
for FC Mode by paper type/paper thickness.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR Spd Adj:Std Spd]
2661 Fine-tunes PTR Roller Line Speed to Image Transfer Belt Line Speed by paper
type/paper thickness.
001 Plain:Thin ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%/step]
002 Plain:Plain1 ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
004 Plain:Mid-Thick ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%/step]
005 Plain:Thick1 ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%/step]
012 Glossy:Plain1 ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%/step]
014 Glossy:Mid-Thick ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%/step]
015 Glossy:Thick1 ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
[PTR Spd Adj:Mid Spd]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR Spd Adj:Mid-Low Spd]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR Spd Adj:Low Spd]
Tables-2
Main SP
[PTR Spd Adj:Env]
2665 Fine-tunes PTR Roller Line Speed to Image Transfer Belt Line Speed according
to Environment Division.
001 Env Coeff:LLL ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0.2 / 0.1%/step]
002 Env Coeff:LL ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0.1 / 0.1%/step]
003 Env Coeff:ML ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]
004 Env Coeff:MM ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]
005 Env Coeff:MH ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.1 / 0.1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
006 Env Coeff:HH ENG [-0.5 to 0.5 / -0.2 / 0.1%/step]
[PTR CV:Env Coeff]
2671 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR CV Control ON time according to
Environment Division. (peculiar to Pro machine)

[10 to 500 / 210 / 1%/step]

[10 to 500 / 140 / 1%/step]

[10 to 500 / 90 / 1%/step]

[10 to 500 / 50 / 1%/step]

[10 to 500 / 40 / 1%/step]
051 HH:BW:Side1 *ENG [10 to 500 / 33 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR CV:R Coeff]
2672 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR CV Control ON time according to
R Division for PTR Roller. (peculiar to Pro machine)
001 R-2 *ENG [50 to 300 / 80 / 1%/step]
002 R-1 *ENG [50 to 300 / 91 / 1%/step]
003 R0 *ENG [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
004 R+1 *ENG [50 to 300 / 110 / 1%/step]
005 R+2 *ENG [50 to 300 / 130 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
006 R+3 *ENG [50 to 300 / 149 / 1%/step]
[PTR CV timing:Env Coeff]
2673 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting the timing of starting PTR CV Control
according to Environment Division. (peculiar to Pro machine)
001 LLL ENG [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
011 LL ENG [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
021 ML ENG [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
031 MM ENG [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
041 MH ENG [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
051 HH ENG [10 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR CV timing:BW]
2681 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for BW Mode. (peculiar to Pro
machine)
001 Plain:Thin:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
002 Plain:Plain1:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
004 Plain:Mid-Thick:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
005 Plain:Thick1:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
012 Glossy:Plain1:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
014 Glossy:Mid-Thick:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
015 Glossy:Thick1:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
022 Matte:Plain1:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
024 Matte:Mid-Thick:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
025 Matte:Thick1:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
056 OHP:Thick1:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
061 TracingPaper:Thin:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
076 Envelope:Thick2:Side1 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
[PTR CV timing:BW]
2682 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for BW Mode. (peculiar to Pro
machine)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR CV ON time:BW]
2683 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for BW Mode.
(peculiar to Pro machine)

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP
[PTR CV ON time:BW]
2684 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for BW Mode.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR CV timing:FC]
2686 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for FC Mode. (peculiar to Pro
machine)

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR CV timing:FC]
2687 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for FC Mode. (peculiar to Pro
machine)

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR CV ON time:FC]
2688 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for FC Mode.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR CV ON time:FC]
2689 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for FC Mode.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP
2691 [PTR CL:Bias]
Job:Posi ENG [0 to 1000 / 500 / 10V/step]

001
Sets Positive Output of PTR for PTR Roller Cleaning when starting printing.
Job:Nega Coeff ENG [0 to 500 / 100 / 10%/step]

002
Sets Negative Output of PTR for PTR Roller Cleaning when starting printing.
Recovery:Posi ENG [0 to 1000 / 1000 / 10V/step]

003
Sets Positive Output of PTR for PTR Roller Cleaning when JAM is recovering.
Recovery:Nega Coeff: ENG [0 to 500 / 100 / 10%/step]

004
Sets Negative Output of PTR for PTR Roller Cleaning when JAM is recovering.
Prevention:Posi ENG [0 to 1000 / 500 / 10V/step]

005
Sets PTR Output when adjusting.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Borderless:Posi *ENG [0 to 1000 / 500 / 10V/step]
007 Sets Positive Output of PTR for PTR Roller Cleaning between papers when
executing Trailing Edge Borderless Mode. (peculiar to Pro machine)
Borderless:Nega Coeff *ENG [0 to 500 / 100 / 10%/step]
008 Sets Negative Output of PTR for PTR Roller Cleaning between papers when
2692 [PTR CL:Frequency]
Recovery:Frequency *ENG [0 to 30 / 12 / 1time/step]

001
Sets Cleaning Frequency for PTR Roller Cleaning when JAM is recovering.
Borderless:Before *ENG [0 to 30 / 2 / 1time/step]
011 Sets Cleaning Condition for PTR Roller Cleaning between papers when
Borderless:After *ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1time/step]
Borderless:Frequency *ENG [0 to 30 / 3 / 1time/step]
2696 [Force Apply Lubricant]
[- / - / -]
Execute ENG
001 [Execute]
Drives ITB/Belt Cleaning alone and Apply Lubricant to Transfer Belt.
Operate Time ENG [0 to 600 / 180/ 1sec/step]

002
Sets operation time for Force Apply Lubricant.
Date:History 1 ENG [0 to 991231 / 0 / 1/step]

003
The latest date for successful Force Apply Lubricant

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)

004
The previous date for successful Force Apply Lubricant

005
The third latest date for successful Force Apply Lubricant
Date:History 4 *ENG [0 to 991231 / 0 / 1/step]

006
The forth latest date for successful Force Apply Lubricant
Date:History 5 *ENG [0 to 991231 / 0 / 1/step]

007
The fifth latest date for successful Force Apply Lubricant
2700 [PTR AC Corr:ON/OFF]
All Corr *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
All ON/OFF switches for each correction for PTR AC Output when executing
001 Concave-Convex Mode (peculiar to Pro machine)
0: Correction ON (Default), 1: Correction OFF Cleared by turning off the power

and returns to the default settings.
Eng Spd Corr *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
All ON/OFF switches for Line Speed Correction for PTR AC Output when
002 executing Concave-Convex Mode (peculiar to Pro machine)

Env Corr *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
All ON/OFF switches for Environment Correction for PTR AC Output when

R Corr *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
All ON/OFF switches for Resistance Correction for PTR AC Output when


SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[RTR AC:Eng Spd Coeff]
2701 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR AC Output along with the
Operation Line Speed. (peculiar to Pro machine)
001 Standard Speed ENG
002 Middle Speed ENG

[10 to 200 / 100 / 1%/step]
003 Middle-Low Speed ENG
004 Low Speed ENG
[PTR AC:Env Coeff]
2702 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR AC Output according to

Environment Division. (peculiar to Pro machine)
005 LLL:Non image ENG [10 to 200 / 115 / 1%/step]
015 LL:Non image ENG [10 to 200 / 115 / 1%/step]
025 ML:Non image ENG [10 to 200 / 115 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
035 MM:Non image ENG [10 to 200 / 115 / 1%/step]
045 MH:Non image ENG [10 to 200 / 115 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
055 HH:Non image ENG [10 to 200 / 115 / 1%/step]
[PTR AC:R Coeff]
2703 Sets Correction Coefficient for correcting PTR AC Output according to R

Division for PTR Roller. (peculiar to Pro machine)
001 R-2:Thin:Side1 ENG [50 to 300 / 84 / 1%/step]
002 R-2:Plain1:Side1 ENG [50 to 300 / 84 / 1%/step]
004 R-2:Mid-Thick:Side1 ENG [50 to 300 / 84 / 1%/step]
005 R-2:Thick1:Side1 ENG [50 to 300 / 84 / 1%/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR AC:R Coeff]


SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR AC:R Coeff]

001 R0:Thin:Side1 ENG [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
002 R0:Plain1:Side1 ENG [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
004 R0:Mid-Thick:Side1 ENG [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
005 R0:Thick1:Side1 ENG [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
011 R0:Thin:Side2 ENG [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
014 R0:Mid-Thick:Side2 ENG [50 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
[PTR AC:R Coeff]


SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
001 R+1:Thin:Side1 ENG [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%/step]
002 R+1:Plain1:Side1 ENG [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%/step]
004 R+1:Mid-Thick:Side1 ENG [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%/step]
005 R+1:Thick1:Side1 ENG [50 to 300 / 109 / 1%/step]
[PTR AC:R Coeff]


SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP
[PTR AC:R Coeff]


SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR AC:Non-Image]
2709
Sets PTR AC Output for creating Non-Image. (peculiar to Pro machine)
001 Non-Image ENG [0.0 to 14.0 / 0.0 / 0.1kV/step]
[ITB Bias:K:BW] *D137/D138 only

2801
Sets ITB Current Standard Value K for BW Mode for Custom Paper.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [0 to 70 / 34 / 1uA/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[ITB Bias:K:FC] *D137/D138 only

2802
Sets ITB Current Standard Value K for FC Mode for Custom Paper.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[ITB Bias:C:FC] *D137/D138 only

2803
Sets ITB Current Standard Value C for FC Mode for Custom Paper.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[ITB Bias:M:FC] *D137/D138 only

2804
Sets ITB Current Standard Value M for FC Mode for Custom Paper.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[ITB Bias:Y:FC] *D137/D138 only

2805
Sets ITB Current Standard Value Y for FC Mode for Custom Paper.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR Bias:BW:Side1] *D137/D138 only

2811
Sets PTR Current Standard Value K for BW Mode/Side 1 for Custom Paper.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-300 to 0 / -34 / 1uA/step]

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
[PTR Bias:BW:Side2] *D137/D138 only

2812
Sets PTR Current Standard Value K for BW Mode/Side 2 for Custom Paper.

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-316 to 812 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
4.3 SP2-813 TO 843 (DRUM)
[PTR Bias:FC:Side1] *D137/D138 only

2813
Sets PTR Current Standard Value K for FC Mode/Side 1 for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[PTR Bias:FC:Side2] *D137/D138 only

2814
Sets PTR Current Standard Value K for FC Mode/Side 2 for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[LEdge Coeff:BW] *D137/D138 only
2821 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Leading Edge in BW Mode
for Custom Paper.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [5 to 300 / 100 / 1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[LEdge Coeff:FC] *D137/D138 only
2822 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Leading Edge in FC Mode
for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[LEdge Length:BW] *D137/D138 only
2823 Sets PTR Current Correction Length for Image Leading Edge in BW Mode for
Custom Paper.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [0 to 30 / 5 / 1mm/step]
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[LEdge Length:FC] *D137/D138 only
2824 Sets PTR Current Correction Length for Image Leading Edge in FC Mode for
Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[TEdge Coeff:BW] *D137/D138 only
2825 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Trailing Edge in BW Mode
for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[TEdge Coeff:FC] *D137/D138 only
2826 Sets PTR Current Correction Coefficient for Image Trailing Edge in FC Mode for
Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[TEdge Length:BW] *D137/D138 only
2827 Sets PTR Current Correction Length for Image Trailing Edge in BW Mode for
Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[TEdge Length:FC] *D137/D138 only
2828 Sets PTR Current Correction Length for Image Trailing Edge in FC Mode for
Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[PTR Spd Adj] *D137/D138 only
2831 Fine-tunes PTR Roller Line Speed to Image Transfer Belt Line Speed for
Custom Paper.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-1.0 to 1.0 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[CV timing:BW:Side1] *D137/D138 only
2832 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for BW Mode/Side 1 for Custom
Paper.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1msec/step]
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[CV timing:BW:Side2] *D137/D138 only
2833 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for BW Mode/Side 2 for Custom
Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[CV timing:FC:Side1] *D137/D138 only
2834 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for FC Mode/Side 1 for Custom
Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[CV timing:FC:Side2] *D137/D138 only
2835 Sets the timing of starting PTR CV Control for FC Mode/Side 2 for Custom
Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[CV ON time:BW:Side1] *D137/D138 only
2836 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for BW Mode/Side
1 for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[CV ON time:BW:Side2] *D137/D138 only
2837 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for BW Mode/Side
2 for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[CV ON time:FC:Side1] *D137/D138 only
2838 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for FC Mode/Side 1
for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[CV ON time:FC:Side2] *D137/D138 only
2839 Sets ON time Standard Value for executing PTR CV Control for FC Mode/Side 2
for Custom Paper.
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[Shock Jitter Canceling] *D137/D138 only
2841 Sets ON/OFF for Shock Jitter Canceling for Custom Paper. Set 1: ON, Unset 0:
OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG 1:ON
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[PTR Cont Timing] *D137/D138 only

2842
Sets PTR Contact Timing for Shock Jitter Canceling for Custom Paper.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-5 to 10 / 0 / 1mm/step]

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
[PTR Sep Timing] *D137/D138 only

2843
Sets PTR Separation Timing for Shock Jitter Canceling for Custom Paper.

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-813 to 843 (Drum)

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
4.4 SP2-850 TO 953 (DRUM)
[PTR AC Mode] *D137/D138 only
2850 ON/OFF settings for Concave-Convex Transfer Mode (AC Transfer) for Custom
Paper. Set 1: ON, Unset 0: OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-2
Main SP
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0:OFF
[PTR AC:BW:Side1] *D137/D138 only
2851 Sets PTR AC Output Standard Value K for BW Mode/Side 1 for Custom Paper
when executing Concave-Convex Transfer Mode.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [0.0 to 14.0 / 8.0 / 0.1kV/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[PTR AC:BW:Side2] *D137/D138 only
2852 Sets PTR AC Output Standard Value K for BW Mode/Side 2 for Custom Paper

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[PTR AC:FC:Side1] *D137/D138 only
2853 Sets PTR AC Output Standard Value K for FC Mode/Side 1 for Custom Paper

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[PTR AC:FC:Side2] *D137/D138 only
2854 Sets PTR AC Output Standard Value K for FC Mode/Side 2 for Custom Paper

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[PTR AC:Frequency] *D137/D138 only
2855 Sets PTR AC Output Frequency for Custom Paper when executing
Concave-Convex Transfer Mode.
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [400 to 1200 / 500 / 1Hz/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[PTR AC:Duty Cycle] *D137/D138 only
2856 Sets PTR AC Output Duty Cycle for executing Concave-Convex Transfer Mode
for Custom Paper.

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[PTR AC:SepAC:Side1] *D137/D138 only
2857 Sets Separation AC Output Standard Value K for Side 1 for Custom Paper when
executing Concave-Convex Transfer Mode.

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[PTR AC:SepAC:Side2] *D137/D138 only
2858 Sets Separation AC Output Standard Value K for Side 2 for Custom Paper when
executing Concave-Convex Transfer Mode.

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Tables-2
Main SP

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
2904 [Prevent Blade Bending]
[0 to 200 / 0 / 1page/step]
Pattern Create Interval ENG
001 0:OFF
Pattern Create Interval for Prevent Blade Bending 0: OFF Setting
[0 to 15 / 5 / 1/step]
Pattern Light Intensity ENG Duty 0:White
002 15:Black(FULL)
Settings for Writing Light Intensity for Prevent Blade Bending Duty 0: White, 15:
Black (FULL)
Op Pg Count Display *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1page/step]

003
Operation Page Counter Display for Prevent Blade Bending
Set Operation Temp ENG [0 to 50 / 40 / 1deg/step]

004
Operation Temperature Threshold Value for Prevent Blade Bending

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
2905 [Non-stop Used Tnr Botl Replace]
Savings Time Threshold

ENG [0 to 999 / 300 / 1sec/step]
001 Value
Settings for Upper Limit for Savings for Non-stop Used Toner Bottle Replace
Discharge Time Threshold

ENG [0 to 999 / 180 / 1sec/step]
Value
002
Settings for Upper Limit for Discharge Completion Time for Non-stop Used
Toner Bottle Replace
Savings Time Count *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1sec/step]

003
Settings for Savings Counter for Non-stop Used Toner Bottle Replace
Discharge Time Count *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1sec/step]

004
Tables-2
Main SP
Settings for Discharge Counter for Non-stop Used Toner Bottle Replace
2907 [ACS Setting (FC to Bk)]
Continuous Bk Pages ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 1 sheet/step]
001 Sets Continuous Bk Pages Threshold Value when switching ACS.

ACS Switching: Switches FC Mode Printing to BW Mode Switching when Bk
Single Color Image continues during printing in FC Mode.
2908 [GainAdj:FeedM1]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

001 Speed Detective Gain ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

002 Position Loop Gain ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

003 Proportional Gain:PID ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

004 Integral Gain:PID ENG
0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

005 Derivative Gain:PID ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

006 Derivative Gain:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

007 Proportional Gain:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

008 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

009 Numerator Coefficient:LPF:B0 ENG
0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

010 ENG
Coefficient:LPF:A1 0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

011 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

019 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

021 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

022 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

030 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

032 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

033 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

041 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

043 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

044 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

052 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

054 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

055 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

063 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

065 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

066 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

074 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

076 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

077 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

085 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

087 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

088 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

096 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

098 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

099 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

107 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

109 ENG

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

110 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

118 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

120 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

121 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

129 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

131 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

132 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

140 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

142 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

143 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

151 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

153 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

154 ENG

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

162 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

164 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

165 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

173 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

175 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

176 ENG
Tables-2
Main SP
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

184 Offset:FF ENG
0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

186 ENG
Denominator [0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

187 ENG
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

188 Acceleration1 ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

189 Deceleration1 ENG
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
[0.00 to 200.00 / 100.00 /

0.01%/step]
2912 [Encoder Sn:Adj Light]
Light Amt Adj:Pass/Fail *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
Displays the result if ITB FB Sensor Light Amount Adjustment passes or fails
(Pass/Fail Judgment Result).
E Result Code
002 0 Unfinished
1 Successful
2 Interrupted
7 Only Main Sensor Failed
8 Only Sub Sensor Failed

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
9 Both Main and Sub Sensors Failed When E Fails (Result)
Vref_Disp:Main Setting *ENG [0.00 to 2.45 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
This is the item regarding Display/Setting for Light Setting value for Main
003 Sensor of ITB FB Sensor. <Regarding Saving> Saves set PWM Value after
executing Light Amount Adjustment for E ITB FB Sensor. Data of PWM Value is
given in hexadecimal. <Regarding Display> PWM Value (hexadecimal) is sent
from ETDCU and stored.
Vref_Disp:Sub Setting *ENG [0.00 to 2.45 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
This is the item regarding Display/Setting for Light Setting value for Sub Sensor
004 of ITB FB Sensor. <Regarding Saving> Saves set PWM Value (Sent from TMB
as Command 0x1F) after executing Light Amount Adjustment for E ITB FB
Sensor. Data of PWM Value is given in hexadecimal. <Regarding Display>
From ETMB
Tables-2
Main SP
Analog Out:Main:After F Adj *ENG [0.00 to 5.00 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
Displays the result of Analog Output of Main Sensor when executing ITB FB
005 Sensor Light Amount Adjustment. Display Value is ITB FB Sensor Analog
Output Voltage. The conversion formula between ITB FB Sensor Analog Output
Voltage and Display Value will be shown separately.
Analog Out:Sub:After F Adj *ENG [0.00 to 5.00 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
Displays the result of Analog Output of Sub Sensor when executing ITB FB
006 Sensor Light Amount Adjustment. Display Value is ITB FB Sensor Analog
Output Voltage. The conversion formula between ITB FB Sensor Analog Output
Voltage and Display Value will be shown separately.

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
2920 [DriverCtrlON/OFF]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ScaleFB 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
001 0:OFF 1:ON
Selecting ON/OFF for Scale FB
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
DrivenFB 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
002 0:OFF 1:ON
Selecting ON/OFF for Driven FB
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
DrivenFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
003 0:OFF 1:ON
Selecting ON/OFF for Driven FF Correction Control
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Dancing 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
004 0:OFF 1:ON
Selecting ON/OFF for Dancing Control
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
BkDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
005 0:OFF 1:ON
Selecting ON/OFF for Bk Drum Control
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
CDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
006 0:OFF 1:ON
Selecting ON/OFF for C Drum Control
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
MDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
007 0:OFF 1:ON
Selecting ON/OFF for M Drum Control
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
YDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
008 0:OFF 1:ON
Selecting ON/OFF for Y Drum Control
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
BPF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
009 0:OFF 1:ON
Selecting ON/OFF for BPF Control

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
2921 [DrivenCtrlCondition]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ScaleFB 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
001 0:OFF 1:ON
Display for Control Condition of Scale FB
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
DrivenFB 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
002 0:OFF 1:ON
Display for Control Condition of Driven FB
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
DrivenFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
003 0:OFF 1:ON
Display for Control Condition of Driven FF Correction Control
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Dancing 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
0:OFF 1:ON
Tables-2
Main SP
004
Display for Control Condition of Dancing Control
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
BkDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
005 0:OFF 1:ON
Display for Control Condition of Bk Drum Control
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
CDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
006 0:OFF 1:ON
Display for Control Condition of C Drum Control
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
MDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
007 0:OFF 1:ON
Display for Control Condition of M Drum Control
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
YDrumFF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
008 0:OFF 1:ON
Display for Control Condition of Y Drum Control
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
BPF 0:OFF 1:ON *ENG
009 0:OFF 1:ON
Selecting ON/OFF for BPF Control

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
2922 [CtlErrorCount]
ScaleFB_Error Count *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Total of Scale FB Error Count
DrivenFB_Error_Count *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Total of Driven FB Error Count
DrivenFF_Error_Count *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1/step]

003
Total of Driven FF Correction Control Error Count
Dancing_Error_Count *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1/step]

004
Total of Dancing Control Error Count
Bk_DrumFF_Error_Count *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1/step]

005
Total of Bk Drum Control Error Count
C_DrumFF_Error_Count *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1/step]

006
Total of C Drum Control Error Count
M_DrumFF_Error_Count *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1/step]

007
Total of M Drum Control Error Count
Y_DrumFF_Error_Count *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1/step]

008
Total of Y Drum Control Error Count
2923 [ErrorCountClear]
ScaleFBCtl *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Clear Execution Command for Scale FB Error Count
DrivenFBCtl *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Clear Execution Command for Driven FB Error Count
DrivenFFCtl *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

003
Clear Execution Command for Driven FF Correction Control Error Count

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
DancingCtl ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

004
Clear Execution Command for Dancing Control Error Count
BkDrumFFCtl ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

005
Clear Execution Command for Bk Drum Control Error Count
CDrumFFCtl ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

006
Clear Execution Command for C Drum Control Error Count
MDrumFFCtl ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

007
Clear Execution Command for M Drum Control Error Count
YDrumFFCtl ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

008
Clear Execution Command for Y Drum Control Error Count
Tables-2
Main SP
2924 [DancingCtrl]
Belt:Position *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Encoder Pulse Total Count Value for Dancing Control
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
1st:I *ENG
002 1/step]
Dancing Control Profile 1
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
1st:Q *ENG
003 1/step]
Detection Mode Forced ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

004
Dancing Control Forced Execution
Detection Mode Auto *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

005
Auto Execution SP for Dancing Control Belt Thickness Detection Mode
Temperature ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]
006 Auto Execution Previous Temperature for Dancing Control Belt Thickness
Detection Mode

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
Abs Humidity ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 0.0 / 0.1g/m3]
007 Auto Execution Previous Humidity for Dancing Control Belt Thickness Detection
Mode
Interval :Set ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1 page]
008 Auto Execution Judgment Page Threshold for Dancing Control Belt Thickness
Detection Mode
Temperature Range ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]
009 Auto Execution Judgment Temperature Threshold for Dancing Control Belt
Thickness Detection Mode
Absolute Humidity Range ENG [0.0 to 99.9 / 0.0 / 0.1g/m3]
010 Auto Execution Judgment Humidity Threshold for Dancing Control Belt
Thickness Detection Mode
Count ENG [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 page]
011 Page Count Value from the previous execution for Auto Execution for Dancing
Control Belt Thickness Detection Mode
Execution Result *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

012
Display of Execution Result for Dancing Control Belt Thickness Detection Mode
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
2nd:I ENG
013 1/step]
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
2nd:Q ENG
014 1/step]
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
3rd:I ENG
015 1/step]
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
3rd:Q ENG
016 1/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
2926 [Extra Operation]
Count ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Count Value of Extra Drive Operation Specifications
Threshold *ENG [0 to 1000 / 0 / 1/step]

003
Threshold of Extra Drive Operation Specifications
Extra Drive Time ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1msec/step]
004 Extra Drive Operation Time for BK Mode for Extra Drive Operation
Specifications
Extra Drive Time ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1msec/step]
005 Extra Drive Operation Time for FC Mode for Extra Drive Operation
Specifications
Tables-2
Main SP
2927 [DrivenRollerCtrl]
DrivenRoller:Position *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Encoder Total Count Value for Driven FF Correction Control Profile
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
1st:I *ENG
002 1/step]
Amplitude Value for Driven FF Correction Control Profile
[-2147483648 to 2147483647 / 0 /
1st:Q *ENG
003 1/step]
Phase for Driven FF Correction Control Profile

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
2928 [DrumMotorCtrl]
Bk_DrumMotorCount *ENG [0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Encoder Total Count Value for Bk Drum Motor Control Profile
Bk_DrumMotorAmplitude *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Amplitude Value for Bk Drum Motor Control Profile
Bk_DrumMotorPhase *ENG [0 to 359 / 0 / 1/step]

003
Phase for Bk Drum Motor Control Profile
C_DrumMotorCount *ENG [0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1/step]

004
Encoder Total Count Value for C Drum Motor Control Profile
C_DrumMotorAmplitude *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

005
Amplitude Value for C Drum Motor Control Profile
C_DrumMotorPhase *ENG [0 to 359 / 0 / 1/step]

006
Phase for C Drum Motor Control Profile
M_DrumMotorCount *ENG [0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1/step]

007
Encoder Total Count Value for M Drum Motor Control Profile
M_DrumMotorAmplitude *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

008
Amplitude Value for M Drum Motor Control Profile
M_DrumMotorPhase *ENG [0 to 359 / 0 / 1/step]

009
Phase for M Drum Motor Control Profile
Y_DrumMotorCount *ENG [0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1/step]

010
Encoder Total Count Value for Y Drum Motor Control Profile
Y_DrumMotorAmplitude *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

011
Amplitude Value for Y Drum Motor Control Profile
Y_DrumMotorPhase *ENG [0 to 359 / 0 / 1/step]

012
Phase for Y Drum Motor Control Profile

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
2929 [FirstPlanetaryCtrl]
Bk_PlanetaryCount *ENG [0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Encoder Total Count Value for Bk First Planetary Control Profile
Bk_PlanetaryAmplitude *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Amplitude Value for Bk First Planetary Control Profile
Bk_PlanetaryPhase *ENG [0 to 359 / 0 / 1/step]

003
Phase for Bk First Planetary Control Profile
C_PlanetaryCount *ENG [0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1/step]

004
Encoder Total Count Value for C First Planetary Control Profile
C_PlanetaryAmplitude *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

005
Tables-2
Main SP
Amplitude Value for C First Planetary Control Profile
C_PlanetaryPhase *ENG [0 to 359 / 0 / 1/step]

006
Phase for C First Planetary Control Profile
M_PlanetaryCount *ENG [0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1/step]

007
Encoder Total Count Value for M First Planetary Control Profile
M_PlanetaryAmplitude *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

008
Amplitude Value for M First Planetary Control Profile
M_PlanetaryPhase *ENG [0 to 359 / 0 / 1/step]

009
Phase for M First Planetary Control Profile
Y_PlanetaryCount *ENG [0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1/step]

010
Encoder Total Count Value for Y First Planetary Control Profile
Y_PlanetaryAmplitude *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

011
Amplitude Value for Y First Planetary Control Profile
Y_PlanetaryPhase *ENG [0 to 359 / 0 / 1/step]

012
Phase for Y First Planetary Control Profile

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
2930 [SecondPlanetaryCtrl]
Bk_PlanetaryCount *ENG [0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1/step]

021
Encoder Total Count Value for Bk Second Planetary Control Profile
Bk_PlanetaryAmplitude *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

022
Amplitude Value for Bk Second Planetary Control Profile
Bk_PlanetaryPhase *ENG [0 to 359 / 0 / 1/step]

023
Phase for Bk Second Planetary Control Profile
C_PlanetaryCount *ENG [0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1/step]

024
Encoder Total Count Value for C Second Planetary Control Profile
C_PlanetaryAmplitude *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

025
Amplitude Value for C Second Planetary Control Profile
C_PlanetaryPhase *ENG [0 to 359 / 0 / 1/step]

026
Phase for C Second Planetary Control Profile
M_PlanetaryCount *ENG [0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1/step]

027
Encoder Total Count Value for M Second Planetary Control Profile
M_PlanetaryAmplitude *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

028
Amplitude Value for M Second Planetary Control Profile
M_PlanetaryPhase *ENG [0 to 359 / 0 / 1/step]

029
Phase for M Second Planetary Control Profile
Y_PlanetaryCount *ENG [0 to 4294967295 / 0 / 1/step]

030
Encoder Total Count Value for Y Second Planetary Control Profile
Y_PlanetaryAmplitude *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]

031
Amplitude Value for Y Second Planetary Control Profile
Y_PlanetaryPhase *ENG [0 to 359 / 0 / 1/step]

032
Phase for Y Second Planetary Control Profile

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
2931 [Image Create Mode]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
FC Mode Fixed: OFF/ON *ENG
001 0:OFF, 1:ON
Selects Printing Operation Mode even in BK Single Color Printing.
2932 [DrivenFB_Error]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
MUSICFlag *ENG 0: MUSIC Execution Request OFF
001 1: MUSIC Execution Request ON
MUSIC Execution Request Flag attributed to ITB Driven FB Error
2949 [Process Interval]
Tables-2
Main SP
Additional Time *ENG [0 to 10 / 0 / 1sec/step]
001
Sets waiting time for Process Interval after imaging.
[Verso Main Mag set & Adj] *D137/D138 only

2952
Verso: Main Scan Magnification Adjustment
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[Verso Sub Mag set & Adj] *D137/D138 only

2953
Verso: Sub Scan Magnification Adjustment
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

Tables-2
Main SP
0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

SP2-850 to 953 (Drum)
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]
[-0.500 to 0.000 / 0.000 /

0.025%/step]

D135/D136/D137/D138
SERVICE MANUAL
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE 2 SECTION
D135/D136/D137/D138
SYSTEM MAINTENANCE 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. MAIN SP TABLES-3 ................................................................... 1-1

1.1 SP3-XXX (PROCESS) ............................................................................... 1-1
2. MAIN SP TABLES-4 ................................................................... 2-1

2.1 SP4-XXX (SCANNER) ............................................................................... 2-1
3. MAIN SP TABLES-5 ................................................................... 3-1

3.1 SP5-009 TO 721 (MODE) .......................................................................... 3-1
3.2 SP5-722 TO 998 (MODE) ........................................................................ 3-86
4. MAIN SP TABLES-6 ................................................................... 4-1

4.1 SP6-XXX (PERIPHERALS) ....................................................................... 4-1
5. MAIN SP TABLES-7 ................................................................... 5-1

5.1 SP7-001 TO 931 (DATA LOG)................................................................... 5-1
5.2 SP7-932 TO 988 (DATA LOG)................................................................. 5-76
6. MAIN SP TABLES-8 ................................................................... 6-1

6.1 KEYS AND ABBREVIATIONS IN DATA LOG 2 ........................................ 6-1
6.2 SP8-XXX (DATA LOG 2) ........................................................................... 6-4
7. INPUT AND OUTPUT CHECK .................................................... 7-1

7.1 INPUT CHECK TABLE .............................................................................. 7-1
7.2 OUTPUT CHECK TABLE ........................................................................ 7-45
8. PRINTER SP MODE.................................................................... 8-1

8.1 SP1-XXX .................................................................................................... 8-1
9. SCANNER SP MODE.................................................................. 9-1

9.1 SP1-XXX .................................................................................................... 9-1
9.2 SP2-XXX (SCANNING-IMAGE QUALITY)................................................. 9-5
SM System Maintenance 2 i D135/D136/D137/D138

10.UPDATING THE FIRMWARE ................................................... 10-1
10.1 SOFTWARE UPDATE ....................................................................... 10-1
10.1.1 SOFTWARE UPDATE PROCEDURE ..................................... 10-1
10.1.2 DOING THE SOFTWARE UPDATE PROCEDURE................. 10-2
10.1.3 ERRORS DURING FIRMWARE UPDATE............................... 10-4
Error Message Table .......................................................................... 10-4
10.1.4 UPDATING THE LCDC FOR THE OPERATION PANEL ........ 10-6
10.1.5 DOWNLOADING STAMP DATA .............................................. 10-6
11.UPDATING JAVA VM ............................................................... 11-1

11.1 CREATING AN SD CARD FOR UPDATING...................................... 11-1
11.1.1 UPDATING PROCEDURE ....................................................... 11-1
11.1.2 LIST OF ERROR MESSAGES ................................................ 11-2
12.NVRAM DATA UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD .................................... 12-1

12.1 UPLOADING CONTENT OF NVRAM TO AN SD CARD ................... 12-1
12.2 DOWNLOADING AN SD CARD TO NVRAM ..................................... 12-3
13.ADDRESS BOOK UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD ............................... 13-1

13.1 INFORMATION LIST.......................................................................... 13-1
13.2 DOWNLOAD ...................................................................................... 13-2
13.3 UPLOAD ............................................................................................ 13-3
14.CAPTURING LOG TO SD CARD .............................................. 14-1

14.1 OVERVIEW ........................................................................................ 14-1
14.1.1 SECURITY OF THE OPERATION LOG .................................. 14-2
14.2 RETRIEVING THE DEBUG LOGS .................................................... 14-3
14.2.1 PROCEDURE FOR RETRIEVING THE DEBUG LOG ............ 14-3
D135/D136/D137/D138 ii SM System Maintenance 2

MAIN SP TABLES-3
7~9 9/30/2013 SP3041 DEMS Exe OK?
SP3-XXX (Process)
1. MAIN SP TABLES-3
Tables-3
Main SP
1.1 SP3-XXX (PROCESS)
3011 [Manual ProCon :Exe]
[- / - / -]
Normal ProCon ENG
001 [Execute]
Executes Process Control
[- / - / -]
Density Adjustment ENG
002 [Execute]
Executes Density Adjustment Process Control.
[- / - / -]
ACC RunTime ProCon ENG
003 [Execute]
Executes ACC Run Time Process Control.
[- / - / -]
Full MUSIC ENG
004 [Execute]
Executes Process Control/Full MUSIC
[- / - / -]
Normal MUSIC ENG
005 [Execute]
Executes Process Control/Normal MUSIC.
[ProCon OK?]
3012 Displays result per color, from left 2 digits each, with order of YMCK.
*Refer below for result detail.
History:Latest *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Displays the latest Process Control execution result.
History:2Times Before *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Displays the second latest Process Control execution result.

SP3-XXX (Process)

003
Displays the third latest Process Control execution result.

004
Displays the forth latest Process Control execution result.

005
Displays the fifth latest Process Control execution result.

006
Displays the sixth latest Process Control execution result.

007
Displays the seventh latest Process Control execution result.

008
Displays the eighth latest Process Control execution result.

009
Displays the ninth latest Process Control execution result.

010
Displays the tenth latest Process Control execution result.
SP3-012 Display result detail
Category Code Result name Description
Factory default setting(SP

00 and lager 00 Not executed
default)
10and lager
11 Succeed -
Result(Normal)
Out of range from

21 ID Sensor Vsg adjust error
Vsg=4.0±x.x[V/step]
20 and lager
22 ID Sensor LED Adjust error Ifsg>Max
ID Sensor
ID Sensor Output
23 Vsg_reg<Min(Max)
error(Positive reflect)

SP3-XXX (Process)
ID Sensor output
24 Vsg_dif<Min(Max)
error(Diffusion reflect)
Tables-3
Main SP
ID Sensor offset Voltage
25 Voffset_reg>Max
error(Positive reflect)
ID Sensor offset Voltage

26 Voffset_dif>Max
error(Diffusion reflect)
45 ID Pattern extract error Can not detect ID Pattern
50 Vmin_Bk/K2 error(Max) K:Vmin_Bk / CMY:K2>Max
51 Vmin_Bk/K2 error(Min) K:Vmin_Bk / CMY:K2<Min
52 K5 error(Max) K5>Max
53 K5 error(Min) K5<Min
K5 calculated approximate K5 calculated approximate

54
point error point <Min
Develop gamma
45 and lager 55 Develop gamma >Max
error(Max)
ID Pattern detect
Develop gamma
56 Develop gamma <Min
error(Min)
Start developing voltage:Vk Start developing

57
error(Max) voltage:Vk>Max
Start developing voltage:Vk Start developing

58
error(Min) voltage:Vk<Min
Adhesion amount data for

59 Not enough valid data develop gamma calculation
point is under 2
61 LD won’t light P patter is not written.
62 Residual potential:Vr error Vr>Max
60 and lager Electrified potential:Vd Vd can not be adjusted in

Potential adjust 63
adjust error target range.
Exposure potential:Vpl Vpl can not be adjusted in

64
adjust error target range

SP3-XXX (Process)
Potential control method is

90 Potential not adjust
set as [0:FIX]
90 and lager
Result(End) Kill by door open, power off,
99 Kill error.
(Set when execute.)
 Execute result sample (In order of YMCK from left)

 Factory default(SP default):[00,00,00,00]
 Starting adjust:[99,99,99,99]
 Fail Vsg adjust(Y):[21,99,99,99]
 Error of Develop gamma Max(C):[99,99,55,99]
 Succeed:[11,11,11,11]
[Process Setup :Exe]
3020 Executes Process Initial Setup. (the mode executing agent agitation, Charge
AC Adjustment, Charge R Cleaning, Transfer Current Adjustment, Toner
Density Adjustment Process Control, and MUSIC collectively)
[- / - / -]
001 Execute: ALL ENG
[Execute]
[Developer Fill :Exe]
3024 Executes when filling Developer. (the mode filling Development Unit with
Developer)
[- / - / -]
Execute: ALL ENG
[Execute]
001
Executes when filling Developer. (the mode filling Development Unit with
Developer)
[- / - / -]
Execute: COL ENG
[Execute]
002
Developer)

SP3-XXX (Process)
[- / - / -]
Execute: K ENG
[Execute]
Tables-3
Main SP
003
Developer)
[- / - / -]
Execute: C ENG
[Execute]
004
Developer)
[- / - / -]
Execute: M ENG
[Execute]
005
Developer)
[- / - / -]
Execute: Y ENG
[Execute]
006
Developer)
Choose:From Left:YMCK ENG [0x00 to 0x0F / 0x00 / 1/step]
007 Selects when filling Developer. (the mode filling Development Unit with
Developer)
Execute: Chosen Color ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Executes when filling Developer. (the mode filling Development Unit with
Developer)
Drive Time Upper Limit ENG [0 to 255 / 60 / 1sec/step]

011
Sets Drive Time Upper Limit for Developer Fill.

SP3-XXX (Process)
[Dev Fill OK?]

3025
Displays the result of Developer Fill.
[0x0000 to 0xFFFF / 0x0000 /

001 From Left:YMCK ENG
1/step]
3030 [Init TD Sensor :Exe]
[- / - / -]
Execute: ALL ENG
001 [Execute]
Executes TD Sensor Initial setting for all colors.
[- / - / -]
Execute: COL ENG
002 [Execute]
Executes TD Sensor Initial setting for only three colors.
[- / - / -]
Execute: K ENG
003 [Execute]
Executes TD Sensor Initial setting for only (K).
[- / - / -]
Execute: C ENG
004 [Execute]
Executes TD Sensor Initial setting for only (C).
[- / - / -]
Execute: M ENG
005 [Execute]
Executes TD Sensor Initial setting for only (M).
[- / - / -]
Execute: Y ENG
006 [Execute]
Executes TD Sensor Initial setting for only (Y).
[TD Sens Init OK?]

3031
Displays the execution result of TD Sensor Initial setting.
001 From Left:YMCK ENG [0000 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]

Rev. 9/30/2013 SP3-XXX (Process)
[Cleaning Setup :Exe]
Tables-3
Main SP
3032 Executes when replacing cleaning. (Creates specified number of A4 full
coverage images and supplies Cleaning Unit with toner.)
002 Execute: COL ENG
003 Execute: K ENG [- / - / -]
004 Execute: C ENG [Execute]
005 Execute: M ENG
006 Execute: Y ENG
A4 Page Cover ENG [0 to 100 / 6 / 1page/step]
021 Sets the number of A4 full coverage pages creating when setting Cleaning Initial
setup.
[DEMS:Execute]
3040
Measures M/A patch.
001 ALL ENG
002 K ENG
[- / - / -]
003 C ENG
[Execute]
004 M ENG
005 Y ENG
[DEMS Exe OK?]

⇒ 3041
Displays DEMS Execution Result.
[00000000 to 99999999 / 00000000

001 From Left:YYMMCCKK *ENG
/ 1/step]
DEMS optimizes the amount of toner transferred to the OPC drum to prevent bands that appear on the printouts as a result of
uneven density in 190mm pitch and 54mm pitch. This corresponds to the circumference of the OPC drum and dev roller.
SP3041 displays the results of the DEMS execution.
DEMS execution results are displayed with an 8-digit number, which indicates success/failure in the order YMCK for the target
units. If the results are successful for all colors and units, SP3401 will display “11111111” as shown in the table below.

SP3-XXX (Process) Rev. 9/30/2013
DEMS execution result code

Code Description
0 SP default -
1 Success -
2 Not executed(OK) Phase fluctuation was detected but DEMS execution was determined unnecessary
because the fluctuation is not caused by the OPC drum/developer roller.
3 Not executed(OK) DEMS execution was determined unnecessary because the sine wave amplitude did
not reach the lower threshold.
4 Failure HP signal was not detected within the prescribed time
5 Failure Excess toner on the OPC drum
6 Failure Insufficient toner on the OPC drum
9 Failure Machine was forcefully shut down
Note1: DEMS reads sine waves to detect uneven toner density characteristics.
Note2: DEMS is executed at the factory. Therefore, DEMS execution result will not display “0” on new machines.
Note3: DEMS is automatically executed when reaching 20 Kp either in Bk or FC printing mode following a Process Control, to
reduce image quality degradation as a result of aging drum.
[DEMS:Phasing:Execute]
3042
Measures Phase from HP.
001 ALL ENG
002 K ENG
003 C ENG [- / - / -]
[Execute]
004 M ENG
005 Y ENG
[DEMS:Phasing:Exe OK?]
3043
Displays the result of DEMS Phasing Mode.
001 From Left:YYMMCCKK ENG [00000000 to 99999999 / 00000000

/ 1/step]
[Force Tnr Supply :Exe]
3050
Supplies toner forcibly.
002 Execute: COL ENG
003 Execute: K ENG [- / - / -]
004 Execute: C ENG [Execute]
005 Execute: M ENG

006 Execute: Y ENG
[Force Tnr Supply :Exe]
3050
Sets Toner Amount (K) with Forced Toner Supply by [wt%/step] unit.
021 Supply Quantity:K ENG [0.0 to 5.0 / 1.0 / 0.1 wt%/step]

Rev. 9/30/2013 SP3-XXX (Process)
022 Supply Quantity:C ENG

023 Supply Quantity:M ENG
Tables-3
Main SP
024 Supply Quantity:Y ENG
[Manual Toner Fill :Exe]

3051
Executes Toner Fill.
[- / - / -]
001 EXECUTE:ALL ENG
[Execute]
[Pot.Sens Check :Exe]
3070 Executes Potential Sensor Check. (For checking when assembling in the
factory and for confirming when failure occurs in the market.)
[- / - / -]
001 Execute ENG
[Execute]
3071 [Pot.Sens Chk :Disp]
Vd:K ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]

001
Displays Potential Sensor Check Result: Vd (K).
Vd:C ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]

002
Displays Potential Sensor Check Result: Vd (C).
Vd:M ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]

003
Displays Potential Sensor Check Result: Vd (M).
Vd:Y ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]

004
Displays Potential Sensor Check Result: Vd (Y).
Vr:K ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]

011
Displays Potential Sensor Check Result: Vr (K).
Vr:C ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]

012
Displays Potential Sensor Check Result: Vr (C).
013 Vr:M ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Displays Potential Sensor Check Result: Vr (M).
Vr:Y ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]

014
Displays Potential Sensor Check Result: Vr (Y).
Voffset:K ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]

021
Displays Potential Sensor Check Result: Voffset (K).
Voffset:C ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]

022
Displays Potential Sensor Check Result: Voffset (C).
Voffset:M ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]

023
Displays Potential Sensor Check Result: Voffset (M).
Voffset:Y ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]

024
Displays Potential Sensor Check Result: Voffset (Y).
[TD.Sens Check :Exe]
3072 Executes TD Sensor Check. (For checking when assembling in the factory and
for confirming when failure occurs in the market.)
[- / - / -]
001 Execute ENG
[Execute]
[TD.Sens Chk :Disp]

3073
Displays TD Sensor Check Result: Vt
001 Vt:K ENG
002 Vt:C ENG

[0.00 to 5.00 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
003 Vt:M ENG
004 Vt:Y ENG

SP3-XXX (Process)
[TE Detect :Set]
Tables-3
Main SP
3100
Sets whether to execute Toner End Detection Operation.
001 ON/OFF *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Toner Status :Disp]

3101
Displays Toner Status (K) on a scale of one to ten.
001 K *ENG
[0 to 10 / 10 / 1/step]
002 C *ENG 10: Full

2: Estimate Near End
003 M *ENG 1: Fixed Near End
004 Y *ENG 0: Toner End
[Toner Remains :Disp]

3102
-
% Remains:K *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1%/step]

001
Displays Toner Remains (K) in percentage.
% Remains:C *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1%/step]

002
Displays Toner Remains (C) in percentage.
% Remains:M *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1%/step]

003
Displays Toner Remains (M) in percentage.
% Remains:Y *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1%/step]

004
Displays Toner Remains (Y) in percentage.
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

mg Remains:K *ENG
011 0.1mg/step]
Displays Toner Remains (K) in mg.
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

012 mg Remains:C *ENG
0.1mg/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Displays Toner Remains (C) in mg.
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

mg Remains:M *ENG
013 0.1mg/step]
Displays Toner Remains (M) in mg.
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

mg Remains:Y *ENG
014 0.1mg/step]
Displays Toner Remains (Y) in mg.
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

021 Tnr mg (NewBtl):K *ENG
0.1mg/step]
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

022 Tnr mg (NewBtl):C *ENG
0.1mg/step]
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

023 Tnr mg (NewBtl):M *ENG
0.1mg/step]
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

024 Tnr mg (NewBtl):Y *ENG
0.1mg/step]
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

031 Pxl Cnt:K *ENG
0.1mg/step]
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

032 Pxl Cnt:C *ENG
0.1mg/step]
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

033 Pxl Cnt:M *ENG
0.1mg/step]
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

034 Pxl Cnt:Y *ENG
0.1mg/step]
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

041 Coef1:K *ENG
0.1mg/step]
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

042 Coef2:C *ENG
0.1mg/step]
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

043 Coef3:M *ENG
0.1mg/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

044 Coef4:Y *ENG
0.1mg/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /
051 Feed Counter:K *ENG
0.1mg/step]
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

052 Feed Counter:C *ENG
0.1mg/step]
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

053 Feed Counter:M *ENG
0.1mg/step]
[0.0 to 99999999.0 / 0.0 /

054 Feed Counter:Y *ENG
0.1mg/step]
3110 [TNE Detect(Lvl1) :Set]
ON/OFF *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Sets whether to display Toner Near End (Level 1) on the operation panel.
Disp Timing:K *ENG [10 to 100 / 10 / 1%/step]
011 Sets whether to display Toner Near End (Level 1) on the operation panel at
which percentage of Toner Remains.
Disp Timing:C *ENG [10 to 100 / 10 / 1%/step]
Disp Timing:M *ENG [10 to 100 / 10 / 1%/step]
Disp Timing:Y *ENG [10 to 100 / 10 / 1%/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
3120 [TNE Detect(Lvl2) :Set]
Set Cnt *ENG [0 to 255 / 30 / 1count/step]
001 Sets the timing when Toner Near End (Level 2) is set after how many times
Toner End Sensor continuously detects Toner Empty.
Cnt:K *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1count/step]
011 Displays how many times Toner End Sensor (K) continuously detects Toner
Empty.
Cnt:C *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1count/step]
012 Displays how many times Toner End Sensor (C) continuously detects Toner
Empty.
Cnt:M *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1count/step]
013 Displays how many times Toner End Sensor (M) continuously detects Toner
Empty.
Cnt:Y *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1count/step]
014 Displays how many times Toner End Sensor (Y) continuously detects Toner
Empty.
3130 [TE Detect :Set]
Set Sheets(Min) *ENG [0 to 50 / 10 / 1page/step]
001 Sets Minimum Assured Pages until Toner End displays after Toner Near End is
fixed.
Set Sheets(Max) *ENG [0 to 5000 / 1000 / 1page/step]
002 Sets Minimum Assured Pages until Toner End displays after Toner Near End is
fixed.
Page Cnt:K *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]

011
Displays how many pages are output after Toner Near End is fixed.
Page Cnt:C *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]

012

SP3-XXX (Process)
Page Cnt:M *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]

013
Tables-3
Main SP
Page Cnt:Y *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]
014
Set Pxl Cnt *ENG [0 to 1000000 / 18700 / 1cm2/step]
021 Sets the timing when Toner End is confirmed after how many square
centimeters are output in coverage after Toner Near End is fixed.
Pxl Cnt:K *ENG [0 to 1000000 / 0 / 1cm2/step]
031 Displays how many square centimeters of toner are consumed in K coverage
after Toner Near End is fixed.
Pxl Cnt:C *ENG [0 to 1000000 / 0 / 1cm2/step]
032 Displays how many square centimeters of toner are consumed in C coverage
Pxl Cnt:M *ENG [0 to 1000000 / 0 / 1cm2/step]
033 Displays how many square centimeters of toner are consumed in M coverage
Pxl Cnt:Y *ENG [0 to 1000000 / 0 / 1cm2/step]
034 Displays how many square centimeters of toner are consumed in Y coverage
Set Feed Cnt *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1msec/step]
041 Sets the timing when Toner End is confirmed after how many ms Feed Clutch of
Sub Hopper is driven after Toner Near End is fixed.
Feed Counter:K *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1msec/step]
051 Displays how many ms Feed Clutch (K) of Sub Hopper is driven after Toner
Near End is fixed.
Feed Counter:C *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1msec/step]
052 Displays how many ms Feed Clutch (C) of Sub Hopper is driven after Toner
Near End is fixed.

SP3-XXX (Process)
Feed Counter:M *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1msec/step]
053 Displays how many ms Feed Clutch (M) of Sub Hopper is driven after Toner
Near End is fixed.
Feed Counter:Y *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1msec/step]
054 Displays how many ms Feed Clutch (Y) of Sub Hopper is driven after Toner
Near End is fixed.
[TE Sensor :Set]

3150
-
SamplingCount *ENG [4 to 20 / 5 / 1count/step]

001
Sets TE Sensor Array Size.
Judge:p *ENG [0.2 to 0.8 / 0.6 / 0.1/step]

002
Sets Toner Remain Judgment Threshold.
3152 [Bottle Motor :Set]
On Time *ENG [- to - / 400 / 1count/step]
001 Displays how many times Toner Fill Operation is executed by Toner Bottle Motor
(Y) after Toner Near End is fixed.
Off Time *ENG [- to - / 400 / 1count/step]
RecoveryTimes *ENG [- to - / 140 / 1count/step]
Stop Timing :Set *ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1count/step]
010 Sets the upper limit for Toner Fill Operation by Toner Bottle Motor after Toner
Near End is fixed.
011 Cnt:K *ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1count/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Displays how many times Toner Fill Operation is executed by Toner Bottle Motor
(K) after Toner Near End is fixed.
Tables-3
Main SP
Cnt:C *ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1count/step]
(C) after Toner Near End is fixed.
Cnt:M *ENG [0 to 2000 / 0 / 1count/step]
(M) after Toner Near End is fixed.
[TnrDensity]
3200
Displays Toner Density (wt%).
001 K *ENG
002 C *ENG
[0 to 25.5 / 0 / 0.1 wt%/step]
003 M *ENG
004 Y *ENG
[TnrDensity]
3201
Sets Upper Limit Toner Density (wt%) for Toner Density Control Area.
001 Upper TC *ENG [1.0 to 15.0 / 9.5 / 0.1wt%/step]
002 Lower TC *ENG [1.0 to 15.0 / 4.0 / 0.1wt%/step]
[TD.Sens:Vt :Disp]
3210
Displays the latest TD Sensor Output
001 Current: K *ENG
002 Current: C *ENG

[0.00 to 5.50 / 0 / 0.01V/step]
003 Current: M *ENG
004 Current: Y *ENG

SP3-XXX (Process)
3220 [Vtcnt :Disp/Set]
Current: K *ENG [2.00 to 5.00 / 3.72 / 0.01V/step]

001
Displays/Sets Current TD Sensor Control Voltage (K).
Current: C *ENG [2.00 to 5.00 / 3.72 / 0.01V/step]

002
Displays/Sets Current TD Sensor Control Voltage (C).
Current: M *ENG [2.00 to 5.00 / 3.72 / 0.01V/step]

003
Displays/Sets Current TD Sensor Control Voltage (M).
Current: Y *ENG [2.00 to 5.00 / 3.72 / 0.01V/step]

004
Displays/Sets Current TD Sensor Control Voltage (Y).
3230 [Vtref :Disp/Set]
Current: K *ENG [0.00 to 5.00 / 2.70 / 0.01V/step]

001
Current TD Sensor Output Voltage Target Value: Displays/Sets Vtref (K).
Current: C *ENG [0.00 to 5.00 / 2.70 / 0.01V/step]

002
Current TD Sensor Output Voltage Target Value: Displays/Sets Vtref (C).
Current: M *ENG [0.00 to 5.00 / 2.70 / 0.01V/step]

003
Current TD Sensor Output Voltage Target Value: Displays/Sets Vtref (M).
Current: Y *ENG [0.00 to 5.00 / 2.70 / 0.01V/step]

004
Current TD Sensor Output Voltage Target Value: Displays/Sets Vtref (Y).
3232 [Vtref Correct:Pixel]
ON/OFF *ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]

001
Sets ON/OFF for Pixel Vtref Correct Correction.
3233 [PPAT Vtref Corr :Disp/Set]
041 Vtavg Rate(H) *ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Sets the weight of Vtavg and Vtref used for Vtref Correction Standard Value
when Paper Interval Adhesion Amount exceeds Adhesion Amount Threshold
Tables-3
Main SP
(Upper Limit).
Vtavg Rate(M) *ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
051 Sets the weight of Vtavg and Vtref used for Vtref Correction Standard Value
(Lower Limit).
Vtavg Rate(L) *ENG [0 to 100 / 50 / 1%/step]
061 Sets the weight of Vtavg and Vtref used for Vtref Correction Standard Value
(Lower Limit).
[ImgArea :Disp]
3250
Displays image area of latest page.
001 Latest:K *ENG
002 Latest:C *ENG

[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1cm2/step]
003 Latest:M *ENG
004 Latest:Y *ENG
3251 [DotCoverage :Disp]
Latest:K *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

001
Displays Dot Coverage (K) in the latest page.
Latest:C *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

002
Displays Dot Coverage (C) in the latest page.
Latest:M *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

003
Displays Dot Coverage (M) in the latest page.
Latest:Y *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

004
Displays Dot Coverage (Y) in the latest page.

SP3-XXX (Process)
DC Avg.:S:K *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

011
Displays Dot Coverage DC Average: S (K).
DC Avg.:S:C *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

012
Displays Dot Coverage DC Average: S (C).
DC Avg.:S:M *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

013
Displays Dot Coverage DC Average: S (M).
DC Avg.:S:Y *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

014
Displays Dot Coverage DC Average: S (Y).
DC Avg.:M:K *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

021
Displays Dot Coverage DC Average: M (K).
DC Avg.:M:C *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

022
Displays Dot Coverage DC Average: M (C).
DC Avg.:M:M *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

023
Displays Dot Coverage DC Average: M (M).
DC Avg.:M:Y *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

024
Displays Dot Coverage DC Average: M (Y).
DC Avg.:L:K *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

031
Displays Dot Coverage DC Average: L (K).
DC Avg.:L:C *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

032
Displays Dot Coverage DC Average: L (C).
DC Avg.:L:M *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

033
Displays Dot Coverage DC Average: L (M).
DC Avg.:L:Y *ENG [0.00 to 100.00 / - / 0.01%/step]

034
Displays Dot Coverage DC Average: L (Y).
3260 [Temp/Humid(PCU)]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Temperature ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
001 Displays the temperature based on Temperature/Humidity Sensor Detection
Tables-3
Main SP
Result of PCU.
Relative Humidity ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1%RH/step]
002 Displays the relative humidity based on Temperature/Humidity Sensor
Detection Result of PCU.
Absolute Humidity ENG [0.00 to 63.00 / 0 / 0.01g/m3/step]
003 Displays the absolute humidity based on Temperature/Humidity Sensor
Detection Result of PCU.
Environ:Recent ENG [- / - / -]
004
Environment detected by PCU Temperature/Humidity Sensor
3261 [Temp/Humid(Body)]
Temperature ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1deg/step]
001 Displays the temperature based on Temperature/Humidity Sensor Detection
Result of the main unit.
Relative Humidity ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 1%RH/step]
002 Displays the relative humidity based on Temperature/Humidity Sensor
Detection Result of the main unit.
Absolute Humidity ENG [0.00 to 63.00 / 0 / 0.01g/m3/step]
003 Displays the absolute humidity based on Temperature/Humidity Sensor
Detection Result of the main unit.
Environ:Recent *ENG [- / - / -]
004 Displays the current environment according to the absolute humidity calculated
by Temperature/Humidity Sensor (Main Unit).
Environ:Recent 2 ENG [- / - / -]
005 Displays the current environment according to the absolute humidity calculated
by Temperature/Humidity Sensor (Main Unit).

SP3-XXX (Process)
3262 [Env Set:PCU]
[0 to 6 / 0 / 1/step]
Force Settings ENG 0: Sensor Detection, 2-6: Each
001 Environment for LL-HH
Forced setting for PCU Environment
3263 [Env Set:Body]
[0 to 6 / 0 / 1/step]
Force Settings ENG 0: Sensor Detection, 1-6: Each
001 Environment for LLL-HH
Sets forcibly the current environment (Main Unit)
[0 to 10 / 0 / 1/step]
Force Settings 2 ENG 0: Sensor Detection, 1-10: Each
003 Environment for 1-10
Sets forcibly the current environment (Main Unit 2)
[Env Thresh:PCU]
3264
Threshold for Environment Division
[0.00 to 100.00 / 5.00 /

002 Abs Humid:2 *ENG
0.01g/m3/step]
[0.00 to 100.00 / 10.00 /

0.01g/m3/step]
[0.00 to 100.00 / 18.00 /

0.01g/m3/step]
[0.00 to 100.00 / 25.00 /

0.01g/m3/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
[Env Thresh:Body]
Tables-3
Main SP
3265 Sets Absolute Humidity Threshold in order to determine the current environment
division based on the detection result of Temperature/Humidity Sensor (Main
Unit).
[0.00 to 63.00 / 2.50 /

0.01g/m3/step]
[0.00 to 63.00 / 5.00 /

0.01g/m3/step]
[0.00 to 63.00 / 8.40 /

0.01g/m3/step]
[0.00 to 63.00 / 15.00 /

0.01g/m3/step]
[0.00 to 63.00 / 24.00 /

0.01g/m3/step]
3300 [ID Pattern :Disp]
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.000 /

M/A(Latest):K *ENG
001 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Displays the latest ID Pattern M/A (K).
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.000 /

M/A(Latest):C *ENG
002 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Displays the latest ID Pattern M/A (C).
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.000 /

M/A(Latest):M *ENG
003 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Displays the latest ID Pattern M/A (M).
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.000 /

M/A(Latest):Y *ENG
004 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Displays the latest ID Pattern M/A (Y).

SP3-XXX (Process)
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.150 /

M/A(Target):K *ENG
011 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Displays ID Pattern Target M/A (K).
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.433 /

M/A(Target):C *ENG
012 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Displays ID Pattern Target M/A (C).
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.433 /

M/A(Target):M *ENG
013 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Displays ID Pattern Target M/A (M).
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.433 /

M/A(Target):Y *ENG
014 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Displays ID Pattern Target M/A (Y).
[-0.150 to 0.150 / 0.000 /

M/A(Corr):K *ENG
0.001mg/cm2/step]
021
Corrects ID Pattern M/A (K) based on P_Rank if Development gamma is out of
the target value.
[-0.150 to 0.150 / 0.000 /

M/A(Corr):C *ENG
0.001mg/cm2/step]
022
Corrects ID Pattern M/A (C) based on P_Rank if Development gamma is out of
the target value.
[-0.150 to 0.150 / 0.000 /

M/A(Corr):M *ENG
0.001mg/cm2/step]
023
Corrects ID Pattern M/A (M) based on P_Rank if Development gamma is out of
the target value.
[-0.150 to 0.150 / 0.000 /

M/A(Corr):Y *ENG
0.001mg/cm2/step]
024
Corrects ID Pattern M/A (Y) based on P_Rank if Development gamma is out of
the target value.
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.000 /

101 M/A(Latest):K *ENG
0.001mg/cm2/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Displays the latest ID Pattern M/A (K).
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.000 /
Tables-3
Main SP
M/A(Latest):C *ENG
102 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Displays the latest ID Pattern M/A (C).
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.000 /

M/A(Latest):M *ENG
103 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Displays the latest ID Pattern M/A (M).
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.000 /

M/A(Latest):Y *ENG
104 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Displays the latest ID Pattern M/A (Y).
3301 [ID Pattern :Set]
Create Intrvl:K ENG [0 to 200 / 10 / 1page/step]

001
Sets Create Interval (K) for ID Pattern.
Create Intrvl:C ENG [0 to 200 / 10 / 1page/step]

002
Sets Create Interval (C) for ID Pattern.
Create Intrvl:M ENG [0 to 200 / 10 / 1page/step]

003
Sets Create Interval (M) for ID Pattern.
Create Intrvl:Y ENG [0 to 200 / 10 / 1page/step]

004
Sets Create Interval (Y) for ID Pattern.
Page Cnt:K *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1page/step]

011
Displays ID Pattern Page Counter Value (K).
Page Cnt:C *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1page/step]

012
Displays ID Pattern Page Counter Value (C).
Page Cnt:M *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1page/step]

013
Displays ID Pattern Page Counter Value (M).
014 Page Cnt:Y *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1page/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Displays ID Pattern Page Counter Value (Y).
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.600 /

M/A UppErr:K ENG
021 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Error Judgment Threshold (K) for SC380 ID Pattern Error.
[0.000 to 2.000 / 1.200 /

M/A UppErr:Col ENG
022 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Error Judgment Threshold (CMY) for SC381-SC383 ID Pattern Error.
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.100 /

M/A LowErr:K ENG
023 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Error Judgment Threshold (K) for SC385 ID Pattern Error.
[0.000 to 1.000 / 0.200 /

024 M/A LowErr:Col ENG
0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Error Judgment Threshold (CMY) for SC386-SC388 ID Pattern Error.
[0 to 99999999 / 50000 /
Feed Cnt :Set *ENG
1msec/step]
031
Totals ON Time for Feed Clutch of Sub Hopper. (Resets if Toner End Sensor
detects Yes.)
Feed Cnt :K *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1msec/step]

041
Totals ON Time for Feed Clutch (K) of Sub Hopper.
Feed Cnt :C *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1msec/step]

042
Totals ON Time for Feed Clutch (C) of Sub Hopper.
Feed Cnt :M *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1msec/step]

043
Totals ON Time for Feed Clutch (M) of Sub Hopper.
Feed Cnt :Y *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1msec/step]

044
Totals ON Time for Feed Clutch (Y) of Sub Hopper.

SP3-XXX (Process)
3310 [ID.Sens :Voffset]
Tables-3
Main SP
Voffset_reg *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
001
Displays Regular Reflection Output Voltage when ID Sensor LED is turned off.
Voffset_dif *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

011
Displays Diffuse Reflection Output Voltage when ID Sensor LED is turned off.
Voffset_TM (Front) *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
021 Displays Regular Reflection Output Voltage when TM_Front Sensor LED is
turned off.
Voffset_TM (Center) *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
022 Displays Regular Reflection Output Voltage when TM_Center Sensor LED is
turned off.
Voffset_TM (Rear) *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
023 Displays Regular Reflection Output Voltage when TM_Rear Sensor LED is
turned off.
3311 [ID.Sens :Vmin]
Vmin_K *ENG [0.00 to 5.00 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

001
Displays Vmin_K Output for Graduation Pattern.
3312 [ID.Sens :Vct]
[0.000 to 5.000 / 0.000 /

Vct_Reg *ENG
001 0.001V/step]
Displays Regular Reflection Output for Stroke.
[0.000 to 5.000 / 0.000 /

Vct_dif *ENG
011 0.001V/step]
Displays Regular Reflection Output for crosstalk.
3320 [Vsg Adj: Execute]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Executes Vsg adjustments.
[- / - / -]
001 ALL ENG
[Execute]
3321 [Adjusted Vsg]
Vsg_reg *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

001
Displays Regular Reflection Output of bare part of the belt adjusted by Vsg.
Vsg_dif *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]

011
Displays Diffuse Reflection Output of bare part of the belt adjusted by Vsg.
Vsg_TM (Front) *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
041 Displays Regular Reflection Output of bare part of the belt adjusted by Vsg.
(TM_Front Sensor)
Vsg_TM (Center) *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
(TM_Center Sensor)
Vsg_TM (Rear) *ENG [0.00 to 5.50 / 0.00 / 0.01V/step]
(TM_Rear Sensor)
[Adjusted Ifsg]
3322
Displays ID Sensor LED Current adjusted by Vsg.
001 Ifsg *ENG
011 Ifsg *ENG
021 Ifsg:TM (Front) *ENG [0.0 to 50.0 / 27.0 / 0.1mA]
022 Ifsg:TM (Center) *ENG
023 Ifsg:TM (Rear) *ENG

SP3-XXX (Process)
[Vsg Adj OK?]
Tables-3
Main SP
Displays Vsg Adjustment Execution Result. (SP is assigned to be compatible
with common model series)
 Left digit: TM/P sensor (R)
 Right digit: TM/P sensor (L)
Displays result by each sensor from left in R, then L order.
Code Result detail
0 Did not EXEC. (SP default)

3323
1 Succeed -
ID sensor proofread Out of range from Vsg= Vsg_reg(target

2
error value)±x.x[V/step]
3 Offset voltage error Voffset_reg>Max. or Voffset_dif>Max.
4 LED Ampere Max. error. Ifsg>Max.
5 ID sensor output error. Vsg< Vsg_reg(error)
9 Kill Kill by error of door open, power off.
001 History:Latest *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1/step]
002 History:Latest2 *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
3330 [ID.Sens Coef :Disp]
[0.0000 to 5.0000 / 0.3240 /

K2(Latest) *ENG
001 0.0001/step]
Displays the latest value of Sensitivity Correction Coefficient: K2 of ID sensor.
[0.0000 to 5.0000 / 2.5600 /

K5(Latest) *ENG
011 0.0001/step]
Displays the latest value of Sensitivity Correction Coefficient: K5 of ID sensor.
[ID.Sens Coef :Set]

3331
Shipping inspection value of ID/TM Sensor indicated on the bar code.
021 K2: Check *ENG [0.000 to 1.000 / 0.500 / 0.001/step]
031 Diffuse Corr *ENG [0.75 to 1.35 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]
[0.0000 to 1.0000 / 0.0000 / 0.0001

041 Vct_reg_slope Check *ENG
V/mA]
046 Vct_reg_Xint Check *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1mA]
[0.0000 to 1.0000 / 0.0000 / 0.0001

051 Vct_dif_slope Check *ENG
V/mA]
056 Vct_dif_Xint Check *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1mA]
[Toner Supply Type]

3400
Selects Toner Supply Type
001 K ENG
002 C ENG [0 to 4 / 4 / 1/step]

0: Fixed Supply
003 M ENG 4: DANC
004 Y ENG

SP3-XXX (Process)
[Fixed Supply Mode]
Tables-3
Main SP
3440
Sets Toner Supply Rate for Fixed Supply Mode.
001 K ENG
002 C ENG
[0 to 100 / 5 / 1%/step]
003 M ENG
004 Y ENG
[ImgQltyAdj :ON/OFF]
3500
-
001 ALL *ENG [0 or 1 / - / 1]
002 Process Control *ENG [0 or 1 / - / 1]
003 MUSIC *ENG [0 or 1 / - / 1]
004 Init TD Sensor *ENG [0 or 1 / - / 1]
3520 [ImgQltyAdj :Interval]
During Job *ENG [0 to 100 / 30 / 1page/step]

001
Sets Image Quality Adjustment Interval page being printed.
[Drum Stop Time :Disp]

3521
Displays Drum Stop Time
001 Year *ENG [0 to 99 / 0 / 1year/step]
002 Month *ENG [0 to 12 / 1 / 1month/step]
003 Day *ENG [0 to 31 / 1 / 1day/step]
004 Hour *ENG [0 to 23 / 0 / 1hour/step]
005 Minute *ENG [0 to 59/ 0 / 1min/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
3522 [Drum Stop Environ :Disp]
Temperature *ENG [-99 to 99 / 0 / 0.1deg/step]

001
Displays Drum Stop Environment (Temperature).
Rel Humidity *ENG [0 to 100 / 0 / 0.1%RH/step]

002
Displays Drum Stop Environment (Relative Humidity).
Abs Humidity *ENG [0 to 99 / 0 / 0.1g/m3/step]

003
Displays Drum Stop Environment (Absolute Humidity).
3529 [ProCon Interval Control :Set]
Gamma Corr *ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]

001
Sets ON/OFF for Gamma Correction for ProCon Interval Control.
Env Corr *ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]

002
Sets ON/OFF for Environment Correction for ProCon Interval Control.
AbsHum Threshold *ENG [0.0 to 99.0 / 4.3 / 0.1g/m3/step]
003 Sets Absolute Humidity Threshold for Environment Correction for ProCon
Interval Control.
Max Cnt *ENG [0 to 99 / 2 / 1time/step]

004
Sets Maximum Count Threshold for Interruption ProCon/Job End ProCon.
Exe Cnt *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1time/step]

005
Displays Maximum Count for Interruption ProCon/Job End ProCon.
Page Cnt:BW *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]

006
Displays ProCon (BW) Page Counter.

007
Displays ProCon (FC) Page Counter.

SP3-XXX (Process)
3530 [PowerON ProCon :Set]
Tables-3
Main SP
Non-use Time Setting *ENG [0 to 1440 / 30 / 1min/step]
001
Sets ProCon Execution Judgment Threshold when the power is ON.
Temperature Range *ENG [0 to 99 / 10 / 1deg/step]

002
Relative Humidity Range *ENG [0 to 99 / 50 / 1%RH/step]

003
Absolute Humidity Range *ENG [0 to 99 / 6 / 1g/m3/step]

004
Interval:BW *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]

005
Interval:FC *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]

006
Page Cnt:BW *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]

007
Sets ProCon (BW) Page Counter when the power is ON.

008
Sets ProCon (FC) Page Counter when the power is ON.
[JobIn Procon :Set]

3532
Sets ProCon Execution Judgment Threshold during the waiting time.
001 Non-use Time Setting *ENG [0 to 1440 / 30 / 1min/step]
002 Temperature Range *ENG [0 to 99 / 3 / 1deg/step]
003 Relative Humidity Range *ENG [0 to 99 / 10 / 1%RH/step]
004 Absolute Humidity Range *ENG [0 to 99 / 3 / 1g/m3/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
3533 [Interrupt ProCon :Set]
Interval:Set:BW *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]

001
Sets Interruption ProCon (BW) Page Interval.
Interval:Disp:BW *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]

002
Displays Interruption ProCon (BW) Page Interval.
Corr(Short):BW *ENG [0.00 to 1.00 / 0.50 / 0.01/step]
003 Sets Correction Coefficient (Short) for Page Interval for Interruption ProCon
(BW).
Corr(Mid):BW *ENG [0.00 to 1.00 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]

004
Sets Correction Coefficient (Mid) for Page Interval for Interruption ProCon (BW).
Interval:Set:FC *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]

011
Sets Interruption ProCon (FC) Page Interval.
Interval:Disp:FC *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]

012
Displays Interruption ProCon (FC) Page Interval.
Corr(Short):FC *ENG [0.00 to 1.00 / 0.50 / 0.01/step]
013 Sets Correction Coefficient (Short) for Page Interval for Interruption ProCon
(FC).
Corr(Mid):FC *ENG [0.00 to 1.00 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]

014
Sets Correction Coefficient (Mid) for Page Interval for Interruption ProCon (FC).
3534 [JobEnd ProCon :Set]
Interval:Set:BW *ENG [0 to 5000 / 1000 / 1page/step]

001
Sets Job End ProCon (BW) Page Interval.
Interval:Disp:BW *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]

002
Displays Job End ProCon (BW) Page Interval.
Corr(Short):BW *ENG [0.00 to 1.00 / 0.75 / 0.01/step]

003
Sets Correction Coefficient (Short) for Page Interval for Job End ProCon (BW).

SP3-XXX (Process)
Corr(Mid):BW *ENG [0.00 to 1.00 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]

004
Sets Correction Coefficient (Mid) for Page Interval for Job End ProCon (BW).
Tables-3
Main SP
Interval:Set:FC *ENG [0 to 5000 / 1000 / 1page/step]
011
Sets Job End ProCon (FC) Page Interval.
Interval:Disp:FC *ENG [0 to 5000 / 0 / 1page/step]

012
Displays Job End ProCon (FC) Page Interval.
Corr(Short):FC *ENG [0.00 to 1.00 / 0.75 / 0.01/step]

013
Sets Correction Coefficient (Short) for Page Interval for Job End ProCon (FC).
Corr(Mid):FC *ENG [0.00 to 1.00 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]

014
Sets Correction Coefficient (Mid) for Page Interval for Job End ProCon (FC).
3539 [Dev Agitating Time :Set]
Time *ENG [0 to 3000 / 0 / 1sec/step]

001
Sets Developer Agitating Time.
ON/OFF(by AbsHum) *ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]

010
Sets ON/OFF for Absolute Humidity Correction for Developer Agitating Time.
ON/OFF(by Non-use Time) *ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]

030
Sets ON/OFF for Absolute Humidity Correction for Developer Agitating Time.
ON/OFF(by Non-use Time) *ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]

050
Sets ON/OFF for Absolute Humidity Correction for Image Coverage Correction.

SP3-XXX (Process)
3554 [Set Expel Dev Mode]
Set Expel Dev Mode ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]

001
Sets Execute/Not Execute for Expel Development Mode.
Execution Threshold
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1sec/step]
002 Value:Run
Sets Time Threshold for Expel Operation Execution when printing is finished.
Execution Threshold
ENG [0 to 255 / 15 / 1sec/step]
003 Value:End
Sets Time Threshold for Expel Operation Execution when printing.
[0.00 to 655.35 / 0.67 /

Calculated Value:Half-Speed ENG
004 0.01sec/step]
Coefficient Setting for Expel Time added by Tone Fill Execution for Half-Speed.
[0.00 to 655.35 / 0.00 /

Required Expel Time:K ENG
011 0.01sec/step]
Displays Required Expel Time:K.
[0.00 to 655.35 / 0.00 /

Required Expel Time:C ENG
012 0.01sec/step]
Displays Required Expel Time:C.
[0.00 to 655.35 / 0.00 /

Required Expel Time:M ENG
013 0.01sec/step]
Displays Required Expel Time:M.
[0.00 to 655.35 / 0.00 /

Required Expel Time:Y ENG
014 0.01sec/step]
Displays Required Expel Time:Y.

SP3-XXX (Process)
3600 [Select ProCon]
Tables-3
Main SP
Potential Control *ENG [0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001
Sets Potential Control.
LD Control *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Sets LD Control.
TC Adj. Mode *ENG [0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]

003
Sets Execution Timing for TC Adjustment ProCon.
ACC RunTime ProCon *ENG [0 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]

004
Executes the same operation from SP as that of ACC RunTime ProCon.
TC Adj. Times *ENG [1 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]
005 Sets the maximum value for Adjustment Loop Number for TC Adjustment
ProCon.
ActivePotentialControl *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]

010
Sets Active Potential Control.
DEMS Select *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]

040
Sets DEMS Select.
IMSSe Select *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]

070
Sets IMSSe Select.
[Chrg AC Control]
3610
Displays Charge AC Control Value determined by Charge AC Control.
001 Std Speed: K *ENG
002 Std Speed: C *ENG

[0.00 to 3.00 / 2.20 / 0.01kV/step]
003 Std Speed: M *ENG
004 Std Speed: Y *ENG

SP3-XXX (Process)
[Chrg DC Control]
3611
Displays Charge DC Bias determined by ProCon.
001 Std Speed: K *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
002 Std Speed: C *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
003 Std Speed: M *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
004 Std Speed: Y *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
011 Mid Speed: K *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
012 Mid Speed: C *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
013 Mid Speed: M *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
014 Mid Speed: Y *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
021 Low Speed: K *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
022 Low Speed: C *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
023 Low Speed: M *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
024 Low Speed: Y *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
031 Low Speed2: K *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
032 Low Speed2: C *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
033 Low Speed2: M *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
034 Low Speed2: Y *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
101 Procon:Std Speed: K *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
102 Procon:Std Speed: C *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
103 Procon:Std Speed: M *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
104 Procon:Std Speed: Y *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
111 Procon:Mid Speed: K *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
112 Procon:Mid Speed: C *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
113 Procon:Mid Speed: M *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
114 Procon:Mid Speed: Y *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
121 Procon:Low Speed: K *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
122 Procon:Low Speed: C *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
123 Procon:Low Speed: M *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
124 Procon:Low Speed: Y *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
131 Procon:Low Speed2: K *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
132 Procon:Low Speed2: C *ENG [300 to 1000 / 450 / 1-V/step]
133 Procon:Low Speed2: M *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
134 Procon:Low Speed2: Y *ENG [300 to 1000 / 550 / 1-V/step]
[Dev DC Control]
3612
Displays Development Bias determined by ProCon.
001 Std Speed: K *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
002 Std Speed: C *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
003 Std Speed: M *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
004 Std Speed: Y *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
011 Mid Speed: K *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
012 Mid Speed: C *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
013 Mid Speed: M *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
014 Mid Speed: Y *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
021 Low Speed: K *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
022 Low Speed: C *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
023 Low Speed: M *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
024 Low Speed: Y *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
031 Low Speed2: K *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
032 Low Speed2: C *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
033 Low Speed2: M *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
034 Low Speed2: Y *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
101 Procon:Std Speed: K *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
102 Procon:Std Speed: C *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
103 Procon:Std Speed: M *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
104 Procon:Std Speed: Y *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
111 Procon:Mid Speed: K *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
112 Procon:Mid Speed: C *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
113 Procon:Mid Speed: M *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
114 Procon:Mid Speed: Y *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
121 Procon:Low Speed: K *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
122 Procon:Low Speed: C *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
123 Procon:Low Speed: M *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
124 Procon:Low Speed: Y *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
131 Procon:Low Speed2: K *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
132 Procon:Low Speed2: C *ENG [200 to 800 / 350 / 1-V/step]
133 Procon:Low Speed2: M *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
134 Procon:Low Speed2: Y *ENG [200 to 800 / 450 / 1-V/step]
[LD Power Control]

3613
Displays LD Power determined by ProCon.
001 Std Speed: K *ENG [60 to 180 / 90 / 1%/step]
002 Std Speed: C *ENG [60 to 180 / 90 / 1%/step]
003 Std Speed: M *ENG [60 to 180 / 95 / 1%/step]
004 Std Speed: Y *ENG [60 to 180 / 95 / 1%/step]
101 Procon:Std Speed: K *ENG [60 to 180 / 90 / 1%/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
102 Procon:Std Speed: C *ENG [60 to 180 / 90 / 1%/step]
103 Procon:Std Speed: M *ENG [60 to 180 / 95 / 1%/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
104 Procon:Std Speed: K *ENG [60 to 180 / 95 / 1%/step]
3620 [ProCon Target M/A]
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.378 /

Maximum M/A:K *ENG
001 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (K).
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.433 /

Maximum M/A:C *ENG
002 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (C).
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.433 /

Maximum M/A:M *ENG
003 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (M).
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.433 /

Maximum M/A:Y *ENG
004 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (Y).
Maximum M/A Adj.:K *ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]

011
Sets Maximum M/A Adj. (K) [Operator Adjustment Item].
Maximum M/A Adj.:C *ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]

012
Sets Maximum M/A Adj. (C) [Operator Adjustment Item].
Maximum M/A Adj.:M *ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]

013
Sets Maximum M/A Adj. (M) [Operator Adjustment Item].
Maximum M/A Adj.:Y *ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]

014
Sets Maximum M/A Adj. (Y) [Operator Adjustment Item].
[-0.150 to 0.150 / 0.000 /

021 Maximum M/A Corr:K *ENG
0.001mg/cm2/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Corrects Coverage M/A (K) based on P_Rank if Development gamma is out of

the target value.
[-0.150 to 0.150 / 0.000 /

Maximum M/A Corr:C *ENG
0.001mg/cm2/step]
022
Corrects Coverage M/A (C) based on P_Rank if Development gamma is out of
the target value.
[-0.150 to 0.150 / 0.000 /

Maximum M/A Corr:M *ENG
0.001mg/cm2/step]
023
Corrects Coverage M/A (M) based on P_Rank if Development gamma is out of
the target value.
[-0.150 to 0.150 / 0.000 /

Maximum M/A Corr:Y *ENG
0.001mg/cm2/step]
024
Corrects Coverage M/A (Y) based on P_Rank if Development gamma is out of
the target value.
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.600 /

Procon:Maximum M/A:K *ENG
101 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (K) Current Value according to paper.
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.600 /

Procon:Maximum M/A:C *ENG
102 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (C) Current Value according to paper.
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.600 /

Procon:Maximum M/A:M *ENG
103 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (M) Current Value according to paper.
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.600 /

Procon:Maximum M/A:Y *ENG
104 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (Y) Current Value according to paper.
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.378 /

Plain:Maximum M/A:K *ENG
111 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (K) Current Value for plain paper.

SP3-XXX (Process)
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.433 /

Plain:Maximum M/A:C *ENG
112 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
Sets Coverage M/A (C) Current Value for plain paper.
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.433 /

Plain:Maximum M/A:M *ENG
113 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (M) Current Value for plain paper.
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.433 /

Plain:Maximum M/A:Y *ENG
114 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (Y) Current Value for plain paper.
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.378 /

gloss:Maximum M/A:K *ENG
121 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (K) Current Value for gloss paper.
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.389 /

gloss:Maximum M/A:C *ENG
122 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (C) Current Value for gloss paper.
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.389 /

gloss:Maximum M/A:M *ENG
123 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (M) Current Value for gloss paper.
[0.250 to 0.750 / 0.389 /

gloss:Maximum M/A:Y *ENG
124 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Coverage M/A (Y) Current Value for gloss paper.
3622 [Dev Pot :Set]
Current: K *ENG [0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]

001
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (K).
Current: C *ENG [0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]

002
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (C).
003 Current: M *ENG [0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (M).
Current: Y *ENG [0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]

004
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (Y).
Target:K *ENG [0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]

011
Displays Development Potential: Target Value (K).
Target:C *ENG [0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]

012
Displays Development Potential: Target Value (C).
Target:M *ENG [0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]

013
Displays Development Potential: Target Value (M).
Target:Y *ENG [0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]

014
Displays Development Potential: Target Value (Y).
UpperLimit:K *ENG [400 to 800 / 625 / 1V/step]

051
Sets Development Potential (Upper Limit) (K).
UpperLimit:C *ENG [400 to 800 / 625 / 1V/step]

052
Sets Development Potential (Upper Limit) (C).
UpperLimit:M *ENG [400 to 800 / 625 / 1V/step]

053
Sets Development Potential (Upper Limit) (M).
UpperLimit:Y *ENG [400 to 800 / 625 / 1V/step]

054
Sets Development Potential (Upper Limit) (Y).
LowerLimit:K *ENG [0 to 400 / 200 / 1V/step]

061
Sets Development Potential (Lower Limit) (K).
LowerLimit:C *ENG [0 to 400 / 200 / 1V/step]

062
Sets Development Potential (Lower Limit) (C).
LowerLimit:M *ENG [0 to 400 / 200 / 1V/step]

063
Sets Development Potential (Lower Limit) (M).
064 LowerLimit:Y *ENG [0 to 400 / 200 / 1V/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Sets Development Potential (Lower Limit) (Y).
Current:K *ENG [0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
101
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (K) according to paper.
Current:C *ENG [0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]

102
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (C) according to paper.
Current:M *ENG [0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]

103
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (M) according to paper.
Current:Y *ENG [0 to 800 / 0 / 1V/step]

104
Displays Development Potential: Current Value (Y) according to paper.
[LD Power :Set]

3623
Displays LD power decided Procon.
Line Width Adj.:K *ENG [20 to 120 / 53 / 1um/step]

051
Sets Line Width Adj. (K) [Operator Adjustment Item].
Line Width Adj.:C *ENG [20 to 120 / 51 / 1um/step]

052
Sets Line Width Adj. (C) [Operator Adjustment Item].
Line Width Adj.:M *ENG [20 to 120 / 51 / 1um/step]

053
Sets Line Width Adj. (M) [Operator Adjustment Item].
Line Width Adj.:Y *ENG [20 to 120 / 51 / 1um/step]

054
Sets Line Width Adj. (Y) [Operator Adjustment Item].
Line Width Adj.:K *ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]

061
Sets Line Width Adj. (K) [Operator Adjustment Item].
Line Width Adj.:C *ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]

062
Sets Line Width Adj. (C) [Operator Adjustment Item].
Line Width Adj.:M *ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]

063
Sets Line Width Adj. (M) [Operator Adjustment Item].

SP3-XXX (Process)
Line Width Adj.:Y *ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]

064
Sets Line Width Adj. (Y) [Operator Adjustment Item].
3624 [TC Adj. Mode]
[0.00 to 1.00 / 0.15 / 0.01

Target(Upp Limit) *ENG
mg/cm2/-kV/step]
001
Sets Development gamma Adjustment Target (Upp Limit) for Toner Density
Adjustment.
[0.00 to 1.00 / -0.10 / 0.01

Target(Lwr Limit) *ENG
mg/cm2/-kV/step]
002
Sets Development gamma Adjustment Target (Lwr Limit) for Toner Density
Adjustment.
3630 [Dev gamma :Disp/Set]
[0.10 to 6.00 / 0.10 / 0.01

Current: K *ENG
001 mg/cm2/-kV/step]
Displays the latest Development gamma (K).
[0.10 to 6.00 / 0.10 / 0.01

Current: C *ENG
Displays the latest Development gamma (C).
[0.10 to 6.00 / 0.10 / 0.01

Current: M *ENG
Displays the latest Development gamma (M).
[0.10 to 6.00 / 0.10 / 0.01

Current: Y *ENG
Displays the latest Development gamma (Y).
[0.50 to 2.55 / 0.50 / 0.01

Target:K *ENG
Displays Target Value for Development gamma (K).

SP3-XXX (Process)
[0.50 to 2.55 / 0.50 / 0.01

Target:C *ENG
Tables-3
Main SP
Displays Target Value for Development gamma (C).
[0.50 to 2.55 / 0.50 / 0.01

Target:M *ENG
Displays Target Value for Development gamma (M).
[0.50 to 2.55 / 0.50 / 0.01

Target:Y *ENG
Displays Target Value for Development gamma (Y).
TnrDensity:K *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1 wt%/step]

061
Displays Toner Density (K) converted based on TD Sensor output.
TnrDensity:C *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1 wt%/step]

062
Displays Toner Density (C) converted based on TD Sensor output.
TnrDensity:M *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1 wt%/step]

063
Displays Toner Density (M) converted based on TD Sensor output.
TnrDensity:Y *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1 wt%/step]

064
Displays Toner Density (Y) converted based on TD Sensor output.
[Vk :Disp]
3631
Displays the latest Development Start Voltage.
001 K *ENG
002 C *ENG
[-300 to 300 / 0 / 1-V/step]
003 M *ENG
004 Y *ENG

SP3-XXX (Process)
3641 [Vd(700) :Disp]
Average:K *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]
001 Displays the average of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd (K)
(Offset Exposure ON).
Average:C *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]
002 Displays the average of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd (C)
Average:M *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]
003 Displays the average of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd (M)
Average:Y *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]
004 Displays the average of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd (Y)
Max:K *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]
011 Displays the maximum value of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd
(K) (Offset Exposure ON).
Max:C *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]
(C) (Offset Exposure ON).
Max:M *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]
(M) (Offset Exposure ON).
Max:Y *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]
(Y) (Offset Exposure ON).
Min:K *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]
021 Displays the minimum value of one rotation of the drum for the latest OPC Vd
(K) (Offset Exposure ON).

SP3-XXX (Process)
Min:C *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
(C) (Offset Exposure ON).
Min:M *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]
(M) (Offset Exposure ON).
Min:Y *ENG [0 to 999 / 0 / 1-V/step]
(Y) (Offset Exposure ON).
Coef:K *ENG [0.80 to 1.20 / 0.97 / 0.01/step]
031 Sets Correction Coefficient (Vc-Vd Convert Coefficient) (K) calculated from
Vc-Vd Plotter.
Coef:C *ENG [0.80 to 1.20 / 0.97 / 0.01/step]
032 Sets Correction Coefficient (Vc-Vd Convert Coefficient) (C) calculated from
Vc-Vd Plotter.
Coef:M *ENG [0.80 to 1.20 / 0.97 / 0.01/step]
033 Sets Correction Coefficient ((Vc-Vd Convert Coefficient) (M) calculated from
Vc-Vd Plotter.
Coef:Y *ENG [0.80 to 1.20 / 0.97 / 0.01/step]
034 Sets Correction Coefficient (Vc-Vd Convert Coefficient) (Y) calculated from
Vc-Vd Plotter.
[Vr :Disp]
3642
Displays the latest OPC Vr.
001 K *ENG
002 C *ENG
[0 to 999/ 0 / 1-V/step]
003 M *ENG
004 Y *ENG

SP3-XXX (Process)
3649 [Pattern Pot:]
Vl(P5):K *ENG [0 to 999/ 0 / 1-V/step]

001
Displays Vl (P5): (K) of the fifth patch for Graduation Pattern.
Vl(P5):C *ENG [0 to 999/ 0 / 1-V/step]

002
Displays Vl (P5): (C) of the fifth patch for Graduation Pattern.
Vl(P5):M *ENG [0 to 999/ 0 / 1-V/step]

003
Displays Vl (P5): (M) of the fifth patch for Graduation Pattern.
Vl(P5):Y *ENG [0 to 999/ 0 / 1-V/step]

004
Displays Vl (P5): (Y) of the fifth patch for Graduation Pattern.
Vpl:K *ENG [0 to 999/ 0 / 1-V/step]

011
Displays Vpl (K) for Relay Pattern.
Vpl:C *ENG [0 to 999/ 0 / 1-V/step]

012
Displays Vpl (C) for Relay Pattern.
Vpl:M *ENG [0 to 999/ 0 / 1-V/step]

013
Displays Vpl (M) for Relay Pattern.
Vpl:Y *ENG [0 to 999/ 0 / 1-V/step]

014
Displays Vpl (Y) for Relay Pattern.

SP3-XXX (Process)
3670 [DEMS:Settting]
Tables-3
Main SP
OFF/ON *ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
001
Sets OFF/ON for DEMS.
[0.000 to 0.100 / 0.005 /

Abp[1] Lwr Threshold *ENG
010 0.001mg/cm2/step]
Sets Abp[1] Lower Threshold for OPC Cycle of Development Bias.
[0.000 to 0.100 / 0.005 /

Abd[1] Lwr Threshold *ENG
0.001mg/cm2/step]
011
Sets Abd[1] Lower Threshold for Development Roller Cycle of Development
Bias.
deltaP_Upp Threshold *ENG [0.0 to 180.0 / 60.0 / 0.1deg/step]
020 Sets the deltaP_Upp Threshold per rotating body rotation of Adhesion amount
patch.
3671 [Vc:Coef:Setting]
Scp[1] *ENG [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]

001
Sets Frequency Correction Coefficient Scp[1] for OPC Cycle amplitude of Vc.
Kcp1 *ENG [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]
011 Sets Line Speed: Mid Correction Coefficient Kcp1 for OPC Cycle amplitude of
Vc.
Kcp2 *ENG [0.00 to 2.55 / 0.90 / 0.01/step]
012 Sets Line Speed: Low Correction Coefficient Kcp2 for OPC Cycle amplitude of
Vc.
Scd[1] *ENG [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.10 / 0.01/step]
051 Sets Frequency Correction Coefficient Scd[1] for Development Roller Cycle
amplitude of Vc.
061 Kcd1 *ENG [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Sets Line Speed: Mid Correction Coefficient Kcd1 for Development Roller Cycle
amplitude of Vc.
Kcd2 *ENG [0.00 to 2.55 / 0.90 / 0.01/step]
062 Sets Line Speed: Low Correction Coefficient Kcd2 for Development Roller
Cycle amplitude of Vc.
[-0.500 to 0.500 / 0.000 /

tadj_c:K *ENG
071 0.001s/step]
Sets tadj_c (K) time for Vc (K).
[-0.500 to 0.500 / 0.000 /

tadj_c:C *ENG
072 0.001s/step]
Sets tadj_c (K) time for Vc (C).
[-0.500 to 0.500 / 0.000 /

tadj_c:M *ENG
073 0.001s/step]
Sets tadj_c (K) time for Vc (M).
[-0.500 to 0.500 / 0.000 /

tadj_c:Y *ENG
074 0.001s/step]
Sets tadj_c (K) time for Vc (Y).
MaxPot:Slope *ENG [0. 00 to 0.50 / 0.41 / 0.01/step]

081
Sets the coefficient alpha (MaxPot: Slope) for correcting Vc Table.
MaxPot:Intercept *ENG [0 to 255 / 34 / 1V/step]

082
Sets the coefficient beta (MaxPot: Intercept) for correcting Vc Table.
3672 [Vc:Amp:Disp]
OPC:Acp[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

001
Displays OPC:Acp[1] for Vc Bias (K).
OPC:Acp[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

002
Displays OPC:Acp[1] for Vc Bias (C).
003 OPC:Acp[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Displays OPC:Acp[1] for Vc Bias (M).
OPC:Acp[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
004
Displays OPC:Acp[1] for Vc Bias (Y).
DEV:Acd[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

051
Displays DEV:Acd[1] for Vc Bias (K).
DEV:Acd[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

052
Displays DEV:Acd[1] for Vc Bias (C).
DEV:Acd[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

053
Displays DEV:Acd[1] for Vc Bias (M).
DEV:Acd[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

054
Displays DEV:Acd[1] for Vc Bias (Y).
3673 [Vc:Amp:Disp]
OPC:Acp'[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

001
Displays OPC:Acp'[1] for Vc Bias (K).
OPC:Acp'[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

002
Displays OPC:Acp'[1] for Vc Bias (C).
OPC:Acp'[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

003
Displays OPC:Acp'[1] for Vc Bias (M).
OPC:Acp'[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

004
Displays OPC:Acp'[1] for Vc Bias (Y).
DEV:Acd'[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

051
Displays DEV:Acd'[1] for Vc Bias (K).
DEV:Acd'[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

052
Displays DEV:Acd'[1] for Vc Bias (C).
053 DEV:Acd'[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Displays DEV:Acd'[1] for Vc Bias (M).
DEV:Acd'[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

054
Displays DEV:Acd'[1] for Vc Bias (Y).
3674 [Vc:Phase:Disp]
OPC:Pcp[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

001
Displays OPC:Pcp[1] for Vc Bias (K).
OPC:Pcp[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

002
Displays OPC:Pcp[1] for Vc Bias (C).
OPC:Pcp[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

003
Displays OPC:Pcp[1] for Vc Bias (M).
OPC:Pcp[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

004
Displays OPC:Pcp[1] for Vc Bias (Y).
DEV:Pcd[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

051
Displays DEV:Pcd[1] for Vc Bias (K).
DEV:Pcd[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

052
Displays DEV:Pcd[1] for Vc Bias (C).
DEV:Pcd[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

053
Displays DEV:Pcd[1] for Vc Bias (M).
DEV:Pcd[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

054
Displays DEV:Pcd[1] for Vc Bias (Y).
deltaPcp[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

101
Displays deltaPcp[1] for M/A patch (K).
deltaPcp[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

102
Displays deltaPcp[1] for M/A patch (C).
103 deltaPcp[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Displays deltaPcp[1] for M/A patch (M).
deltaPcp[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
104
Displays deltaPcp[1] for M/A patch (Y).
deltaPcd[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

151
Displays deltaPcd[1] for M/A patch (K).
deltaPcd[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

152
Displays deltaPcd[1] for M/A patch (C).
deltaPcd[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

153
Displays deltaPcd[1] for M/A patch (M).
deltaPcd[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

154
Displays deltaPcd[1] for M/A patch (Y).
3675 [Vb:Coef:Setting]
Sbp[1] *ENG [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]

001
Sets Frequency Correction Coefficient Sbp[1] for OPC Cycle amplitude of Vb.
Kbp1 *ENG [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]
011 Sets Line Speed: Mid Correction Coefficient Kbp1 for OPC Cycle amplitude of
Vb.
Kbp2 *ENG [0.00 to 2.55 / 0.90 / 0.01/step]
012 Sets Line Speed: Low Correction Coefficient Kbp2 for OPC Cycle amplitude of
Vb.
Sbd[1] *ENG [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.10 / 0.01/step]
051 Sets Frequency Correction Coefficient Sbd[1] for Development Roller Cycle
amplitude of Vb.
Kbd1 *ENG [0.00 to 2.55 / 1.00 / 0.01/step]
061 Sets Line Speed: Mid Correction Coefficient Kbd1 for Development Roller Cycle
amplitude of Vb.

SP3-XXX (Process)
Kbd2 *ENG [0.00 to 2.55 / 0.90 / 0.01/step]
062 Sets Line Speed: Low Correction Coefficient Kbd1 for Development Roller
Cycle amplitude of Vb.
[-0.500 to 0.500 / 0.000 /

tadj_b:K *ENG
071 0.001s/step]
Sets tadj_b (K) time for Vb (K).
[-0.500 to 0.500 / 0.000 /

tadj_b:C *ENG
072 0.001s/step]
Sets tadj_b (C) time for Vb (C).
[-0.500 to 0.500 / 0.000 /

tadj_b:M *ENG
073 0.001s/step]
Sets tadj_b (M) time for Vb (M).
[-0.500 to 0.500 / 0.000 /

tadj_b:Y *ENG
074 0.001s/step]
Sets tadj_b (Y) time for Vb (Y).
3676 [Vb:Amp:Disp]
OPC:Abp[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

001
Displays OPC:Abp[1] for Vb Bias (K).
OPC:Abp[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

002
Displays OPC:Abp[1] for Vb Bias (C).
OPC:Abp[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

003
Displays OPC:Abp[1] for Vb Bias (M).
OPC:Abp[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

004
Displays OPC:Abp[1] for Vb Bias (Y)
DEV:Abd[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

051
Displays DEV:Abd[1] for Vb Bias (K).
052 DEV:Abd[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Displays DEV:Abd[1] for Vb Bias (C).
DEV:Abd[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
053
Displays DEV:Abd[1] for Vb Bias (M).
DEV:Abd[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

054
Displays DEV:Abd[1] for Vb Bias (Y).
3677 [Vb:Amp:Disp]
OPC:Abp'[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

001
Displays OPC:Abp'[1] for Vb Bias (K).
OPC:Abp'[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

002
Displays OPC:Abp'[1] for Vb Bias (C).
OPC:Abp'[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

003
Displays OPC:Abp'[1] for Vb Bias (M).
OPC:Abp'[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

004
Displays OPC:Abp'[1] for Vb Bias (Y).
DEV:Abd'[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

051
Displays DEV:Abd'[1] for Vb Bias (K).
DEV:Abd'[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

052
Displays DEV:Abd'[1] for Vb Bias (C).
DEV:Abd'[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

053
Displays DEV:Abd'[1] for Vb Bias (M).
DEV:Abd'[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

054
Displays DEV:Abd'[1] for Vb Bias (Y).

SP3-XXX (Process)
3678 [Vb:Phase:Disp]
OPC:Pbp[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

001
Displays OPC:Pbp[1] for Vb Bias (K).
OPC:Pbp[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

002
Displays OPC:Pbp[1] for Vb Bias (C).
OPC:Pbp[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

003
Displays OPC:Pbp[1] for Vb Bias (M).
OPC:Pbp[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

004
Displays OPC:Pbp[1] for Vb Bias (Y).
DEV:Pbd[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

051
Displays DEV:Pbd[1] for Vb Bias (K).
DEV:Pbd[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

052
Displays DEV:Pbd[1] for Vb Bias (C).
DEV:Pbd[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

053
Displays DEV:Pbd[1] for Vb Bias (M).
DEV:Pbd[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

054
Displays DEV:Pbd[1] for Vb Bias (Y).
deltaPbp[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

101
Displays deltaPcp[1] for M/A patch (K).
deltaPbp[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

102
Displays deltaPcp[1] for M/A patch (C).
deltaPbp[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

103
Displays deltaPcp[1] for M/A patch (M).
deltaPbp[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

104
Displays deltaPcp[1] for M/A patch (Y).

SP3-XXX (Process)
deltaPbd[1]:K *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

151
Displays deltaPcd[1] for M/A patch (K).
Tables-3
Main SP
deltaPbd[1]:C *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]
152
Displays deltaPcd[1] for M/A patch (C).
deltaPbd[1]:M *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

153
Displays deltaPcd[1] for M/A patch (M).
deltaPbd[1]:Y *ENG [0.0 to 360.0 / 0.0 / 0.1deg/step]

154
Displays deltaPcd[1] for M/A patch (Y).
[Manual New Part Set]

3701
Sets Flag for executing Manual New Part Setting.
001 #PCDU:K *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 #K_Development Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Development: Bk *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Development Filter:K *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 #Cleaning Unit: K *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 K_Cleaning Blade *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 K_Lubricant Brush *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Lubricant Bar: K *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 K_Lubricant Blade *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Brash Drive Joint:K *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Gears:K *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 #K_Charge Roller Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Charge Roller: K *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Cleaner:Charge Roller:K *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Gear:Charge Roller:K *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
021 #PCU:K *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 #PCDU:C *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 #C_Development Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Development: C *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
028 Development Filter:C *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 #Cleaning Unit: C *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 C_Cleaning Blade *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033 C_Lubricant Brush *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034 Lubricant Bar: C *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
035 C_Lubricant Blade *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
036 Brash Drive Joint:C *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
037 Gears:C *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
040 #C_Charge Roller Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Charge Roller: C *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042 Cleaner:Charge Roller:C *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
043 Gear:Charge Roller:C *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044 #PCU:C *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
047 #PCDU:M *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
049 #M_Development Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
050 Development: M *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
051 Development Filter:M *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
054 #Cleaning Unit: M *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
055 M_Cleaning Blade *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
056 M_Lubricant Brush *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
057 Lubricant Bar: M *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
058 M_Lubricant Blade *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
059 Brash Drive Joint:M *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
060 Gears:M *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
063 #M_Charge Roller Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
064 Charge Roller: M *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
065 Cleaner:Charge Roller:M *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
066 Gear:Charge Roller:M *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
067 #PCU:M *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
070 #PCDU:Y *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
072 #Y_Development Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
073 Development: Y *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
074 Development Filter:Y *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
077 #Cleaning Unit: Y *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
078 Y_Cleaning Blade *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
079 Y_Lubricant Brush *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
080 Lubricant Bar: Y *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
081 Y_Lubricant Blade *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
082 Brash Drive Joint:Y *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
083 Gears:Y *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
086 #Y_Charge Roller Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
087 Charge Roller: Y *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
088 Cleaner:Charge Roller:Y *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
089 Gear:Charge Roller:Y *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
090 #PCU:Y *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
093 #Image Transfer Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
094 ITB(Image Transfer Belt) *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
095 ITB Roller: K *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
096 ITB Roller: C *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
097 ITB Roller: M *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
098 ITB Roller: Y *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
099 ITB Bias Roller *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
102 #ITB Cleaning Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
104 Lubricant Brush *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
105 Lubrication: Belt Cleanig *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
106 Lube Application Blade *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
109 #Paper Transfer Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
110 Quenching *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
111 PTR(Paper Transfer Roller) *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
114 #Fusing *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
115 #Fusing Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
116 Fusing Belt *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
117 Hot Roller *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
118 Pressure Roller *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
119 Pressure Roller Bearings *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
120 Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
124 #Fusing Cleaning Unit *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
125 Cleaning Web *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
126 Web Cleaning Roller *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
127 Web Roller Stopper *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
130 #Main Unit Filters *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
131 Dust Filter:Large *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
132 Dust Filter:Small *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
133 Ozone Filter *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
134 Deodorant Filter:Large *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
135 Deodorant Filter:Small *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
145 #Tray1 Roller Assembly *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
146 Pick-up Roller-Tray1 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Feed Roller:Tray 1:Feeding

147 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
Feed Roller:Tray 1:Separation

148 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller

153 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller

154 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller

159 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller

160 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller

165 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller

166 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
169 #Feed Roller:Bypass *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
170 Feed Roller:Bypass:Pick-up *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Feed Roller:Bypass:Feeding
171 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
Feed
172 Roller:Bypass:Separation *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
175 #Feed Roller:A3LCT *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
176 Feed Roller:A3LCT:Pick-up *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding
177 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
Feed
178 Roller:A3LCT:Separation *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
181 #Feed Roller:A4LCT *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
182 Feed Roller:A4LCT:Pick-up *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
183 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
Feed
184 Roller:A4LCT:Separation *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller
187 #Inserter Feed:Tray 1 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
188 Inserter:Tray1:Pick-up *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
189 Inserter:Tray1:Feed Belt *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
190 Inserter:Tray1:Separate Roller *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
193 #Inserter Feed:Tray 2 *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
194 Inserter:Tray2:Pick-up *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
195 Inserter:Tray2:Feed Belt *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
196 Inserter:Tray2:Separate Roller *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
199 #Interposer *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
200 Feed Belt:Interposer *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
201 Separation Roller:Interposer *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
202 Pick-up Roller:Interposer *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
205 #ADF *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
206 ADF Feed Belt *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
207 ADF Separation Roller *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
208 ADF Pick-up Roller *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
3800 [Waste Toner Full Detection]
[0 to 4 / 0 / 1/step]
0: New
Condition *ENG 1: Normal
001 2: Near Full or alike

3: Full or alike
Notifies the condition of the Waste Toner Bottle after detecting from Mecha
Detection, counter operation, and so on.
Page Count 1 After Near Full *ENG [0 to 1000000 / 0 / 1page/step]

002
Counts printed pages after Mecha Detection.
Volume Count 1 After Near [0.0 to 10000000.0 / 0.0 /

*ENG
Full 0.1mg/step]
003
Counts waste toner volume (including printing and adjustment operation) after
Mecha Detection.
Volume Count 1 After [0.0 to 10000000.0 / 0.0 /

*ENG
Replacement 0.1mg/step]
004
Counts waste toner volume (including printing and adjustment operation) for
New Part detection (from Near Full).
Volume Count 2 After [0.0 to 10000000.0 / 0.0 /

*ENG
Replacement 0.1mg/step]
005
Counts waste toner volume (including printing and adjustment operation) for
New Part detection (from Full).

SP3-XXX (Process)
Page Count 2 After Near Full *ENG [0 to 1000000 / 0 / 1page/step]

006
Counts printed pages after failing in New Part detection.
Volume Count 2 After Near [0.0 to 10000000.0 / 0.0 /

*ENG
Full 0.1mg/step]
007
Counts waste toner volume (including printing and adjustment operation) after
failing in New Part detection.
[0 to 1000000 / 36000 / 1page/step]

Value increase: Printed pages from
Threshold : print page : full *ENG Mecha Detection increases.
011 Value decrease: Printed pages from

Mecha Detection decreases.
Threshold for Full detection. Displays Print Page Threshold for Full from Mecha
Detection.
[0.0 to 10000000.0 / 480000.0 /

0.1mg/step]
Value increase: Upper limit for
Threshold : Volume Count : Waste Toner Volume from Mecha
*ENG
full Detection increases.
012 Value decrease: Upper Limit for
Waste Toner Volume from Mecha
Detection decreases.
Threshold for Full detection. Displays Waste Toner Volume Threshold for Full
from Mecha Detection.
[0.0 to 10000000.0 / 960000.0 /

0.1mg/step]
Value increase: Printed pages until
Threshold : Volume Count : when the machine recognizes that
*ENG
empty the new bottle is set increases.
013 Value decrease: Printed pages until
when the machine recognizes that
the new bottle is set decreases.
Threshold for New Part detection. Displays Waste Toner Volume Threshold
from Near Full and Full to New Part.

SP3-XXX (Process)
[0 to 255 / 15(Office a, Office b),

29(Pro a, Pro b) / 1day/step]
Tables-3
Main SP
Value increase: The days until when
the Near Full message is displayed
after Mecha Detection become
Threshold : Remainder days *ENG
short.
014 Value decrease: The days until
when the Near Full message is
displayed after Mecha Detection
become long.
Displays the threshold for remainder days indicating the timing to display the
Near Full message after Mecha Detection.
[0.00000 to 1.00000 / 0.00500 /

Solid M/A *ENG
021 0.00001 mg/mm2]
Solid M/A
[0.00000 to 1.00000 / 0.00002 /

Background M/A *ENG
022 0.00001 mg/mm2]
Background M/A
Percentage of Transfer Ratio *ENG [0 to 100 / 81 / 1/step]

023
Percentage of Transfer Ratio
Date of detection for near full *ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]

024
Displays Date of detection for near full.
3810 [Lubricant End Detection]
Near End Detection Distance:

*ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1cm/step]
Thres1:Bk
001
Distance Threshold (K) between Mecha Detection and Near End Detection
(Near End Display)
Near End Detection Distance:

002 *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1cm/step]
Thres1:FC

SP3-XXX (Process)
Distance Threshold (FC) between Mecha Detection and Near End Detection
(Near End Display)
End Detection Distance: [0 to 999999999 / 1200000 /

*ENG
003 Thres2:Bk 1cm/step]
Distance Threshold (K) between Mecha Detection and End Detection
End Detection Distance: [0 to 999999999 / 1200000 /

*ENG
004 Thres2:FC 1cm/step]
Distance Threshold (FC) between Near End Detection and End Detection
Conduction Detection
*ENG [0 to 9 / 1 / 1/step]
Times:Thres3
005 Conduction Detection Times Threshold

Normal -> Conduction Detection Times in Mecha Detection
Shifting to Mecha Detection becomes slow if Conduction Detection Times
increases.
New Unit Conduction

*ENG [0 to 9 / 4 / 1/step]
Detection Times:Thres4
006 New Unit Conduction Detection Times Threshold

Threshold for Conduction Detection Times until when judged as New Unit
Judging as New Unit becomes fast if Conduction Detection Times decreases.
Judging as New Unit becomes slow if Conduction Detection Times increases.
Conduction Detection Times

*ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
Counter:K
011
Conduction Detection Times Counter (K)
Normal -> Mecha or Conduction Times Counter (K) when detecting New Unit

*ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
Counter:C
012
Conduction Detection Times Counter (C)
Normal -> Mecha or Conduction Times Counter (C) when detecting New Unit

013 *ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
Counter:M

SP3-XXX (Process)
Conduction Detection Times Counter (M)

Normal -> Mecha or Conduction Times Counter (M) when detecting New Unit
Tables-3
Main SP
*ENG [0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
Counter:Y
014
Conduction Detection Times Counter (Y)
Normal -> Mecha or Conduction Times Counter (Y) when detecting New Unit
Near End Distance:K *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1cm/step]
015 OPC Distance (K): Save SP
Saves and stores the value for PM Counter when detecting Mecha.
Near End Distance:C *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1cm/step]
016 OPC Distance (C): Save SP
Near End Distance:M *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1cm/step]
017 OPC Distance (M): Save SP
Near End Distance:Y *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1cm/step]
018 OPC Distance (Y): Save SP
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Normal,
Detection Flag:K *ENG 1: Mecha Detection,
021 2: Near End Detection,
3: End Detection
Detection Flag (K)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Normal,
Detection Flag:C *ENG 1: Mecha Detection,
022 2: Near End Detection
3: End Detection
Detection Flag (C)

SP3-XXX (Process)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Normal
Detection Flag:M *ENG 1: Mecha Detection
3: End Detection
Detection Flag (M)
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Normal,
Detection Flag:Y *ENG 1: Mecha Detection
3: End Detection
Detection Flag (Y)
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
New Unit Detection Flag:K *ENG 0: Normal,
025 1: Detecting New Unit
New Unit Detection Flag (K)
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
New Unit Detection Flag:C *ENG 0: Normal,
New Unit Detection Flag (C)
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
New Unit Detection Flag:M *ENG 0: Normal
New Unit Detection Flag (M)
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
New Unit Detection Flag:Y *ENG 0: Normal,
New Unit Detection Flag (Y)
End Detection
*ENG [- / 600000 / -]
030 pages:Thres5:BK

SP3-XXX (Process)
End Detection
*ENG [- / 600000 / -]
031 pages:Thres5:FC
Tables-3
Main SP
-
End Detection pages:Distance

*ENG [- / 340000 / -]
032 Thres5:BK
End Detection pages:Distance

*ENG [- / 340000 / -]
033 Thres5:BK
3820 [Tnr Refresh Mode]
Img Area Thresh:K ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 1.5 / 0.1%/step]

001
Sets Image Area Threshold for Toner Refresh Mode Bk.
Img Area Thresh:C ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 1.5 / 0.1%/step]

002
Sets Image Area Threshold for Toner Refresh Mode C.
Img Area Thresh:M ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 1.5 / 0.1%/step]

003
Sets Image Area Threshold for Toner Refresh Mode M.
Img Area Thresh:Y ENG [0.0 to 25.5 / 1.5 / 0.1%/step]

004
Sets Image Area Threshold for Toner Refresh Mode Y.
K Amount ENG [0.0 to 65535.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm]

011
Displays required Toner Refresh amount for Bk.
C Amount ENG [0.0 to 65535.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm]

012
Displays required Toner Refresh amount for C.
M Amount ENG [0.0 to 65535.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm]

013
Displays required Toner Refresh amount for M.
Y Amount ENG [0.0 to 65535.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm]

014
Displays required Toner Refresh amount for Y.

SP3-XXX (Process)
Max Between Pattern ENG [40 to 255 / 40 / 1mm]

021
Sets Max Between Pattern for Toner Refresh.
Max Job End Pattern ENG [0 to 10000 / 1000 / 1mm]

022
Sets Max Job End Pattern for Toner Refresh.
Between Ptn flag ENG [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 Displays Execution Between Pattern flag. The flag turns to "1" automatically
when the required Refresh amount exceeds the below mentioned Between
Pattern Start threshold, and then executes Between Pattern.
Between Ptn Start threshold ENG [0 to 10000 / 50 / 1mm]
032 Sets Between Pattern Start threshold.

Between Pattern starts when the required Refresh amount exceeds this
threshold.
Between Ptn Stop threshold ENG [0 to 10000 / 30 / 1mm]
033 Sets Between Pattern Stop threshold.

Between Pattern stops when the required Refresh amount falls below this
threshold.
[ProCon Target M/A] *D137/D138 only

3921
Sets Maximum M/A Adj. (K) [Operator Adjustment Item].
001 Custom Paper 001 ENG [-5 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]

SP3-XXX (Process)
Tables-3
Main SP

SP3-XXX (Process)

SP3-XXX (Process)
Tables-3
Main SP

SP3-XXX (Process)

3922
Sets Maximum M/A Adj. (C) [Operator Adjustment Item].

SP3-XXX (Process)
Tables-3
Main SP

SP3-XXX (Process)

SP3-XXX (Process)
Tables-3
Main SP

SP3-XXX (Process)

3923
Sets Maximum M/A Adj. (M) [Operator Adjustment Item].

SP3-XXX (Process)
Tables-3
Main SP

SP3-XXX (Process)

SP3-XXX (Process)
Tables-3
Main SP

SP3-XXX (Process)

3924
Sets Maximum M/A Adj. (Y) [Operator Adjustment Item].

SP3-XXX (Process)
Tables-3
Main SP

SP3-XXX (Process)

SP3-XXX (Process)
Tables-3
Main SP

SP3-XXX (Process)

MAIN SP TABLES-4
None
SP4-XXX (Scanner)
2. MAIN SP TABLES-4
2.1 SP4-XXX (SCANNER)
Tables-4
Main SP
[Sub Scan Magnification Adj]
4008
Adjusts Sub Scan Magnification by 0.1% each step.
[-1.0 to 1.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]

Picture will stretch as value
001 - ENG increases.
Picture will shrink as value
decreases.
[Sub Scan Registration Adj]

4010
Adjusts Sub Scan Registration position of book scanner by 0.1mm each step.
[-2.0 to 2.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]

Picture will move to back edge of
001 - ENG sub scan as value increases.
Picture will move to front edge of
sub scan as value decreases.
[Main Scan Reg]

4011
Adjust Main Scan Registration position by 0.1mm each step.
[-2.5 to 2.5 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]

Picture moves to right as value
001 - ENG increases.
Picture moves to left as value
decreases.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[Set Scale Mask]
Adjusts scanning margins for the leading and trailing edges (sub scan) and right
and left edge (main scan).
4012
 Do not adjust unless the customer desires a scanner margin greater
than the printer margin. These settings are adjusted to erase shadows
caused by the gap between the original and the scale of the scanner
unit.
001 Book:Sub LEdge ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
002 Book:Sub TEdge ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
003 Book:Main:LEdge ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
004 Book:Main:TEdge ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
005 ADF: Leading Edge *ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
007 ADF: Right *ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
008 ADF: left *ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
4013 [Scanner Free Run]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Lamp Off ENG 0:OFF
001 1:ON
Repeats carriage reciprocating motion with lamp off.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Lamp On ENG 0:OFF
002 1:ON
Repeats carriage reciprocating motion with lamp on.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4020 [Dust Check]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dust Detect:On/Off *ENG 0: OFF
001 1: ON
Tables-4
Main SP
Sets DF Dust Detection ON/OFF.
[0 to 8 / 4 / 1/step]
Dust Detect: Lvl *ENG 0: lowest detection level
002 8: highest detection level
Sets DF Dust Detect Level. Easier to Detect as Value increases.
Dust Reject: Lvl *ENG [0 to 4 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Sets ON/OFF and switches level of Vertical stripes correction. 0=OFF, sets level
to 1 from 4. Stronger correction as value increases.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dust Detect Level:Rear *ENG 0: OFF
011 1: ON
DF: Over side. Sets Dust Detection ON/OFF.
[0 to 8 / 4 / 1/step]
Correction Level:Rear *ENG 0:Lowest level
012 8:Highest level
DF Over side. Sets Dust Detection level. Easier to detect as value increases.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[LoCPP edge level:K]

4201
Parameter for smaller edge max. threshold.
[0 to 15 / 11 / 1/step]
Value increase: Tonner adhesion
amount will increase for Bk
600dpi 2bit edge1 *ENG picture edge.
Toner decrease: Toner adhesion
001 amount will decrease for Bk
picture edge.
Parameter for smaller edge max. threshold: 600dpi 2bit

Adjust towards lowering toner adhesion amount for Bk picture edge. 15 is “no
adjust”.
[0 to 15 / 11 / 1/step]
picture edge.
Parameter for larger edge max. threshold: 600dpi 2bit

adjust”.
[0 to 15 / 11 / 1/step]
picture edge.
Parameter for smaller edge max. threshold: 600dpi 4bit

adjust”.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[0 to 15 / 11 / 1/step]
Tables-4
picture edge.
Main SP
Parameter for larger edge max. threshold: 600dpi 4bit
adjust”.
[LoCPP edge off/on:K]

4201
Off/on for Smaller/larger edge: 1200dpi 1bit
1200dpi 1bit edge12 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 ON/OFF for smaller edge: 1200dpi 1bit
Select ON/OFF for low CPP edge correction with 1200dpi 1bit.
1200dpi 1bit edge345 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 ON/OFF for larger edge: 1200dpi 1bit
Select ON/OFF for low CPP edge correction with 1200dpi 1bit.
4301 Operation Check APS Sensor]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Operation Check APS Sensor ENG 0: Not detected
001 1: Detected
SP for testing APS Sensor function.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4303 [Min Size for APS]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Min Size for APS *ENG 0: No Original
1: A5 SEF
001 Sets display when non-standard (small size) size original is detected.
 Sets display when non-standard (small size) size original is detected.

 When “2:EU” is selected at SP5-131-001 and “3:8K 16K” with
SP4-305-001, Decision of SP4-303-001 will be “1:16K Vertical”
4305 [Original Size Detect Setting]
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Normal setting(Default)
1: When A4/LT is detected; When
placed landscape: A4, Vertical:
LT.
2: When A4/LT is detected; When
placed landscape: LT, Vertical:
- *ENG
A4.
3: Change settings to 8K 16K
001 series.
A3, B4 -> 8K Vertical
A4, B4, A5Vertical -> 16K Vertical
A4, B4, A5Landscape ->
16KLandscape
Sets assign of decision size when original size is detected.
 When “0: JA” or “1: NA” is set at SP5-131-001, “3: 8K 16K series” can
not be selected with SP4-305-001.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4308 [Scan Size Detection]
Detection ON/OFF *ENG [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]

001
Switch Original size detection ON/OFF.
Tables-4
Main SP
4309 [Scan Size Detect:Setting]
Original Density Thresh *ENG [0 to 255 / 18 / 1digit/step]

001
Sets scan image density Thresh for Scan size detection.
Detection Time *ENG [20 to 100 / 60 / 20msec/step]

002
Sets Detection time for scan size detection.
Lamp ON:Delay Time *ENG [40 to 200 / 40 / 10msec/step]

003
Adjusts lamp light timing for scan size detection.
LED PWM Duty *ENG [0 to 100 / 60 / 1/step]

004
Adjusts light value for scan size detection.
[Scan Size Detect Value]

4310
Checks the density of scanning data for the scan size detection.
001 S1:R ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
002 S1:G ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
003 S1:B ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4350 [Intermittent Shading : BW]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
1: Intermittent Shading ON
Switch On/Off ENG
0: Intermittent Shading OFF(Shad
001 every time)
Switches On/OFF for Intermittent Shading when scanning BW

(Simplex/Duplex).
4351 [Intermittent Shading : FC]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
1: Intermittent Shading ON
Switch On/Off ENG
0: Intermittent Shading OFF(Shad
001 every time)
Switches On/OFF for Intermittent Shading when scanning FC

(Simplex/Duplex).
4400 [Org Edge Mask]
Book:Sub LEdge ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]

001
Sets mask for original shadow edge 0.1mm per step.
Book:Sub TEdge ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]

002
Book:Main:LEdge ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]

003
Book:Main:Tedge ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]

004
ADF: Leading Edge *ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
005 Sets mask area for erasing original shadow at sub scan front edge when using
ADF.
007 ADF: Right *ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Sets mask area for erasing original shadow at main scan front edge when using
ADF.
ADF: left *ENG [0.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
008 Sets mask area for erasing original shadow at main scan back edge when using
ADF.
Tables-4
Main SP
4417 [IPU Test Pattern]
Test Pattern ENG [0 to 8 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Selects test pattern that is mount with IPU ASIC.
0 Scanned image 5 Argyle pattern C
1 256-Gradation main scan A 6 Argyle pattern D
2 Patch 16C 7 Scanned+Slant Grid C
3 Grid pattern A 8 Scanned+Slant Grid D
4 Argyle pattern B - -
4429 [Select Copy Data Security]
Copying *ENG [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]

001
Sets illegal copy output pattern density for copy. Larger value; the darker.
Scanning *ENG [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]

002
Sets illegal copy output pattern density for scan. Larger value; the darker.
Fax Operation *ENG [0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]

003
Sets illegal copy output pattern density for fax. Larger value; the darker.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4460 [Digital AE]
Low Limit Value *ENG [0 to 1023 / 364 / 1/step]
001 Set min. threshold for detecting background when scanning.

If input image data is brighter than this (larger value), decides area as back
ground.
Background Erase Level *ENG [512 to 1535 / 932 / 1/step]
002 Sets background level for output value for background erase when scanning.
Larger value; the brighter.
4490 [FL Correction ON/OFF]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
RED *ENG 0:FL Correction OFF
1:FL Correction ON
001 Switch/Saves ON/OFF of SBU datas (RED) FL Correction.
With switching ON this SP, when center border area of main scan in image has
density left/right difference, reduces it
Value adjusted during warranty process of scanner unit is set.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
GREEN *ENG 0:FL Correction OFF
1:FL Correction ON
002 Switch/Saves ON/OFF of SBU datas (GREEN) FL Correction.
With switching ON this SP, when center border area of main scan in image has
BLUE *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Switch/Saves ON/OFF of SBU datas (BLUE) FL Correction.

003 With switching ON this SP, when center border area of main scan in image has


SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4501 [ACC Target Den]
Copy:K:Text *ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]

001
Sets target value for copy AAC of Text part (edge) Black plate.
Copy:C:Text *ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]
Tables-4
Main SP
002
Sets target value for copy AAC of Text part (edge) Cyan plate.
Copy:M:Text *ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]

003
Sets target value for copy AAC of Text part (edge) Magenta plate.
Copy:Y:Text *ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]

004
Sets target value for copy AAC of Text part (edge) Yellow plate.
Copy:K:Photo *ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]

005
Sets target value for copy AAC of Photo part (non-edge) Black plate.
Copy:C:Photo *ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]

006
Sets target value for copy AAC of Photo part (non-edge) Cyan plate.
Copy:M:Photo *ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]

007
Sets target value for copy AAC of Photo part (non-edge) Magenta plate.
Copy:Y:Photo *ENG [0 to 10 / 5 / 1/step]

008
Sets target value for copy AAC of Photo part (non-edge) Yellow plate.
4505 [ACC Cor:Bright]
Master:K *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Black plate
(Highlight part) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Master:C *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Cyan plate
003 Master:M *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Magenta
plate (Highlight part) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Master:Y *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Yellow plate
Slave:K *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Photo (non-edge) Black
Slave:C *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Photo (non-edge) Cyan
Slave:M *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Photo (non-edge)
Magenta plate (Highlight part) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Slave:Y *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
Yellow plate (Highlight part) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
4506 [ACC Cor:Dark]
Master:K *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Black plate
(Shadow part) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Master:C *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Cyan plate
Master:M *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Magenta
plate (Shadow part) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Master:Y *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Text (edge) Yellow plate
Slave:K *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-4
Main SP
005 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Photo (non-edge) Black
Slave:C *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Adjusts target value (larger the thinner) for copy AAC of Photo (non-edge) Cyan
Slave:M *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
Magenta plate (Shadow part) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
Slave:Y *ENG [-128 to 127 / 0 / 1/step]
Yellow plate (Shadow part) depending on setting value (-128 to 127).
4540 [Print Coverage]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
RY Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
001 1:ON
Sets ON/OFF (0: OFF, 1: ON) for copy output color adjust (each corresponding
picture quality mode) of R (to Y) Phase.
RY Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (C ingredient) corresponding
R (to Y) Phase. Larger the darker.
RY Phase: G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (M ingredient) corresponding
004 RY Phase: B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
YR Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
005 1:ON
picture quality mode) of Y (to R) Phase.
YR Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Y (to R) Phase. Larger the darker.
YR Phase: G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
YR Phase: B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Adjusts Value (-256 to +255) for copy output color (Y ingredient) corresponding
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
YG Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
009 1:ON
picture quality mode) of Y (to G) Phase.
YG Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Y (to G) Phase. Larger the darker.
YG Phase: G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
YG Phase: B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
GY Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
013 1:ON
picture quality mode) of G (to Y) Phase.
Tables-4
Main SP
GY Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
G (to Y) Phase. Larger the darker.
GY Phase: G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
GY Phase: B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
GC Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
017 1:ON
picture quality mode) of G (to C) Phase.
GC Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
G (to C) Phase. Larger the darker.
GC Phase: G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
GC Phase: B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
CG Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
021 1:ON
picture quality mode) of C (to G) Phase.
CG Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
C (to G) Phase. Larger the darker.
CG Phase: G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
CG Phase: B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
CB Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
025 1:ON
picture quality mode) of C (to B) Phase.
CB Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
C (to B) Phase. Larger the darker.
CB Phase: G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
CB Phase: B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
BC Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
029 1:ON
picture quality mode) of B (to C) Phase.
Tables-4
Main SP
BC Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
B (to C) Phase. Larger the darker.
BC Phase: G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
BC Phase: B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
BM Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
033 1:ON
picture quality mode) of B (to M) Phase.
BM Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
B (to M) Phase. Larger the darker.
BM Phase: G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
BM Phase: B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
MB Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
037 1:ON
picture quality mode) of M (to B) Phase.
MB Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
M (to B) Phase. Larger the darker.
MB Phase: G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
MB Phase: B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
MR Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
041 1:ON
picture quality mode) of M (to R) Phase.
MR Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
M (to R) Phase. Larger the darker.
MR Phase: G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
MR Phase: B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
RM Phase: Option *ENG 0:OFF
045 1:ON
picture quality mode) of R (to M) Phase.
Tables-4
Main SP
RM Phase: R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
R (to M) Phase. Larger the darker.
RM Phase: G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
RM Phase: B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
WHITE: Option *ENG 0:OFF
049 1:ON
picture quality mode) of highlight area.
WHITE:R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
highlight area. Larger the darker.
WHITE:G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
WHITE:B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
BLACK: Option *ENG 0:OFF
053 1:ON
picture quality mode) of shadow area.
BLACK:R *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
shadow area. Larger the darker.
BLACK:G *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
BLACK:B *ENG [-256 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
4550 [Scan Apli:Txt/Print]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak-Strong) *ENG [0 to 15 / 8 / 1/step]
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Text/Chart mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, Stronger the emphasis.
Smoothing: 0(x1) 1-7

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Text/ Chart mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
value, the Smoother.
Brightness: 1-255 *ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1/step]
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text/ Chart mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
Contrast: 1-255 *ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1/step]
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text/ Chart mode. 128 is for No
Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Ind Dot Erase: 0(Off) 1-7

*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Text/ Chart mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
Tables-4
Main SP
4551 [Scan Apli:Txt]
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
Stronger the emphasis.

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
the Smoother.
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text mode. 128 is for No Correction,
Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.

*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
the value, Stronger the Erase.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4552 [Scan Apli:Txt Dropout]
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Text (Drop Out Color) mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, Stronger the emphasis.

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Text (Drop Out Color) mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, the Smoother.
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text (Drop Out Color) mode. 128
is for No Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text (Drop Out Color) mode. 128 is
for No Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.

*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Text (Drop Out Color) mode. 0
is for OFF, Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
4553 [Scan Apli:Txt/Photo]
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
007 Brightness: 1-255 *ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 128 is for No
Tables-4
Main SP
*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF,
4554 [Scan Apli:Photo]
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
the Smoother.
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Photo mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Photo mode. 128 is for No

*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF,

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4565 [Scan Apli:GrayScale]
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: GrayScale mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: GrayScale mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: GrayScale mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: GrayScale mode. 128 is for No

*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: GrayScale mode. 0 is for OFF,
4570 [Scan Apli:Col Txt/Photo]
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
the value, Stronger the emphasis.

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
the value, the Smoother.
007 Brightness: 1-255 *ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 128 is for
No Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 128 is for
No Correction, Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.
Tables-4
Main SP
*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Color Text/Photo mode. 0 is for
OFF, Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
4571 [Scan Apli:Col Gloss Photo]
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Color Gloss Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Color Gloss Photo mode. 0 is for OFF,
Larger the value, the Smoother.
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Color Gloss Photo mode. 128 is
for No Correction, Larger the value, the Brighter.
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Color Gloss Photo mode. 128 is for

*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Color Gloss Photo mode. 0 is
for OFF, Larger the value, Stronger the Erase.
4572 [Scan Apli:AutoCol]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
005 Sets emphasis level for Scan Apli: Auto Color mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for Scan Apli: Auto Color mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Auto Color mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for Scan Apli: Auto Color mode. 128 is for No

*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for Scan Apli: Auto Color mode. 0 is for OFF,
4580 [Fax Apli:Txt/Chart]
005 Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 128 is for No
008 Contrast: 1-255 *ENG [1 to 255 / 128 / 1/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 128 is for No

*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 0 is for OFF,
Tables-4
Main SP
Texture Erase: 0 *ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Sets Texture Erase for FAX Apli: Text/Chart mode. 0: Fixed Threshold, 1:
Variable Threshold, 2: Variable Threshold (Threshold type used for 1 and 2 are
different)
4581 [Fax Apli:Txt]
005 Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for FAX Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
the Smoother.
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text mode. 128 is for No Correction,
Larger the value, Stronger the Contrast.

*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for FAX Apli: Text mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
the value, Stronger the Erase.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4582 [Fax Apli:Txt/Photo]
005 Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 128 is for No
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 128 is for No

*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0 is for OFF,
010 Sets Texture Erase for FAX Apli: Text/Photo mode. 0: Fixed Threshold, 1:
Variable Threshold, 2: Variable Threshold (Threshold type used for 1 and 2 are
different)
4583 [Fax Apli:Photo]
005 Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,

006 *ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Sets Smoothing level for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger the value,
the Smoother.
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 128 is for No
Tables-4
Main SP
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 128 is for No

*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 0 is for OFF,
010 Sets Texture Erase for FAX Apli: Photo mode. 0: Fixed Threshold, 1: Variable
Threshold, 2: Variable Threshold (Threshold type used for 1 and 2 are different)
4584 [Fax Apli:Original 1]
005 Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Special Original 1 mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for FAX Apli: Special Original 1 mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Special Original 1 mode. 128 is for
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Special Original 1 mode. 128 is for

SP4-XXX (Scanner)

*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for FAX Apli: Special Original 1 mode. 0 is for
4585 [Fax Apli:Original 2]
MTF: 0(Off) 1-15 (Weak-Strong) *ENG [0 to 15 / 8 / 1 /]
005 Sets emphasis level for FAX Apli: Special Original 2 mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger

*ENG [0 to 7 / 4 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
006
Sets Smoothing level for FAX Apli: Special Original 2 mode. 0 is for OFF, Larger
007 Sets Brightness level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Special Original 2 mode. 128 is for
008 Sets Contrast level (1 to 255) for FAX Apli: Special Original 2 mode. 128 is for

*ENG [0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
(Weak-Strong)
009
Sets Independent Dot Erase level for FAX Apli: Special Original 2 mode. 0 is for
4600 [SBU Version Display]
SBU_ID ENG [0x00 to 0xFF / 0 / 1/step]
Displays SUB ID.

001 In occasions that SUBs ID is not normal cause to a part installed wrong or SUB
malfunction, A cause flag will be set to SP4-647-001 and will become

SC144-00.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
SCAT _F_ID ENG [0x00 to 0xFF / 0 / 1/step]
Displays SBU (SCAT: F Side) ID.


SC144-00.
Tables-4
Main SP
SCAT_L_ID ENG [0x00 to 0xFF / 0 / 1/step]
Displays SBU (SCAT: L side) ID.


SC144-00.
4609 [Gray Balance Set: R]
Book Scan *ENG [-384 to 255 / -100 / 1digit/step]
001 Display/Saves Gray Balance Adjustment value (RED) of Scanners surface

(Book)
Adjusted Value during the warranty process of scan unit is saved.
DF Scan *ENG [-384 to 255 / -100 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Gray Balance Adjustment value (RED) of Scanners surface

(ADF)
002 Adjusted Value during the warranty process of scan unit is saved.
 With DF Density Adjustment value: SP4-688-002, GrayBalance

Adjustment value correction is available for when DF reading.
 (Density Difference correction of Book Scan and DF Surface Scan).
4610 [Gray Balance Set: G]
001 Display/Saves Gray Balance Adjustment value (GREEN) of Scanners surface

(Book)
002 DF Scan *ENG [-384 to 255 / -100 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Display/Saves Gray Balance Adjustment value (GREEN) of Scanners surface

(ADF)

4611 [Gray Balance Set: B]
001 Display/Saves Gray Balance Adjustment value (BLUE) of Scanners surface

(Book)
DF Scan *ENG [-384 to 255 / -100 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Gray Balance Adjustment value (BLUE) of Scanners surface

(ADF)
002 Adjusted Value during the warranty process of scan unit is saved.

4635 [SSCG Correction Set]
[0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
0:do not adjust SSCG
Mode Selection *ENG 1: Only adjust analog.(default)
2: Only adjust digital
3: Adjust both analog/digital.
001 Selects SSCG Noise Correction Mode.
Use when SSCG does not function correctly due to accidental malfunction, as a
temporally action, set with out adjusting SSCG.
When SSCG does not function correctly, due to scanner, side streak/cross
streak might appear in high density area.
Use this temporally if changing setting redresses problem.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4637 [SSCG Noise Cancel (Analog)]
Latest:F:RE ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
001 Displays SSCG analog correction value (F Side/RED/EVEN pixel).

Adjustment will be done when scanner turns on.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing malfunction (abnormal images).
Tables-4
Main SP
Latest:F:RO ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
002 Displays SSCG analog correction value (F Side/RED/ODD pixel).

Latest:F:GE ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
003 Displays SSCG analog correction value (F Side/GREEN/EVEN pixel).

Latest:F:GO ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
004 Displays SSCG analog correction value (F Side/GREEN/ODD pixel).

Latest:F:BE ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
005 Displays SSCG analog correction value (F Side/BLUE/EVEN pixel).

Latest:F:BO ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
006 Displays SSCG analog correction value (F Side/BLUE/ODD pixel).

Latest:L:RE ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
007 Displays SSCG analog correction value (L Side/RED/EVEN pixel).

008 Latest:L:RO ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays SSCG analog correction value (L Side/RED/ODD pixel).

Latest:L:GE ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
009 Displays SSCG analog correction value (L Side/GREEN/EVEN pixel).

Latest:L:GO ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
010 Displays SSCG analog correction value (L Side/GREEN/ODD pixel).

Latest:L:BE ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
011 Displays SSCG analog correction value (L Side/BLUE/EVEN pixel).

Latest:L:BO ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
012 Displays SSCG analog correction value (L Side/BLUE/ODD pixel).

4638 [SSCG Noise Cancel (Digital)]
Latest:F:RE *ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
001 Displays SSCG Digital correction value (F Side/RED/EVEN pixel).

Latest:F:RO *ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
002 Displays SSCG Digital correction value (F Side/RED/ODD pixel).

003 Latest:F:GE *ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays SSCG Digital correction value (F Side/GREEN/EVEN pixel).

Latest:F:GO *ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
004 Displays SSCG Digital correction value (F Side/GREEN/ODD pixel).
Tables-4
Main SP
Latest:F:BE *ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
005 Displays SSCG Digital correction value (F Side/BLUE/EVEN pixel).

Latest:F:BO *ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
006 Displays SSCG Digital correction value (F Side/BLUE/ODD pixel).

Latest:L:RE *ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
007 Displays SSCG Digital correction value (L Side/RED/EVEN pixel).

Latest:L:RO *ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
008 Displays SSCG Digital correction value (L Side/RED/ODD pixel).

Latest:L:GE *ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
009 Displays SSCG Digital correction value (L Side/GREEN/EVEN pixel).

Latest:L:GO *ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
010 Displays SSCG Digital correction value (L Side/GREEN/ODD pixel).


SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Latest:L:BE *ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
011 Displays SSCG Digital correction value (L Side/BLUE/EVEN pixel).

Latest:L:BO *ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
012 Displays SSCG Digital correction value (L Side/BLUE/ODD pixel).

4639 [SSCG Noise Cancel (Analog)]
Factory :F:RE *ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Analog correction value (F Side/RED/EVEN
001 pixel).
Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Use for analyzing malfunction, comparing factory / current value.
Factory :F:RO *ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Analog correction value (F Side/RED/ODD pixel).

002 Adjusted SSCG correction Value during the main unit warranty process is
saved.
Factory :F:GE *ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Analog correction value (F Side/GREEN/EVEN
003 pixel).
saved.
004 Factory :F:GO *ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Analog correction value (F Side/GREEN/ODD

pixel).
saved.
Factory :F:BE *ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Tables-4
Main SP
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Analog correction value (F Side/BLUE/EVEN
005 pixel).
saved.
Factory :F:BO *ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Analog correction value (F Side/BLUE/ODD
006 pixel).
saved.
Factory :L:RE *ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Analog correction value (L Side/RED/EVEN
007 pixel).
saved.
Factory :L:RO *ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Analog correction value (L Side/RED/ODD pixel).

saved.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Factory :L:GE *ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Analog correction value (L Side/GREEN/EVEN
009 pixel).
saved.
Factory :L:GO *ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Analog correction value (L Side/GREEN/ODD
010 pixel).
saved.
Factory :L:BE *ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Analog correction value (L Side/BLUE/EVEN
011 pixel).
saved.
Factory :L:BO *ENG [-31 to 31 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Analog correction value (L Side/BLUE/ODD
012 pixel).
saved.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4640 [SSCG Noise Cancel (Digital)]
Factory :F:RE ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Digital correction value (F Side/RED/EVEN pixel).

Tables-4
Main SP
saved.
Factory :F:RO ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Digital correction value (F Side/RED/ODD pixel).

saved.
Factory :F:GE ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Digital correction value (F Side/GREEN/EVEN
003 pixel).
saved.
Factory :F:GO ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Digital correction value (F Side/GREEN/ODD
004 pixel).
saved.
Factory :F:BE ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Digital correction value (F Side/BLUE/EVEN
005 pixel).
saved.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Factory :F:BO ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Digital correction value (F Side/BLUE/ODD pixel).

saved.
Factory :L:RE ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Digital correction value (L Side/RED/EVEN pixel).

saved.
Factory :L:RO ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Digital correction value (L Side/RED/ODD pixel).

saved.
Factory :L:GE ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Digital correction value (L Side/GREEN/EVEN
009 pixel).
saved.
Factory :L:GO ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Digital correction value (L Side/GREEN/ODD
010 pixel).
saved.
011 Factory :L:BE ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Digital correction value (L Side/BLUE/EVEN

pixel).
saved.
Factory :L:BO ENG [-255 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Tables-4
Main SP
Display/Saves Factory SSCG Digital correction value (L Side/BLUE/ODD pixel).
saved.
4641 [SSCG Noise Amplitude]
F:RE ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays SSCG Nose Amplitude (F Side/RED/EVEN pixel) when adjusting

SSCG.
001 Correction value will be decided depending on detected Noise Amplitude when
adjusting.
F:RO ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays SSCG Nose Amplitude (F Side/RED/ODD pixel) when adjusting SSCG.
adjusting.
L:RE ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays SSCG Nose Amplitude (L Side/RED/EVEN pixel) when adjusting

SSCG.
adjusting.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
L:RO ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays SSCG Nose Amplitude (L Side/RED/ODD pixel) when adjusting SSCG.
adjusting.
F:GE ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays SSCG Nose Amplitude (F Side/GREEN/EVEN pixel) when adjusting

SSCG.
adjusting.
F:GO ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays SSCG Nose Amplitude (F Side/GREEN/ODD pixel) when adjusting

SSCG.
adjusting.
L:GE ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays SSCG Nose Amplitude (L Side/GREEN/EVEN pixel) when adjusting

SSCG.
adjusting.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
L:GO ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays SSCG Nose Amplitude (L Side/GREEN/ODD pixel) when adjusting

SSCG.
adjusting.
Tables-4
Main SP
F:BE ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays SSCG Nose Amplitude (F Side/BLUE/EVEN pixel) when adjusting

SSCG.
adjusting.
F:BO ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays SSCG Nose Amplitude (F Side/BLUE/ODD pixel) when adjusting

SSCG.
adjusting.
L:BE ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays SSCG Nose Amplitude (L Side/BLUE/EVEN pixel) when adjusting

SSCG.
adjusting.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
L:BO ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays SSCG Nose Amplitude (L Side/BLUE/ODD pixel) when adjusting

SSCG.
adjusting.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[Scan Adjust Error]

4646
Displays error value of scanning adjustment.
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit15:Unused
Tables-4
Main SP
Bit14: Unused
Bit13:White level abnormal (F
side/RED/EVEN pixel)
Bit12: White level abnormal (F
side /RED/ODD pixel)
side /GREEN/EVEN pixel)
side /GREEN/ODD pixel)
Bit9: White level abnormal (F side
/BLUE/EVEN pixel)
Bit8:White level abnormal (F side
001 White level:F ENG /BLUE/ODD pixel)
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5:gain abnormal (F side
/RED/EVEN pixel)
Bit4: gain abnormal (F side
/RED/ODD pixel)
/GREEN/EVEN pixel)
/GREEN/ODD pixel)
/BLUE/EVEN pixel)
/BLUE/ODD pixel)

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs during the white level adjustment
when scanner turns on.
When an error, SC142-00(F side/white level adjustment error)will be
given.[format] binary
Scan adjust error (F side/White level) flag=
(b15,b14,b13,b12,b11,b10,b9,b8,b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5: Black level abnormal (F
side/RED/EVEN Pixel)
Bit4: Black level abnormal (F side
/RED/ODD Pixel)
Black level:F ENG Bit3: Black level abnormal (F side
/GREEN/EVEN Pixel)
002 /GREEN/ODD Pixel)
/BLUE/EVEN Pixel)
/BLUE/ODD Pixel)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs With the Black level check when
scanner turns on.
When an error, SC141-00(F side/Black level adjustment error) will be given.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (F side/Black level) flag=(b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5: SSCG correction error
(Fside/RED/EVEN Pixel)
Tables-4
(Fside/RED/ODD Pixel)
Main SP
SSCG Correction:F ENG Bit3: SSCG correction error
(Fside/GREEN/EVEN Pixel)
003 (Fside/GREEN/ODD Pixel)
(Fside/BLUE/EVEN Pixel)
(Fside/BLUE/ODD Pixel)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs With the SSCG Noise correction
When an error, Correction turns off.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (F side/SSCG correction) flag= (b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit15: Unused
Bit14: Unused
Bit13: White level abnormal (L
side/RED/ODD Pixel)
side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel)
side/GREEN/ODD Pixel)
side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel)
Bit8:White level abnormal (L
White level:L ENG side/BLUE/ODD Pixel)
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
004 Bit5: Gain abnormal (L

Bit4: Gain abnormal (L
side/RED/ODD Pixel)
side/BLUE/ODD Pixel)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs With the White level adjust when
scanner turns on.
When an error, SC142-00 (L side/White level adjust error) will be given.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (F side/SSCG correction) flag=

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5: Black level abnormal (L
Side/RED/EVEN Pixel)
Tables-4
Side/RED/ODD Pixel)
Main SP
Black level:L ENG Bit3: Black level abnormal (L
Side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel)
005 Side/GREEN/ODD Pixel)
Side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel)
Side/BLUE/ODD Pixel)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs With the Black level check when
scanner turns on.
When an error, SC141-00(L side/Black level adjustment error) will be given.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (F side/Black level) flag=(b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5: SSCG correction error (L
side/RED/ODD Pixel)
006 SSCG Correction:L ENG Bit3: SSCG correction error (L
side/BLUE/ODD Pixel)

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs With the SSCG Noise correction
When an error, Correction turns off.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (L side/SSCG correction) flag= (b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit7: Unused
Bit6: Unused
Bit5: Unused
FL Correction ENG Bit4: Unused
Bit3: Unused
Bit2:FL Correction error (RED)
007 Bit1:FL Correction error (GREEN)
Bit0:FL Correction error (BLUE)
Shows cause of error when an error occurs with FL correction check

(SP4-491-002) during scanner unit warranty process.
When an error, Correction turns off and SP4-490-001/002/003 will reset.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (SSCG correction) flag= (b7,b6,b5,b4,b3,b2,b1,b0)
[Scanner Hard Error]

4647
Displays result of SBU connection check.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit15: Unused
Bit14:SBU hardware error (Power
ON/un-reset error)
Bit13:SBU hardware error (Serial
communication error: F side)
Tables-4
Bit12:SBU hardware error (Reset
Main SP
error: F side)
Bit11: Unused
Bit10: Unused
Bit9:SBU hardware error (Version
Power-ON ENG
error)
Bit8: Unused
Bit7: Unused
001 Bit6: Unused
Bit5:SBU hardware error (Serial
communication error: L side)
Bit4:SBU hardware error (Reset
error:Lside)
Bit3: Unused
Bit2: Unused
Bit1: Unused
Shows cause of error when an error occurs with the SBU connection detect
when Scanner turns on..
When an error, SC144-00 (SBU Communication error) will be given.
[format] binary
Scan adjust error (SSCG correction) flag=
4651 [Black Level Adj Value(Analog)]
Latest:F:RE ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level analog adjustment value (F side/RED/EVEN Pixel).
001 Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then adjustment value is given.
Use for design evaluation, analyzing cause of malfunction (abnormal images,
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Latest:F:RO ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level analog adjustment value (F side/RED/ODD Pixel).
SC).
Latest:L:RE ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level analog adjustment value (L side/RED/EVEN Pixel).
SC).
Latest:L:RO ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level analog adjustment value (L side/RED/ODD Pixel).
Black level is checked when Scanner turns on, then Adjustment value is given.
SC).
Latest:F:GE ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level analog adjustment value (F side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel).
SC).
Latest:F:GO ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level analog adjustment value (F side/GREEN/ODD Pixel).
SC).
003 Latest:L:GE ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays Black level analog adjustment value (L side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel).

Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
SC).
Latest:L:GO ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Tables-4
Main SP
Displays Black level analog adjustment value (L side/GREEN/ODD Pixel).
SC).
Latest:F:BE ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level analog adjustment value (F side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel).
SC).
Latest:F:BO ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level analog adjustment value (F side/BLUE/ODD Pixel).
SC).
Latest:L:BE ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level analog adjustment value (L side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel).
SC).
004 Latest:L:BO ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays Black level analog adjustment value (L side/BLUE/ODD Pixel).

Black level adjustment is continuously done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT).
SC).
4654 [Black Level Adj Value(Digital)]
Latest:F:RE ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level digital adjustment value (F side/RED/EVEN Pixel).
SC).
Latest:F:RO ENG 0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level digital adjustment value (F side/RED/ODD Pixel).
SC).
Latest:L:RE ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level digital adjustment value (L side/RED/EVEN Pixel).
SC).
Latest:L:RO ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level digital adjustment value (L side/RED/ODD Pixel).
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Latest:F:GE ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level digital adjustment value (F side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel).
Tables-4
Main SP
SC).
Latest:F:GO ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level digital adjustment value (F side/GREEN/ODD Pixel).
SC).
Latest:L:GE ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level digital adjustment value (L side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel).
SC).
Latest:L:GO ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level digital adjustment value (L side/GREEN/ODD Pixel).
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Latest:F:BE ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level digital adjustment value (F side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel).
SC).
Latest:F:BO ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level digital adjustment value (F side/BLUE/ODD Pixel).
SC).
Latest:L:BE ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level digital adjustment value (L side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel).
SC).
Latest:L:BO ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Black level digital adjustment value (L side/BLUE/ODD Pixel).
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4658 [Analog Gain Adjust]
Latest:F:R *ENG [0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Analog gain adjustment value (F side/RED Pixel).

White level adjustment will be done to keep hold of image signal’s dynamic
Tables-4
Main SP
range when Scanner turns on.
001 Gain adjustment will be done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT) and be given,
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will amplify or attenuated image
signal.
SC).
Latest:L:R *ENG [0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Analog gain adjustment value (L side/RED Pixel).

signal.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Latest:F:G *ENG [0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Analog gain adjustment value (F side/GREEN Pixel).

signal.
SC).
Latest:L:G *ENG [0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Analog gain adjustment value (L side/GREEN Pixel).

signal.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Latest:F:B *ENG [0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Analog gain adjustment value (F side/BLUE Pixel).

Tables-4
Main SP
cause to the fact that White level adjustment will Amplify or Attenuated image
signal.
SC).
Latest:L:B *ENG [0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Analog gain adjustment value (L side/BLUE Pixel).

signal.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4661 [Digital Gain Adjust]
Latest:F:RE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Digital gain adjustment value (F side/RED/EVEN Pixel).

signal.
SC).
Latest:F:RO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Digital gain adjustment value (F side/RED/ODD Pixel).

signal.
SC).
Latest:L:RE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Digital gain adjustment value (L side/RED/EVEN Pixel).

signal.
SC).
004 Latest:L:RO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays Digital gain adjustment value (L side/RED/ODD Pixel).

Gain adjustment will be done hardwarelly by SBUs ASIC (SCAT) and be given,
signal.
Tables-4
Main SP
SC).
Latest:F:GE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Digital gain adjustment value (F side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel).

signal.
SC).
Latest:F:GO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Digital gain adjustment value (F side/GREEN/ODD Pixel).

signal.
SC).
003 Latest:L:GE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays Digital gain adjustment value (L side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel).

signal.
SC).
Latest:L:GO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Digital gain adjustment value (L side/GREEN/ODD Pixel).

signal.
SC).
Latest:F:BE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Digital gain adjustment value (F side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel).

signal.
SC).
002 Latest:F:BO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays Digital gain adjustment value (F side/BLUE/ODD Pixel).

signal.
Tables-4
Main SP
SC).
Latest:L:BE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Digital gain adjustment value (L side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel).

signal.
SC).
Latest:L:BO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays Digital gain adjustment value (L side/BLUE/ODD Pixel).

signal.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Factory Set:F:RE *ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level analog adjusting value (F side/RED/EVEN

Pixel)
001 Factory Black level analog adjusting value from Main unit warranty process is
saved.
SC).
Factory Set:F:RO *ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level analog adjusting value (F side/RED/ODD

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory Set:L:RE *ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level analog adjusting value (L side/RED/EVEN

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory Set:L:RO *ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level analog adjusting value (L side/RED/ODD

Pixel)
saved.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4671 [Black Level Adj Value(Analog)
Factory Set:F:GE *ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level analog adjusting value (F

Tables-4
Main SP
saved.
SC).
Factory Set:F:GO *ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level analog adjusting value (F side/GREEN/ODD

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory Set:L:GE *ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level analog adjusting value (L side/GREEN/EVEN

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory Set:L:GO *ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level analog adjusting value (L side/GREEN/ODD

Pixel)
saved.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Factory Set:F:BE *ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level analog adjusting value (F side/BLUE/EVEN

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory Set:F:BO *ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level analog adjusting value (F side/BLUE/ODD

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory Set:L:BE *ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level analog adjusting value (L side/BLUE/EVEN

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory Set:L:BO *ENG [0 to 127 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level analog adjusting value (L side/BLUE/ODD

Pixel)
saved.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Factory :F:RE *ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level digital adjusting value (F side/RED/EVEN

Pixel)
001 Factory Black level digital adjusting value from Main unit warranty process is
Tables-4
Main SP
saved.
SC).
Factory :F:RO *ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level digital adjusting value (F side/RED/ODD

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory :L:RE *ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level digital adjusting value (L side/RED/EVEN

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory :L:RO *ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level digital adjusting value (L side/RED/ODD

Pixel)
saved.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Factory :F:GE *ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level digital adjusting value (F side/GREEN/EVEN

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory :F:GO *ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level digital adjusting value (F side/GREEN/ODD

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory :L:GE *ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level digital adjusting value (L side/GREEN/EVEN

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory :L:GO *ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level digital adjusting value (L side/GREEN/ODD

Pixel)
saved.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Factory :F:BE *ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level digital adjusting value (F side/BLUE/EVEN

Pixel)
Tables-4
Main SP
saved.
SC).
Factory :F:BO *ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level digital adjusting value (F side/BLUE/ODD

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory :L:BE *ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level digital adjusting value (L side/BLUE/EVEN

Pixel)
saved.
SC).
Factory :L:BO *ENG [0 to 16383 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Black level digital adjusting value (L side/BLUE/ODD

Pixel)
saved.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Factory :F:R *ENG [0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Analog gain adjusting value (F side/RED Pixel)

001 Factory Analog gain adjusting value from Main unit warranty process is saved.

SC).
Factory :L:R *ENG [0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Analog gain adjusting value (L side/RED Pixel)


SC).
Factory :F:G *ENG [0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Analog gain adjusting value (F side/GREEN Pixel)


SC).
Factory :L:G *ENG [0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Analog gain adjusting value (L side/GREEN Pixel)


SC).
Factory :F:B *ENG [0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Analog gain adjusting value (F side/BLUE Pixel)


SC).
002 Factory :L:B *ENG [0 to 14 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Display/Saves Factory Analog gain adjusting value (L side/BLUE Pixel)

Factory Analog gain adjusting value from Main unit warranty process is saved.
SC).
Tables-4
Main SP
Factory :F:RE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Digital gain adjusting value (F side/RED/EVEN Pixel)

001 Factory Digital gain adjusting value from Main unit warranty process is saved.

SC).
Factory :F:RO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Digital gain adjusting value (F side/RED/ODD Pixel)


SC).
Factory :L:RE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Digital gain adjusting value (L side/RED/EVEN Pixel)


SC).
Factory :L:RO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Digital gain adjusting value (L side/RED/ODD Pixel)


SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Factory :F:GE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Digital gain adjusting value (F side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel)


SC).
Factory :F:GO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Digital gain adjusting value (F side/GREEN/ODD Pixel)


SC).
Factory :L:GE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Digital gain adjusting value (L side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel)


SC).
Factory :L:GO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Digital gain adjusting value (L side/GREEN/ODD Pixel)


SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Factory :F:BE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Digital gain adjusting value (F side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel)

Tables-4
Main SP
SC).
Factory :F:BO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Digital gain adjusting value (F side/BLUE/ODD Pixel)


SC).
Factory :L:BE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Digital gain adjusting value (L side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel)


SC).
Factory :L:BO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory Digital gain adjusting value (L side/BLUE/ODD Pixel)


SC).
[Scan Image Density Adjustment]

4688
Adjust density difference for ADF and Book.
002 1-pass DF *ENG [80 to 120 / 103 / 1 %/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4690 [White Level Peak Data]
Displays White level peek scanning value (F side/RED/EVEN Pixel).

Adjusts White level by scanning White Basis Board to keep hold of Scanner’s
image signal’s dynamic range when Scanner turns on.
001 Scan level for White Basis Board when adjusting white level will be given.
When White level peak scanning value is abnormal (adjustment won’t
complete), SC142-00 is given.
Cause of error will show in SP4-646-001.
SC).
Displays White level peek scanning value (F side/RED/ODD Pixel).

SC).
Displays White level peek scanning value (L side/RED/EVEN Pixel).

SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays White level peek scanning value (L side/RED/ODD Pixel).

Tables-4
Main SP
SC).
Displays White level peek scanning value (F side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel).

SC).
Displays White level peek scanning value (F side/GREEN/ODD Pixel).

SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays White level peek scanning value (L side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel).

SC).
Displays White level peek scanning value (L side/GREEN/ODD Pixel).

SC).
Displays White level peek scanning value (F side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel).

SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays White level peek scanning value (F side/BLUE/ODD Pixel).

Tables-4
Main SP
SC).
Displays White level peek scanning value (L side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel).

SC).
Displays White level peek scanning value (L side/BLUE/ODD Pixel).

SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4693 [Black Level Data]
Displays Black level peek scanning value (F side/RED/EVEN Pixel).

Image signal’s offset level will be checked and given when Scanner turns on
and the Black level is checked.
001 Confirming if SBU‘s (SCAT) offset adjusting function is running normal.
When Black level peak scanning value is abnormal, SC141-00 is given.

SC).
Displays Black level peek scanning value (F side/RED/ODD Pixel).


SC).
Displays Black level peek scanning value (L side/RED/EVEN Pixel).


SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays Black level peek scanning value (L side/RED/ODD Pixel).

Tables-4
Main SP
SC).
Displays Black level peek scanning value (F side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel).


SC).
Displays Black level peek scanning value (F side/GREEN/ODD Pixel).


SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays Black level peek scanning value (L side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel).


SC).
Displays Black level peek scanning value (L side/GREEN/ODD Pixel).


SC).
Displays Black level peek scanning value (F side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel).


SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays Black level peek scanning value (F side/BLUE/ODD Pixel).

Tables-4
Main SP
SC).
Displays Black level peek scanning value (L side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel).


SC).
Displays Black level peek scanning value (L side/BLUE/ODD Pixel).


SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4699 [SBU Test Pattern Change]
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Normal image output, SH/Black
reduce: Not set (default)
1: test pattern output, Output fixed
value(682digit), SH/Black reduce:
OFF
2: Test pattern output, Main scan
gradation pattern(10bit tone, 4dot
- ENG
step), SH/Black reduce: OFF
001 3:Test pattern output, Main scan

gradation pattern (10bit tone,
3line step), SH/Black reduce:
OFF
4:Test pattern output, grid pattern
(20mm x 10mm grid pattern),
SH/Black reduce: OFF
Outputs SBU Test pattern.

SC).
4700 [CIS ID Display]
- ENG [0x00 to 0xFF / 0 / 1/step]
001 When CIS’s ID is not normal, cause flag is set to SP4-747-001 and becomes
SC185-00.
4712 [CIS GB Adj Value: R]
- ENG [0 to 8191 / 4095 / 1digit/step]
001 Display/Saves gray balance adjusting value (RED) of CIS.
Value adjusted during the DF warranty process is saved.
4713 [CIS GB Adj Value: G]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
- ENG [0 to 8191 / 4095 / 1digit/step]
001 Display/Saves gray balance adjusting value (GREEN) of CIS.
Value adjusted during the DF warranty process is saved.
4714 [CIS GB Adj Value: B]
Tables-4
Main SP
- ENG [0 to 8191 / 4095 / 1digit/step]
001
Display/Saves gray balance adjusting value (BLUE) of CIS.
4745 [CIS Image Level Error Flag]
[0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
b15: Unused
b14: Unused
b13: Unused
b12: Unused
b11:Red White level error flag
b10:Green White level error flag
b9:Blue White level error flag
b8: Unused
b7: Unused
001 - ENG
b6: Unused
b5:Red Black level error flag
b4:Green Black level error flag
b3:Blue Black level error flag
b2:Red White level front end-back
end ratio error flag
b1:Green White level front
end-back end ratio error flag
b0:Blue White level front
end-back end ratio error flag

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Display CIS’s image level error flag.

Displays cause of error if error occurs with image level check when DF powers
ON.
When an error, depending on the cause, SC187-00(Black level error),
SC188-00(White level error), SC186-00(CIS Light source error) will be given.
[Display format] binary
CIS image level error flag=
4746 [CIS GB Adj Error Flag]
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
b 2:Red Gray balance adjusting
error flag (GB_ERR_R)
CIS GB Adj Error Flag ENG b 1:Green Gray balance adjusting
error flag (GB_ERR_G)
b 0:Blue gray balance adjusting
001 error flag (GB_ERR_B)
Display Gray balance adjusting error flag for CIS.

When an error occurs with Gray balance adjust of SP4-705-001, displays the
cause.
When an error, SC189-00 (Gray balance adjusting error) will be given.
CIS GB Adjusting error flag = (b2, b1, b0)

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4747 [CIS Hard Error Flag]
[0 to 7 / 0 / 1/step]
b 2: Boot error flag for Marble
(Marble_BOOT_ERR)
CIS Hard Error Flag ENG b 1:Register read error flag for
Tables-4
Main SP
Marble (Marble_READ_ERR)
b 0:Register read error flag for
001 Opal (Opal_READ_ERR)
Displays Hard error flag for CIS.

If an error occurs with CIS communication error detect when DF powers ON,
displays the cause.
When an error, SC185-00 (CIS communication error) will be given.
CIS Hard error flag = (b2, b1, b0)
[CIS M-Scan White Level: Avg. R]
4748 Displays main scan white level average value (R Leading edge / Trailing edge)
for CIS.
Leading Edge ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays main scan white level average value (R leading edge) for CIS.
Checks errors for light source by scanning White basis roller witch is set to
match CIS when DF powers ON.
White basis roller’s leading edge reading level from checking light source error
will be given.
001 Light source for CIS is made from 2sets of LED set to both leading/trail edge of
main scan; there for, detects error by checking main scan’s both ends output
level ratio.
When both ends scanning level ratio is abnormal, SC186-00(CIS Light source
error) is given.
Cause of error is shown in SP4-475-001.
SC).
002 Trailing Edge ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays main scan white level average value (R trailing edge) for CIS.
White basis roller’s trailing edge reading level from checking light source error
will be given.
Light source for CIS is made from 2sets of LED set to both leading/trail edge of
level ratio.
error) is given.
SC).
[CIS M-Scan White Level: Avg. G]
4749 Displays main scan white level average value (G Leading edge / Trailing edge)
for CIS.
Displays main scan white level average value (G leading edge) for CIS.
will be given.
level ratio.
error) is given.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays main scan white level average value (G trailing edge) for CIS.
will be given.
Tables-4
Main SP
level ratio.
error) is given.
SC).
[CIS M-Scan White Level: Avg. B]
4750 Displays main scan white level average value (B Leading edge / Trailing edge)
for CIS.
Displays main scan white level average value (B leading edge) for CIS.
will be given.
level ratio.
error) is given.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays main scan white level average value (B trailing edge) for CIS.
will be given.
level ratio.
error) is given.
SC).
4787 [CIS White Level Peak Data: R]
Factory Setting *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves Factory White level; peak data (RED) for CIS.

001 Factory white level; peak data from Main unit warranty process is saved.

SC)
4788 [CIS White Level Peak Data: G]
Display/Saves Factory White level; peak data (GREEN) for CIS.


SC)
4789 CIS White Level Peak Data: B
Display/Saves Factory White level; peak data (BLUE) for CIS.


SC)

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4790 [CIS White Level Peak Data: R]
- ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays White level; peak data (RED) for CIS.

Checks White level by scanning White basis roller witch is set to mach CIS DF
Tables-4
Main SP
powers ON.
001 Reading level of White basis roller from white level check is given.
When white level peak scanning value is abnormal, SC188-00 (White level
error) is given.
SC).
4791 [CIS White Level Peak Data: G]
- ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays White level; peak data (GREEN) for CIS.

powers ON.
001 Reading level of White basis roller from white level check is given.
error) is given.
SC).
4792 [CIS White Level Peak Data: B]
001 - ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Displays White level; peak data (BLUE) for CIS.

powers ON.
Reading level of White basis roller from white level check is given.
error) is given.
SC).
[CIS Black Level Data: R]
Displays Black level; data (R: Chip1 to 24) for CIS.

Displays black scanning level by detecting black level scanning value of each
CIS chip from CIS’s black level check done when DF powers ON.
4793 When Black level scanning value is abnormal, SC187-00 (Black level error) is
given.
SC).
001 Chip1 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1digit/step]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Tables-4
Main SP
[CIS Black Level Data: G]
Displays Black level; data (G: Chip1 to 24) for CIS.

given.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[CIS Black Level Data: B]
Displays Black level; data (B: Chip1 to 24) for CIS.

given.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Tables-4
Main SP

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4796 [Low Density Color Correction]
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: No color correction for low
chrome area(Default)
1: Correct low chroma area(weak)
Front Side *ENG
2: Correct low chroma
area(medium)
area(strong)
001
Corrects color for low chroma area of front side.
With 1 path duplex model, color might change between front/Rear sides due to
scanning format difference.
If user points out this difference, with changing this setting, difference can be
reduce.
Adjust intensity by color difference.
As a side effect, low chroma area’s reproducibility will spoil as stronger the
intensity gets.
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: No color correction for low
chroma area(Default)
1: Correct low chroma area(weak)
Rear Side *ENG
area(medium)
area(strong)
002
Corrects color for low chroma area of rear side.
With 1 path duplex model, Color might change between front/Rear sides due to
scanning format difference.
If user points out this difference, with changing this setting, difference can be
reduce.
Adjust intensity by Color difference.
As a side effect, low chroma area’s reproducibility will spoil as stronger the
intensity gets.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4797 [Rear Side: Digital AE]
Low Limit Value *ENG [0 to 1023 / 364 / 1/step]
001 Sets Lowest threshold to detect as background when DF rear side-scanning.
Decides area of input image data brighter (larger value) then threshold.
Tables-4
Main SP
Background Erase Level *ENG [512 to 1535 / 932 / 1/step]
002 Sets background level to decide output value for background erase when DF
rear side scanning.
4798 [CIS LED Duty]
CIS LED Duty *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Display/Saves LED lighting duty for CIS.

Value set when shipping test for CIS is saved.
Normally won’t change this setting.
4799 [CIS TEST Pattern]
[0 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Scanned Image
1: Fixed Value Pattern
Select ENG 2: EO Fixed Value Pattern
3: Main Scan Gradation
4: Sub Scan Gradation
001 5: Grid Pattern
Sets output test pattern for CIS.

When printing out test pattern set with this SP,
Press copy button after setting, exit with break key and set paper size, scale,
image process conditions as a regular copy, and Set original.
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Even Output Level Setting ENG [0 to 4095 / 0 / 1digit/step]
002 Sets fixed value output level (Even) of test pattern for CIS.
Fixed value will be display/set when SP4-799-001-1: full side fixed value, or
SP4-799-001-2: fixed value for each EO is selected.
Odd Output Level Setting ENG [0 to 4095 / 0 / 1digit/step]
003 Sets fixed value output level (Odd) of test pattern for CIS.
Fixed value will be display/set when SP4-799-001-1: full side fixed value, or
SP4-799-001-2: fixed value for each EO is selected.
4813 [ALC Selection]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
FC *ENG 0:OFF
1:ON(default)
Sets ON/OFF variable correction for Originals scanning level when

continuously scanning multiple originals using ADF.
For increasing productivity of ADF, creating correction data is done at a certain
(3min) interval.
If shade correcting data is not updated, original scanning level will change;
001 affected from the light source brightness change; there for, variable will be
corrected by scanning ADF’s guide plate (white) from between originals.

In an occasion of an unexpected malfunction and level correcting does not
work, or background density disorderly changes among multiple scanned
originals, and by changing setting these will improve; then temporarily set
correction OFF.
By setting interval shading OFF with SP4-351-001, even when ALC is set OFF,
shading will be done each time, and will prevent density change when having
level correction OFF.

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
BW *ENG 0:OFF
1:ON(default)
Sets ON/OFF variable correction for Originals scanning level when

continuously scanning multiple originals using ADF.
Tables-4
Main SP
For increasing productivity of ADF, creating correction data is done at a certain
(3min) interval.
If shade correcting data is not updated, original scanning level will change;
002 affected from the light source brightness change; there for, variable will be
corrected by scanning ADF’s guide plate (white) from between originals.

In an occasion of an unexpected malfunction and level correcting does not
work, or background density disorderly changes among multiple scanned
originals, and by changing setting those will improve; then temporarily set
correction OFF.
By setting interval shading OFF with SP4-351-001, even when ALC is set OFF,
shading will be done each time, and will prevent density change when having
level correction OFF.
4850 [PMW]
Latest *ENG [0 to 8191 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays adjustment value of LED lighting duty (PWM) for LED light quantity
adjustment.
001 Reduces light quantity when CCD’s output is overflowed from the amount of
light, by adjusting LED light source lighting duty when scanner powers ON.
SC).
Displays factory adjustment value of LED lighting duty (PWM) for LED light
002 quantity adjustment.

Factory adjustment values are saved from main unit warranty process.
SC).
4851 [LED White Level Peak Read]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Latest:F:RE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays scanning values of White level peak (F side/RED/EVEN Pixel) for LED
light quantity adjustment.
001 Scanning levels of White basis board will be displayed when scanner powers on
and LED light source lighting duty (PWM) is adjusted.
When LED light quantity does not complete, SC102-00 is given.
SC).
Latest:F:RO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays scanning values of White level peak (F side/RED/ODD Pixel) for LED
SC).
Latest:F:GE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays scanning values of White level peak (F side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel) for

LED light quantity adjustment.
SC).
Latest:F:GO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays scanning values of White level peak (F side/GREEN/ODD Pixel) for

SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Latest:F:BE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays scanning values of White level peak (F side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel) for

Tables-4
Main SP
SC).
Latest:F:BO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays scanning values of White level peak (F side/BLUE/ODD Pixel) for LED
SC).
Latest:L:RE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays scanning values of White level peak (L side/RED/EVEN Pixel) for LED
SC).
Latest:L:RO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays scanning values of White level peak (L side/RED/ODD Pixel) for LED
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Latest:L:GE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays scanning values of White level peak (L side/GREEN/EVEN Pixel) for

SC).
Latest:L:GO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays scanning values of White level peak (L side/GREEN/ODD Pixel) for

SC).
Latest:L:BE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays scanning values of White level peak (L side/BLUE/EVEN Pixel) for

SC).
Latest:L:BO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Displays scanning values of White level peak (L side/BLUE/ODD Pixel) for LED
SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4852 [LED White Level Peak Read]
Factory Setting:F:RE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves White level peak scanning value (F side/RED/EVEN) for factory
001 light quantity adjustment of LED.

Factory scanning value for white level peak from main unit warranty process.
Tables-4
Main SP
SC).
Factory Setting:F:RO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves White level peak scanning value (F side/RED/ODD) for factory

SC).
Factory Setting:F:GE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves White level peak scanning value (F side/GREEN/EVEN) for
003 factory light quantity adjustment of LED.

SC).
Factory Setting:F:GO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves White level peak scanning value (F side/GREEN/ODD) for

SC).
Factory Setting:F:BE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves White level peak scanning value (F side/BLUE/EVEN) for factory

SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Factory Setting:F:BO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves White level peak scanning value (F side/BLUE/ODD) for factory

SC).
Factory Setting:L:RE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves White level peak scanning value (L side/RED/EVEN) for factory

SC).
Factory Setting:L:RO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves White level peak scanning value (L side/RED/ODD) for factory

SC).
Factory Setting:L:GE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves White level peak scanning value (L side/GREEN/EVEN) for

SC).
Factory Setting:L:GO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves White level peak scanning value (L side/GREEN/ODD) for

SC).

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
Factory Setting:L:BE *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves White level peak scanning value (L side/BLUE/EVEN) for factory

Tables-4
Main SP
SC).
Factory Setting:L:BO *ENG [0 to 1023 / 0 / 1digit/step]
Display/Saves White level peak scanning value (L side/BLUE/ODD) for factory

SC).
4902 [Disp ACC Data]
R_DATA1 *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (R component) of scanner for AAC pattern (white
background area)
G_DATA1 *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (G component) of scanner for AAC pattern (white
background area)
B_DATA1 *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (B component) of scanner for AAC pattern (white
background area)
R_DATA2 *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (R component) of scanner for AAC pattern (Cyan
max. density area)
G_DATA2 *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (G component) of scanner for AAC pattern
(Magenta max. density area)

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
B_DATA3 *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Displays (0 to 255) scan value (B component) of scanner for AAC pattern
(Yellow max. density area)
4905 [Select Gradation Level]
- *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Sets when switching threshold matrix used for tone processing.
4918 [Man Gamma Adj]
[- / - / -]
- ENG
[Change]
009
Sets total volume control value (0% to 400%) for photo area when copying with
color mode (B/W).
4930 [Coverage Ctrl: Text]
Copy: Full Color 1 *ENG [0 to 400 / 200 / 1/step]
001 Sets total volume control value (0% to 400%) for photo area when copying with
color mode (Monochrome/2 Colors).
Copy: Full Color 2 *ENG [0 to 400 / 200 / 1/step]
002 Sets total volume control value (0% to 400%) for photo area when copying with
other image output mode (Basically cancel total volume control).
Copy: Single Color *ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 1/step]

003
-
Copy: Color Conversion *ENG [0 to 400 / 180 / 1/step]

004
-
Coverage Ctrl OFF *ENG [0 to 400 / 400 / 1/step]

005
-

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
[Coverage Ctrl: Photo]

4931
-
001 Copy: Full Color 1 *ENG [0 to 400 / 240 / 1/step]
002 Copy: Full Color 2 *ENG [0 to 400 / 260 / 1/step]
Tables-4
Main SP
003 Copy: Single Color *ENG [0 to 400 / 100 / 1/step]
004 Copy: Color Conversion *ENG [0 to 400 / 200 / 1/step]
005 Coverage Ctrl OFF *ENG [0 to 400 / 400 / 1/step]
[ACC Execute Time:Present]

4948
-
001 yy/mm/dd *ENG [- / - / -]
002 hh/mm/ss *ENG [- / - / -]
[ACC Execute Time:Previous]

4949
-
001 yy/mm/dd *ENG [- / - / -]
002 hh/mm/ss *ENG [- / - / -]

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4954 [Read/Restore Std]
Read New Chart ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Sets scan settings (front side current value) of normal chart by run scanning.
Recall Prev Chart ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Unset scan settings (front side current value) of normal chart.
Set Std Chart ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

004
Re-write scan settings (front side current value) of normal chart.
Chromaticity Rank *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Correct dispersion of scanner reading value among same models, based on the
Color degree rank setting value of Scanner (front side).
(Setting value0: Correction OFF)
4958 [Read/Restore Std: Rear]
Read New Chart ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Sets scan settings (Reverse side current value) of normal chart by run
scanning.
Recall Prev Chart ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Unset scan settings (Reverse side current value) of normal chart.
Set Std Chart ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

004
Re-write scan settings (Reverse side current value) of normal chart.
Chromaticity Rank *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Correct scattered scanning value among same models based on Color degree
rank setting value of Scanner (Reverse side).
(Setting value0: Correction OFF)

SP4-XXX (Scanner)
4993 [High Light Correction]
[0 to 9 / 4 / 1/step]
Sensitivity Selection *ENG 0: Weak
001 9: Strong
Tables-4
Main SP
Sets detect sensitivity for full color auto density. Larger the value, weaker (less
background tracking) the sensitivity.
[0 to 9 / 4 / 1/step]
Range Selection *ENG 0: Weak
002 9: Strong
Sets detect area for full color auto density. Larger the value, wider the area.
4994 [Adj Txt/Photo Recog Level]
High Compression PDF *ENG [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
001 Adjusts the guide for recognize images text area and image area. Settings are
0: textish, 1: basic 2:imageish
4996 [White Paper Detection Level]
- *ENG [0 to 6 / 3 / 1/step]
001
Sets blank paper detect level. Larger the value, easier detecting.

MAIN SP TABLES-5
52 ~ 53 1/13/2014 SP5507-006 Supply/CC Alarm - Toner Collection Bottle Alarm
SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
3. MAIN SP TABLES-5
3.1 SP5-009 TO 721 (MODE)
[Add Display Language]
Adds language available in user choice. (Only the languages registered in the
machine)
Refer to the displayed language list to set in the way showed below.
List Number Assigned Bit Switch
Tables-5
Main SP
No.1 to 8 BIT1 to 8 (SP5009-201)
5009 No.9 to 16BIT1 to 8 (SP5009-202)
No.17 to 24BIT1 to 8 (SP5009-203)
No.25 to 32BIT1 to 8 (SP5009-204)
Example: To add American(No.3 in the list) or Czech (No.15)
Turn Bit 3 of “SP5009-201” 0 to 1 for American.
Turn Bit 7 of “SP5009-202” 0 to 1 for Czech.
After setting, turn the main power switch off and on to make the setting valid.
201 1-8 *CTL [1 to 255 / 00000000 / 1/step]
202 9-16 *CTL [1 to 255 / 00000000 / 1/step]
203 17-24 *CTL [1 to 255 / 00000000 / 1/step]
204 25-32 *CTL [1 to 255 / 00000000 / 1/step]
[mm/inch Display Selection]

5024
Display units (mm or inch) for custom paper sizes.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 0:mm 1:inch *CTL 0: mm (Europe/Asia)
1: inch (USA)

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
5037 [Status Lamp Mode]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001 Status Lamp Mode *CTL 0: Off
1: On
[Accounting counter]
Selects the counting method.

5045
 The counting method can be changed only once, regardless of whether

the counter value is negative or positive.
[0 or 3 / 0 / - ]
001 Counter Method *CTL 0: Developments
1: Prints
[Paper Display]
5047
Turns on or off the printed paper display on the LCD.
[0 or 1 / 0 / - ]
001 Backing Paper *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[TonerRefillDetectionDisplay]
5051
Enables or disables the toner refill detection display.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: ON
1: OFF
[Display IP Address]
5055
Display or does not display the IP address on the operation panel.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[Toner Remaining Icon Display Change]

5061
Display or does not display the remaining toner display icon on the LCD.
001 - *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Part Replacement Alart Display]

5062
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 #PCDU:K *CTL 0: No display
Tables-5
Main SP
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 #Development Unit:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Developer:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Developer Filter:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 #Cleaning Unit:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 Cleaning Blade:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Brush Roller:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Coating Bar:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 Apply Blade:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Joint:Cleaning Unit:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Gear:Cleaning:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 #Charge Roller Unit:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Charge Roller:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Charge Roller Cleaner:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Gear:Charge Roller:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 #Photo Conductor:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 #PCDU:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 #Development Unit:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Developer:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
028 Developer Filter:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 #Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 Cleaning Blade:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
033 Brush Roller:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034 Coating Bar:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
035 Apply Blade:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
036 Joint:Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
037 Gear:Cleaning:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
040 #Charge Roller Unit:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Charge Roller:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042 Charge Roller Cleaner:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
043 Gear:Charge Roller:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044 #Photo Conductor:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
047 #PCDU:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
049 #Development Unit:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
050 Developer:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
051 Developer Filter:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
054 #Cleaning Unit:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
055 Cleaning Blade:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
056 Brush Roller:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
057 Coating Bar:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
058 Apply Blade:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
059 Joint:Cleaning Unit:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
060 Gear:Cleaning:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
063 #Charge Roller Unit:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
064 Charge Roller:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
065 Charge Roller Cleaner:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
066 Gear:Charge Roller:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
067 #Photo Conductor:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
070 #PCDU:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
072 #Development Unit:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
073 Developer:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
074 Developer Filter:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
077 #Cleaning Unit:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
078 Cleaning Blade:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
079 Brush Roller:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
080 Coating Bar:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
081 Apply Blade:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
082 Joint:Cleaning Unit:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
083 Gear:Cleaning:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
086 #Charge Roller Unit:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
087 Charge Roller:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
088 Charge Roller Cleaner:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
089 Gear:Charge Roller:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
090 #Photo Conductor:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
093 #ITB Unit *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB (Intermedediate Transfer
094 *CTL 0: No display
Belt)
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
095 Transfer Roller:ITB:K *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
096 Transfer Roller:ITB:C *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
097 Transfer Roller:ITB:M *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
098 Transfer Roller:ITB:Y *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Transfer:Backup
099 *CTL 0: No display
Roller:ITB
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
102 #ITB Cleaning Unit *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
104 ITB Lubricant BrushRoller *CTL 0: No display
1: Display

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
105 ITB Lubricant bar *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
106 ITB Lubricant blade *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
109 #PTR Unit *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
110 Paper Transfer Discharge Plate *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
111 PTR (Paper Transfer Unit) *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
114 #Fusing Unit Assy *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
115 #Fusing Unit *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
116 Fusing Belt *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
117 Hot Roller *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
118 Pressure Roller *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
119 Shaft Bearing:Press Roller *CTL 0: No display
1: Display

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
120 Refresh Roller *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
124 #Fusing Cleaning Unit *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
125 Cleaning Web *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
126 Web Cleaning Roller *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
127 Web Brake Pad *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
130 #Filter:Main *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
131 Dust Filter:Large *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
132 Dust Filter:Small *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
133 Ozone Filter *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
134 Deodorant Filter:Large *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
135 Deodorant Filter:Small *CTL 0: No display
1: Display

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
142 Waste Toner Bottle *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
145 #Tray1 Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
146 Pick-up Roller:Tray1 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
147 Feed Roller:Tray1 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
148 Separation Roller:Tray1 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Display

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
169 #By-pass Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
170 Pick-up Roller:By-pass *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
171 Feed Roller:By-pass *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
172 Separation Roller:By-pass *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
175 #A3_DLT LCT Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
176 Pick-up Roller:A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
177 Feed Roller:A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
178 Separation Roller:A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
181 #A4_LT LCT Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
182 Pick-up Roller:A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
183 Feed Roller:A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
184 Separation Roller:A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
187 #Inseter Tray1 Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
188 Pick-up Roller:Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
189 Feed Belt:Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
190 Separation Roller:Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
193 #Inseter Tray2 Rollers *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
194 Pick-up Roller:Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
195 Feed Belt:Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
196 Separation Roller:Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
199 #Interposer *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
200 Feed Belt:Interposer *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
201 Separation Roller:Interposer *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
202 Pick-up Roller:Interposer *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
205 #ADF *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
206 Feed Belt:ADF *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
207 Separation Roller:ADF *CTL 0: No display
1: Display

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
208 Pick-up Roller:ADF *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[PM Parts Display]

5066
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: No display
1: Display
[Part Replacement Operation type]

5067
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 #PCDU:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 #Development Unit:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Developer:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Developer Filter:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 #Cleaning Unit:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 Cleaning Blade:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Brush Roller:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Coating Bar:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 Apply Blade:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
013 Joint:Cleaning Unit:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Gear:Cleaning:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 #Charge Roller Unit:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Charge Roller:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Charge Roller Cleaner:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Gear:Charge Roller:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 #Photo Conductor:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 #PCDU:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 #Development Unit:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Developer:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
028 Developer Filter:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 #Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 Cleaning Blade:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033 Brush Roller:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034 Coating Bar:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
035 Apply Blade:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
036 Joint:Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
037 Gear:Cleaning:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
040 #Charge Roller Unit:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Charge Roller:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042 Charge Roller Cleaner:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
043 Gear:Charge Roller:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
044 #Photo Conductor:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
047 #PCDU:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
049 #Development Unit:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
050 Developer:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
051 Developer Filter:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
054 #Cleaning Unit:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
055 Cleaning Blade:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
056 Brush Roller:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
057 Coating Bar:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
058 Apply Blade:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
059 Joint:Cleaning Unit:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
060 Gear:Cleaning:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
063 #Charge Roller Unit:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
064 Charge Roller:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
065 Charge Roller Cleaner:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
066 Gear:Charge Roller:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
067 #Photo Conductor:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
070 #PCDU:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
072 #Development Unit:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
073 Developer:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
074 Developer Filter:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
077 #Cleaning Unit:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
078 Cleaning Blade:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
079 Brush Roller:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
080 Coating Bar:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
081 Apply Blade:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
082 Joint:Cleaning Unit:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
083 Gear:Cleaning:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
086 #Charge Roller Unit:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
087 Charge Roller:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
088 Charge Roller Cleaner:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
089 Gear:Charge Roller:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
090 #Photo Conductor:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
093 #ITB Unit *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB (Intermedediate Transfer
094 *CTL 0: Service
Belt)
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
095 Transfer Roller:ITB:K *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
096 Transfer Roller:ITB:C *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
097 Transfer Roller:ITB:M *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
098 Transfer Roller:ITB:Y *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Transfer:Backup
099 *CTL 0: Service
Roller:ITB
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
102 #ITB Cleaning Unit *CTL 0: Service
1: User

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
104 ITB Lubricant BrushRoller *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
105 ITB Lubricant bar *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
106 ITB Lubricant blade *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
109 #PTR Unit *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
110 Paper Transfer Discharge Plate *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
111 PTR (Paper Transfer Unit) *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
114 #Fusing Unit Assy *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
115 #Fusing Unit *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
116 Fusing Belt *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
117 Hot Roller *CTL 0: Service
1: User

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
118 Pressure Roller *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
119 Shaft Bearing:Press Roller *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
120 Refresh Roller *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
124 #Fusing Cleaning Unit *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
125 Cleaning Web *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
126 Web Cleaning Roller *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
127 Web Brake Pad *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
130 #Filter:Main *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
131 Dust Filter:Large *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
132 Dust Filter:Small *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
133 Ozone Filter *CTL 0: Service
1: User

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
134 Deodorant Filter:Large *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
135 Deodorant Filter:Small *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
142 Waste Toner Bottle *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
145 #Tray1 Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
146 Pick-up Roller:Tray1 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
147 Feed Roller:Tray1 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
148 Separation Roller:Tray1 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: User

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
169 #By-pass Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
170 Pick-up Roller:By-pass *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
171 Feed Roller:By-pass *CTL 0: Service
1: User

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
172 Separation Roller:By-pass *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
175 #A3_DLT LCT Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
176 Pick-up Roller:A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
177 Feed Roller:A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
178 Separation Roller:A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
181 #A4_LT LCT Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
182 Pick-up Roller:A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
183 Feed Roller:A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
184 Separation Roller:A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
187 #Inseter Tray1 Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
188 Pick-up Roller:Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: Service
1: User

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
189 Feed Belt:Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
190 Separation Roller:Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
193 #Inseter Tray2 Rollers *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
194 Pick-up Roller:Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
195 Feed Belt:Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
196 Separation Roller:Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
199 #Interposer *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
200 Feed Belt:Interposer *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
201 Separation Roller:Interposer *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
202 Pick-up Roller:Interposer *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
205 #ADF *CTL 0: Service
1: User

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
206 Feed Belt:ADF *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
207 Separation Roller:ADF *CTL 0: Service
1: User
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
208 Pick-up Roller:ADF *CTL 0: Service
1: User
Tables-5
Main SP
[Set Bypass Paper Size Display]
5071 Turn on or off the paper size confirmation pop-up on the LED. This pop-up
prevents mismatching between a paper size selected by the operation panel
and an actual paper size on the by-pass tray.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - CTL
0: Off, 1: On
[Supply Part Replacement Opration Type]

5073
Selects ether User or Service manages supply parts.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Waste Tonner Bottle *CTL 0:No Display
1:Display
[Home Key Customization]
5074 Sets applications that appear on the operation panel when “home key” is
pressed.
[FFh / 00000000 / 1hex/step]

002 Login Setting *CTL
0:On, 1:Off
050 Show Home Edit Menu CTL [0 or 2 / 0/ 1 /step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Function disable
091 Function Setting *CTL
1: SDK application
2: Legacy application (reserved)
Sets the Application product ID.

092 Product ID *CTL [0x00 to 0xFFFF FFFF / 0h /
1/step]
Application Screen ID *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
093 Sets the display category of the application that is specified in the
SP5075-001,002
[USB Keyboard]
5075
Sets the function of the external keyboard.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Function Setting *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable
[ServiceSP Entery Code Setting]

5081
DFU
001 ServiceSP Entery Code Setting - -
[LED Light Switch Setting]

5083
Turns LED lighting ON and OFF at Toner Near End.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Toner Near End *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[DoubleCount] A3/DLT Double Count (SSP)
5104 Specifies whether the counter is doubled for A3/DLT. "Yes" counts except from
the bypass tray. When "Yes" is selected, A3 and DLT paper are counted twice,
that is A4 x2 and LT x2 respectively.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001 0: OFF 1: ON *CTL
0: OFF, 1: ON
ManSizeNoFixExchangeOverA3 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 *CTL
(D158/159) 0: A4 (LT), 1: A3 (DLT)
Tables-5
Main SP
[Non-Std. Paper Sel.]
5112
Selects On/Off to allow the setting of the custom size.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 (0:OFF 1:ON) *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
5113 [Optional Counter Type]
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
0: None
1: Key card (RK 3, 4)
2: Key card (down)
3: Prepaid card
Default Optional Counter Type *CTL
001 4: Coin rack
5: MF key card
6: Coin Rack(Recommend)
8: Key counter + Vendor
9: Bar-code Printer
This program specifies the counter type.
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: None
002 External Optional Counter Type *CTL 1: Expansion Device 1
2: Expansion Device 2
3: Expansion Device 3

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
This program specifies the external counter type.
5114 [Optional Counter I/F]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 MF Key Card Extension *CTL 0: Not installed
1: Installed (scanning accounting)
[Disable Copying]
5118
This program disables copying.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: Not disabled
1: Disabled
[Mode Clear Opt. Counter Removal]
5120 This program updates the information on the optional counter. When you install
or remove an optional counter, check the settings.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Yes (removed)
001 0: Yes 1: Standby 2: No *CTL
1: Standby (installed but not used)
2: No (not removed)
[Counter Up Timing]
5121 This program specifies when the counter goes up. The settings refer to “paper
feed” and “paper exit” respectively.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 0:Feed 1:Exit *CTL 0: Feed
1: Exit

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[Set F-size Document]

5126
SP for assigning sizes for F-size document.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Judges as Foolscap 8 1/2"x13"
size. (Default)
001 - *ENG
1: Judges as Folio 8 1/4"x13"
size.
2: Judges as F 8"x13" size.
Tables-5
Main SP
[APS Mode]
5127
This program disables the APS.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: Not disabled
1: Disabled
[Copy Mode With Key/Card Option]

5128
-
001 - *CTL [- / 0 / -]
[Paper Size Type Selection]
5131 The program selects a paper size system from the following alternatives: the AB
system (0), the LT system (1), and the AF system (2).
[0 to 2 / 2 / 1/step]
0: DOM(Japan)
001 - *ENG
1: NA
2: EU

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[Bypass Length Setting]
5150 Determines whether the transfer sheet from the by-pass tray is used or not.
Normally the paper length for sub scanning paper from the by-pass tray is
limited to 600 mm, but this can be extended with this SP to 1260 mm.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 0: OFF 1: ON CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[App. Switch Method]
5162 Determines whether the application screen is switched with a hardware switch
or software switch.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: Soft Key Set
1: Hard Key Set
[Z-fold Position]
5165 Determines whether the application screen is switched with a hardware switch
or software switch.
001 A3T - [2.0 to 25.0 / 2.0 / 0.1mm/step]
002 B4T - [2.0 to 25.0 / 2.0 / 0.1mm/step]
003 A4T - [2.0 to 25.0 / 2.0 / 0.1mm/step]
004 DLTT - [2.0 to 25.0 / 2.0 / 0.1mm/step]
005 LGT - [2.0 to 25.0 / 2.0 / 0.1mm/step]
006 LTT - [2.0 to 25.0 / 2.0 / 0.1mm/step]
007 12x18 - [2.0 to 25.0 / 2.0 / 0.1mm/step]
008 Other - [2.0 to 25.0 / 2.0 / 0.1mm/step]
5166 [Auto Delete Time]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Writes when successive cancellation is stopped or started, and indicates the

time when Zoffy was lastly executed with being written in GMT (passing time
from 1970/1/1 00:00:00 - current), 1 sec/step.
Time correction for each local time format should be required.
[0 to 4294967295
021 - CTL
/ 0 / 1]
[Fax Printing Mode at Optional Counter Off]
5167 Enables or disables the automatic print out without an accounting device. This
SP is used when the receiving fax is accounted by an external accounting
Tables-5
Main SP
device.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: Automatic printing
1: No automatic printing
[CE Login]
5169 If you will change the printer bit switches, you must ‘log in’ to service mode with
this SP before you go into the printer SP mode.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: Disabled
1: Enabled
[TCRU: Set Machine]
5185  TCRU: Set Machine

 TCRU becomes intended when “On” is selected and Replacement Banner
Display etc. switch.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *ENG 0:OFF
1:ON

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[RK4]
5186 Enables or disables the prevention for RK4 (accounting device) disconnection.
If the RK4 is disconnected for 10 seconds when this SP is set to "1 (Enable)",
the machine automatically jams a sheet of paper.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *ENG 0: Disable
1: Enable
[Copy Nv Version]
5188
Displays the version number of the NVRAM on the controller board.
001 - *CTL [- / - / - ]
[Mode Set]
5191
Shifts to the power save mode or not.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001 Power Str Set *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[External Controller Info. Settings]

5193
External controler settings.
[0 to 10 / 0 / 1/step]
0: External Controller is not
installed
001 - CTL 1: EFI, 2: Ratio, 3: Egret
4: GJ, 5:Creo, 6: QX-100
7: Kurofune
8~10: Reserved

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[Limitless SW]
5195
Switches productivity precede limit less feed and use paper up limit less feed.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *CTL 0: Productivity Precede
1: Use paper up
[Copier Vendor Mode]

5196
-
Tables-5
Main SP
001 90 deg. Rotation CTL [- / - / - ]
002 Color and Tray Selection CTL [- / - / - ]
[Paper Exit After Staple End]
Enables or disables the paper feeding out from the finisher without stapling.
 If this setting is "1: ON", paper is fed out without stapling at the maximum
5199 number of the finisher stapling when the machine gets a multiple printing
job (over maximum number).
 If this setting is "0: OFF", paper is fed out with stapling at the maximum
number of the finisher stapling when the machine gets a multiple printing
job (over maximum number).
[ 0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 0: OFF 1: ON CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[Page Numbering]
5212 This program adjusts the position of the second side page numbers.
 "- value" moves the page number positions to the left edge.
 "+ value" moves the page number positions to the right edge.
Duplex Printout Right/Left

003 *CTL [-10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm/step]
Position
Duplex Printout High/Low

004 *CTL [-10 to 10 / 0 / 1mm/step]
Position

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
5227 [Page Numbering]
Allow Page No. Entry *CTL [2 to 9 / 9 / 1/step]

201
Specify max. digits for “Job serial numbering start number” of optical text print.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Zero Surplus Stting *CTL 0:OFF
202 1:ON
Specify zero suppress for “Job serial numbering start number” of optical text
print.
[Set Time]
Adjusts the RTC (real time clock) time setting for the local time zone.
Examples: For Japan (+9 GMT), enter 540 (9 hours x 60 min.)
DOM: +540 (Tokyo)
5302 NA: -300 (New York)
EU: + 60 (Paris)
CH: +480 (Peking)
TW: +480 (Taipei)
AS: +480 (Hong Kong)
002 Time Difference *CTL [-1440 to 1440 / 60 / 1min./step]
5305 [Auto Off Set]
101 Auto Off Limit Set *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5307 [Daylight Saving Time]
[0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
001 Setting *CTL
(Default)
1: NA and EUR
0: ASIA and others

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Enables or disables the summer time mode.
 Make sure that both SP5-307-3 and -4 are correctly set. Otherwise, this
SP is not activated even if this SP is set to "1".
[0 to 0xffffffff / 3500010h /
Rule Set(Start) *CTL
1hex/step]
Specifies the start setting for the summer time mode.

There are 8 digits in this SP. For months 1 to 9, the "0" cannot be input in the
first digit, so the eight-digit setting for -2 or -3 becomes a seven-digit setting.
1st and 2nd digits: The month. [1 to 12]
003 3rd digit: The week of the month. [1 to 5]
Tables-5
Main SP
4th digit: The day of the week. [0 to 6 = Sunday to Saturday]
5th and 6th digits: The hour. [00 to 23]
7th digit: The length of the advanced time. [0 to 9 / 1 hour /step]
8th digit: The length of the advanced time. [0 to 5 / 10 minutes /step]
 The digits are counted from the left.
 Make sure that SP5-307-1 is set to "1".
For example: 3500010 (EU default)

The timer is advanced by 1 hour at am 0:00 on the 5th Sunday in March
[0 to 0xffffffff / 10500100h /
Rule Set(End) *CTL
1hex/step]
Specifies the end setting for the summer time mode.

There are 8 digits in this SP.
1st and 2nd digits: The month. [1 to 12]
004 3rd digit: The week of the month. [0 to 5]
4th digit: The day of the week. [0 to 7 = Sunday to Saturday]

5th and 6th digits: The hour. [00 to 23]
The 7th and 8 digits must be set to "00".
 The digits are counted from the left.
 Make sure that SP5-307-1 is set to "1".

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
5401 [Access Control]
[0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Read Only
103 Default Document ACL *CTL 1: Edit
2: Edit/Delete
3: Full control
[1 to 255 / 0 / 1sec/step]
Authentication Time *CTL 0: 60 seconds
104 1 to 250 seconds
Specifies the timeout of the authentication.
ExtAuth Detail *CTL [ - / 0x00 / 0x01/step]
Selects the log out type for the extend authentication device.
162 Bit 0: Log-out without an IC card
0: Not allowed (default)

1: Allowed
200 SDK1 UniqueID *CTL [0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 1/step]
201 SDK1 Certification Method *CTL [0 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step]
211 SDK2 Certification Method *CTL [0 to 0xff / 0 / 1 / step ]
221 SDK3 Certification Method *CTL [0 to 0xff / 0 / 1/step]
[-/0/-]
0-1: SDK authentication available
0-0: Disable all functions
1-1: SKB Display
230 SDK Certification Device *CTL
1-0: Disable
2-1: Administrator login
2-0: Disable
3~7-0: Reserved (set “0” only)

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Detail Option *CTL [0 to 7 / 0x00 / 0x01/step]
0: Logout confirm option

-1: ON, 0: OFF
2 to 1: Auto-logout timer(retry timer)
-11: 30sec, 10: 20sec, 01: 10sec, 00: 60sec
3: personal authority / Group authority and operation
240 -1: ON, 0: OFF
4: Skip password entry
-1: ON, 0: OFF
5: Set the display of the remaining Frequence
Tables-5
Main SP
-1: ON, 0: OFF
6 to 7: Set the display time
-1: ON, 0: OFF
101 SDKJ1 Limit Setting *CTL [ / 0x00 / 0x01/step]

bit0: SDKJ Authentication
102 SDKJ2 Limit Setting *CTL
-0: Panel Type
103 SDKJ3 Limit Setting *CTL -1: Remote Type
bit1: Using user code setup
-0: OFF, 1: ON
105 SDKJ5 Limit Setting *CTL bit2: Using key-counter setup
-0: OFF, 1: ON
bit3: Using external billing device
107 SDKJ7 Limit Setting *CTL setup
-0: OFF, 1: ON
bit4: Using extended external
109 SDKJ9 Limit Setting *CTL billing device setup

-0: OFF, 1: ON
bit5~6: Not used
bit7: Using extended function J
limit users
-0: OFF, 1: ON

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)

-0: Panel Type
-0: OFF, 1: ON
-0: OFF, 1: ON
-0: OFF, 1: ON

-0: OFF, 1: ON
bit5~6: Not used
limit users
-0: OFF, 1: ON

-0: Panel Type
-0: OFF, 1: ON
-0: OFF, 1: ON
-0: OFF, 1: ON

-0: OFF, 1: ON
bit5~6: Not used
limit users
-0: OFF, 1: ON

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Sets limited uses for SDKJ application data.
141 SDKJ1 ProductID *CTL [0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 1/step]
142 SDKJ2 ProductID *CTL
Tables-5
Main SP
155 SDKJ15 ProductID *CTL [0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
5404 [User Code Count Clear]
[- / - / -]
- -
004 [Execute]
5411 [LDAP-Certification]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Simplified Authentication *CTL 0: OFF
004 1: ON
Turns simple authentication on or off for LDAP.
[0 or 1 / 1 / -]
Password Null Not Permit *CTL 0: Password NULL permitted.
005 1: Password NULL not permitted.
This SP is referenced only when SP5411-4 is set to "1" (On).
[ - / 0x00 / 0x01/step]
Detail Option *CTL Bit0
006 0: OFF, 1: ON
Determines whether LDAP option (anonymous certification) is turned on or off.

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[Krb-Certification]
5412
Sets the level of Kerberos Certification.
[0x01 to 0xFF / 11111111 / 1bit/step]

0x01:AES256-CTS-HMAC-SHA1-96
0x02:AES128-CTS-HMAC-SHA1-96
100 Encrypt Mode *CTL 0x04:DES3-CBC-SHA1
0x08:RC4-HMAC
0x10:DES-CBC-MD5
0xFF(0x1F):ALL
Tables-5
Main SP
5413 [Lockout Setting]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Lockout On/Off *CTL 0: OFF
001 1: ON
Switches on/off the lock on the local address book account.
Lockout Threshold *CTL [1 to 10 / 5 / 1time/step]

002
Sets a limit on the frequency of lockouts for account lockouts.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF (lockout not cancelled)
Cancellation On/Off *CTL 1: ON (system waits, cancels
003 lockout if correct user ID and

password are entered)
Determines whether the system waits the prescribed time for input of a correct
user ID and password after an account lockout has occurred.
Cancelation Time *CTL [1 to 9999 / 60 / 1min./step]
004 Determines the length of time that the system waits for correct input of the user
ID and password after a lockout has occurred. This setting is used only if
SP5413-3 is set to "1" (on).

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
5414 [Access Mitigation]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Mitigation On/Off *CTL
0: OFF, 1: ON
001
Switches on/off masking of continuously used IDs and passwords that are
identical.
Mitigation Time *CTL [0 to 60 / 15 / 1min./step]
002 Sets the length of time for excluding continuous access for identical user IDs
and passwords.
5415 [Password Attack]
Permissible Number *CTL [0 to 100 / 30 / 1 time/step]
001 Sets the threshold number of attempts to attack the system with random
passwords to gain illegal access to the system.
Detect Time *CTL [1 to 10 / 5 / 1sec/step]

002
Sets a detection time to count a password attack.
5416 [Access Information]
Access User Max Num *CTL [50 to 200 / 200 / 1 users/step]
001 Limits the number of users used by the access exclusion and password attack
detection functions.
Access Password Max Num *CTL [50 to 200 / 200 / 1/step]
002 Limits the number of passwords used by the access exclusion and password
attack detection functions.
Monitor Interval *CTL [1 to 10 / 3 / 1 sec/step]
003 Sets the processing time interval for referencing user ID and password
information.

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
5417 [Access Attack]
Access Permissible Number *CTL [0 to 500 / 100 / 1time/step]
001 Sets a limit on access attempts when an excessive number of attempts are
detected for MFP features.
Attack Detect Time *CTL [10 to 30 / 10 / 1sec/step]

002
Sets the length of time for monitoring the frequency of access to MFP features.
Productivity Fall Waite *CTL [0 to 9 / 3 / 1sec/step]
003 Sets the wait time to slow down the speed of certification when an excessive
Tables-5
Main SP
number of access attempts have been detected.
Attack Max Num *CTL [50 to 200 / 200 / 1/step]
004 Sets a limit on the number of requests received for certification in order to slow
down the certification speed when an excessive number of access attempts
have been detected.
[User Authentication]
These settings should be done with the System Administrator.

5420
 These functions are enabled only after the user access feature has
been enabled.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Copy *CTL 0: Authentication ON
001 1: Authentication OFF
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the copy
applications.
002 Color Security Setting *CTL -
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
DocumentServer *CTL 0: Authentication ON
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the

document server.

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fax *CTL 0: Authentication ON
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the fax
application.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Scanner *CTL 0: Authentication ON
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the scan
applications.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Printer *CTL 0: Authentication ON
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the printer
applications.
051 SDK1 *CTL Determines whether certification

is required before a user can use
061 SDK2 *CTL
the SDK application.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
071 SDK3 *CTL 0: Authentication ON
1: Authentication OFF
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Browser *CTL 0: Authentication ON
Determines whether certification is required before a user can use the Browser
application.
[Auth Dialog Message Change]

5430
Displays the Authentication dialog message or not.
Message Change On/Off *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Turns on or off the displayed message change for the authentication.

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[- / - / -]
Message Text Download CTL
002 [Execute]
Executes the message download for the authentication.
Message Text ID CTL [characters(max.16Byte) / ¥0 /-]

003
Inputs message text for the authentication.
5431 [External Auth User Preset]
010 Tag *CTL
Tables-5
Main SP
011 Entry *CTL
012 Group *CTL
020 Mail *CTL
030 Fax *CTL
031 FaxSub *CTL
032 Folder *CTL

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
033 ProtectCode *CTL
0: Not permit, 1: Permit
034 SmtpAuth *CTL
035 LdapAuth *CTL
036 Smb Ftp Fldr Auth *CTL
037 AcntAcl *CTL
038 DocumentAcl *CTL
040 CertCrypt *CTL
050 UserLimitCount *CTL

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[Authentication Error Code]

5481
These SP codes determine how the authentication failures are displayed.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
System Log Disp *CTL 0: Display OFF
001 1: Display ON
Determines whether an error code appears in the system log after a user
authentication failure occurs.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Panel Disp *CTL 0: Display OFF
002 1: Display ON
Determines whether an error code appears on the operation panel after a user
authentication failure occurs.
[MF KeyCard]
5490
Sets up operation of the machine with a keycard.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Disabled. Cancels operation
001 Job Permit Setting *CTL without a user code.
1: Enabled. Allows operation
without a user code.
002 Count Mode Setting *CTL [- / - / -]
5491 [Optional Counter]
[ - / 0x00 / 0x01/step]
001 Detail Option *CTL bit0: Forced Job Canceling
-1:Yes, 2: No

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
5501 [PM Alarm]
[0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Alarm off
001 PM Alarm Level *CTL 1 to 9999: Alarm goes off when
Value (1 to 9999) x 1000 > PM
counter
5504 [Jam Alarm]
[0 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
0: Zero (Off)
- *CTL 1: Low (2.5K jams)
001 2: Medium (3K jams)

3: High (6K jams)
Sets the alarm to sound for the specified jam level (document miss feeds are
not included).
[Error Alarm]
Sets the error alarm level.
5505 The error alarm counter counts "1" when any SC is detected. However, the error
alarm counter decreases by "1" when an SC is not detected during a set
number of copied sheets (for example, default 700 sheets).
The error alarm occurs when the SC error alarm counter reaches "5".
[0 to 255 / 19 / 1hundred/step]
001 Error Alarm *CTL
0: Alarm Off

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode) Rev. 1/13/2014
5507 [Supply/CC Alarm]
Enables or disables the notifying a supply call via the @Remote.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Paper Supply Alarm *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
002 Staple Supply Alarm *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Toner Supply Alarm *CTL 0: OFF
003 1: ON
If you select "1" the alarm will sound when the copier detects toner end.
⇒ 006 [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: OFF
Toner Collection Bottle Alarm *CTL
1: Supply call enabled
2: CC call enabled
Changes the timing of the "Toner

Supply Call" via the @Remote,
when the following conditions
080 Toner Call Timing *CTL occur.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: At replacement
1: AtLessThanThresh
081 Toner Call Threshold *CTL [10 or 90 / 50 / 10%/step]
128 Interval :Others *CTL
132 Interval :A3 *CTL [250 to 10000 / 1000 /

1page/step]
133 Interval :A4 *CTL The "Paper Supply Call Level: nn"
134 Interval :A5 *CTL SPs specify the paper control call
interval for the referenced paper
141 Interval :B4 *CTL sizes.
142 Interval :B5 *CTL

Rev. 1/13/2014 SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
160 Interval :DLT *CTL
164 Interval :LG *CTL
166 Interval :LT *CTL
172 Interval :HLT *CTL
5508 [CC Call]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
001 Jam Remains *CTL
0: Disable, 1: Enable
Tables-5
Main SP
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Continuous Jams *CTL
002 0: Disable, 1: Enable
Enables/disables initiating a call for consecutive paper jams.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Continuous Door Open *CTL
Enables/disables initiating a call when the front door remains open.
Jam Detection: Time Length *CTL [3 to 30 / 10 / 1min./step]
011 Sets the time a jam must remain before it becomes an “unattended paper jam”.
This setting is enabled only when SP5508-004 is set to "1".
Jam Detection: Continuous

*CTL [2 to 10 / 5 / 1time/step]
Count
012
Sets the number of consecutive paper jams required to initiate a call. This
setting is enabled only when SP5508-004 is set to "1".
Door Open: Time Length *CTL [3 to 30 / 10 / 1min./step]
013 Sets the length of time the door remains open before the machine initiates a
call. This setting is enabled only when SP5-508-004 is set to "1".

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
5513 [PartsAlermlevelCount]
Normal *CTL [1 to 9999 / 300 / 1 K]
001 Call in at the point that the counter of “PM Parts Counter Display: Normal
(SP7-617-001)” reaches this level (K).
Df *CTL [1 to 9999 / 300 / 1 K]
002 Call in at the point that the counter of “PM Parts Counter Display: Df
(SP7-617-002)” reaches this level (K).
5514 [PartsAlermlev]
001 Nomal *CTL [0 or 1 / 1/ 1 /step]
Df *CTL [0 or 1 / 0/ 1 /step]
002
Sets ON/OFF (Call in or not) of DF paper feed guide.
[SC/Alarm Setting]
5515 With @Remote in use, these SP codes can be set to issue an SC call when an
SC error occurs. If this SP is switched off, the SC call is not issued when an SC
error occurs.
001 SC Call *CTL
002 Service Parts Near End Call *CTL
003 Service Parts End Call *CTL
004 User Call *CTL

[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
006 Communication Test Call *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
007 Machine Information Notice *CTL
008 Alarm Notice *CTL
009 Non Genuine Tonner Ararm *CTL
010 Supply Automatic Ordering Call *CTL

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Supply Management Report

011 *CTL
Call
012 Jam/Door Open Call *CTL
[Individual PM Part Alarm Call]
5516 With @Remote in use, these SP codes can be set to issue a PM alarm call
when one of SP parts reaches its yield.
[0 or 1 / 1 / - ]
Disable/Enable Setting (0:Not
001 *CTL 0: Not send
Send,1:Send)
1: Send
Tables-5
Main SP
Percent yield for triggering PM
004 *CTL [1 to 255 / 75 / 1 %/step]
alert
5517 [-]
- *CTL [0 or 1 / 0/ 1 /step]
Calls in each time sheets are printed the amout total counter (SP8-581-001)
001 provides.
Pages to call in can be set with SP5-517-002: Malfunction predicting alarm:

Calling in sheets interval.
- *CTL [10 to 255 / 10/ 1 /step]
002 Sets interval of pages to call in for Malfunction predicting alarm.
Calls in when total counter reaches multiple sheets of (this SP’s value *100)
5517 [Get Machine Information]
GeCustomPprInfo:RetryInterval *CTL [10 to 255 / 10 / 1min/step]
021 When ID info collect is interrupt, retries during the time between receving
Request for obtaining custom paper info, to value set with this setting.
Get SMC Info Retry Internal *CTL [10 to 255 / 10 / 1min/step]
031 When SMC info collect is interrupt, retries during the time between receving
Request for obtaining SMC info, to value set with this setting.

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
5610 [Base Gamma Ctrl Pt: Execute]
Factory Setting *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

004
Recalls the factory settings.
Restore *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

005
Overwrites the current values onto the factory settings.
Restore *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

006
Recalls the previous settings.
5611 [Toner Color in 2C]
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step]

B-C *ENG
128: Darkest density
001
Adjusts the output color (C component) ranging from 0 (%) to 128 (%) when
Standard Color (Blue) is set in Single Color (No correction).
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step]

B-M *ENG
002
Adjusts the output color (M component) ranging from 0 (%) to 128 (%) when
Standard Color (Blue) is set in Single Color (No correction).
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step]

G-C *ENG
003
Adjusts the output color (C component) ranging from 0 (%) to 128 (%) when
Standard Color (Green) is set in Single Color (No correction).
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step]

G-Y *ENG
004
Adjusts the output color (Y component) ranging from 0 (%) to 128 (%) when
Standard Color (Green) is set in Single Color (No correction).
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step]

R-M *ENG
005
Adjusts the output color (M component) ranging from 0 (%) to 128 (%) when
Standard Color (Red) is set in Single Color (No correction).

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
[0 to 128 / 100 / 1 /step]

R-Y *ENG
006
Adjusts the output color (Y component) ranging from 0 (%) to 128 (%) when
Standard Color (Red) is set in Single Color (No correction).
5618 [Color Mode Display Selection]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
0: ACS, Color, Black & White,
- *CTL
001 Two Colors, Single colour
1: ACD, Full Color, Black & White
Tables-5
Main SP
Selects the color selection display on the LCD.
5710 [Custom Setting Paper]
001 Bypass *CTL [0 to 100 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Tray 1 *CTL [0 to 100 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Tray 2 *CTL [0 to 100 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Tray 3 *CTL [0 to 100 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Tray 4 *CTL [0 to 100 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Tray 5 *CTL [0 to 100 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Tray 6 *CTL [0 to 100 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Tray 7 *CTL [0 to 100 / 0 / 1/step]
5711 [Custom Setting Paper: Data Setting]
[- / - / -]
001 Standard Paper Data UpLoad *CTL
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
002 Custom Paper Data UpLoad *CTL
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
102 Custom Paper Data Download *CTL
[Execute]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Standard Paper Data [- / - / -]

201 *CTL
Ver.(Flash) [Execute]
Standard Paper Data Ver.(SD [- / - / -]

202 *CTL
Card) [Execute]
5715 [Custom Paper: Thick]
001 ID1 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
002 ID2 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
003 ID3 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
004 ID4 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
005 ID5 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
006 ID6 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
007 ID7 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
008 ID8 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
009 ID9 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
010 ID10 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
011 ID11 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
012 ID12 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
013 ID13 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
014 ID14 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
015 ID15 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
016 ID16 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
017 ID17 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
018 ID18 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
019 ID19 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
020 ID20 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
021 ID21 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
022 ID22 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
023 ID23 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
024 ID24 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
025 ID25 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
026 ID26 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
027 ID27 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
028 ID28 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
029 ID29 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
030 ID30 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
031 ID31 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
032 ID32 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
033 ID33 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
034 ID34 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
035 ID35 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
036 ID36 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
037 ID37 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
038 ID38 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
039 ID39 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
040 ID40 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
041 ID41 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
042 ID42 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
043 ID43 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
044 ID44 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
045 ID45 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
046 ID46 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
047 ID47 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
048 ID48 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
049 ID49 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
050 ID50 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
051 ID51 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
052 ID52 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
053 ID53 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
054 ID54 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
055 ID55 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
056 ID56 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
057 ID57 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
058 ID58 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
059 ID59 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
060 ID60 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
061 ID61 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
062 ID62 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
063 ID63 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
064 ID64 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
065 ID65 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
066 ID66 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
067 ID67 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
068 ID68 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
069 ID69 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
070 ID70 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
071 ID71 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
072 ID72 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
073 ID73 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
074 ID74 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
075 ID75 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
076 ID76 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
077 ID77 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
078 ID78 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
079 ID79 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
080 ID80 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
081 ID81 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
082 ID82 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
083 ID83 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
084 ID84 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
085 ID85 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
086 ID86 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
087 ID87 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
088 ID88 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
089 ID89 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
090 ID90 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
091 ID91 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
092 ID92 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
093 ID93 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
094 ID94 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
095 ID95 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
096 ID96 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
097 ID97 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
098 ID98 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
099 ID99 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
100 ID100 CTL [0 to 7 / 1 / 1/step]
5716 [Custom Paper: Thin]
001 ID1 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
002 ID2 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
003 ID3 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
004 ID4 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
005 ID5 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
006 ID6 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
007 ID7 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
008 ID8 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
009 ID9 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
010 ID10 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
011 ID11 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
012 ID12 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
013 ID13 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
014 ID14 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
015 ID15 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
016 ID16 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
017 ID17 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
018 ID18 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
019 ID19 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
020 ID20 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
021 ID21 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
022 ID22 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
023 ID23 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
024 ID24 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
025 ID25 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
026 ID26 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
027 ID27 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
028 ID28 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
029 ID29 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
030 ID30 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
031 ID31 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
032 ID32 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
033 ID33 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
034 ID34 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
035 ID35 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
036 ID36 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
037 ID37 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
038 ID38 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
039 ID39 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
040 ID40 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
041 ID41 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
042 ID42 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
043 ID43 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
044 ID44 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
045 ID45 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
046 ID46 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
047 ID47 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
048 ID48 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
049 ID49 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
050 ID50 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
051 ID51 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
052 ID52 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
053 ID53 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
054 ID54 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
055 ID55 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
056 ID56 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
057 ID57 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
058 ID58 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
059 ID59 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
060 ID60 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
061 ID61 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
062 ID62 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
063 ID63 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
064 ID64 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
065 ID65 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
066 ID66 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
067 ID67 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
068 ID68 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
069 ID69 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
070 ID70 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
071 ID71 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
072 ID72 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
073 ID73 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
074 ID74 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
075 ID75 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
076 ID76 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
077 ID77 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
078 ID78 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
079 ID79 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
080 ID80 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
081 ID81 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
082 ID82 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
083 ID83 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
084 ID84 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
085 ID85 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
086 ID86 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
087 ID87 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
088 ID88 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
089 ID89 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
090 ID90 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
091 ID91 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
092 ID92 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
093 ID93 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
094 ID94 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
095 ID95 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
096 ID96 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
097 ID97 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
098 ID98 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
099 ID99 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
100 ID100 CTL [0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
5717 [Custom Paper: Up/Web Info. 1: P-Type]
001 ID1 CTL [0 to 0xFFFF / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Tables-5
Main SP

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Tables-5
Main SP

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
5718 [Custom Paper: Up/Web Info. 2: Coated]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Tables-5
Main SP

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Tables-5
Main SP
5719 [Custom Paper: Up/Web Info. 3: Punch]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Tables-5
Main SP

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Tables-5
Main SP
5720 [Custom Paper: Up/Web Info. 4: Color]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Tables-5
Main SP

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
Tables-5
Main SP
5721 [Custom Paper: Size Code]
001 ID1 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
002 ID2 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
003 ID3 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
004 ID4 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
005 ID5 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
006 ID6 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
007 ID7 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
008 ID8 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
009 ID9 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
010 ID10 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
011 ID11 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
012 ID12 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
013 ID13 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
014 ID14 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
015 ID15 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
016 ID16 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
017 ID17 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
018 ID18 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
019 ID19 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
020 ID20 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
021 ID21 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
022 ID22 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
023 ID23 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
024 ID24 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
025 ID25 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
026 ID26 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
027 ID27 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
028 ID28 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
029 ID29 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
030 ID30 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
031 ID31 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
032 ID32 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
033 ID33 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
034 ID34 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
035 ID35 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
036 ID36 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
037 ID37 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
038 ID38 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
039 ID39 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
040 ID40 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
041 ID41 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
042 ID42 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
043 ID43 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
044 ID44 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
045 ID45 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
046 ID46 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
047 ID47 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
048 ID48 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
049 ID49 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
050 ID50 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
051 ID51 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
052 ID52 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
053 ID53 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
054 ID54 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
055 ID55 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
056 ID56 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
057 ID57 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
058 ID58 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
059 ID59 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
060 ID60 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
061 ID61 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
062 ID62 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
063 ID63 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
064 ID64 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
065 ID65 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
066 ID66 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
067 ID67 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
068 ID68 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
069 ID69 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
070 ID70 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
071 ID71 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
072 ID72 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
073 ID73 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
074 ID74 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
075 ID75 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
076 ID76 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
077 ID77 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
078 ID78 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
079 ID79 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
080 ID80 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
081 ID81 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
082 ID82 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-009 to 721 (Mode)
083 ID83 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
084 ID84 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
085 ID85 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
086 ID86 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
087 ID87 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
088 ID88 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
089 ID89 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
090 ID90 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
091 ID91 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
092 ID92 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
093 ID93 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
094 ID94 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
095 ID95 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
096 ID96 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
097 ID97 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
098 ID98 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
099 ID99 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]
100 ID100 CTL [0 to 0xFF / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
3.2 SP5-722 TO 998 (MODE)
5722 [Custom Paper: Width (M-scan 0.1mm)]
001 ID1 CTL [0 to 0xFFFFFFFF / 1 / 0.1/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Tables-5
Main SP

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Tables-5
Main SP

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
5723 [Custom Paper: Width (S-scan 0.1mm)]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Tables-5
Main SP

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Tables-5
Main SP
5724 [Custom Paper: MQP Version]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
001 ID1 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
002 ID2 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
003 ID3 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
004 ID4 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
005 ID5 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
006 ID6 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
007 ID7 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
008 ID8 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
009 ID9 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
010 ID10 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
011 ID11 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
012 ID12 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
013 ID13 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
014 ID14 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
015 ID15 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
016 ID16 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
017 ID17 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
018 ID18 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
019 ID19 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
020 ID20 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
021 ID21 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
022 ID22 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
023 ID23 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
024 ID24 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
025 ID25 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
026 ID26 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
027 ID27 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
028 ID28 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
029 ID29 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
030 ID30 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
031 ID31 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
032 ID32 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
033 ID33 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
034 ID34 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
035 ID35 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
036 ID36 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
037 ID37 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
038 ID38 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
039 ID39 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
040 ID40 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
041 ID41 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
042 ID42 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
043 ID43 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
044 ID44 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
045 ID45 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
046 ID46 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
047 ID47 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
048 ID48 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
049 ID49 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
050 ID50 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
051 ID51 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
052 ID52 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
053 ID53 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
054 ID54 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
055 ID55 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
056 ID56 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
057 ID57 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
058 ID58 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
059 ID59 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
060 ID60 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
061 ID61 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
062 ID62 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
063 ID63 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
064 ID64 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
065 ID65 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
066 ID66 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
067 ID67 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
068 ID68 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
069 ID69 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
070 ID70 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
071 ID71 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
072 ID72 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
073 ID73 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
074 ID74 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
075 ID75 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
076 ID76 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
077 ID77 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
078 ID78 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
079 ID79 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
080 ID80 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
081 ID81 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
082 ID82 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
083 ID83 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
084 ID84 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
085 ID85 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
086 ID86 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
087 ID87 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
088 ID88 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
089 ID89 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
090 ID90 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
091 ID91 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
092 ID92 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
093 ID93 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
094 ID94 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
095 ID95 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
096 ID96 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
097 ID97 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
098 ID98 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
099 ID99 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
100 ID100 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 2/step]
5725 [Custom Paper: Data Type]
001 ID1 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
002 ID2 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
003 ID3 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
004 ID4 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
005 ID5 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
006 ID6 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
007 ID7 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
008 ID8 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
009 ID9 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
010 ID10 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
011 ID11 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
012 ID12 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
013 ID13 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
014 ID14 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
015 ID15 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
016 ID16 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
017 ID17 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
018 ID18 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
019 ID19 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
020 ID20 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
021 ID21 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
022 ID22 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
023 ID23 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
024 ID24 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
025 ID25 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
026 ID26 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
027 ID27 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
028 ID28 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
029 ID29 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
030 ID30 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
031 ID31 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
032 ID32 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
033 ID33 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
034 ID34 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
035 ID35 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
036 ID36 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
037 ID37 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
038 ID38 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
039 ID39 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
040 ID40 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
041 ID41 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
042 ID42 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
043 ID43 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
044 ID44 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
045 ID45 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
046 ID46 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
047 ID47 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
048 ID48 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
049 ID49 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
050 ID50 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
051 ID51 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
052 ID52 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
053 ID53 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
054 ID54 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
055 ID55 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
056 ID56 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
057 ID57 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
058 ID58 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
059 ID59 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
060 ID60 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
061 ID61 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
062 ID62 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
063 ID63 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
064 ID64 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
065 ID65 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
066 ID66 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
067 ID67 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
068 ID68 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
069 ID69 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
070 ID70 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
071 ID71 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
072 ID72 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
073 ID73 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
074 ID74 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
075 ID75 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
076 ID76 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
077 ID77 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
078 ID78 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
079 ID79 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
080 ID80 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
081 ID81 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
082 ID82 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
083 ID83 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
084 ID84 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
085 ID85 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
086 ID86 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
087 ID87 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
088 ID88 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
089 ID89 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
090 ID90 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
091 ID91 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
092 ID92 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
093 ID93 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
094 ID94 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
095 ID95 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
096 ID96 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
097 ID97 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
098 ID98 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
099 ID99 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
100 ID100 CTL [0 to 99 / 1 / 1/step]
[Extended Function Setting]

5730
-
JavaTM Platform setting *CTL [1 to 24 char. / 1 / -]

001
Input license codes to set JavaVM enabled / disabled.
010 Expiration Prior Alarm Set *CTL [0 to 999 / 20 / 1day/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[Counter Effect]
5731
-
Change MK1 Cnt

001 *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
(Paper->Combine)
[PDF Setting]
5734
-
001 PDF/A Fixed - [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Node Authentication timuout]

5741
-
001 - *CTL -
[Network Security Level]

5743
-
[- / 0x10 / 1bit/step]
0x01: Custom
0x02: Level 0
101 MAIN: refernce -
0x04: Level 1
0x08: FIPS
0x10: Level 2
[- / 00000000 / 1bit/step]
0x02: Level 0
201 MAIN: setting - 0x04: Level 1
0x08: FIPS
0x10: Level 2

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
5745 [PowerConsumption]
005 AutoClearIntervalDays *CTL [0 to 1439 / 0 / 1/step]
211 Controller Standby *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
212 STR *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
213 Main Power Off *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
214 Scanning and Printing *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
215 Printing *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
216 Scanning *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
217 Engine Standby *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
218 Low Power Consumption *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
219 Silent condition *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
220 Heater Off *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1/step]
[BMLinkS]
5746
-
001 Available *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step ]
002 Interval: log *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step ]
004 Available: log *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step ]
[Browser Setting]
5747
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Use Cache File *CTL 0: Not use
1:Use
002 Cache Size *CTL [1024 or 10240 / 1024 / 1KB/step]
[-/-/-]
003 Cache Clear CTL
[Execute]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
011 Defult HTTP Request Method *CTL 0:POST
1:GET
[Letters(Up to 255) /
021 User Agent *CTL
deviceBrowser / -/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 Use JavaScript *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 Use Extended JavaScript *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Keep History *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
042 History Period *CTL [1 or 30 / 3 / 1day/step]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
051 Use Proxy *CTL 0: Not use
1: use
[Letters(Up to 128) / NULL /

052 Proxy Server Name *CTL
-/step]
053 Proxy Port *CTL [0 to 65535 / 8080 / 1/step]

054 Proxy User Name *CTL
-/step]

055 Proxy Password *CTL
-/step]

056 Hosts Not Using Proxy *CTL
-/step]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
061 Accept Cookie *CTL 0: Not use
1: use

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
071 Show URL Bar *CTL 0: Do not Diplay
1: Display
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
072 Show Horizontal Scroll *CTL 0: Do not Diplay
1: Display
[Letters(Up to 255) /
081 HomePage *CTL file:///sdk/exjs/LAPnet/help.asp
/ -/step]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP
181 User Permit: HomePage *CTL 0: Allow
1: Not Allow
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
182 User Permit: Bookmark *CTL 0: Allow
1: Not Allow
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
183 User Permit: Proxy *CTL 0: Allow
1: Not Allow
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
184 User Permit: History *CTL 0: Allow
1: Not Allow
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
185 User Permit: Screen Settings *CTL 0: Allow
1: Not Allow
201 JPEG Quality *CTL [0 to 100 / 80 / 1%/step ]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step ]
203 Memory *CTL 0: Use extended memory
1: Not use extended memory
204 Vertical Scroll Display Setting *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step ]
206 Browser3 CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step ]
207 Browser4 CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[char. code + 0-255 bytechar. /

213 Browser10 CTL
NULL / -]
[OpePanel Setting]
5748
Imports and exports preference information.
101 Op Type Action Setting CTL [0x00 to 0xFF / 0 / 0x01/step]
201 Cheetah Panel Connect Setting CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 0/step]
[Import/Export]
5749
Imports and exports preference information.
[- / - / - ]
Target: System, Printer, Fax,
Scanner
001 Export CTL Option: Unique, Secret
Copy config: Encryption,
Encryption key(if selected)
[Execute]
[- / - / - ]
Option: Unique
101 Import CTL Copy config: Encryption,
Encryption key(if selected)
[Execute]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[Key Event Encryption Setting]

5751
-
001 Password *CTL [Letters (Up to 31) / NULL / - ]
[Copy FlairAPIFunction Setting]

5752
CopyFlairAPI Function enable / disable.
001 0x00 - 0xff *CTL * see BitSwitch below:
Tables-5
Main SP
meanings
bit Setting Description
0 1
Sets whether to start

exclusive FlairAPI http
server. If it is 0, scanning
Off FlairAPI function and simple
Start of FlairAPI On
bit 0 (Do not UI function will be disabled.
Server (Start)
Start) The machine installed
Android operating panel
option, set “1”, others set
“0”.
If it is “0”, accessing is
limited from the machine
Access permission only, such as operating
of FlairAPI from panel, SDK/J, MFP
bit 1 Disabled Enabled
outside of the browsers etc... If it is “1”,
machine accessing is allowed from
outside of FlairAPI such as
PC, Remote UI, IT-Box etc...

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
If it is “0”, limited to IPv6

accessing.
If it is “1”, use IPv4 if it is
Switching IPv6 available, if not, use IPv6. In
bit 2 IPv6 only IPv4 (priolity)
only / IPv4 (priolity) this case, it is not able to
access from android
operation panel when IPv4
is enabled.
bit 3 Reserved - - -
If it is “1”, the machine can

be used Scanner Simple UI.
bit 4 Simple UI Function Disabled Enabled If it is “0”, requesting URL of
Simple UI returns “404 Not
Found”
Accessing
only (operating panel and
permission of
MFP browser). If it is “1”,
bit 5 Simple UI from Disabled Enabled
accessing is allowed from
outside of the
outside of Simple UI such as
machine
PC, mobile devices, and so
on.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[Custom Paper Value Initialize]

5789
Custom Paper Value Initialize
[0 or 100 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Custom Paper ENG 0: All Custom Paper
1: Custom Paper 1
 Memory Clear (SP5-801)

 The following tables list the items that are cleared. The serial number information, meter
Tables-5
Main SP
charge setting and meter charge counters (SP8-581, 582, 583, 584, and 586) are not
cleared.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
5792 [MCS Debug SW]
[00000000(b) to 11111111(b) /
001 1 CTL
00000000(b) / -/step]
[00000000(b) to 11111111(b) /
002 2 CTL
00000000(b) / -/step]
[00000000(b) to 11111111(b) /
003 3 CTL
00000000(b) / -/step]
[00000000(b) to 11111111(b) /
004 4 CTL
00000000(b) / -/step]
5793 [ECS Debug SW]
[00000000 to 11111111 /
001 1 CTL
00000000 / -/step]
5794 [Browser Debug]
001 Browser Debug CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
5795 [SRM Debug SW]
001 1 CTL [0 to 255 / - / 1/step]
5796 [PLN Debug SW]
[-/-/-]
001 1 CTL
[Execute]
5801 [Cleae Memory]
[-/-/-]
All Clear CTL
[Execute]
001
Resets all correction data for process control and all software counters, and
returns all modes and adjustments to their default values.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[Cleae Memory]
5801
Clears the non-volatile memory for Engine.
[-/-/-]
002 Engine ENG
[Execute]
[Cleae Memory]
5801 Select following SPs and press [Execute] on LCD. After executing, reboot the
machine.
[-/-/-]
SCS CTL
[Execute]
Tables-5
Main SP
003
Initializes default system settings, SCS (System Control Service) settings,
operation display coordinates, and ROM update information.
[-/-/-]
004 IMH Memory Clr -
[Execute]
[-/-/-]
005 MCS CTL
[Execute]
[-/-/-]
Copier Application CTL
006 [Execute]
Initializes all copier application settings.
[-/-/-]
Fax Application CTL
[Execute]
007
Initializes the fax reset time, job login ID, all TX/RX settings, local storage file
numbers, and off-hook timer.
[-/-/-]
008 Printer Application CTL
[Execute]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
The following service settings:

 Bit switches
 Gamma settings (User & Service)
 Toner Limit
The following user settings:
 Tray Priority
 Menu Protect
 System Setting except for setting of Energy Saver
 I/F Setup (I/O Buffer and I/O Timeout)
 PCL Menu
[-/-/-]
Scanner Application CTL
009 [Execute]
Initializes the scanner defaults for the scanner and all the scanner SP modes.
[-/-/-]
Web Service CTL
[Execute]
010
Deletes the network file application management files and thumbnails, and
initializes the job login ID.
[-/-/-]
NCS CTL
[Execute]
011
All setting of Network Setup (User Menu)
(NCS: Network Control Service)
[-/-/-]
R-Fax CTL
[Execute]
012
Initializes the job login ID, Smart Device Monitor for Admin, job history, and local
storage file numbers.
[-/-/-]
Clear DCS Setting CTL
014 [Execute]
Initializes the DCS (Delivery Control Service) settings.
[-/-/-]
015 Clear UCS Setting CTL
[Execute]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Initializes the UCS (User Information Control Service) settings.
[-/-/-]
MIRS Setting CTL
016 [Execute]
Initializes the MIRS (Machine Information Report Service) settings.
[-/-/-]
CCS CTL
017 [Execute]
Initializes the CCS (Certification and Charge-control Service) settings.
[-/-/-]
SRM Memory Clr CTL
018 [Execute]
Tables-5
Main SP
Initializes the SRM (System Resource Manager) settings.
[-/-/-]
LCS CTL
019 [Execute]
Initializes the LCS settings.
[-/-/-]
Web Uapli CTL
020 [Execute]
Initializes the web user application settings.
[-/-/-]
021 ECS CTL
[Execute]
023 AICS CTL -
[-/-/-]
BROWSER CTL
024 [Execute]
Initializes the browser settings.
[-/-/-]
Websys CTL
025 [Execute]
[-/-/-]
PLN CTL
026 [Execute]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[-/-/-]
027 SAS CTL
[Execute]
[Input Check]
5803
See page
[OUTPUTCheck]
5804
See page
[OUTPUTCheck]
5805
See page
[OUTPUTCheck]
5806
See page
[Area Selection]
5807
[- / 1 / 1/step]
1:DOM
2:NA
001 - CTL 3:EU
4:TWN
5:AA
6:CHN

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[SC Reset]
5810 Resets a type A service call condition.
 Turn the main switch off and on after resetting the SC code.
[- / - / -]
001 Fusing SC Reset ENG
[Execute]
[MachineSerial]
5811
Machine Serial Number Display
Tables-5
Main SP
Display *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
002
Displays Machine Serial.
Set:BCU *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

004
Sets Machine Serial.
005 Set::Novita ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
5812 [Service Tel. No. Setting]
Service *CTL [up to 20 / - / 1/step]
Sets the telephone number for a service representative. This number is printed
001 on the Counter List, which can be printed with the user’s “Counter” menu.
This can be up to 20 characters (both numbers and alphabetic characters can

be input).
Facsimile *CTL [up to 20 / - / 1/step]
Sets the fax or telephone number for a service representative. This number is
002 printed on the Counter List.
This can be up to 20 characters (both numbers and alphabetic characters can

be input).
Supply *CTL [up to 20 / - / 1/step]
003 Use this to input the telephone number of your supplier for consumables. Enter
the number and press #.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Operation *CTL [up to 20 / - / 1/step]
004 Use this to input the telephone number of your sales agency. Enter the number
and press #.
5816 [Remote Service]
[0 to 2 / 2 / 1/step]
0: Remote service off
I/F Setting *CTL
001 1: CSS remote service on
2: NRS remote service on
Selects the remote service setting.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
CE Call *CTL 0: Start of the service
1: End of the service
002
Performs the CE Call at the start or end of the service.
 This SP is activated only when SP 5816-001 is set to “2”.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Function Flag *CTL
003 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Enables or disables the remote service function.
[- / - / -]
004 Commnication Test Call CTL
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
005 Device Information Call CTL
[Execute]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
SSL Disable *CTL 0: No. SSL used.
007 1: Yes. SSL not used.
Controls if RCG (Remote Communication Gate) confirmation is done by SSL

during an RCG send for the @Remote over a network interface.
RCG Connect Timeout *CTL [1 to 90 / 30 / 1second/step]
008 Sets the length of time (seconds) for the time-out when the RCG (Remote
Communication Gate) connects during a call via the @Remote network.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
RCG Write Timeout *CTL [0 to 100 / 60 / 1second/step]
009 Sets the length of time (seconds) for the time-out when sent data is written to
the RCG during a call over the @Remote network.
RCG Read Timeout *CTL [0 to 100 / 60 / 1second/step]
010 Sets the length of time (seconds) for the timeout when sent data is written from
the RCG during a call over the @Remote network.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Port 80 Enable *CTL 0: No. Access denied
011 1: Yes. Access granted.
Tables-5
Main SP
Controls if permission is given to get access to the SOAP method over Port 80
on the @Remote network.
[0 to 2 / 1 / 1/step]
@Remote Commnuication 0: Disabled
012 *CTL
Rermission Setting 1: Enabled
2: Limited
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
RFU Timing *CTL 0: Any status of a target machine
013 1: Sleep or panel off mode only
Selects the timing for the remote firmware updating.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
RCG Error Cause CTL 0: Initial state, normal condition
014 1: Error
Displays RCG connection error. cause
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
RCG-C Registed *CTL 0: Installation not completed
021 1: Installation completed
This SP displays the RCG-N installation end flag.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Connect Type (N/M) *CTL 0: Internet connection
023 1: Dial-up connection
This SP displays and selects the RCG-N connection method.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Cert Expire Timing *CTL [0 to 0xffffffff / 0 / 1/step]

061
Proximity of the expiration of the certification.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Use Proxy *CTL 0: Not use
062 1: Use
This SP setting determines if the proxy server is used when the machine
communicates with the service center.
Proxy Host *CTL [up to 127 / - / 1/step]
This SP sets the address of the proxy server used for communication between
the RCG device and the gateway. Use this SP to set up or display the customer
proxy server address.
063 The address is necessary to set up the embedded RCG-N.
 The address display is limited to 128 characters. Characters beyond

the 128 character are ignored.
 This address is customer information and is not printed in the SMC
report.
Proxy PortNumber *CTL [0 to 0xffff / 0 / 1/step]
This SP sets the port number of the proxy server used for communication
between the embedded RCG-N and the gateway. This setting is necessary to
064 set up the embedded RC Gate-N.
 This port number is customer information and is not printed in the SMC
report.
Proxy User Name *CTL [up to 31 / - / 1/step]
This SP sets the HTTP proxy certification user name.
065  The length of the name is limited to 31 characters. Any character

beyond the 31st character is ignored.
 This name is customer information and is not printed in the SMC
report.
066 Proxy Password *CTL [up to 31 / - / 1/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
This SP sets the HTTP proxy certification password.
 The length of the password is limited to 31 characters. Any character

beyond the 31st character is ignored.
 This name is customer information and is not printed in the SMC
report.
CERT: Up State *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Displays the status of the certification update.
0 The certification used by Embedded RC Gate is set correctly.
The certification request (setAuthKey) for update has been received
Tables-5
Main SP
1
from the GW URL and certification is presently being updated.
The certification update is completed and the GW URL is being notified

2
of the successful update.
The certification update failed, and the GW URL is being notified of the
3
failed update.
The period of the certification has expired and new request for an
4
update is being sent to the GW URL.
067 A rescue update for certification has been issued and a rescue
11
certification setting is in progress for the rescue GW connection.
The rescue certification setting is completed and the GW URL is being

12
notified of the certification update request.
The notification of the request for certification update has completed

13 successfully, and the system is waiting for the certification update
request from the rescue GW URL.
The notification of the certification request has been received from the
14
rescue GW controller, and the certification is being stored.
The certification has been stored, and the GW URL is being notified of
15
the successful completion of this event.
The storing of the certification has failed, and the GW URL is being
16
notified of the failure of this event.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
The certification update request has been received from the GW URL,
the GW URL was notified of the results of the update after it was
17
completed, but a certification error has been received, and the rescue
certification is being recorded.
The rescue certification of No. 17 has been recorded, and the GW URL
18
is being notified of the failure of the certification update.
CERT: Error *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Displays a number code that describes the reason for the request for update of
the certification.
0 Normal. There is no request for certification update in progress.
Request for certification update in progress. The current certification

1
has expired.
068 An SSL error notification has been issued. Issued after the certification
2
has expired.
Notification of shift from a common authentication to an individual

3
certification.
4 Notification of a common certification without ID2.
5 Notification that no certification was issued.
6 Notification that GW URL does not exist.
CERT:Up ID *CTL [- / - / -]
069
The ID of the request for certification.
[0 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
0: waiting for receiving firmware
update.
1: waiting for scheduling firmware
update start.
083 Firm Up Status *CTL 2: waiting for user confirmation
3: preparing for device firmware
update.
4: processing device firmware
update.
5: termination processing

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Displays the status of the firmware update
Firm Up User Check *CTL [- / - / -]
This SP setting determines if the operator can confirm the previous version of
085 the firmware before the firmware update execution. If the option to confirm the
previous version is selected, a notification is sent to the system manager and

the firmware update is done with the firmware files from the URL.
Firmware Size *CTL [- / - / -]
086 Allows the service technician to confirm the size of the firmware data files
during the firmware update execution.
Tables-5
Main SP
CERT:Macro Ver. CTL [8digits / - / 1digit/step]
087 Displays the macro version of the @Remote certification. This SP displays
8-digit characters.
CERT:PAC Ver. CTL [16digits / - / 1digit/step]
088 Displays the PAC version of the @Remote certification.
This SP displays 16-digit characters.
CERT:ID2Code CTL [17digits / - / 1digit/step]
089 Displays ID2 for the @Remote certification. Spaces are displayed as
underscores (_). Asterisks (****) indicate that no @Remote certification exists.
This SP displays 17-digit characters.
CERT:Subject CTL [17digits / - / 1digit/step]
090 Displays the common name of the @Remote certification subject. CN = the
following 17 bytes. Spaces are displayed as underscores (_). Asterisks (****)
indicate that no DESS exists.
CERT:Serial No. CTL [16digits / - / 1digit/step]
091 Displays serial number for the NRS certification. Asterisks (****) indicate that no
DESS exists. This SP displays 16-digit characters
CERT:Issuer CTL [30digits / - / 1digit/step]
092 Displays the common name of the issuer of the @Remote certification. CN =
the following 30 bytes. Asterisks (****)indicate that no DESS exists.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
CERT:Valid Start CTL [10digits / - / 1digit/step]
093 Displays the start time of the period for which the current @Remote certification
is enabled. This SP displays 10-digit characters.
CERT:Valid End CTL [10digits / - / 1digit/step]
094 Displays the end time of the period for which the current @Remote certification
is enabled. This SP displays 10-digit characters.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
095 Server CN Check *CTL 0: Check strictly
1: Check easely
096 GW Host CTL [- / - / -]
097 GW URL Path CTL [- / - / -]
[- / - / -]
099 Debug RescueG/WURL Set CTL
[Execute]
100 Specific Gateway Host *CTL [0 to 0xffffffff / 0.0.0.0 / 1]
101 Specific Gateway URL Path *CTL [- / - / -]
[1 or 2 / 1 / 1/step]
CERT:Encrypt Level *CTL 1: 512 bit
102 2: 2048 bit
Displays cryptic strength of the NRS certification.
[0 to 10 / 1 / 1/step]
0: Japan, 1: USA, 2: Canada,
3: UK, 4: Germany, 5: France,
Selection Country *CTL
6: Italy, 7: Netherlands,
8: Belgium, 9: Luxembourg,
10: Spain
150
Select the country where embedded RCG-M is installed in the machine. After
selecting the country, you must also set the following SP codes for embedded
RCG-M:
 SP5816-153
 SP5816-154
 SP5816-161

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Line Type Automatic [- / - / -]

CTL
Judgement [Execute]
Setting this SP classifies the telephone line where embedded RCG-M is

connected as either dial-up (pulse dial) or push (DTMF tone) type, so
embedded RCG-M can automatically distinguish the number that connects to
151 the outside line.
 The current progress, success, or failure of this execution can be displayed

with SP5816-152.
 If the execution succeeded, SP5816-153 will display the result for
confirmation and SP5816-154 will display the telephone number for the
connection to the outside line.
Tables-5
Main SP
Line Type Judgement Result CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Displays a number to show the result of the execution of SP5816 151. Here is a
list of what the numbers mean.
0: Success
1: In progress (no result yet). Please wait.
2: Line abnormal
152 3: Cannot detect dial tone automatically
4: Line is disconnected
5: Insufficient electrical power supply
6: Line classification not supported
7: Error because fax transmission in progress – ioctl() occurred.
8: Other error occurred
9: Line classification still in progress. Please wait.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Tone Dialing Phone
1: Pulse Dialing Phone
Inside Japan "2" may also be
Selection Dial / Push *CTL
displayed:
0: Tone Dialing Phone
153 1: Pulse Dialing Phone 10PPS
2: Pulse Dialing Phone 20PPS
This SP displays the classification (tone or pulse) of the telephone line to the
access point for embedded RCG-M. The number displayed (0 or 1) is the result
of the execution of SP5816-151. However, this setting can also be changed
manually.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Outside Line Outgoing

*CTL [4digits / - / 1digit/step]
Number
The SP sets the number that switches to PSTN for the outside connection for
embedded
RCG-M in a system that employs a PBX (internal line).
 If the execution of SP5816-151 has succeeded and embedded RCG-M has
154 connected to the external line, this SP display is completely blank.
 If embedded RCG-M has connected to an internal line, then the number of
the connection to the external line is displayed.
 If embedded RCG-M has connected to an external line, a comma is
displayed with the number. The comma is inserted for a 2 sec. pause.
 The number setting for the external line can be entered manually (including
commas).
PPPConnectTimeout *CTL [1 to 65536 / 60 / 1 / step ]

155
Modifies connection timeout when RCG-M is accessing to PPP.
Dial Up User Name *CTL [up to 32 char. / - / -/step]
Use this SP to set a user name for access to remote dial up. Follow these rules
156 when setting a user name:

 Name length: Up to 32 characters
 Spaces and # allowed but the entire entry must be enclosed by double
quotation marks (").
Dial Up Password *CTL [up to 32 char. / - / -/step]
Use this SP to set a password for access to remote dial up. Follow these rules
157 when setting a user name:

 Name length: Up to 32 characters
 Spaces and # allowed but the entire entry must be enclosed by double
quotation marks (").
Local Phone Number *CTL [up to 24 numbers / - / -/step]
161 Use this SP to set the telephone number of the line where embedded RCG-M is
connected. This number is transmitted to and used by the Call Center to return
calls. Limit: 24 numbers (numbers only)
Connection Timing
162 *CTL [0 to 24 / 1 / 1/step]
Adjustment Incoming

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
When the Call Center calls out to an embedded RCG-M modem, it sends a
repeating ID tone (*#1#). This SP sets the time the line remains open to send
these ID tones after the number of the embedded RCG-M modem is dialed up
and connected.
The actual amount of time is this setting x 2 sec. For example, if you set "2" the
line will remain open for 4 sec.
Access Point *CTL up to 16 char.
This is the number of the dial-up access point for RCG-M. If no setting is done
163 for this SP code, then a preset value (determined by the country selected) is
used.
Default: 0
Tables-5
Main SP
Allowed: Up to 16 alphanumeric characters
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Line Connecting *CTL 0: Sharing Fax
1: No Sharing Fax
This SP sets the connection conditions for the customer. This setting dedicates
the line to RCG-M only, or sets the line for sharing between RCG-M and a fax
164 unit.
 If this setting is changed, the copier must be cycled off and on.
 SP5816 187 determines whether the off-hook button can be used to
interrupt a RCG-M transmission in progress to open the line for fax
transaction.
Modem Serial No. *CTL [- / - / -]

173
This SP displays the serial number registered for the RCG-M.
[- / - / -]
Retransmission Ringing CTL
[Execute]
Normally, it is best to allow unlimited time for certification and ID2 update
174 requests, and for the notification that the certification has been completed.
However, RCG-M generates charges based on transmission time for the
customer, so a limit is placed upon the time allowed for these transactions.
If these transactions cannot be completed within the allowed time, do this SP to
cancel the time restriction.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[0000000 to 11111111 / 00000000

186 RCG-C M DebugBitSW CTL
/ -]
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
187 FAX TX Priority CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
[- / - / -]
Manual Polling CTL
200 [Execute]
Executes the center polling manually.
Regist Status CTL [0 to 4 / 0 / 1/step]
Displays a number that indicates the status of the @Remote service device.
0: Neither the registered device by the external nor embedded RCG device is
set.
1: The embedded RCG device is being set. Only Box registration is completed.
201 In this status, this unit cannot answer a polling request from the external RCG.
2. The embedded RCG device is set. In this status, the external RCG unit
cannot answer a polling request.
3. The registered device by the external RCG is being set. In this status the
embedded RCG device cannot be set.
4 The registered module by the external RCG has not started.
Letter Number *CTL [- / - / -]

202
Allows entering the number of the request needed for the RCG-N device.
[- / - / -]
Confirm Execute CTL
203 [Execute]
Executes the inquiry request to the @Remote GW URL.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Confirm Result CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Displays a number that indicates the result of the inquiry executed with SP5816
203.
0: Succeeded
1: Inquiry number error
204 3: Proxy error (proxy enabled)
4: Proxy error (proxy disabled)

5: Proxy error (Illegal user name or password)
6: Communication error
8: Other error
Tables-5
Main SP
9: Inquiry executing
Confirm Place CTL [- / - / -]
205 Displays the result of the notification sent to the device from the GW URL in
answer to the inquiry request. Displayed only when the result is registered at
the GW URL.
[- / - / -]
Register Execute CTL
206 [Execute]
Executes "Embedded RCG Registration".
Register Result CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Displays a number that indicates the registration result.

0: Succeeded
1: Inquiry number error
207 2: Registration in progress

3: Proxy error (proxy enabled)
4: Proxy error (proxy disabled)
5: Proxy error (Illegal user name or password)
8: Other error
9: Registration executing

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[-2147483647 to 2147483647 / - /
Error Code CTL
-/step]
Displays a number that describes the error code that was issued when either
SP5816-204 or SP5816-207 was executed.
Cause Code Meaning
-11001 Chat parameter error

208
-11002 Chat execution error
-11003 Unexpected error

Illegal Modem
Parameter Cutting process occurred during modem
-11004
communication.
NCS reboot occurred during modem

-11005
communication.
Inquiry, registration attempted without acquiring

-12002
device status.
Attempted registration without execution of an

-12003
inquiry and no previous registration.
Attempted setting with illegal entries for

-12004
certification and ID2.
@Remote communication is prohibited. The
Operation -12005 device has an Embedded RC gate-related
Error,Incorrect problem.
Setting A confirmation request was made after the

-12006
confirmation had been already completed.
The request number used at registration was

-12007
different from the one used at confirmation.
Update certification failed because mainframe

-12008
was in use.
D2 mismatch between an individual

-12009
certification and NVRAM.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
-12010 Certification area is not initialized.
Attempted dial up overseas without the correct

-2385
international prefix for the telephone number.
-2387 Not supported at the Service Center
-2389 Database out of service
-2390 Program out of service
-2391 Two registrations for same device

Error Caused by
Response from -2392 Parameter error
Tables-5
Main SP
GW URL -2393 Basil not managed
-2394 Device not managed
-2395 Box ID for Basil is illegal
-2396 Device ID for Basil is illegal
-2397 Incorrect ID2 format
-2398 Incorrect request number format
[- / - / -]
Install Clear CTL
209 [Execute]
Releases the machine from its embedded RCG setup.
CommLog Print CTL [- / - / -]
250 Prints the communication log.
 This SP is activated only when SP 5816-021 is set to “1”.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
5821 [Remote Service Address]
[00000000h to FFFFFFFFh /
RCG IP Address *CTL
00000000h / 1/step]
002
Sets the IP address of the RCG (Remote Communication Gate) destination for
call processing at the remote service center.
RCG Port *CTL [0 to 65535/ 443 / 1/step]
003 Sets the port number of the RCG (Remote Communication Gate) destination for
call processing at the remote service center.
[0 to 16 characters (half
004 RCG URL Path *CTL characters)
Default /RCG/services/ -]
[NV-RAM Data Upload]

5824
Uploads the NVRAM data to an SD card. Push Execute.
[- / - / -]
001 NV-RAM Data Upload CTL
[Execute]
[NV-RAM Data Download]
5825 Downloads data from an SD card to the NVRAM in the machine. After
downloading is completed, remove the card and turn the machine power off and
on.
[- / - / -]
001 NV-RAM Data Download CTL
[Execute]
5828 [Network Setting]
IPv4
001 Address(Ethernet/IEEE *CTL [00000000h to FFFFFFFFh / 11.22.33.44 / -]
802.11)
IPv4 Subnet Mask [00000000h to FFFFFFFFh / 000.000.000.000 /

002 *CTL
(Ethernet/IEEE 802.11) -]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
IPv4 Defult Gateway [00000000h to FFFFFFFFh / 000.000.000.000 /

003 *CTL
(Ethernet/IEEE 802.11) -]
[0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
DHCP(Ethernet/IEEE
006 *CTL 0: Not use
802.11)
1: Use
021 Active IPv4 Address CTL [00000000h to FFFFFFFFh / 00000000h / -]
022 Active IPv4 Subnet Mask CTL [00000000h to FFFFFFFFh / 00000000h / -]
Active IPv4 Gateway

023 CTL [00000000h to FFFFFFFFh / 00000000h / -]
Address
Tables-5
Main SP
[0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
050 1284 Compatiblity (Centro) *CTL 0: Not Allow
1: Allow
[0 to 1 / 1 / 1/step]
052 ECP (Centro) *CTL 0: Not Allow
1: Allow
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Job Spooling *CTL
065 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
Enables/disables Job Spooling.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Job Spooling Clear: Start
*CTL 0: Data is cleared)
066 Time 1: Automatically printed
Treatment of the job when a spooled job exists at power on.
[ - / 0x7f : All Active / -]

0: Off
1: Off
bit0: LPR
bit1: FTP
069 Job Spooling (Protocol) *CTL bit2: IPP
bit3: SMB
bit4: BMLinkS
bit5: DIPRINT
bit6: sftp
bit7: wsprnd

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
This SP determines whether job spooling is enabled or disabled for each protocol. This
is an 8-bit setting.
Protocol usage *CTL [0 or 1 / 0x00000000 / 1bit/step]
Shows which protocols have been used with the network.

0: Off (Not used the network with the protocol.)
1: On (Used the network with the protocol once or more.)
bit0: IPsec, bit1: IPv6, bit2: IEEE 802. 1X, bit3:Wireless LAN,
bit4: Security mode level setting, bit5:Appletalk, bit6: DHCP,
087 bit7: DHCPv6, bit8: telnet, bit9: SSL, bit10: HTTPS,

bit11: BMLinkS printing, bit12: diprint printing, bit13: LPR printing,
bit14: ftp printing, bit15: rsh printing, bit16: SMB printing,
bit17: WSD-Printer, bit18: WSD-Scanner, bit19: Scan to SMB,
bit20: Scan to NCP, bit21: Reserve, bit22: Bluetooth,
bit23: IEEE 1284, bit24: USB printing, bit25: Dynamic DNS,
bit26: Netware printing, bit27: LLTD, bit28: IPP printing,
bit29: IPP printing (SSL), bit30: ssh, bit31: sftp
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
TELNET (0: OFF 1: ON) *CTL 0: Disable
090 1: Enable
Enables or disables the Telnet protocol.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Web (0: OFF 1: ON) *CTL
Enables or disables the Web operation.
[000000000000000000000000000000000000h
to
Active IPv6 Link Local
CTL FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF80h
Address
/ 0000000000000000000000000000000040h /
145 -]
This is the IPv6 local address link referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN (802.11b)
in the format:
"Link Local Address" + "Prefix Length"
The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
SettingActive IPv6
147 CTL [000000000000000000000000000000000000h
Stateless Address 1
to
SettingActive IPv6 FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF80h
149 CTL
Stateless Address 2 / 0000000000000000000000000000000040h /
-]
SettingActive IPv6
151 CTL These SPs are the IPv6 status addresses (1 to
Stateless Address 3
5) referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
SettingActive IPv6 (802.11b) in the format:
153 CTL
Stateless Address 4 "Status Address" + "Prefix Length"
The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits
SettingActive IPv6
Tables-5
Main SP
155 CTL configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.
Stateless Address 5
[000000000000000000000000000000000000h
to
IPv6 Manual Address *CTL FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF80h
/ 0000000000000000000000000000000040h /
156 -]
This SP is the IPv6 manually set address referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
(802.11b) in the format:
"Manual Set Address" + "Prefix Length"
The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits each.
[00000000000000000000000000000000h to
IPv6 Gateway Address *CTL FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFh/
00000000000000000000000000000000h / -]
158
This SP is the IPv6 gateway address referenced on the Ethernet or wireless LAN
(802.11b). The IPv6 address consists of a total 128 bits configured in 8 blocks of 16 bits
each.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
IPv6 Stateless Auto Setting *CTL
Enables or disables the automatic setting for IPv6 stateless.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[0x0000 to 0xffff / 0xffff / -]

0: Not displayed, 1:Displayed
Web Item visible *CTL bit0: Net RICOH
236 bit1: Consumable Supplier
bit2-15: Reserved (all)
Displays or does not display the Web system items.
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
Web shopping link visible *CTL
0: Not display, 1:Display
237
Displays or does not display the link to Net RICOH on the top page and link page of the
web system.
[Up to 31char / URL1 / 1/step]

Web supplies Link visible *CTL
0: Not display, 1:Display
238
Displays or does not display the link to Consumable
Supplier on the top page and link page of the web system.
Web Link1 Name *CTL [Up to 31char / URL1 / 1/step]
239 This SP confirms or changes the URL1 name on the link page of the web system. The
maximum characters for the URL name are 31 characters.
Web Link1 URL *CTL [Up to 127char / URL1 / 1/step]
240 This SP confirms or changes the link to URL1 on the link page of the web system. The
maximum characters for the URL are 127 characters.
[0 or 1 / 1/ 1 /step]
Web Link1 visible *CTL
241 0: Not display, 1:Display
Displays or does not display the link to URL1 on the top page of the web system.
242 Web Link2 Name *CTL Same as "-239"
243 Web Link2 URL *CTL Same as "-240"
244 Web Link2 visible *CTL Same as "-241"
249 DHCPv6 DUID *CTL [- / - / -]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[HDD Formatting]
5832
Initializes the hard disk. Use this SP mode only if there is a hard disk error.
001 HDD Formatting (ALL) CTL
002 HDD Formatting (IMH) CTL
003 HDD Formatting (Thumbnail) CTL
004 HDD Formatting (Job Log) CTL
HDD Formatting (Printer

005 CTL
Fonts)
Tables-5
Main SP
[- / - / -]
006 HDD Formatting (User Info1) CTL
[Execute]
007 Mail RX Data CTL
008 Mail TX Data CTL
HDD Formatting (Data for a

009 CTL
Design)
010 HDD Formatting (Log) CTL
011 HDD Formatting (Ridoc I/F) CTL
5836 [Capture Settings]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Capture Function (0:Off 1:On) *CTL
0: Disable, 1: Enable
001
With this function disabled, the settings related to the capture feature cannot be
initialized, displayed, or selected.
[0 or 1 / 0/ 1 /step]
Panel Setting *CTL
002 0: Displayed, 1: Not displayed
Displays or does not display the capture function buttons.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[0 or 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: 1to-1
071 Reduction for Copy Color *CTL 1: 1/2
2: 1/3
3: 1/4
072 Reduction for Copy B&W Text *CTL [0 to 3, 6 / 0 / 1/step]

0: 1to-1
1: 1/2
Reduction for Copy B&W 2: 1/3
073 *CTL
Other 3: 1/4
6: 2/3
[0 or 3 / 2 / 1/step]
0: 1to-1
074 Reduction for Printer Color *CTL 1: 1/2
2: 1/3
3: 1/4
[0 to 3, 6 / 0 / 1/step]
0: 1to-1
1: 1/2
075 Reduction for Printer B&W *CTL
2: 1/3
3: 1/4
6: 2/3
[1, 3 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
1:1/2
Reduction for Printer Color
077 *CTL 3:1/4
1200dpi
4:1/6
5:1/8
[1, 3 to 5 / 0 / 1/step]
1:1/2
Reduction for Printer B&W
078 *CTL 3:1/4
1200dpi
4:1/6
5:1/8
081 Format for Copy Color *CTL [0 / 0 / 1/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
082 Format for Copy B&W Text *CTL 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR,
2: TIFF/MH, 3: TIFF/MR
[ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
083 Format for Copy B&W Other *CTL 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR,
084 Format for Printer Color *CTL [0 / 0 / 1/step]
[ 0 to 3 / 1 / 1/step]
085 Format for Printer B&W *CTL 0: JFIF/JPEG, 1: TIFF/MMR,
Tables-5
Main SP
Default for JPEG *CTL [5 to 95 / 50 / 1/step]
091 Sets the JPEG format default for documents sent to the document management
server via the MLB with JPEG selected as the format.
Enabled only when optional MLB (Media Link Board) is installed.
[000.000.000.000 to
Primary srv IP address *CTL
255.255.255.255 / - / 1/step]
101
Sets the IP address for the primary capture server. This is basically adjusted by
the remote system.
Primary srv scheme *CTL [0 to 6 char / NULL / -/step]

102
This is basically adjusted by the remote system.
Primary srv port number *CTL [1 to 65535 / 80 / 1/step]

103
Primary srv URL path *CTL [0 to 16 char / - / 1/step]

104
[000.000.000.000 to
Secondary srv IP address *CTL
255.255.255.255 / - / 1/step]
111
Sets the IP address for the secondary capture server. This is basically adjusted
by the remote system.
Secondary srv scheme *CTL [0 to 6 char / NULL / -/step]

112

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Secondary srv port number *CTL [1 to 65535 / 80 / 1/step]

113
Secondary srv URL path *CTL [0 to 16 char / - / 1/step]

114
Default Reso Rate Switch *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

120
Reso: Copy(Color) *CTL [0 to 255 / 3 / 1/step]

121
-
Reso: Copy(Mono) *CTL [0 to 255 / 3 / 1/step]
122 Selects the resolution for BW copy mode. This is basically adjusted by the
remote system.
0: 600dpi/ 1: 400dpi/ 2: 300dpi/ 3: 200dpi/ 4: 150dpi/ 5: 100dpi/ 6: 75dpi
Reso: Print(Mono) *CTL [0 to 255 / 3 / 1/step]
124 Selects the resolution for BW print mode. This is basically adjusted by the
remote system.
Reso: Fax(Color) *CTL [0 to 255 / 4 / 1/step]
125 Selects the resolution for color fax mode. This is basically adjusted by the
remote system.
Reso: Fax(Mono) *CTL [0 to 255 / 3 / 1/step]
126 Selects the resolution for BW fax mode. This is basically adjusted by the remote
system.
Reso: Scanner(Color) *CTL [0 to 255 / 4 / 1/step]
127 Selects the resolution for color scanning mode. This is basically adjusted by the
remote system.
128 Reso: Scanner(Mono) *CTL [0 to 255 / 3 / 1/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Selects the resolution for BW scanning mode. This is basically adjusted by the
remote system.
141 All Addr Info Switch *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
142 Stand-by Doc Max Number *CTL [10 to 10000 / 2000 / 1/step]
5840 [IEEE 802.11]
[1 to 14 / 11 (NA), 13 (EU), 14
(JPN) / 1/step]
Range
Tables-5
Main SP
Channel Max *CTL
JPN: 1 to 14
NA: 1 to 11
EU: 1 to 13
006 Sets the maximum number of channels available for data transmission via the
wireless
LAN. The number of channels available varies according to location. The
default settings are set for the maximum end of the range for each area. Adjust
the upper 4 bits to set the maximum number of channels.
 Do not change the setting.
[1 to 14 / 1 / 1/step]
Range
Channel Min *CTL JPN: 1 to 14
NA: 1 to 11
EU: 1 to 13
007 Sets the minimum number of channels available for data transmission via the
wireless LAN. The number of channels available varies according to location.

The default settings are set for the minimum end of the range for each area.
Adjust the lower 4 bits to set the minimum number of channels.
 Do not change the setting.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[00 to 11 / 00 / 1/step]
00: Key #1
WEP key Select *CTL 01: Key #2 (Reserved)
011 10: Key #3 (Reserved)
11: Key #4 (Reserved)
Selects the WEP key.
[1 to 3 / 3 / 1/step]
WPA Debug Lvl *CTL
1: Info, 2: warning, 3: error
045
Selects the debug level for WPA authentication application.
This SP is displayed only when the IEEE802.11 card is installed.
046 11w *CTL [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
047 PSK Set Type *CTL [0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5841 [Supply Name Setting]
001 Toner Name Setting:Black *CTL
002 Toner Name Setting:Cyan *CTL
003 Toner Name Setting:Yellow *CTL
004 Toner Name Setting:Magenta *CTL
007 OrgStamp *CTL

Specifies supply names. These
009 Waste Tonner Bottle *CTL
appear on the screen when the
011 Staple Std1 *CTL user presses the Inquiry button in
the user tools screen.
012 Staple Std2 *CTL
[0 to 20 / NULL / 1byte/step]
021 Staple Bind 1 *CTL

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
5842 [GWWS Analysis]
[8bit assign / 00000000 / bit

switch]
0bit[LSB]: system, other group
1bit: capture related group
2bit: authentication related group
3bit: address book related group
Setting 1 *CTL 4bit: device management related
group
001 5bit: output related(print, FAX,
and delivery) group
Tables-5
Main SP
6bit: repository, F0,etc. document
related group
7bit: debug log level suppression
Default: 00000000 – do not change

Netfiles: Jobs to be printed from the document server using a PC and the
DeskTopBinder software

switch]
0~6bit: unused
Setting 2 *CTL 7bit: time stamp setting for
002 5682mmesg log.
(1: min./sec/msec, 0:
day/hour/min./sec)
Optional settings for debug output mode for each NFA process.
[USB]
5844
-
[0x01 or 0x04 / 0x04 / -/step]

001 Transfer Rate *CTL 0x01: Full Speed
0x04: Auto Change
002 Vender ID *CTL [0000h to FFFFh / 5CAh / -/step]
003 Product ID *CTL [000h to FFFh / 403h / -/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
004 Device Release Number *CTL [0 to 9999 / 100 / 1/step]
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: OFF
005 Fixed USB Port *CTL
1: Level 1
2: Level 2
[Letters(up to 20) / Laser Printer /

006 PnP Model Name *CTL
-/step]
007 PnP Serial Number *CTL [Letters(up to 12) / - / -/step]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
008 Mac Supply Level *CTL 0: OFF
1: ON
100 Notify Unsupport *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
[Delivery Server Setting]

5845
Provides items for delivery server settings.
FTP Port No. *CTL [1 to 65535 / 3670 / 1/step]

001
Sets the FTP port number used when image files to the Scan Router Server.
[000.000.000.000 to
IP Address (Primary) *CTL
255.255.255.255 / - / 1/step]
002
Use this SP to set the Scan Router Server address. The IP address under the
transfer tab can be referenced by the initial system setting.
Delivery Error Display Time *CTL [0 to 999 / 300 / 1sec/step]
006 Use this setting to determine the length of time the prompt message is
displayed when a test error occurs during document transfer with the NetFile
application and an external device.
[000.000.000.000 to
IP Address (Secondary) *CTL 255.255.255.255 /
000.000.000.000 / 1/step]
008
Specifies the IP address assigned to the computer designated to function as the
secondary delivery server of Scan Router. This SP allows only the setting of the
IP address without reference to the DNS setting.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[0 to 4/ 0 / 1/step]
0: Unknown
1: SG1 Provided
Delivery Server Model *CTL
009 2: SG1 Package
3: SG2 Provided
4: SG2 Package
Allows changing the model of the delivery server registered by the I/O device.
Delivery Svr. Capability *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1 /step]
Changes the capability of the registered that the I/O device registered.
Bit7 = 1 Comment information exits
Tables-5
Main SP
Bit6 = 1 Direct specification of mail address possible
010 Bit5 = 1 Mail RX confirmation setting possible

Bit4 = 1 Address book automatic update function exists
Bit3 = 1 Fax RX delivery function exists
Bit2 = 1 Sender password function exists
Bit1 = 1 Function to link MK-1 user and Sender exists
Bit0 = 1 Sender specification required (if set to 1, Bit6 is set to “0”)
Delivery Svr Capability (Ext) *CTL [0 to 255 / - / x2/step]
Changes the capability of the registered that the I/O device registered.
Because SP5845-010 is full, set aside an area for future additional capabilities.
Bit7 = 1: Not used
Bit6 = 1: Not used
011 Bit5 = 1: Not used
Bit4 = 1: Not used

Bit3 = 1: Not used
Bit2 = 1: Not used
Bit1 = 1: Not used
Bit0 = 1: Not used
Server Scheme (Primary) *CTL [ Up to 6 char / - / -/step]

013
This SP is used for the scan router program.
Server Port Number (Primary) *CTL [1 to 65535 / 80 / 1/step]

014
015 Server URL Path (Primary) *CTL [ Up to 16 byte / - / -/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Server Scheme (Secondary) *CTL [ Up to 6 char / - / -/step]

016
Server Port Number

*CTL [1 to 65535 / 80 / 1/step]
017 (Secondary)
Server URL Path (Secondary) *CTL [ Up to 16 byte / - / -/step]

018
[0 or 1 / 1 / -/step]
Rapid Sending Control *CTL 0: Control disabled
022 1: Control enabled
Enables or disables the prevention function for the continuous data sending
error.
5846 [UCS Setting]
Machine ID (for Delivery

*CTL [- / - / -]
Server)
001 Displays the unique device ID in use by the delivery server directory. The value
is only displayed and cannot be changed. This ID is created from the NIC MAC
or IEEE 1394 EUI. The ID is displayed as either 6-byte or 8-byte binary.
Machine ID Clear(for Delivery [- / - / -]

*CTL
Server) [Execute]
002 Clears the unique ID of the device used as the name in the file transfer
directory. Execute this SP if the connection of the device to the delivery server
is unstable. After clearing the ID, the ID will be established again automatically
by cycling the machine off and on.
Maximum Entries *CTL [2000 to 20000 / 2000 / 1/step]
003 Changes the maximum number of entries that UCS can handle.
If a value smaller than the present value is set, the UCS managed data is
cleared, and the data (excluding user code information) is displayed.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Delivery Server Retry Timer *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Sets the interval for retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the
delivery server address book.
Delivery Server Retry Times *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Sets the number of retry attempts when the delivery server fails to acquire the
delivery server address book.
Delivery Server Maximum

*CTL [2000 to 20000 / 2000 / 1/step]
Entries
008
Sets the maximum number account entries of the delivery server user
Tables-5
Main SP
information managed by UCS.
LDAP Search Timeout *CTL [1 to 255 / 60 / 1/step]

010
Sets the length of the timeout for the search of the LDAP server.
WSD Maximum Entries *CTL [5 to 250 / 250 / 1/step]

020
Sets the maximum entries for the address book of the WSD (WS-scanner).
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 Folder Auth Change *CTL
0: Login User, 1: Destination
Initial Value of Upper Limit

022 *CTL [0 to 999,999 / 500 / 1/step]
Count
Addr Book [- / - / -]
040 *CTL
Migration(USB->HDD) [Execute]
[- / - / -]
041 Fill Addr Acl Info *CTL
[Execute]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
This SP must be executed immediately after installation of an HDD unit in a

basic machine that previously had no HDD. The first time the machine is
powered on with the new HDD installed, the system automatically takes the
address book from the NVRAM and writes it onto the new HDD. However, the
new address book on the HDD can be accessed only by the system
administrator at this stage. Executing this SP by the service technician
immediately after power on grants full address book access to all users.
Procedure
1. Turn the machine off.
2. Install the new HDD.
3. Turn the machine on.
4. The address book and its initial data are created on the HDD automatically.
5. However, at this point the address book can be accessed by only the
system administrator or key operator.
6. Enter the SP mode and do SP5846-041. After this SP executes
successfully, any user can access the address book.
[0 to 30 / 0 /1/step]
0: Unconfirmed
1: SD Slot 1
2: SD Slot 2
Addr Book Media *CTL 3: SD Slot 3
043 4: USB Flash ROM
10: SD Slot 10
20: HDD
30: Nothing
Displays the slot number where an address book data is in.
Initialize All Setting & Addr [- / - / -]

046 CTL
Book [Execute]
[- / - / -]
Initialize Local Address Book CTL
047 [Execute]
Clears the local address book information, including the user code.
[- / - / -]
Initialize Delivery Addr Book CTL
048 [Execute]
Clears the distribution address book information, except the user code.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[- / - / -]
Initialize LDAP Addr Book CTL
049 [Execute]
Clears the LDAP address book information, except the user code.
[- / - / -]
Initialize All Addr Book CTL
050 [Execute]
Clears all directory information managed by UCS, including all user codes.
[- / - / -]
Backup All Addr Book CTL
051 [Execute]
Uploads all directory information to the SD card.
Tables-5
Main SP
[- / - / -]
Restore All Addr Book CTL
052 [Execute]
Downloads all directory information from the SD card.
[- / - / -]
Clear Backup Info CTL
[Execute]
Deletes the address book data from the SD card in the service slot.
053 Deletes only the files that were uploaded from this machine.
This feature does not work if the card is write-protected.
 After you do this SP, go out of the SP mode, and then turn the power
off. Do not remove the SD card until the Power LED stops flashing.
Search Option *CTL [0x00 to 0xff / 0x0f/ 1/step]
This SP uses bit switches to set up the fuzzy search options for the UCS local
address book.
Bit: Meaning
060 0: Checks both upper/lower case characters
1: Japan Only
2: Japan Only
3: Japan Only
4 to 7: Not Used

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Complexity Option 1 *CTL [0 to 32 / 0 / 1/step]
Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address
book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to upper case and sets the
062 length of the password.
 This SP does not normally require adjustment.

 This SP is enabled only after the system administrator has set up a
group password policy to control access to the address book.
063 Use this SP to set the conditions for password entry to access the local address
book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to lower case and defines
the length of the password.
book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to numbers and defines the
length of the password.
book. Specifically, this SP limits the password entry to symbols and defines the
length of the password.
FTP Auth Port Setting *CTL [0 to 65535 / 3671 / 1/step]
091 Specifies the FTP port for getting a distribution server address book that is used
in the identification mode.
Encryption Stat *CTL [0 to 255 / - / 1/step]

094
Shows the status of the encryption function for the address book data.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
5847 [Rep Resolution Reduction]
[0 to 5 / 2 / 1/step]
0: x0
1: x1/2
001 Rate for Copy Color *CTL 2: x1/3
3: x1/4
4: x1/6
5: x1/8
[0 to 6 / 0 / 1/step]
0: x0
Tables-5
Main SP
1: x1/2
2: x1/3
002 Rate for Copy B&W Text *CTL
3: x1/4
4: x1/6
5: x1/8
6: x2/3
[0 to 5 / 2 / 1/step]
0: x0
1: x1/2
004 Rate for Printer Color *CTL 2: x1/3
3: x1/4
4: x1/6
5: x1/8
[0 to 6 / 0 / 1/step]
0: x0
1: x1/2
2: x1/3
005 Rate for Printer B&W *CTL
3: x1/4
4: x1/6
5: x1/8
6: x2/3

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[0 to 5 / 4 / 1/step]
0: x0
1: x1/2
006 Rate for Printer Color 1200dpi *CTL 2: x1/3
3: x1/4
4: x1/6
5: x1/8
[0 to 6 / 1 / 1/step]
0: x0
1: x1/2
2: x1/3
007 Rate for Printer B&W 1200dpi *CTL
3: x1/4
4: x1/6
5: x1/8
6: x2/3
Network Quality Default for

021 *CTL [5 to 95 / 50 / 1/step]
JPEG
[Web Service]
5848
Sets the 4-bit switch assignment for the access control setting.
[4bit assign / 0010 / bit switch]

Access Ctrl: 0000: Access able
002 *CTL
Repository(OnlyLower4bits) 0001: Access control
0010: Write control

Accsess Ctrl: Doc. Svr. Print
003 *CTL 0000: No access control
(Lower 4bits)
0001: Access control

Access Ctrl: udirectory (Lower
4bits)

Access Ctrl: Comm. Log Fax
(Lower 4bits)

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)

Access Ctrl: Job Ctrl (Lower
4bits)
Access Ctrl: [4bit assign / 0000 / bit switch]

011 Devicemanagement (Lower *CTL 0000: Access Not Restricted
4bits) 0001: Access Restricted

Access Ctrl: Delivery (Lower
4bits)

Access Ctrl: uadministration
Tables-5
Main SP
(Lower 4bits)

Access Ctrl: Log Service
(Lower 4bits)

From Right;
First bit: For Mac OS
Repository: Download Image
099 *CTL Second bit: For Windows OS
Setting
third bit: Other OS
Fourth bit: No Use
(0: Setting O, 1: Setting 1)
Repository: Download Image

100 *CTL [1 to 2048 / 2048 / 1nByte/step]
Max. Size
217 Setting: Timing *CTL [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
5849 [Installation Date]
001 Display *CTL [- / - / -]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 /step]
002 Switch to Print *CTL 0: OFF (No Print)
1: ON (Print)
003 Total Counter *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
5850 [Address Book Function]
[0 to 13 / 1 / 1/step]]
1: G3
2: EXT
3: G3-1
4: G3-1- EXT
5: G3-2
Replacement of Circuit 6: G3-2- EXT
003 *CTL
Classifications 7: G3-3
8: G3-3-EXT
9: G3-idle-EXT
10: idle-EXT
11: I-G3
12: I-G3-EXT
13: G4
5851 [Bluetooth]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Mode - 0: Public
1: Private
[Stamp Date Download]
Push [Execute] to download the fixed stamp data from the machine ROM onto
5853 the hard disk. Then these stamps can be used by the system. If this is not done,
the user will not have access to the fixed stamps ("Confidential", "Secret", etc.).
You must always execute this SP after replacing the HDD or after formatting the
HDD. Always switch the machine off and on after executing this SP.
001 - CTL [- / - / -]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[Remote ROM Update]
5856 Allows the technician to upgrade the firmware using a local port (IEEE1284)
when updating the remote ROM.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Local Port *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable
5857 [Debug Log Save]
Save Debug Log *CTL [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/Step]
Tables-5
Main SP
Enables log trace function or debug log saving function. The debug log cannot
be captured until this feature is switched on.
 0: Enables log trace function
001  1: Enables debug log saving function

 2: OFF
 If “0” is selected, it disables the settings of SP5857-002 to 013 and

gives executing failure. If “1” is selected, it disables ordinarily saving
function; however, SP5857-101 to 112 are able to execute.
[ 1 to 3 / 2 / 1/step]
1:IC Card
Target (2:HDD 3:SD) *CTL
002 2: HDD
3: SD Card
Sets the storage location for the debug log.
Save to HDD *CTL [-999999 to 9999999 / - / 1/step]
Saves the debug log of the input SC number in memory to the HDD.
005 A unique file name is generated to avoid overwriting existing file names on the
SD Card. Up to 4MB can be copied to an SD Card. 4 MB segments can be

copied one by one to each SD Card.
Save to SD Card *CTL [-999999 to 9999999 / - / 1/step]

006
Saves the debug log of the input SC number in memory to the SD card.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Copy HDD to SD Card (Latest [- / - / -]

*CTL
4MB) [Execute]
Takes the most recent 4 MB of the log written to the hard disk and copies them
009 to the SD Card.
A unique file name is generated to avoid overwriting existing file names on the
SD Card. Up to 4MB can be copied to an SD Card. 4 MB segments can be
copied one by one to each SD Card.
Copy HDD to SD Card (Latest [- / - / -]

*CTL
4MB Any Key) [Execute]
Takes the log of the specified key from the log on the hard disk and copies it to
010 the SD Card.

A unique file name is generated to avoid overwriting existing file names on the
SD Card. Up to 4 MB can be copied to an SD Card. 4 MB segments can be
copied one by one to each SD Card. This SP does not execute if there is no log
on the HDD with no key specified.
[- / - / -]
Erase HDD Debug Data *CTL
011 [Execute]
Erases all debug logs on the HDD
[- / - / -]
Erase SD Card Debug Data *CTL
[Execute]
012 Erases all debug logs on the SD Card. If the card contains only debugging files
generated by an event specified by SP5858, the files are erased when SP5857
010 or 011 is executed.
To enable this SP, the machine must be cycled off and on.
[- / - / -]
Free Space on SD Card *CTL
013 [Execute]
Displays the amount of space available on the SD card.
[- / - / -]
Copy SD to SD (Latest 4MB) *CTL
[Execute]
014
Copies the most recent 4 MB of the debug log from an SD card to a different SD
card.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Copy SD to SD (Latest 4MB [- / - / -]

*CTL
Any Key) [Execute]
015
This SP copies the log on an SD card (the file that contains the information
written directly from shared memory) to a log specified by key number.
[- / - / -]
Make HDD Debug *CTL
016 [Execute]
This SP creates a 32 MB file to store a log on the HDD.
[- / - / -]
Make SD Debug *CTL
017 [Execute]
Tables-5
Main SP
This SP creates a 4 MB file to store a log on an SD card.
Debug Logging Start Date *CTL [- / 20120101 / 1/step]

101
Sets start date of the debug log output.
Debug Logging End Date *CTL [- / 20371212 / 1/step]

102
Sets end date of the debug log output.
[- / - / -]
Acquire All Debug Logs *CTL
103 [Execute]
Obtains all debug logs.
Acquire Only Controller [- / - / -]

*CTL
104 Debug [Execute]
Obtains controller debug log only.
Acquire Only Engine Debug [- / - / -]

*CTL
105 Logs [Execute]
Obtains engine debug log only.
Acquire Only Snapshot Debug [- / - / -]

*CTL
106 Logs [Execute]
Obtains snapshot debug log only.
Acquire Only Opepanel [- / - / -]

*CTL
107 Debug Logs [Execute]
Outputs the controller debug log to the media inserted front I/F.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[Debug Save When]
These SPs select the content of the debugging information to be saved to the
5858 destination selected by SP5857-002.
SP5858-3 stores one SC specified by number. Refer to Section 4 for a list of SC
error codes.
Engine SC Error [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/ step]

*CTL
001 (0: OFF, 1: ON) 0: OFF, 1: ON
Turns on/off the debug save for SC codes generated by copier engine errors.
Controller SC Error [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/ step]

*CTL
002 (0: OFF, 1: ON) 0: OFF, 1: ON
Turns on/off the debug save for SC codes generated by GW controller errors.
Any SC Error *CTL [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1 /step]

003
Sets the SC code whose logs are collected.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/ step]
Jam(0: OFF 1: ON) *CTL
004 0: OFF, 1: ON
Turns on/off the debug save for jam errors.
[Debug Save Key No.]
5859 These SPs allow you to set up to 10 keys for log files for functions that use
common memory on the controller board.
001 Key 1 *CTL
002 Key 2 *CTL
003 Key 3 *CTL
004 Key 4 *CTL [–9999999 to 9999999 / 0 / 1
005 Key 5 *CTL /step]
006 Key 6 *CTL
007 Key 7 *CTL
008 Key 8 *CTL

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
009 Key 9 *CTL
010 Key 10 *CTL
5860 [SMTP/POP3/IMAP4]
020 Partial Mail Receive Timeout *CTL [1 or 168 / 72 / 1/step]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1/step]
MDN Response RFC2298
*CTL 0: No
021 Compliance 1: Yes
Determines whether RFC2.5298 compliance is switched on for MDN reply mail.
Tables-5
Main SP
SMTP Auth. From Field
022 *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Replacement
SMTP Auth. Direct Setting *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / - /step]
Selects the authentication method for SMPT.

Bit switch:
Bit 0: LOGIN
Bit 1: PLAIN
025 Bit 2: CRAM MD5
Bit 3: DIGEST MD5

Bit 4 to 7: Not used
 This SP is activated only when SMTP authorization is enabled by UP

mode.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 /step]
0: Microsoft Outlook Express
S/MIME: MIME Header *CTL standard
026 1: Internet Draft standard
2: RFC standard
Selects the MIME header type of an E-mail sent by S/MIME.
[0 to 1 / 0 / 1/step]
S/MIME: Authentication
*CTL 0: No (not check)
028 Check 1: Yes (check)
Specifys whether to check destination certificate when sending S/MIME mail.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
5866 [E-Mail Report]
001 Report Validity CTL [0 or 1/ 0 / 1/step]
005 Add Date Field *CTL [0 or 1/ 0 / 1/step]
5870 [Common Key Info Writing]
[- / - / -]
Writing CTL
001 [Execute]
Writes the authentication data (used for NRS) in the memory.
[- / - / -]
Initialize CTL
003 [Execute]
Initializes the authentication data in the memory.
[- / - / -]
Writing: 2048bit CTL
004 [Execute]
Writes the authentication data 2048bit (used for NRS) in the memory.
5873 [SD Card Appli Move]
[- / - / -]
Move Exec CTL
[Execute]
001
This SP copies the application programs from the original SD card in SD card
slot 2 to an SD card in SD card slot 1.
[- / - / -]
Undo Exec CTL
[Execute]
002 This SP copies back the application programs from an SD card in SD Card Slot
2 to the original SD card in SD card slot 1. Use this menu when you have
mistakenly copied some programs by using "Move Exec" (SP5873-1).

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[SC Auto Reboot]

5875
-
Reboot Setting *CTL [0 or 1/ 0 / 1/step]
Enables or disables the automatic reboot function when an SC error occurs.

0: The machine reboots automatically when the machine issues an SC error
001 and logs the SC error code. If the same SC occurs again, the machine does not
reboot.
1: The machine does not reboot when an SC error occurs.
The reboot is not executed for Type A or C SC codes.
Tables-5
Main SP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Reboot Type *CTL 0: Manual reboot
002 1: Automatic reboot
Selects the reboot method for SC.
[Security Clear]
5876
-
[- / - / -]
001 All Clear CTL
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
011 Clear NCS Security Setting CTL
[Execute]
[- / - / -]
015 Clear UCS Security Setting CTL
[Execute]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
5878 [Option Setup]
[- / - / -]
Data Overwrite Security CTL
[Execute]
001
Enables the Data Overwrite Security unit. Press "Execute" on the operation
panel. Then turn the machine off and on.
[- / - / -]
HDD Encryption CTL
002 [Execute]
[- / - / -]
OCR Dictionary CTL
004 [Execute]
5881 [Fixed Phrse Block Erasing]
[- / - / -]
001 - CTL
[Execute]
5882 [CPM Set]
[- / - / -]
0:a
001 - CTL 1:b
2:c
3:d

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[Set WIM Function] Web Image Monitor Settings

5885
Close or disclose the functions of web image monitor.

switch]
0: OFF, 1: ON
Bit Meaning
0: Forbid all document server
access (1)
020 DocSvr Acc Ctrl *CTL 1: Forbid user mode access (1)
2: Forbid print function (1)
Tables-5
Main SP
3: Forbid fax TX (1)
4: Forbid scan sending (1)
5: Forbid downloading (1)
6: Forbid delete (1)
7: Forbid guest user
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
DocSvr Format *CTL
050 0: Thumbnail, 1: Icon, 2: Details
Selects the display type for the document box list.
DocSvr Trans *CTL [ 5 to 20 / 10 / 1/step]

051
Sets the number of documents to be displayed in the document box list.
[0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Setting for each e-mail
Set Signature *CTL
1: Signature for all
100 2: No signature
Selects whether the signature is added to the scanned documents with the
WIM when they are transmitted by an e-mail.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Set Encrypsion *CTL
0: Not encrypted, 1:Encryption
101
Determines whether the scanned documents with the WIM are encrypted
when they are transmitted by an e-mail.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
[8bit assign / 00000000 / -/step]

0bit: Displays memory status
when session time out
200 Detect Mem Leak *CTL 1bit: Displays diff of memory
status og when WPF handler’s
start/end time.
3 to7bit: Not used.
201 DocSvr Timeout - [1 or 30 / 30 / 1/step]
5887 [SD GetCounter]
[- / - / -]
SD GetCounter CTL
[Execute]
This SP sends a text file to an SD card inserted in SD card Slot 2 (lower slot).
The operation stores.
The file is stored in a folder created in the root directory of the SD card called
SD_COUNTER.
001 The file is saved as a text file (*.txt) prefixed with the number of the machine.
1. Insert the SD card in SD card Slot 2 (lower slot).

2. Select SP5887 then touch [Execute].
Touch [Execute] in the message when you are prompted.
 “SD_COUNTER” folder must be created under the root directory of

the SC card before this SP is executed.
5888 [Personal Information Protect]
Personal Information Protect *CTL [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Selects the protection level for logs.

0: No authentication, No protection for logs
1: No authentication, Protected logs (only an administrator can see the logs)

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
5893 [SDK Apli Cnt Name]
[- / - / -]
001 SDK-1 CTL
[Display text]
[- / - / -]
002 SDK-2 CTL
[Display text]
[- / - / -]
003 SDK-3 CTL
[Display text]
[- / - / -]
004 SDK-4 CTL
[Display text]
Tables-5
Main SP
[- / - / -]
005 SDK-5 CTL
[Display text]
[- / - / -]
006 SDK-6 CTL
[Display text]
5894 [External Mech Count Setting]
Mech Counter Switch Setting *ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Mech Counter Switch Setting for External Mech Count Setting.
[Application invalidation]
5895
-
001 Printer CTL [- / - / -]
002 Scanner CTL [- / - / -]
5900 [Engine Log Upload]
Pattern *ENG [0 to 4 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Specifying Target Module group for Engine Log Upload.
Trigger *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Specifying Target Trigger group for Engine Log Upload.

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
5907 [Plug & Play Maker/Model Name]
Plug & Play

*CTL [- / - / -]
Maker/Model/Name
Selects the brand name and the production name for Windows Plug & Play.
001 This information is stored in the NVRAM. If the NVRAM is defective, these
names should be registered again.

After selecting, press the "Original Type" key and "#" key at the same time.
When the setting is completed, the beeper sounds five times.
[Switchover Permission Time]

5913
-
001 Print Application Timer *CTL [0 to 30 / 3/ 1/step]
[HDD Encryption]
5919
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Display Operating State *CTL 0: OFF (Not working)
1: ON (Working)
5959 [Paper Size]
1st Tray (Tandem) *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Size settings for Tandem Tray/Tandem LCT.
1st Tray (A3 Kit) *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Size settings for A3 Extension Tray
A4 LCT: Paper size *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

003
Sets paper size for A4 LCT.
Tray2:1 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

004
Size settings for Tray 2

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Tray2:2 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

005
Tray2:3 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

006
Tray2:4 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

007
Tray2:5 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

008
Tables-5
Main SP
Tray2:6 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009
Tray3:1 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

010
Tray3:2 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

011
Tray3:3 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

012
Tray3:4 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

013
Tray3:5 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

014
Tray3:6 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

015
Tray4:1 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

016
Tray4:2 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

017

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
Tray4:3 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

018
Tray4:4 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

019
Tray4:5 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

020
Tray4:6 *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

021
5960 [A3 Tray Custom Paper Size Set]
Width (Main Scan) *ENG [210 to 205 / 297/ 1/step]
Settings for Main Scan Custom Paper size for A3 Extension Tray.
001 * Since only millimeter [mm] is available on this SP, convert the inch-based
data/originals to [mm] as below:

A inch * 25.4 = B mm
Length (Sub Scan) *ENG [210 to 439 / 210/ 1/step]
Settings for Sub Scan Custom Paper size for A3 Extension Tray.
002 * Since only millimeter [mm] is available on this SP, convert the inch-based
data/originals to [mm] as below:

A inch * 25.4 = B mm
[Copy Server: Set Function]
Enables and disables the document server. This is a security measure that
5967 prevents image data from being left in the temporary area of the HDD. After
changing this setting, you must switch the main switch off and on to enable the
new setting.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 (0: ON 1: OFF) *CTL 0: ON
1: OFF

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
5974 [Cherry Server]
001 (0: Light 1: Full) *CTL [ - / - / -]
5985 [Device Setting]
[0 or 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Disable
001 On Board NIC CTL
1: Enable
2: Enable(Limited)
[0 or 2 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Disable
Tables-5
Main SP
002 On Board USB CTL
1: Enable
2: Enable(Limited)
[Mech. Counter]
5987
Mech. Counter
[0 or 1 / 0/ 1/step]
001 0:OFF / 1:ON *ENG 0:OFF
1:ON
[SP Print Mode]

5990
Prints out the SMC sheets.
001 All(Data List) CTL
002 SP(Mode Data List) CTL
003 User Program CTL

[- / - / -]
004 Logging Data CTL
[Execute]
005 Diagnostic Report CTL
006 Non-Default CTL
007 NIB Summary CTL
008 Capture Log CTL [- / - / -]

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
021 Copier User Program CTL [Execute]
022 Scanner SP CTL
023 Scanner User Program CTL
024 SDK/J Summary CTL
025 SDK/J Application Info CTL
[- / - / -]
026 Printer SP -
[Execute]
[SP Text Mode]
5992 Exports the SMC sheet data to the SD Card.

Press “Execute” key to start exporting the SMC data in the SP mode display.
001 All(Data List) CTL
002 SP(Mode Data List) CTL
003 User Program CTL
004 Logging Data CTL
005 Diagnostic Report CTL
006 Non-Default CTL
007 NIB Summary CTL [- / - / -]
008 Capture Log CTL [Execute]
021 Copier User Program CTL
022 Scanner SP CTL
023 Scanner User Program CTL
024 SDK/J Summary CTL
025 SDK/J Application Info CTL
026 Printer SP CTL

SP5-722 to 998 (Mode)
5998 [Fusing Warm UP]
[0 or 1 / 1/ 1/step]
Warm Up In Advance
*ENG 1: Warm Up In Advance ON
001 ON/OFF 0: Warm Up In Advance OFF
Fusing operation for low noise warm up of ENG_ENABLE.
002 Fusing ON Timing *ENG [0 or 1 / 1/ 1/step]
Tables-5
Main SP

MAIN SP TABLES-6
7 ∼ 20 10/23/2013 Added Shift Tray Jogger, Corner Stapling and Booklet Stapling
SP6-XXX (Peripherals)
4. MAIN SP TABLES-6
4.1 SP6-XXX (PERIPHERALS)
6006 [ADF Adjustment]
Side-to-Side Regist: Front *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]

001
Executes ADF Adjustment for Front Side-to-Side Regist.
Side-to-Side Regist: Rear *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]

002
Executes ADF Adjustment for Rear Side-to-Side Regist.
L-Edge Regist (1-Pass): Front *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
010 Executes Front Sheet Through Regist Adjustment. Corrects it into the maximum
Tables-6
Main SP
value within adjustable range if the value which exceeds the range is set. The
previous setting value remains if setting is finished without fixing it.
L-Edge Regist (1-Pass): Rear *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
011 Executes Rear Sheet Through Regist Adjustment. Corrects it into the maximum
value within adjustable range if the value which exceeds the range is set. The
1st Buckle (1-Pass) *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
012 Executes Pull-Out Roller Buckle Adjustment. Corrects it into the maximum value
within adjustable range if the value which exceeds the range is set. The
2nd Buckle (1-Pass) *ENG [-2.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]
013 Executes Interval Sensor Roller Buckle Adjustment. Corrects it into the
maximum value within adjustable range if the value which exceeds the range is
set. The previous setting value remains if setting is finished without fixing it.
014 T-Edge Erase (1-Pass): Front *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / -1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]

Executes Front T-Edge Regist Adjustment.

 Value increase: Increases Image T-Edge.
 Value decrease: Delete Image T-Edge.
Corrects it into the maximum value within adjustable range if the value which
exceeds the range is set. The previous setting value remains if setting is
finished without fixing it. Sets the initial value for -1.5mm instead of 0mm
considering Original.
T-Edge Erase (1-Pass): Rear *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / -1.5 / 0.1 mm/step]
Executes Rear T-Edge Regist Adjustment.

 Value increase: Increases Image T-Edge.
015  Value decrease: Delete Image T-Edge.

Corrects it into the maximum value within adjustable range if the value which
exceeds the range is set. The previous setting value remains if setting is
finished without fixing it. Sets the initial value for -1.5mm instead of 0mm
considering Original.
6009 [ADF FreeRun]
[- / - / -]
Free Run Simplex Motion ENG
001 [Execute]
Free Run Simplex Motion starts when an original is set in ADF.
[- / - / -]
Free Run Duplex Motion ENG
002 [Execute]
Free Run Duplex Motion starts when an original is set in ADF.
[- / - / -]
Free Run Stamp Motion ENG
003 [Execute]
Free Run Stamp Motion starts when an original is set in ADF.
[Stamp Position Adj.]
6010 Adjusts Stamp Position.

 Value increase: Shifts Stamp Position to the side of Original Trailing Edge.
 Value decrease: Shifts Stamp Position to the side of Original Leading Edge.
001 - *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 mm/step]

[1-Pass ADF INPUT Check]

6011
See page
[1-Pass ADF OUTPUT Check]

6012
See page
[Original Size Detect Setting]
Sets which original size is to be determined in regard to the two original sizes
6016 which are impossible to be determined in ADF. Size for each bit differs
depending on destinations. Sets the bit for default size for "0" when taking
priority, and sets for "1" when Switch Size determines.
001 - *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
[DF Magnification Adj.]
6017 Executes Magnification fine adjustment. Changes Line Speed along with the
Magnification Setting value.
001 - *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.1 %/step]
[Skew Correction Moving Setting]
6020 Skew Correction Moving (Skew Correction 2) into Interval Sensor Roller in ADF
is executed only for small sizes (B6, A5, HLT) by default. It is possible to set to
execute Skew Correction Moving for all sizes by setting for "1".
001 - *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

6030 [DF Hinge] (SSP)
Hinge Open Counter ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Records number of times that hinge opened with ADF lift up.
Hinge Open Counter State ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Records status of open and close DF hinge when main unit is turned OFF.
[- / - / -]
Hinge Open Counter Clear ENG
003 [Execute]
SP6-030-001: Resets the counter for opening and closing of DF hinge part.
[Sub-scanPunchPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts the position for Length (Sub Scan) for Punch.
6100  Adjustment Value "-": Whole position shifts to the direction of the paper
trailing edge when accepted.
 Adjustment Value "+": Whole position shifts to the direction of the paper
leading edge when accepted.
Domestic 2Hole(Europe
001 *ENG
2Hole)
002 3-Hole: NA *ENG

[-7.5 to 7.5 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
003 4-Hole: EU *ENG
004 5-Hole: SCAN *ENG
005 2-Hole: NA *ENG

[Main-scanPunchPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
6101 Adjusts the position for Length (Main Scan) for Punch.
 Adjustment Value "-": Whole position shifts to the front of the machine.
 Adjustment Value "+": Whole position shifts to the rear of the machine.
Domestic 2Hole(Europe
001 *ENG
2Hole)
002 3-Hole: NA *ENG

[-2.0 to 2.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
003 4-Hole: EU *ENG
004 5-Hole: SCAN *ENG
005 2-Hole: NA *ENG
Tables-6
Main SP
[SkewCorrectBuckleAdj:2K/3K FIN]
6102 Adjusts Skew Correction Buckle when punching specified papers.

 Adjustment Value "-": Buckle decreases.
 Adjustment Value "+": Buckle increases.
001 A3 SEF *ENG
002 B4 SEF *ENG
003 A4 SEF *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
004 A4Y *ENG
005 B5T *ENG
006 B5Y *ENG
007 A5Y *ENG
008 DLT SEF *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
009 LG SEF *ENG
010 LT SEF *ENG
011 LT-Y *ENG

[-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
012 HLT-Y *ENG

013 12"*18" *ENG
014 8-Kai SEF *ENG
015 16-Kai SEF *ENG
016 16-Kai LEF *ENG
Other *ENG [-5.0 to 5.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
017 Adjusts Skew Correction Buckle when punching specified papers.

 Adjustment Value "-": Buckle decreases.
 Adjustment Value "+": Buckle increases.
[SkewCorrectCtrlSW:2K/3K FIN]
6103 Switches Skew Correction Control (Stop Skew Correction ON/OFF) when
punching specified papers.
001 A3 SEF *ENG
002 B4 SEF *ENG
003 A4 SEF *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 A4Y *ENG
005 B5T *ENG
006 B5Y *ENG
007 A5Y *ENG
008 DLT SEF *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 LG SEF *ENG
010 LT SEF *ENG
011 LT-Y *ENG
012 HLT-Y *ENG
013 12"*18" *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 8-Kai SEF *ENG
015 16-Kai SEF *ENG

Rev. 10/23/2013 SP6-XXX (Peripherals)
016 16-Kai LEF *ENG
Other ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 Switches Skew Correction Control (Stop Skew Correction ON/OFF) when
punching specified papers.
SHIFT TRAY JOGGER
[ShiftTrayJogPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts the position for moving direction (Main Scan) of Shift Tray Jogger when
feeding papers other than specified papers.
6104 Adjustment Value "-": Movement in the direction that Shift Tray Jogger width
becomes narrower than the standard value,
Adjustment Value "+": Movement in the direction that Shift Tray Jogger
width becomes wider than the standard value
001 A3 SEF *ENG
Tables-6
Main SP
002 B4 SEF *ENG
004 A4Y *ENG
005 B5Y *ENG
006 A5Y *ENG
007 DLT SEF *ENG
008 LG SEF *ENG [-1.5 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
009 LT SEF *ENG
010 LT-Y *ENG
011 HLT-Y *ENG
012 8-Kai SEF *ENG [-1.5 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
013 16-Kai LEF *ENG

SP6-XXX (Peripherals) Rev. 10/23/2013
014 Other *ENG [-1.5 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
Adjusts the position for moving direction (Main Scan) of Shift Tray Jogger when
feeding papers other than specified papers.
Adjustment Value "-": Movement in the direction that Shift Tray Jogger width
becomes narrower than the standard value,
Adjustment Value "+": Movement in the direction that Shift Tray Jogger
width becomes wider than the standard value
SHIFT TRAY JOGGER
[ShftTJogRtrctAngAdj:2K/3K FIN]
6105 Adjusts Shift Tray Jogger Retract Angle when feeding specified papers.
Adjustment Value "+": Upper direction,
Adjustment Value "-": Lower direction.
001 A3 SEF *ENG
002 B4 SEF ENG
003 A4 SEF ENG
004 DLT SEF ENG [-10 to 10 / 0 / 5 deg/step]
005 LG SEF ENG
006 LT SEF ENG
007 8-Kai SEF ENG
Other ENG [-10 to 10 / 0 / 5 deg/step]
008 Adjusts Shift Tray Jogger Retract Angle when feeding specified papers.
[Use Paper Jogger: 2K/3K FIN]
6106 Determines whether to use Shift Tray Jogger when feeding specified papers.
Does not use Shift Tray Jogger when selecting "1".
001 A3 SEF *ENG

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 B4 SEF *ENG

003 A4 SEF *ENG
004 A4Y *ENG
005 B5Y *ENG
006 A5Y *ENG
007 DLT SEF *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 LG SEF *ENG
009 LT SEF *ENG
010 LT-Y *ENG
011 HLT-Y *ENG

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 8-Kai SEF *ENG
013 16-Kai LEF *ENG
Tables-6
Main SP
Other *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Determines whether to use Shift Tray Jogger when feeding specified papers.
Does not use Shift Tray Jogger when selecting "1".
CORNER STAPLING
[JogPosAdj(CrnrStplr):2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts Corner Stapler Jogger width (Main Scan position) when jogging
specified papers.
6107 Adjustment Value "-": Movement in the direction that Jogger width becomes
narrower than the standard value,
Adjustment Value "+": Movement in the direction that Jogger width
becomes wider than the standard value.
001 A3 SEF *ENG
002 B4 SEF *ENG

[-1.5 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
003 A4 SEF *ENG
004 A4Y *ENG
005 B5T *ENG

[-1.5 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
006 B5Y *ENG

007 DLT SEF *ENG
008 LG SEF *ENG
009 LT SEF *ENG
010 LT-Y *ENG
011 8-Kai SEF *ENG
013 16-Kai LEF *ENG
Adjusts Corner Stapler Jogger width (Main Scan position) when jogging
specified papers.
014  Adjustment Value "-": Movement in the direction that Jogger width becomes
 Adjustment Value "+": Movement in the direction that Jogger width
[JogPosAdj(BookStplr):2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts Book Stapler Jogger width (Main Scan position) when jogging specified
papers.
6108  Adjustment Value "-": Movement in the direction that Jogger width becomes
 Adjustment Value "+": Movement in the direction that Jogger width
001 A3 SEF *ENG
002 B4 SEF *ENG
003 A4 SEF *ENG
004 B5T *ENG [-1.5 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
005 DLT SEF *ENG
006 LG SEF *ENG
007 LT SEF *ENG

008 12"*18" *ENG
009 8-Kai SEF *ENG
010 Other *ENG
CORNER STAPLING
[CrnrStplrJogTimeAdj:2K/3K FIN]
6109 Adjusts jogging time for Corner Stapler Jogger Fence when jogging specified
papers (Only the last paper).
001 A3 SEF *ENG
002 B4 SEF *ENG

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 time/step]
003 A4 SEF *ENG
004 A4Y *ENG
Tables-6
Main SP
005 B5T *ENG
006 B5Y *ENG
007 DLT SEF *ENG

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 time/step]
008 LG SEF *ENG
009 LT SEF *ENG
010 LT-Y *ENG
011 8-Kai SEF *ENG
012 16-Kai SEF *ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 time/step]
013 16-Kai LEF *ENG
Other *ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 time/step]
014 Adjusts jogging time for Corner Stapler Jogger Fence when jogging specified

BOOKLET STAPLING
6110 [BookStplrJogTimeAdj:2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts jogging time for Book Stapler Jogger Fence when jogging specified
001 A3 SEF *ENG
002 B4 SEF *ENG

[0 to 2 / 0 / 1 time/step]
003 A4 SEF *ENG
004 B5T *ENG
005 DLT SEF *ENG
006 LG SEF *ENG
007 LT SEF *ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 time/step]
008 12"*18" *ENG
009 8-Kai SEF *ENG
Other *ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1 time/step]
010
Adjusts jogging time for Book Stapler Jogger Fence when jogging specified
CORNER STAPLING
[Staple Position Adj: 2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts staple positions such as 2K/3K/FIN (Main Scan direction) for specified
6111 papers.
Adjustment Value "-": Staple position shifts to the front of the machine.
Adjustment Value "+": Staple position shifts to the rear of the machine.
001 A3 SEF *ENG
002 B4 SEF ENG

[-3.5 to 3.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
003 A4 SEF ENG
004 A4Y ENG
005 B5T ENG

[-3.5 to 3.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
006 B5Y ENG

007 DLT SEF ENG
008 LG SEF ENG
009 LT SEF ENG
010 LT-Y ENG
011 8-Kai SEF ENG
012 16-Kai SEF ENG [-3.5 to 3.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
013 16-Kai LEF ENG
Other ENG [-3.5 to 3.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
Adjusts staple positions such as 2K/3K/FIN (Main Scan direction) for specified
014 papers.
Adjustment Value "-": Staple position shifts to the front of the machine.
Adjustment Value "+": Staple position shifts to the rear of the machine.
Tables-6
Main SP
BOOKLET STAPLING
[BookletStaplerPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts staple position (Sub Scan direction) for Book Stapler for specified
papers.
6112 Adjustment Value "-": Staple position shifts to the direction of the paper
Adjustment Value "+": Staple position shifts to the direction of the paper
002 B4 SEF *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
004 B5T *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
005 DLT SEF *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
006 LG SEF *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
007 LT SEF *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
008 12"x18" *ENG [-1.8 to 1.8 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]

Adjusts staple position (Sub Scan direction) for Book Stapler for specified
papers.
BOOKLET STAPLING
[BookletFolderPosAdj:2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts folding position (Sub Scan direction) for Booklet Folder for specified
papers.
001 A3T *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
002 B4T *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
003 A4T *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
004 B5T *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
005 DLT-T *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
006 LG-T *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
007 LT-T *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
008 12"*18" *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
009 8K SEF *ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Adjusts folding position (Sub Scan direction) for Booklet Folder for specified
papers.


[Fold Speed Adj.: 2K/3K FIN]
Adjusts Fold Speed (Crease Time) for Booklet Folder for specified papers.
6114 Adjustment value: 0 (Standard),
Adjustment value: 1 (Mid Speed: Standard + 2.6[sec]),
Adjustment value: 2 (Low Speed: Standard + 5.2[sec])
001 A3 SEF *ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
002 B4 SEF ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
003 A4 SEF ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
004 B5 SEF ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
005 DLT SEF ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
006 LG SEF ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-6
Main SP
007 LT SEF ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
008 12"x18" ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
009 8K SEF ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
Other ENG [0 to 2 / 0 / 1/step]
Adjusts Fold Speed (Crease Time) for Booklet Folder for specified papers.
010 Adjustment value: 0 (Standard),
Adjustment value: 1 (Mid Speed: Standard + 2.6[sec]),

Adjustment value: 2 (Low Speed: Standard + 5.2[sec])
6115 [Finisher Free Run: 2K/3K FIN]
Free Run 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Executes Free Run in Shift Mode: No Paper.

002
Executes Free Run in Corner Stapler Mode: No Paper.

003
Executes Free Run in Book Stapler Mode: No Paper.


004
Does not use in VOLGA.
CORNER STAPLING
[CrnrStplrMxPrstkShAdj:2K/3KFIN]
6116 Adjusts Maximum Pre-Stack Number for Corner Stapler for specified papers.
Adjustment value: 0; 1 sheet Pre-Stack (Standard),
Adjustment value: -1: No Pre-Stack.
001 A3 SEF *ENG
002 B4 SEF ENG

[-1 to 0 / 0 / 1 page/step]
003 A4 SEF ENG
004 A4Y ENG
005 B5T ENG
006 B5Y ENG
007 DLT SEF ENG

[-1 to 0 / 0 / 1 page/step]
008 LG SEF ENG
009 LT SEF ENG
010 LT-Y ENG
011 8-Kai SEF ENG
012 16-Kai SEF ENG [-1 to 0 / 0 / 1 page/step]
013 16-Kai LEF ENG
Other ENG [-1 to 0 / 0 / 1 page/step]
014 Adjusts Maximum Pre-Stack Number for Corner Stapler for specified papers.
Adjustment value: 0; 1 sheet Pre-Stack (Standard),
Adjustment value: -1: No Pre-Stack.

BOOKLET STAPLING
6117 [BookStplrMxPrstkShAdj:2K/3KFIN]
Adjusts Maximum Pre-Stack Number for Book Stapler for specified papers.
Adjustment value: 0; 3 sheets Pre-Stack (Standard), Adjustment value: -1: 2
sheets Pre-Stack,
Adjustment value: -2: 1 sheet Pre-Stack,
Adjustment value: -3 to -7: No Pre-Stack
001 A3 SEF *ENG
002 B4 SEF ENG

[-7 to 0 / 0 / 1 page/step]
003 A4 SEF ENG
004 B5T ENG
005 DLT SEF ENG
Tables-6
Main SP
006 LG SEF ENG
007 LT SEF ENG [-7 to 0 / 0 / 1 page/step]
008 12"*18" ENG
009 8-Kai SEF ENG
Other ENG [-7 to 0 / 0 / 1 page/step]
Adjusts Maximum Pre-Stack Number for Book Stapler for specified papers.
010 Adjustment value: 0; 3 sheets Pre-Stack (Standard), Adjustment value: -1: 2

sheets Pre-Stack,
Adjustment value: -2: 1 sheet Pre-Stack,
Adjustment value: -3 to -7: No Pre-Stack
CORNER STAPLING
[CrnrStplrPrstkOffsAdj:2K/3KFIN]
Adjusts Pre-Stack Offset (Offset of 1st page from 2nd page in Sub Scan
6118 direction) for Corner Stapler for specified papers. There is 20mm offset by
default.
"+" Adjustment Value is the direction that offset increases, and
"-" Adjustment Value is the direction that it decreases.
001 A3 SEF *ENG [-16 to 16 / 0 / 2mm/step]

002 B4 SEF ENG
003 A4 SEF ENG
004 A4Y ENG
005 B5T ENG
006 B5Y ENG
007 DLT SEF ENG

[-16 to 16 / 0 / 2mm/step]
008 LG SEF ENG
009 LT SEF ENG
010 LT-Y ENG
011 8-Kai SEF ENG [-16 to 16 / 0 / 2mm/step]
012 16-Kai SEF ENG [-16 to 16 / 0 / 2mm/step]
013 16-Kai LEF ENG [-16 to 16 / 0 / 2mm/step]
Other ENG [-16 to 16 / 0 / 2mm/step]
Adjusts Pre-Stack Offset (Offset of 1st page from 2nd page in Sub Scan
014 direction) for Corner Stapler for specified papers. There is 20mm offset by
default.
BOOKLET STAPLING
[BookStplrPrstkOffsAdj:2K/3KFIN]
Adjusts Pre-Stack Offset (Offset of 1st page from 2nd page, and of 2nd page
6119 from 3rd page in Sub Scan direction) for Book Stapler for specified papers.
There is no offset by default.
001 A3 SEF *ENG
002 B4 SEF ENG

[-30 to 30 / 0 / 2mm/step]
003 A4 SEF ENG
004 B5T ENG

005 DLT SEF ENG
006 LG SEF ENG
007 LT SEF ENG [-30 to 30 / 0 / 2mm/step]
008 12"*18" ENG
009 8-Kai SEF ENG
Other ENG [-30 to 30 / 0 / 2mm/step]
Adjusts Pre-Stack Offset (Offset of 1st page from 2nd page, and of 2nd page
010 from 3rd page in Sub Scan direction) for Book Stapler for specified papers.
There is no offset by default.
CORNER STAPLING
Tables-6
Main SP
[CrnStpPosExFeedAmtAdj:2K/3KFIN]
6120 Adjusts Positioning Roller ExFeedAmt (Sub Scan direction) for Corner Stapler
for specified papers.
001 A3 SEF *ENG
002 B4 SEF ENG

[0 to 30 / 0 / 10mm/step]
003 A4 SEF ENG
004 A4Y ENG
005 B5T ENG
006 B5Y ENG
007 DLT SEF ENG

[0 to 30 / 0 / 10mm/step]
008 LG SEF ENG
009 LT SEF ENG
010 LT-Y ENG
011 8-Kai SEF ENG
012 16-Kai SEF ENG [0 to 30 / 0 / 10mm/step]
013 16-Kai LEF ENG

Other ENG
014 Adjusts Positioning Roller ExFeedAmt (Sub Scan direction) for Corner Stapler
for specified papers.
BOOKLET STAPLING
[BkFoldJogSolMovAmtAdj:2K/3KFIN]
6122 Adjusts Booklet Folder JogSolMovAmt for Book Stapler for specified papers.
001 A3 SEF *ENG
002 B4 SEF ENG

[-5 to 5 / 0 / 2mm/step]
003 A4 SEF ENG
004 B5T ENG
005 DLT SEF ENG
006 LG SEF ENG
007 LT SEF ENG

[-5 to 5 / 0 / 2mm/step]
008 12"*18" ENG
009 8-Kai SEF ENG
Other ENG
010 Adjusts Booklet Folder JogSolMovAmt for Book Stapler for specified papers.
[INPUT Check: 2K/3K FIN]

6123
See page
[OUTPUT Check: 2K/3K FIN]

6124
See page

[PuncPoAdjSubscan3KFIN(100Bind)]
6140
Executes adjustment of the direction of Sub Scan (transport).
001 2-Hole: DOM ENG [-7.5 to 7.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
002 3-Hole: NA ENG [-7.5 to 7.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
003 4-Hole: EU ENG [-7.5 to 7.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
004 5-Hole: SCAN ENG [-7.5 to 7.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
005 2-Hole: NA ENG [-7.5 to 7.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
006 1-Hole: DOM ENG [-7.5 to 7.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
[Jogger Pos Adj:3K FIN(100Bind)]

6141
Executes adjustment of Jogger position.
Tables-6
Main SP
001 Corner Stapler Motor ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
002 B4 SEF ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
003 A4 SEF ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
004 A4Y ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
005 B5T ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
006 B5Y ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
007 DLT SEF ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
008 LG SEF ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
009 LT SEF ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
010 LT-Y ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
011 Other ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
[Staple Pos Adj: 3KFIN(100Bind)]

6142
Executes adjustment of Staple position (Main Scan direction).

004 A4Y ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
005 B5T ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
006 B5Y ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
010 LT-Y ENG [-2.0 to 1.5 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
[ShiftJogPosAdj:3K FIN(100Bind)]
6143
Executes adjustment of Shift Jogger position for Shift Exit.
004 A4Y ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
005 B5T ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
006 B5Y ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
007 A5T ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
008 A5Y ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
012 LT-Y ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
013 HLT-T ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]

014 HLT-Y ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
[MxPrstkShAdj:3KFIN(100Bind)]
6144
Executes adjustment of the maximum Pre-stack Number
[0 to 2 / 2 / 1 page/step]
001 A4Y ENG
* DO NOT set the value to “1(page)”
[0 to 2 / 2 / 1 page/step]
002 B5Y ENG
[0 to 2 / 2 / 1 page/step]
003 LT-Y ENG
[0 to 2 / 2 / 1 page/step]
004 Other ENG
Tables-6
Main SP
[LE StopPressAdj:3KFIN(100Bind)]
6145
Executes adjustment of Leading Edge Stopper Press.
001 A4Y ENG [-5.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
002 B5Y ENG [-5.0 to 2.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
003 LT-Y ENG [-5.0 to 10.0 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]
[StapleJogTimes: 3KFIN(100Bind)]
6146
Sets whether to add another Jogger operation when stapling.
StapleJogTimes:
001 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 time/step]
3KFIN(100Bind)
[FIN INPUTCheck 3KFIN(100Bind)]

6147
See page

[FIN OUTPUTCheck 3KFIN(100Bind)]

6148
See page
[INPUT Check Print Post]

6160
See page
[OUTPUT Check Print Post]

6161
See page
[Free Run Print Post]

6162
Executes No Paper Free Run for repeating 1-9 bin Paper Exit.
001 - ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[PrioritySizeSetting:1-TrayCIT]
6165
Sets size for displaying on the screen to the paper which is set.
001 A3SEF/12"*18" ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 EU/CHN/Taiwan:8.5"*13" ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 NA:8.5"*14" ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 NA:11"*8.5" ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 NA:8.5"*11" ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 EU/CHN/Taiwan:8K ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 EU/CHN/Taiwan:16K(267*195) ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 EU/CHN/Taiwan:16K(195*267) ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[INPUT Check:1-Tray CIT]

6166
See page

[INPUT Check Slide Sort Tray]

6170
See page
[OUTPUT Check Slide Sort Tray]

6171
See page
[Free Run Slide Sort Tray]

6172
No Paper Free Run operation
001 - ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Fine Adjust Z-Fold 1]

6301
* Japan Only
Tables-6
Main SP
007 12"*18" ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
[Fine Adjust Z-Fold 1]

6301
* Japan Only

015 12"*18" ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
[INPUT Check Multi Folder]

6309
See page
[Output Check]
6310
See page
6311 [Free Run]

001
No Paper Free Run (Single Sheet) operation

002
No Paper Free Run (Multi Sheet) operation

003
No Paper Free Run (Straight Transport) operation

004
Makes drive load do homing for packing.

[FM1 Z-Fld: Fine Adj 1st Fld]
Adjusts Z-Fold end (S) when Z-folding by using Folding Unit.

[+] makes (S) large and [-] makes (S) small.
The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.
6312
paper feeding direction

* Only enabled when Custom Paper is not being used in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP
007 12"*18" ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
008 8-kai ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]

[FM1 Z-Fld: Fine Adj 2nd Fld]
Adjusts Z-Fold Outer Frame size (L) when Z-folding by using Folding Unit.
[+] makes (L) large and [-] makes (L) small.
6313

007 12"*18" ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
008 8-kai ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]

[FM2 Equal 1/2:FineAdjFld]
Adjusts End (S) when half-folding by using Folding Unit.

Turns to be enabled when Single Sheet is specified.
6314

001 A3 SEF (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
002 B4 SEF (Single Sheet) ENG
Tables-6
[-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Main SP
004 DLT SEF (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
005 LG SEF (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
006 LT SEF (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
007 12"*18" (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
008 8-kai (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
009 B5 SEF (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
6314 [FM2 Equal 1/2:FineAdjFld]

Adjusts End (S) when half-folding by using Folding Unit.

Turns to be enabled when Multi Sheet is specified.

* This setting is synchronized with Adjustment Items for Special Operator [Half
Fold Position Adjustment (Multi Sheet)] in Pro machine.
021 A3 SEF (Multi Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
022 B4 SEF (Multi Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
024 DLT SEF (Multi Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
025 LG SEF (Multi Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
026 LT SEF (Multi Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
027 12"*18" (Multi Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
028 8-kai (Multi Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
039 Custom (Multi Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]

[FM3 Equal 3rds:Fine Adj 1st]
Adjusts End (S2) when folding with Letter Fold-out by using Folding Unit.
[+] makes (S2) large and [-] makes (S2) small.
6315

002 B4 SEF (Single Sheet) ENG
Tables-6
[-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
Main SP
019 Custom (Single Sheet) ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
6315 [FM3 Equal 3rds:Fine Adj 1st]

Adjusts End (S2) when folding with Letter Fold-out by using Folding Unit.

* This setting is synchronized with Adjustment Items for Special Operator [Letter
Fold-out Position 1 Adjustment (Multi Sheet)] in Pro machine.

[FM3 Equal 3rds:Fine Adj 2nd]
Adjusts Outer Frame size (L) when folding with Letter Fold-out by using Folding
Unit.
6316

Tables-6
Main SP
6316 [FM3 Equal 3rds:Fine Adj 2nd]

Adjusts Outer Frame size (L) when folding with Letter Fold-out by using Folding
Unit.

Fold-out Position 2 Adjustment (Multi Sheet)] in Pro machine.
[FM4 3rds 1 Flap:Fine Adj 1st]
Adjusts End (S) when folding with Letter Fold-in by using Folding Unit.
6317


[FM4 3rds 1 Flap:Fine Adj 1st]
Tables-6
Main SP
6317

[FM4 3rds 1 Flap:Fine Adj 2nd]
Adjusts Inner Frame size (L) when folding with Letter Fold-in by using Folding
Unit.
6318


[FM4 3rds 1 Flap:Fine Adj 2nd]
Adjusts Inner Frame size (L) when folding with Letter Fold-in by using Folding
Unit.
6318

Fold-in Position 2 Adjustment (Multi Sheet)] in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP

[FM5 4ths "V": Fine Adjust 1st]
Adjusts End (S1) position when folding with Double Parallel Fold by using
Folding Unit.
The top right illustration shows the status that Double Parallel Fold is opened
(Half Fold) and the bottom right one shows that Double Parallel Fold is not
opened.
6319 The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.

007 12"*18" ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
008 8-kai ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
009 B5T ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]

[FM5 4ths "V": Fine Adjust 2nd]
Adjusts End2 (S2) position when folding with Double Parallel Fold by using
Folding Unit.
The top right illustration shows the status that Double Parallel Fold is opened
and the bottom right one shows that Double Parallel Fold is not opened.
6320 The cercle is the leading edge of paper, and the dot is the trailing edge of paper.

Tables-6
Main SP
007 12"*18" ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
008 8-kai ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
009 B5T ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]

[FM6 4ths 2 Flap:Fine Adj 1st]
Adjusts End (S1) position when folding with Gate Fold by using Folding Unit.
The top right illustration shows the status that Gate Fold is opened and the
bottom right one shows that Gate Fold is not opened.
6321

007 8-kai ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
008 B5T ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]

[FM6 4ths 2 Flap:Fine Adj 2nd]
Adjusts End2 (S2) position when folding with Gate Fold by using Folding Unit.
6322

*Only enabled when Custom Paper is not being used in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP
007 8-kai ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
008 B5T ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]

[FM6 4ths 2 Flap:Fine Adj 3rd]
Adjusts Center (S3) position when folding with Gate Fold by using Folding Unit.
6323

007 12"*18" ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
008 8-kai ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]
009 B5T ENG [-4.0 to 4.0 / 0.0 / 0.2mm/step]

[Jogger Fence Position Adjust]
Adjusts landscape Jog position against papers when folding with Multi Sheet by
using Folding Unit.
6324 Adjustment direction

To the standard Jogger width, "+" is the direction that Jogger width becomes
wide and "-" is the direction that Jogger width becomes narrow.
Standard Jogger width: The position with a distance of 1.5mm from the paper
end
Tables-6
Main SP
007 12"*18" ENG [-2.0 to 2.0 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
008 8-Kai ENG [-2.0 to 2.0 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
009 B5T ENG [-2.0 to 2.0 / 0.0 / 0.5mm/step]
[Registration Buckle Adjust]
Adjusts Buckle for Registration Correction when folding with Single Sheet by
using Folding Unit.
This setting can only be enabled when [Buckle Control ON] is set in
6325 [SP6-326-001: Registration Correction Buckle Selection Multi Folder].
Adjustment direction
To the standard Buckle amount, "+" is the direction that Buckle amount
increases and "-" is the direction that that Buckle amount decreases.
Standard Buckle amount: 5mm
001 A3 SEF ENG [-4 to 2 / 0 / 1mm/step]
002 B4 SEF ENG [-4 to 2 / 0 / 1mm/step]

003 A4 SEF ENG [-4 to 2 / 0 / 1mm/step]
004 DLT SEF ENG [-4 to 2 / 0 / 1mm/step]
005 LG SEF ENG [-4 to 2 / 0 / 1mm/step]
006 LT SEF ENG [-4 to 2 / 0 / 1mm/step]
007 12"*18" ENG [-4 to 2 / 0 / 1mm/step]
008 8-Kai ENG [-4 to 2 / 0 / 1mm/step]
009 B5T ENG [-4 to 2 / 0 / 1mm/step]
019 Other ENG [-4 to 2 / 0 / 1mm/step]
[Reg Buckle Adjust Select]
6326 Specifies ON/OFF for Registration Correction when folding with Single Sheet by
using Folding Unit.
001 - ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Cvr Inserter INPUT Check]

6400
See page
[Cvr Inserter Output Check]

6401
See page

[FM1 Z-Fld: Fine Adj 1st Fld] *D137/D138 only
6750 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Z-Fold Position1 Adjustment] in
Pro machine
Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP


[FM1 Z-Fld: Fine Adj 2nd Fld] *D137/D138 only
6751 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Z-Fold Position2 Adjustment] in
Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP


[FM2 Equal 1/2:FineAdjFld] *D137/D138 only
6752 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Half Fold Position Adjustment:
Single Sheet] in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP


[FM3 Equal 3rds:Fine Adj 1st] *D137/D138 only
6753 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Letter Fold-out Position1
Adjustment: Single Sheet] in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP


[FM3 Equal 3rds:Fine Adj 2nd] *D137/D138 only
6754 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Letter Fold-out Position2
Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP


[FM4 3rds 1 Flap:Fine Adj 1st] *D137/D138 only
6755 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Letter Fold-in Position1
Adjustment: Single Sheet] in Pro machine
Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP


[FM4 3rds 1 Flap:Fine Adj 2nd] *D137/D138 only
6756 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Letter Fold-in Position2
Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP


[FM5 4ths "V": Fine Adjust 1st] *D137/D138 only
6757 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Double Parallel Fold Position1
Adjustment] in Pro machine
Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP


[FM5 4ths "V": Fine Adjust 2nd] *D137/D138 only
6758 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Double Parallel Fold Position2
Adjustment] in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP


[FM6 4ths 2 Flap:Fine Adj 1st] *D137/D138 only
6759 Settings for Custom Paper Adjustment Items [Gate Fold Position1 Adjustment]
in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP


[FM6 4ths 2 Flap:Fine Adj 2nd] *D137/D138 only
in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP


[FM6 4ths 2 Flap:Fine Adj 3rd] *D137/D138 only
in Pro machine.
Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP


[Top Tray Full Set: Enable]
Sets whether to execute Full Detection for output paper in Fold machine tray.
Detected when Fold machine tray becomes full if [Full Detection ON] is set and
6762 alert message is displayed after the set number of pages are printed out with
[SP6-763-001: Top Tray Full Set: Limit Output Multi Folder].
* This setting is synchronized with Adjustment Items for Special Operator [Fold
Machine Tray Full Detection] in Pro machine.
001 - ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[TopTray Full Set:Limit Output]
Sets Print Page until when the alert message is displayed when Fold machine
tray detects Full.
Setting the large number of Print Page avoids stopping printing by early
Tables-6
Main SP
detection of Full and increases productivity as it delays displaying an alert
message.
6763 The number of "1" when Multi Sheet is specified is counted as "1" page.
It becomes enabled that [SP6-762-001: Fold Machine Tray Full Detection
ON/OFF Setting Multi Folder] is set for [Full Detection ON].
Delaying to display the alert message may cause disordered loaded paper and
paper jams because the exit is obstructed by output paper.
* This setting is synchronized with Adjustment Items for Special Operator [Fold
Machine Tray After Full Detection Output Number] in Pro machine.
001 - ENG [0 to 250 / 0 / 1/step]
[1-pass Stamp Unit]

6801
Sets Attached/Not Attached for Stamp Unit.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 - *ENG 0: Attached
1: Not Attached

[Extra Staples]
More than the standard number of sheets can be stapled. This SP sets the
additional number of sheets (This Setting + Standard Number = maximum
number of sheets).
 If the number of the maximum for staples is increased, and the mechanical
6830 warranty of the unit can be guaranteed, then the setting can take effect
without changing the controller software.
 However, assurance that mechanical performance can be guaranteed is
required before changing the setting to increase the staple load for more
than the maximum in the feed/exit specifications. Raising this setting
without quality assurance could damage the machine.
001 0 to 50 (Initial:0) *CTL [0 to 50 / 0 / 1/step]
[Extra Saddles]
6830 Makes possible for staple to saddle stitch more sheets than basic amount.
Saddle stitch staple max. amount will be recognized as the total of this SP’s
value and the basic amount.
[Extra Half-Fold]
6830 Makes possivle for finisher to middle fold more than the basic foldable amount.
Middle fold max. amount will be recognized as the total of this SP’s value and
basic Middle fold amunt.
6890 [Punch Function Enabled (Z Fold)]
[1 to 0 / 0 / 1/step]
001 0: No Punch 1: Punching OK CTL 0: No Punch
1: Punching OK

[ADF Bottom Plate Setting]

6900
Changes Bottom Plate Mode.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
0: Bottom Plate (Default) by
001 - *ENG Original set
1: Bottom Plate by Feed/Exit Paper
Signal
[SoftRollerPress QuantityTuning]
Fine-tunes Decurler Roller Pressure ranging from +0.5 - -0.3mm with normal
operation (other than Custom Paper).
6925  Increases or decreases the specified value to the pressure in Decurler
Pressure level (Level 1-5).
Tables-6
Main SP
 Plus value: Curl UP Correction
 Minus value: Curl Down Correction
001 - ENG [-0.3 to 0.5 / 0.0 / 0.1/step]
[DecurlerSpeed Quantity Tuninng]
Fine-tunes Decurler Speed Quantity ranging from +3.0 - -3.0%.

6926 Increases or decreases the specified ratio to each Speed Quantity.
 Plus value: Speed Quantity UP Correction
 Minus value: Speed Quantity Down Correction
001 - ENG [-3.0 to 3.0 / 0.0 / 0.1%/step]

[Soft Roller Press Quantity Set] *D137/D138 only
6928 Sets Decurler Roller Pressure level (Level 1-5) with Custom Paper.
 Level 1 (Curl Correction Weak) - Level 5 (Curl Correction Strong)

Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP

[SoftRollerPress QuantityTuning] *D137/D138 only
Fine-tunes Decurler Roller Pressure ranging from +0.5 - -0.3mm with Custom
Paper.
6929  Increases or decreases the specified value to the pressure in Decurler
Pressure level (Level 1-5).
 Plus value: Curl UP Correction
 Minus value: Curl Down Correction
001 Custom Paper001 ENG [-0.3 to 0.5 / 0.0 / 0.1mm/step]

Tables-6
Main SP


Tables-6
Main SP


MAIN SP TABLES-7
None

SP7-001 to 931 (Data Log)
5. MAIN SP TABLES-7
5.1 SP7-001 TO 931 (DATA LOG)
[Engine Drive Distance Counter]

7001
Displays Engine Drive Distance Counter.
001 #PCU:K ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
[Total SC]
7401 Stores total SC occurring count.

If the same SC codes are detected continuously and total counter is not
increasing, it only logs once in case of deleting other SC code logs.
001 SC Counter *CTL [0 to 65535 / - / 1/step]
002 Total SC Counter *CTL [0 to 65535 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
[SC History]
Logs and displays the SC codes detected.

The 10 most recently detected SC Codes are displayed on the screen, and also
7403 can be seen on the SMC (logging) outputs.
 If the same SC codes are detected continuously and total counter is

not increasing, it only logs once in case of deleting other SC code logs.
001 Latest *CTL
002 Latest 1 *CTL
003 Latest 2 *CTL
004 Latest 3 *CTL [- / - / -]
005 Latest 4 *CTL
006 Latest 5 *CTL
007 Latest 6 *CTL

008 Latest 7 *CTL
009 Latest 8 *CTL
010 Latest 9 *CTL
[SC990 / SC991 History]
Logs and displays the SC990 / SC991 detected.
7404 The 10 most recently detected SC.
 If the same SC codes are detected continuously and total counter is

not increasing, it only logs once in case of deleting other SC code logs.
001 Latest *CTL
002 Latest 1 *CTL
003 Latest 2 *CTL
004 Latest 3 *CTL
005 Latest 4 *CTL

[- / - / -]
006 Latest 5 *CTL
007 Latest 6 *CTL
008 Latest 7 *CTL
009 Latest 8 *CTL
010 Latest 9 *CTL
[Total Paper Jam]

7502
Displays the total number of jams detected.
Jam Counter *CTL [00000 to 65535 / - / 1sheet/step]

001
If the JAM occurred in multiple places, it logs as one SC.
002 Total Jam Counter *CTL

[Total Original Jam Counter]

7503
-
001 - *CTL [- / - / -]
002 Total Original Counter *CTL [- / - / -]
[Paper Jam Location]

7504
Displays counts for transfer paper jam for each incidence place.
Paper is not fed at power on.

001 At Power On *CTL
[0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
003 Tray1: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
007 LCT: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
008 Bypass: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
009 Duplex: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
010 Transport 1: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
012 Transport 2:On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
015 LCT Transport: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
016 LCT Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
017 LCT Relay: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
018 Main Unit Relay: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
019 Registration: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
022 TH Transport: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

024 Fusing Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
025 Inverter Entrance: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
026 Paper Exit Inverter: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
028 Inverter Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
029 Paper Exit Relay: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
030 Paper Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
031 Duplex Inverter: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
033 Duplex Entrance: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
034 Dup Trans 1: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
038 Duplex Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
057 LCT Feed: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
058 By-pass Feed: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
060 Transport 1: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
065 LCT Feed Sensor: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
066 LCT Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
067 LCT Relay: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
068 Main Unit Relay: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
069 Registration Sensor: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
072 TH Transport: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
074 Fusing Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

075 Inverter Entrance: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
076 Paper Exit Inverter: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
078 Inverter Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
079 Paper Exit Relay: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
080 Paper Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
081 Duplex Inverter: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
083 Duplex Entrance: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
084 Dup Trans 1: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
088 Duplex Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
095 Double-Feed Detection: Front *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
096 Timing: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
097 Shift Over *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
098 Paper Thickness Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
099 Double-Feed Detection: Rear *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
100 Entrance: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
101 Entrance: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
102 Proof Tray Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
103 Proof Tray Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
104 Shift Tray Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
105 Shift Tray Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
106 Stapler Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
107 Stapler Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
108 Pre-Stack: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

109 Pre-Stack: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
110 Feed Out *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
111 Motors *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
112 Tray Lift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
113 Jogger Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
114 Shift Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
115 Stapler Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
116 Feed Out Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
117 Punch Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
118 Z-Fold Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
119 Pre-Stack *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
120 Main Machine Setting Incorrect *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
148 Plockmatic Booklet Processor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
149 GBC Punch Unit *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
150 Entrance Sensor: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
151 Entrance Sensor: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Horizontal Transport Sensor:

152 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
On

153 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Off
Switchback Transport Sensor:

154 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
On

155 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Off
156 Proof Tray Exit *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
157 Shift Tray Exit *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
158 Booklet Stapler Exit *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

159 Entrance Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
160 Horizontal Transport Mortor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
161 Pre-stack Transport Mortor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
162 Relay Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
163 Paper Exit Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
164 Trailing Edge Stack Plate Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Paper Exit Open/Close Guide

165 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Plate Motor
166 Punching Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
167 Punch Move Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
168 S-to-S Registration Detection *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
169 Lower Junction Solenoid Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
Positioning Roller Rotation
171 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Motor
173 Corner Stapler Move Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
174 Corner Stapler Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
175 Booklet Stapler Jogger Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Booklet Stapler Jog Solenoid

176 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Motor
Booklet Stapler Standard Fence

177 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Motor
178 Booklet Stapler Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
179 Dynamic Roller Transport Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
180 Folder Transport Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
182 Press-Fold Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

185 Shift Jogger Front Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
186 Shift Jogger Rear Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
187 Shift Jogger Retraction Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
188 Drag Roller Oscillating Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
189 Leading Edge Guide Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
190 Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
202 Top Tray Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
203 Top Tray Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
204 Horizontal Path Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
205 Horizontal Path Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
206 Stopper 1: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
207 Stopper 1: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
212 Registration Correction *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
213 Top Tray Transport *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
214 Entrance JG Motor Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
215 Stopper Motor 1 Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

218 Dynamic Roller Lift Mt Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
219 Regist Roller Release Mt Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
220 Fold Plate Motor Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
221 Jogger Fence Motor Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
222 Direct-Send JG Motor Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
223 FM6 Pawl Motor Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
250 Paper Feed: Late *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
251 Paper Feed: Lag *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
252 Pressure Timing Sn: Late *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
253 Pressure Timing Sn: Lag *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
254 Contact Timing Sn: Late *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
255 Contact Timing Sn: Lag *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
[Original Jam Detection]
7505
-
001 At Power On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
013 Separation Sensor: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
014 Skew Correction zsensor: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
015 Scanning Entrance Sensor: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
016 Registration Sensor: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
017 Original Exit Sensor: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
063 Separation Sensor: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
064 Skew Correction Sn: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
065 Scanning Entrance Sn: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

067 Original Exit Sensor: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
239 Original Pull *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
[Jam Count by Paper Size]

7506
Displays the number of jams according to the paper size.
005 A4 LEF *CTL
006 A5 LEF *CTL
014 B5 LEF *CTL
038 LT LEF *CTL
044 HLT LEF *CTL
132 A3 SEF *CTL
133 A4 SEF *CTL
134 A5 SEF *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 sheets/step]
141 B4 SEF *CTL
142 B5 SEF *CTL
160 DLT SEF *CTL
164 LG SEF *CTL
166 LT SEF *CTL
172 HLT SEF *CTL
255 Others *CTL

[Plotter Jam History]
7507 Logs and displays the 10 most recent detected transfer paper jams.
(CAUSE, SIZE, TOTAL, DATE)
001 Latest *CTL
002 Latest 1 *CTL
003 Latest 2 *CTL
004 Latest 3 *CTL
005 Latest 4 *CTL

[- / - / -]
006 Latest 5 *CTL
007 Latest 6 *CTL
008 Latest 7 *CTL
009 Latest 8 *CTL
Tables-7
Main SP
010 Latest 9 *CTL
[Original Jam History]

7508
-
001 Latest *CTL
002 Latest 1 *CTL
003 Latest 2 *CTL
004 Latest 3 *CTL
005 Latest 4 *CTL

[- / - / -]
006 Latest 5 *CTL
007 Latest 6 *CTL
008 Latest 7 *CTL
009 Latest 8 *CTL
010 Latest 9 *CTL

[Paper Jam Location]

7509
-
001 Up Stopper Sensor: Late *CTL
002 Up Stopper Sensor: Lag *CTL
003 Lower Ex Sensor1: Late *CTL
004 Lower Ex Sensor1: Lag *CTL
005 Exit Sensor 3: Late *CTL

[- / - / -]
006 Exit Sensor 3: Lag *CTL
007 Brushless Motor *CTL
008 Lower Stopper Motor *CTL
009 Upper Stopper Motor *CTL
010 Main Machine Setting Incorrect *CTL
SUPERIOR : Vertical Transport

025 *CTL
SN: Lag/Late
026 SUPERIOR : Tray Lift Motor *CTL
027 SUPERIOR : Tray Shift Motor *CTL
045 1st Paper Tray: Late *CTL [- / - / -]
046 1st Paper Tray: Lag *CTL
047 2nd Paper Tray: Late *CTL
048 2nd Paper Tray: Lag *CTL
049 1st Pullout Sensor: Late *CTL
050 1st Pullout Sensor: Lag *CTL
051 2nd Pullout Sensor: Late *CTL
052 2nd Pullout Sensor: Lag *CTL [- / - / -]
1st Vertical Transport Sensor:

053 *CTL
Late


054 *CTL
Lag
2nd Vertical Transport Sensor:

055 *CTL
Late

056 *CTL
Lag
057 Original Exit Sensor : On *CTL
058 Original Exit Sensor : Off *CTL
059 Entrance Sensor: On *CTL
060 Entrance Sensor: Off *CTL
061 Exit Sensor: On *CTL
062 Exit Sensor: Off *CTL
063 1st Lift Motor *CTL
064 2nd Lift Motor *CTL
Tables-7
Main SP
065 1st Pickup Motor *CTL
066 2nd Pickup Motor *CTL [- / - / -]
095 Transport Sensor 1: Late *CTL
096 Transport Sensor 1: Lag *CTL
102 Transport Sensor 4: Lag *CTL [- / - / -]

105 Main Machine Settin Incorrect *CTL
Cover Feeder: Paper Set

115 *CTL
Sensor : Lag/Late
Cover Feeder: Paper Exit [- / - / -]

116 *CTL
Sensor : Lag/Late
Cover Feeder Bottom Plate

117 *CTL
Motor
De-curler Entrance Sensor:

125 *CTL [- / - / -]
Late
126 De-curler Exit Sensor: Late *CTL [- / - / -]
145 Relay Sensor 1: Late *CTL [- / - / -]
146 Relay Sensor 1: Lag *CTL [- / - / -]
161 Main Machine Setting Incorrect *CTL [- / - / -]

[Paper Jam Count by Location]
7514 Total counter of transfer paper jam by each incidence place
Displays occurring count of transfer paper jams by each incidence place.
Paper is not fed at power on.

001 At Power On *CTL
[0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
007 LCT: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
008 Bypass: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
009 Duplex: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
012 Transport 2:On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
015 LCT Transport: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
016 LCT Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
017 LCT Relay: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
018 Main Unit Relay: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
019 Registration: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
022 TH Transport: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
024 Fusing Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
025 Inverter Entrance: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
026 Paper Exit Inverter: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
028 Inverter Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

029 Paper Exit Relay: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
030 Paper Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
031 Duplex Inverter: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
033 Duplex Entrance: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
038 Duplex Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
057 LCT Feed: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
058 By-pass Feed: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
065 LCT Feed Sensor: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
066 LCT Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
067 LCT Relay: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
068 Main Unit Relay: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
072 TH Transport: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
074 Fusing Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
075 Inverter Entrance: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
076 Paper Exit Inverter: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
078 Inverter Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
079 Paper Exit Relay: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

080 Paper Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
081 Duplex Inverter: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
083 Duplex Entrance: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
088 Duplex Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
095 Double-Feed Detection: Front *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
096 Timing: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
097 Shift Over *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
098 Paper Thickness Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
099 Double-Feed Detection: Rear *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
102 Proof Tray Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
103 Proof Tray Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
104 Shift Tray Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
105 Shift Tray Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
106 Stapler Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
107 Stapler Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
108 Pre-Stack: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
109 Pre-Stack: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
110 Feed Out *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
111 Motors *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

115 Stapler Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
117 Punch Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
118 Z-Fold Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
119 Pre-Stack *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
148 Plockmatic Booklet Processor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
149 GBC Punch Unit *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
150 Entrance Sensor: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
151 Entrance Sensor: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

152 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
On

153 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Off

154 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
On

155 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Off
156 Proof Tray Exit *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
157 Shift Tray Exit *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
158 Booklet Stapler Exit *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
159 Entrance Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
160 Horizontal Transport Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
161 Pre-Stack Transport Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
162 Relay Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

163 Paper Exit Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
164 Trailing Edge Stack Plate Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

165 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Plate Motor
166 Punching Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
167 Punch Move Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
168 S-to-S Registration Detection *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
169 Lower Junction Solenoid Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

171 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Motor
173 Corner Stapler Move Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
174 Corner Stapler Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
175 Booklet Stapler Jogger Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

176 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Motor
Booklet Stapler Standard Fence

177 *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Motor
178 Booklet Stapler Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
179 Dynamic Roller Transport Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
180 Folder Transport Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
182 Press-Fold Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
185 Shift Jogger Front Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
186 Shift Jogger Rear Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

187 Shift Jogger Retraction Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
188 Drag Roller Oscillating Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
189 Leading Edge Guide Motor *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
190 Job Data Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
202 Top Tray Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
203 Top Tray Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
204 Horizontal Oath Exit: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
205 Horizontal Path Exit: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
212 Registration Correction *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
213 Top Tray Transport *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
214 Entrance JG Motor Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
218 Dynamic Roller Lift Mt Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
219 Regist Roller Release Mt Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
220 Fold Plate Motor Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
221 Jogger Fence Motor Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]

222 Direct-Send JG Motor Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
223 FM6 Pawl Motor Error *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
250 Paper Feed: Late *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
251 Paper Feed: Lag *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
252 Pressure Timing Sn: Late *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
253 Pressure Timing Sn: Lag *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
254 Contact Timing Sn: Late *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
255 Contact Timing Sn: Lag *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
[Total Original Jam Detection]

7515
-
001 At Power On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
013 Separation Sensor: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
014 Skew Correction zsensor: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
015 Scanning Entrance Sensor: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
016 Registration Sensor: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
017 Original Exit Sensor: On *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
063 Separation Sensor: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
064 Skew Correction Sn: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
065 Scanning Entrance Sn: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
067 Original Exit Sensor: Off *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
239 Original Pull *CTL [0000 to 9999 / - / 1/step]
7516 [Jam Paper Size Cnt]

Displays occurring count of transfer paper jams by each paper size.
005 A4 LEF *CTL
006 A5 LEF *CTL
014 B5 LEF *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 sheets/step]
038 LT LEF *CTL
044 HLT LEF *CTL
132 A3 SEF *CTL
133 A4 SEF *CTL
134 A5 SEF *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 sheets/step]
141 B4 SEF *CTL
142 B5 SEF *CTL
160 DLT SEF *CTL
164 LG SEF *CTL
166 LT SEF *CTL [0 to 9999 / 0 / 1 sheets/step]
172 HLT SEF *CTL
255 Others *CTL
[Paper Jam Count by Location]

7519
-
001 Up Stopper Sensor: Late *CTL
002 Up Stopper Sensor: Lag *CTL
003 Lower Ex Sensor1: Late *CTL
004 Lower Ex Sensor1: Lag *CTL [- / - / -]
005 Exit Sensor 3: Late *CTL
006 Exit Sensor 3: Lag *CTL
007 Brushless Motor *CTL

008 Lower Stopper Motor *CTL
009 Upper Stopper Motor *CTL
SUPERIOR : Vertical Transport

025 *CTL
SN: Lag/Late
026 SUPERIOR : Tray Lift Motor *CTL
027 SUPERIOR : Tray Shift Motor *CTL
045 1st Paper Tray: Late *CTL [- / - / -]
046 1st Paper Tray: Lag *CTL
047 2nd Paper Tray: Late *CTL
048 2nd Paper Tray: Lag *CTL
049 1st Pullout Sensor: Late *CTL
050 1st Pullout Sensor: Lag *CTL
Tables-7
Main SP
051 2nd Pullout Sensor: Late *CTL
052 2nd Pullout Sensor: Lag *CTL

053 *CTL
Late

054 *CTL
Lag
[- / - / -]
055 *CTL
Late

056 *CTL
Lag
057 Original Exit Sensor : On *CTL
058 Original Exit Sensor : Off *CTL
059 Entrance Sensor: On *CTL
060 Entrance Sensor: Off *CTL [- / - / -]

061 Exit Sensor: On *CTL
062 Exit Sensor: Off *CTL
063 1st Lift Motor *CTL
064 2nd Lift Motor *CTL
065 1st Pickup Motor *CTL
066 2nd Pickup Motor *CTL
102 Transport Sensor 4: Lag *CTL [- / - / -]
Cover Feeder: Paper Set

115 *CTL
Sensor : Lag/Late
Cover Feeder: Paper Exit [- / - / -]

116 *CTL
Sensor : Lag/Late
Cover Feeder Bottom Plate

117 *CTL
Motor
De-curler Entrance Sensor:

125 *CTL [- / - / -]
Late
126 De-curler Exit Sensor: Late *CTL [- / - / -]

Tables-7
Main SP
161 Main Machine Setting Incorrect *CTL [- / - / -]
7520 [Update Log]
001 ErrorRecord1 *CTL
002 ErrorRecord2 *CTL [1 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

7617 [PM Parts Counter Display]
001 Normal *CTL

[- / - / -]
002 Df *CTL
7618 [PM Parts Counter Reset]
001 Normal CTL [- / - / -]
002 Df CTL [Execute]
[PM Counter]
7621
Displays PM Counter. (Page Count)
001 #PCDU:K ENG
003 #K_Development Unit ENG
004 Development: Bk ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Development Filter:K ENG
008 #Cleaning Unit: K ENG
009 K_Cleaning Blade ENG
010 K_Lubricant Brush ENG
011 Lubricant Bar: K ENG

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
012 K_Lubricant Blade ENG
013 Brash Drive Joint:K ENG
014 Gears:K ENG
017 #K_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

018 Charge Roller: K ENG
019 Cleaner:Charge Roller:K ENG
020 Gear:Charge Roller:K ENG
021 #PCU:K ENG
024 #PCDU:C ENG
026 #C_Development Unit ENG
027 Development: C ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
028 Development Filter:C ENG
031 #Cleaning Unit: C ENG
032 C_Cleaning Blade ENG
033 C_Lubricant Brush ENG
034 Lubricant Bar: C ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
035 C_Lubricant Blade ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
036 Brash Drive Joint:C ENG
037 Gears:C ENG
040 #C_Charge Roller Unit ENG
041 Charge Roller: C ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
042 Cleaner:Charge Roller:C ENG
043 Gear:Charge Roller:C ENG
044 #PCU:C ENG
047 #PCDU:M ENG
049 #M_Development Unit ENG
050 Development: M ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
051 Development Filter:M ENG
054 #Cleaning Unit: M ENG
055 M_Cleaning Blade ENG

056 M_Lubricant Brush ENG
057 Lubricant Bar: M ENG
058 M_Lubricant Blade ENG
059 Brash Drive Joint:M ENG
060 Gears:M ENG
063 #M_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
064 Charge Roller: M ENG
065 Cleaner:Charge Roller:M ENG
066 Gear:Charge Roller:M ENG
067 #PCU:M ENG
070 #PCDU:Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
072 #Y_Development Unit ENG
073 Development: Y ENG
074 Development Filter:Y ENG
077 #Cleaning Unit: Y ENG
078 Y_Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
079 Y_Lubricant Brush ENG
080 Lubricant Bar: Y ENG
081 Y_Lubricant Blade ENG
082 Brash Drive Joint:Y ENG
083 Gears:Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
086 #Y_Charge Roller Unit ENG
087 Charge Roller: Y ENG
088 Cleaner:Charge Roller:Y ENG
089 Gear:Charge Roller:Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
090 #PCU:Y ENG

093 #Image Transfer Unit ENG
094 ITB(Image Transfer Belt) ENG
095 ITB Roller: K ENG
096 ITB Roller: C ENG
097 ITB Roller: M ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
098 ITB Roller: Y ENG
099 ITB Bias Roller ENG
102 #ITB Cleaning Unit ENG
103 ITB Cleaning Blade ENG
104 Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
105 Lubrication: Belt Cleanig ENG
106 Lube Application Blade ENG
109 #Paper Transfer Unit ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
110 Quenching ENG
111 PTR(Paper Transfer Roller) ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
114 #Fusing ENG
115 #Fusing Unit ENG
116 Fusing Belt ENG
117 Hot Roller ENG
118 Pressure Roller ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
119 Pressure Roller Bearings ENG
126 Web Cleaning Roller ENG
127 Web Roller Stopper ENG
130 #Main Unit Filters ENG

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
131 Dust Filter:Large ENG
132 Dust Filter:Small ENG

133 Ozone Filter ENG
134 Deodorant Filter:Large ENG
135 Deodorant Filter:Small ENG
142 Waste Toner Bottle ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
145 #Tray1 Roller Assembly ENG
146 Pick-up Roller-Tray1 ENG

147 ENG
Roller

148 ENG
Roller
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

153 ENG
Roller

154 ENG
Roller

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
159 ENG
Roller

160 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Tray 4:Feeding [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

165 ENG
Roller

166 ENG
Roller

169 #Feed Roller:Bypass ENG
170 Feed Roller:Bypass:Pick-up ENG
171 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Bypass:Separation [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

172 ENG
Roller
175 #Feed Roller:A3LCT ENG
176 Feed Roller:A3LCT:Pick-up ENG
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Separation
178 ENG
Roller

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
183 ENG
Roller
184 ENG
Roller
187 #Inserter Feed:Tray 1 ENG
188 Inserter:Tray1:Pick-up ENG
189 Inserter:Tray1:Feed Belt ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
190 Inserter:Tray1:Separate Roller ENG
195 Inserter:Tray2:Feed Belt ENG
196 Inserter:Tray2:Separate Roller ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
199 #Interposer ENG
200 Feed Belt:Interposer ENG

201 Separation Roller:Interposer ENG
202 Pick-up Roller:Interposer ENG
205 #ADF ENG

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
206 ADF Feed Belt ENG
207 ADF Separation Roller ENG
208 ADF Pick-up Roller ENG
[Reset]
7622
Resets PM Counter.
001 #PCDU:K ENG

[- / - / -]
004 Development: Bk ENG
[Execute]
011 Lubricant Bar: K ENG [- / - / -]
012 K_Lubricant Blade ENG [Execute]
014 Gears:K ENG
017 #K_Charge Roller Unit ENG

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
021 #PCU:K ENG
024 #PCDU:C ENG [- / - / -]

026 #C_Development Unit ENG [Execute]
027 Development: C ENG

[- / - / -]
034 Lubricant Bar: C ENG
[Execute]
037 Gears:C ENG
040 #C_Charge Roller Unit ENG

[- / - / -]
041 Charge Roller: C ENG
[Execute]
Tables-7
Main SP
044 #PCU:C ENG
047 #PCDU:M ENG
050 Development: M ENG
051 Development Filter:M ENG [- / - / -]
054 #Cleaning Unit: M ENG [Execute]
059 Brash Drive Joint:M ENG [- / - / -]
060 Gears:M ENG [Execute]

063 #M_Charge Roller Unit ENG
067 #PCU:M ENG

[- / - / -]
070 #PCDU:Y ENG
[Execute]

[- / - / -]
078 Y_Cleaning Blade ENG
[Execute]

[- / - / -]
083 Gears:Y ENG
[Execute]
089 Gear:Charge Roller:Y ENG

[- / - / -]
090 #PCU:Y ENG
[Execute]

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
097 ITB Roller: M ENG


[- / - / -]
104 Lubricant Brush ENG
[Execute]
110 Quenching ENG

[- / - / -]
111 PTR(Paper Transfer Roller) ENG
[Execute]
114 #Fusing ENG
116 Fusing Belt ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
117 Hot Roller ENG
[- / - / -]
118 Pressure Roller ENG
[Execute]
120 Fusing Belt Smoothing Roller ENG
124 #Fusing Cleaning Unit ENG
125 Cleaning Web ENG

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
132 Dust Filter:Small ENG [- / - / -]
133 Ozone Filter ENG [Execute]


147 ENG [- / - / -]
Roller
[Execute]
148 ENG
Roller

153 ENG
Roller
[- / - / -]
154 ENG [Execute]
Roller

159 ENG
Roller

160 ENG
Roller
[- / - / -]
163 #Tray4 Roller Assembly ENG [Execute]

165 ENG
Roller

166 ENG
Roller
169 #Feed Roller:Bypass ENG [- / - / -]
170 Feed Roller:Bypass:Pick-up ENG [Execute]
171 ENG
Roller

Feed Roller:Bypass:Separation
172 ENG
Roller
177 ENG
Roller [- / - / -]
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Separation [Execute]

178 ENG
Roller
183 ENG
Roller
184 ENG
Roller [- / - / -]
[Execute]
Tables-7
Main SP

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
199 #Interposer ENG

[- / - / -]
[Execute]
205 #ADF ENG

207 ADF Separation Roller ENG [- / - / -]
208 ADF Pick-up Roller ENG [Execute]
[Standard Value]
7623
Displays Standard Value.
001 #PCDU:K ENG [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 3000000 /
1/step]
004 Development: Bk ENG

[0 to 99999999 / 600000 / 1/step]
010 K_Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1/step]
014 Gears:K ENG
017 #K_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1/step]
021 #PCU:K ENG [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1/step]
024 #PCDU:C ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 3000000 /
1/step]
027 Development: C ENG [0 to 99999999 / 600000 / 1/step]

033 C_Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1/step]
037 Gears:C ENG
040 #C_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1/step]
044 #PCU:C ENG [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
047 #PCDU:M ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 3000000 /
1/step]

[0 to 99999999 / 600000 / 1/step]
056 M_Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1/step]
060 Gears:M ENG [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1/step]

067 #PCU:M ENG [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1/step]
070 #PCDU:Y ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 3000000 /
1/step]

[0 to 99999999 / 600000 / 1/step]
079 Y_Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1/step]
083 Gears:Y ENG
086 #Y_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1/step]
090 #PCU:Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 900000 / 1/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 1200000 /
1/step]
094 ITB(Image Transfer Belt) ENG [0 to 99999999 / 900000 / 1/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 1200000 /
1/step]

[0 to 99999999 / 1200000 /
1/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 1200000 /
1/step]
098 ITB Roller: Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 1200000 /
099 ITB Bias Roller ENG 1/step]
110 Quenching ENG [0 to 99999999 / 600000 / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
114 #Fusing ENG [0 to 99999999 / 450000 / 1/step]
116 Fusing Belt ENG
117 Hot Roller ENG [0 to 99999999 / 600000 / 1/step]

[0 to 99999999 / 450000 / 1/step]
131 Dust Filter:Large ENG [0 to 99999999 / 600000 / 1/step]
133 Ozone Filter ENG [0 to 99999999 / 1200000 /

134 Deodorant Filter:Large ENG 1/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 2280000 /
142 Waste Toner Bottle ENG
1/step]

147 ENG [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 /
Roller
1/step]
148 ENG
Roller

153 ENG
Roller
[0 to 99999999 / 1000000 /
154 ENG 1/step]
Roller

159 ENG
Roller

160 ENG
Roller
[0 to 99999999 / 1000000 /
163 #Tray4 Roller Assembly ENG 1/step]

165 ENG
Roller

166 ENG [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 /
Roller
1/step]

171 ENG
Roller
172 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Feeding [0 to 99999999 / 300000 / 1/step]

177 ENG
Roller
178 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A4LCT:Feeding [0 to 99999999 / 1000000 /

183 ENG 1/step]
Roller
Tables-7
Main SP
184 ENG
Roller
199 #Interposer ENG
201 Separation Roller:Interposer ENG [0 to 99999999 / 600000 / 1/step]

205 #ADF ENG
206 ADF Feed Belt ENG [0 to 99999999 / 1200000 /
207 ADF Separation Roller ENG 1/step]
[Parts Replacement Operation ON/OFF]

7624
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 #PCDU:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 #Development Unit:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Developer:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Developer Filter:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 #Cleaning Unit:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 Cleaning Blade:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Brush Roller:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Coating Bar:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 Apply Blade:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Joint:Cleaning Unit:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Gear:Cleaning:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 #Charge Roller Cleaner:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Charge Roller:K *CTL 0: No
Tables-7
Main SP
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Charge Roller Cleaner:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Gear:Charge Roller:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 #Photo Conductor:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 #PCDU:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 #Development Unit:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Developer:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
028 Developer Filter:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 #Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 Cleaning Blade:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033 Brush Roller:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
034 Coating Bar:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
035 Apply Blade:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
036 Joint: Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
037 Gear: Cleaning Unit:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
040 #Charge Roller Unit:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Charge Roller:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
042 Charge Roller Cleaner:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
043 Gear: Charge Roller:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044 #Photo Conductor:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
047 #PCDU:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
049 #Development Unit:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
050 Developer:M *CTL 0: No
Tables-7
Main SP
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
051 Developer Filter:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
054 #Cleaning Unit:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
055 Cleaning Blade:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
056 Brush Roller:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
057 Coating Bar:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
058 Apply Blade:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
059 Joint: Cleaning Unit:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
060 Gear: Cleaning:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
063 #Charge Roller Unit:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
064 Charge Roller:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
065 Charge Roller Cleaner:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
066 Gear: Charge Roller:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
067 #Photo Conductor:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
070 #PCDU:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
072 #Development Unit:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
073 Developer:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
074 Developer Filter:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
077 #Cleaning Unit:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
078 Cleaning Blade:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
079 Brush Roller:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
080 Coating Bar:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
081 Apply Blade:Y *CTL 0: No
Tables-7
Main SP
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
082 Joint:Cleaning Unit:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
083 Gear: Cleaning: Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
086 #Charge Roller Unit:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
087 Charge Roller:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
088 Charge Roller Cleaner:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
089 Gear: Charge Roller:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
090 #Photo Conduntor:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
093 #ITB Unit *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB(Intermedediate Transfer
094 *CTL 0: No
Belt)
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
095 Transfer Roller:ITB:K *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
096 Transfer Roller: ITB:C *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
097 Transfer Roller: ITB:M *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
098 Transfer Roller: ITB:Y *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Transfer: Backup Roller:
099 *CTL 0: No
ITB
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
102 #ITB Cleaning Unit *CTL 0: No
1: Yes

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
104 ITB Lubricant BrushRoller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
105 ITB Lubricant bar *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
106 ITB Lubricant blade *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
109 #PTR Unit *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
110 Paper Transfer Discharge Plate *CTL 0: No
Tables-7
Main SP
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
111 PTR (Paper Transfer Unit) *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
114 #Fusing Unit Assy *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
115 #Fusing Unit *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
116 Fusing Belt *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
117 Hot Roller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
118 Pressure Roller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
119 Shaft Bearing: Press Roller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
120 Refresh Roller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
124 #Fusing Cleaning Unit *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
125 Cleaning Web *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
126 Web Cleaning Roller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
127 Web Brake Pad *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
130 #Filter: Main *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
131 Dust Filter: Large *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
132 Dust Filter: Small *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
133 Ozone Filter *CTL 0: No
1: Yes

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
134 Deodorant Filter: Large *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
135 Deodorant Filter: Small *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
142 Waste Toner Bottle *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
145 #Tray1 Rollers *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
146 Pick-up Roller: Tray1 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
147 Feed Roller: Tray1 *CTL 0: No
Tables-7
Main SP
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
148 Separation Roller: Tray1 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
151 #Tray2 Roller *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Yes

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
169 #By-pass Rollers *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
170 Pick-up Roller: By-pass *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
171 Feed Roller: By-pass *CTL 0: No
1: Yes

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
172 Separation Roller: By-pass *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
175 #A3_DLT LCT Rollers *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
176 Pick-up Roller: A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
177 Feed Roller: A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
178 Separation Roller: A3_DLT LCT *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
181 #A4_LT LCT Rollers *CTL 0: No
Tables-7
Main SP
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
182 Pick-up Roller: A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
183 Feed Roller: A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
184 Separation Roller: A4_LT LCT *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
187 #Inseter Tray1 Rollers *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
188 Pick-up Roller: Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
189 Feed Belt: Inserter Tray1 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Separation Roller: Inserter
190 *CTL 0: No
Tray1
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
193 #Inserter Tray2 Rollers *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
194 Pick-up Roller: Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
195 Feed Belt: Inserter Tray2 *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Separation Roller: Inserter
196 *CTL 0: No
Tray2
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
199 #Interposer *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
200 Feed Belt: Interposer *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
201 Separation Roller: Interposer *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
202 Pick-up Roller: Interposer *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
205 #ADF *CTL 0: No
1: Yes

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
206 Feed Belt: ADF *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
207 Separation Roller: ADF *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
208 Pick-up Roller: ADF *CTL 0: No
1: Yes
[Pg Count History:Latest 1]

7625
-
001 #PCDU:K ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
011 Lubricant Bar: K ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Gears:K ENG
018 Charge Roller: K ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
021 #PCU:K ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

024 #PCDU:C ENG
037 Gears:C ENG
044 #PCU:C ENG
047 #PCDU:M ENG

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
059 Brash Drive Joint:M ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

060 Gears:M ENG
067 #PCU:M ENG
070 #PCDU:Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
090 #PCU:Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

110 Quenching ENG
114 #Fusing ENG
116 Fusing Belt ENG
117 Hot Roller ENG
135 Deodorant Filter:Small ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]


147 ENG
Roller

148 ENG
Roller

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
153 ENG
Roller

154 ENG
Roller

159 ENG
Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
160 ENG
Roller

165 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Tray 4:Separation [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

166 ENG
Roller
171 ENG
Roller
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
172 ENG
Roller

177 ENG
Roller
178 ENG
Roller

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
183 ENG
Roller
184 ENG
Roller
199 #Interposer ENG
205 #ADF ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

208 ADF Pick-up Roller ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
[Pg Count History:Latest 2]

7626
Displays the Pg Count History immediately prior to the latest one.
001 #PCDU:K ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
014 Gears:K ENG
021 #PCU:K ENG
024 #PCDU:C ENG
026 #C_Development Unit ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

037 Gears:C ENG
044 #PCU:C ENG
047 #PCDU:M ENG

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
060 Gears:M ENG
063 #M_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
067 #PCU:M ENG

070 #PCDU:Y ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
090 #PCU:Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
097 ITB Roller: M ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

110 Quenching ENG
114 #Fusing ENG
116 Fusing Belt ENG
117 Hot Roller ENG

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

147 ENG
Roller

148 ENG
Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]


153 ENG
Roller

154 ENG
Roller

159 ENG
Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

160 ENG
Roller

165 ENG
Roller
Tables-7
Main SP
166 ENG
Roller
171 ENG
Roller
172 ENG
Roller
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
177 ENG
Roller
178 ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller

183 ENG
Roller
184 ENG
Roller
199 #Interposer ENG
205 #ADF ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
[Reset]
7628
Resets all counts for PM Counter.
[- / - / -]
002 Reset All Counts ENG
[Execute]

[ROM No./ Firmware Version]

7801
Displays all version numbers, part numbers in machine.
255 - CTL -
[PM Counter Display]

7803
Displays the PM counter for each unit.
001 Paper *CTL [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1/step]
[PM Counter Reset]
Clears the PM counter.

7804 Press the Enter key after the machine asks “Execute?”, which will store the PM
counter value in SP7-906 (PM Counter - Previous) and reset the value of the
current PM counter (SP7-803) to “0”.
[- / - / -]
Tables-7
Main SP
001 Paper CTL
[Execute]
[SC/Jam Counter Reset]
Resets the SC, paper, original, and total jam counters. When the program ends
7807 normally, the message "Completed" is displayed.
 SP7-807-1 does not reset the following logs: SP7-507 (Display-Paper

Jam History) and SP7-508 (Display-Original Jam History).
[- / - / -]
001 - *CTL
[Execute]
[MF Error Counter]
7826 Displays the counter that couldn’t send count command to the MF charging
device.
001 Error Total *CTL [- / - / -]
002 Error Staple *CTL [- / - / -]

[MF Error Counter Clear]

7827
Clears MF Error Counter.
[- / - / -]
001 - CTL
[Execute]
[Self-Diagnose Display]
7832 Displays the result of the diagnostics. To scroll the return codes, press the
up-arrow key or the down-arrow key.
001 - CTL [- / - / -]
[ACC Counter]
7835
-
001 Copy ACC *CTL [- / - / -]
002 Printer ACC *CTL [- / - / -]
[Total Memory Size]

7836
Displays the memory capacity of the controller system.
001 - CTL [- / - / -]
[Service SP Entry Code Chg Hist]
7840 Records dates and times of resetting / changing “Service SP mode switch code
setting” for the recent 2 times.
(Decides whether the record is for setting changes or resets by branch number.)
001 Change Time :Latest *CTL [- / - / -]
002 Change Time : Last1 *CTL [- / - / -]
101 Initialize Time : Latest *CTL [- / - / -]
102 Initialize Time : Last1 *CTL [- / - / -]

7852 [DF Glass Dust Check]
Dust Detection Counter *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Records the time of detecting dust on all points of surface scanning position.
001 Decides as same dust and won’t count it when detected even before the next
job.
*Counts when SP4-020-001: DF Scanning glass dust detect setting chart is ON.
Dust Detection Clear Counter *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
For checking effect for surface scan position move.

002 Counts the times for stripes avoided by detecting dust and moving scan position
of sheet through DF.

Dust Detection Counter: Back *ENG [0 to 65535 / 0 / 1/step]
Counts the times for detecting dust at all points of rear face scanning position.
003 Decides as same dust and won’t count it when detected even before the next
job.
Tables-7
Main SP
7855 [Coverage Range]
001 Coverage Range 1 *CTL [0 to 200 / 5 / 1time/step]
002 Coverage Range 2 *CTL [0 to 200 / 20 / 1time/step]
[Assert Info.]
7901 Records the location where a problem is detected in the program. The data
stored in this SP is used for problem analysis.
001 File Name *CTL [- / - / -]
002 Number of Lines *CTL [- / - / -]
003 Location *CTL [- / - / -]

[ROM Number]
7910
-
005 ADF CTL [- / - / -]
007 Finisher 1 CTL [- / - / -]
008 Finisher 2 CTL [- / - / -]
010 LCT CTL [- / - / -]
011 Mailbox CTL [- / - / -]
020 Inserter CTL [- / - / -]
025 Z-Fold CTL [- / - / -]
026 IH Fusing CTL [- / - / -]
029 R-Binder (Basement 1) CTL [- / - / -]
030 Ri-Binder (Basement 2) CTL [- / - / -]
036 Stucker 1 CTL [- / - / -]
039 Stucker 2 CTL [- / - / -]
152 RPDL CTL [- / - / -]
156 R55 CTL [- / - / -]
157 RTIFF CTL [- / - / -]
160 MSIS CTL [- / - / -]
163 BMLinkS CTL [- / - / -]
166 IPDS CTL [- / - / -]
[Firmware Version]
7911
-
005 ADF CTL [- / - / -]
007 Finisher 1 CTL [- / - / -]

008 Finisher 2 CTL [- / - / -]
010 LCT CTL [- / - / -]
011 Mailbox CTL [- / - / -]
020 Inserter CTL [- / - / -]
025 Z-Fold CTL [- / - / -]
026 IH Fusing CTL [- / - / -]
029 R-Binder (Basement 1) CTL [- / - / -]
030 Ri-Binder (Basement 2) CTL [- / - / -]
036 Stucker 1 CTL [- / - / -]
039 Stucker 2 CTL [- / - / -]
152 RPDL CTL [- / - / -]
156 R55 CTL [- / - / -]
157 RTIFF CTL [- / - / -]
Tables-7
Main SP
160 MSIS CTL [- / - / -]
163 BMLinkS CTL [- / - / -]
166 IPDS CTL [- / - / -]
7931 [Toner Bottle Bk]
Machine Serial ID *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Machine Serial Code used in Machine Serial Code API.
002 Cartridge Ver *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Brand ID *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Area ID *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Product ID *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

005
Records the identification information for Fill amount information.
006 Color ID *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

007 Maintenance ID *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
008 New Product Information *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
009 Recycle Counter *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Date *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

010
Uses for Toner Individual Detection.
SerialNo. *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

011
Toner Remaining *ENG [0 to 100 / 100 / 1%/step]

012
Keeps the data with 1% Step.
EDP Code *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

013
EDP Code for Toner
End History *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

014
Tone End/Near End Detection History
Refill Information *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

015
Refill Detection, IS Detection Information
Attachment: Total Counter *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

016
Writes Main Unit Total Counter Value with binary data when Toner is attached.
Attachment: Color Counter *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

017
Writes Main Unit Color Counter Value with binary data when Toner is attached.
End: Total Counter *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Writes Main Unit Total Counter Value with binary data when End is detected.
Writes also when Near End is detected.
End: Color Counter *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Writes Main Unit Color Counter Value with binary data when End is detected.
020 Attachment Date *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Writes Date when Toner is attached.
End Date *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

021
Writes Date for Toner End. Writes also when Near End is detected.
Tables-7
Main SP

5.2 SP7-932 TO 988 (DATA LOG)
7932 [Toner Bottle C]

001

005

010

011

012

013
EDP Code for Toner

014
015 Refill Information *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


016

017
Attachment Date *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

020
Tables-7
Main SP
021
7933 [Toner Bottle C]

001

005


010

011

012

013
EDP Code for Toner

014

015

016

017

020
021 End Date *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

7934 [Toner Bottle Y]

001
002 Machine Serial ID *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Area ID *ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

005
Tables-7
Main SP

010

011

012

013
EDP Code for Toner

014

015


016

017

020

021
7935 [Toner Bottle Log 1: Bk]

001
Displays traditional ASCII 16 byte Display with BCD 8byte.

002

003

004

011


012

013

014

021

022

023
Tables-7
Main SP
024

031

032

033

034
041 SerialNo. *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


042

043

044
7936 [Toner Bottle Log 1:M]

001

002

003

004

011

012

013

014


021

022

023

024

031
Tables-7
Main SP
032

033

034

041

042

043


044
7937 [Toner Bottle Log 1:C]

001

002

003

004

011

012

013

014
Refill Detection, IS Detection Information.

021
022 Attachment Date *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


023

024

031

032

033
Tables-7
Main SP
034

041

042

043

044
7938 [Toner Bottle Log 1: Y]
001 SerialNo. *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


002

003

004

011

012

013

014

021

022

023

024


031

032

033

034

041

042
Tables-7
Main SP
043

044
[Drive Distance:End Std Value]

7940
Displays Drive Distance Counter End Standard Value.
001 #PCDU:K ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
003 #K_Development Unit ENG [0 to 999999 / 1289500 / 1m/step]
004 Development: Bk ENG [0 to 999999 / 257900 / 1m/step]
005 Development Filter:K ENG [0 to 999999 / 257900 / 1m/step]
008 #Cleaning Unit: K ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
009 K_Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]

010 K_Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
011 Lubricant Bar: K ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
012 K_Lubricant Blade ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
013 Brash Drive Joint:K ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
014 Gears:K ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
017 #K_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
018 Charge Roller: K ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
019 Cleaner:Charge Roller:K ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
020 Gear:Charge Roller:K ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
021 #PCU:K ENG [0 to 999999 / 502600 / 1m/step]
024 #PCDU:C ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
026 #C_Development Unit ENG [0 to 999999 / 1289500 / 1m/step]
027 Development: C ENG [0 to 999999 / 257900 / 1m/step]
028 Development Filter:C ENG [0 to 999999 / 257900 / 1m/step]
031 #Cleaning Unit: C ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
032 C_Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
033 C_Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
034 Lubricant Bar: C ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
035 C_Lubricant Blade ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
036 Brash Drive Joint:C ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
037 Gears:C ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
040 #C_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
041 Charge Roller: C ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
042 Cleaner:Charge Roller:C ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
043 Gear:Charge Roller:C ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
044 #PCU:C ENG [0 to 999999 / 502600 / 1m/step]

047 #PCDU:M ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
049 #M_Development Unit ENG [0 to 999999 / 1289500 / 1m/step]
050 Development: M ENG [0 to 999999 / 257900 / 1m/step]
051 Development Filter:M ENG [0 to 999999 / 257900 / 1m/step]
054 #Cleaning Unit: M ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
055 M_Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
056 M_Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
057 Lubricant Bar: M ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
058 M_Lubricant Blade ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
059 Brash Drive Joint:M ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
060 Gears:M ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
063 #M_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
064 Charge Roller: M ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
065 Cleaner:Charge Roller:M ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
066 Gear:Charge Roller:M ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
067 #PCU:M ENG [0 to 999999 / 502600 / 1m/step]
070 #PCDU:Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
072 #Y_Development Unit ENG [0 to 999999 / 1289500 / 1m/step]
073 Development: Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 257900 / 1m/step]
074 Development Filter:Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 257900 / 1m/step]
077 #Cleaning Unit: Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
078 Y_Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
079 Y_Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
080 Lubricant Bar: Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
081 Y_Lubricant Blade ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
082 Brash Drive Joint:Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]

083 Gears:Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
086 #Y_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
087 Charge Roller: Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
088 Cleaner:Charge Roller:Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
089 Gear:Charge Roller:Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 167500 / 1m/step]
090 #PCU:Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 502600 / 1m/step]
093 #Image Transfer Unit ENG [0 to 999999 / 552000 / 1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 423000(Office a,
094 ITB(Image Transfer Belt) ENG Office b), 357300(Pro a, Pro b) /
1m/step]
095 ITB Roller: K ENG [0 to 999999 / 552000 / 1m/step]
096 ITB Roller: C ENG [0 to 999999 / 552000 / 1m/step]
097 ITB Roller: M ENG [0 to 999999 / 552000 / 1m/step]
098 ITB Roller: Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 552000 / 1m/step]
099 ITB Bias Roller ENG [0 to 999999 / 552000 / 1m/step]
102 #ITB Cleaning Unit ENG [0 to 999999 / 300000 / 1m/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 999999 / 300000 / 1m/step]
104 Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 999999 / 300000 / 1m/step]
105 Lubrication: Belt Cleanig ENG [0 to 999999 / 300000 / 1m/step]
106 Lube Application Blade ENG [0 to 999999 / 300000 / 1m/step]
109 #Paper Transfer Unit ENG [0 to 999999 / 300000 / 1m/step]
110 Quenching ENG [0 to 999999 / 300000 / 1m/step]
111 PTR(Paper Transfer Roller) ENG [0 to 999999 / 300000 / 1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
114 #Fusing ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
1m/step]

[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
116 Fusing Belt ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
117 Hot Roller ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
1m/step]
[0 to 999999 / 99999999 /
1m/step]
[Drive Distance % Counter]

7942
Displays the ratio to Drive Distance Counter End Standard Value.
Tables-7
Main SP
001 #PCDU:K ENG
004 Development: Bk ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
011 Lubricant Bar: K ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
014 Gears:K ENG
017 #K_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]

021 #PCU:K ENG
024 #PCDU:C ENG
026 #C_Development Unit ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
033 C_Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
037 Gears:C ENG
040 #C_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
044 #PCU:C ENG
047 #PCDU:M ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]

060 Gears:M ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
067 #PCU:M ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
070 #PCDU:Y ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
077 #Cleaning Unit: Y ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
082 Brash Drive Joint:Y ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
083 Gears:Y ENG
089 Gear:Charge Roller:Y ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
090 #PCU:Y ENG

096 ITB Roller: C ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
110 Quenching ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
114 #Fusing ENG
116 Fusing Belt ENG
117 Hot Roller ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]
125 Cleaning Web ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1%/step]

[Motor Drv Distance Counter]

7944
Displays Motor Drive Distance Counter.
001 #PCDU:K ENG
004 Development: Bk ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
011 Lubricant Bar: K ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
014 Gears:K ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
018 Charge Roller: K ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
021 #PCU:K ENG
024 #PCDU:C ENG
026 #C_Development Unit ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]

[0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]

037 Gears:C ENG
040 #C_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
044 #PCU:C ENG
047 #PCDU:M ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
055 M_Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
060 Gears:M ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
067 #PCU:M ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
070 #PCDU:Y ENG

077 #Cleaning Unit: Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
082 Brash Drive Joint:Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
083 Gears:Y ENG
089 Gear:Charge Roller:Y ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
090 #PCU:Y ENG
096 ITB Roller: C ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
106 Lube Application Blade ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]

110 Quenching ENG
114 #Fusing ENG
116 Fusing Belt ENG
117 Hot Roller ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]

[0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
[Replacement Date]
7950
Displays the previous Replacement Date.
001 #PCDU:K ENG
004 Development: Bk ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Lubricant Bar: K ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Gears:K ENG

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

021 #PCU:K ENG
024 #PCDU:C ENG
026 #C_Development Unit ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033 C_Lubricant Brush ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
037 Gears:C ENG
040 #C_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
044 #PCU:C ENG
047 #PCDU:M ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
054 #Cleaning Unit: M ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

060 Gears:M ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
067 #PCU:M ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
070 #PCDU:Y ENG
077 #Cleaning Unit: Y ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
082 Brash Drive Joint:Y ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
083 Gears:Y ENG

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
090 #PCU:Y ENG

096 ITB Roller: C ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
110 Quenching ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
114 #Fusing ENG
116 Fusing Belt ENG
117 Hot Roller ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
130 #Main Unit Filters ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

135 Deodorant Filter:Small ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

147 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Tray 1:Separation [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

148 ENG
Roller

153 ENG
Roller

154 ENG
Roller
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

159 ENG
Roller

160 ENG
Roller

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
165 ENG
Roller

166 ENG
Roller

171 ENG
Roller [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
172 ENG
Roller
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Separation [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

178 ENG
Roller
Tables-7
Main SP
183 ENG
Roller
184 ENG
Roller
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
194 Inserter:Tray2:Pick-up ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
199 #Interposer ENG

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

205 #ADF ENG
207 ADF Separation Roller ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
[Remain Day Counter: Pages]
7951 Displays the remaining operable days calculated from Pages Remain Day
Counter.
001 #PCDU:K ENG
004 Development: Bk ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
011 Lubricant Bar: K ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
014 Gears:K ENG
018 Charge Roller: K ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
021 #PCU:K ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

024 #PCDU:C ENG
033 C_Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
037 Gears:C ENG
040 #C_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
044 #PCU:C ENG
047 #PCDU:M ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
055 M_Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

060 Gears:M ENG
067 #PCU:M ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
070 #PCDU:Y ENG
077 #Cleaning Unit: Y ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
082 Brash Drive Joint:Y ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
083 Gears:Y ENG
089 Gear:Charge Roller:Y ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
090 #PCU:Y ENG
095 ITB Roller: K ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

103 ITB Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
110 Quenching ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
114 #Fusing ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
116 Fusing Belt ENG
117 Hot Roller ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
130 #Main Unit Filters ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]


147 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Tray 1:Separation [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

148 ENG
Roller

153 ENG
Roller

154 ENG
Roller
[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

159 ENG
Roller

160 ENG
Roller

[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
165 ENG
Roller

166 ENG
Roller

[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
171 ENG
Roller

172 ENG
Roller
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Separation [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

178 ENG
Roller
183 ENG
Roller
184 ENG
Roller
[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
194 Inserter:Tray2:Pick-up ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
199 #Interposer ENG
201 Separation Roller:Interposer ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
205 #ADF ENG

207 ADF Separation Roller ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
[Remain Day Counter: Distance]
7952 Displays the remaining operable days calculated from Distance Remain Day
Counter.
001 #PCDU:K ENG
014 Gears:K ENG
021 #PCU:K ENG
024 #PCDU:C ENG

[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

037 Gears:C ENG
044 #PCU:C ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
060 Gears:M ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

070 #PCDU:Y ENG
083 Gears:Y ENG
090 #PCU:Y ENG
096 ITB Roller: C ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
099 ITB Bias Roller ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

114 #Fusing ENG
116 Fusing Belt ENG
Tables-7
Main SP

[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
[Pg Counter(%)]
7954
Displays the ratio to Drive Pages Counter End Standard Value.
001 #PCDU:K ENG

[0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]

014 Gears:K ENG
021 #PCU:K ENG
024 #PCDU:C ENG
026 #C_Development Unit ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
037 Gears:C ENG
044 #PCU:C ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
047 #PCDU:M ENG

055 M_Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
067 #PCU:M ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
070 #PCDU:Y ENG
077 #Cleaning Unit: Y ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]

[0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
083 Gears:Y ENG

090 #PCU:Y ENG
096 ITB Roller: C ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
114 #Fusing ENG
116 Fusing Belt ENG

130 #Main Unit Filters ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
135 Deodorant Filter:Small ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]

147 ENG
Roller
Tables-7
Main SP
148 ENG
Roller

153 ENG
Roller

154 ENG
Roller
[0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]

159 ENG
Roller

160 ENG
Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]


165 ENG
Roller

166 ENG
Roller
171 ENG
Roller [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
172 ENG
Roller
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Separation [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]

178 ENG
Roller
183 ENG
Roller
184 ENG
Roller
[0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]

[0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]

199 #Interposer ENG
201 Separation Roller:Interposer ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
205 #ADF ENG
207 ADF Separation Roller ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1/step]
[Estimated Remain Pages]
Tables-7
Main SP
7955 Displays the estimated remaining operable pages calculated from Pages
Remain Day Counter and Distance Remain Day Counter.
001 #PCDU:K ENG
004 Development: Bk ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
011 Lubricant Bar: K ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
014 Gears:K ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

021 #PCU:K ENG
024 #PCDU:C ENG
026 #C_Development Unit ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
033 C_Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
037 Gears:C ENG
040 #C_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
044 #PCU:C ENG
047 #PCDU:M ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

060 Gears:M ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
067 #PCU:M ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
070 #PCDU:Y ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
077 #Cleaning Unit: Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
082 Brash Drive Joint:Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
083 Gears:Y ENG
088 Cleaner:Charge Roller:Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

090 #PCU:Y ENG
096 ITB Roller: C ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
103 ITB Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
110 Quenching ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
114 #Fusing ENG
116 Fusing Belt ENG
117 Hot Roller ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

135 Deodorant Filter:Small ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

147 ENG
Roller

148 ENG
Roller
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

153 ENG
Roller
Tables-7
Main SP
154 ENG
Roller

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
159 ENG
Roller

160 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Tray 4:Feeding [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

165 ENG
Roller

166 ENG
Roller

171 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Bypass:Separation [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

172 ENG
Roller
177 ENG
Roller
178 ENG
Roller
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
183 ENG
Roller
184 ENG
Roller

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
195 Inserter:Tray2:Feed Belt ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
199 #Interposer ENG
200 Feed Belt:Interposer ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

205 #ADF ENG

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
[Estimated Remain Days]
7956 Displays the estimated remaining operable days calculated from Pages Remain
Day Counter and Distance Remain Day Counter.
001 #PCDU:K ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
014 Gears:K ENG
021 #PCU:K ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

024 #PCDU:C ENG
037 Gears:C ENG
044 #PCU:C ENG

[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

060 Gears:M ENG
070 #PCDU:Y ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
083 Gears:Y ENG
090 #PCU:Y ENG
095 ITB Roller: K ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

103 ITB Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
114 #Fusing ENG
116 Fusing Belt ENG
130 #Main Unit Filters ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]


147 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Tray 1:Separation [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

148 ENG
Roller

153 ENG
Roller

154 ENG
Roller
[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
159 ENG
Roller

160 ENG
Roller

[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
165 ENG
Roller

166 ENG
Roller

[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
171 ENG
Roller

172 ENG
Roller
177 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:A3LCT:Separation [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]

178 ENG
Roller
183 ENG
Roller
184 ENG
Roller
[0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
194 Inserter:Tray2:Pick-up ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
199 #Interposer ENG
201 Separation Roller:Interposer ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
205 #ADF ENG

207 ADF Separation Roller ENG [0 to 255 / 255 / 1day/step]
[Monthly Average Pages]

7957
Displays Monthly Average Pages.
001 #PCDU:K ENG
004 Development: Bk ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
011 Lubricant Bar: K ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
014 Gears:K ENG
018 Charge Roller: K ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
021 #PCU:K ENG
024 #PCDU:C ENG
026 #C_Development Unit ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

033 C_Lubricant Brush ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
037 Gears:C ENG
040 #C_Charge Roller Unit ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
044 #PCU:C ENG
047 #PCDU:M ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
055 M_Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
060 Gears:M ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
065 Cleaner:Charge Roller:M ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

067 #PCU:M ENG
070 #PCDU:Y ENG
077 #Cleaning Unit: Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
082 Brash Drive Joint:Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
083 Gears:Y ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
089 Gear:Charge Roller:Y ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
090 #PCU:Y ENG
096 ITB Roller: C ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

110 Quenching ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
114 #Fusing ENG
116 Fusing Belt ENG
117 Hot Roller ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
130 #Main Unit Filters ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
135 Deodorant Filter:Small ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

147 ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
Roller


148 ENG
Roller

153 ENG
Roller

154 ENG
Roller

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
159 ENG
Roller

160 ENG
Roller
Tables-7
Main SP

165 ENG
Roller [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

166 ENG
Roller
171 ENG
Roller
Feed Roller:Bypass:Separation [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

172 ENG
Roller

177 ENG
Roller
178 ENG
Roller
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
183 ENG
Roller
184 ENG
Roller

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
195 Inserter:Tray2:Feed Belt ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
199 #Interposer ENG
202 Pick-up Roller:Interposer ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]
205 #ADF ENG

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1sheet/step]

[PM Value Setting:DaysThreshold]

7958
Sets Days Threshold for Waste Toner Bottle @Remote Automatic Ordering.
142 Waste Toner Bottle ENG [1 to 30 / 15 / 1day/step]
[Estimated Usage Rate]
7960 Displays the rate against the estimated End Standard Value calculated from
Pages Remain Day Counter and Distance Remain Day Counter.
001 #PCDU:K ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
014 Gears:K ENG
021 #PCU:K ENG
024 #PCDU:C ENG

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

037 Gears:C ENG
044 #PCU:C ENG
047 #PCDU:M ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
055 M_Cleaning Blade ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

067 #PCU:M ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
070 #PCDU:Y ENG
077 #Cleaning Unit: Y ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
082 Brash Drive Joint:Y ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
083 Gears:Y ENG
090 #PCU:Y ENG
096 ITB Roller: C ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
099 ITB Bias Roller ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

114 #Fusing ENG
116 Fusing Belt ENG
125 Cleaning Web ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
132 Dust Filter:Small ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]


147 ENG
Roller

148 ENG
Roller

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
153 ENG
Roller

154 ENG
Roller
Tables-7
Main SP
159 ENG
Roller [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

160 ENG
Roller

165 ENG
Roller

166 ENG
Roller
171 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Roller

172 ENG
Roller
177 ENG
Roller
178 ENG
Roller

[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
183 ENG
Roller
184 ENG
Roller
199 #Interposer ENG
202 Pick-up Roller:Interposer ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
205 #ADF ENG

[Operation Env. Log:PCU:Bk]
7963 Displays the distance of PCU: K in each Temperature/Humidity division in order

to recognize Engine Operation Environment.
001 T<=5:0<=H<30 ENG
002 T<=5:30<=H<55 ENG
003 T<=5:55<=H<80 ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
004 T<=5:80<=H<100 ENG
005 5<T<15:0<=H<30 ENG
006 5<T<15:30<=H<55 ENG
Tables-7
Main SP
007 5<T<15:55<=H<80 ENG
008 5<T<15:80<=H<=100 ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
009 15<=T<25:0<=H<30 ENG
010 15<=T<25:30<=H<55 ENG
011 15<=T<25:55<=H<80 ENG
012 15<=T<25:80<=H<=100 ENG
013 25<=T<30:0<=H<30 ENG [0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
014 25<=T<30:30<=H<55 ENG
015 25<=T<30:55<=H<80 ENG
016 25<=T<30:80<=H<=100 ENG
017 30<=T<35:0<=H<30 ENG

[0 to 999999 / 0 / 1m/step]
018 30<=T<35:30<=H<55 ENG
019 30<=T<35:55<=H<80 ENG

020 30<=T<35:80<=H<=100 ENG
021 35<=T ENG
[Operation Env. Log Clear]

7964
Clears all Operation Environment Logs.
[- / - / -]
001 - ENG
[Execute]
7970 [Accumu Counter]
Bk Opc Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1m/step]

001
Displays Drive Distance Counter from when used initially.
C Opc Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1m/step]

003
M Opc Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1m/step]

004
Y Opc Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1m/step]

005
Transfer Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1m/step]

006
2nd Transfer Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1m/step]

007
Fusing Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 999999999 / 0 / 1m/step]

008
Transfer On-Off Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1/step]

009
Displays Operation Times Counter from when used initially.
011 Feed Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]

Displays Pages Counter from when used initially.
Registration Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]

012
Displays Pages Counter from when used initially
Relay Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]

013
Exit Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1page/step]

014
7972 [Yield Counter]
Bk Opc Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]

001
Displays the achievement degree to Yield Pages Threshold.
C Opc Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]

003
Tables-7
Main SP
M Opc Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]
004
Y Opc Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]

005
Transfer Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]

006
2nd Transfer Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]

007
Fusing Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]

008
Transfer On-Off Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]

009
011 Feed Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]

Registration Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]

012
Relay Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]

013
Exit Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 200 / 0 / 1%/step]

014
7974 [Yield Setting]
[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
BkOpc Drive Unit *ENG
001 1m/step]
Displays Yield Drive Distance Threshold for Drive Unit.
[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
C Opc Drive Unit *ENG
003 1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
M Opc Drive Unit *ENG
004 1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
Y Opc Drive Unit *ENG
005 1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
Transfer Drive Unit *ENG
006 1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
2nd Transfer Drive Unit *ENG
007 1m/step]

[0 to 999999999 / 5080320 /
Fusing Drive Unit *ENG
008 1m/step]
Transfer On-Off Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 9999999 / 400000 / 1/step]

009
Displays Yield Operation Times Threshold for Drive Unit.
[0 to 9999999 / 9000000 /
Feed Drive Unit *ENG
011 1page/step]
Displays Yield Pages Threshold for Drive Unit.
[0 to 9999999 / 9000000 /
Registration Drive Unit *ENG
012 1page/step]
[0 to 9999999 / 9000000 /
Relay Drive Unit *ENG
013 1page/step]
Tables-7
Main SP
[0 to 9999999 / 9000000 /
Exit Drive Unit *ENG
014 1page/step]
[Guaranteed Parameter]
7976
Sets Yield Guaranteed Parameter for Drive Unit.
[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
001 Bk Opc Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
003 C Opc Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
004 M Opc Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
005 Y Opc Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]

[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
006 Transfer Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
007 2nd Transfer Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]
[0 to 999999999 / 5025000 /
008 Fusing Drive Unit *ENG
1m/step]
009 Transfer On-Off Drive Unit *ENG [0 to 99999999 / 400000 / 1/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 9000000 /
011 Feed Drive Unit *ENG
1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 9000000 /
012 Registration Drive Unit *ENG
1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 9000000 /
013 Relay Drive Unit *ENG
1page/step]
[0 to 99999999 / 9000000 /
014 Exit Drive Unit *ENG
1page/step]
[Drum Motor Error Counter]

7987
Operation Times Counter for the condition Drum Motor is locked.
001 Drum Motor:K *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Drum Motor:C *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Drum Motor:M *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Drum Motor:Y *ENG [0 to 3 / 0 / 1/step]

[Drum Motor Error Counter Clear]

7988
Execution of clearing Operation Times Counter for locking Drum Motor.
001 Drum Motor:K *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Drum Motor:C *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Drum Motor:M *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Drum Motor:Y *ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Tables-7
Main SP

MAIN SP TABLES-8
None
Keys and abbreviations in Data Log 2
6. MAIN SP TABLES-8
6.1 KEYS AND ABBREVIATIONS IN DATA LOG 2
Abbreviation What it means
/ "By", e.g. "T:Jobs/Apl" = Total Jobs "by" Application
> More (2> "2 or more", 4> "4 or more"
AddBook Address Book
Apl Application
B/W Black & White
Bk Black
C Cyan
ColCr Color Create
ColMode Color Mode
Comb Combine
Tables-8
Main SP
Comp Compression
Deliv Delivery
Designated Application. The application (Copy, Fax, Scan,

DesApl Print) used to store the job on the document server, for
example.
Dev Counter Development Count, no. of pages developed.
Dup, Duplex Duplex, printing on both sides
Emul Emulation
FC Full Color
FIN Post-print processing, i.e. finishing (punching, stapling, etc.)
Full Bleed No Margins

GenCopy Generation Copy Mode
Get Print Counter. For jobs 10 pages or less, this counter does
not count up. For jobs larger than 10 pages, this counter counts
GPC
up by the number that is in excess of 10 (e.g., for an 11-page
job, the counter counts up 11-10 =1)
IFax Internet Fax
Image Edit performed on the original with the copier GUI, e.g.
ImgEdt
border removal, adding stamps, page numbers, etc.
K Black (YMCK)
LS Local Storage. Refers to the document server.
LSize Large (paper) Size
Mag Magnification
MC One color (monochrome)
New Remote Service, which allows a service center to monitor

NRS machines remotely. "NRS" is used overseas, "CSS" is used in
Japan.
Org Original for scanning
OrgJam Original Jam
Print Job Manager/Desk Top Editor: A pair of utilities that allows

print jobs to be distributed evenly among the printers on the
Palm 2
network, and allows files to moved around, combined, and
converted to different formats.
PC Personal Computer
Pages. A page is the total scanned surface of the original.

PGS Duplex pages count as two pages, and A3 simplex count as two
pages if the A3/DLT counter SP is switched ON.
PJob Print Jobs
Ppr Paper

PrtJam Printer (plotter) Jam
PrtPGS Print Pages
Red (Toner Remaining). Applies to the wide format model A2

R only. This machine is under development and currently not
available.
Rez Resolution
SC Service Code (Error SC code displayed)
Scn Scan
Sim, Simplex Simplex, printing on 1 side.
S-to-Email Scan-to-E-mail
SMC report printed with SP5990. All of the Group 8 counters

SMC
are recorded in the SMC report.
Svr Server
TonEnd Toner End
TonSave Toner Save
Tables-8
Main SP
TXJob Send, Transmission
YMC Yellow, Magenta, Cyan
YMCK Yellow, Magenta, Cyan, Black

SP8-XXX (Data Log 2)
6.2 SP8-XXX (DATA LOG 2)
Many of these counters are provided for features that are currently not available, such as sending
color faxes, and so on. However, here are some Group 8 codes that when used in combination
with others, can provide useful information.
SP Numbers What They Do
SP8211 to SP8216 The number of pages scanned to the document server.
SP8401 to SP8406 The number of pages printed from the document server
SP8691 to SP8696 The number of pages sent from the document server
Specifically, the following questions can be answered:

 How is the document server actually being used?
 What application is using the document server most frequently?
 What data in the document server is being reused?
Most of the SPs in this group are prefixed with a letter that indicates the mode of operation (the
mode of operation is referred to as an "application"). Before reading the Group 8 Service Table,
make sure that you understand what these prefixes mean.
Prefixes What it means
Grand total of the items counted for all applications

T: Total: (Grand Total).
(C, F, P, etc.).
C: Copy application.
F: Fax application. Totals (pages, jobs, etc.) executed for each

application when the job was not stored on the
P: Print application. document server.
S: Scan application.

Totals (jobs, pages, etc.) for the document server.

The L: counters work differently case by case.
Sometimes, they count jobs/pages stored on the
document server; this can be in document server
mode (from the document server window), or from
Local storage
L: another mode, such as from a printer driver or by
(document server)
pressing the Store File button in the Copy mode
window. Sometimes, they include occasions when
the user uses a file that is already on the document
server. Each counter will be discussed case by
case.
Other applications Refers to network applications such as Web Image

(external network Monitor. Utilities developed with the SDK (Software
O:
applications, for Development Kit) will also be counted with this
example) group in the future.
The Group 8 SP codes are limited to 17 characters, forced by the necessity of displaying them on
the small LCDs of printers and faxes that also use these SPs. Read over the list of abbreviations
below and refer to it again if you see the name of an SP that you do not understand.
 All of the Group 8 SPs are able to reset by “SP5 801 1 Memory All Clear”.
Tables-8
Main SP
[T:Total Jobs] *CTL
8001 These SPs count the number of times
each application is used to do a job.
8002 [C:Total Jobs] *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / - / 1]
8003 [F:Total Jobs] *CTL Note: The L: counter is the total number
of times the other applications are used
8004 [P:Total Jobs] *CTL to send a job to the document server,
*CTL plus the number of times a file already

8005 [S:Total Jobs]
on the document server is used.
8006 [L:Total Jobs] *CTL
 These SPs reveal the number of times an application is used, not the number of pages
processed.
 When an application is opened for image input or output, this counts as one job.
 Interrupted jobs (paper jams, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish.
 Only jobs executed by the customer are counted. Jobs executed by the customer engineer

using the SP modes are not counted.

 When using secure printing (when a password is required to start the print job), the job is
counted at the time when either "Delete Data" or "Specify Output" is specified.
 A job is counted as a fax job when the job is stored for sending.
 When a fax is received to fax memory, the F: counter increments but the L: counter does not
(the document server is not used).
 A fax broadcast counts as one job for the F: counter (the fax destinations in the broadcast are
not counted separately).
 A fax broadcast is counted only after all the faxes have been sent to their destinations. If one
transmission generates an error, then the broadcast will not be counted until the transmission
has been completed.
 A printed fax report counts as one job for the F: counter.
 The F: counter does not distinguish between fax sending or receiving.
 When a copy job on the document server is printed, SP8022 also increments, and when a
print job stored on the document server is printed, SP8024 also increments.
 When an original is both copied and stored on the document server, the C: and L: counters
both increment.
 When a print job is stored on the document server, only the L: counter increments.
 When the user presses the Document Server button to store the job on the document server,
only the L: counter increments.
 When the user enters document server mode and prints data stored on the document server,
only the L: counter increments.
 When an image received from Palm 2 is received and stored, the L: counter increments.
 When the customer prints a report (user code list, for example), the O: counter increments.
However, for fax reports and reports executed from the fax application, the F: counter
increments.
[T:Jobs/LS] *CTL
8011 These SPs count the number of jobs
stored to the document server by each
8012 [C:Jobs/LS] *CTL
application, to reveal how local storage
8013 [F:Jobs/LS] *CTL is being used for input.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8014 [P:Jobs/LS] *CTL
The L: counter counts the number of
8015 [S:Jobs/LS] *CTL jobs stored from within the document
server mode screen at the operation
8016 [L:Jobs/LS] *CTL
panel.
8017 [O:Jobs/LS] *CTL

 When a scan job is sent to the document server, the S: counter increments. When you enter
document server mode and then scan an original, the L: counter increments.
 When a print job is sent to the document server, the P: counter increments.
 When a network application sends data to the document server, the O: counter increments.
 When an image from Palm 2 is stored on the document server, the O: counter increments.
 When a fax is sent to the document server, the F: counter increments.
8021 [T:Pjob/LS] *CTL

These SPs reveal how files printed from
8022 [C:Pjob/LS] *CTL
the document server were stored on the
8023 [F:Pjob/LS] *CTL document server originally.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8024 [P:Pjob/LS] *CTL
8025 [S:Pjob/LS] *CTL jobs stored from within the document
8026 [L:Pjob/LS] *CTL
panel.
8027 [O:Pjob/LS] *CTL
 When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with another application, the C:
counter increments.
 When an application like DeskTopBinder merges a copy job that was stored on the document
server with a print job that was stored on the document server, the C: and P: counters both
increment.
Tables-8
Main SP
 When a job already on the document server is printed with another application, the L: counter
increments.
 When a scanner job stored on the document server is printed with another application, the S:
counter increments. If the original was scanned from within document server mode, then the
L: counter increments.
 When images stored on the document server by a network application (including Palm 2), are
printed with another application, the O: counter increments.
 When a copy job stored on the document server is printed with a network application (Web
Image Monitor, for example), the C: counter increments.
 When a fax on the document server is printed, the F: counter increments.

8031 [T:Pjob/DesApl] *CTL

These SPs reveal what applications
8032 [C:Pjob/DesApl] *CTL
were used to output documents from
8033 [F:Pjob/DesApl] *CTL the document server.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8034 [P:Pjob/DesApl] *CTL
8035 [S:Pjob/DesApl] *CTL jobs printed from within the document
8036 [L:Pjob/DesApl] *CTL
panel.
8037 [O:Pjob/DesApl] *CTL
 When documents already stored on the document server are printed, the count for the
application that started the print job is incremented.
 When the print job is started from a network application (Desk Top Binder, Web Image Monitor,
etc.) the L: counter increments.
8041 [T:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL These SPs count the applications that
stored files on the document server that
8042 [C:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL
were later accessed for transmission
8043 [F:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL over the telephone line or over a
network (attached to an e-mail, or as a
8044 [P:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL
fax image by I-Fax).
8045 [S:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
Note: Jobs merged for sending are
8046 [L:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL
counted separately.
jobs scanned from within the document
8047 [O:TX Jobs/LS] *CTL
panel.
 When a stored copy job is sent from the document server, the C: counter increments.
 When images stored on the document server by a network application or Palm2 are sent as
an e-mail, the O: counter increments.

8051 [T:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL These SPs count the applications used
to send files from the document server
8052 [C:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL
over the telephone line or over a
8053 [F:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL network (attached to an e-mail, or as a
fax image by I-Fax). Jobs merged for
8054 [P:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL
sending are counted separately.
8055 [S:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8056 [L:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL
jobs sent from within the document
8057 [O:TX Jobs/DesApl] *CTL
panel.
 If the send is started from Desk Top Binder or Web Image Monitor, for example, then the O:
counter increments.
[T:FIN Jobs]
8061 These SPs total the finishing methods. The finishing method is specified by
the application.
[P:FIN Jobs]
8062 These SPs total finishing methods for print jobs only. The finishing method is
Tables-8
Main SP
specified by the application.
[F:FIN Jobs]
8063 These SPs total finishing methods for fax jobs only. The finishing method is
Note: Finishing features for fax jobs are not available at this time.
[P:FIN Jobs]
8064 These SPs total finishing methods for print jobs only. The finishing method is
[S:FIN Jobs]
8065 These SPs total finishing methods for scan jobs only. The finishing method is
Note: Finishing features for scan jobs are not available at this time.

[L:FIN Jobs]
8066 These SPs total finishing methods for jobs output from within the document
server mode screen at the operation panel. The finishing method is specified
from the print window within document server mode.
[O:FIN Jobs]
8067 These SPs total finishing methods for jobs executed by an external
application, over the network. The finishing method is specified by the
application.
Sort *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

001
Number of jobs started in Sort mode.
Stack *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

002
Number of jobs started out of Sort mode.
Staple *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

003
Number of jobs started in Staple mode.
Booklet *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Number of jobs started in Booklet mode. If the machine is in staple mode, the
Staple counter also increments.
Z-Fold *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 Number of jobs started In any mode other than the Booklet mode and set for
folding (Z-fold).
Punch *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 Number of jobs started in Punch mode. When Punch is set for a print job, the
P: counter increments. (See SP8-064-6.)
Other *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

007
(Reserved)
008 Inside-Fold *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
009 Three-In-Fold *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
010 Three-OUT-Fold *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

011 Four-Fold *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
012 KANNON-Fold *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
013 Perfect-Bind *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
014 Ring-Bind *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[T:Jobs/PGS]
8071 These SPs count the number of jobs broken down by the number of pages in
the job, regardless of which application was used.
[C:Jobs/PGS]
8072 These SPs count and calculate the number of copy jobs by size based on the
number of pages in the job.
[F:Jobs/PGS]
8073 These SPs count and calculate the number of fax jobs by size based on the
[P:Jobs/PGS]
8074 These SPs count and calculate the number of print jobs by size based on the
Tables-8
Main SP
[S:Jobs/PGS]
8075 These SPs count and calculate the number of scan jobs by size based on the
[L:Jobs/PGS]
8076 These SPs count and calculate the number of jobs printed from within the
document server mode window at the operation panel, by the number of
pages in the job.
[O:Jobs/PGS]
8077 These SPs count and calculate the number of "Other" application jobs (Web
Image Monitor, Palm 2, etc.) by size based on the number of pages in the job.
001 1 Page *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 2 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

003 3 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 4 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 5 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 6 to 10 Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
014 1001 to Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
 For example: When a copy job stored on the document server is printed in document server
mode, the appropriate L: counter (SP8076 0xx) increments.
 Printing a fax report counts as a job and increments the F: counter (SP 8073).
 Interrupted jobs (paper jam, etc.) are counted, even though they do not finish.
 If a job is paused and re-started, it counts as one job.
 If the finisher runs out of staples during a print and staple job, then the job is counted at the
time the error occurs.
 For copy jobs (SP 8072) and scan jobs (SP 8075), the total is calculated by multiplying the
number of sets of copies by the number of pages scanned. (One duplex page counts as 2.)
 The first test print and subsequent test prints to adjust settings are added to the number of
pages of the copy job (SP 8072).
 When printing the first page of a job from within the document server screen, the page is
counted.

[T:FAX TX Jobs]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent by
8111 fax, either directly or using a file stored on the document server, on a
telephone line.
Note: Color fax sending is not available at this time.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[F: FAX TX Jobs]
8113 These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent by
fax directly on a telephone line.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
 These counters count jobs, not pages.

 This SP counts fax jobs sent over a telephone line with a fax application, including documents
stored on the document server.
Tables-8
Main SP
 If the mode is changed during the job, the job will count with the mode set when the job
started.
 If the same document is faxed to both a public fax line and an I-Fax at a destination where
both are available, then this counter increments, and the I-Fax counter (8 12x) also
increments.
 The fax job is counted when the job is scanned for sending, not when the job is sent.

[T:IFAX TX Jobs]
These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent,
8121 either directly or using a file stored on the document server, as fax images
using I-Fax.
[F: IFAX TX Jobs]
8123 These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) sent (not
stored on the document server), as fax images using I-Fax.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

 The counters for color are provided for future use; the color fax feature is not available at this
time.
 The fax job is counted when the job is scanned for sending, not when the job is sent.
[T:S-to-Email Jobs]
8131 These SPs count the total number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned
and attached to an e-mail, regardless of whether the document server was
used or not.
[S: S-to-Email Jobs]
8135 These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned and
attached to e-mail, without storing the original on the document server.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 ACS *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

 If the job is stored on the document server, after the job is stored it is determined to be color
or black-and-white then counted.

 If the job is cancelled during scanning, or if the job is cancelled while the document is waiting
to be sent, the job is not counted.
 If the job is cancelled during sending, it may or may not be counted, depending on what stage
of the process had been reached when the job was cancelled.
 If several jobs are combined for sending to the Scan Router, Scan-to-Email, or Scan-to-PC, or
if one job is sent to more than one destination. Each send is counted separately. For example,
if the same document is sent by Scan-to-Email as well as Scan-to-PC, then it is counted twice
(once for Scan-to-Email and once for Scan-to-PC).
[T:Deliv Jobs/Svr]
and sent to a Scan Router server.
[S: Deliv Jobs/Svr]
8145 These SPs count the number of jobs (color or black-and-white) scanned in
scanner mode and sent to a Scan Router server.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 ACS *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Tables-8
Main SP
 The jobs are counted even though the arrival and reception of the jobs at the Scan Router
server cannot be confirmed.
 If even one color image is mixed with black-and-white images, then the job is counted as a
"Color" job.
 If the job is cancelled during scanning, or if the job is cancelled while the document is waiting
to be delivered, the job is not counted.
 Even if several files are combined for sending, the transmission counts as one job.

[T:Deliv Jobs/PC]
and sent to a folder on a PC (Scan-to-PC).
Note: At the present time, 8 151 and 8 155 perform identical counts.
[S:Deliv Jobs/PC]
and sent with Scan-to-PC.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 ACS *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

 If the job is cancelled during scanning, it is not counted.
 If the job is cancelled while it is waiting to be sent, the job is not counted.
 Even if several files are combined for sending, the transmission counts as one job.
8161 [T:PCFAX TX Jobs] *CTL These SPs count the number of PC Fax
transmission jobs. A job is counted from
when it is registered for sending, not
when it is sent.
8163 [F:PCFAX TX Jobs] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Note: At the present time, these
counters perform identical counts.
 This counts fax jobs started from a PC using a PC fax application, and sending the data out to
the destination from the PC through the copier.

[T:Deliv Jobs/WSD]
8171
These SPs count the pages scanned by WS.
[S:Deliv Jobs/WSD]
8175
These SPs count the pages scanned by WS.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 ACS *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[T:Scan to Media Jobs]

8181
These SPs count the scanned pages in a media by the scanner application.
[S:Scan to Media Jobs]

8185
These SPs count the scanned pages in a media by the scanner application.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 ACS *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Tables-8
Main SP
8191 [T:Total Scan PGS] *CTL
8192 [C:Total Scan PGS] *CTL These SPs count the pages scanned by
each application that uses the scanner
8193 [F:Total Scan PGS] *CTL
to scan images.
8195 [S:Total Scan PGS] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8196 [L:Total Scan PGS] *CTL
 SP 8 191 to 8 196 count the number of scanned sides of pages, not the number of physical
pages.
 These counters do not count reading user stamp data, or reading color charts to adjust color.
 Previews done with a scanner driver are not counted.
 A count is done only after all images of a job have been scanned.
 Scans made in SP mode are not counted.

Examples
 If 3 B5 pages and 1 A3 page are scanned with the scanner application but not stored, the S:
count is 4.
 If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server using the Store File
button in the Copy mode window, the C: count is 6 and the L: count is 6.
 If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied but not stored, the C: count is 6.
 If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6.
[T:LSize Scan PGS] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
These SPs count the total number of large pages input with the scanner for
8201 scan and copy jobs. Large size paper (A3/DLT) scanned for fax transmission
are not counted.
Note: These counters are displayed in the SMC Report, and in the User Tools
display.
[F: LSize Scan PGS] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8203 fax transmission.
display.
[S:LSize Scan PGS] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8205 scan jobs only. Large size paper (A3/DLT) scanned for fax transmission are
not counted.
display.
8211 [T:Scan PGS/LS] *CTL These SPs count the number of pages
scanned into the document server.
8212 [C:Scan PGS/LS] *CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1]
8213 [F:Scan PGS/LS] *CTL The L: counter counts the number of
pages stored from within the document
8215 [S:Scan PGS/LS] *CTL
panel, and with the Store File button
8216 [L:Scan PGS/LS] *CTL
from within the Copy mode screen
 Reading user stamp data is not counted.

 If a job is cancelled, the pages output as far as the cancellation are counted.
 If the scanner application scans and stores 3 B5 sheets and 1 A4 sheet, the S: count is 4.
 If pages are copied but not stored on the document server, these counters do not change.
 If both sides of 3 A4 sheets are copied and stored to the document server, the C: count is 6
and the L: count is 6.
 If you enter document server mode then scan 6 pages, the L: count is 6.
[ADF Org Feeds]
8221 These SPs count the number of pages fed through the ADF for front and back
side scanning.
Front *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Number of front sides fed for scanning:

With an ADF that can scan both sides simultaneously, the Front side count is
001 the same as the number of pages fed for either simplex or duplex scanning.
With an ADF that cannot scan both sides simultaneously, the Front side count
is the same as the number of pages fed for duplex front side scanning. (The
front side is determined by which side the user loads face up.)
Back *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Number of rear sides fed for scanning:
002 With an ADF that can scan both sides simultaneously, the Back count is the
same as the number of pages fed for duplex scanning.
Tables-8
Main SP
With an ADF that cannot scan both sides simultaneously, the Back count is
the same as the number of pages fed for duplex rear-side scanning.
 When 1 sheet is fed for duplex scanning the Front count is 1 and the Back count is 1.
 If a jam occurs during the job, recovery processing is not counted to avoid double counting.
Also, the pages are not counted if the jam occurs before the first sheet is output.
[Scan PGS/Mode]
8231 These SPs count the number of pages scanned by each ADF mode to
determine the work load on the ADF.
Large Volume *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

001
Selectable. Large copy jobs that cannot be loaded in the ADF at one time.

SADF *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

002
Selectable. Feeding pages one by one through the ADF.
Mixed Size *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

003
Selectable. Select "Mixed Sizes" on the operation panel.
Custom Size *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

004
Selectable. Originals of non-standard size.
Platen *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

005
Book mode. Raising the ADF and placing the original directly on the platen.
Mixed 1side/ 2side *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

006
Simplex and Duplex mode.
 If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches from ADF to
Platen mode, the count is done for the last selected mode.
 The user cannot select mixed sizes or non-standard sizes with the fax application so if the
original's page sizes are mixed or non-standard, these are not counted.
 If the user selects "Mixed Sizes" for copying in the platen mode, the Mixed Size count is
enabled.
 In the SADF mode if the user copies 1 page in platen mode and then copies 2 pages with
SADF, the Platen count is 1 and the SADF count is 3.
[T:Scan PGS/Org] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step
8241 These SPs count the total number of scanned pages by original type for all
jobs, regardless of which application was used.
[C:Scan PGS/Org] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step

8242
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Copy jobs.
[F:Scan PGS/Org] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step

8243
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Fax jobs.
[S:Scan PGS/Org] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step

8245
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by original type for Scan jobs.

[L:Scan PGS/Org] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step
8246 These SPs count the number of pages scanned and stored from within the
document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the Store File
button from within the Copy mode screen
8241 8242 8243 8245 8246
001 Text Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
002 Text/Photo Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
003 Photo Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
004 GenCopy, Pale Yes Yes No Yes Yes
005 Map Yes Yes No Yes Yes
006 Normal/Detail Yes No Yes No No
007 Fine/Super Fine Yes No Yes No No
008 Binary Yes No No Yes No
009 Grayscale Yes No No Yes No
010 Color Yes No No Yes No
011 Other Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Tables-8
Main SP
 If the scan mode is changed during the job, for example, if the user switches from ADF to
Platen mode, the count is done for the last selected mode.

8251 [T:Scan PGS/ImgEdt] *CTL These SPs show how many times
Image Edit features have been selected
8252 [C:Scan PGS/ImgEdt] *CTL
at the operation panel for each
8254 [P:Scan PGS/ImgEdt] *CTL application. Some examples of these
editing features are:
8255 [S:Scan PGS/ImgEdr] *CTL
Erase> Border
8256 [L:Scan PGS/ImgEdt] *CTL Erase> Center
Image Repeat
Centering
Positive/Negative
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8257 [O:Scan PGS/ImgEdt] *CTL Note: The count totals the number of
times the edit features have been used.
A detailed breakdown of exactly which
features have been used is not given.
The L: counter counts the number of pages stored from within the document server mode screen
at the operation panel, and with the Store File button from within the Copy mode screen.
8261 [T:Scan PGS/ColCr]
8262 [C:Scan PGS/ ColCr]
8265 [S:Scan PGS/Color]
8266 [L:Scan PGS/ColCr]
These SPs show how many times color creation features have been selected
at the operation panel.
001 Color Conversion *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color Erase *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 Background *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Other *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

8281 [T:Scan PGS/TWAIN] *CTL These SPs count the number of pages
scanned using a TWAIN driver. These
counters reveal how the TWAIN driver
is used for delivery functions.
8285 [S:Scan PGS/TWAIN] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Note: At the present time, these
counters perform identical counts.
8291 [T:Scan PGS/Stamp] *CTL These SPs count the number of pages
stamped with the stamp in the ADF unit.
8293 [F:Scan PGS/Stamp] *CTL
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
pages stored from within the document
8295 [S:Scan PGS/Stamp] *CTL server mode screen at the operation
panel, and with the Store File button
from within the Copy mode screen
[T:Scan PGS/Size]
8301 These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by all
applications. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and
output (printing) page size [SP 8-441].
Tables-8
Main SP
[C:Scan PGS/Size]
8302 These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Copy
application. Use these totals to compare original page size (scanning) and
output (printing) page size [SP 8-442].
[F:Scan PGS/Size]
8303 These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Fax
output page size [SP 8-443].
[S:Scan PGS/Size]
8305 These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned by the Scan
output page size [SP 8-445].

[L:Scan PGS/Size]
These SPs count by size the total number of pages scanned and stored from
8306 within the document server mode screen at the operation panel, and with the
Store File button from within the Copy mode screen. Use these totals to
compare original page size (scanning) and output page size [SP 8-446].
001 A3 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 A4 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 A5 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 B4 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 B5 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 DLT *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 LG *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
008 LT *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
009 HLT *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
010 Full Bleed *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
254 Other (Standard) *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
255 Other (Custom) *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
T:Scan PGS/Rez *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8311 These SPs count by resolution setting the total number of pages scanned by
applications that can specify resolution settings.
S: Scan PGS/Rez *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1]
8315 These SPs count by resolution setting the total number of pages scanned by
applications that can specify resolution settings.
Note: At the present time, SP8-311 and SP8-315 perform identical counts.
001 1200dpi < *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 600dpi to 1199dpi *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

005 < 199dpi *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
 Copy resolution settings are fixed so they are not counted.

 The Fax application does not allow finely-adjusted resolution settings so no count is done for
the Fax application.
8381 [T:Total PrtPGS] *CTL
8382 [C:Total PrtPGS] *CTL

These SPs count the number of pages
8383 [F:Total PrtPGS] *CTL
printed by the customer. The counter
8384 [P:Total PrtPGS] *CTL for the application used for storing the
pages increments.
8385 [S:Total PrtPGS] *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8386 [L:Total PrtPGS] *CTL
8387 [O:Total PrtPGS] *CTL
 When the A3/DLT double count function is switched on with SP5104, 1 A3/DLT page is
counted as 2.
 When several documents are merged for a print job, the number of pages stored are counted
for the application that stored them.
Tables-8
Main SP
 These counters are used primarily to calculate charges on use of the machine, so the
following pages are not counted as printed pages:
- Blank pages in a duplex printing job.
- Blank pages inserted as document covers, chapter title sheets, and slip sheets.
- Reports printed to confirm counts.
- All reports done in the service mode (service summaries, engine maintenance reports, etc.)
- Test prints for machine image adjustment.
- Error notification reports.
- Partially printed pages as the result of a copier jam.

LSize PrtPGS *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8391 These SPs count pages printed on paper sizes A3/DLT and larger.
Note: In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these counters are
also displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine.
8401 [T:PrtPGS/LS] *CTL These SPs count the number of pages

printed from the document server. The
8402 [C:PrtPGS/LS] *CTL
counter for the application used to print
8403 [F:PrtPGS/LS] *CTL the pages is incremented.
8404 [P:PrtPGS/LS] *CTL
jobs stored from within the document
8405 [S:PrtPGS/LS] *CTL server mode screen at the operation
panel.
8406 [L:PrtPGS/LS] *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
 Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the L: count.
 Fax jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the F: count.
This SP counts the amount of paper

(front/back counted as 1 page) used for
8411 Prints/Duplex *CTL duplex printing. Last pages printed only
on one side are not counted.
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
[T:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
8421 These SPs count by binding and combine, and n-Up settings the number of
pages processed for printing. This is the total for all applications.
[C:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
pages processed for printing by the copier application.
[F:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
pages processed for printing by the fax application.

[P:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
pages processed for printing by the printer application.
[S:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
pages processed for printing by the scanner application.
[L:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
pages processed for printing from within the document server mode window
at the operation panel.
[O:PrtPGS/Dup Comb]
pages processed for printing by Other applications
001 Simplex> Duplex *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Duplex> Duplex *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 Book> Duplex *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Simplex Combine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Tables-8
Main SP
005 Duplex Combine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
2in1 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

006
2 pages on 1 side (2-Up)
4 in1 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

007
6 in1 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

008
8 in1 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

009
010 9 in1 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

16 in1 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

011
012 Booklet *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
013 Magazine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
014 2-in-1 + Booklet *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
019 2-in-1 + Magazine *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
 These counts (SP8 421 to SP8 427) are especially useful for customers who need to improve
their compliance with ISO standards for the reduction of paper consumption.
 Pages that are only partially printed with the n-Up functions are counted as 1 page.
 Here is a summary of how the counters work for Booklet and Magazine modes:

Booklet Magazine
Original Pages Count Original Pages Count
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
3 2 3 2
4 2 4 2
5 3 5 4
6 4 6 4
7 4 7 4
8 4 8 4
[T:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
8431 These SPs count the total number of pages output with the three features
below, regardless of which application was used.
[C:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
Tables-8
Main SP
below with the copy application.
[P:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
below with the print application.
[L:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
8436 These SPs count the total number of pages output from within the document
server mode window at the operation panel with the three features below.

[O:PrtPGS/ImgEdt]
below with Other applications.
Cover/Slip Sheet *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
001 Total number of covers or slip sheets inserted. The count for a cover printed
on both sides counts 2.
Series/Book *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 The number of pages printed in series (one side) or printed as a book with
booklet right/left pagination.
User Stamp *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 The number of pages printed where stamps were applied, including page
numbering and date stamping.
[T:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8441 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by all
applications.
[C:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8442 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the copy
application.
[F:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8443 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the fax
application.
[P:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8444 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the
printer application.
[S:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8445 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by the
scanner application.

[L:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8446 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed from within
the document server mode window at the operation panel.
[O:PrtPGS/Ppr Size]
8447 These SPs count by print paper size the number of pages printed by Other
applications.
001 A3 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 A4 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 A5 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 B4 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 B5 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 DLT *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 LG *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
008 LT *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
009 HLT *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
010 Full Bleed *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Tables-8
Main SP
254 Other (Standard) *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
255 Other (Custom) *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
 These counters do not distinguish between LEF and SEF.
[PrtPGS/Ppr Tray]
8451
These SPs count the number of sheets fed from each paper feed station.
Bypass Tray
001 Bypass Tray *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Tray 1 *CTL Copier
003 Tray 2 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Tray 3 *CTL Paper Tray Unit (Option)

005 Tray 4 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
LCT (Option)
006 Tray 5 *CTL
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 Tray 6 *CTL Currently not used.
[T:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by all applications.
 These counters are not the same as the PM counter. The PM counter is
8461 based on feed timing to accurately measure the service life of the feed
rollers. However, these counts are based on output timing.
 Blank sheets (covers, chapter covers, slip sheets) are also counted.
 During duplex printing, pages printed on both sides count as 1, and a
page printed on one side counts as 1.
[C:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
8462 These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the copy
application.
[F:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
8463 These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the fax
application.

[P:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
8464 These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed by the printer
application.
[L:PrtPGS/Ppr Type]
8466 These SPs count by paper type the number pages printed from within the
document server mode window at the operation panel.
001 Normal *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Recycled *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 Special *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Thick *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 Normal (Back) *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 Thick (Back) *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 OHP *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
008 Other *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
[PrtPGS/Mag]
Tables-8
Main SP
8471
These SPs count by magnification rate the number of pages printed.
001 < 49% *CTL
002 50% to 99% *CTL
003 100% *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 101% to 200% *CTL
005 201% < *CTL
Counts are done for magnification adjusted for pages, not only on the operation panel but
performed remotely with an external network application capable of performing magnification
adjustment as well.
Magnification adjustments done with printer drivers with PC applications such as Excel are also
counted.

Magnification adjustments done for adjustments after they have been stored on the document
server are not counted.
Magnification adjustments performed automatically during Auto Reduce/Enlarge copying are
counted.
The magnification rates of blank cover sheets, slip sheets, etc. are automatically assigned a rate
of 100%.
8481 [T:PrtPGS/TonSave] *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8484 [P:PrtPGS/TonSave] *CTL
These SPs count the number of pages printed with the Toner Save feature
switched on.
Note: These SPs return the same results as this SP is limited to the Print
application.
8491 [T:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
8492 [C:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
8493 [F:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
8496 [L:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
8497 [O:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
001 B/W *CTL
002 Single Color *CTL These SPs count the number of pages
printed in the Color Mode by each
003 Two Color *CTL application.
004 Full Color *CTL
8501 [T:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
8504 [P:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
8507 [O:PrtPGS/Col Mode]
001 B/W *CTL

These SPs count the number of pages
002 Mono Color *CTL printed in the Color Mode by the print
application.
003 Full Color *CTL

004 Single Color *CTL
005 Two Color *CTL
[T:PrtPGS/Emul]
8511 These SPs count by printer emulation mode the total number of pages
printed.
[P:PrtPGS/Emul]
8514 These SPs count by printer emulation mode the total number of pages
printed.
001 RPCS *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 RPDL *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 PS3 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 R98 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 R16 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 GL/GL2 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 R55 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Tables-8
Main SP
008 RTIFF *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
009 PDF *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
010 PCL5e/5c *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
011 PCL XL *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
012 IPDL-C *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
013 BM-Links *CTL Japan Only
014 Other *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
015 IPDS *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
 SP8 511 and SP8 514 return the same results as they are both limited to the Print application.
 Print jobs output to the document server are not counted.

[T:PrtPGS/FIN]
8521 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by all
applications.
[C:PrtPGS/FIN]
8522 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed by the
Copy application.
[F:PrtPGS/FIN]
Fax application.
NOTE: Print finishing options for received faxes are currently not available.
[P:PrtPGS/FIN]
Print application.
[S:PrtPGS/FIN]
Scanner application.
[L:PrtPGS/FIN]
8526 These SPs count by finishing mode the total number of pages printed from
within the document server mode window at the operation panel.
001 Sort *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Stack *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 Staple *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Booklet *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 Z-Fold *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 Punch *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 Other *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Inside Fold *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

008
Half-Fold (FM2) (Multi Fold Unit)

Three-IN-Fold *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

009
Letter Fold-in (FM4) (Multi Fold Unit)
Three-OUT-Fold *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

010
Letter Fold-out (FM3) (Multi Fold Unit)
Four Fold *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

011
Double Parallel Fold (FM5) (Multi Fold Unit)
KANNON-Fold *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

012
Gate Fold (FM6) (Multi Fold Unit)
Perfect-Bind *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

013
Perfect Binder
Ring-Bind *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

014
Ring Binder
 If stapling is selected for finishing and the stack is too large for stapling, the unstapled
pages are still counted.
 The counts for staple finishing are based on output to the staple tray, so jam recoveries
Tables-8
Main SP
are counted.
This SP counts the amount of staples

8531 [Staples] *CTL used by the machine.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
8551 [T:FIN Books]
001 Perfect-Bind *CTL Booklet finishing
002 Ring-Bind *CTL Not used

8552 [C:FIN Books]
8554 [P:FIN Books]
8556 [L:FIN Books]
8561 [T:A Sheet Of Paper]
001 Total: Over A3/DLT *CTL
002 Total: Under A3/DLT *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
003 Duplex: Over A3/DLT *CTL
004 Duplex: Under A3/DLT *CTL
8562 [C:A Sheet Of Paper]

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]

8563 [F:A Sheet Of Paper]

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8564 [P:A Sheet Of Paper]

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
8566 [L:A Sheet Of Paper]

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
Tables-8
Main SP
8567 [O:A Sheet Of Paper]

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]

[T:Counter]
8581 These SPs count the total output broken down by color output, regardless of
the application used. In addition to being displayed in the SMC Report, these
counters are also displayed in the User Tools display on the copy machine.
001 Total *CTL
002 Total: Full Color *CTL
003 B&W/Single Color *CTL
004 Development: CMY *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
005 Development: K *CTL
008 Print: Color *CTL
009 Print: B/W *CTL
010 Total: Color *CTL
011 Total: B/W *CTL
012 Full Color: A3 *CTL
013 Full Color: -B4 *CTL
014 Full Color Print *CTL
015 Mono Color Print *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
017 Twin Color Mode Print *CTL
018 Full Color Print (Twin) *CTL
019 Mono Color Print (Twin) *CTL
020 Full Color Total (CV) *CTL
021 Mono Color Total (CV) *CTL
022 Full Color Print (CV) *CTL
023 Eco Color Print (FC) *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
024 Eco Color Print (Bk) *CTL
025 Total: Color (Eco Bk) *CTL

026 Total: B/W (Eco Bk) *CTL
027 Total: Color (Eco FC) *CTL
028 Development: CMY (A3) *CTL
029 Development: K (A3) *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
030 Total: Color (A3) *CTL
031 Total: B/W (A3) *CTL
[C:Counter]
8582 These SPs count the total output of the copy application broken down by color
output.
001 B/W *CTL
002 Mono Color *CTL
003 Full Color *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
005 Two Color *CTL
Tables-8
Main SP
[F:Counter]
8583 These SPs count the total output of the fax application broken down by color
output.
001 B/W *CTL
002 Mono Color *CTL
003 Full Color *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
005 Two Color *CTL

[P:Counter]
8584 These SPs count the total output of the print application broken down by color
output.
001 B/W *CTL
002 Mono Color *CTL
003 Full Color *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
005 Two Color *CTL
[L:Counter]
8586 These SPs count the total output of the local storage broken down by color
output.
001 B/W *CTL
002 Mono Color *CTL
003 Full Color *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1]
005 Two Color *CTL
[O:Counter]
8591 These SPs count the totals for A3/DLT paper use, number of duplex pages
printed, and the number of staples used. These totals are for Other (O:)
applications only.
001 A3/DLT *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Duplex *CTL

[T:CvgCounter]
8601 These SPs count the total coverage for each color and the total printout pages
for each printing mode.
001 Cvg: BW % *CTL

[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
002 Cvg: FC % *CTL
011 Cvg: BW Pages *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
012 Cvg: FC Pages *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
021 CvgCounter 1 *CTL
022 CvgCounter 2 *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
023 CvgCounter 3 *CTL
031 CvgCounter 1(YMC) *CTL
032 CvgCounter 2(YMC) *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
033 CvgCounter 3(YMC) *CTL
[C:CvgCounter]
8602
Tables-8
Main SP
-
001 Cvg: B/W % *CTL
002 Cvg: Single Color % *CTL

[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
003 Cvg: Two Color % *CTL
004 Cvg: Full Color % *CTL
[F:CvgCounter]
8603
-
001 Cvg: B/W % *CTL

[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]

[P:CvgCounter]
8604
-
001 Cvg: B/W % *CTL

[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
[L:CvgCounter]
8606
-
001 Cvg: B/W % *CTL

[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
[SDK Apli Counter]

8617
These SPs count the total printout pages for each SDK application.
001 SDK-1 *CTL
002 SDK-2 *CTL
003 SDK-3 *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 SDK-4 *CTL
005 SDK-5 *CTL
006 SDK-6 *CTL

[Func Use Counter]

8621
-
001 Function-001 *CTL
003 Function-003 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Tables-8
Main SP


[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]


[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Tables-8
Main SP
[T:FAX TX PGS]
8631 These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to a
telephone number.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
[F:FAX TX PGS]
8633 These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to a
telephone number.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]

 If a document has color and black-and-white pages mixed, the pages are counted separately
as B/W or Color.
 At the present time, this feature is provided for the Fax application only so SP8631 and
SP8633 are the same.
 The counts include error pages.
 If a document is sent to more than one destination with a Group transmission, the count is
done for each destination.
 Polling transmissions are counted but polling RX are not.
 Relay, memory, and confidential mailbox transmissions and are counted for each destination.
[T:IFAX TX PGS]
8641 These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by fax to as fax
images using I-Fax.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
[F:IFAX TX PGS]
8643 These SPs count by color mode the number of pages sent by Fax as fax
images using I-Fax.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
 If a document has color and black-and-white pages mixed, the pages are counted separately
as B/W or Color.
 At the present time, this feature is provided for the Fax application only so SP8641 and
SP8643 are the same.
 The counts include error pages.
 If a document is sent to more than one destination with a Group transmission, the count is
done for each destination.
 Polling transmissions are counted but polling RX are not.
 Relay, memory, and confidential mailbox transmissions and are counted for each destination.

[T:S-to-Email PGS]
8651 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages attached to an
e-mail for both the Scan and document server applications.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
[S:S-to-Email PGS]
8655 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages attached to an
e-mail for both the Scan and document server applications.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
 The count for B/W and Color pages is done after the document is stored on the HDD. If
the job is cancelled before it is stored, the pages are not counted.
 If Scan-to-Email is used to send a 10-page document to 5 addresses, the count is 10 (the
pages are sent to the same SMTP server together).
 If Scan-to-PC is used to send a 10-page document to 5 folders, the count is 50 (the
Tables-8
Main SP
document is sent to each destination of the SMB/FTP server).
 Due to restrictions on some devices, if Scan-to-Email is used to send a 10-page
document to a large number of destinations, the count may be divided and counted
separately. For example, if a 10-page document is sent to 200 addresses, the count is 10
for the first 100 destinations and the count is also 10 for the second 100 destinations, for
a total of 20.).
[T:Deliv PGS/Svr]
8661 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a Scan
Router server by both Scan and LS applications.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]

[S:Deliv PGS/Svr]
8665 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a Scan
Router server by the Scan application.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
 The B/W and Color counts are done after the document is stored on the HDD of the Scan
Router server.
 If the job is canceled before storage on the Scan Router server finishes, the counts are
not done.
 The count is executed even if regardless of confirmation of the arrival at the Scan Router
server.
[T:Deliv PGS/PC]
8671 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent to a folder on
a PC (Scan-to-PC) with the Scan and LS applications.
[S: Deliv PGS/PC]
8675 These SPs count by color mode the total number of pages sent with
Scan-to-PC with the Scan application.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 step]
8681 [T:PCFAX TXPGS] *CTL These SPs count the number of pages
sent by PC Fax. These SPs are
provided for the Fax application only, so
8683 [F:PCFAX TXPGS] *CTL the counts for SP8 681 and SP8 683
are the same.
[0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
 This counts pages sent from a PC using a PC fax application, from the PC through the copier
to the destination.
 When sending the same message to more than one place using broadcasting, the pages are

only counted once. (For example, a 10-page fax is sent to location A and location B. The
counter goes up by 10, not 20.)
8691 [T:TX PGS/LS] *CTL These SPs count the number of pages
sent from the document server. The
8692 [C:TX PGS/LS] *CTL
counter for the application that was
8693 [F:TX PGS/LS] *CTL used to store the pages is incremented.
[0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
8694 [P:TX PGS/LS] *CTL
8695 [S:TX PGS/LS] *CTL pages stored from within the document
panel. Pages stored with the Store File
8696 [L:TX PGS/LS] *CTL button from within the Copy mode
screen go to the C: counter.
 Print jobs done with Web Image Monitor and Desk Top Binder are added to the count.
 If several documents are merged for sending, the number of pages stored are counted
for the application that stored them.
 When several documents are sent by a Fax broadcast, the F: count is done for the
number of pages sent to each destination.
[TX PGS/Port]
Tables-8
Main SP
8701 These SPs count the number of pages sent by the physical port used to send
them. For example, if a 3-page original is sent to 4 destinations via ISDN G4,
the count for ISDN (G3, G4) is 12.
001 PSTN-1 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
002 PSTN-2 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
003 PSTN-3 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
004 ISDN (G3,G4) *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
005 Network *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

8711 [T:Scan PGS/Comp]
[S:Scan PGS/Comp]
8715
These SPs count the number of pages sent by each compression mode.
001 JPEG/JPEG2000 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
002 TIFF(Multi/Single) *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
003 PDF *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
004 Other *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
005 PDF/Comp *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
006 PDF/A *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
007 PDF(OCR) *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
008 PDF/Comp(OCR) *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
8721 [T:Deliv PGS/WSD]
[S: Dvliv PGS/WSD]

8725
These SPs count the number of pages scanned by each scanner mode.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
8731 [T:Scan PGS/Media]
[S:Scan PGS/Media]
8735 These SPs count the number of pages scanned and saved in a media by
each scanner mode.
001 B/W *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
002 Color *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

[RX PGS/Port]
8741 These SPs count the number of pages received by the physical port used to
receive them.
001 PSTN-1 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
002 PSTN-2 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
003 PSTN-3 *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
004 ISDN (G3,G4) *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
005 Network *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]
[Dev Counter]
8771 These SPs count the frequency of use (number of rotations of the
development rollers) for black and other color toners.
001 Total *CTL
002 K *CTL
003 Y *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 M *CTL
Tables-8
Main SP
005 C *CTL

[Toner_Bottle_Info.]
8781 These SPs display the number of already replaced toner bottles.
NOTE: Currently, the data in SP7-833-011 through 014 and the data in
SP8-781-001 through 004 are the same.
Toner: BK *ENG [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

001
The number of black-toner bottles
Toner: Y *ENG [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

002
The number of yellow-toner bottles
Toner: M *ENG [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

003
The number of magenta-toner bottles
Toner: C *ENG [0 to 9999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

004
The number of cyan-toner bottles
This SP displays the percent of space

available on the document server for
8791 [LS Memory Remain] *CTL
storing documents.
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1 / step]
[Toner Remain]
These SPs display the percent of toner remaining for each color. This SP
8801 allows the user to check the toner supply at any time.
Note: This precise method of measuring remaining toner supply (1% steps) is
better than other machines in the market that can only measure in increments
of 10 (10% steps).
001 K *CTL
002 Y *CTL
[0 to 100 / 0 / 1% / step]
003 M *CTL
004 C *CTL

[Eco Counter]
8811
-
001 Eco Total *CTL
002 Color *CTL
003 Full Color *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Duplex *CTL
005 Combine *CTL
006 Color (%) *CTL
007 Full Color (%) *CTL
008 Duplex (%) *CTL [0 to 100 / 0 / 1% / step]
009 Combine (%) *CTL
010 Paper Cut (%) *CTL
101 Eco Totalr:Last *CTL
102 Color:Last *CTL
103 Full Color:Last *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Tables-8
Main SP
104 Duplex:Last *CTL
105 Combine:Last *CTL
106 Color(%):Last *CTL
107 Full Color (%):Last *CTL
108 Duplex (%):Last *CTL [0 to 100 / 0 / 1% / step]
109 Combine (%):Last *CTL
110 Paper Cut (%):Last *CTL

[Cvr Cnt: 0-10%]
8851 These SPs display the number of scanned sheets on which the coverage of
each color is from 0% to 10%.
011 0 to 2%: BK *ENG
012 0 to 2%: Y *ENG

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
013 0 to 2%: M *ENG
014 0 to 2%: C *ENG
021 3 to 4%: BK *ENG
022 3 to 4%: Y *ENG

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
023 3 to 4%: M *ENG
024 3 to 4%: C *ENG
031 5 to 7%: BK *ENG
032 5 to 7%: Y *ENG

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
033 5 to 7%: M *ENG
034 5 to 7%: C *ENG
041 8 to 10%: BK *ENG
042 8 to 10%: Y *ENG

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
043 8 to 10%: M *ENG
044 8 to 10%: C *ENG

[Cvr Cnt: 11-20%]
001 BK *ENG
002 Y *ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M *ENG
004 C *ENG
[Cvr Cnt: 21-30%]
001 BK *ENG
002 Y *ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M *ENG
004 C *ENG
Tables-8
Main SP
[Cvr Cnt: 31%-]
each color is 31% or higher.
001 BK *ENG
002 Y *ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M *ENG
004 C *ENG

[Page/Toner Bottle]
8891
These SPs display the amount of the remaining current toner for each color.
001 BK *ENG
002 Y *ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M *ENG
004 C *ENG
[Page/Ink_prev1]
8901
These SPs display the amount of the remaining previous toner for each color.
001 BK *ENG
002 Y *ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M *ENG
004 C *ENG
[Page/Ink_prev2]
8911 These SPs display the amount of the remaining 2nd previous toner for each
color.
001 BK *ENG
002 Y *ENG
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 M *ENG
004 C *ENG

[Cvr Cnt/Total]
8921
Displays the total coverage and total printout number for each color.
001 Coverage (%) Bk *CTL
002 Coverage (%) Y *CTL

[0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
003 Coverage (%) M *CTL
004 Coverage (%) C *CTL
011 Coverage /P: Bk *CTL
012 Coverage /P: Y *CTL

[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
013 Coverage /P: M *CTL
014 Coverage /P: C *CTL
[Machine Status]
8941 These SPs count the amount of time the machine spends in each operation
mode. These SPs are useful for customers who need to investigate machine
operation for improvement in their compliance with ISO Standards.
Operation Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Tables-8
Main SP
001 Engine operation time. Does not include time while controller is saving data to
HDD (while engine is not operating).
Standby Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Engine not operating. Includes time while controller saves data to HDD. Does
not include time spent in Energy Save, Low Power, or Off modes.
Energy Save Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 10 / step]

003
Includes time while the machine is performing background printing.
Low Power Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Includes time in Energy Save mode with Engine on. Includes time while
machine is performing background printing.

Off Mode Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 Includes time while machine is performing background printing. Does not
include time machine remains powered off with the power switches.
SC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

006
Total time when SC errors have been staying.
PrtJam *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

007
Total time when paper jams have been staying during printing.
OrgJam *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

008
Total time when original jams have been staying during scanning.
Supply PM Unit End *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

009
Total time when toner end has been staying
[AddBook Register]
8951 These SPs count the number of events when the machine manages data
registration.
User Code/User ID *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

001
User code registrations.
Mail Address *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

002
Mail address registrations.
Fax Destination *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

003
Fax destination registrations.
Group *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

004
Group destination registrations.
Transfer Request *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

005
Fax relay destination registrations for relay TX.

F-Code *CTL [0 to 9999999/ 0 / 1 / step]

006
F-Code box registrations.
Copy Program *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 255 / step]

007
Copy application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature.
Fax Program *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 255 / step]

008
Fax application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature.
Printer Program *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 255 / step]

009
Printer application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature.
Scanner Program *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / 255 / step]

010
Scanner application registrations with the Program (job settings) feature.
[Electricity Status]
8961
-
001 Ctrl Standby Time *CTL
002 STR Time *CTL
Tables-8
Main SP
003 Main Power Off Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Reading and Printing

004 *CTL
Time
005 Printing Time *CTL
006 Reading Time *CTL
007 Eng Waiting Time *CTL
008 Low Power State Time *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
009 Silent State Time *CTL
010 Heater Off State Time *CTL
011 LCD on Time *CTL

[Unit Control]
8971
-
Engine Off Recovery

001 *CTL
Count
[0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Power Off Count *CTL
003 Force Power Off Count *CTL
[AdminCounter]
8999
Displays each total print out and total coverage.
001 Total *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
002 Copy:FC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
003 Copy:BW *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
004 Copy:OneC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
005 Copy:TwoC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
006 Printer:FC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
007 Printer:BW *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
008 Printer:OneC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
009 Printer:TwoC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
010 FaxP:BW *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
011 FaxP:OneC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
012 A3/DLT *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
013 Duplex *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
014 Cvg:FC % *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
015 Cvg:BW % *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
016 Cvg:FC Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
017 Cvg:BW Pages *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

018 GPC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
019 GPC Printer *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
020 Full Color GPC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
021 A2 *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
022 SendTtl:FC *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
023 SendTtl:BW *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
024 FaxSend *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
0250 ScanSend:FC *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
026 ScanSend:BW *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
027 Total *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
028 Copy:FC *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
029 Copy:BW *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
030 Copy:OneC *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
031 Copy:TwoC *CTL [0 to 2147483647 / 0 / 1% / step]
101 Printer:FC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
Tables-8
Main SP
102 Printer:BW *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
103 Printer:OneC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
104 Printer:TwoC *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]
105 FaxP:BW *CTL [0 to 99999999 / 0 / 1 / step]

INPUT AND OUTPUT CHECK
1 ~ 126 4/23/2014 5803 Input check table
63 ~ 116 5/15/2014 Added D136 only note
Input Check Table
7. INPUT AND OUTPUT CHECK
7.1 INPUT CHECK TABLE
5803 [INPUT Check]

001 (PIBPort07)
Bit Description Reading
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 PTR AC Error Detection Normal SC detected
5 PTR Separation PP Error Detection Normal SC detected
4 PTR PP Error Detection Normal SC detected
3 ITB PP Error Detection Y Normal SC detected
2 ITB PP Error Detection M Normal SC detected
1 ITB PP Error Detection C Normal SC detected
0 ITB PP Error Detection K Normal SC detected
002 (PIBPort08)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 PCU Set Detection: Y Set Not Set
5 PCU Set Detection: M Set Not Set
4 PCU Set Detection: C Set Not Set
3 PCU Set Detection: K Set Not Set
2 Not used - - Input and Output
1 Not used - -
Check
0 Not used - -
003 (PIBPort09)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Toner Supply door interlock switch Cover closed Cover open
5 Toner Supply unit Set Detection Set Not Set
4 Not used - -
3 Imaging Cooing Fan /Right Normal Not normal
2 Imaging Cooing Fan /left Normal Not normal
1 Controller Exhaust Fan Normal Not normal

Input Check Table
0 Duplex Exhaust Fan/center Not normal Normal

004 (PIBPort13)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Lubricant Unit Detection M Set Unset
5 Lubricant Unit Detection Y Set Unset
4 P Sensor Cleaning Fan Not normal Normal
3 Development Exhaust Fan/left Not normal Normal
2 Development Exhaust Fan/Right Not normal Normal
1 Heat Pipe Exhaust Fan Normal Not normal
0 Heat Pipe Intake Fan Not normal Normal
005 (PIBPort17)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
006 (PIBPort23)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
*3 Lubricant Near End Switch/Y Near End Normal
*2 Lubricant Near End Switch/M Near End Normal
*1 Lubricant Near End Switch/C Near End Normal
*0 Lubricant Near End Switch/K Near End Normal
*Set SP5805-192 (Lubricant Near-End SW Power Control) to ON, and then check the
values of bits 3, 2, 1, and 0. After this, make sure to set SP5805-192 back to OFF (0).
007 (PIBPort24)

Input Check Table
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Shutter Sensor Shutter closed Sutter open
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
008 (PIBPort27)
0 1
7 Charge PP Error Detection Y Normal SC detected
6 Charge PP Error Detection M Normal SC detected
5 Charge PP Error Detection C Normal SC detected
4 Charge PP Error Detection K Normal SC detected
Development Bias Error Detection
3 Normal SC detected
Y
M
C
K
009 (PIBEXINT)
Bit Description Reading Input and Output
0 1
Check
Home
Development Sleeve Home
7 Not detected Position
Position Sensor M
detected
Home
6 OPC Home Position Sensor M Not detected Position
detected
Home
Position Sensor Y
detected
Home
4 OPC Home Position Sensor Y Not detected Position
detected
Input Check Table
Home
Position Sensor Bk
detected
Home
2 OPC Home Position Sensor Bk Not detected Position
detected
Home
Position Sensor C
detected
Home
0 OPC Home Position Sensor C Not detected Position
detected
010
(FSBPort08)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6* Fusing Unit Specification5
Fusing Unit Specification4 (Series
5*
2/ Unit Detection)
Fusing Unit Specification 3 (Series
4*
1/Unit Detection)
3 Fusing Unit Specification 2 (Type) Pro Office
2 Not used - -
Fusing Unit Specification 0 (Voltage
1 200V 100V
100V/200V)
0 Not used - -
*Readings for bits 4, 5, 6:
Set: Bits 4, 5, 6 = “0”, “0”, “1”, respectively
Unset: All other combinations
011
(FSBPort13)
0 1
7 Not used - -
Stopped/Lock
6 Duplex Exhaust Fan/Front Normal
detected
Stopped/Lock
5 Drive Exhaust Fan/left Normal
detected

Input Check Table
Stopped/Lock
4 IH & Belt Cleaning Exhaust Fan Normal
detected
Stopped/Lock
3 IH Power Cooling Fan Normal
detected
Stopped/Lock
2 PSU Fan/left Normal
detected
Stopped/Lock
1 PSU Fan/Right Normal
detected
0 Not used - -
012
(FSBPort17)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Fusing Cam Position Sensor B Blocked Unblocked
4 Fusing Cam Position Sensor A Blocked Unblocked
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
013
(FSBPort22)
0 1
Waste Toner Bottle Near Full Input and Output
7 Normal Near Full
Sensor
Check
6 Not used - -
5 Waste Toner Bottle Set Sensor Set Unset
4 Waste Toner Bottle Lock Sensor Blocked Unblocked
3 Heat Pipe Set Detection Set Unset
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
014
(FSBPort23)
0 1

Input Check Table
7 Fusing Unit Exit Sensor Paper No Paper

6 Fusing Unit Entrance Sensor Paper No Paper
5 Not used - -
Output
4 24VS1 Output Monitor Output Normal
Error/OFF
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 IH Inverter Error Information Normal IH Error
015
(FSBPort28)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 IH: Enable OFF ON
2 FDB_M Set Detection Set Unset
1 Refresh Roller Contact Sensor Out of Home Home
0 Refresh Roller Drive Motor Normal Error
016
(FSBPort29)
0 1
7 Fusing Motor (BLM) Lock Normal Error
Bottle Waste Toner Motor (BLM)
6 Normal Error
Lock
Waste Toner Collection Motor
5 Normal Error
(BLM) Lock
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
High Temperature Detection: High temperature
2 Normal
Thermopile Heating Center detected
1 Normal
Thermistor Heating Front detected
0 Normal
Thermopile Heating Roller Center detected

Input Check Table
017
(FSBEXINT)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Interlock Door Open/Close Door Closed Door Open
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
Zero Cross
0 Zero Cross 2 Not detected
detected
019 (FSBPort3)
0 1
Stopped/Lock
7 Fusing Exit Exhaust Fan Normal
detected
Stopped/Lock
6 Ozone Exhaust Fan Normal
detected
Fusing Pressure Roller Exhaust Stopped/Lock
5 Normal
Fan detected
Stopped/Lock
4 Duplex Exhaust Fan/Rear Normal
detected
3 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
Check
0 Not used - -
020
(PFB_V1Port07)
0 1
7 4th Feed Sensor Paper No paper
6 3rd Feed Sensor Paper No paper
5 2nd Feed Sensor Paper No paper
4 1st Feed Sensor Paper No paper
3 4th Transport Sensor Paper No paper
2 3rd Transport Sensor Paper No paper

Input Check Table
1 2ndTransport Sensor Paper No paper

0 1st Transport Sensor Paper No paper
021
(PFB_V1Port09)
0 1
7 Not used - -
Vertical Transport Door Open/Close
6 Door closed Door open
Sensor
H to L rise, L to H rise,
5 Drawer Lock Sensor unlocked at the Locked at the
edge edge
Bottom Left Door Open/Close
4 Door closed Door open
Sensor
3 Not used - -
2 Bypass Door Open/Close Sensor Door closed Door open
1 Not used - -
0 Tandem Tray Left Set Detection Set Unset
022
(PFB_V1Port19)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Left Tray Paper Sensor Paper No Paper
1 Transport Press Sensor Not pressed Pressed
0 Transport Home Position Sensor Out of home Home
023
(PFB_V1Port27)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Duplex Inverter Sensor Paper No Paper
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -

Input Check Table
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
024
(PFB_V2Port07)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Decurl Unit Exit Sensor Paper No Paper
5 Decurl Unit Exit Sensor Paper No Paper
4 Shift Roller HP Sensor Home Out of Home
3 Decurl Unit Roller Unit Set Sensor Set Unset
2 Decurl Unit Connection Sensor Unit Set Unit Unset
1 Decurl Unit Roller Direction Sensor Downward Curl Upward Curl
Decurl Unit Front Door Open/Close
0 Door Closed Door Open
Detection
025
(PFB_V2Port08)
0 1
7 Not used - -
Not
6 Key Counter SET Connected
Connected
Not
5 Key Card SET Connected
Connected Input and Output
4 Not used - -
Check
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
026
(PFB_V2Port11)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -

Input Check Table
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
Mainframe LED-SW Right (SW
2 ON OFF
(SW)
1 Mainframe LED-SW Left (SW) ON OFF
0 Bypass Paper End Sensor Paper No paper
027
(PFB_V2Port13)
0 1
7 Not used - -
Bypass Main Scan Length Sensor
6
CN5
5
CN4
4 See table below (Combination 1).
CN3
3
CN2
2
CN1
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
028
(PFB_V2Port14)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Fusing Web Contact Sensor No contact Contact
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
029
(PFB_V2Port15)

Input Check Table
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Bypass Sub Scan Length Sensor SEF (Large) LEF (Large)
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
030
(PFB_V2Port18)
0 1
Tray 4 Lift Motor Paper Height
7
Sensor 2
6
Sensor 1
5
Sensor 2
4
Sensor 1
See table below (Combination 2).
3
Sensor 2
2
Sensor 1
Tray 1 Lift Motor Paper Height Input and Output
1
Sensor 2
Check

0
Sensor 1
031
(PFB_V2Port19)
0 1
7 Tray 4 Paper End Sensor No paper Paper
3 Tray 4 Upper Limit Sensor Paper Height Not Paper Height

Input Check Table
Reached Reached
Paper Height Not Paper Height
2 Tray 3 Upper Limit Sensor
Reached Reached
Reached Reached
Reached Reached
032
(PFB_V2Port24)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Bypass Feed Sensor Paper No paper
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
033
(PFB_V2Port29)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
034
(PFB_V2EXINT)
0 1
Home
Sensor Shift Home Position Sensor
(Fall)
detected

Input Check Table
6 Not used - -
Home
Inverter Junction Gate Home
Position Sensor (Fall)
detected
Home
Inverter Junction Gate Home
Position Sensor (Rise)
detected
Paper Edge Paper Edge
3 Edge Sensor 1
detected not detected
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
Home
Sensor Shift Home Position Sensor
(Rise)
detected
035
(PFB_V3Port07)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Paper Sensor 3 (Tandem) No paper Paper
2 Lower Limit Sensor (Tandem) Not lower limit Lower limit
End Fence
1 Rear End Fence Closed Sensor End Fence Open
Closed Input and Output
0 Not used - -
Check
036
(PFB_V3Port13)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
Drawer Unit Drawer Unit
4 Drawer Unit Set Sensor
Unset Set
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
Input Check Table
0 Not used - -
037
(PFB_V3Port14)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Paper Exit Sensor Paper No paper
1 Duplex Exit Sensor Paper No paper
0 Not used - -
038
(PFB_V3Port15)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Inverter Exit Sensor Paper No paper
1 Paper Exit Relay Sensor Paper No paper
0 Paper Exit Full Sensor Not full Full
039
(PFB_V3Port17)
0 1
7 Duplex Transport Sensor 4 Paper No paper
3 Not used - -
Registration Sensor (Paper
2 Paper No paper
Feed-out)
1 Duplex Entrance Sensor Paper No paper
0 Registration Sensor (Paper Paper No paper

Input Check Table
Feed-in)
040
(PFB_V3Port18)
0 1
7 Tray 4 Set Sensor Set Unset
4 Tray 1 Right Tray Set Sensor Set Unset
3 Tray 4 Paper Size SW Knob 1
061
(PFB_V3Port19)
0 1
062 Input and Output
(PFB_V3Port22)
Check

0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
063

Input Check Table
(PFB_V3Port24)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 Inverter Feed-in Sensor Paper No paper
2 Mainframe Relay Sensor Paper No paper
1 Not used - -
0 Transport Tank Paper Sensor Paper No paper
064
(PFB_V3Port25)
0 1
7 Exit Inverter Sensor Paper No paper
6 Purge Relay Sensor Paper No paper
5 Purged Paper Sensor Paper No paper
4 Vertical Transport Relay Sensor Paper No paper
Home
3 Roller Home Position Sensor 2 Not detected Position
detected
Roller Home Position Sensor 1 Home Position
2
(0:Not detected detected)
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
065
(PFB_V3Port30)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
Upper limit not Upper limit
3 Bypass Tray Upper Limit Sensor
reached reache
Lower limit not Lower limit
2 Bypass Tray Lower Limit Sensor
reached reached

Input Check Table
1 Bypass Tray Set Sensor Set Unset

A3 Tray Unit
0 A3 Tray Unit Set Sensor A3 Tray Unit Set
Unset
066
(PFB_V3Port
EXINT)
0 1
3 Paper No paper
Feed-in)
1 Paper No paper
Feed-out)
0 Not used - -
070
(DUB_Port04)
0 1
7 FDB Set Detection Set Unset
Hand not
6 Drawer Handle Sensor Hand inserted
inserted
5 Fusing Web End Sensor Web remaining Web End Input and Output
4 PTB Fan (Front) Error Detection Not normal Normal
Check
3 PTB Fan (Rear) Error Detection Not normal Normal

Paper Cooler HP Cooling Fan Error
2 Not normal Normal
Detection
Fusing Pressure Roller Intake Fan
1 Normal Error
Error Detection
0 IH Coil Cooling Fan Error Detection Error Normal
071
(DUB_Port05)
0 1
7 Transport Belt Unit Set Sensor Unset Set

Input Check Table
6 Duplex Inverter Sensor Paper No paper

1 Duplex Exit Sensor Paper No paper
0 Inverter Exit Sensor Paper No paper
072
(DUB_Port06)
0 1
7 Fusing Web Set Sensor Set Unset
6 Transport Tank Paper Sensor Paper No paper
5 Mainframe Relay Sensor 4 Paper No paper
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Registration Sensor Paper No paper
073
(DUB_Port07)
0 1
7 Purge Relay Sensor Paper No paper
6 Edge Sensor 1 Paper No paper
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
074
(DUB_Port08)
0 1
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -

Input Check Table
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Paper Exit Relay Sensor Paper No paper
075
(DUB_Port09)
0 1
7 Paper Exit Sensor Paper No paper
6 Exit Inverter Sensor Paper No paper
5 Inverter Entrance Sensor Paper No paper
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
076
(DUB_Port18)
0 1
Duplex Lower Guide Plate
7 Closed Open
Open/Close Sensor
Registration Upper Guide Plate
6 Closed Open
Open/Close Sensor
Paper Exit Upper Guide Plate

4 Closed Open
Check
Open/Close Sensor
3 Not used - -
Paper Exit Left Guide Plate
2 Closed Open
Open/Close Sensor
1 Not used - -
Fusing Exit Guide Plate
0 Closed Open
Open/Close Sensor
077
(DUB_Port19)
0 1

Input Check Table
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
078
(TSB_Port06)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Belt Cleaning Set Sensor Unset Set
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Not used - -
1 Not used - -
0 ITB Intake Fan Error Detection Normal Error
079
(TSB_Port07)
0 1
Toner
7 Toner End Sensor Y Toner End
Remaining
Toner
6 Toner End Sensor M Toner End
Remaining
Toner
5 Toner End Sensor C Toner End
Remaining
Toner
4 Toner End Sensor K Toner End
Remaining
Development Intake Fan Y Error
3 Not normal Normal
Detection
Development Intake Fan M Error
2 Not normal Normal
Detection
Development Intake Fan C Error
1 Not normal Normal
Detection

Input Check Table
Development Intake Fan K Error

0 Not normal Normal
Detection
080 (PIBPort14)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Lubricant Unit Detection C Set Unset
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
081 (PIBPort15)
0 1
7 Not used - -
6 Not used - -
5 Not used - -
4 Not used - -
3 Not used - -
2 Lubricant Unit Detection K Set Unset
1 Not used - -
0 Not used - -
Input and Output

Check

Input Check Table
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: Front Cover
opening-closing Detection
Sensor (0: Open, 1: Close)
Bit 1: Transport Sensor (0:
Detected, 1: Not Detected)
Bit 2: Exit Sensor (0:
Bit 3: Feed Sensor (0:
A3LCT-CPU-Port1 ENG Bit 4: Paper End Detection
082 Sensor (0: Detected, 1: Not
Detected)
Bit 5: Upper Limit Detection
Sensor (0: Upper Limit, 1: No
Upper Limit)
Bit 6: Upper Left Cover
opening-closing Detection
Sensor (0: Open, 1: Close)
Bit 7: Relay Sensor (0:
Checks each sensor’s information.

Input Check Table
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: Remaining Detection
Sensor 1 (0: Not Detected, 1:
Detected)
Detected)
Detected)
A3LCT-CPU-Port2 ENG Detected)
083 Bit 4: Size Detection Sensor 1
(0: Not Detected, 1:
Detected)
Bit 5: Size Detection Sensor 2
Detected)
Bit 6: Size Detection Sensor 3
Detected)
Bit 7: Length Detection
Sensor (0: Not Detected, 1:
Detected)
Input and Output

Checks each sensor’s information.
Check

Input Check Table
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: DIPSW1 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
OFF)
OFF)
A3LCT-CPU-Port4 ENG OFF)
084 Bit 4: DIPSW5 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
OFF)
OFF)
OFF)
Checks setting status for DIPSW.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: -
Bit 3: -
A3LCT-CPU-PortA ENG Bit 4: -
085 Bit 5: Alarm before Fan (0:
Normal, 1: Not Normal)
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: Alarm after Fan (0:
Normal, 1: Not Normal)
Checks Not Normal/Normal condition for Fan.

Input Check Table
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: -
Bit 3: -
A3LCT-CPU-PortB ENG
086 Bit 4: -
Bit 5: Tray Set (0: Set, 1:
Unset)
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
Checks if Tray is set.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: -
Bit 3: Feed Unit Set Detection
A3LCT-CPU-PortC ENG
087 (0: Set, 1: Unset)
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
Checks if Feed Unit is set.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: Feed Motor FAULT (0: Input and Output
Normal, 1: Not Normal) Check
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: -
A3LCT-CPU-PortD ENG
088 Bit 3: -
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
Checks Not Normal/Normal condition for Feed Motor.

Input Check Table
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: -
Bit 3: -
A3LCT-CPU-PortE ENG Bit 4: -
089 Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: Feed Motor STS0 (0:
Ready, 1: E2PROM
Download)
Checks Not Normal/Normal condition for Exit Motor. Displays the condition: 0:
Usable, 1: Unusable.
PIBPort25 ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]

091
Displays data register value for PIB_VODKA Port09
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Ready, 1: E2PROM
Download)
Bit 1: Transport Motor FAULT
(0: Normal, 1: Not Normal)
A3LCT-CPU-PortF ENG
Bit 2: -
092 Bit 3: -
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
Checks Not Normal/Normal condition for Feed Motor and Transport Motor.
Displays the condition: 0: Usable, 1: Unusable regarding Bit 0.

Input Check Table
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: -
Ready, 3: E2PROM
Download)
A3LCT-CPU-PortG ENG
093 (0: Normal, 1: Not Normal)
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
Checks Not Normal/Normal condition for Transport Motor and Feed Motor.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: Slide Detection Sensor
1 (0: Detected, 1: Not
Detected)
Bit 1: Slide Detection Sensor
2 (0: Detected, 1: Not
Detected)
Bit 2: Lower Limit Detection
Sensor (0: No Lower Limit, 1:
Lower Limit)
Bit 3: Feed Sensor (0: Input and Output
094 A3LCT-CPU-Port1 ENG Detected, 1: Not Detected) Check
Bit 4: Paper End Detection

Sensor (0: Detected, 1: Not
Detected)
Bit 5: Upper Limit Detection
Sensor (0: Upper Limit, 1: No
Upper Limit)
Bit 6: Paper Detection Sensor
(0: Detected, 1: Not
Detected)
Bit 7: Relay Sensor (0:

Input Check Table
Checks each Sensor’s information.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Detected)
Detected)
A3LCT-CPU-Port2 ENG Sensor 3 (0: Not Detected, 1:
095 Detected)
Detected)
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
Checks each Sensor’s information.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
OFF)
OFF)
OFF)
A3LCT-CPU-Port4 ENG OFF)
096 Bit 4: DIPSW5 (0: ON, 1:
OFF)
OFF)
OFF)
OFF)
Checks the setting condition for DIPSW.

Input Check Table
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: Paper Supply Cover
opening-closing SW (0:
Close, 1: Open)
Bit 2: -
A3LCT-CPU-PortC ENG
097 Bit 3: -
Bit 4: -
Bit 5: Tray Down SW (0: ON,
1: OFF)
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
Checks each SW condition.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: Feed Motor FAULT (0:
Not Normal, 1: Normal)
Bit 1: -
Bit 2: -
A3LCT-CPU-PortD ENG
098 Bit 3: -
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
Checks Not Normal/Normal condition for Feed Motor.

Input and Output
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step] Check

Ready, 1: E2PROM
Download)
(0: Not Normal, 1: Normal)
099 A3LCT-CPU-PortF ENG
Bit 2: -
Bit 3: -
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -

Input Check Table
Checks Not Normal/Normal condition for Feed Motor and Transport Motor.
[0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
Bit 0: -
Bit 1: -
Ready, 3: E2PROM
A3LCT-CPU-PortG ENG Download)
100 Bit 3: -
Bit 4: -
Bit 1: -
Bit 6: -
Bit 7: -
Checks Not Normal/Normal condition for Transport Motor.

Displays the condition: 0: Usable, 1: Unusable.
1st Right Tray Set Detection ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

101
Displays detection condition for the sensors, SW etc.
1st Left Tray Set Detection ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

102
Tray 2 Set Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

103

104

105
Tray 2 Size Detection SW ENG [0 or 15 / 0 / 1/step]

106
Tray 3 Size Detection SW ENG [0 or 15 / 0 / 1/step]

107
108 Tray 4 Size Detection SW ENG [0 or 15 / 0 / 1/step]

Input Check Table
Bypass Main Scan Length

ENG [0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
109 Sensor
Bypass Sub Scan Length

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
110 Sensor
Tray 1 Paper End Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

111

112

113

114
Bypass Paper End Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

115
Left Tray Paper Detect Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] Input and Output
116
Check
Tray 1: Upper Limit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

117

118

119
120 Tray 4: Upper Limit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Input Check Table
Tray 1: Lower Limit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

121
Tray 1: Paper Height Sensor 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

122

123

124
Tray 2 Paper Height Detection

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
125 1

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
126 2

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
127 1

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
128 2

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
129 1

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
130 2

Input Check Table
Tray 1 Transport HP Detection

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
131 Sn
Tray 1 Transport Press

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
132 Detection Sn
Rear Side Fence Close

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
133 Sensor
1st Paper Feed Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

134
2nd Paper Feed Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

135
3rd Paper Feed Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

136
4th Paper Feed Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

137
Bypass Feed Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Displays detection condition for the sensors, SW etc. Check
Transport Sensor 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

139

140

141

142

Input Check Table
Main Unit Relay Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

145
Registration Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

146
Paper Exit Relay Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

147
Paper Exit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

148
Paper Exit Tray Full Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

149
Inverter Entrance Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

150
Paper Exit Inverter Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

151
Inverter Exit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

152
Purge Relay Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

153
Purge Paper Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

154
Duplex Inverter Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

155
Duplex Entrance Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

156
Duplex Transport Sensor 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

157

Input Check Table

158

159

160
Duplex Exit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

161
Inverter Entra Junc Solenoid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
162 Home Sensor
Heatpipe Unit Set Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

163
Roller HP Detect Sensor 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

164
Roller HP Detect Sensor 2 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

165
Sensor Shift Home Detect Sn ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] Input and Output

166
Check
Edge Detect Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

167
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Feed 1 Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
168 0: Not Detected
Displays the presence of Motor Error.

Input Check Table
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
169 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
170 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
171 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Bypass Paper Feed Error ENG 1: Detected
172 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Transport Motor 1 Error ENG 1: Detected
173 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
174 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
175 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
176 Transport Motor 4 Error ENG 1: Detected
0: Not Detected

Input Check Table
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Main Unit Relay Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
177 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Registration Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
178 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Exit Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
180 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Exit Inverter Motor
ENG 1: Detected
181 Error 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Inverter Entrance Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
182 0: Not Detected
Displays the presence of Motor Error. Input and Output
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Check
Duplex Inverter Motor Error ENG 1: Detected

184 0: Not Detected
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Duplex Transport Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
185 0: Not Detected

Input Check Table
[0 to 31 / 0 / 1/step]
Duplex Exit Motor Error ENG 1: Detected
186 0: Not Detected
Bypass BotPlt Lower Limit

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
187 Position Sn
Bypass BotPlt Upper Limit

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
188 Position Sn
Bypass Tray Set Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

189
Regist Upper Guide Plate

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
190 Sensor
Paper Exit Left Guide Plate

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
191 Sensor
Paper Exit Upper Guide Plate

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
192 Sensor
Horizontal Transport Guide

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
193 Plate Sensor
Main Unit LED-SW Left (LED) ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

194
Main Unit LED-SW Right

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
195 (LED)

Input Check Table
HP Senser ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

200
Executes operation check for Scanner HP Sensor.
Platen Cover Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

201
Executes operation check for Platen Cover Sensor.
Upper Right Cover Open

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
202 Switch
Lower Right Cover Open

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
203 Switch
Drawer Lock Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

204
-
Drawer Set Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

205
-
Drawer Knob Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

206
-
Buffer Pass
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
210 Unit:CTB_H8S-Port9
Input and Output
Buffer Pass Unit CTB_H8S-Port9 Check
Buffer Pass
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
211 Unit:CTB_H8S-PortA
Buffer Pass Unit CTB_H8S-PortA
Buffer Pass
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
212 Unit:CTB_H8S-PortB
Buffer Pass Unit CTB_H8S-PortB
Buffer Pass
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
213 Unit:CTB_H8S-PortC
Buffer Pass Unit CTB_H8S-PortC

Input Check Table
Buffer Pass
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
214 Unit:CTB_H8S-PortD
Buffer Pass Unit CTB_H8S-PortD
Buffer Pass
ENG [0 to 255 / 0 / 1/step]
215 Unit:CTB_H8S-PortE
Buffer Pass Unit CTB_H8S-PortE
6011 [1-Pass ADF INPUT Check]
Original Length 1 (B5 Sensor) ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
Original Length 2 (A4 Sensor) ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
part.
Original Length 3 (LG Sensor) ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
part.
Original Width 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
part.
part.
part.
part.

Input Check Table
part.
Original Detection ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

009
Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is detected.
Separation Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
part.
Skew Correction ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
part.
Scan Entrance Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
part.
Registration Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
part.
Exit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Input and Output
part. Check
Feed Cover Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

015
Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when Cover is opened.
Lift Up Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

016
Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when Lift Up is detected.
Pick-Up Roller HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when Pick-Up Roller is not in
HP.

Input Check Table
Bottom Plate HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when Bottom Plate is not in
HP.
Bottom Plate Position Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022 Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when Pick-Up Roller is not in
Feed Position.
Original Length 4 (LT/A4 Tail

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor)
023
Acquires Sensor information for ADF. Turns to "1" when the original is in Sensor
part.
6123 [INPUT Check: 2K/3K FIN]
Entrance Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
Horizontal Transport Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Switchback Transport Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Proof Exit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Shift Exit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.

Input Check Table
Booklet Stapler Exit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
HP Sensor
007
Acquires Sensor information for the specified sensors. Displays signal level for
Sensors as it is.
Punch HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Punch Movement HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
S-to-S Registration Detection

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
HP Sensor
010
Sensors as it is.
Lower Junction Solenoid HP

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor
Sensors as it is.
Check
Jogger Fence HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Hitroll HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.

Input Check Table
Feed Out Belt HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Staple Moving HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Booklet Stapler HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Booklet Jogger HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Booklet Jog Solenoid HP

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor
018
Sensors as it is.
Booklet Standard Fence HP

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor
019
Sensors as it is.
Bklet Stapler HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Folder Blade Cam HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Fold Plate HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.

Input Check Table
Shift Roller HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Shift Jogger HP Sensor: Front ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Shift Jogger HP Sensor: Rear ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Shift Jogger Retraction HP

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor
027
Sensors as it is.
Drag Roller Vibrating HP

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor
028
Sensors as it is.
LE Guide HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Input and Output
TE Stack Plate HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Check
Sensors as it is.
Staple Tray Paper Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
ITB Paper Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.

Input Check Table
Booklet Stapler Transport

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Sn: Upper
033
Sensors as it is.
Booklet Stapler Transport

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Sn: Lower
034
Sensors as it is.
Paper Height Sensor: Shift ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Corner Stapler Paper Height

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor 1
036
Sensors as it is.
Corner Stapler Paper Height

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor 2
037
Sensors as it is.
Proof Tray Full Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Booklet Stapler Full Sensor 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Booklet Stapler Full Sensor 2 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Punch Registratioin Detection

041 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor

Input Check Table
Sensors as it is.
Punch RPS Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
Corner Stapler Leading Edge

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Detection Sensor
043
Sensors as it is.
Corner Stapler Staple End

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor
044
Sensors as it is.
Booklet Stapler Staple End

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor: Front
045
Sensors as it is.
Booklet Stapler Staple End

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensor: Rear
046
Sensors as it is. Input and Output
Shift Tray Lower Limit Sensor

Check
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1
047
Sensors as it is.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
2
048
Sensors as it is.

049 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
3

Input Check Table
Sensors as it is.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
4
050
Sensors as it is.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
5
051
Sensors as it is.
Punch Chad Full Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Sensors as it is.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Punch Set Sensor ENG 0: Connected
053 1: Unconnected
Acquires connecting condition for Punch unit.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Shift Jogger Set Detection ENG 0: Connected
054 1: Unconnected
Acquires connecting condition for Shift Tray Jogger unit.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Booklet Stapler Set Detection ENG 0: Connected
055 1: Unconnected
Acquires connecting condition for Book Stapler unit.
Front Door Open Switch ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
056 Acquires information for the specified switches. Displays signal level for
Switches as it is.
Dynamic Roller Open/Close

057 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Guide Plate Sensor

Input Check Table
Sensors as it is.
Tray Upper Limit SW ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Switches as it is.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Plate Limit SW
059
Acquires information for the specified switches. Displays signal level for
Switches as it is.
Punch DIP SW1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Switches as it is.
Punch DIP SW2 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Switches as it is.
[FIN INPUTCheck 3KFIN(100Bind)]

6147
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Entrance Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
Input and Output
Paper Not Detected = 1 Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Proof Exit Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
Paper Not Detected = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Shift Tray Exit Sensor 1 ENG Paper Detected = 0
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Staple Exit Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0

Input Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Tray Lower Limit Sensor ENG Other = 0
Lower Limit = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Shift Tray Near Full Sensor ENG Other = 0
Lower Limit = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Feed-Out Belt HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Jogger HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 Shift Tray Half-Turn Sensor 1 ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 Stapler HP Front/Rear Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Stapler HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 Staple Out Sensor ENG Cartridge Detected = 0
Cartridge Not Detected = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 Staple Tray Paper Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Front Door Open Switch ENG Close = 0
Open = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015 Punch Detection Sensor ENG Not Changed = 0
Changed = 1

Input Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
016 Punch HP Sensor 1 ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 Punch-out Hopper Full Sensor ENG Not Full = 0
Full = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Stapling Paper Height Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Paper Detection Sensor: Shift ENG Paper Detected = 0
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Jam Detection Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 Proof Full Detection Sensor ENG Not Full = 0
Full = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022 Stapler Rotation Sensor 1 ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Stapler Trimmings Hopper Full Input and Output
023 ENG Not Full = 0
Sensor
Full = 1
Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 Pre-Stack Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Stack Plate HP Sensor
025 ENG Home = 0
(Center)
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 Exit Guide Open Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1

Input Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Stapler Rotation Sensor 2 ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
028 Staple Ready Sensor ENG Staple Detected = 0
Staple Not Detected = 0
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
029 Stack Plate HP Sensor (Front) ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
030 Stack Plate HP Sensor (Back) ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
031 Positioning Roller HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
032 Return Drive HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033 Stapling Paper Height Sensor ENG Paper Detected = 0
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Shift Lower Limit Sensor
034 ENG Other = 0
(Large Paper)
Lower Limit = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
035 Punch HP Sensor 2 ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
036 Shift Jogger Sensor ENG Not Changed = 0
Changed = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
037 Shift Jogger HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1

Input Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Shift Jogger Retraction HP
038 ENG Retract = 0
Sensor
Not Retract = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
039 Emergency Stop Switch ENG OFF=0
ON=1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
040 Top Fence HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
041 Bottom Fence HP Sensor ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
LowerTray Full Sensor
042 ENG Not Full = 0
(Z-Folded Paper)
Full = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
043 Shift Tray Exit Sensor 2 ENG Paper Detected = 0
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Upper Tray Junction Gate HP
044 ENG Home = 0
Sensor
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Staple Junction Gate HP Input and Output
045 ENG Home = 0
Sensor
Other = 1
Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Pre-Stack Junction Gate HP
046 ENG Home = 0
Sensor
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
047 Pre-Stack Sensor (Right) ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Pre-Stack Junction Gate
048 ENG Home = 0
Release HP Sensor
Other = 1

Input Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
049 Shift Tray Half-Turn Sensor 2 ENG Home = 0
Other = 1
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Staple Trimmings Hopper Set
050 ENG Detected = 0
Sensor
Not Detected = 1
[INPUT Check Print Post]
Sensors as it is.
001 Paper Detect Sn 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Vert Transport Sn:Bin1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Paper Overflow Sn 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Vert Transport Sn2:Bin3 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Input Check Table
020 Vert Transport Sn 5:Bin9 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 Door Open Switch ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
6166 [INPUT Check:1-Tray CIT]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Feed Cover Sensor ENG
001 1: Set
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bottom Plate HP Sensor ENG
002 1: Feed Position
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Near End Sensor ENG
003 1: Near End
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Set Sensor ENG
004 0: Paper Detected Input and Output
-
Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bottom Plate HP Sensor ENG
005 1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Grip Sensor ENG
006 0: Paper Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Guide Plate Set Sensor ENG
1: Set

Input Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Exit Sensor ENG
008 0: Paper Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Set Sensor ENG
009 1: Set
Width Sensor 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

010
Sensor for detecting the width of the paper set

011

012
Length Sensor 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

013
Sensor for detecting the length of the paper set

014

015
[INPUT Check Slide Sort Tray]

6170
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Transport Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Shift Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Lower Limit Sensor ENG
0: Lower Limit Position

Input Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Paper Sensor ENG
1: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Door Switch ENG
0: Close
[INPUT Check Multi Folder]

6309
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
001 Entrance Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 Entrance JG HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 Registration Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 Dynamic Roller HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 Registration Roller HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Fold Plate HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Jogger Fence HP Sensor ENG
1:HP Input and Output
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Check
010 1st Stopper Paper Sensor ENG

0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 1st Stopper HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 2nd Stopper Paper Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 2nd Stopper HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 3rd Stopper Paper Sensor ENG
0: Detected

Input Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015 3rd Stopper HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
016 Direct-Send JG HP Sensor ENG
1:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 FM6 Pawl HP Sensor ENG
0:HP
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Top Tray Paper Path Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Top Tray Exit Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Horizontal Path Exit Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 Top Tray Full Sensor (E) ENG
1: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
023 Front Door Switch (SW1) ENG
0: Close
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 Horizontal Path Paper Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
025 Vertical Path Paper Sensor ENG
0: Detected
Bypass Entrance Paper [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

026 ENG
Sensor 0: Detected
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 Bypass Exit Paper Sensor ENG
0: Detected
[Cvr Inserter INPUT Check]

6400
-
001 1st Paper Feed Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 2nd Paper Feed Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 1st Transport Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Input Check Table
004 2nd Transport Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 1st Vertical Transport Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 2nd Vertical Transport Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 Paper Exit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Entrance Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 Exit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 1st Pick-up Roller HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 2nd Pick-up Roller HP Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
012 1st Upper Limit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 2nd Upper Limit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 1st Lower Limit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
015 2nd Lower Limit Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
016 1st Paper Near End Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 2nd Paper Near End Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 1st Paper End Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 2nd Paper End Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 1st Paper Length Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Input and Output
021 2nd Paper Length Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] Check
022 1st Paper Width Sensor 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
027 2nd Paper Width Sensor 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Input Check Table
032 1st Feed Cover Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
033 2nd Feed Cover Sensor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Cover Vertical Transport

034 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Switch
035 Front Door Open Switch ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Output Check Table
7.2 OUTPUT CHECK TABLE
[Output Check]
5804
-
Polygon Motor: KC ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
080 KC: Polygon OUTPUT Check
KC: Polygon ON for "1"
Polygon Motor: MY ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
081 MY: Polygon OUTPUT Check
MY: Polygon ON for "1"
Scananer Lamp ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
202 Executes OUTPUT Check for Scananer Lamp.

Used for checking the failure in Lamp when SC101-01, SC101-02, SC102-00,
SC142-00 occur.
LCT: Pickup SOL ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

220
Turns LCT Pickup SOL ON.
LCT:Feed Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
221 Speed2:550mm/sec
Input and Output
Drives LCT Feed Motor at Feed Speed. Check
LCT:Feed Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
222 Speed1:352.8mm/sec
Drives LCT Feed Motor at Process Speed.
LCT:Transport Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Drives LCT Transport Motor at Feed Speed.
LCT:Transport Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Drives LCT Transport Motor at Process Speed.

Output Check Table
LCT:Exit Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Drives LCT Exit Motor at Feed Speed.
LCT:Exit Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Drives LCT Exit Motor at Process Speed.
A3LCT: Front Fan ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

237
Turns A3LCT Front Fan ON.
A3LCT: Rear Fan ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

238
Turns A3LCT Rear Fan ON.
A3LCT: Left Upper Cover LED ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

239
Turns A3LCT Left Upper Cover LED ON.
A3LCT: Front Cover LED ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

240
Turns A3LCT Front Cover LED ON.
A3LCT: Tray LED ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

241
Turns A3LCT Tray LED ON.
A4LCT: Paper Supply Cover

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
242 LED
Turns A4LCT Paper Supply Cover LED ON.
A4LCT: Slide Knob LED ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

243
Turns A4LCT Slide Knob LED ON.
LCT:Active Tray LED ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

244
Turns LCT Active Tray LED ON.
Buffer Pass Unit:Feed Motor 1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

245
Operation Check Mode for Buffer Pass Unit:Feed Motor 1 (ON/OFF)
Buffer Pass Unit:Feed Motor 2 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

246
Operation Check Mode for Buffer Pass Unit:Feed Motor 2 (ON/OFF)

Rev. 5/14/2014 Output Check Table
247 Buffer Pass Unit:Cool Fan 1-2 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Operation Check Mode for Buffer Pass Unit:Cool Fan 1-2 (ON/OFF)
Buffer Pass Unit:Exhaust Fan ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
248 1-2
Operation Check Mode for Buffer Pass Unit:Exhaust Fan 1-2 (ON/OFF)
Buffer Pass Unit:Cool Fan 3-4 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
249
Operation Check Mode for Buffer Pass Unit:Cool Fan 3-4 (ON/OFF)
Buffer Pass Unit:Exhaust Fan
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
250 3-4
Operation Check Mode for Buffer Pass Unit:Exhaust Fan 3-4 (ON/OFF)
5805 [Output Check] ON and OFF buttons are displayed in this SP. The button which is
selected reverses colors from white to black. After output check (ON) has completed,
⇒
make sure to stop the execution (OFF).
When you close the SP and open it again, the button goes back to the first state.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Heat Pipe Exhaust Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
001 0:OFF(Stop)
Beware that long hours of operation may occur breakdown.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Heat Pipe Exhaust Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
002 0:OFF(Stop)
Input and Output
Beware that long hours of operation may occur breakdown. Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Controller Exhaust Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
003 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Controller Exhaust Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
004 0:OFF(Stop)

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Controller Suction Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
005 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Controller Suction Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
006 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Exhaust Fan
ENG 1:ON(Active)
007 R/L:Full Spd 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Exhaust Fan
ENG 1:ON(Active)
008 R/L:Half Spd 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Heat Pipe Suction Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
009 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Heat Pipe Suction Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
010 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ImagingCooling Fan:Right ENG 1:ON(Active)
011 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
013 ImagingCooling Fan:Left ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB Cooling Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
015 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB Cooling Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
016 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
P Sensor Cooling Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
017 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
P Sensor Cooling Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
018 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fusing Paper Exit Exhaust Fan ENG 1:ON(Active)
019 0:OFF(Stop)
Beware that long hours of operation may occur breakdown. Input and Output
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Check
Ozone Fan ENG 1:ON(Active)

021 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Duplex Exhaust Fan Front:Full
ENG 1:ON(Active)
023 Speed 0:OFF(Stop)

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Duplex Exhaust Fan Front:Half
ENG 1:ON(Active)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Duplex Exhaust Fan Rear:Full
ENG 1:ON(Active)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Duplex Exhaust Fan Rear:Half
ENG 1:ON(Active)
Drive Exhaust Fan Left ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

027
-
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Transfer Fusing Exharst
ENG 1:ON(Active)
029 Fan:Full Spd 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Transfer Fusing Exharst
ENG 1:ON(Active)
030 Fan:Half Spd 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
IH Power Cooling Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
031 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
IH Power Cooling Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
032 0:OFF(Stop)

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCU Fan R: Full ENG 1:ON(Active)
033 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCU Fan R: Half ENG 1:ON(Active)
034 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCU Fan L: Full ENG 1:ON(Active)
035 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCU Fan L: Half ENG 1:ON(Active)
036 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fus Press Roller Exhaust
ENG 1:ON(Active)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] Input and Output

PT Fan Front/Rear ENG 1:ON(Active)
Check
039 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
HP Cooling Fan for Paper ENG 1:ON(Active)
041 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fus Press Roller Suction
042 ENG 1:ON(Active)
Fan:Full Spd
0:OFF(Stop)

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fus Press Roller Suction
ENG 1:ON(Active)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
IH Coil Cooling Fan:Full Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
044 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
IH Coil Cooling Fan:Half Spd ENG 1:ON(Active)
045 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan Y: Full ENG 1:ON(Active)
046 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan Y: Half ENG 1:ON(Active)
047 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan M: Full ENG 1:ON(Active)
048 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan M: Half ENG 1:ON(Active)
049 0:OFF(Stop)

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan C: Full ENG 1:ON(Active)
050 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan C: Half ENG 1:ON(Active)
051 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan K: Full ENG 1:ON(Active)
052 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dev Fan K: Half ENG 1:ON(Active)
053 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Bottle Motor Y ENG 1:ON(Active)
060 0:OFF(Stop)

Toner Bottle Motor M ENG 1:ON(Active)
Check
061 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Bottle Motor C ENG 1:ON(Active)
062 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
063 Toner Bottle Motor K ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Feed Bottle Motor Y ENG 1:ON(Active)
064 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Feed Bottle Motor M ENG 1:ON(Active)
065 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Feed Bottle Motor C ENG 1:ON(Active)
066 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Feed Bottle Motor K ENG 1:ON(Active)
067 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Used Toner Bottle Motor ENG 1:ON(Active)
068 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Toner Discharge Motor ENG 1:ON(Active)
069 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Drum Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
080 0:OFF(Stop)

081 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M Drum Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C Drum Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
082 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K Drum Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
083 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Drum Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
084 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M Drum Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
085 0:OFF(Stop)

C Drum Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
Check
086 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K Drum Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
087 0:OFF(Stop)

Output Check Table Rev. 5/14/2014
088 Y Drum Motor: Middle-Low Speed [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

*D136 only ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)
This SP is only for D136 machine. Executing this SP on D135/D137/D138 machines
may cause SC error.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M Drum Motor: Middle-Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
*D136 only
0:OFF(Stop)
089
may cause SC error.
C Drum Motor: Middle-Low Speed [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

*D136 only ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)
090
may cause SC error.
K Drum Motor: Middle-Low Speed [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

ENG 1:ON(Active)
*D136 only 0:OFF(Stop)
091
may cause SC error.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Drum Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
092 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M Drum Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
093 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C Drum Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
094 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K Drum Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
095 0:OFF(Stop)

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y DrumCln Motor: Normal
ENG 1:ON(Active)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M DrumCln Motor: Normal
ENG 1:ON(Active)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C DrumCln Motor: Normal
ENG 1:ON(Active)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K DrumCln Motor: Normal
ENG 1:ON(Active)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y DrumCln Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
100 0:OFF(Stop)

M DrumCln Motor: Middle
ENG 1:ON(Active)
101 Speed
Check
0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C DrumCln Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
102 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
103 K DrumCln Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)

⇒ 104 Y DrumCln Motor: Middle-Low

Speed *D136 only ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)
may cause SC error.
105 M DrumCln Motor: Middle-Low [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
⇒
ENG 1:ON(Active)
Speed *D136 only 0:OFF(Stop)
may cause SC error.
106 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C DrumCln Motor: Middle-Low
⇒ Speed *D136 only ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)
may cause SC error.
⇒ K DrumCln Motor: Middle-Low

ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1:ON(Active)
Speed *D136 only 0:OFF(Stop)
107
may cause SC error.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y DrumCln Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
108 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M DrumCln Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
109 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C DrumCln Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
110 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
111 K DrumCln Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Dev Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
112 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M Dev Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
113 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C Dev Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
114 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K Dev Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
115 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Dev Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
116 0:OFF(Stop)
Beware that long hours of operation may occur breakdown. Input and Output
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Check
M Dev Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)

117 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)
118 C Dev Motor: Middle Speed ENG

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K Dev Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
119 0:OFF(Stop)
120 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Dev Motor: Middle-Low Speed
ENG 1:ON(Active)
*D136 only
⇒ 0:OFF(Stop)

may cause SC error.
⇒
121 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M Dev Motor: Middle-Low Speed
ENG 1:ON(Active)
*D136 only
0:OFF(Stop)

may cause SC error.
⇒ 122 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C Dev Motor: Middle-Low Speed
ENG 1:ON(Active)
*D136 only
0:OFF(Stop)

may cause SC error.
123 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K Dev Motor: Middle-Low Speed
ENG 1:ON(Active)
*D136 only
⇒
0:OFF(Stop)

may cause SC error.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Y Dev Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
124 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
M Dev Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
125 0:OFF(Stop)

126 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
C Dev Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
K Dev Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
127 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
128 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ITB Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
129 0:OFF(Stop)
⇒ 130
ITB Motor: Middle-Low Speed
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1:ON(Active)
*D136 only
0:OFF(Stop)

may cause SC error.

ITB Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
131
Check
0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PTR Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
132 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
133 PTR Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)

⇒ 134
PTR Motor: Middle-Low Speed
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
1:ON(Active)
*D136 only
0:OFF(Stop)

may cause SC error.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PTR Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
135 0:OFF(Stop)
ITB Lift(YMC)Motor:Attach ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

136
Attachment Operation when executing
ITB Lift(YMC)Motor:Detach ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

137
PTR Lift Motor:Attach ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

138
PTR Lift Motor:Detach ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

139
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fuzing Motor: Normal Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
140 0:OFF(Stop)
141 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fuzing Motor: Middle Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)
⇒
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fuzing Motor: Middle-Low Speed
ENG 1:ON(Active)
*D136 only
0:OFF(Stop)
142
may cause SC error.

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fuzing Motor: Low Speed ENG 1:ON(Active)
143 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Drawer Lock Motor:CW ENG 1:ON(Active)
150 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Drawer Lock Motor:CCW ENG 1:ON(Active)
151 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCL_Y ENG 1:ON(Active)
152 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCL_M ENG 1:ON(Active)
153 0:OFF(Stop)

PCL_C ENG 1:ON(Active)
Check
154 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PCL_K ENG 1:ON(Active)
155 0:OFF(Stop)
Tray 1 PickUp SOL ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
160 Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.

Output Check Table
load-ON.
load-ON.
load-ON.
Bypass Pickup SOL ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter JG SOL ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
1st Left Tray Lock SOL ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Tray 1 Rear Side Fence SOL ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Duplex Inverter SOL ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Feed Tray 1 LED ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.

Output Check Table
load-ON.
load-ON.
load-ON.
Vertical Transport Door LED ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bypass Door LED ENG ON: Lighting
180 OFF: Extinction
Executes OUTPUT Check.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Exit Upper Guide Board
ENG ON: Lighting
181 LED OFF: Extinction
Input and Output
Executes OUTPUT Check. Check
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Exit Left Guide Board
ENG ON: Lighting
182 LED OFF: Extinction
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PurgeSecLowerGuideBoardLED ENG ON: Lighting
183 OFF: Extinction

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
PurgeSecUpperGuideBoardLED ENG ON: Lighting
184 OFF: Extinction
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Horizontal Transport Guide
ENG ON: Lighting
185 Board LED OFF: Extinction
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Main Unit LED-SW Left (LED) ENG 1:ON(Active)
186 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Main Unit LED-SW Right (LED) ENG 1:ON(Active)
187 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Lower Left Door LED ENG 1:ON(Active)
188 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
RegistUpperGuideBoardLED ENG 1:ON(Active)
189 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Fusing Guide Board LED ENG 1:ON(Active)
190 0:OFF(Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
191 Main Unit Drawer LED ENG 1:ON(Active)
0:OFF(Stop)

[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Lubricant Near-End SW Power
ENG 1:ON(Active)
192 Control 0:OFF(Stop)
Duplex Exhaust Fan Middle Full

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
193 Speed
Duplex Exhaust Fan Middle Half

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
194 Speed
5806 [Output Check]
Feed Mtr 1:Feed Speed1:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
001
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.
Feed Mtr 1:Feed Speed1:Mid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
002
Input and Output
load-ON.
⇒
Check
003 Feed Mtr 1:Feed Speed1:Mid-Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed *D136 only

may cause SC error.
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced load-ON.
Feed Mtr 1:Feed Speed1:Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
004
load-ON.

Feed Mtr 1:Feed Speed2:Std [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

ENG
Speed
005
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
006
load-ON.
Feed Mtr 1:Feed Speed2:Mid-Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed *D136 only
007 This SP is only for D136 machine. Executing this SP on D135/D137/D138 machines
may cause SC error.
⇒ Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced load-ON.
008 Feed Mtr 1:Feed Speed2:Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
009
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
010
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed *D136 only

may cause SC error.
⇒ Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced
load-ON.

012 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed

load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
013
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
014
load-ON.

⇒
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed *D136 only

may cause SC error.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
016
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
017
Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time due to forced Input and Output
load-ON. Check
018 Feed Mtr 3:Feed Speed3:Mid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
load-ON.
⇒ Feed Mtr 3:Feed Speed3:Mid-Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed *D136 only
may cause SC error.

Output Check Table
Rev. 5/14/2014
Feed Mtr 3:Feed Speed3:Low [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

ENG
Speed
020
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
021
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
022
load-ON.
⇒ 023 Feed Mtr 3:Feed Speed2:Mid-Low

Speed *D136 only ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

may cause SC error.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
024
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
025
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
026
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed *D136 only


may cause SC error.
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
028
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
029
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
030
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed *D136 only

may cause SC error. Operates load for Motors and SOL etc. Pay attention to ON time
due to forced load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
Input and Output
032
Check
load-ON.
Transport Mtr1:Feed Speed1:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
033
load-ON.
Transport Mtr1:Feed Speed1:Mid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
034
load-ON.

⇒ 035 Transport Mtr1:Feed Speed1:

Mid-Low Speed *D136 only
ENG
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Transport Mtr1:Feed Speed1:Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
036
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
037
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
038
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
040
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
041
load-ON.

042 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed

load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
044
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
045
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
046
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
This SP is only for D136 machine. Executing this SP on D135/D137/D138 machines Input and Output
Check

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
048
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
049
load-ON.

050 Transport Mtr3:Feed Speed3:Mid [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

ENG
Speed
load-ON.
⇒ Transport Mtr3:Feed Speed3:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
052
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
053
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
054
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
056
load-ON.

057 Transport Mtr4:Feed Speed3:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
058
load-ON.
059 Transport Mtr4:Feed Speed4:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
⇒ This SP is only for D136 machine. Executing this SP on D135/D137/D138 machines

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
060
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
061
Input and Output
load-ON. Check

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
062
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


064 Transport Mtr4:Feed Speed2:Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
load-ON.
Relay Mtr:CW:Feed Speed1:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
065
load-ON.
Relay Mtr:CW:Feed Speed1:Mid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
066
load-ON.
067 Relay Mtr:CW:Feed Speed1:

⇒ Mid-Low Speed *D136 only
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Relay Mtr:CW:Feed Speed1:Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
068
load-ON.
Relay Mtr:CW:Feed Speed2:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
069
load-ON.
Relay Mtr:CW:Feed Speed2:Mid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
070
load-ON.

071 Relay Mtr:CW:Feed Speed2:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Relay Mtr:CW:Feed Speed2:Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
072
load-ON.
Relay Mtr:CCW:Feed Speed1:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
073
load-ON.
Relay Mtr:CCW:Feed Speed1:Mid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
074
load-ON.
⇒
075 Relay Mtr:CCW:Feed Speed1:
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Input and Output
Check
Relay Mtr:CCW:Feed Speed1:Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
076
load-ON.
Relay Mtr:CCW:Feed Speed2:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
077
load-ON.

078 Relay Mtr:CCW:Feed Speed2:Mid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
load-ON.
079 Relay Mtr:CCW:Feed Speed2:
⇒
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Relay Mtr:CCW:Feed Speed2:Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
080
load-ON.
Relay Mtr:Position Hold Stop ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Registration Mtr:Feed Speed1:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
082
load-ON.
Registration Mtr:Feed Speed1:Mid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
083
load-ON.
⇒ 084 Registration Mtr:Feed Speed1:
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


085 Registration Mtr:Feed

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Low Speed
load-ON.
Registration Mtr:Feed Speed2:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
086
load-ON.
Registration Mtr:Feed Speed2:Mid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
087
load-ON.
⇒ 088 Registration Mtr:Feed Speed2:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Registration Mtr:Feed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Low Speed
089
Input and Output
load-ON. Check
Registration Mtr:Position Hold

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Stop
090
load-ON.
Bypass Feed Mtr:Feed

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Std Speed
091
load-ON.

092 Bypass Feed Mtr:Feed

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Mid Speed
load-ON.
⇒ 093 Bypass Feed Mtr:Feed Speed1:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Low Speed
094
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Std Speed
095
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Mid Speed
096
load-ON.
⇒ 097 Bypass Feed Mtr:Feed Speed2:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Low Speed
098
load-ON.

103 Inverter Ent Mtr:Exit Speed1:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
load-ON.
Inverter Ent Mtr:Exit Speed1:Mid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
104
load-ON.
105 Inverter Ent Mtr:Exit Speed1:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Inverter Ent Mtr:Exit Speed1:Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
106
load-ON.
Inverter Ent Mtr:Exit Speed2:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
107
Input and Output
load-ON. Check
Inverter Ent Mtr:Exit Speed2:Mid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
108
load-ON.
⇒ 109 Inverter Ent Mtr:Exit Speed2:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


110 Inverter Ent Mtr:Exit Speed2:Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Std Speed
111
load-ON.
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Mid Speed
112
load-ON.
⇒ 113 Exit/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit Spd1:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Mid-Low Spd *D136 only

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Low Speed
114
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Std Speed
115
load-ON.
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Mid Speed
116
load-ON.

117 Exit/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Exit Spd1:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Low Speed
118
load-ON.
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Std Speed
119
load-ON.
⇒ 120 Exit/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit Speed2:

Mid Speed *D136 only
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Spd2:Mid-Low Spd
load-ON.
Check
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Low Speed
122
load-ON.
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Std Speed
123
load-ON.

124 Exit/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Exit

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Mid Speed
load-ON.
⇒ 125 Exit/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Exit Spd2:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Low Speed
126
load-ON.
Exit/Inverter Mtr: Position Hold ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Exit Mtr:Exit Speed1:Std Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Exit Mtr:Exit Speed1:Mid Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
⇒ 130 Exit Mtr:Exit Speed1:Mid-Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed *D136 only

Exit Mtr:Exit Speed1:Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.

132 Exit Mtr:Exit Speed2:Std Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Exit Mtr:Exit Speed2:Mid Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
134 Exit Mtr:Exit Speed2:Mid-Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed *D136 only

Exit Mtr:Exit Speed2:Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Std Speed
136
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Spd1:Mid Spd Input and Output
137
Check
load-ON.
138 Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit

⇒ Spd1:Mid-Low Spd *D136 only
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


139 Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Exit

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Spd1:CW:Low Spd
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Dup
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed:Std Speed
140
load-ON.
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed:Mid Speed
141
load-ON.
⇒ 142 Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Mid:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
DupSpd:Mid-LowSpd *D136 only

Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CW:Low
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
143
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:Exit
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Std Speed
144
load-ON.
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Mid Speed
145
load-ON.

146 Duplex/Inverter Mtr:Exit Spd1:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Spd1:CWW:Low Spd
147
load-ON.
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed:Std Speed
148
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Dup
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed:Mid Speed
149
load-ON.
⇒ 150 Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CWW: Mid:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
DupSpd:Mid-LowSp *D136 only

Input and Output
Check
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:CWW:Low
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
151
load-ON.
Duplex/Inverter Mtr:Hold ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.

153 Duplex Feed Mtr:Feed Speed1:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
load-ON.
Duplex Feed Mtr:Feed

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Mid Speed
154
load-ON.
⇒
155 Duplex Feed Mtr:Feed Speed1:
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1:Low Speed
156
load-ON.
Duplex Feed Mtr:Feed Speed2:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
157
load-ON.

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Mid Speed
158
load-ON.
⇒ 159 Duplex Feed Mtr:Feed Speed2:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]


160 Duplex Feed Mtr:Feed

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2:Low Speed
load-ON.
Duplex Feed Mtr:Std Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Duplex Feed Mtr:Mid Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
⇒
163 Duplex Feed Mtr:Mid-Low Speed
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
*D136 only

Duplex Feed Mtr:Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Duplex Feed Mtr (Hold) ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Input and Output
load-ON.
Check
Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed Speed1:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
166
load-ON.
Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed Speed1:Mid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
167
load-ON.

168 Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed Speed1:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed1::Low Speed
169
load-ON.
Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed Speed2::Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
170
load-ON.
Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed Speed2::Mid

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
171
load-ON.
⇒ 172 Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed Speed2:

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed2::Low Speed
173
load-ON.
Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed Speed:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
174
load-ON.

Output Check Table
Rev. 5/15/2014
175 Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed Speed:Std

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
load-ON.
⇒
176 Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed Speed:
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Duplex Exit Mtr:Feed Speed:Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
177
load-ON.
Tray 1 Lift Motor: (Up: 1s) ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Tray 1 Lift Motor: (Down: 1s) ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Tray 2 Lift Motor: (Up: 1s) ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] Input and Output
Check
load-ON.
load-ON.
load-ON.

Output Check Table
load-ON.
load-ON.
load-ON.
Tandem Tray Transport Motor

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
(Rev: 1s)
186
load-ON.
Tandem Tray Transport Motor

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
(Fwd: 1 s)
187
load-ON.
load-ON.
load-ON.
load-ON.

191 Shift Roller Motor1:Std Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
192 Shift Roller Motor1:Mid Speed

⇒ *D136 only
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Shift Roller Motor1:Mid-Low

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed
193
load-ON.
Shift Roller Motor1:Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Shift Roller Motor1:Homing ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Shift Roller Motor2:Std Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Input and Output
load-ON.
Check
Shift Roller Motor2:Mid Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
⇒
198 Shift Roller Motor2:Mid-Low
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed *D136 only


199 Shift Roller Motor2:Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Shift Roller Motor2:Homing ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Sensor Shift Motor:Std Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Sensor Shift Motor:Mid Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
⇒
203 Sensor Shift Motor:Mid-Low
ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Speed *D136 only

Sensor Shift Motor:Low Speed ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
Sensor Shift Motor:Homing ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
load-ON.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bypass Bottom Plate Lift Motor:
ENG 1: ON (Active)
206 Up 0: OFF(Stop)

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bypass Bottom Plate Lift Motor:
ENG 1: ON (Active)
207 Down 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge DC Voltage: Bk ENG 1: ON (Active)
210 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge DC Voltage: C ENG 1: ON (Active)
211 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge DC Voltage: M ENG 1: ON (Active)
212 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge DC Voltage: Y ENG 1: ON (Active)
213 0: OFF (Stop)

Input and Output
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Check
Charge AC Voltage: Bk ENG 1: ON (Active)

214 0: OFF (Stop)

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge AC Voltage: C ENG 1: ON (Active)
215 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge AC Voltage: M ENG 1: ON (Active)
216 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Charge AC Voltage: Y ENG 1: ON (Active)
217 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Bias: Bk ENG 1: ON (Active)
218 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Bias: C ENG 1: ON (Active)
219 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Bias: M ENG 1: ON (Active)
220 0: OFF (Stop)

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Development Bias: Y ENG 1: ON (Active)
221 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Primary Transfer :K ENG 1: ON (Active)
222 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Primary Transfer :C ENG 1: ON (Active)
223 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Primary Transfer :M ENG 1: ON (Active)
224 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Primary Transfer :Y ENG 1: ON (Active)
225 0: OFF (Stop)

Input and Output
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Check
Secondary Transfer :+ ENG 1: ON (Active)

226 0: OFF (Stop)

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Secondary Transfer :- ENG 1: ON (Active)
227 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Secondary Transfer :AC ENG 1: ON (Active)
228 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Secondary Transfer :DC ENG 1: ON (Active)
229 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Separation: AC ENG 1: ON (Active)
230 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Paper Separation: DC ENG 1: ON (Active)
231 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Refresh Roller Drive Motor:CW ENG 1: ON (Active)
235 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Refresh Roller Drive Motor:CCW ENG 1: ON (Active)
236 0: OFF (Stop)

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Refresh Roller Lift Motor:Attach ENG 1: ON (Active)
237 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Refresh Roller Lift Motor:Detach ENG 1: ON (Active)
238 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Web Cleaning Lift Motor:Attach ENG 1: ON (Active)
239 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Web Cleaning Lift Motor:Detach ENG 1: ON (Active)
240 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Web Cleaning Drive Motor:CC ENG 1: ON (Active)
241 0: OFF (Stop)

Web Cleaning Drive Motor:CCW ENG 1: ON (Active)
Check
242 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Decurl Cooling Fan ENG 1: ON (Active)
243 0: OFF (Stop)

244 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Decurler LED ENG 1: ON (Active)
0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Decurl Pressure SW STM ENG 1: ON (Active)
245 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Decurl Transfer STM:Std Spd ENG 1: ON (Active)
246 0: OFF (Stop)
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Decurl Transfer STM:Mid Spd ENG 1: ON (Active)
247 0: OFF (Stop)
248 [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
⇒ Decurl Transfer STM:MidLow Spd
*D136 only
ENG 1: ON (Active)
0: OFF (Stop)

may cause SC error. Beware that long hours of operation may occur breakdown.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Decurl Transfer STM:Low Spd ENG 1: ON (Active)
249 0: OFF (Stop)
250 Decurler:Press Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Output Check Table
6012 [1-Pass ADF OUTPUT Check]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Pick-Up Motor Forward ENG 0:Off
001 1:On
Executes driving ADF Pick-Up Motor forward.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Feed Motor Forward ENG 0:Off
003 1:On
Executes driving ADF Feed Motor forward.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Relay Motor Forward ENG 0:Off
005 1:On
Executes driving ADF Relay Motor forward.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Exit Motor Forward ENG 0:Off
009 1:On
Executes driving ADF Exit Motor forward.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Bottom Plate Motor For/Rev ENG 0:Off
010 1:On
Input and Output
Executes driving ADF Bottom Plate Motor forward/in reverse and moves
Check
Bottom Plate up and down.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Stamp ENG 0:Off
012 1:On
Executes stamping of Stamp.
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Pull-Out Motor Forward ENG 0:Off
015 1:On
Executes driving Pull-Out Motor Forward.

Output Check Table
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Middle Motor Forward ENG 0:Off
016 1:On
Executes driving ADF Middle Motor Forward.
6124 [OUTPUT Check: 2K/3K FIN]
Entrance Transport Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Operates the specified motor for a certain period of time for operation check.
Horizontal Transport Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Pre-Stack Transport Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

003
ITB Transport Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

004
Exit Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

005
Upper Junction Solenoid ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

006
Turns the specified Solenoid ON/OFF for operation check.
TE Stack Plate Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

007

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Plate Motor
Punching Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

009
Punch Move Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

010

Output Check Table
S-to-S Registration Detection

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Move Motor
Lower Junction Solenoid Moto ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

012
Jogger Motorc ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

013

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Motor
Stack Feed-out Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

015
Booklet Stapler Move Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

016
Corner Stapler Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

017
Booklet Stapler Side Fence

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 Motor
Input and Output
Operates the specified motor for a certain period of time for operation check. Check

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
019 Move Motor
Booklet Stapler Standard

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
020 Fence Motor
Booklet Stapler Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

021

Output Check Table
Dynamic Roller Transport

ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022 Motor
Folder Transport Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

023
Press-fold Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

025
Tray Lift Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

026
Shift Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

027
Front Shift Jogger Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

028
Rear Shift Jogger Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

029
Shift Jogger Retraction Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

030
Drag Roller Vibrating Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

031
LE Guide Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

032
Navigation LED (All) ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

033

Output Check Table
6148 [FIN OUTPUTCheck 3KFIN(100Bind)]
Upper Transport Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

001
OUTPUT Check for Upper Transport Motor (Continuous operation)
Shift Exit M:Cont ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

002
OUTPUT Check for Shift Exit Motor (Continuous operation)
Upper Tray JG Mtr:Cont ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

003
OUTPUT Check for Upper Tray JG Motor (Continuous operation)
Tray Lift Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

004
OUTPUT Check for Tray Lift Motor (One operation)
Jogger Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

005
OUTPUT Check for Jogger Motor (One operation)
Stapler Front/Rear Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

006
OUTPUT Check for Stapler Front/Rear Motor (One operation)
Stapler Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

007
OUTPUT Check for Stapler Motor (One operation)
Punch Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

008
OUTPUT Check for Punch Motor (One operation) Input and Output
Check
Stapler JG Mtr:Cont ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

009
OUTPUT Check for Stapler JG Motor (Continuous operation)
Stp Hammer Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

010
OUTPUT Check for Stapler Hammer Motor (One operation)
Feed Out M:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

011
OUTPUT Check for Feed Out Motor (One operation)
Tray Shift Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

012
OUTPUT Check for Tray Shift Motor (One operation)

Output Check Table
Stapler Rotation Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

013
OUTPUT Check for Stapler Rotation Motor (One operation)
Stp Exit M:Cont ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

014
OUTPUT Check for Stapler Exit Motor (Continuous operation)
Open Exit Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

015
OUTPUT Check for Open Exit Motor (One operation)
Fold Plate Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

016
OUTPUT Check for Fold Plate Motor (One operation)
Prestack JG Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

017
OUTPUT Check for Prestack JG Motor (Continuous operation)
Prestack Stop Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

018
OUTPUT Check for Prestack Stop Motor (Continuous operation)
Fold M:Front:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

019
OUTPUT Check for Fold Front Motor (One operation)
Fold M:Back:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

020
OUTPUT Check for Fold Back Motor (One operation)
Return Drv Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

021
OUTPUT Check for Return Drive Motor (One operation)
Return TransM:Cont ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

022
OUTPUT Check for Return Transport Motor (Continuous operation)
Shift Jog Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

023
OUTPUT Check for Shift Jogger Motor (One operation)
Shift Jog Shunt Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

024
OUTPUT Check for Shift Jogger Shunt Motor (One operation)
Top Fence Motor:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

025
OUTPUT Check for Top Fence Motor (One operation)

Output Check Table
Bottom Fence Motor:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

026
OUTPUT Check for Bottom Fence Motor (One operation)
Lower Transport Mtr:Cont ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

027
OUTPUT Check for Lower Transport Motor (Continuous operation)
Upper Tray Exit Mtr:Cont ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

028
OUTPUT Check for Upper Tray Exit Motor (Continuous operation)
Positioning Roller Mtr:Cont ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

029
OUTPUT Check for Positioning Roller Motor (Continuous operation)
Prestack Trans Mtr:Cont ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

030
OUTPUT Check for Prestack Transport Motor (Continuous operation)
Staple Trim Chute SOL:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

031
OUTPUT Check for Staple Trim Chute SOL (One operation)
6161 [OUTPUT Check Print Post]
Vert Transport Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

001
Drives Transport Motor continuously for operation check.
Junction Gate SOL1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

002
Input and Output
Check
Turn Gate SOL1 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

003

004

005

006
Turns the specified Solenoid ON/OFF for operation check.v

Output Check Table

007

008

009

010
6171 [OUTPUT Check Slide Sort Tray]
Transport Motor:Continuous ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

001
OUTPUT Check operation for Transport Motor
Transport Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

002
OUTPUT Check operation for Transport Motor
Shift Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

003
OUTPUT Check operation for Shift Motor
Tray Lift Motor:Up ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

004
OUTPUT Check operation for Tray Lift Motor (Up)
Tray Lift Motor:Down ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

005
OUTPUT Check operation for Tray Lift Motor (Down)
Tray Lift Moter:1 Op ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

006
OUTPUT Check operation for Tray Lift Motor (One operation)
[Output Check]
6310
OUTPUT Check operation.
001 Horizontal Transport Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Output Check Table
002 Top Tray Transport Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 Top Tray Exit Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Dynamic Roller Transport

004 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Motor
Registration Roller Transport

005 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Motor
007 Entrance JG Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 1st Stopper Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 2nd Stopper Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
010 3rd Stopper Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
011 Dynamic Roller Lift Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Registration Roller Release

012 ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
Motor
013 Fold Plate Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
014 Jogger Fence Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
016 Direct-Send JG Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
017 FM6 Pawl Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
018 1st Fold Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Input and Output
019 2nd Fold Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step] Check
020 Crease Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
021 Bypass JG Solenoid ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
022 Exit JG Solenoid ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
023 Top Tray JG Solenoid ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
024 LE Stop Pawl Solenoid ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
025 Reverse JG Solenoid ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
026 Horizontal Exit Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

Output Check Table
[Cvr Inserter Output Check]

6401
-
001 OFF (Stop) ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
002 1st Pick-up Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
003 2nd Pick-up Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
004 1st Paper Feed Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
005 2nd Paper Feed Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
006 1st Transport Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
007 2nd Transport Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
008 Vertical Transport Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]
009 Horizontal Transport Motor ENG [0 or 1 / 0 / 1/step]

PRINTER SP MODE
None
SP1-XXX
8. PRINTER SP MODE
8.1 SP1-XXX
1001 [Bit Switch]
001 Bit Switch 1 Settings 0 1
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 No I/O Timeout Disabled Enabled
Enables/Disables MFP I/O Timeouts. If enabled, the MFP I/O Timeout

setting will have no affect. I/O Timeouts will never occur.
bit 4 SD Card Save Mode Disabled Enabled
If this bit switch is enabled, print jobs will be saved to the GW SD slot and
not output to paper.
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -
1001 [Bit Switch]

Printer SP Mode
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 Applying a Collate Type Shift Normal

Collate Collate
A collate type (shift or normal) will be applied to all jobs that do not
explicitly define a collate type.
Note: If #5-0 is enabled, this BitSwitch has no effect.

SP1-XXX
bit 3 [PCL5e/c,PS]: PDL Auto Switching Enabled Disabled
Enables/Disables the MFPs ability to change the PDL processor mid-job.

Some host systems submit jobs that contain both PS and PCL5e/c. If Auto
PDL switching is disabled, these jobs will not be printed properly.
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 Use Use

Switch dither normal alternative
dither dither
*Please refer to RTB#RD014018
bit 7 DFU - -
1001 [Bit Switch]
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 [PCL5e/c]: Legacy HP compatibility Disabled Enabled
Uses the same left margin as older HP models such as HP4000/HP8000.

In other words, the left margin defined in the job (usually "<ESC>*r0A")
will be changed to "<ESC>*r1A".
bit 3 DFU - -
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -

SP1-XXX
1001 [Bit Switch]
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 DFU - -
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -
1001 [Bit Switch]
Show "Collate Type", "Staple Type" and

"Punch Type" buttons on the operation Disabled Enabled
panel.
bit 0 If enabled, users will be able to configure a Collate Type, Staple Type, and
Punch Type from the operation panel. The available types will depend on
the device and configured options.
After enabling the function, the settings will appear under:
"User Tools > Printer Features > System"
bit 1 Multiple copies if a paper size or type Disabled

Printer SP Mode
Enabled
mismatch occurs (single
(multiple)
copy)
If a paper size or type mismatch occurs during the printing of multiple

copies, only a single copy is output by default. Using this BitSw, the
device can be configured to print all copies even if a paper mismatch
occurs.

SP1-XXX
bit 2 Prevent SDK applications from altering

Disabled Enabled
the contents of a job.
If this switch is enabled, SDK applications will not be able to alter print
data. This is achieved by preventing SDK applications from accessing a
module called the "GPS Filter".
Note: The main purpose of this switch is for troubleshooting the effects of
SDK applications on data.
bit 3 [PS] PS Criteria Pattern3 Pattern1
Change the number of PS criterion used by the PS interpreter to

determine whether a job is PS data or not.
Pattern3: includes most PS commands.
Pattern1: A small number of PS tags and headers
bit 4 Disabled Enabled

Increase max number of stored jobs.
(100) (750)
Changes the maximum number of jobs that can be stored on the HDD.
The default (disabled) is 100. If this is enabled, the max. will be raised to
750.
bit 5 Enabled
Face-up output Disabled
(Face-up)
All print jobs will be output face-up in the destination tray.
bit 6 Method for determining the image rotation

Disabled Enabled
for the edge to bind on.
If enabled, the image rotation will be performed as they were in the

specifications of older models for the binding of pages of mixed
orientation jobs.
The old models are below:
- PCL: Pre-04A models
- PS/PDF/RPCS:Pre-05S models
bit 7 DFU - -

SP1-XXX
1001 [Bit Switch]
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 DFU - -
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -
1001 [Bit Switch]
Print path Disabled Enabled
If enabled, simplex pages (in mixed simplex/duplex PS/PCL5 jobs only)

bit 0 and the last page of an odd paged duplex job (PS, PCL5, PCL6), are
always routed through the duplex unit. Not having to switch paper paths
increases the print speed slightly.
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 DFU - -
Printer SP Mode
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -

SP1-XXX
1001 [Bit Switch]
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 Enabled
(allow BW
[PCL,PS]: Allow BW jobs to print without
Disabled jobs to print
requiring User Code
without a
user code)
BW jobs submitted without a user code will be printed even if user code
authentication is enabled.
Note: Color jobs will not be printed without a valid user code.
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 PCL, RPCS, PS: Forced BW print Enabled Disabled
Switches whether to ignore PDL color command.
bit 7 [PDF]: Orientation Auto Detect Function Enabled Disabled
Automatically chooses page orientations of PDF jobs (Landscape or

Portrait) based on the content.
1001 [Bit Switch]
bit 0 PDL Auto Detection timeout of jobs

Disabled Enabled
submitted via USB or Parallel Port (IEEE
(Immediately) (10 seconds)
1284).
To be used if PDL auto-detection fails. A failure of PDL auto-detection doesn't

necessarily mean that the job can't be printed. This bit switch tells the device
whether to time-out immediately (default) upon failure or to wait 10 seconds.

SP1-XXX
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 Job Cancel Disabled

Enabled
(Not
(Cancelled)
cancelled)
If this bit switch, all jobs will be cancelled after a jam occurs.
Note: If this bitsw is enabled, printing under the following conditions might
result in problems:
- Job submission via USB or Parallel Port
- Spool printing (WIM >Configuration > Device Settings > System)
bit 3 PCL/PS bypass tray paper rotation

Disabled Enabled
(SEF/LEF)
This bitsw causes the device to revert to the behavior of previous

generations. It only takes effect if "Bypass Tray Setting Priority" =
"Driver/Command".
Previous spec (bitsw=1): If a standard sized paper mismatch occurred in the
bypass tray, the MFP always prompted for SEF paper.
If this bitsw=0 (default) then in the event of a standard sized paper mismatch,
the MFP will always prompt for paper of the rotation (SEF/LEF) determined
by the MFP bypass tray paper setting or by the bypass tray sensor.
bit 4 Timing of the PJL Status ReadBack (JOB

END) when printing multiple collated Disable Enable
copies.
This switch determines the timing of the PJL USTATUS JOB END sent when
multiple collated copies are being printed.
0 (default): JOB END is sent by the device to the client after the first copy has
completed printing. This causes the page counter to be incremented after the
first copy and then again at the end of the job.
Printer SP Mode
1: JOB END is sent by the device to the client after the last copy has finished
printing. This causes the page counter to be incremented at the end of each
job.
bit 5 Display UTF-8 text in the operation panel Enabled Disabled

SP1-XXX
Enabled (=0):
Text composed of UTF-8 characters can be displayed in the operation panel.
Disabled (=1):
UTF-8 characters cannot be displayed in the operation panel.
For example, job names are sometimes stored in the MIB using UTF-8
encoded characters. When these are displayed on the operation panel, they
will be garbled unless this switch is enabled (=0).
bit 6 Disable super option Enabled Disabled
Switches super option disable on / off.

If this is On, multiple jobs are grouped at LPR port. PJL settings are enabled
even jobs that are specified queue names are sent.
bit 7 Enable/Disable Print from USB/SD's

Enabled Disabled
Preview function
Determines whether Print from USB/SD will have the Preview function.
Enabled (=0): Print from USB/SD will have the Preview function.
Disabled (=1): Print from USB/SD will not have the Preview function.
1001 [Bit Switch]
010 Bit Switch A Settings 0 1
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 DFU - -
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 Store and Skip Errored Job locks the Queue is Queue
queue not locked locked after
after SSEJ SSEJ
If this is 1, then after a job is stored using Store and Skip Errored Job
(SSEJ), new jobs cannot be added to the queue until the stored job has
been completely printed.

SP1-XXX
bit 6 Allow use of Store and Skip Errored Job if Does not
connected to an external charge device. allow Allows SSEJ
SSEJ with with ECD
ECD
If this is 0, Store and Skip Errored Job (SSEJ) will be automatically

disabled if an external charge device is connected.
Note: We do not officially support enabling this bitsw (1). Use it at your
own risk.
bit 7 Job cancels remaining pages when the

Job does
paid-for pages have been printed on an Job cancels
not cancel
external charge device
When setting 1 is enabled, after printing the paid-for pages on an external

charge device, the job that includes any remaining pages will be
canceled.
This setting will prevent the next user from printing the unnecessary
pages from the previous user's print job.
1001 [Bit Switch]
011 Bit Switch B Settings 0 1
bit 0 Show Menu List Hide Menu Show Menu

List List
If this is 0, the Menu List button will be removed from Printer Features.
bit 1 Print job interruption Does not

Allow
allow
interruption
interruption
Printer SP Mode
0 (default): Print jobs are not interrupted. If a job is promoted to the top of
the print queue, it will wait for the currently printing job to finish.
1: If a job is promoted to the top of the queue, it will interrupt the currently
printing job and start printing immediately.
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 DFU - -
bit 4 DFU - -

SP1-XXX
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -
1001 [Bit Switch]
012 Bit Switch C Settings 0 1
bit 0 DFU - -
bit 1 DFU - -
bit 2 DFU - -
bit 3 DFU - -
bit 4 DFU - -
bit 5 DFU - -
bit 6 DFU - -
bit 7 DFU - -
1003 [Clear Setting]
[- / - / -]
Initialize Printer System *CTL
001 [Execute]
Initializes settings in the "System" menu of the user mode.
[- / - / -]
003 Delete Program *CTL
[Execute]
[Print Summary]
1004
Prints the service summary sheet (a summary of all the controller settings).
[- / - / -]
001 Print Printer Summary *CTL
[Execute]

SP1-XXX
1005 [Display Version]
- *CTL [-/-/-]
002
Displays the version of the controller firmware.
1006 [Sample/Locked Print]
0:Link with Doc. Srv [0 or 1 / 0 / 1 /step]

*CTL
1:Enable 0: Linked, 1: On
001 Enables and disables the document server. When you select "0," the
document server is enabled or disabled in accordance with Copy Service
Mode SP5-967. When you select "1," the document server is enabled
regardless of Copy Service Mode SP5-967.
[Data Recall]
1101 Recalls a set of gamma settings. This can be either a) the factory setting, b)
the previous setting, or c) the current setting.
001 Factory *CTL
002 Previous *CTL [-/-/-]
003 Current *CTL [Execute]
004 ACC *CTL Printer SP Mode

SP1-XXX
[Resolution Setting]
1102
Selects the printing mode (resolution) for the printer gamma adjustment.
[0 to 9 / 0 / 1/step]
0: 1200x1200 Photo (2bit/4col)
Tone Control Mode
001 CTL 4: 600x600 Photo (1bit/4col)
Selection
5: 1200x1200 Text (2bit/4col)
6: 1200x1200 Text (1bit/4col)
7: 600x600 Text (4bit/4col)
[Test Page]
1103 Prints the test page to check the color balance before and after the gamma
adjustment.
001 Color Gray Scale CTL [-/-/-]
002 Color Pattern CTL [Execute]

SP1-XXX
[Gamma Adjustment]
1104 Adjusts the printer gamma for the mode selected in the "Mode Selection"
menu.
001 Black: Highlight CTL
002 Black: Shadow CTL

[0 to 30 / 0 / 1/step ]
003 Black: Middle CTL
004 Black: IDmax CTL
021 Cyan: Highlight CTL
022 Cyan: Shadow CTL

[0 to 30 / 0 / 1/step ]
023 Cyan: Middle CTL
024 Cyan: IDmax CTL
041 Magenta: Highlight CTL
042 Magenta: Shadow CTL

[0 to 30 / 0 / 1/step ]
043 Magenta: Middle CTL
044 Magenta: IDmax CTL
061 Yellow: Highlight CTL
062 Yellow: Shadow CTL

[0 to 30 / 0 / 1/step ]
063 Yellow: Middle CTL
064 Yellow: IDmax CTL

Printer SP Mode

SP1-XXX
[Save Tone Control Value]
Stores the print gamma adjusted with the "Gamma Adj." menu item as the
1105 current setting. Before the machine stores the new "current setting", it moves
the data currently stored as the "current setting" to the "previous setting"
memory storage location.
Save Tone Control [-/-/-]

001 *CTL
Value [Execute]
[Toner Limit]
1106
Adjusts the maximum toner amount for image development.
001 Toner Limit Value *CTL [0 to 400 / 0 / 1 %/step ]
[Media Print Device Setting]

1110
Selects the setting for the media print device.
002 0: Disable 1: Enable *CTL [0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step]
1111 [All Job Delete Mode]
[ 0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step ]
0:excluding New Job
*CTL 0: Excluding New Job
1:including New Job
001 1: Including New Job
Selects whether to include an image processing job in jobs subject to full

cancellation from the SCS job list.

SCANNER SP MODE
None
SP1-XXX
9. SCANNER SP MODE
9.1 SP1-XXX
[Scan Nv Version]
1001 Displays the scanner firmware version stored in NVRAM in a 9-digit format:
Func. Name_Model Name_History No.
005 - *CTL [- / - / -]
[Erase Margin(Remote scan)]
1005 Creates an erase margin for all edges of the scanned image.
If the machine has scanned the edge of the original, create a margin. This SP
is activated only when the machine uses TWAIN scanning.
001 Range from 0 to 5 mm *CTL [0 to 5 / 0 / 1 mm / step]
1009 [Remote scan disable]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step]
- *CTL 0: ON (enabled)
001 1: OFF (disabled)
This SP switches the TWAIN scanner function on/off. This is one of the
scanner application functions.
1010 [Non Display Clear Light PDF]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step]
- *CTL
001 0: Display, 1: No display
Display or Non display remote scan.

Scanner SP
Mode

SP1-XXX
1011 [Org Count Display]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step]
- *CTL 0: OFF (no display)
001 1: ON (count displays)
This SP codes switches the original count display on/off.
1012 [User Info Release]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step]
- *CTL 1: Release
0: Do not release
This SP code sets the machine to release or not release the following items at
001 job end.

 Destination (E-mail/Folder/CS)
 Sender name
 Mail Text
 Subject line
 File name
1013 [Multi Media Function]
[0 or 1 / 1 / 1 / step]
- *CTL 0: Disable
1: Enable
002 This SP code enables/disables the multi-media function option (USB 2.0/SD
Slot) mounted on the front of the machine. Operators can scan documents to
either an SD card or a USB memory device inserted into this unit. This SP
must be enabled (set to "1") in order for the device to function.

SP1-XXX
1014 [-]
[0 or 1 / 0 / 1 / step]
- *CTL 0: Disable
001 1: Enable
Enables / Disables to input password for Scan To Folder.
1041 [Scanner FlairAPI Function Setting]
- *CTL * see BitSwitch below:
001 Sets Scanner FlairAPI Function enable / disable.

This SP is set by BitSwitch and needs to reboot the machine after making
changes.
meanings
bit Setting Description
0 1
Sets whether to start

exclusive FlairAPI http
server. If it is 0, scanning
Off
Start of FlairAPI On FlairAPI function and simple
bit 0 (Do not
Server (Start) UI function will be disabled.
Start)
The machine installed
Android operating panel
option, set “1”, others set “0”.
only, such as operating
Access permission of
panel, SDK/J, MFP browsers
bit 1 FlairAPI from outside Disabled Enabled
etc… If it is “1”, accessing is
of the machine
allowed from outside of
FlairAPI such as PC,
Remote UI, IT-Box etc…
Scanner SP
Mode

SP1-XXX
If it is “1”, the machine can

be used Scanner Simple UI.
bit 4 Simple UI Function Disabled Enabled If it is “0”, requesting URL of
Simple UI returns “404 Not
Found”
only (operating panel and
Accessing permission
MFP browser). If it is “1”,
bit 5 of Simple UI from Disabled Enabled
accessing is allowed from
outside of the machine
outside of Simple UI such as
PC, mobile devices, and so
on.

SP2-XXX (Scanning-image quality)
9.2 SP2-XXX (SCANNING-IMAGE QUALITY)
[Compression Level (Gray-scale)]
2021 Selects the compression ratio for grayscale processing mode (JPEG) for the
five settings that can be selected at the operation panel.
001 Comp1:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 20 / 1 / step]
002 Comp2:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 40 / 1 / step]
003 Comp3:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 65 / 1 / step]
004 Comp4:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 80 / 1 / step]
005 Comp5:5-95 *CTL [5 to 95 / 95 / 1 / step]
[Compression ratio of ClearLight PDF]
2024 Selects the compression ratio for clearlight PDF for the two settings that can
be selected at the operation panel.
Compression Ratio
001 *CTL [5 to 95 / 20 / 1 / step]
(Normal image)
002 Compression Ratio (High) *CTL [5 to 95 / 20 / 1 / step]
[Compression ratio of ClearLightPDF JPEG2000]
2025 Selects the compression ratio for clearlight PDF for the two settings that can
be selected at the operation panel.
Compression Ratio
001 *CTL [5 to 95 / 20 / 1 / step]
(Normal) JPEG2000
Compression Ratio (High)

002 *CTL [5 to 95 / 20 / 1 / step]
JEPG2000
Scanner SP
Mode

SP2-XXX (Scanning-image quality)
2030 [-]
001 Level5: *CTL [0 to 255 / 250 / 1 / step]
002 Level5: *CTL [0 to 100 / 80 / 1 / step]
003 Level5: *CTL [0 to 100 / 80 / 1 / step]
[BitSwitch]
9001
Sets module debug output mode.
001 cmm *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / by a factor of two]
002 jcm *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / by a factor of two]
003 ucm *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / by a factor of two]
004 rsp *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / by a factor of two]
005 rsp2 *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / by a factor of two]
006 nas *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / by a factor of two]
007 miw *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / by a factor of two]
008 mib *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / by a factor of two]
009 itm *CTL [0 to 255 / 0 / by a factor of two]

UPDATING THE FIRMWARE
None
Software Update
10. UPDATING THE FIRMWARE
Updating the
Firmware
10.1 SOFTWARE UPDATE
10.1.1 SOFTWARE UPDATE PROCEDURE

SD cards are used to update the software and to back up important data. Here is a list of the
firmware modules that can be updated or restored from an SD card:
 GW controller software
 BCU software
 LCDC (operation panel) software
 Network Sys (network) software
 Web Sys (Web Image Monitor)
 Document Server software
 NFA (Net File) software
 Printer application software
 Scanner application software
 DESS (encryption module) software
 Never connect or remove an IC card or SD card with the machine power turned on.
 Never turn the power off while the machine is downloading data from an IC card or SD
card.
 The IC cards and SD card are precision items. Use them carefully.
 Never store IC cards or SD cards in a location where they are exposed to high
temperature, high humidity, or direct sunlight.
 Never bend an IC card or SD card, scratch it, or expose it to strong vibration.
 Before uploading data to an SD card, always confirm that its write-protect switch is off.

Software Update
10.1.2 DOING THE SOFTWARE UPDATE PROCEDURE

An SD card with the software downloaded to it is necessary for this procedure.
2. Remove the SD card slot cover [A] ( x 1).
3. Hold the SD card (the surface with printing must be away from the front of the machine), and
install the SD card in slot 2 [A].
4. Turn the main power switch on.

5. Stop until the version update screen is displayed. If the SD card contains more than one
software application, the screen will be almost the same as the one below. The screen below
shows that the SC card contains two applications: "Engine" and "Printer".
6. To select the item for upgrade, touch the selection on the touch panel, or push the
corresponding key on the 10-key pad (1 to 5) of the operation panel. The number in
parentheses tells you which key to push. When you make a selection, the [Verify(./*)] and
[Update(#)] buttons come on the screen.

Software Update
Updating the
Firmware
 If you push [Exit] (or the [0] key), you go back to the usual operation screen.
 Push the [Start] key on the operation panel to select and download all the options shown
on the screen.
 Push the [Clear] key on the operation panel if you want to cancel your selections and
make new ones.
 "ROM": This is the number and other version information of the ROM firmware installed in
the machine at this time.
 "NEW": This is the number and other version information of the firmware on the SD card.
7. With the selected items shown in reverse color, push the [Update] button or the [#] key on the
operation panel to start the update.
After you push [Update]:
 The middle bar shows the name of the module that the machine updates at this time.
(The example above shows that the machine updates the "Printer" module at this time.)
 The bottom bar is a progress bar. The "_" marks in the progress bar are replaced by "*"
marks. This progress bar cannot be displayed during the firmware update for the
operation panel. But, the LED of the [Start] key on the operation panel changes from red
to green to show that the update of the operation panel firmware continues.
 When the update is completed, you will see this screen.
After the firmware update, you will see "Update Done" in the first bar. The name of the module
in the bottom bar is the name of the last module that was updated (only the name of the last
module is shown, if several modules were been updated).

Software Update
8. Turn the power off and on. Then, select the items that you updated, and then push the [Verify]
button. This is to check that the modules were updated correctly.
9. If you see "Verify Error" in the first bar on the screen, then you must do the procedure again
for the module shown in the bottom bar.
 The "Verify" procedure is not necessary but it is strongly recommended.

10. After the firmware is correctly updated, turn the main power switch off.
11. Push the SD card in a small distance to release it, then pull it out of the slot.
12. Turn the main power switch on, and check that the machine operates correctly.
10.1.3 ERRORS DURING FIRMWARE UPDATE
If an error occurs during a download, an error message will appear. The error code consists of the
letter "E" and a number ("E20", for example).
Error Message Table
No. meaning Solution
Make sure the SD card is installed correctly, or

20 Cannot map logical address
use a different SD card.
21 Cannot access memory HDD connection not correct, or replace hard disk.
Cannot decompress The ROM data on the SD card is not correct, or

22
compressed data data is damaged.
Error occurred when ROM Controller program defective. If the second

23
update program started attempt fails, replace the controller board.

Software Update
Make sure the SD card is installed correctly, or

24 SD card access error
use a different SD card.
Updating the
Firmware
No HDD available for stamp
30 HDD connection not correct or replace hard disks.
data download
Install the SD card with the remaining data

Data incorrect for continuous
31 necessary for the download, then re-start the
download
procedure.
Data incorrect after download Do the recovery procedure for the module, then
32
interrupted repeat the installation procedure.
The ROM data on the SD card is not correct, or

33 Incorrect SD card version
data is damaged.
The data on the SD is not correct. Get the correct

Module mismatch - Correct
34 data (Japan, Overseas, OEM, etc.) then install
module is not on the SD card
again.
SD update data is not correct. The data on the SD

Module mismatch – Module on
35 card is for a different machine. Get the correct
SD card is not for this machine
data then install again.

Cannot write module – Cause
other than E34, E35
Engine module download Replace the data for the module on the SD card
40
failed and try again, or replace the BCU board.
Operation panel module Replace the data for the module on the SD card
42
download failed and try again, or replace the LCDC.
Stamp data module download Replace the data for the module on the SD card
43
failed and try again, or replace the hard disk.
Controller module download Replace the data for the module on the SD card
44
failed and tray again, or replace the controller board.

Electronic confirmation check
failed

Software Update
10.1.4 UPDATING THE LCDC FOR THE OPERATION PANEL

1. Use this procedure to update the LCDC (LCD Control Board).
2. Turn the copier main switch off.
3. Put the SD card into slot 2.
4. Turn the copier main switch on.
5. Stop until the card utility screen is displayed.
After approximately 10 seconds, the initial screen opens in English.
6. Touch [Opepanel.DOM].
7. Touch [UpDate(#)] to start the update.
While the data downloads, the operation panel goes off.
The LED on the [Start] key flashes red at 1/2 second intervals for approximately 6 minutes.
When the update is completed, the [Start] key starts to flash at 1-second intervals.
8. Turn the copier main power switch off, remove the SD card, then turn the copier on again.
10.1.5 DOWNLOADING STAMP DATA

After you replace or format the HDD, download the stamp data from the controller firmware to the
hard disk.
1. Go into the SP mode.
2. Select SP5853 then press "Execute".
3. Obey the instructions on the screen to complete the procedure.

UPDATING JAVA VM
None
Creating an SD Card for Updating
11. UPDATING JAVA VM
11.1 CREATING AN SD CARD FOR UPDATING
1. Download the update modules from Firmware Download Center. As one of the model
modules, "Java VM v11 UpdateTool" is available for download. (The version differs depending
Updating Java
on the model.)
VM
2. Unzip the downloaded file. Copy the whole "sdk" folder to the root of the SD card directly
below.
 When unzipping the downloaded file, two subfolders ("update" and "sdk") exist in the
"sdk" folder. Rather than just copying the subfolder "sdk", copy the whole folder
"sdk".
11.1.1 UPDATING PROCEDURE
 SD card can be inserted with the machine power off.

 During the updating process, do not turn off the power.
 If you turn off the power during the updating, the machine performance is not guaranteed.
(There is a possibility that an SC and boot failure occurs.)
 If you accidentally turn off the power during the updating, retry the updating procedure
from the beginning. (If the update fails again, you will need to replace the controller
board.)
1. If the boot priority application is set to the ESA application, switch to the copy application.
([System Settings]-[General Features]-[Function Priority])
2. Insert the SD card you created into the service slot, and then turn ON the main power switch.
3. After booting Java VM, update of the application is started. "Updating SDK/J" appears in the
banner message of the touch panel display. (Estimated time: about 2 minutes)

4. When the update is complete, "Update SDK / J done SUCCESS" will appear in the banner
message of the touch panel display. After turning off the power, remove the SD card from the
slot.
When you fail to update, "Update SDK/J done FAIL" is displayed. You can confirm the cause
of the error message below.
5. Reconfigure the Heap size. ([Extended Feature Settings]-[Administrator Tools]-[Heap/Stack
Size Settings]). See the manual for the ESA application to know what value to set for the heap
size.
6. Return to the previous setting for the boot priority application.
11.1.2 LIST OF ERROR MESSAGES

Update results are output as a text file on the SD card called "sdkjversionup.log" in the "¥sdk
¥update" folder.
Result File contents Description of the output
script file = Boot script path

/mnt/sd0/sdk/update/bootscript Boot scripts processing start time
Success
2012/08/22 17:57:47 start End time boot script processing, the
2012/08/22 17:59:47 end SUCCESS results
script file = Boot script path

/mnt/sd0/sdk/update/bootscript Boot scripts processing start time
Failure 2012/08/22 17:57:47 start Error message (Possibly multiple)
XXXX Error End time boot script processing, the
2012/08/22 17:57:57 end FAIL results

Error Message Cause Remedy
PIECEMARK Applied the wrong updating Use the correct updating

Error,machine=XXXXX tool (Using the updating tool tool for this model.
of a different model)
Updating Java
pasePut() - error : The file of Inadequacy with the SD Re-create the SD card for
the card for updating updating.
VM
copy origin is not found (Files are missing in the
Put Error! updating tool)
paseCopy() - error : The file Inadequacy SD card for Inadequacy SD card for
of the copy origin is not updating updating
found. (Files in the updating tool (Files in the updating tool
Copy Error! are missing) are missing)
[file name: XX] error,No Writing destination is full. Uninstall the unnecessary
space (The NAND flash memory SDK applications.
left on device on the controller board is If you can not uninstall it,
pasePut() - error : The full.) implement escalation,
destination directory cannot stating the "model name,
be application configuration,
made. SMC sheet
pasePut() - error : fileCopy (SP5-990-006/024/025),
Error. and error file."
Put Error!
[file name: XX] error,No Writing destination is full. Uninstall the unnecessary
space (The NAND flash memory SDK applications.
left on device on the controller board is If you can not uninstall it,
paseCopy() - error : The full.) implement escalation
destination directory cannot stating the "model name,
be application configuration,
made. SMC sheet
paseCopy() - error : fileCopy (SP5-990-006/024/025),
Error. and error file."
Copy Error!
Put Error! *1 Error, not normally expected If you cannot uninstall it,
to occur implement escalation
Copy Error! *1

Error Message Cause Remedy
Delete Error! stating the "model name,

application configuration,
[XXXXX] is an unsupported
SMC sheet
command.
(SP5-990-006/024/025),
Version Error and error file."
*1
Without the foregoing error
message, only "Put Error /
Copy Error" will be
displayed

NVRAM DATA UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD
None
Uploading Content of NVRAM to an SD card
12. NVRAM DATA UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD
12.1 UPLOADING CONTENT OF NVRAM TO AN SD CARD
Do the following procedure to upload SP code settings from NVRAM to an SD card.
 This data should always be uploaded to an SD card before the NVRAM is replaced.
 Make sure that the write protection of an SD card is unlocked
1. Do SP5990-001 (SMC Print) before you switch the machine off. You will need a record of the
Upload/Downloa
NVRAM settings if the upload fails.
NVRAM Data
2. Switch the copier main power switch off.
d
3. Remove the SD slot cover [A] ( x 1).
4. Insert the SD card into SD card slot 2 (lower) [A]. Then switch the copier on.
5. Execute SP5824-001 (NVRAM Data Upload) and then press the “Execute” key.
6. The following files are coped to an NVRAM folder on the SD card when the upload procedure
is finished. The file is saved to the path and the following filename:
NVRAM¥<serial number>.NV
Here is an example with Serial Number “K5000017114”:
NVRAM¥K5000017114.NV
7. In order to prevent an error during the download, be sure to mark the SD card that holds the
uploaded data with the number of the machine from which the data was uploaded.

Uploading Content of NVRAM to an SD card
 You can upload NVRAM data from more than one machine to the same SD card.

Downloading an SD Card to NVRAM
12.2 DOWNLOADING AN SD CARD TO NVRAM
Do the following procedure to download SP data from an SD card to the NVRAM in the machine.
 The NVRAM data down load may fail if the SD card with the NVRAM data is damaged, or if
the connection between the controller and BCU is defective.
 Do the download procedure again if the download fails.
 Do the following procedure if the second attempt fails:
Enter the NVRAM data manually using the SMC print you created before uploading the
NVRAM data.
1. Switch the copier main power switch off.
Upload/Downloa
NVRAM Data
d
3. Insert the SD card with the NVRAM data into SD Card Slot 2 (lower) [A].
4. Switch the copier main power switch on.

5. Do SP5825-001 (NVRAM Data Download) and press the “Execute” key.
 The serial number of the file on the SD card must match the serial number of the
machine for the NVRAM data to download successfully. The download fails if the
serial numbers do not match.
This procedure does not download the following data to the NVRAM:
 Total Count
 C/O, P/O Count

ADDRESS BOOK
UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD
None
Information List
13. ADDRESS BOOK UPLOAD/DOWNLOAD
13.1 INFORMATION LIST
The following information is possible to be uploaded and downloaded.

 Registration No.
 User Code
 E-mail
 Protection Code
 Fax Destination
 Fax Option
 Group Name
 Key Display
Upload/Downloa
 Select Title
Address Book
 Folder
d
 Local Authentication
 Folder Authentication
 Account ACL
 New Document Initial ACL
 LDAP Authentication

Download
13.2 DOWNLOAD
1. Prepare a formatted SD card.

2. Make sure that the write-protection on the SD card is off.
3. Turn off the main power switch of the main machine.
5. Install the SD card into the SD card slot 2 (for service use) [A].

8. Do SP5-846-051 (Backup All Addr Book).
9. Exit the SP mode, and then turn off the main power switch.
10. Remove the SD card form the SD card slot 2.
11. Install the SD slot cover.
 If the capacity of SD card is not enough to store the local user information, an error
message is displayed.
 Carefully handle the SD card, which contains user information. Do not take it back to
your location.

Upload
13.3 UPLOAD
1. Turn off the main power switch of the main machine.

3. Install the SD card, which has already been uploaded, into the SD card slot 2 [A].
Upload/Downloa
Address Book
d
6. Do SP5-846-052 (Restore All Addr Book).
7. Exit the SP mode, and then turn off the main power switch.
8. Remove the SD card form the SD card slot 2.
9. Install the SD slot cover.
 The counter in the user code information is initialized after uploading.

 The information of an administrator and supervisor cannot be downloaded nor uploaded.
 If there is no data of address book information in the SD card, an error message is
displayed.

CAPTURING LOG TO SD CARD
None
Overview
14. CAPTURING LOG TO SD CARD
14.1 OVERVIEW
With this feature, you can save debug logs that are stored in the machine (HDD or operation
panel) on an SD card. It allows the Customer Engineer to save and retrieve error information for
analysis.
The Capturing Log feature saves debug logs for the following three.
 Controller debug log
 Engine debug log
 Debug log of the operation panel
 In older models, a technician enabled the logging tool after a problem occurred. After that,
when the problem had been reproduced, the technician was able to retrieve the debug
log.
 However, this new feature saves the debug logs at the time that problems occur. Then
you can copy the logs to an SD card.
Capturing Log to
 You can retrieve the debug logs using a SD card without a network.
SD card
 Analysis of the debug log is effective for problems caused by the software. Analysis of the
debug log is not valid for the selection of defective parts or problems caused by
hardware.
Types of debug logs that can be saved
Type Storage Timing Destination (maximum storage

capacity)
Controller  Saved at all times HDD (4 GB)

debug log Compressed when written to an
(GW debug SD card from the HDD (from 4
log) GB to about 300 MB)
Engine  When an engine SC occurs HDD (Up to 300 times)

debug log  When paper feeding/output stop
by jams
 When the machine doors are
opened during normal operation

Overview
Type Storage Timing Destination (maximum storage

capacity)
Operation  When a controller SC occurs Operation panel (400 MB /Up to

panel debug  When saving by manual operation 30 times)
log with the Number keys and the When updating the firmware for
Reset key (Press “Reset”, “0”, "1” the operation panel, the debug
and “C”(hold for 3 seconds)) logs are erased.
 When the operation unit detects
an error
 When the operation panel detects
an error
 Debug logs are not saved in the following conditions.

 While erasing all memory
 While data encryption equipment is installed
 While changing the firmware configuration
 Forced power OFF (accidentally disconnecting the outlet)
 Engine debug log in shutdown
 When the power supply to the HDD is off because of energy saving (engine OFF mode
/STR mode)
14.1.1 SECURITY OF THE OPERATION LOG

The following operation logs related to security are not saved.
 User ID
 Password
 IP address
 Telephone number
 Encryption key
 Transition to SP mode
Also the following operation logs are not saved.
 Number keys (0 to 9) on the operation panel
 Soft keyboard on the touch panel display
 External keyboard

Retrieving the Debug Logs
14.2 RETRIEVING THE DEBUG LOGS
 Retrieve debug logs to identify the date of occurrence of the problems and to find details
of the problems
 e.g.: At around 8:00 am on March 10, an engine stall occurred. The operation panel does
not respond. Turn the main power supply off / on.
 You need to retrieve the debug logs dating back three days from the date of the problem.
 Analysis of the debug log is effective for problems caused by the software. Analysis of the
debug log is not valid for the selection of defective parts or problems caused by
hardware.
14.2.1 PROCEDURE FOR RETRIEVING THE DEBUG LOG

1. Insert the SD card into the slot on the side of the operation panel.
D137/D138: Slot [A]
D135/D136: Slot [B]
Capturing Log to
SD card
2. Enter SP mode.
3. Set the start date of the log with SP5-857-101 (Start date of debug log output)
e.g.: March 28, 2013: input 20130328 (yyyymmdd)
 Set the date three days earlier than the occurrence of the problems.
4. Set the end date of the log with SP5-857-102 (End date of debug log output)
e.g.: March 31, 2013: input 20130331 (yyyymmdd)
5. Execute SP5-857-103 (Get a debug log of all) to write the debug log to the SD card.
If the transfer is finished successfully, ‘completed’ is displayed on the touch panel display.

Retrieving the Debug Logs
 The approximate time it takes to transfer the debug log is as follows. Transfer time
may be affected by the type or format of the SD card. (It is recommended that you
format the SD card using the Panasonic SD Formatter (freeware)).
 Controller debug log (GW debug log): 2 - 20 minutes
 Engine debug log: 2 minutes
 Operation panel debug log: 2 - 20 minutes
6. Make sure that the SD card access LED is off, then remove the SD card.
 If ‘failed’ appears on the touch panel display, turn the power off, and then recover
from step 1 again.
The debug logs are saved with the following file names.
/LogTrace/machine
Controller debug log (GW debug
number/watching/yyyymmdd_hhmmss_unique
log)
identification number.gz
/LogTrace/machine
Engine debug log
number/engine/yyyymmdd_hhmmss.gz
/LogTrace/machine
Operation panel debug log
number/opepanel/yyyymmdd_hhmmss.tar.gz

D135/D136/D137/D138
SERVICE MANUAL APPENDICES
D135/D136/D137/D138 APPENDICES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. APPENDICES: SPECIFICATIONS.............................................. 1-1

1.1 SPECIFICATIONS ..................................................................................... 1-1
1.1.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS .......................................................... 1-1
1.1.2 PRINTER SPECIFICATIONS ........................................................... 1-7
1.1.3 SCAN SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................. 1-9
1.1.4 OTHER SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................ 1-12
HDD Specifications ............................................................................ 1-12
Speed Specification ........................................................................... 1-12
OFF/Sleep mode Watts, Return time ................................................. 1-13
Noise .................................................................................................. 1-14
1.2 SUPPORTED PAPER SIZES .................................................................. 1-15
1.2.1 ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTION ........................................................ 1-15
1.2.2 PAPER FEED ................................................................................. 1-17
Tray, Bypass tray, LCT....................................................................... 1-17
1.2.3 PAPER EXIT ................................................................................... 1-20
Main unit: Main unit tray/1bin: inner 1bin tray ..................................... 1-20
1.3 SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES .................................................................. 1-22
1.3.1 PRINTER DRIVERS ....................................................................... 1-22
1.3.2 SCANNER AND LAN FAX DRIVERS ............................................. 1-23
1.4 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT......................................................................... 1-24
1.4.1 FINISHER SR4090 (D70300) ......................................................... 1-24
1.4.2 BOOKLET FINISHER SR4100 (D70400) ....................................... 1-26
1.4.3 FINISHER SR 4110 (D70700) ........................................................ 1-29
1.4.4 COPY TRAY TYPE M2 (D74400) ................................................... 1-32
1.4.5 DECURL UNIT DU5020 (D72700) PRO MODELS ONLY .............. 1-32
1.4.6 BUFFER PASS UNIT TYPE 5020 (D75100) PRO MODELS ONLY 1-33
1.4.7 MULTI-FOLDING UNIT FD4000 (D61500) ..................................... 1-34
1.4.8 MAIL BOX CS4010 (D70800) OFFICE MODELS ONLY ................ 1-35
1.4.9 COVER INTERPOSER TRAY CI4010 (D71100) ............................ 1-35
1.4.11 LCIT RT4020 (D70900)............................................................ 1-36
1.4.12 LCIT RT4030 (D71000)............................................................ 1-37
SM Appendix i D135/D136/D137/D138
Specifications
2. APPENDICES: PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TABLES............ 41

2.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ...................................................................41
2.1.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ITEMS ..............................................41
PM Parts ................................................................................................41
Mainframe ..............................................................................................41
D135/D136/D137/D138 ii SM Appendix
APPENDIX:
SPECIFICATIONS
29 6/9/2014 Com 10 not supported-SR4100
Specifications
1. APPENDICES: SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications
Appendices:
1.1 SPECIFICATIONS
1.1.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Item Office Pro
Configuration: console
Intel(R) Celeron(R) Processor P4505

CPU:
1.86GHz
RAM: 2.5GB (Standard)
Color Support: Full Color
Photoreceptor Type: OPC Drum
Copy System: Laser Beam Electrostatic Transfer System
Develop System: Dry Two-component Triple Shaft O.D. Cycle Develop System
Fusing System: Oil-less Belt Fusing System
Original Holder type: Fixed Holder
Original Scanning
Flat Scanning System
System:
 D135  D137
Color: 7.5 Sec. or less (A4/LT Color: 10.6 Sec. or less
LEF) (A4/LT LEF)
Black & White: 5.5 Sec. or less Black & White: 10.3 Sec. of
(A4/LT LEF) less (A4/LT LEF)
First copy time:
 D136  D138
Color: 6.4 Sec. or less (A4/LT Color: 9.6 Sec. or less
LEF) (A4/LT LEF)
Black & White: 4.8 Sec. or less Black & White: 9.2 Sec. or
(A4/LT LEF) less (A4/LT LEF)
SM Appendix 1-1 D135/D136/D137/D138

Specifications
Item Office Pro
D135: 65 Pages/Min. (Black & D137:65 Pages/Min. (Black &

White, Color) White, Color)
Copying speed:
D136: 80 Pages/Min.(Black & D138:80 Pages/Min. (Black &
White, Color) White, Color)
Warm-up time: All Models: 300Sec. or

60 Sec. or less (Temperature:
(Temperature:20C/68F less(Temperature: 20C/68F,
20C/68F, NRP)
, NRP) NRP)
Originals: Sheet/Book/Object
Maximum original 297 x 432mm/11.7” x17” (Both Book, ADF):A3/DLT Full size
size: (Max. placeable original size: 11" x 17")
Copy Paper Size: Main Unit Tray1:

A4 LEF/LT LEF
*With A3/DLT Optional kit:
Fixed Form Size: A3, B4, A4, B5, A5, 12" x 18", DLT, LG, LT, HLT, F/F4
Main Unit Tray2/3/4:

13 x 19.2" SEF, 13 x 19"SEF, 12.6 x 19.2"SEF, 12.6 x 18.5" SEF
13 x 18" SEF, SRA3 SEF, 12 x 18" SEF,SRA4 SEF/LEF,
A3 SEF, A4 SEF/LEF, A5 SEF/LEF, B4 SEF, B5 SEF/LEF,
DLT SEF, LG SEF, 8.5 x 13" SEF, LT SEF/LEF,8 x 10" SEF/LEF,
8.25 x 14" SEF, 8.25 x 13" SEF, Executive SEF/LEF, HLT SEF/LEF,
8K SEF, 16K SEF/LEF,11 x 15" SEF, 11 x 14" SEF, 10 x 15" SEF,
Custom size:
Horizontal: 139.7mm to 330.2mm / 5.5” x 13”
Vertical: 139.7mm to 487.7mm / 5.5” x 19.2”
Bypass Tray:
13 x 19.2" SEF, 13 x 19"SEF, 12.6 x 19.2"SEF, 12.6 x 18.5" SEF, 13 x
18" SEF, SRA3 SEF, 12 x 18" SEF,SRA4 SEF/LEF, A3, B4, A4, B5, A5,
B6, 12" x 18",DLT,LG,LT,HLT,F/F4, C6, Com10, Monarch, C5, DL Env.
Custom Size:
Horizontal: 90mm to 330.2mm
Vertical: 148mm to 487.7mm
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-2 SM Appendix

Specifications
Item Office Pro
Specifications
Appendices:
A4 LCT:
A4 LEF, LT LEF, B5 LEF
* With B4/LG Optional Kit
Fixed Form Size: B4 SEF, LG SEF,A4 SEF, LT SEF
A3 LCT:
13 x 19.2" SEF, 13 x 19"SEF, 12.6 x 19.2"SEF, 12.6 x 18.5" SEF, 13 x
18" SEF, SRA3 SEF, 12 x 18" SEF,SRA4 SEF/LEF, A3 SEF, A4
SEF/LEF, A5 SEF/LEF, A6 SEF, B4 SEF, B5 SEF/LEF, B6 SEF,DLT
SEF, LG SEF, 8.5 x 13" SEF, LT SEF/LEF, 8.25 x 14" SEF, 8.25 x 13"
SEF, 8 x 13" SEF, 8 x 10.5" LT SEF/LEF, 8 x 10" SEF/LEF, Executive
SEF/LEF, HLT SEF/LEF, Line Slider 1 SEF/LEF, Line Slider 2 SEF, 8K
SEF, 16K SEF/LEF,11 x 15" SEF, 11 x 14" SEF, 10 x 15" SEF, 10 x 14"
SEF, xxxx BD SEF/LEF
Custom Paper:
Horizontal:100mm to 330.2mm/3.9” x 13”
Vertical:139.7mm to 487.7mm/5.5 x 19.2”
 Main Unit Tray: 52.3 to 256 g/m2

 Bypass Tray: 52.3 to 300 g/m2
Paper Thickness:  Duplex: 52.3 to 256 g/m2
 A4LCT: 52.3 to 216 g/m2
 A3LCT: 52.3 to 300 g/m2

Specifications
Item Office Pro
 Leading Edge:  Leading Edge:

4.2(+1.8/-1.2)mm/0.17”(+0.07”/ <Non-Coat Paper>
0.05”) Paper Thickness 1 to 3:
 Left/Right: 5.0±1.5mm/0.2”±0.06”
2.0±1.5mm/0.08”±0.06” Paper Thickness 4 to 8:
 Trailing Edge: 5.0±2.0mm(0.5 4(+1.8/-1.2)mm/0.2”(+0.07”/-0.05
to 7.0mm with ”)
simplex)/0.2”±0.08”(0.02” to <Coat Paper>
0.28” with simplex) Paper Thickness 1 to 4:
5.0±1.5mm
Paper Thickness 5 to 8:
4(+1.8/-1.2)mm/0.2”(+0.07”/-0.05
”)
Missing image area:
 Left/Right:
2.0±1.5mm/0.08”±0.06”
 Trailing Edge:
<Non-Coat Paper>
5.0±2.0mm/0.2”±0.08”
4.0±2.0mm/0.16”±0.08”
<Coat Paper>
5.0±2.0mm/0.2”±0.08
4.0±2.0mm/0.16”±0.08”
4.000, 2.000, 1.410, 1.220, 1.150, 0.930, 0.870, 0.820, 0.710, 0.610,
0.500, 0.250
Copy Scale (Fix) Scale Error Range
Actual Size: Main Scan ±1.5%, Sub Scan ±2.75%
Variable Size: Main Scan ±1.5%, Sub Scan ±2.75%
Copy Scale (Zoom) 25 to 400%(1%/Step)
Resolution (Scanning) 600dpi (Main Scan) x 600dpi (Sub Scan)
Resolution(Writing) 1200dpi (Main Scan) x 4800dpi (Sub Scan)
Tone 256

Specifications
Item Office Pro
Specifications
Appendices:
Standard:
 500 Sheets x 2 + 550 Sheets x 3 + Office: 100 Sheets/Pro:250
Sheets (Bypass)
Feeding System /
Optional:
Paper Capacity
 A4 LCT RT4020: 4400Sheets / 4000 Sheets (A4 LCT)
 A3 LCT RT4030: 2200Sheets / 2000Sheets (A3 Plus LCT)
 Paper capacity Using A3 kit for tandem LCT: 1000 Sheets (A3/DLT)
Continuance Copy
1 to 999 Sheets
Amount
 D137: 100V/15A x 2,
 D135: 100V/15A, 50/60Hz
50/60Hz
 D136: 100V/15A x 2, 50/60Hz
Power Source  D138: 200V/15A, 50/60Hz
*D136 consumption current is
*Total consumption current is
20A Max.
20A Max.
 D135: 1500W or less (full  D137: 2000W or less (full

system) system)
 D136: 2000W or less (full  D138: 2400W or less (full
Max. Watts
system) system)
*Optional Power Source not
included
 Standard Main Unit: 750mm×880mm x 1050mm/29.5” x 34.6” x

41.3” or less (Pro Width 835mm/32.9” or less) *Height up to contact
Dimensions (W x D x glass
H)  Standard Main Unit: 750mm x 880mm x 1230mm/29.5” x 34.6” x
48.42” or less (Pro Width 835mm or less/32.9” or less) *Height up to
ADF

Specifications
Item Office Pro
 Standard Main Unit (Width x

Depth)
Width: Bypass tray cover to Output
tray Leading edge
Depth: Front cover Max. to Rear
cover
Unit Occupation
1110 x 856mm TBD
Dimensions (W x D)
 Max. (Width x Depth)
Width: Main Unit + LCT + 3000
Sheets Finisher + inserting paper
Depth: Open cover 90 Deg. to Rear
cover
1914 x 1456mm/75.4” x 57.3”
Weight: 241 kg or less 261 kg or less
Class1 (This Unit falls under to “class 1 laser product” based on JIS C
Laser Standard
6802 (IEC 60825-1) Laser product safety regulation.)

Specifications
1.1.2 PRINTER SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications
Appendices:
Item Spec.
Configuration: Build in
 Fixed form size:

Max. A3 Vertical (297x420mm), 12” x 18”Vertical
Print Size (304.8x457.2mm)
 Custom:
Max. 305×600mm/12” x 23.6” (Bypass Tray)
 D135: 65 Pages/Min.  D137: 65 Pages/Min.

(B&W, Color) (B&W, Color)
Continuance Print Speed
 D136: 80 Page/Min.  D138: 80 Pages/Min.
(B&W, Color) (B&W, Color)
Resolution: 200dpi / 300dpi / 400dpi / 600dpi / 1200dpi
Standard:
RPCS, RPDL, MediaPrint: JPEG, MediaPrint: TIFF, PDF
PDL: Direct
Optional:
PCL6, PCL5C, PS3, RTIFF,R55, PictBridge, BMLinks
Emulation (Option): R55, RTIFF, R55/RTIFF/PS3, BMLinkS, PCL
Standard:
 USB2.0 Type A/Type B
 Ethernet (1000BASE-T/100BASE-TX/10BASE-T)
Interface: Extend:
 Wireless LAN (IEEE802.11a/b/g/n)
 Bluetooth
 IEEE1284
Protocol: TCP/IP, IPX/SPX, AppleTalk

Specifications
Item Spec.
 Available Operating Systems:

Windows 2000/XP/Vista/7, Windows Server
2003/2003 R2/2008/2008 R2, Mac OS 10.3.3 or later.
USB Interface (Standard)  communication mode:
Corresponded to USB2.0 Standard
 Connecting mode:
Devices corresponded to USB2.0 Standard
Available Operating Windows /XP/Vista/7, Windows Server 2003/2008

Systems:
(Standard)
136 of PS European alphabets, 2 Japanese fonts (Heisei
myoh-tyoh W3, Heisei kaku gothic W5)
Myoh-tyoh L, Gothic B
Variations of RPDL European fonts.
Built-in Fonts:
OCR-B, Chinese characters stroke
45 of PCL European alphabets fonts + 13 International
Fonts
(Optional)
Ryumin light KL, Gothic BBB
Scale: 20% to 400%

Specifications
1.1.3 SCAN SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications
Appendices:
Item Spec.
Configuration: Full color scanner
Original Scanning Method: Flat scanning system
Image Sensor Type: CCD image sensor
Originals: Sheet, Book, Object
Available Original Size for

Vertical (10 to 297mm) x Horizontal (10 to 432mm)
Scanning:
Detectable Original Size for

A3 SEF, B4 SEF, A4 LEF, A4 SEF, B5LEF, B5SEF, A5LEF
Book Scanner:
A3 SEF, B4 SEF, A4 LEF, A4 SEF, B5 LEF, B5 SEF, A5

Auto Detectable Size for
LEF, A5 SEF, B6 LEF, B6 SEF, 11 x 17 SEF, 81/2” x 11”
Originals Set to ADF:
LEF, 81/2” x 11” SEF
A4 SEF Scan time (BOOK)

Standard Size Letters: 0.7 Sec.
Smaller Size Letters: 0.7 Sec.
Extra Smaller Size Letters: 0.7 Sec.
Continues Storing Speed (DF) (reference: From second
sheet, A4 SEF)
Standard Size Letters: 47spm
Original Scanning Speed:
Smaller Size Letters: 47spm
Extra Smaller Size Letters: 47spm
Rotate continues Storing Speed (DF) (reference: From
second sheet, A4 LEF)
Standard Size Letters: 50spm
Smaller Size Letters: 46spm
Extra Smaller Size Letters: 30spm
Tone: 256
Basic Scanning Resolution: 200dpi
Compress Format for Binary

MH, MR, MMR
B&W Image:

Specifications
Item Spec.
Compress Format for Gray

PDF
Scale / Full Color:
 Standard:
Ethernet (1000BASE-T/1100BASE-TX/10BASE-T)
Interface:
 Optional:
Wireless LAN (IEEE802.11a/b/g/n), SD Card slot
Protocol for Network

TCP/IP
Connection:
Scanning Resolution for

100dpi, 200dpi, 300dpi, 400dpi, 600dpi
Sending email:
Available Protocol for

SMTP
Sending email.
Output Format for Sending

TIFF, JPEG, PDF, Clear light PDF, PDF/A
email*1:
Scanning Resolution for

100dpi, 200dpi, 300dpi, 400dpi, 600dpi
Scan to Folder:
Available Protocol for Send

SMB, FTP, NCP
to Folder:
Output Format for Send to

Multi Pages TIFF/PDF, PDF/A
Folder*1:
Available Protocol for WSD

Web Services on Devices for Scanning
Scanner Sending:
Scan Resolution for

100 to 1200dpi
Network TWAIN Scanner:
1) Available Protocol: TCP/IP

Available Protocol for 2) Other
Network TWAIN Scanner:  UZ-D1/UZ-S1/Plumeria/CS/Palm are available.
 SNMP Ricoh MIB is available.
Available Operating
Systems for Network Windows XP / Vista / 7, Windows Server 2003 / 2008
TWAIN Scanner:
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-10 SM Appendix

Specifications
Item Spec.
Specifications
Appendices:
Scanning Resolution for 100dpi (High Compressed PDF Not available), 150dpi
Scan to Network (Main (High Compressed PDF Not available), 200dpi, 300dpi,
Scan x Sub Scan): 400dpi, 600dpi
Scan Resolution for when

100 to 1200dpi
Using WIA Scanner:
Available Protocol for when

TCP/IP
Using WIA Scanner:
Windows Vista (SP1 or later) /7, Windows Server

Available Operating
2008/2008 R2 (64bit OS are also available for WIA
Systems for WIA Scanner:
Scanner)
*1 Electric certificate can be attached when selecting [PDF], [Clear light PDF], or [PDF/A] as file format.
For [PDF] or [Clear light PDF], Security Settings are available.
SM Appendix 1-11 D135/D136/D137/D138

Specifications
1.1.4 OTHER SPECIFICATIONS
HDD Specifications
Item Spec.
Capacity: 250GB x 2
 Download fonts
 Download forms
 Electric sort
 Managing coast/Keep job history data
Functions
 Spool print job
 LS Input
 Test Print/Privacy Print/Hold print/Save print
 Image overlay (as Form overlay)
Speed Specification
Book First Copy Time (A4/LT SEF)
Office Pro
D135 D136 D137 D138
BW: 10.3 Sec. or

BW: 5.5 Sec. or less BW: 4.8 Sec. or less less BW: 9.2 Sec. or less
FC: 7.5 Sec. or less FC: 6.4 Sec. or less FC: 10.6 Sec. or FC: 9.6 Sec. or less
less
Copy Speed: Simplex (CPM)
Office Pro
Mode
D135 D136 D137 D138
Standard Paper (66 to 80.9

65 80 65 80
g/square meters)
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-12 SM Appendix

Specifications
Copy Speed: Duplex (CPM) (A4/LT SEF)
Specifications
Appendices:
Office Pro
Mode
D135 D136 D137 D138
Standard Paper 65 80 65 80
Electric Sort Copy Speed: Duplex Simplex to Duplex (CPM) (A4/LT SEF)
Office Pro
Mode
D135 D136 D137 D138
Standard Paper 65 80 65 80
OFF/Sleep mode Switching time
Item Spec.
OFF/Sleep Mode Switching Standard: 1 min., Can set form 1 to 240 min.(1 min. /step)
time or OFF with setup settings
OFF/Sleep mode Watts, Return time
Item Watts Return time
Office: 60.0 Sec. of less

OFF/Sleep mode 1.0W or less
Pro: 300.0 Sec. or less
 Due to operating environment, usage status, Watts for OFF/Sleep mode might change.
(Such cases as power change to control fuse temperature under low temperature
environment, or network environment obstructs to switch to STR mode)
 *Off mode is applied to Basic Models, Sleep mode is applied to LP and MFP models.
SM Appendix 1-13 D135/D136/D137/D138

Specifications
Noise
Item Office Pro
Main unit alone D135: 72.0dB D137: 72.0dB

(B&W/FC) D136:73.0dB D138: 73.0dB
D135: 52.5dB D137: 52.5dB

Stanby
D136: 57.0dB D138: 57.0dB
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-14 SM Appendix

Supported Paper Sizes
1.2 SUPPORTED PAPER SIZES
Specifications
Appendices:
1.2.1 ORIGINAL SIZE DETECTION
NA EU/AP
Size (W x L) [mm]
Book ADF Book ADF
A3 SEF (297 x 420) - Y Y*4 Y
B4 SEF (257 x 364) - - Y*4 Y
A4 SEF (210 x 297) Y*5 Y Y*4*5 Y
A4 LEF (297 x 210) Y*5 Y Y*4*5 Y
B5 SEF (182 x 257) - - Y*4 Y
B5 LEF (257 x 182) - - Y*4 Y
A5 SEF (148 x 210) - - Y*2-4 Y
A5 LEF (210 x 148) - - Y*4 Y
B6 SEF (128 x 182) - - - Y
B6 LEF (182 x 128) - - - Y
DLT SEF (11" x 17") - Y - Y*Da
LG SEF (81/2" x 14") Y*5 Y - -
LT SEF (81/2" x 11") Y*5 Y*5 Y*5 Y*Db
LT LEF (11" x 81/2") Y*2 Y*5 Y*5 Y*Dc
HLT SEF (51/2" x 81/2") Y Y*2 - -
HLT LEF (81/2" x 51/2") - Y - -
F SEF (8" x 13") - - Y*Se*3 Y*Se*3
Foolscap SEF (81/2" x

- - Y*De*3 Y*De*3
13")
Folio SEF (81/4" x 13") - - Y*Se*3 Y*Se*3
SM Appendix 1-15 D135/D136/D137/D138

NA EU/AP
Size (W x L) [mm]
Book ADF Book ADF
Folio SEF (11" x 15") - - - -
Folio SEF (10" x 14") - - - -
Folio SEF (8" x 10") - - - -
US EXE SEF (71/4" x

- - - -
101/2")
US EXE LEF (101/2 x

- - - -
71/4")
8K SEF (267 x 390) - - Y*4 Y*Sa
16K SEF (195 x 267) - - Y*4 Y*Sb
16K LEF (267 x 195) - - Y*4 Y*Sc
Sizes with letters (a, b, c) means only either size with the corresponding letter can be selected for
size detect. “D” is for default set sizes, and when setting “S” sizes for size detection from SP mode,
“D” sizes can no longer be detected.
(*2)For detected originals smaller then A5 size, with SP mode either “detect as A5” or “Detect as
Unknown” can be selected.(Default is “Detect as unknown”)
(*3)F Sizes (8.5” x 13” SEF, 8.25” x 13” SEF, 8” x 13” SEF) will be available by SP mode settings.
(*4)Switch Book scanner original detection between “K” series and ”A/B” series from SP mode.
(Can not set both to detect, but 8K/16K detect can de set from SO mode)
8K SEF -> Switch between A3, B4 SEF
16K SEF -> Switch between A4, A5, B5 SEF
16K LEF -> Switch between A4, A5, B5 LEF *Can not switch only either size.
(*5)Can be selected with switching A4/LT from SP mode:
 Standard detect (default)
 When placing A4/LT size LEF, detect as A4 LEF. When placing SEF, detect as LT SEF.
 When placing A4/LT size LEF, detect as LT LEF. When placing SEF, detect as A4 SEF.
Remarks:
Y Yes; available
- Not available
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-16 SM Appendix

1.2.2 PAPER FEED
Specifications
Appendices:
Tray, Bypass tray, LCT
LCT LCT Auto

Size (W x L) [mm] Tray 1 Tray 2/3 Bypass
(MAUI-D) (MALAY) duplex
A3 SEF (297 x 420) A*1 M M - A A
A4 SEF (210 x 297) A M M A*2 A A
A4 LEF (297 x 210) A*1 M M A A A
A5 SEF (148 x 210) A*1 M M A*3 A A
A5 LEF (210 x 148 ) A*1 M M A*3 A A
A6 SEF (105 x 148) - - - - A -
B4 SEF (257 x 364) A*1 M M A*2 A A
B5 SEF (182 x 257) A*1 M M - A A
B5 LEF (257 x 182 ) A*1 M M A A A
B6 SEF (128 x 182 ) - - M - A A
DLT SEF (11" x 17") A*1 A A - A A
Legal (81/2" x 14") A*1 A A A*2 A A
Foolscap (81/2" x 13") - A - - A A
LT SEF (81/2" x 11") A A A A*2 A A
LT LEF (11" x 81/2") A*1 A A A A A
Gov. LG SEF (81/4" x - A -

- A A
14")
Folio SEF (81/4" x - A -

- A A
13")
F/GL (8" x 13") - - - - A A
F/F4 A*1 A - A
GLT SEF (8" x 101/2") - - - - A A
SM Appendix 1-17 D135/D136/D137/D138

LCT LCT Auto

GLT LEF (101/2" x 8") - - - - A A
Eng Quatro SEF (8" x

- A - - A A
10")
Eng Quatro LEF (10" x

- A - - A A
8")
Executive SEF (71/4"

- A - - A A
x 101/2")
Executive LEF (101/2"

- A - - A A
x 71/4")
HLT SEF (51/2" x 81/2") A*1 A A - A A
HLT LEF (81/2" x 51/2") A*1 A A - A A
SRA3 SEF(420 x 320) M M - A A
SRA4 SEF A A - A A
SRA4 LEF A A - A A
Line slider 1 SEF - - - - A A
Line slider 1 LEF - - - - A A
Line slider 2 SEF - - - - A A
Line slider 2 LEF - - - - A A
Com10(104.8 x 241.3) A - - A
Monarch(98.4 x 190.5) A - - -
C5(162 x 229) - - A - - A
DL(110 x 220) - - A - - A
8K SEF (267 x 390) - A - - A A
16K SEF (195 x 267 ) - A - - A A
16K LEF (267 x 195 ) - A - - A A
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-18 SM Appendix

LCT LCT Auto

Specifications
Appendices:
13” x 19.2” SEF - A A - A A
13” x 19” SEF - M M - A -
13” x 18” SEF - A A - A -
12.6” x 19.2 SEF - A A - A -
12.6” x 18.5” SEF - A A - A -
12" x 18" SEF A*1 A A - A -
12" x 18" LEF A*1 - A - - -
11" x 15" SEF - A - - A -
11” x 14” SEF - A - - A -
10" x 15" SEF - A - - A -
10" x 14" SEF - - - - A -
(*1) With A3/DLT optional kit

(*2) With B4/LG optional kit
(*3) With special order
Remarks:
A Available, Auto detectable
M Available, Paper size must be set from initial setting
- Not available
SM Appendix 1-19 D135/D136/D137/D138

1.2.3 PAPER EXIT
Main unit: Main unit tray/1bin: inner 1bin tray
Size (W x L) [mm] Main unit paper exit
A3 SEF (297 x 420) Y
A4 SEF (210 x 297) Y
A4 LEF (297 x 210) Y
A5 SEF (148 x 210) Y
A5 LEF (210 x 148) Y
A6 SEF (105 x 148) Y
B4 SEF (257 x 364) Y
B5 SEF (182 x 257) Y
B5 LEF (257 x 182) Y
B6 SEF (128 x 182) Y
DLT SEF (11" x 17") Y
Legal SEF (8.5" x 14") Y
Foolscap SEF (8.5" x

Y
13")
LT SEF (8.5" x 11") Y
LT LEF (11" x 8.5") Y
Government LG
Y
SEF (8.25" x 14")
Folio SEF (8.25" x

Y
13")
F/GL SEF (8" x 13") Y
G LT SEF (8" x 10.5") Y
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-20 SM Appendix

Size (W x L) [mm] Main unit paper exit
Specifications
Appendices:
G LT LEF (10.5" x 8") Y
Eng Quatro SEF (8" x

Y
10")
Eng Quatro LEF (10" x

Y
8")
Executive SEF (7.25"

Y
x 10.5")
Executive LEF (10.5"

Y
x 7.25")
HLT SEF (5.5" x 8.5") Y
HLT LEF (8.5" x 5.5") Y
8K SEF (267 x 390) Y
16K SEF (195 x 267) Y
16K LEF (267 x 195) Y
12" x 18" SEF Y
11" x 15" SEF Y
11" x 14" SEF Y
10" x 15" SEF Y
10" x 14" SEF Y
Remarks:
Y Available
- Not available
SM Appendix 1-21 D135/D136/D137/D138

Software Accessories
1.3 SOFTWARE ACCESSORIES
The printer drivers and utility software are provided on one CD-ROM. An auto-run installer allows
you to select which components to install.
1.3.1 PRINTER DRIVERS
Windows Windows
Printer Language *1*6 *2*6
Windows 7*3*6 Windows 8*6*8
XP Vista
RPCS Yes Yes Yes Yes
PCL 6 Yes Yes Yes Yes
PS3 Yes Yes Yes Yes
Windows Windows Windows

Printer Language *4*6 *5*6
Macintosh*7
Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2012*9
RPCS Yes Yes Yes No
PCL 6 Yes Yes Yes No
PS3 Yes Yes Yes Yes
*1 Microsoft Windows XP Professional Edition / Home Edition / Media Center Edition / Tablet PC
Edition
*2 Microsoft Windows Vista Ultimate / Enterprise / Business / Home Premium / Home Basic
*3 Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium / Professional / Ultimate / Enterprise
*4 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition / Enterprise Edition / Microsoft Windows
Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition / Enterprise Edition
*5 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard / Enterprise / Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard / Enterprise
*6 Supports both 32bit, 64bit
*7 Supports Mac OS X 10.4 or later
*8 Microsoft Windows 8 (Core Edition) / Pro / Enterprise
*9 Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Standard / Datacenter / Essentials
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-22 SM Appendix

Software Accessories
 All other Drivers except ones for Windows XP / 2003 / Vista / 7 / 8 are Adobe genuine
Specifications
Appendices:
PostScript driver.
 PPD file for each operation systems is included in the driver.
1.3.2 SCANNER AND LAN FAX DRIVERS
Windows Windows
Driver *1*6 *2*6
Windows 7*3*6 Windows 8*6*7
XP Vista
TWAIN Yes Yes Yes Yes
PC-FAX Yes Yes Yes Yes
Windows Windows Windows

Driver *4*6 *5*6
Macintosh
Server 2003 Server 2008 Server 2012*8
TWAIN Yes Yes Yes No
PC-FAX Yes Yes Yes No
*1 Microsoft Windows XP Professional Edition / Home Edition / Media Center Edition / Tablet PC
Edition
*2 Microsoft Windows Vista Ultimate / Enterprise / Business / Home Premium / Home Basic
*3 Microsoft Windows 7 Home Premium / Professional / Ultimate / Enterprise
*4 Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard Edition / Enterprise Edition / Microsoft Windows
Server 2003 R2 Standard Edition / Enterprise Edition
*5 Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Standard / Enterprise / Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2
Standard / Enterprise
*6 Supports both 32bit, 64bit (Scanner driver works on 32bit compatible mode)
*7 Microsoft Windows 8 (Core Edition) / Pro / Enterprise
*8 Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Standard / Datacenter / Essentials
 With LAX Fax driver, sending documents directly from PC will be available.
 Also Address Book Editor and Cover Sheet Editor will installed along.
 Network TWAIN driver will be provided on the scanner driver CD-ROM.
SM Appendix 1-23 D135/D136/D137/D138

Optional Equipment
1.4 OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
1.4.1 FINISHER SR4090 (D70300)
A3 LEF, A4, A5, A6 LEF, B4 LEF, B5, B6 LEF, 11 x 17

LEF, 81/2 x 14 LEF, 81/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 71/4 x 101/2,
Finisher / 51/2 x 81/2, LEF, 8K LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15
Upper Tray LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5
LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2
LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, SRA4, Custom size
A3 LEF, A4, A5, B4 LEF, B5, B6 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2

x 14 LEF, 8 1/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 71/4 x 101/2, 51/2 x
Finisher / 81/2, LEF, 8K LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15 LEF, 11 x
Shift Tray 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5 LEF, 13 x
19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2 LEF, 13 x 18
LEF, SRA3 LEF, SRA4, Custom size
Paper Size:
A3 LEF, A4, A5, B4 LEF, B5, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF,
Finisher /
81/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 51 /2 x 8 1/2, 8K
Shift Tray /
LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15 LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15
Shifting
LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, SRA4 LEF, Custom size
A3 LEF, A4, B4 LEF, B5, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8

Staple 1/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 8K LEF, 16K, 11 x 15
LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, Custom size

8 1/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2, 8K
Punch
LEF, Custom size
Finisher /
52.3 to 220.0 g/m2
Upper Tray
Paper Finisher /
52.3 to 300.0 g/m2
Thickness: Shift Tray
Staple 52.3 to 105.0 g/m2
Punch 52.3 to 256.0 g/m2
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-24 SM Appendix

Optional Equipment
Finisher / • A4, 8 1/2 x 11 or less:250 sheets
Specifications
Upper Tray • B4, 8 1/2 x 14 or more:50 sheets
Appendices:
• A4 SEF, 8 1/2 x 11 SEF: 3,000 sheets
•A3 LEF, B4 LEF, A4 LEF, B5, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14
Finisher / LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 12 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5
Shift Tray LEF: 1,500 sheets
• A5 SEF: 500 sheets
• A5 LEF, B6 LEF, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2 LEF: 100 sheets
• A3 LEF, A4, B4 LEF, B5, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8

x 13 LEF, 8 1/2 x 11, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 8K LEF, 16K, 11 x 15
Staple LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF: 65sheets
Capacity: • Mixed Size: 50sheets (A3 LEF/A4 SEF, B4 LEF/B5

SEF, 11 x 17 LEF/8 1/2 x 11 SEF)
• A4 SEF, 81/2 x 11 SEF: Binding 20 to 65 sheets...150

to 46 Sets, Binding 2 to 19 sheets...150 Sets
• A4 LEF, B5, 81/2 x 11 LEF: Binding 15 to 65
sheets...100 to 23 Sets, Binding 2 to 14 sheets...100
Sets
Staple Output • Other Paper Size: Binding 15 to 65 sheets...100 to 23
Sets, Binding 2 to 14 sheets...100 Sets
• Mixed Size: Binding 2 to 65 sheets...23 Sets (A3
LEF/A4 SEF, B4 LEF/B5 SEF, 11 x 17 LEF/8 1/2 x 11
SEF)
(With My Paper Brand)
Power Source: Draw from main unit
Power Consumption: 55.7W or less
Weight: 38 kg
Dimensions (W x D x H): 657 x 613 x 960 mm
SM Appendix 1-25 D135/D136/D137/D138

Optional Equipment
1.4.2 BOOKLET FINISHER SR4100 (D70400)
A3 LEF, A4, A5, A6 LEF, B4 LEF, B5, B6, 11 x 17 LEF, 8

1/2 x 14 LEF, 8 1/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 71/4 x 10 1/2, 5 1/2
Finisher / x 8 1/2, LEF, 8K LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15 LEF, 11
Upper Tray x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5 LEF, 13
x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2 LEF, 13 x
18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, SRA4, Custom size
A3 LEF, A4, A5, B4 LEF, B5, B6 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2

x 14 LEF, 8 1/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 5 1/2 x 8
Finisher / Shift 1/2, LEF, 8K LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15 LEF, 11 x
Tray 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5 LEF, 13 x
19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2 LEF, 13 x 18
LEF, SRA3 LEF, SRA4, Custom size
A3 LEF, A4, A5, B4 LEF, B5, 11 x 17 LEF, 81/2 x 14 LEF,

Finisher / Shift 81/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 71/4 x 101/2, 51/2 x 81/2, 8K LEF,
Tray / Shifting 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15 LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF,
10 x 14 LEF, SRA4 LEF, Custom size
Paper Size: A3 LEF, A4, B4 LEF, B5, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8

Staple 1/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 8K LEF, 16K, 11 x 15
LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, Custom size
A3 LEF, A4 LEF, B4 LEF, B5 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14

Saddle stitch
LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15 LEF, 11 x 14
staple
LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA4 LEF

8 1/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2, 8K
Punch
LEF, Custom size

Half fold LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15 LEF, 11 x 14
LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA4

Multiple sheets LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15 LEF, 11 x 14
LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA4 LEF
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-26 SM Appendix

Optional Equipment
Finisher /
52.3 to 220.0 g/m2
Specifications
Upper Tray
Appendices:
Finisher / Shift
52.3 to 300.0 g/m2
Tray
Staple 52.3 to 105.0 g/m2

Paper
Thickness: Saddle stitch
64.0 to 105.0 g/m2
staple
Punch 52.3 to 256.0 g/m2
Half fold 64.0 to 216.0 g/m2
Multiple sheets 64.0 to 105.0 g/m2
Finisher / • A4, 81/2 x 11 or less: 250 sheets

Upper Tray • B4, 81/2 x 14 or more: 50 sheets
• A4 SEF, 81/2 x 11 SEF: 2,000 sheets

• A3 LEF, B4 LEF, A4 LEF, B5, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14
LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 12 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5
Finisher / Shift
LEF: 1,000 sheets
Tray
• A5 SEF: 500 sheets
Capacity: • A5 LEF, B6 LEF, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2 LEF: 100 sheets
• A3 LEF, A4, B4 LEF, B5, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8

x 13 LEF, 8 1/2 x 11, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 8K LEF, 16K, 11 x 15
LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF: 65sheets
Staple
• Mixed Size: 50 sheets (A3 LEF/A4 SEF, B4 LEF/B5
SEF, 11 x 17 LEF/8 1/2 x 11 SEF)
SM Appendix 1-27 D135/D136/D137/D138

Optional Equipment
• A4 SEF, 8 1/2 x 11 SEF: Binding 13 to 65 sheets...150

to 30 Sets, Binding 2 to 12 sheets...150 Sets
• A4 LEF, B5, 81/2 x 11 LEF: Binding 10 to 65
sheets...100 to 15 Sets, Binding 2 to 9 sheets...100 Sets
• Other Paper Size: Binding 10 to 65 sheets...100 to 15
Staple Output
Sets, Binding 2 to 9 sheets...100 Sets
• Mixed Size
Binding 2 to 65 sheets...23 Sets (A3 LEF/A4 SEF, B4
LEF/B5 SEF, 11 x 17 LEF/8 1/2 x 11 SEF)
Saddle stitch
20 sheets (With My Paper Brand)
staple
Binding 2 to 5 sheets: approx. 30 Sets, Binding 6 to

Saddle stitch 10sheets: approx. 15 Sets, Binding 11 to 15 sheets:
staple Output approx. 10 Sets, Binding 16 to 20sheets: approx. 6 Sets
Power Consumption: 55.7W or less
Weight: approx. 57kg
Dimensions (W x D x H): 657 x 613 x 960mm
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-28 SM Appendix

Rev. 6/9/2014 Optional Equipment
1.4.3 FINISHER SR 4110 (D70700)
Specifications
Appendices:
Paper Size: • Without Z-Folding
LEF, 81/2 x 14 LEF, 81/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 71/4 x 101/2,
⇒ Note: COM10 51/2 x 81/2, LEF, 8K LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15
envelopes are Finisher / LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5
not supported. Upper Tray LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2
The 4 1/8 x 9 LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, SRA4,Custom size
½ paper size • With Z-Folding
will not be A3 LEF, A4 LEF, B4 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF,
displayed as 81/2 x 11 LEF
an available
• Without Z-Folding
size in the
bypass paper
8 1/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2, 8K
size screen.
Finisher / LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5 LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x
Shift Tray 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2 LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF,
SRA4,Custom size
• With Z-Folding
A3 LEF, A4 LEF, B4 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8
1/2 x 11 LEF
A3 LEF, A4, A5, B4 LEF, B5, 11 x 17 LEF, 81/2 x 14 LEF,

Finisher /
81/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 71/4 x 101/2, 51/2 x 81/2, 8K LEF,
Shift Tray /
16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15 LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF,
Shifting
10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 191/5 LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, Custom size
A3 LEF, A4, B4 LEF, B5, 11 x 17 LEF, 81/2 x 14 LEF,
81/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 8K LEF, 16K, 11 x
15 LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF
• With Z-Folding
Staple
A3 LEF, B4 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF
• With Z-Folding, Mixed Size
A3 LEF and A4 LEF
B4 LEF and B5 LEF
11 x 17 LEF and 8 1/2 x 11 LEF
SM Appendix 1-29 D135/D136/D137/D138

Optional Equipment
Finisher / 52.3 to 216.0 g/m2
Upper Tray • With Z-Folding
64.0 to 80.0 g/m2
Finisher / 52.3 to 300.0 g/m2
Shift Tray • With Z-Folding
Paper 64.0 to 80.0 g/m2
Thickness:
Finisher /
Shift Tray / 52.3 to 300.0 g/m2
Shifting
64.0 to 90.0 g/m2
Staple
• With Z-Folding
64.0 to 80.0 g/m2
A4, 8 1/2 x 11 or less: 500 sheets
Finisher / B4, 8 1/2 x 14 or more: 250 sheets
Upper Tray • With Z-Folding
30 sheets
Capacity: A4, B5, 8 1/2 x 1: 3,000 sheets

A3, A4, B4, B5, 11 x 17, 8 1/2 x 14, 8 1/2 x 11: 1,500
sheets
Finisher / 12 x 18, 13 x 19: 1,000 sheets
Shift Tray A5, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2: 500 sheets
A5, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2: 100 sheets
• With Z-Folding
30 sheets
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-30 SM Appendix

Optional Equipment
Specifications
A LEF, B4 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8 x 13 LEF,
Appendices:
8K LEF, 11 x 15 LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14
LEF: 50 sheets
A4, B5, 8 1/2 x 11, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 16K: 100 sheets
• Mixed Size
50 sheets (A3 LEF /A4 SEF, B4 LEF/B5 SEF, 11 x 17
LEF/8 1/2 x 11 SEF)
• With Z-Folding
10 sheets
• Combination of With and Without Z-Folding
10 sheets of Z-Folding and 0 sheets Without Z-Folding,
Staple
9 sheets of Z-Folding and 0 to 10 sheets Without
Z-Folding, 8 sheets of Z-Folding and 0 to 20 sheets
Without Z-Folding, 7 sheets of Z-Folding and 0 to 30
sheets Without Z-Folding, 6 sheets of Z-Folding and 0
to 40 sheets Without Z-Folding, 5 sheets of Z-Folding
and 0 to 50 sheets Without Z-Folding, 4 sheets of
Z-Folding and 0 to 60 sheets Without Z-Folding, 3
sheets of Z-Folding and 0 to 70 sheets Without
Z-Folding, 2 sheets of Z-Folding and 0 to 80 sheets
Without Z-Folding, 1 sheet of Z-Folding and 1 to 90
sheets Without Z-Folding
A4 SEF, B5 SEF, 81/2 x 11 SEF: binding 10 to 100
sheets...200 to 30 Sets
A4 LEF, B5 LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14
LEF: binding 2 to 9 sheets...150 Sets
A3, B4: binding 10 to 50 sheets...150 to 30 Sets
• With Z-Folding, Mixed Size
Staple Output
Z-Folded A3 LEF and A4 SEF, Z-Folded B4 LEF and B5
SEF, Z-Folded 11 x 17 LEF and 8 1/2 x 11 SEF: 1 to 10
sheets...30 to 3 Sets
• Mixed Size
2 to 50 sheets...30 Sets(A3 LEF/A4 SEF, B4 LEF/B5
SEF, 11 x 17 LEF/8 1/2 x 11 SEF)
SM Appendix 1-31 D135/D136/D137/D138

Optional Equipment
Power Consumption: 120 W or less
Weight: approx. 75 kg
1.4.4 COPY TRAY TYPE M2 (D74400)
Paper Size:
Paper Thickness:
Power Source:
Power Consumption:
Weight:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
1.4.5 DECURL UNIT DU5020 (D72700) PRO MODELS ONLY

LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8 1/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10
1/2, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2, 8K LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15
Paper Size:
LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5
LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2
Paper Thickness: 52.3 to 300.0 g/m2
Power Consumption: 30W or less
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-32 SM Appendix

Optional Equipment
1.4.6 BUFFER PASS UNIT TYPE 5020 (D75100) PRO MODELS ONLY
Specifications
Appendices:
LEF, 81/2 x 14 LEF, 81/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2,
5 1/2 x 8 1/2, LEF, 8K LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15
Paper Size:
LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5
LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2
Paper Thickness: 52.3 to 300.0 g/m2
Power Source: 100V, 3A, 50/60Hz
Dimensions (W x D x H): 330 x 725 x 980mm
SM Appendix 1-33 D135/D136/D137/D138

Optional Equipment
1.4.7 MULTI-FOLDING UNIT FD4000 (D61500)
Half Fold, Letter Fold-out, Letter Fold-in, Double Parallel

Folding Methods:
Fold, Gate Fold, Z-Folding
• Z-Folding
A3 LEF, A4 LEF, B4 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8
1/2 x 11 LEF, 8K LEF, 12 x 18 LEF
• Half Fold
LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 8K LEF, 12 x 18 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5
Fold
LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2
LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, SRA4 LEF
• Letter Fold-out, Letter Fold-in, Double Parallel Fold,
Gate Fold
Paper Size: LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 8K LEF, 12 x 18 LEF
• Half Fold
A3 LEF, A4 LEF, B4 LEF, B5 LEF, 11 x 17 LEF, 81/2 x 14
LEF, 81/2 x 11 LEF, 8K LEF, 12 x 18 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5
LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2
Multiple LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, SRA4 LEF
sheets • Letter Fold-in
LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF, 8K LEF, 12 x 18 LEF
• Letter Fold-out
A4 LEF, B4 LEF, B5 LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8 1/2 x 11 LEF
Fold 64.0 to 105.0 g/m2

Paper
Thickness: Multiple
64.0 to 80.0 g/m2
sheets
Power Source: 100V, 2.4A, 50/60Hz
Power Consumption: 240W or less (Can not draw from main unit)
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-34 SM Appendix

Optional Equipment
Specifications
Appendices:
1.4.8 MAIL BOX CS4010 (D70800) OFFICE MODELS ONLY
Bin 9 Bins

8 1/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2, 8K
Paper Size:
LEF
Paper Thickness: 60.0 to 128.0 g/m2(52 to 110kg)
100 Sheets each bin, total 900 Sheets

Capacity:

Paper Size:
8 1/2 x 11, 12 x 18 LEF
Paper Thickness: 64.0 to 216.0 g/m2 (55 to 186kg)
Capacity: 230 sheets (With My Paper Brand)
SM Appendix 1-35 D135/D136/D137/D138

Optional Equipment

8 1/2 x 11 SEF, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10 1/2, 5 1/2 x 8 1/2,
8K LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x 15 LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x
Paper Size:
15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19 1/5 LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12
3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18 1/2 LEF, 13 x 18 LEF,
SRA3 LEF, SRA4, Custom size
Capacity: 260 sheets x 2 drawers (With My Paper Brand)
Dimensions (W x D x H): 540 x 730 x 1,270mm
1.4.11 LCIT RT4020 (D70900)
Paper Size: A4 SEF, B5 SEF, 8 1/2 x 11 SEF
Capacity: 4,780 sheets (With My Paper Brand)
D135/D136/D137/D138 1-36 SM Appendix

Optional Equipment
1.4.12 LCIT RT4030 (D71000)
Specifications
Appendices:
LEF, 8 1/2 x 14 LEF, 8 1/2 x 11, 8 x 13 LEF, 7 1/4 x 10
1/2, 8 1/2 x 5 1/2, LEF, 8K LEF, 16K, 12 x 18 LEF, 11 x
Paper Size:
15 LEF, 11 x 14 LEF, 10 x 15 LEF, 10 x 14 LEF, 13 x 19
1/5 LEF, 13 x 19 LEF, 12 3/5 x 19 1/5 LEF, 12 3/5 x 18
1/2 LEF, 13 x 18 LEF, SRA3 LEF, SRA4, Custom size
Capacity: 2,390 sheets (With My Paper Brand)
Weight: approx. 81.7kg
SM Appendix 1-37 D135/D136/D137/D138

APPENDICES:
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TABLES
3 10/25/2013 PM Table
6 5/12/2014 Fusing
Rev. 10/25/2013 Preventive Maintenance
2. APPENDICES: PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
TABLES
2.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE
APPENDICES:
PREVENTIVE
TABLES
2.1.1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Preventive Maintenance Items
PM Parts
The parts mentioned in these tables have a target yield. However, the total copy/print volume
made by the machine will not reach the target yield within the machine's targeted lifetime if the
machine is used under the target usage conditions (ACV, color ratio, P/J, and C/O). So, these
parts are categorized not as PM parts but as EM parts. The parts “(R)” in this table are PM parts.
Chart: A4 (LT)/5% Mode: 4 copies / original (prints/job) Ratio 30%
Environment: Normal temperature and humidity
Yield may change depending on circumstances and print conditions.
Symbol keys: C: Clean, R: Replace, L: Lubricant, I: Inspect
Mainframe
Item 300K 600K 900K 1200K EM Remarks
Laser Unit
⇒ Toner Shield Glass C

Toner Shield Glass
Cleaning Tool
Scanner
Reflector C Optics cloth
1st mirror C Optics cloth
2nd mirror C Optics cloth
3rd mirror C Optics cloth
Exposure Glass C C Dry cloth
APS Sensors C Dry cloth
ADF Exposure Glass C C Dry cloth
SM Appendix 3 D135/D136/D137/D138
Preventive Maintenance
Development
Collect with a
Developer R
plastic bag
Blower brush, Dry

Filter R
cloth
Blower brush, Dry

Gears C
cloth
Development Unit C
PCDU
Replace the Unit

Drum Cleaning Unit C
(TCRU)
(Cleaning Blade) C
Replace at the
(Side seal: cleaning
C same time as the
blade)
cleaning blade
Replace at the
(Lubricant Brush) C same time as the
lubricant bar
(Lubricant Bar) C
(Lubricant Blade) C
Replace at the
(Side seal: Lubricant
C same time as the
Blade)
lubricant blade
(Brush Drive Joint) C
(Gears) C
Replace the Unit

Charge Unit C
(TCRU)
(Charge Roller) C
D135/D136/D137/D138 4 SM Appendix
(Charge Roller Gear) C
(Cleaning Roller) C
C C
OPC Drum
MAINTENANCE
APPENDICES:
PREVENTIVE
(Office) (Pro)
TABLES
Potential Sensor C Dry cloth
Quenching Lamp C Dry cloth
Toner Supply
Blower brush, Dry

Toner Supply Unit C
cloth
Transfer
Image Transfer Belt R
Image Transfer Roller

Unit
(Rollers) C Dry cloth
(ID Sensor) C Damp cloth
(Image Transfer Roller) R
(ITB Bias Roller) R
Replace the Unit

ITB Cleaning Unit R
(TCRU)
(Brush Roller) R
(Cleaning Blade) R
(Lubricant Brush) R
(Lube Application Replace all

R
Blade) together
(Lubricant Bar) R
Paper Transfer Roller R
Preventive Maintenance Rev. 5/12/2014
Quenching R
Remove toner and

Paper Sensor C paper dust, Blower
brush
Fusing
Replace the Unit

Fusing Unit R
(TCRU)
(Fusing Belt: Office) R
(Fusing Belt: Pro) R
⇒ (Hot Roller: Office) R
⇒ (Hot Roller: Pro) R
(Pressure Roller) R
(Pressure Roller
R
Bearings)
Remove toner and

(Separation plate:
C paper dust, Dry
Fusing Roller)
cloth
Remove toner and

(Separation Plate:
C paper dust, Dry
Pressure Roller)
cloth
Remove toner and

(Fusing entrance upper
C paper dust, Dry
guide plates)
cloth
(Contact Thermistor Remove toner and

C
fusing belt) paper dust
(Contact thermistor Remove toner and

C
fusing roller) paper dust,
(Gears) L
(Bearing: Fusing
I/R
Roller)
(Thermopile) C Dry cloth
MAINTENANCE
APPENDICES:
PREVENTIVE
(Smoothing Roller:
TBD
TABLES
Pro)
Cleaning Web Unit Replace the Unit

R
(Pro) (TCRU)
(Web Cleaning Roller) R
(Web Pressing Roller) R
(Web Roller Stopper) R
Miscellaneous
Replace when
Waste Toner Bottle
toner bottle is full
Ozone Filter Fixed
Dust glass
Dust Glass C
cleaning kit
Dust Filer: Dev.:

R
exhaust: Large
Dust Filers: Dev.:

R
exhaust: Small
Deodorization filter:
R
Large
Deodorization filter:
R
Small
Dust Filer: Dev.:

C
absorb
Dust Filers: Pressure

C
Roller: absorb
Paper Feed (Paper Trays)
Tray 1 Pick-up Roller C Damp cloth
Tray 1 Feed Roller C Damp cloth
Tray 1 Separation
C Damp cloth
Roller
Tray 2 Separation
C Damp cloth
Roller
Tray 3 Separation
C Damp cloth
Roller
Tray 4 Separation
C Damp cloth
Roller
Tray 1 Paper Transfer

Roller (drive / C C Damp cloth
following)

following)

following)

following)
Tray 1 Transfer Sensor C C C Blower brush
MAINTENANCE
APPENDICES:
PREVENTIVE
Tray 1 Paper Feed
TABLES
C C C Blower brush
Sensor
Tray 2 Paper Feed

C C C Blower brush
Sensor
Tray 3 Paper Feed

C C C Blower brush
Sensor
Tray 4 Paper Feed

C C C Blower brush
Sensor
Paper Feed (Mainframe)
Registration Rollers
C C C Damp cloth
(drive / following)
Relay Roller (drive /

C C C Damp cloth
following)
By-pass Relay Roller

C C C Damp cloth
(drive / following)
Registration Sensor C C C Blower brush
Main Unit Relay

C C C Blower brush
Sensor
Cleaning Unit (Paper Paper dust out

C C C
Dust Container) and dry cloth
Registration Guide Blower brush, Dry

C C C
Plates (upper / lower) cloth
By-pass Pick-up Roller C Damp cloth
By-pass Feed Roller C Damp cloth
By-pass Separation
C Damp cloth
Roller
By-pass Feed Sensor C C C Blower brush
Paper End Sensor

C C C Blower brush
(Pro)
Paper Exit / Duplex
Heat Pipe Roller C C C Damp cloth
Heat Pipe Roller (drive) C C C Damp cloth
Paper Exit Roller C C C Damp cloth
Inverter Exit Roller C C C Damp cloth
Paper Exit Inverter

C C C Damp cloth
Roller
Paper Exit Relay Roller C C C Damp cloth
Inverter Entrance
C C C Damp cloth
Roller
Paper Exit Relay

C C C Blower brush
Sensor
Paper Exit Sensor C C C Blower brush
Inverter Entrance
C C C Blower brush
Sensor
Inverter Exit Sensor C C C Blower brush
Paper Exit Inverter

C C C Blower brush
Sensor
Discharge Brush Clean and Dry

C C C
(Paper Exit) cloth
Discharge Brush Clean and Dry

C C C
(Inverter) cloth
Paper Sensor C C C Blower brush
Exit Transfer Roller

Clean and Dry
Guide Plates (Top / C C C
cloth
Center / Left)
Duplex Inverter Roller C C C Damp cloth
MAINTENANCE
APPENDICES:
PREVENTIVE
TABLES
Duplex Transport
C C C Damp cloth
Roller 1
Duplex Transport
C C C Damp cloth
Roller 2
Duplex Transport
C C C Damp cloth
Roller 3
Duplex Transport
C C C Damp cloth
Roller 4
Duplex Exit Roller C C C Damp cloth
Duplex Inverter Sensor C C C Blower brush
Duplex Entrance
C C C Blower brush
Sensor
Duplex Transport
C C C Blower brush
Sensor 1
Duplex Transport
C C C Blower brush
Sensor 2
Duplex Transport
C C C Blower brush
Sensor 3
Duplex Transport
C C C Blower brush
Sensor 4
Duplex Exit Sensor C C C Blower brush
Edge Detection Sensor C C C Blower brush
Horizontal Transport
Clean and Dry
Guide Plates (upper / C C C
cloth
lower)
Purge Section Lower Clean and Dry

C C C
Guide Board cloth
D178
FAX OPTION TYPE M2
20 ∼ 24 02/04/2014 Updated “Remote Fax Installation”
FAX OPTION TYPE M2 (D178)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. INSTALLATION ............................................................................. 1
1.1 FAX UNIT (D718)...........................................................................................1
1.1.1 COMPONENT CHECK .........................................................................1
1.1.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ............................................................2
1.1.3 FAX ICON ADDITION ...........................................................................8
1.2 G3 INTERFACE UNIT (D718)......................................................................10
1.2.1 COMPONENT CHECK .......................................................................10
1.2.2 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ..........................................................11
For Installing the single G3 Board ..........................................................11
For Installing the Double G3 Boards ......................................................14
1.3 FAX UNIT OPTIONS ...................................................................................18
1.3.1 MEMORY UNIT (G578) ......................................................................18
1.4 REMOTE FAX INSTALLATION ...................................................................20
1.4.1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ..........................................................20
1. Installing the application .....................................................................20
2. Registering the Remote Machine .......................................................21
3. Registering the Client-side Machine(s)...............................................21
4. Configuring the Remote Reception Settings ......................................22
5. Remote Fax Icon Addition ..................................................................23
2. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT......................................... 25

2.1 FCU .............................................................................................................25
2.1.1 SRAM DATA TRANSFER PROCEDURE ...........................................25
3. TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................. 33
3.1 ERROR CODES ..........................................................................................33
3.2 IFAX TROUBLESHOOTING ........................................................................55
3.3 IP-FAX TROUBLESHOOTING ....................................................................58
3.3.1 IP-FAX TRANSMISSION ....................................................................58
Cannot send by IP Address/Host Name .................................................58
Cannot send via VoIP Gateway .............................................................59
Cannot send by Alias Fax number. ........................................................60
3.3.2 IP-FAX RECEPTION ..........................................................................62
Cannot receive via IP Address/Host Name. ...........................................62
SM i D178
Cannot receive by VoIP Gateway. .........................................................63
Cannot receive by Alias Fax number. ....................................................64
4. SERVICE TABLES ....................................................................... 66

4.1 CAUTIONS ..................................................................................................66
4.2 SERVICE PROGRAM TABLES ...................................................................67
4.2.1 SP1-XXX (BIT SW) .............................................................................67
4.2.2 SP2-XXX (RAM) .................................................................................69
4.2.3 SP3-XXX (MACHINE SET) .................................................................70
4.2.4 SP4-XXX (ROM VERSIONS) .............................................................72
4.2.5 SP5-XXX (RAM CLEAR) ....................................................................73
4.2.6 SP6-XXX (REPORTS) ........................................................................74
4.2.7 SP7-XXX (TESTS) ..............................................................................77
4.3 BIT SWITCHES - 1 ......................................................................................79
4.3.1 SYSTEM SWITCHES .........................................................................79
4.4 BIT SWITCHES - 2 ......................................................................................95
4.4.1 I-FAX SWITCHES ...............................................................................95
4.4.2 PRINTER SWITCHES ......................................................................103
4.5 BIT SWITCHES - 3 ....................................................................................110
4.5.1 COMMUNICATION SWITCHES .......................................................110
4.6 BIT SWITCHES - 4 ....................................................................................122
4.6.1 G3 SWITCHES .................................................................................122
4.7 BIT SWITCHES - 5 ....................................................................................132
4.7.1 G3-2 AND G3-3 SWITCHES ............................................................132
4.7.2 G4 INTERNAL SWITCHES ..............................................................140
4.7.3 G4 PARAMETER SWITCHES ..........................................................140
4.8 BIT SWITCHES - 6 ....................................................................................141
4.8.1 IP FAX SWITCHES...........................................................................141
4.9 NCU PARAMETERS .................................................................................150
4.10 DEDICATED TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS ...................................165
4.10.1 PROGRAMMING PROCEDURE ...............................................165
4.10.2 PARAMETERS ..........................................................................166
Fax Parameters ....................................................................................166
E-mail Parameters ...............................................................................170
4.11 SERVICE RAM ADDRESSES .............................................................174
5. DETAILED SECTION DESCRIPTIONS ..................................... 185

5.1 OVERVIEW................................................................................................185
5.2 BOARDS ....................................................................................................186
5.2.1 FCU ..................................................................................................186
D178 ii SM
5.2.2 SG3 BOARD .....................................................................................187
5.3 VIDEO DATA PATH...................................................................................189
5.3.1 TRANSMISSION...............................................................................189
Memory Transmission and Parallel Memory Transmission ..................189
Immediate Transmission ......................................................................190
JBIG Transmission ...............................................................................190
Adjustments .........................................................................................190
5.3.2 RECEPTION .....................................................................................191
5.4 FAX COMMUNICATION FEATURES ........................................................192
5.4.1 MULTI-PORT ....................................................................................192
5.4.2 DOCUMENT SERVER .....................................................................192
5.4.3 INTERNET MAIL COMMUNICATION...............................................194
Mail Transmission ................................................................................194
Mail Reception .....................................................................................196
Handling Mail Reception Errors............................................................198
Secure Internet Reception....................................................................198
Transfer Request: Request By Mail .....................................................199
E-Mail Options (Sub TX Mode) ............................................................200
5.5 IP-FAX .......................................................................................................204
5.5.1 WHAT IS IP-FAX? ............................................................................204
5.5.2 T.38 PACKET FORMAT ...................................................................204
UDP Related Switches .........................................................................204
5.5.3 SETTINGS ........................................................................................204
6. SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................................... 205

6.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS ...................................................................205
6.1.1 FCU ..................................................................................................205
6.2 CAPABILITIES OF PROGRAMMABLE ITEMS .........................................207
6.3 IFAX SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................208
6.4 IP-FAX SPECIFICATIONS.........................................................................210
6.5 FAX UNIT CONFIGURATION....................................................................211
SM iii D178
READ THIS FIRST
Important Safety Notices
 Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.

 Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for
wet locations.
 Never touch uninsulated telephone wires or terminals unless the telephone line has been
disconnected at the network interface.
 Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines.
 Avoid using a telephone (other than a cordless type) during an electrical storm. There
may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning.
 Do not use a telephone or cellular phone to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak.
 Before installing the fax unit, switch off the main switch, and disconnect the power cord.
 The fax unit contains a lithium battery. The danger of explosion exists if a battery of this
type is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or an equivalent type
recommended by the manufacturer. Discard batteries in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions and local regulations.
 Note for Australia:

 Unit must be connected to Telecommunication Network through a line cord that meets the
requirements of ACA Technical Standard TS008.
Symbols and Abbreviations
Conventions Used in this Manual

This manual uses several symbols.
Symbol What it means
Refer to section number
Screw
Connector
E-ring
Clip ring
Clamp
SEF Short Edge Feed
LEF Long Edge Feed
[A] Short Edge Feed (SEF)

[B] Long Edge Feed (LEF)
D178 6 SM
Cautions, Notes, etc.
The following headings provide special information:
 Failure to obey warning information could result in serious injury or death.
 Obey these guidelines to ensure safe operation and prevent minor injuries.
 Obey these guidelines to avoid problems such as misfeeds, damage to originals, loss of
valuable data and to prevent damage to the machine.
 Always obey these guidelines to avoid serious problems such as misfeeds, damage to
originals, loss of valuable data and to prevent damage to the machine. bold is added for
emphasis.
 This document provides tips and advice about how to best service the machine.
Fax Unit (D718)
TYPE M2 (D178)
1. INSTALLATION
FAX OPTION
1.1 FAX UNIT (D718)

1 FCU 1
2 Modular Bracket 1
3 Harness: TEL and LINE 2
4 Screw: M3x6 4
5 Telephone Cable (NA only) 1
6 Fax Key top decal 1
7 Serial Number Decal 1
8 EMC Address Decal 1 (EU only)
9 FCC Decal 1 (NA only)
SM 1 D178
Fax Unit (D718)
 Before installing this fax unit:

Print out all data in the printer buffer.
Turn off the main power switch and disconnect the power cord and the network cable.
1. Remove the rear middle cover [A]. ( x4)
 Check the position of bosses and hooks before removing the lower cover.
2. Remove the controller box cover [A]. ( x4)
D178 2 SM
Fax Unit (D718)
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
3. Remove the "LINE1" [A] and "TEL" [B] covers with a flathead screwdriver.
4. Switch the battery jumper switch [A] to the "ON" position.
 If you don‘t switch the battery jumper switch position, the following situation will
occur.
 SC820 will occur.
 The registered data will not be saved when you turn off the main power switch.
SM 3 D178
Fax Unit (D718)
5. Install the fax unit [A] on the controller board. ( x2: M3x6)
 Insert the hook of the fax unit into the controller box when installing the fax unit.
D178 4 SM
Fax Unit (D718)
6. Connect the two modular harnesses [B] (TEL) and [C] (LINE1) to the modular bracket [A].
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
 NA/AA/CHN:
[B]: 2 pin
[C]: 3 pin
 EU:
[B]: 6 pin
[C]: 6 pin
7. Attach the modular bracket [A] to the controller box. ( x2: M3x6)
SM 5 D178
Fax Unit (D718)
 Insert the hook of the modular bracket into the controller box when installing the
modular bracket.
8. Connect the two modular harnesses [A] (LINE1) and [B] (TEL) to the FCU. ( x2)
D178 6 SM
Fax Unit (D718)
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
9. Reinstall the following covers.
 Controller box cover
 Rear middle cover
10. Connect the telephone cord to the "LINE 1" jack.
11. Attach the fax key top decal to F3 [A] on the operation panel.
12. Attach the serial number decal under the copier serial number decal on the rear cover of the
machine.
13. Attach the FCC decal on the rear cover of the copier (NA only).
14. Keep the EMC address decal at the customer site (EU only).
15. Put the power plug into the outlet and turn on the main power of the machine.
SM 7 D178
Fax Unit (D718)
1.1.3 FAX ICON ADDITION

This procedure allows the fax icon to appear on the home screen of the operation panel.
1. Press [User Tools].
2. Press [Edit Home].
3. Press [Add Icon].
4. Press [Fax].
D178 8 SM
Fax Unit (D718)
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
5. Press a [Blank] to set a location for the fax icon.
6. Press [Exit] to end the fax icon addition.
SM 9 D178
G3 Interface Unit (D718)
1.2 G3 INTERFACE UNIT (D718)

1 SG3 Interface Unit 1
2 Telephone Cable (NA only) 1
3 Screw: M3x6 4
4 Flat Cable 1
5 EMC Address Decal 1 (EU only)
6 FCC Decal 1 (NA only)
D178 10 SM
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
 Before installing this optional unit:
Print out all data in the printer buffer.
Turn off the main switch and disconnect the power cord and the network cable.
You can add two more SG3 boards to this model. Follow the procedures for adding the single SG3
board installation or double SG3 boards installation as a customer needs.
For Installing the single G3 Board

SM 11 D178
3. Remove the "LINE2" [A] cover and [B] cover with a flathead screwdriver.
4. Install the SG3 interface unit [A] on the controller board. ( x4: M3x6)
 Insert the two hooks of the SG3 interface unit into the controller box when installing
the SG3 interface box.
D178 12 SM
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
5. Attach one end of the flat cable [A] to the connector [B] of the FCU board. ( x1)
6. Attach the other end of the flat cable [A] to the connector [C] of the CCUIF. ( x1)

10. Connect the telephone cord to the "LINE 2" jack.
11. Connect the power plug to a power outlet and turn on the main power switch.
12. Enter the service mode. Set bit 1 of communication switch 16 to "1" (SP1-104-023).
13. Exit the service mode.
15. Print out the system parameter list. Then check that "G3" shows as an option.
16. Set up and program the items required for PSTN-2 communications.
SM 13 D178
For Installing the Double G3 Boards

1. Disconnect the clamp [A] and connector [B] from the second SG3 interface unit. ( x1,
x1)
2. Remove the SG3 board [A] from the second SG3 interface unit for the two-SG3 board
installation. ( x 2)
3. Install the SG3 board [A] removed from the second SG3 interface unit to the first SG3
interface unit. ( x 2)
D178 14 SM
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
1. Remove the "LINE2" [A] and “LINE3” [B] covers with a flathead screwdriver.
2. Remove the cover [C] with a flathead screwdriver.
SM 15 D178
3. Install the SG3 interface unit [A] on the controller board. ( x4: M3x6)
 Insert the two hooks of the SG3 interface unit into the controller box when installing
the SG3 interface box.
4. Attach one end of the flat cable [A] to the connector [B] of the FCU board. ( x1)
D178 16 SM
5. Attach the other end of the flat cable [A] to the connector [C] of the CCUIF. ( x1)
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
9. Connect the telephone cords to the "LINE2" and "LINE3" jacks for double-SG3 board
installation.
11. Enter the service mode. Set bit 1 of communication switch 16 to "1" (SP1-104-023).
12. Set bit 3 of communication switch 16 to "1" (SP1-104-023) if you have installed two SG3
boards.
13. Exit the service mode.
15. Print out the system parameter list. Then check that "G3" shows as an option.
16. Set up and program the items required for PSTN-2 communications.
SM 17 D178
Fax Unit Options
1.3 FAX UNIT OPTIONS
1.3.1 MEMORY UNIT (G578)

D178 18 SM
Fax Unit Options
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
3. Release the hooks on the fax board, and then install the memory option [A] in the memory slot
at an angle.
4. Press the memory option [A] toward the fax board until the hooks lock.
SM 19 D178
Remote Fax Installation Rev. 02/04/2014
1.4 REMOTE FAX INSTALLATION

This unit allows a machine without the fax unit installed ("Client-side Machine") to send and
receive faxes via a machine with the fax unit installed ("Remote Machine").
Requirements:
Both the Client-side Machine and Remote Machine must have this unit, the Printer unit,
and Scanner unit installed.
Up to six machines can be registered as the Client-side Machines.
Machines that have the fax unit installed cannot be used as the Client-side Machine.
Only one machine can be registered as the Remote Machine.
Firmware for this unit: "aics".
Remote Fax transmissions are possible on a G3 line.
The remote fax function does not support User Code Authentication. Disable User Code
Authentication on the Remote machine.
Use this function to check the contents of a file that is stored in memory and not yet sent.
Also, use this function to cancel a transmission from the Client-side Machine.
1. Installing the application
⇒
Before starting the installation procedure, connect the network cable to the Remote
Machine and configure the network settings. (***)
On both the Remote Machine and the Client-side Machines:
1. Remove the SD card slot cover [A] ( x1).
2. With its label turned away toward the front of the machine, insert Fax Connection Unit into
SD card slot 2 (lower slot) [A]. Push it in until you hear it click and lock in place.
D178 20 SM
Rev. 02/04/2014 Remote Fax Installation
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
If another SD card is already inserted into
SD card slot 1 (upper), insert the SD card
containing the Fax Connection Unit Type B
application program into SD card slot 2
(lower) and follow steps 3 through 6 to
merge the contents of the two SD cards. If
SD card merge is not required, skip steps 3
through 6 and proceed to step 7. (***)
3. Plug in, and then turn on the machine.

4. Move the Fax Connection Unit Type B application from the SD card in SD slot 2 (lower) to the
SD card in SD slot 1 (upper) with SP5-873-001.
5. Turn off the machine.
6. Remove the SD card from SD slot 2 (lower), and then keep it in a safe place (see “SD Card
Appli Move” in the manual for the main frame).
7. Attach the SD-card slot cover, and then turn on the machine ( x1)
8. Make sure that the machine can recognize the option.
⇒ 2. Registering the Client-side Machine(s) (***)

Maximum of six machines can be registered.
On the Remote Machine:
1. Press the [User Tools/Counter] key on the operation panel
3. Press [Program/Change/Delete Remote Machine].
4. Enter the IP address or host name of the Client-side Machines and press [Set].
⇒ 3. Registering the Remote Machine (***)

Only one machine can be registered as the Remote Machine.
On the Client-side Machine(s):
1. Press the [User Tools/Counter] key on the operation panel
3. Press [Program/Change/Delete Remote Machine].
4. Enter the IP address or host name of the Remote Machine and press [Set].
5. Press [Exit] to exit from the set-up procedure.
SM 21 D178
Remote Fax Installation
4. Configuring the Remote Reception Settings

Do the following procedure to enable the Client-side Machine(s) to receive faxes via the Remote
Machine. You can forward or route received documents per line or special sender or box.
 By performing procedures #1-3 above, the Client-side Machines can send faxes via the
Remote Machine. The procedures shown below are necessary to enable the Client-side
Machines to receive faxes.
On the Remote Machine:
1) If you use "Remote Reception Setting per Line"
1. Press [Facsimile Features].
2. Press [Remote Reception Setting per Line] in [Reception Settings].
3. Enter an IP address or a host name of the client-side machine to connect.
4. Press [Set], and [Exit] to exit from the setting.
2) If you use "Remote Reception per Sender"
1. Press [Facsimile Features].
2. Press [Program Special Sender] in [Reception Settings].
3. Select the Special Sender.
4. Press [Remote Reception Setting per Sender] .
D178 22 SM
Rev. 02/04/2014 Remote Fax Installation
5. Press [On] and [Remote Machine].
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
6. Enter an IP address or a host name of the client-side machine to connect.
7. Press [OK] to exit from the setting.
⇒5. Remote Fax Icon (***)

This procedure allows the remote fax icon to appear on the home screen of the operation panel.
1. Confirm the [Remote Fax] icon appears on the Home screen. (The icon should be
automatically added to the Home screen.) However, if not, add the icon to the Home screen
from [User Tools] - [Edit Home] - [Add Icon].
2. If your customer requires the [Remote Fax] icon to be fixed in a specific location, move the
icon from [User Tools] - [Edit Home] - [Move Icon].
SM 23 D178
Remote Fax Installation Rev. 02/04/2014
Page intentionally left blank.
D178 24 SM
FCU
TYPE M2 (D178)
2. REPLACEMENT AND ADJUSTMENT
FAX OPTION
2.1 FCU
2.1.1 SRAM DATA TRANSFER PROCEDURE

When you replace the FCU board, transfer the SRAM data from the old FCU board to the new
FCU board. Do the following procedure to back up the SRAM data.
 The following data can be transfered: TTI, RTI, CSI, Fax bit switch settings, RAM address
settings, NCU parameter settings
SM 25 D178
FCU
3. Disconnect the two modular harnesses [A] (LINE1) and [B] (TEL) from the FCU. ( x2)
4. Remove the modular bracket [A] from the controller box. ( x2)
5. Remove the fax unit [A] from the controller board. ( x2)
D178 26 SM
FCU
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
6. Remove the FCU board [A] from the fax unit. ( x4, x1)
7. Install the new FCU board [A] on the fax unit. ( x4, x1)
8. Switch the battery jumper switch [A] to the "ON" position on the new FCU board.
 If you don‘t switch the battery jumper switch position, the following situation will
occur.
 SC820 will occur.
 The registered data will not be saved when you turn off the main power switch.
SM 27 D178
FCU
9. Install the fax unit [A] on the controller board. ( x2)
10. Attach the modular bracket [A] to the controller box. ( x2)
D178 28 SM
FCU
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
11. Connect the two modular harnesses [A] (LINE1) and [B] (TEL) to the FCU. ( x2)
12. Attach the bracket for holding the old FCU board [A]. ( x1)
This bracket is provided with the new FCU board.
SM 29 D178
FCU
13. Connect the flat flexible cable [A] to the new FCU board ( x 1). This flexible cable is
provided with the new FCU board.
 The blue side of the flat flexible cable must face outward as shown below.
14. Attach the old FCU board [A] to the bracket.
15. Connect the flat flexible cable to the old FCU board [A].
 The blue side of the flat flexible cable must face outward as shown below.
D178 30 SM
FCU
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
16. Attach the tab terminal to the old FCU board.

"SRAM formatted" shows on the operation panel after you have turned the main switch on.
Turn the main switch off.
18. Turn on the main power switch again.
19. SRAM data transmission starts. When the transmission is completed, you will hear a beeper
sound.
 The beeper sound is the same volume as the speaker sound.

 The beeper sounds even if the speaker sound is turned off.
 If the beeper does not sound, turn the main power switch on and off repeatedly and
do the transmission procedure 2 or 3 times.
 If the beeper does not sound after turning the main switch on and off 3 times, you
need to input the settings stored in SRAM memory manually.
20. When “Ready” appears on the copy display, turn off the main power switch, and then
disconnect the flat flexible cable from the old FCU board.
21. Remove the old FCU board from the main machine ( x 1).
22. Disconnect the flat flexible cable from the new FCU board.
SM 31 D178
FCU
24. Turn on the main power switch, then do SP6-101 to print the system parameter list.
25. Check the system parameter list to make sure that the data was transferred correctly.
26. Set the correct date and time with the User Tools: User Tools > System Settings > Timer
Setting > Set Date/Time.
 If any of the SRAM data was not transferred, input those settings manually.
D178 32 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
3. TROUBLESHOOTING
FAX OPTION
3.1 ERROR CODES
If an error code occurs, retry the communication. If the same problem occurs, try to fix the
problem as suggested below. Note that some error codes appear only in the error code display
and on the service report.
Code Meaning Suggested Cause/Action
0-00 DIS/NSF not detected within  Check the line connection.

40 s of Start being pressed  The machine at the other end may be
incompatible.
 Replace the FCU.
 Check for DIS/NSF with an oscilloscope.
 If the rx signal is weak, there may be a bad
line.
0-01 DCN received unexpectedly  The other party is out of paper or has a
jammed printer.
 The other party pressed Stop during
communication.
0-03 Incompatible modem at the The other terminal is incompatible.

other end
0-04 CFR or FTT not received after  Check the line connection.
modem training  Try changing the tx level and/or cable
equalizer settings.
 The other terminal may be faulty; try
sending to another machine.
 If the rx signal is weak or defective, there
may be a bad line.
Cross reference
Tx level - NCU Parameter 01 (PSTN)
Cable equalizer - G3 Switch 07 (PSTN)
Dedicated Tx parameters in Service Program
Mode
SM 33 D178
Error Codes
0-05 Modem training fails even G3  Check the line connection.

shifts down to 2400 bps.  Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable
equalizer.
 Check for line problems.
Cross reference
See error code 0-04.
0-06 The other terminal did not  Check the line connection.
reply to DCS  Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable
equalizer settings.
 The other end may be defective or
incompatible; try sending to another
machine.
Cross reference
0-07 No post-message response  Check the line connection.

from the other end after a  Replace the FCU.
page was sent  The other end may have jammed or run
out of paper.
 The other end user may have
disconnected the call.
 Check for a bad line.
 The other end may be defective; try
sending to another machine.
D178 34 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
0-08 The other end sent RTN or  Check the line connection.
PIN after receiving a page,  Replace the FCU.
because there were too many  The other end may have jammed, or run
errors out of paper or memory space.
 Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable
equalizer settings.
 The other end may have a defective
modem/FCU; try sending to another
machine.
 Check for line problems and noise.
Cross reference
 Tx level - NCU Parameter 01 (PSTN)
 Cable equalizer - G3 Switch 07 (PSTN)
 Dedicated Tx parameters in Service
Program Mode
0-14 Non-standard post message  Incompatible or defective remote terminal;

response code received try sending to another machine.
 Noisy line: resend.
 Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable
equalizer settings.
Cross reference
0-15 The other terminal is not The other terminal is not capable of accepting
capable of specific functions. the following functions, or the other terminal’s
memory is full.
 Confidential rx
 Transfer function
 SEP/SUB/PWD/SID
SM 35 D178
Error Codes
0-16 CFR or FTT not detected after  Check the line connection.
modem training in confidential  Replace the FCU.
or transfer mode  Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable
equalizer settings.
 The other end may have disconnected, or
it may be defective; try calling another
machine.
 If the rx signal level is too low, there may
be a line problem.
Cross reference
0-17 Communication was If the Stop key was not pressed and this error
interrupted by pressing the keeps occurring, replace the operation panel or
Stop key the operation panel drive board.
0-20 Facsimile data not received  Check the line connection.

within 6 s of retraining  Replace the FCU.
 Try calling another fax machine.
 Try adjusting the reconstruction time for
the first line and/or rx cable equalizer
setting.
Cross reference
Reconstruction time - G3 Switch 0A, bit 6
Rx cable equalizer - G3 Switch 07 (PSTN)
0-21 EOL signal (end-of-line) from  Check the connections between the FCU
the other end not received and line.
within 5 s of the previous EOL  Check for line noise or other line problems.
signal  Replace the FCU.
 The remote machine may be defective or
may have disconnected.
Cross reference
Maximum interval between EOLs and between
ECM frames - G3 Bit Switch 0A, bit 4
D178 36 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
0-22 The signal from the other end  Check the line connection.
was interrupted for more than  Replace the FCU.
the acceptable modem carrier  Defective remote terminal.
drop time (default: 200 ms)  Check for line noise or other line problems.
 Try adjusting the acceptable modem
carrier drop time.
Cross reference
Acceptable modem carrier drop time - G3
Switch 0A, bits 0 and 1
0-23 Too many errors during  Check the line connection.

reception  Replace the FCU.
 Defective remote terminal
 Check for line noise or other line problems.
 Try asking the other end to adjust their tx
level.
 Try adjusting the rx cable equalizer setting
and/or rx error criteria.
Cross reference
Rx cable equalizer - G3 Switch 07 (PSTN)
Rx error criteria - Communication Switch 02,
bits 0 and 1
0-29 Data block format failure in  Check for line noise or other line problems.
ECM reception  Check the FCU - NCU connectors.
 Replace the NCU or FCU.
0-30 The other terminal did not  Check the line connection.
reply to NSS(A) in AI short  Try adjusting the tx level and/or cable
protocol mode equalizer settings.
 The other terminal may not be compatible.
Cross reference
Dedicated tx parameters - Section 4
0-32 The other terminal sent a  Check the protocol dump list.
DCS, which contained  Ask the other party to contact the
functions that the receiving manufacturer.
machine cannot handle.
SM 37 D178
Error Codes
0-33 The data reception (not ECM)  Check the line connection.
is not completed within 10  The other terminal may have a defective
minutes. modem/FCU.
0-52 Polarity changed during  Check the line connection.

communication Retry communication.
0-55 FCU does not detect the SG3.  FCU firmware or board defective.
 SG3 firmware or board defective.
0-56 The stored message data SG3 firmware or board defective.

exceeds the capacity of the
mailbox in the SG3.
0-70 The communication mode  The other terminal did not have a
specified in CM/JM was not compatible communication mode (e.g., the
available other terminal was a V.34 data modem and
(V.8 calling and called not a fax modem.)
terminal)  A polling tx file was not ready at the other
terminal when polling rx was initiated from
the calling terminal.
0-74 The calling terminal fell back  The calling terminal could not detect
to T.30 mode, because it ANSam due to noise, etc.
could not detect ANSam after  ANSam was too short to detect.
sending CI.  Check the line connection and condition.
 Try making a call to another V.8/V.34 fax.
0-75 The called terminal fell back to  The terminal could not detect ANSam.
T.30 mode, because it could  Check the line connection and condition.
not detect a CM in response  Try receiving a call from another V.8/V.34
to ANSam (ANSam timeout). fax.
0-76 The calling terminal fell back  The called terminal could not detect a CM
to T.30 mode, because it due to noise, etc.
could not detect a JM in  Check the line connection and condition.
response to CM  Try making a call to another V.8/V.34 fax.
(CM timeout).
D178 38 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
0-77 The called terminal fell back to  The calling terminal could not detect a JM
T.30 mode, because it could due to noise, etc.
not detect a CJ in response to  A network that has narrow bandwidth
JM cannot pass JM to the other end.
(JM timeout).  Check the line connection and condition.
 Try receiving a call from another V.8/V.34
fax.
0-79 The called terminal detected  Check for line noise or other line problems.
CI while waiting for a V.21  If this error occurs, the called terminal falls
signal. back to T.30 mode.
0-80 The line was disconnected  The guard timer expired while starting
due to a timeout in V.34 phase these phases. Serious noise, narrow
2 – line probing. bandwidth, or low signal level can cause
these errors.
0-81 The line was disconnected
If these errors happen at the transmitting
due to a timeout in V.34 phase
terminal:
3 – equalizer training.
 Try making a call at a later time.
0-82 The line was disconnected  Try using V.17 or a slower modem using
due to a timeout in the V.34 dedicated tx parameters.
phase 4 – control channel  Try increasing the tx level.
start-up.  Try adjusting the tx cable equalizer setting.
If these errors happen at the receiving terminal:
0-83 The line was disconnected
 Try adjusting the rx cable equalizer setting.
due to a timeout in the V.34
 Try increasing the tx level.
control channel restart
 Try using V.17 or a slower modem if the
sequence.
same error is frequent when receiving from
multiple senders.
0-84 The line was disconnected  The signal did not stop within 10 s.
due to abnormal signaling in  Turn off the main power switch, then turn it
V.34 phase 4 – control back on.
channel start-up.  If the same error is frequent, replace the
FCU.
SM 39 D178
Error Codes
0-85 The line was disconnected  The signal did not stop within 10 s.
due to abnormal signaling in  Turn off the main power switch, then turn it
V.34 control channel restart. back on.
 If the same error is frequent, replace the
FCU.
0-86 The line was disconnected  The other terminal was incompatible.
because the other terminal  Ask the other party to contact the
requested a data rate using manufacturer.
MPh that was not available in
the currently selected symbol
rate.
0-87 The control channel started  The receiving terminal restarted the control
after an unsuccessful primary channel because data reception in the
channel. primary channel was not successful.
 This does not result in an error
communication.
0-88 The line was disconnected  Try using a lower data rate at the start.
because PPR was  Try adjusting the cable equalizer setting.
transmitted/received 9
(default) times within the
same ECM frame.
2-11 Only one V.21 connection flag  Replace the FCU.

was received
2-12 Modem clock irregularity  Replace the FCU.
2-13 Modem initialization error  Turn off the machine, then turn it back on.
 Update the modem ROM.
2-22 Counter overflow error of If error occurs frequently, change the settings
JBIG chip for resolution, paper size, compression type.
2-23 JBIG compression or Turn off the machine, then turn it back on.
reconstruction error
2-24 JBIG ASIC error  Turn off the machine, then turn it back on.
D178 40 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
2-25 JBIG data reconstruction error  JBIG data error
(BIH error)  Check the sender’s JBIG function.
 Update the FCU ROM.
2-26 JBIG data reconstruction error
(Float marker error)

(End marker error)

(Timeout)
2-29 JBIG trailing edge maker error  FCU defective

 Check the destination device.
2-50 The machine resets itself for a  If this is frequent, update the ROM, or
fatal FCU system error replace the FCU.
2-51 The machine resets itself  If this is frequent, update the ROM, or
because of a fatal replace the FCU.
communication error
2-53 Snd msg() in the manual task  The user did the same operation many
is an error because the times, and this gave too much load to the
mailbox for the operation task machine.
is full.
4-01 Line current was cut  Check the line connector.

4-10 Communication failed  Get the ID Codes the same and/or the
because of an ID Code CSIs programmed correctly, then resend.
mismatch (Closed Network) or  The machine at the other end may be
Tel. No./CSI mismatch defective.
(Protection against Wrong
Connections)
5-00 Data reconstruction not Replace the FCU.

possible
5-10 DCR timer expired  Replace the FCU.
SM 41 D178
Error Codes
5-20 Storage impossible because  Temporary memory shortage.

of a lack of memory  Test the SAF memory.
5-21 Memory overflow
5-23 Print data error when printing  Test the SAF memory.
a substitute rx or confidential  Ask the other end to resend the message.
rx message
5-25 SAF file access error  Replace an SD card or HDD.

6-00 G3 ECM - T1 time out during  Try adjusting the rx cable equalizer.
reception of facsimile data  Replace the FCU.
6-01 G3 ECM - no V.21 signal was

received
6-02 G3 ECM - EOR was received
6-04 G3 ECM - RTC not detected  Check the line connection.

 Check for a bad line or defective remote
terminal.
6-05 G3 ECM - facsimile data  Check the line connection.

frame not received within 18 s  Check for a bad line or defective remote
of CFR, but there was no line terminal.
fail  Replace the FCU.
 Try adjusting the rx cable equalizer
Cross reference
 Rx cable equalizer - G3 Switch 07 (PSTN)
6-06 G3 ECM - coding/decoding  Defective FCU.

error  The other terminal may be defective.
6-08 G3 ECM - PIP/PIN received in  The other end pressed Stop during
reply to PPS.NULL communication.
 The other terminal may be defective.
D178 42 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
6-09 G3 ECM - ERR received  Check for a noisy line.
 Adjust the tx levels of the communicating
machines.
 See code 6-05.
6-10 G3 ECM - error frames still  Check for line noise.

received at the other end after  Adjust the tx level (use NCU parameter 01
all communication attempts at or the dedicated tx parameter for that
2400 bps address).
 Check the line connection.
 Defective remote terminal.
6-21 V.21 flag detected during high  The other terminal may be defective or
speed modem communication incompatible.
6-22 The machine resets the  Check for line noise.

sequence because of an  If the same error occurs frequently, replace
abnormal handshake in the the FCU.
V.34 control channel  Defective remote terminal.
6-99 V.21 signal not stopped within Replace the FCU.

6s
13-17 SIP user name registration  Double registration of the SIP user name.
error  Capacity for user-name registration in the
SIP server is not sufficient.
13-18 SIP server access error  Incorrect initial setting for the SIP server.
 Defective SIP server.
13-24 SIP authentication error  Registered password in the device does

not match the password in the SIP server.
13-25 Network I/F setting error  IPV4 is not active in the active protocol
setting.
 IP address of the device is not registered.
13-26 Network I/F setting error at  Active protocol setting does not match the
power on I/F setting for SIP server.
 IP address of the device is not registered.
13-27 IP address setting error  IP address of the device is not registered.
SM 43 D178
Error Codes
14-00 SMTP Send Error  Error occurred during sending to the SMTP
server. Occurs for any error other than
14-01 to 16. For example, the mail address
of the system administrator is not
registered.
14-01 SMTP Connection Failed  Failed to connect to the SMTP server

(timeout) because the server could not be
found.
 The PC is not ready to transfer files.
 SMTP server not functioning correctly.
 The DNS IP address is not registered.
 Network not operating correctly.
 Destination folder selection not correct.
14-02 No Service by SMTP Service  SMTP server operating incorrectly, or the

(421) destination for direct SMTP sending is not
correct.
 Contact the system administrator and
check that the SMTP server has the
correct settings and operates correctly.
 Contact the system administrator for direct
SMTP sending and check the sending
destination.
D178 44 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
14-03 Access to SMTP Server  Failed to access the SMTP server because
Denied (450) the access is denied.
 SMTP server operating incorrectly.
Contact the system administrator to
determine if there is a problem with the
SMTP server and to check that the SMTP
server settings are correct.
 Folder send destination is incorrect.
Contact the system administrator to
determine that the SMTP server settings
and path to the server are correct.
 Device settings incorrect. Confirm that the
user name and password settings are
correct.
 Direct SMTP destination incorrect. Contact
the system administrator to determine if
there is a problem at the destination at that
the settings at the destination are correct.
14-04 Access to SMTP Server  SMTP server operating incorrectly

Denied (550)  Direct SMTP sending not operating
correctly
SM 45 D178
Error Codes
14-05 SMTP Server HDD Full (452)  Failed to access the SMTP server because
the HDD on the server is full.
 Insufficient free space on the HDD of the
SMTP server. Contact the system
administrator and check the amount of
space remaining on the SMTP server
HDD.
 Insufficient free space on the HDD where
the destination folder is located. Contact
the system administrator and check the
amount of space remaining on the HDD
where the target folder is located.
 Insufficient free space on the HDD at the
target destination for SMTP direct sending.
Contact the system administrator and
check the amount of space remaining on
the target HDD.
 Mail data size is too large for SMTP direct
sending. Contact the system administrator
of the SMTP direct sending and check the
setting of the mail data size. (Default is
2MB)
Check the data size of the mail you want to
send.
14-06 User Not Found on SMTP  The designated user does not exist.
Server (551)  The designated user does not exist on the
SMTP server.
 The designated address is not for use with
direct SMTP sending.
D178 46 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
14-07 Data Send to SMTP Server  Failed to access the SMTP server because
Failed (4XX) the transmission failed.
 PC not operating correctly.
 SMTP server operating incorrectly
 Destination folder setting incorrect.
 Direct SMTP sending not operating
correctly.
14-08 Data Send to SMTP Server  Failed to access the SMTP server because
Failed (5XX) the transmission failed.
 SMTP server operating incorrectly
 Destination folder setting incorrect.
 Direct SMTP sending not operating
correctly.
 Software application error.
14-09 Authorization Failed for  POP-Before-SMTP or SMTP authorization

Sending to SMTP Server failed.
 Incorrect setting for file transfer
14-10 Addresses Exceeded  Number of broadcast addresses exceeded

the limit for the SMTP server.
14-11 Buffer Full  The send buffer is full so the transmission

could not be completed. Buffer is full due
to using Scan-to-Email while the buffer is
being used send mail at the same time.
14-12 Data Size Too Large  Transmission was cancelled because the
detected size of the file was too large.
14-13 Send Cancelled  Processing is interrupted because the user

pressed Stop.
14-14 Security Locked File Error  Update the software because of the
defective software.
SM 47 D178
Error Codes
14-15 Mail Data Error  The transmitting a mail is interrupted via

DCS due to the incorrect data.
 Update the software because of the
defective software.
14-16 Maximum Division Number  When a mail is divided for the mail
Error transmission and the division number of a
mail are more than the specified number,
the mail transmission is interrupted.
defective software.
14-17 Incorrect Ticket  Update the software because of the

defective software.
14-18 Access to MCS File Error  The access to MCS file is denied due to
the no permission of access.
defective software.
14-20 SMTP Authentication error Make sure the administrator's e-mail address is
same as the SMTP authentication address or
POP before SMTP address.
14-21 Transmission error of S/MIME Register the correct user certificate and device
certificate.
14-30 MCS File Creation Failed Failed to create the MCS file because:
 The number of files created with other
applications on the Document Server has
exceeded the limit.
 HDD is full or not operating correctly.
 Software error.
14-31 UFS File Creation Failed UFS file could not be created:
 Not enough space in UFS area to handle
both Scan-to-Email and IFAX
transmission.
 HDD full or not operating correctly.
 Software error.
D178 48 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
14-32 Cancelled the Mail Due to  Error detected with NFAX and send was
Error Detected by NFAX cancelled due to a software error.
14-33 No Mail Address For the  Neither the mail address of the machine
Machine nor the mail address of the network
administrator is registered.
14-34 Address designated in the  Operational error in normal mail sending or

domain for SMTP sending direct SMTP sending.
does not exist  Check the address selected in the address
book for SMTP sending.
 Check the domain selection.
14-50 Mail Job Task Error Due to an FCU mail job task error, the send
was cancelled:
 Address book was being edited during
creation of the notification mail.
 Software error.
14-51 UCS Destination Download Not even one return notification can be
Error downloaded:
 The address book was being edited.
 The number for the specified destination
does not exist (it was deleted or edited
after the job was created).
14-60 Send Cancel Failed  The cancel operation by the user failed to
cancel the send operation.
14-61 Notification Mail Send Failed  All addresses for return notification mail
for All Destinations failed.
14-62 Transmission Error due to the  When the 0 line page exists in received
existence of zero line page pages with G3 communication, the
transmission is interrupted.
15-01 POP3/IMAP4 Server Not  At startup, the system detected that the IP
Registered address of the POP3/IMAP4 server has
not been registered in the machine.
SM 49 D178
Error Codes
15-02 POP3/IMAP4 Mail Account  The POP3/IMAP4 mail account has not
Information Not Registered been registered.
15-03 Mail Address Not Registered  The mail address has not been registered.
15-10 DCS Mail Receive Error  Error other than 15-11 to 15-18.
15-11 Connection Error The DNS or POP3/IMAP4 server could not be

found:
 The IP address for DNS or POP3/IMAP4
server is not stored in the machine.
 The DNS IP address is not registered.
15-12 Authorization Error POP3/IMAP4 send authorization failed:

 Incorrect IFAX user name or password.
 Access was attempted by another device,
such as the PC.
 POP3/IMAP4 settings incorrect.
15-13 Receive Buffer Full  Occurs only during manual reception.

Transmission cannot be received due to
insufficient buffer space. The buffer is
being used for mail send or Scan-to-Email.
15-14 Mail Header Format Error  The mail header is not standard format.
For example, the Date line description is
incorrect.
15-15 Mail Divide Error  The e-mail is not in standard format. There
is no boundary between parts of the
e-mail, including the header.
15-16 Mail Size Receive Error  The mail cannot be received because it is
too large.
15-17 Receive Timeout  May occur during manual receiving only

because the network is not operating
correctly.
15-18 Incomplete Mail Received  Only one portion of the mail was received.
D178 50 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
15-31 Final Destination for Transfer  The format of the final destination for the
Request Reception Format transfer request was incorrect.
Error
15-39 Send/Delivery Destination The transmission cannot be delivered to the

Error final destination:
 Destination file format is incorrect.
 Could not create the destination for the file
transmission.
15-41 SMTP Receive Error  Reception rejected because the

transaction exceeded the limit for the
“Auth. E-mail RX” setting.
15-42 Off Ramp Gateway Error  The delivery destination address was
specified with Off Ramp Gateway OFF.
15-43 Address Format Error  Format error in the address of the Off
Ramp Gateway.
15-44 Addresses Over  The number of addresses for the Off Ramp
Gateway exceeded the limit of 30.
15-61 Attachment File Format Error  The attached file is not TIFF format.
15-62 TIFF File Compatibility Error Could not receive transmission due to:
 Resolution error
 Image of resolution greater than 200 dpi
without extended memory.
 Resolution is not supported.
 Page size error
 The page size was larger than A3.
 Compression error
 File was compressed with other than MH,
MR, or MMR.
SM 51 D178
Error Codes
15-63 TIFF Parameter Error The TIFF file sent as the attachment could not
be received because the TIFF header is
incorrect:
 The TIFF file attachment is a type not
supported.
 The TIFF file attachment is corrupted.
 Software error.
15-64 TIFF Decompression Error The file received as an attachment caused the
TIFF decompression error:
 The TIFF format of the attachment is
corrupted.
 Software error.
15-71 Not Binary Image Data  The file could not be received because the
attachment was not binary image data.
15-73 MDN Status Error  Could not find the Disposition line in the
header of the Return Receipt, or there is a
problem with the firmware.
15-74 MDN Message ID Error  Could not find the Original Message ID line
in the header of the Return Receipt, or
there is a problem with the firmware.
15-80 Mail Job Task Read Error  Could not receive the transmission
because the destination buffer is full and
the destination could not be created (this
error may occur when receiving a transfer
request or a request for notification of
reception).
15-81 Repeated Destination  Could not repeat receive the transmission

Registration Error because the destination buffer is full and
the destination could not be created (this
error may occur when receiving a transfer
request or a request for notification of
reception).
D178 52 SM
Error Codes
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
15-91 Send Registration Error Could not receive the file for transfer to the final
destination:
 The format of the final destination or the
transfer destination is incorrect.
 Destinations are full so the final and
transfer destinations could not be created.
15-92 Memory Overflow  Transmission could not be received

because memory overflowed during the
transaction.
15-93 Memory Access Error  Transaction could not complete due to a

malfunction of SAF memory.
15-94 Incorrect ID Code  The machine rejected an incoming e-mail

for transfer request, because the ID code
in the incoming e-mail did not match the ID
code registered in the machine.
15-95 Transfer Station Function  The machine rejected an incoming e-mail

for transfer because the transfer function
was unavailable.
22-00 Original length exceeded the  Divide the original into more than one
maximum scan length page.
 Check the resolution used for scanning.
Lower the scan resolution if possible.
 Add optional page memory.
22-01 Memory overflow while  Wait for the files in the queue to be sent.
receiving  Delete unnecessary files from memory.
 Transfer the substitute reception files to an
another fax machine, if the machine’s
printer is busy or out of order.
 Add an optional SAF memory card or hard
disk.
SM 53 D178
Error Codes
22-02 Tx or rx job stalled due to line  The job started normally but did not finish
disconnection at the other end normally; data may or may not have been
received fully.
 Restart the machine.
22-04 The machine cannot store  Update the ROM

received data in the SAF  Replace the FCU.
22-05 No G3 parameter confirmation  Defective FCU board or firmware.

answer
23-00 Data read timeout during  Restart the machine.

construction  Replace the FCU.
25-00 The machine software resets  Update the ROM

itself after a fatal transmission  Replace the FCU.
error occurred
F0-xx V.34 modem error  Replace the FCU.
F6-xx SG3 modem error  Update the SG3 modem ROM.

 Replace the SG3 board.
 Check for line noise or other line problems.
 Try communicating another V.8/V.34 fax.
D178 54 SM
IFAX Troubleshooting
TYPE M2 (D178)
3.2 IFAX TROUBLESHOOTING
FAX OPTION
Use the following procedures to determine whether the machine or another part of the network is
causing the problem.
Communication
Item Action [Remarks]
Route
General LAN 1. Connection with  Check that the LAN cable is connected
the LAN to the machine.
 Check that the LEDs on the hub are lit.
2. LAN activity Check that other devices connected to the

LAN can communicate through the LAN.
Between IFAX and 1. Network settings  Check the network settings on the PC.
PC on the PC [Is the IP address registered in the TCP/IP
properties in the network setup correct?
Check the IP address with the
administrator of the network.]
2. Check that PC  Use the “ping” command on the PC to

can connect with the contact the machine.
machine [At the MS-DOS prompt, type ping then the
IP address of the machine, then press
Enter.]
3. LAN settings in  Check the LAN parameters

the machine  Check if there is an IP address conflict
with other PCs.
[Use the “Network” function in the User
Tools.
If there is an IP address conflict, inform the
administrator.]
SM 55 D178
Communication
Route
Between machine 1. LAN settings in  Check the LAN parameters

and e-mail server the machine  Check if there is an IP address conflict
with other PCs.
[Use the “Network” function in the User
Tools.
If there is an IP address conflict, inform the
administrator.]
2. E-mail account on  Make sure that the machine can log

the server into the e-mail server.
 Check that the account and password
stored in the server are the same as in
the machine.
[Ask the administrator to check.]
3. E-mail server  Make sure that the client devices

which have an account in the server
can send/receive e-mail.
[Ask the administrator to check.
Send a test e-mail with the machine’s own
number as the destination. The machine
receives the returned e-mail if the
communication is performed successfully.]
Between e-mail 1. E-mail account on  Make sure that the PC can log into the
server and internet the Server e-mail server.
 Check that the account and password
stored in the server are the same as in
the machine.
[Ask the administrator to check.]
D178 56 SM
Communication
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
Route
2. E-mail server  Make sure that the client devices

which have an account in the server
can send/receive e-mail.
[Ask the administrator to check.
Send a test e-mail with the machine’s own
number as the destination. The machine
receives the returned e-mail if the
communication is performed successfully.]
3. Destination e-mail  Make sure that the e-mail address is

address actually used.
 Check that the e-mail address contains
no incorrect characters such as
spaces.
4. Router settings  Use the “ping” command to contact the

router.
 Check that other devices connected to
the router can sent data over the
router.
[Ask the administrator of the server to
check.]
5. Error message by  Check whether e-mail can be sent to

e-mail from the another address on the same network,
network of the using the application e-mail software.
destination.  Check the error e-mail message.
[Inform the administrator of the LAN.]
SM 57 D178
IP-Fax Troubleshooting
3.3 IP-FAX TROUBLESHOOTING
3.3.1 IP-FAX TRANSMISSION
Cannot send by IP Address/Host Name
Check Point Action
1 LAN cable connected? Check the LAN cable connection.
2 Specified IP address/host name correct? Check the IP address/host name.
Cannot breach the firewall. Send by

3 Firewall/NAT is installed? using another method (Fax, Internet
Fax)
4 Transmission sent manually? Manual sending not supported.
5 IP address of local machine registered? Register the IP address.
Remote terminal port number setting other

6 than 1720 (when using H.323) or 5060 Send by specifying the port number.
(when using SIP)?
Confirm the port number of the remote

7 Specified port number correct?
fax.
DNS server registered when host name

8 Contact the network administrator.
specified?
Check whether the remote fax is a T38

9 Remote fax a T.38 terminal?
terminal.
Check that the remote fax is switched

10 Remote fax switched off or busy?
on.
Request the network administrator to

increase the bandwidth.
11 Network bandwidth too narrow?
Raise the delay level.
IPFAX SW 01 Bit 0 to 3
D178 58 SM
IP-Fax bandwidth is the same as the
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
DCS speed. Set IP-Fax SW00 Bit 6 to
1.
Check whether the remote fax

12 Remote fax cancelled transmission?
cancelled the transmission.
Cannot send via VoIP Gateway
Check Point Action
2 VoIP Gateway T.38 standard? Contact the network administrator.
3 VoIP Gateway installed correctly? Contact the network administrator.
4 VoIP Gateway power switched on? Contact the network administrator.
Is the IP address/host name of the

5 Check the IP address/host name.
specified Gateway correct?
6 Number of the specified fax correct? Check the remote fax number.

7 Firewall/NAT is installed? using another method (Fax, Internet
Fax)
9 IP address of local fax registered? Register the IP address.
DNS registered when host name

specified?
11 Remote fax a G3 fax? Check that the remote fax is a G3 fax.
12 G3 fax is connected to VoIP gateway? Check that G3 fax is connected.
13 Remote G3 fax turned on? Check that G3 fax is switched on.
SM 59 D178

Raise the network delay level.

14 Network bandwidth too narrow? IPFAX SW 01 Bit 0 to 3
IP-Fax bandwidth is the same as the

DCS speed. Set IP-Fax SW00 Bit 6 to
1.
Cannot send by Alias Fax number.
Check Point Action
Confirm the Alias of the remote fax.

2 Number of specified Alias fax correct?
Error Code: 13-14

3 Firewall/NAT installed? using another method (Fax, Internet
Fax)
5 Gatekeeper/SIP server installed correctly? Contact the network administrator.
Gatekeeper/SIP server power switched

on?
IP address/host name of Gatekeeper/SIP

7 Check the IP address/host name.
server correct?
DNS server registered when

8 Gatekeeper/SIP server host name Contact the network administrator.
specified?
Check the settings.

9 Enable H.323/Enable SIP SW is set to on? See User Parameter SW 34 Bit 0/SW
34 Bit 1
10 IP address of local fax registered? Register the IP address of the local fax.
D178 60 SM
Register the Alias number of the local
TYPE M2 (D178)
11 Alias number of local fax registered?
FAX OPTION
fax.
12 Remote fax registered in Gatekeeper? Contact the network administrator.
Check whether the remote fax is a T38

13 Remote fax a T.38 terminal?
terminal.
14 Remote fax switched off or busy? Contact the network administrator.
Request the system administrator to

Raise the delay level.

15 Network bandwidth too narrow? IPFAX SW 01 Bit 0 to 3
Lower the modem transmission baud

rate.
IPFAX SW 05
Check whether the remote fax

cancelled the transmission.
SM 61 D178
3.3.2 IP-FAX RECEPTION
Cannot receive via IP Address/Host Name.
Check Point Action
Cannot breach the firewall. Send by using

2 Firewall/NAT is installed?
another method (Fax, Internet Fax)
3 IP address of local fax registered? Register the IP address.
Port number specified at remote sender Request the sender to specify the port
4
fax (if required)? number.
Specified port number correct (if Request the sender to check the port
5
required)? number.
Contact the network administrator.

6  The sender machine displays this
specified on sender side?
error code if the sender fax is a
Ricoh model.

7 Network bandwidth too narrow? Lower the start modem reception baud
rate on the receiving side.
IPFAX SW06
Check whether the remote fax cancelled

the transmission.
D178 62 SM
TYPE M2 (D178)
Cannot receive by VoIP Gateway.
FAX OPTION
Check Point Action
Cannot breach the firewall. Request the

2 Firewall/NAT is installed? remote fax to send by using another
method (Fax, Internet Fax)
3 VoIP Gateway installed correctly? Contact the network administrator.
4 VoIP Gateway power switched on? Contact the network administrator.
IP address/host name of specified VoIP Request the remote fax to check the IP
5
Gateway correct on sender’s side? address/host name.

specified on sender side?

7 Network bandwidth too narrow?
8 G3 fax connected? Check that G3 fax is connected.
9 G3 fax power switched on? Check that G3 fax is switched on.
SM 63 D178
Cannot receive by Alias Fax number.
Check Point Action
Cannot the breach firewall. Request the

2 Firewall/NAT is installed? remote fax to send by using another
method (Fax, Internet Fax)
Gatekeeper/SIP server installed

correctly?
error code when the sender fax is
a Ricoh model.
Power to Gatekeeper/SIP server

switched on?
a Ricoh model.
Request the sender to check the IP

address/host name.
IP address/host name of
5 Gatekeeper/SIP server correct on the
 The sender machine displays this
sender’s side?
a Ricoh model.

DNS server registered when
6 Gatekeeper/SIP server host name  The sender machine displays this
specified on sender’s side? error code when the sender fax is
a Ricoh model.
Request the sender to check the settings.

User Parameter SW 34 Bit 0/SW 34 Bit 1
Enable H.323/Enable SIP SW is set to
7
on?
 Only if the remote sender fax is a
Ricoh fax.
D178 64 SM
8 Local fax IP address registered? Register the IP address.
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
9 Local fax Alias number registered? Register the Alias number.

10 Network bandwidth too narrow? Lower the start modem reception baud rate
on the receiving side.
IPFAX SW06
Check whether the remote fax cancelled

the transmission.
Local fax registered in Gatekeeper/SIP

server?
a Ricoh model.
SM 65 D178
Cautions
4. SERVICE TABLES
4.1 CAUTIONS
 Never turn off the main power switch when the power LED is lit or flashing. To avoid
damaging the hard disk or memory, press the operation power switch to switch the power
off, wait for the power LED to go off, and then switch the main power switch off.
 The main power LED lights or flashes while the platen cover or ARDF is open, while the
main machine is communicating with a facsimile or the network server, or while the
machine is accessing the hard disk or memory for reading or writing data.
D178 66 SM
Service Program Tables
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.2 SERVICE PROGRAM TABLES
FAX OPTION
4.2.1 SP1-XXX (BIT SW)
page 79 "Bit Switches - 1"
1 Mode No. Function
System Switch
101 Change the bit switches for system settings for the
001 – 032 00 – 1F fax option
"page 79 "Bit Switches - 1"" : "System Switches”
Ifax Switch
102 Change the bit switches for internet fax settings for
001 – 016 00 – 0F the fax option
"page 95 "Bit Switches - 2"" : "I-Fax Switches"
Printer Switch
103 Change the bit switches for printer settings for the fax
001 – 016 00 – 0F option
"page 95 "Bit Switches - 2"" : "Printer Switches"
Communication Switch
Change the bit switches for communication settings

104 for the fax option
001 – 032 00 – 1F
"page 110 "Bit Switches - 3"" : "Communication
Switches"
G3-1 Switch
105 Change the bit switches for the protocol settings of

001 – 016 00 – 0F the standard G3 board
"page 122 "Bit Switches - 4"" : "G3 Switches"
106 G3-2 Switch
SM 67 D178
Change the bit switches for the protocol settings of

the optional G3 board
001 – 016 00 – 0F
"page 132 "Bit Switches - 5"" : "G3-2 and G3-3
Switches"
G3-3 Switch
Change the bit switches for the protocol settings of

107 the optional G3 board
001 – 016 00 – 0F
" page 132 "Bit Switches - 5"" : "G3-2 and G3-3
Switches"
G4 Internal Switch
108
001 – 032 00 – 1F Not used (Do not change the bit switches)
G4 Parameter Switch
109
001 – 016 00 – 0F Not used (Do not change the bit switches)
IP fax Switch
111 Change the bit switches for optional IP fax

001 – 016 00 – 0F parameters
" page 141 "Bit Switches - 6" : "IP Fax Switches"
D178 68 SM
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.2.2 SP2-XXX (RAM)
FAX OPTION
2 Mode No. Function
RAM Read/Write
101 Change RAM data for the fax board directly.

001
page 174 "Service RAM Addresses"
Memory Dump
G3-1 Memory Print out RAM data for the fax board.
001
Dump page 174 "Service RAM Addresses"
G3-2 Memory Print out RAM data for the optional SG3
102 002
Dump board.
G3-3 Memory Print out RAM data for the optional SG3
003
Dump board.
004 G4 Memory Dump Not used
G3-1 NCU Parameters
103 NCU parameter settings for the standard G3

001 – 023 CC, 01 – 22
board. page 150 "NCU Parameters"
G3-2 NCU Parameters
104 NCU parameter settings for the optional G3

001 – 023 CC, 01 – 22
G3-3 NCU Parameters
105 NCU parameter settings for the optional G3

001 – 023 CC, 01 – 22
SM 69 D178
4.2.3 SP3-XXX (MACHINE SET)
3 Mode No. Function
Service Station
101 001 Fax Number Enter the fax number of the service station.
002 Select Line Select the line type.
Serial Number
102
000 Enter the fax unit’s serial number.
PSTN-1 Port Settings
Select the line type setting for the G3-1 line. If

001 Select Line the machine is installed on a PABX line, select
“PABX”, “PABX(GND)” or “PABX(FLASH)”.
103
PSTN Access Enter the PSTN access number for the
002
Number G3-1 line.
Memory Lock
003 Not used
Disabled
PSTN-2 Port Settings
Select the line setting for the G3-2 line. If the

001 Select Line machine is installed on a PABX line, select
PSTN Access Enter the PSTN access number for the G3-2
104 002
Number line.
Memory Lock
003 Not used
Disabled
Transmission If you turn this SP on, the machine does not

004
Disabled send any fax messages on the G3-2 line.
105 PSTN-3 Port Settings
D178 70 SM
Select the line setting for the G3-3 line. If the
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
001 Select Line machine is installed on a PABX line, select
PSTN Access Enter the PSTN access number for the G3-3
002
Number line.
Memory Lock
003 Not used
Disabled
Transmission If you turn this SP on, the machine does not

004
Disabled send any fax messages on the G3-3 line.
ISDN Port Settings
001 Select Line
106 PSTN Access

002
Number
Memory Lock Not used (Do not change the settings.)

003
Disabled
Transmission
004
Disabled
IPFAX Port Settings
001 H323 Port Sets the H323 port number.
002 SIP Port Sets the SIP port number.
003 RAS Port Sets the RAS port number.
107 004 Gatekeeper port Sets the Gatekeeper port number.
005 T.38 Port Sets the T.38 port number.
006 SIP Server Port Sets the SIP port number.
IPFAX Protocol
007 Select "H323" or "SIP".
Priority
FAX SW
201
001 – 032 00 – 1F
SM 71 D178
4.2.4 SP4-XXX (ROM VERSIONS)
4 Mode No. Function
101 001 FCU ROM Version Displays the FCU ROM version.
102 001 Error Codes Displays the latest 64 fax error codes.
103 001 G3-1 ROM Version Displays the G3-1 modem version.
106 001 G4 ROM Version Not used (Do not change the settings.)
D178 72 SM
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.2.5 SP5-XXX (RAM CLEAR)
FAX OPTION
5 Mode No. Function
Initialize SRAM (except Secure)
101 Initializes the bit switches and user parameters, user data in
000
the SRAM, files in the SAF memory, and clock.
Erase All Files

102
000 Erases all files stored in the SAF memory.
Reset Bit Switches (except Secure)

103
000 Resets the bit switches and user parameters.
Factory Setting
104 Resets the bit switches and user parameters, user data in the
000
SRAM and files in the SAF memory.
Reset All Bit Switches

105
000 Resets all the current bit switch settings.
Reset Security Bit Switches
106 Resets only the security bit switches. If you select automatic
000 output/display for the user parameter switches, the security
settings are initialized.
SM 73 D178
4.2.6 SP6-XXX (REPORTS)
6 Mode No. Function
System Parameter List
101 Touch the “ON” button to print the system

000 -
parameter list.
Service Monitor Report
102 Touch the “ON” button to print the service

000 -
monitor report.
G3 Protocol Dump List
G3 All Prints the protocol dump list of all

001
Communications communications for all G3 lines.
G3-1 (All Prints the protocol dump list of all

002
Communications) communications for the G3-1 line.
G3-1 Prints the protocol dump list of the last

003
(1 Communication) communication for the G3-1 line.
103 G3-2 Prints the protocol dump list of all

004
(All Communications) communications for the G3-2 line.

005
G3-3 Prints the protocol dump list of all

006
(All Communications) communications for the G3-3 line.

007
D178 74 SM
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
G4 Protocol Dump List
001 Dch + Bch 1
002 Dch
104 003 Bch 1 Link Layer

Not used (Do not change the settings.)
004 Dch Link Layer
005 Dch +Bch 2
006 Bch 2 Link Layer
All Files print out
Prints out all the user files in the SAF memory,

including confidential messages.
105  Do not use this function, unless the

000 -
customer is having trouble printing
confidential messages or recovering
files stored using the memory lock
feature.
Journal Print out
The machine prints all the communication

001 All Journals
106 records on the report.
The machine prints all communication records

002 Specified Date
after the specified date.
SM 75 D178
Log List Print out
001 All log files
002 Printer
003 SC/TRAP Stored
004 Decompression
005 Scanner
006 JOB/SAF
107 These log print out functions are for designer
007 Reconstruction
use only.
008 JBIG
009 Fax Driver
010 G3CCU
011 Fax Job
012 CCU
013 Scanner Condition
IP Protocol Dump List
Prints the protocol dump list of all

001 All Communications
108 communications for the IP fax line.
Prints the protocol dump list of the last

002 1 Communication
communication for the IP fax line.
D178 76 SM
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.2.7 SP7-XXX (TESTS)
FAX OPTION
These are the test modes for PTT approval.
7 Function
101 G3-1 Modem Tests
102 G3-1 DTMF Tests
103 Ringer Test
104 G3-1 V34 (S2400baud)
105 G3-1 V34 (S2800baud)
106 G3-1 V34 (S3000baud)
107 G3-1 V34 (S3200baud)
108 G3-1 V34 (S3429baud)
109 Recorded Message Test
111 G3-2 DTMF Tests
112 G3-2 V34 (S2400baud)
113 G3-2 V34 (S2800baud)
114 G3-2 V34 (S3000baud)
115 G3-2 V34 (S3200baud)
116 G3-2 V34 (S3429baud)
118 G3-3 DTMF Tests
119 G3-3 V34 (S2400baud)
120 G3-3 V34 (S2800baud)
121 G3-3 V34 (S3000baud)
122 G3-3 V34 (S3200baud)
SM 77 D178
123 G3-3 V34 (S3429baud)
124 IG3-1 Modem Tests - Not used
125 IG3-1 DTMF Tests - Not used
126 IG3-1 V34 (S2400baud) - Not used
131 IG3-2 Modem Tests - Not used
132 IG3-2 DTMF Tests - Not used
D178 78 SM
Bit Switches - 1
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.3 BIT SWITCHES - 1
FAX OPTION
 Do not adjust a bit switch or use a setting that is described as "Not used", as this may
cause the machine to malfunction or to operate in a manner that is not accepted by local
regulations. Such bits are for use only in other areas, such as Japan.
Default settings for bit switches are not listed in this manual. Refer to the System Parameter List
printed by the machine.
4.3.1 SYSTEM SWITCHES
System Switch 00 (SP No. 1-101-001)
No Function Comments
Dedicated transmission Set this bit to 1 before changing any dedicated

parameter programming transmission parameters.
0
0: Disabled This setting is automatically reset to "0" after
1: Enabled turning off and on.
1 Not used Do not change
Technical data printout on the

1: Instead of the personal name, the following
Journal
2 data are listed on the Journal for each G3
0: Disabled
communication.
1: Enabled
SM 79 D178
Bit Switches - 1
Example:
(1): EQM value (Line quality data). A larger number means more errors.
(2): Symbol rate (V.34 only)
(3): Final modem type used
(4): Starting data rate (for example, 288 means 28.8 kbps)
(5): Final data rate
(6): Rx revel (see below for how to read the rx level)
(7): Total number of error lines that occurred during non-ECM reception.
(8): Total number of burst error lines that occurred during non-ECM reception.
 EQM and rx level are fixed at "FFFF" in tx mode.

 The seventh and eighth numbers are fixed at "00" for transmission
records and ECM reception records.
Rx level calculation
Example:
The four-digit hexadecimal value (N) after "L" indicates the rx level.
The high byte is given first, followed by the low byte. Divide the decimal value of
N by -16 to get the rx level.
In the above example, the decimal value of N (= 0100 [H]) is 256.
So, the actual rx level is 256/-16 = -16 dB
3 Not used Do not change this setting.
When "1" is selected, a line error mark is

Line error mark print printed on the printout if a line error occurs
4
0: OFF, 1: ON (print) during reception. This shows error locations
when ECM is turned off.
This is a fault-finding aid. The LCD shows the

G3/G4 communication key parameters (see "G3 Communication
parameter display Parameters" below this table). This is normally
5
0: Disabled disabled because it cancels the CSI display for
1: Enabled the user.
Be sure to reset this bit to "0" after testing.
D178 80 SM
Bit Switches - 1
This is only used for communication
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
troubleshooting. It shows the content of the
Protocol dump list output after
transmitted facsimile protocol signals. Always
each communication
6 reset this bit to 0 after finishing testing.
0: Off
If system switch 09 bit 6 is at "1", the list is only
1: On
printed if there was an error during the
communication.
7 Not used Do not change the setting.
G3 Communication Parameters
336: 33600 bps 168: 16800 bps

312: 31200 bps 144: 14400 bps
288: 28800 bps 120: 12000 bps
Modem rate 264: 26400 bps 96: 9600 bps
240: 24000 bps 72: 7200 bps
216: 21600 bps 48: 4800 bps
192: 19200 bps 24: 2400 bps
S: Standard (8 x 3.85 dots/mm)

D: Detail (8 x 7.7 dots/mm)
F: Fine (8 x 15.4 dots/mm)
Resolution SF: Superfine (16 x 15.4 dots/mm)
21: Standard (200 x 100 dpi)
22: Detail (200 x 200 dpi)
44: Superfine (400 x 400 dpi)
MMR: MMR compression

MR: MR compression
Compression mode MH: MH compression
JBO: JBIG compression (Optional mode)
JBB: JBIG compression (Basic mode)
Communication ECM: With ECM

mode NML: With no ECM
SM 81 D178
Bit Switches - 1
A4: A4 (8.3"), no reduction

Width and
B4: B4 (10.1"), no reduction
reduction
A3: A3 (11.7"), no reduction
0: 0 ms/line
5: 5 ms/line
10: 10 ms/line
20: 20 ms/line
I/O rate 25: 2.5 ms/line
40: 40 ms/line
 "40" is displayed while receiving a fax message using AI

short protocol.
System Switch 01 - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
0-1 Not used Do not change these settings.
Forced reset after transmission

With this setting on, the machine resets itself
stalls
2 automatically if a transmission stalls and fails to
0: Off
complete the job.
1: On
3 Not used Do not change these settings.
File retention time

1: A file that had a communication error will not
0: Depends on User Parameter
4 be erased unless the communication is
24 [18(H)]
successful.
1: No limit
Memory read/write by RDS (0,0): All RDS systems are always locked out.
Bit 7 Bit 6 Setting (0,1), (1,0): Normally, RDS systems are locked
6-7 out, but the user can temporarily switch RDS
0 0 Always disabled on to allow RDS operations to take place. RDS
0 1 User selectable will automatically be locked out again after a
D178 82 SM
Bit Switches - 1
1 0 User selectable certain time, which is stored in System Switch
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
03. Note that if an RDS operation takes place,
1 1 Always enabled
RDS will not switch off until this time limit has
expired.
(1,1): At any time, an RDS system can access
the machine.
Length of time that RDS is 00 - 99 hours (BCD).

0
temporarily switched on when This setting is only valid if bits 6 and 7 of
to
bits 6 and 7 of System Switch System Switch 02 are set to "User selectable".
7
02 are set to "User selectable" The default setting is 24 hours.
1: Each Quick/Speed dial number on the list is

Printing dedicated tx printed with the dedicated tx parameters (10
parameters on Quick/Speed bytes each).
3 Dial Lists The first 10 bytes of data are the programmed
0: Disabled dedicated tx parameters; 34 bytes of data are
1: Enabled printed (the other 24 bytes have no use for
service technicians).
SM 83 D178
Bit Switches - 1
Addition of image data from

If this feature is enabled, the top half of the first
confidential transmissions on
0 page of confidential messages will be printed
the transmission result report
on transmission result reports.
0: Disabled 1: Enabled
Print timing of communication

reports on the Journal when no
0: The Journal is printed only when image data
image data was exchanged.
1 is sent.
0: After DCS/NSS
1: The Journal is printed when any data is sent.
communication (default),
1: After polling
0: Error reports will not be printed.

Automatic error report printout
2 1: Error reports will be printed automatically
after failed communications.
Printing of the error code on the 1: Error codes are printed on the error reports.
3 error report This can be used for detecting an error which
0: No 1: Yes occurs rarely.
1: A power failure report will be automatically

printed after the power is switched on if a fax
Power failure report message disappeared from the memory when
5 0: Disabled the power was turned off last.
1: Enabled (default) NOTE: If "0" is selected, no reports are printed
and no one may recognize that fax data is gone
due to a power failure.
D178 84 SM
Bit Switches - 1
This switch becomes effective only when
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
system switch 00 bit 6 is set to 1.
Conditions for printing the
1: Set this bit to 1 when you wish to print a
protocol dump list
protocol dump list only for communications with
6 0: Print for all communications
errors.
1: Print only when there is a
NOTE: The memory size is limited. Use this bit
communication error
switch only when some log reports are
necessary.
Priority given to various types of

remote terminal ID when This bit determines which set of priorities the
printing reports machine uses when listing remote terminal
7 0: RTI > CSI > Dial label > Tel. names on reports.
number Dial Label: The name stored, by the user, for
1: Dial label > Tel. number > RTI the Quick/Speed Dial number.
> CSI
System Switch 0A (SP No. 1-101-011)
When "1" is selected, a suitable port is

automatically selected if the selected port is not
Automatic port selection used.
0
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled NOTE: This bit is useful if all communication
lines at a customer site are not the same
quality
0: Prevents dialing from the ten-key pad while

the external telephone is off-hook. Use this
Dialing on the ten-key pad when
setting when the external telephone is not by
the external telephone is
4 the machine, or if a wireless telephone is
off-hook
connected as an external telephone.
1: The user can dial on the machine's ten-key
pad when the handset is off-hook.
On hook dial
5 0: On hook dial is disabled.
SM 85 D178
Bit Switches - 1
6-7 Not used Do not change the factory settings
System Switch 0B - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 0C - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 0D - Not used (Do not change the factory settings.)
System Switch 0E (SP No. 1-101-015)
0-1 Not used Do not change the settings.
Direct sending cannot operate when the

capture function is on during sending. Setting
Enable/disable for direct this switch to "1" enables direct sending without
sending selection capture.
2
0: Direct sending off Setting this switch to "0" masks the direct
1: Direct sending on sending function on the operation panel so
direct sending with ScanRouter cannot be
selected.
0: Manual tx is possible while the external

handset is off-hook. However, manual tx during
Action when the external handset off-hook may not be sent to a correct
handset goes off-hook direction. Manual tx is not possible.
3 0: Manual tx and rx operation 1: The display stays in standby mode even
1: Memory tx and rx operation when the external handset is used, so that
(the display remains the same) other people can use the machine for memory
tx operation. Note that manual tx and rx are not
possible with this setting.
D178 86 SM
Bit Switches - 1
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
System Switch 0F (SP No. 1-101-016)
Country/area code for functional

settings (Hex)
00: France 12: Asia
01: Germany 13: Japan
02: UK 14: Hong Kong
03: Italy 15: South Africa

This country/area code determines the
04: Austria 16: Australia factory settings of bit switches and RAM
addresses. However, it has no effect on
05: Belgium 17: New Zealand
the NCU parameter settings and
06: Denmark 18: Singapore communication parameter RAM
addresses.
0 07: Finland 19: Malaysia
Cross reference
to
08: Ireland 1A: China NCU country code:
7
SP No. 2-103-001 for G3-1
09: Norway 1B: Taiwan
SP No. 2-104-001 for G3-2
0A: Sweden 1C: Korea SP No. 2-105-001 for G3-3
0B: Switz. 1D: Brazil
0C: Portugal 20: Turkey
0D: Holland 21: Greece
0E: Spain 22: Hungary
0F: Israel 23: Czech
10: --- 24: Poland
11: USA
SM 87 D178
Bit Switches - 1
Threshold = N x 128 KB + 256 KB

Threshold memory level for
0-7 N can be between 00 - FF(H)
parallel memory transmission
Default setting: 02(H) = 512 KB
TTI printing position Change this bit to 1 if the TTI overprints

0: Superimposed on the page information that the customer considers to be
0 data important (G3 transmissions).
1: Printed before the data NOTE: If "1" is selected, it is possible that sent
leading edge data is printed on two sheets of paper.
1-2 Not used Do not change the factory settings.
TTI used for broadcasting

0: The TTIs selected for each
1: The TTI (TTI_1 or TTI_2) which is selected
3 Quick/Speed dial are used
for all destinations during broadcasting.
1: The same TTI is used for all
destinations
TTI: 08 to 92 (BCD) mm
Input even numbers only.
This setting determines the print start position
for the TTI from the left edge of the paper. If the
TTI printing position in the main
0-7 TTI is moved too far to the right, it may
scan direction
overwrite the file number which is on the top
right of the page. On an A4 page, if the TTI is
moved over by more than 50 mm, it may
overwrite the page number.
D178 88 SM
Bit Switches - 1
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
System Switch 13 - Not used (do not change these settings)
0 Not used Do not change the settings.
1: The machine will restart from the Energy

Saver mode quickly, because the +5V power
supply is active even in the Energy Saver
Going into the Energy Saver
mode. The LED of the operation switch is
mode automatically
1 flashing instead of entering Energy Saver
0: Enabled
mode.
1: Disabled
Use this setting if an external telephone has to
be used when the machine is in the Energy
Saver mode.
Interval for preventing the

machine from entering Energy
Saver mode if there is a pending
transmission file. If there is a file waiting for transmission, the
machine does not go to Energy Saver mode
Bit 5 Bit 4 Setting
during the selected period.
4-5
0 0 1 min After transmitting the file, if there is no file
waiting for transmission, the machine goes to
0 1 30 min the Energy Saver mode.
1 0 1 hour
1 1 24 hours
6-7 Not used Do not change
SM 89 D178
Bit Switches - 1
1: The machine sends messages

simultaneously using all available ports during
Parallel Broadcasting
broadcasting.
0 0: Disabled
NOTE: If a customer wants to keep a line
1: Enabled
available for fax reception or other reasons,
select "0" (Disable).
Priority setting for the G3 line. This function allows the user to select the
1 0: PSTN-1 > PSTN-2 or 3 default G3 line type. The optional SG3 units are
1: PSTN-2 or 3 > PSTN-1 required to use the PSTN-2 or 3 setting.
0: After installing the memory expansion option,

Extended scanner page the scanner page memory is extended to 4 MB
memory after memory option is from 2 MB.
6 installed 1: If this bit is set to 1 after installing the
0: Disabled memory expansion option, the scanner page
1: Enabled memory is extended to 12 MB. But the SAF
memory decreases to 18 MB.
1: If the customer frequently wishes to transmit

a form or letterhead which has a colored or
Special Original mode
printed background, change this bit to "1".
7 0: Disabled
"Original 1" and "Original 2" can be selected in
1: Enabled
addition to the "Text", "Text/Photo" and "Photo"
modes.
D178 90 SM
Bit Switches - 1
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
System Switch 1A (SP No. 1-101-027)
Sets the value to x4KB. When the amount of

available memory drops below this setting, RX
0 LS RX memory capacity
documents are printed to conserve memory.
to threshold setting
Initial setting 0x80 (512 KB)
7 00-FF (0-1020 Kbyte: Hex)
NOTE: If a customer wants available memory
size to be larger, decrease this threshold
System Switch 1B - Not used (do not change these settings)
System Switch 1C - Not used (do not change these settings)
System Switch 1D (SP No. 1-101-030)
0: RTI, CSI, CPS codes are displayed on the

RTI/CSI/CPS code display
top line of the LCD panel during
0 0: Enable
communication.
1: Disable
1: Codes are switched off (no display)
SM 91 D178
Bit Switches - 1
System Switch 1E (SP No. 1-101-031)
0: When this switch is on and the journal

history becomes full, the next report prints. If
the journal history is not deleted, the next
transmission cannot be received. This prevents
overwriting communication records before the
machine can print them.
Communication after the
1: If the buffer memory of the communication
Journal data storage area has
records for the Journal is full, fax
0 become full
communications are still possible. But the
0: Impossible
machine will overwrite the oldest
1: Possible
communication records.
 This setting is effective only when

Automatic Journal printout is enabled
but the machine cannot print the report
(e.g., no paper).
0: If the SAF memory becomes full during

scanning for a memory transmission, the
successfully scanned pages are transmitted.
Action when the SAF memory 1: If the SAF memory becomes full during
has become full during scanning for a memory transmission, the file is
1 scanning erased and no pages are transmitted.
0: The current page is erased.
1: The entire file is erased.  This setting is effective only when
Automatic Journal printout is enabled
but the machine cannot print the report
(e.g., no paper).
This bit determines which identifier, RTI or CSI,

RTI/CSI display priority
2 is displayed on the LCD while the machine is
0: RTI 1: CSI
communicating in G3 non-standard mode.
D178 92 SM
Bit Switches - 1
1: File numbers are not printed on any reports.
TYPE M2 (D178)
File No. printing
FAX OPTION
NOTE: The file numbers may not be printed in
3 0: Enabled
the sequential order. If a customer does not like
1: Disabled
this numbering, select "0".
0: If the user has stored no acceptable sender

RTIs or CSIs, the user can select “ON” in the
Action when authorized authorized reception setting but the setting
reception is enabled but becomes invalid (“OFF”). The machine will not
authorized RTIs/CSIs are not be able to receive any fax messages.
4 yet programmed If the customer wishes to receive messages
0: Faxes can be received if the from any sender that includes an RTI or CSI,
sender has an RTI or CSI and to block messages from senders that do
1: All fax reception is disabled not include an RTI or CSI, change this bit to
"0", then enable Authorized Reception.
Otherwise, keep this bit at "1 (default setting)".
5-7 Not used Do not change the settings
System Switch 1F (SP No. 1-101-032)
0: When an original jams, or the SAF memory

Report printout after an original overflows during scanning, a report will be
jam during SAF storage or if the printed.
1 SAF memory fills up Change this bit to "1" if the customer does not
0: Enabled want to have a report in these cases.
1: Disabled Memory tx – Memory storage report
Parallel memory tx – Transmission result report
0: The machine prints each page immediately

Received fax print start timing
after the machine receives it.
(G3 reception)
3 1: The machine prints the complete message
0: After receiving each page
after the machine receives all the pages in the
1: After receiving all pages
memory.
SM 93 D178
Bit Switches - 1
0: When the fax unit detects a fax SC code

other than SC1201 and SC1207, the fax unit
Action when a fax SC has
automatically resets itself.
occurred
7 1: When the fax unit detects any fax SC code,
0: Automatic reset
the fax unit stops.
1: Fax unit stops
Cross Reference
Fax SC codes - See "Troubleshooting"
D178 94 SM
Bit Switches - 2
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
4.4.1 I-FAX SWITCHES
I-fax Switch 00 (SP No. 1-102-001)
This setting sets the maximum size of the

Original Width of TX Attachment File original that the destination can receive. (Bits
3~7 are reserved for future use or not used.)
0 A4
1 B4
2 A3 -
3-6 Reserved
7 Not used
0: Off (not selected), 1: On (selected)

If more than one of these three bits is set to "1", the larger size has priority. For
example, if both Bit 2 and Bit 1 are set to "1" then the maximum size is "A3" (Bit
2).
When mail is sent, there is no negotiation with the receiving machine at the
destination, so the sending machine cannot make a selection for the receiving
capabilities (original width setting) of the receiving machine. The original width
selected with this switch is used as the RX machine's original width setting, and
the original is reduced to this size before sending. The default is A4.
If the width selected with this switch is higher than the receiving machine can
accept, the machine detects this and this causes an error.
SM 95 D178
Bit Switches - 2
Original Line Resolution of TX These settings set the maximum resolution of

Attachment File the original that the destination can receive.
0 200x100 Standard
1 200x200 Detail
0: Not selected
2 200x400 Fine 1: Selected
If more than one of these three bits is set to "1",
3 300 x 300 Reserve
the higher resolution has priority. For example,
4 400 x 400 Super Fine if both Bit 0 and Bit 2 are set to "1" Then The
Resolution is set for "Bit 2 200 x 400.
5 600 x 600 Reserve
6 Reserve
7 mm/inch
This setting selects mm/inch conversion for mail transmission.

0: Off (No conversion), 1: On (Conversion)
When on (set to "1"), the machine converts millimeters to inches for sending mail.
There is no switch for converting inches to millimeters.
Unlike G3 fax transmissions which can negotiate between sender and receiver to
determine the setting, mail cannot negotiate between terminals; the mm/inch
selection is determined by the sender fax.
When this switch is Off (0):
 Images scanned in inches are sent in inches.
 Images scanned in mm are sent in mm.
 Images received in inches are transmitted in inches.
 Images received in mm are transmitted in mm.
When this switch is On (1):
 Images scanned in inches are sent in inches.
 Images scanned in mm are converted to inches.
 Images received in inches are transmitted in inches.
 Images received in mm are converted to inches.
D178 96 SM
Bit Switches - 2
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
RX Text Mail Header Processing
This setting determines whether the header information is printed with text e-mails
when they are received.
0: Prints only text mail.
0 1: Prints mail header information attached to text mail.
When a text mail is received with this switch On (1), the "From" address and
"Subject" address are printed as header information.
When a mail with only binary data is received (a TIFF-F file, for example), this
setting is ignored and no header is printed.
Output from Attached Document at E-mail TX Error
This setting determines whether only the first page or all pages of an e-mail
attachment are printed at the sending station when a transmission error occurs.
1 This allows the customer to see which documents have not reached their
intended destinations if sent to the wrong e-mail addresses, for example.
0: Prints 1st page only.
1: Prints all pages.
Text String for Return Receipt
2-3 This setting determines the text string output for the Return Receipt that confirms
the transmission was received normally at the destination.
SM 97 D178
Bit Switches - 2
00: "Dispatched"
Sends from PC mail a request for a Return Receipt. Receives the Return Receipt
with "dispatched" in the 2nd part:
Disposition: Automatic-action/MDN-send automatically; dispatched
The "dispatched" string is included in the Subject string.
01: "Displayed"
Sends from PC mail a request for a Return Receipt. Receives the Return Receipt
with "displayed" in the 2nd part:
Disposition: Automatic-action/MDN-send automatically; displayed
The "displayed" string is included in the Subject string.
10: Reserved
11: Reserved
A mail requesting a Return Receipt sent from an IFAX with this switch set to "00"
(for "dispatched") received by Microsoft Outlook 2000 may cause an error. If any
setting other than "displayed" (01) causes a problem, change the setting to "01" to
enable normal sending of the Return Receipt.
Media accept feature
This setting adds or does not add the media accept feature to the answer mail to
confirm a reception.
4 0: Does not add the media accept feature to the answer mail
1: Adds the media accept feature to the answer mail.
Use this bit switch if a problem occurs when the machine receives an answer
mail, which contains the media accept feature field.
5-6 Not Used
Image Resolution of RX Text Mail
This setting determines the image resolution of the received mail.
7 0: 200 x 200
1: 400 x 400
The "1" setting requires installation of the Memory Unit in order to have enough
SAF (Store and Forward) memory to receive images at 400 x 400 resolution.
D178 98 SM
Bit Switches - 2
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
I-fax Switch 03 - Not used (do not change these settings)
Subject for Delivery TX/Memory Transfer
This setting determines whether the RTI/CSI registered on this machine or the
RTI/CSI of the originator is used in the subject lines of transferred documents.
0: Puts the RTI/CSI of the originator in the Subject line. If this is used, either the
0 RTI or CSI is used. Only one of these can be received for use in the subject line.
1: Puts the RTI/CSI registered on this machine in the Subject line.
When this switch is used to transfer and deliver mail to a PC, the information in
the Subject line that indicates where the transmission originated can be used to
determine automatically the destination folder for each e-mail.
Subject corresponding to mail post database

0: Standard subject
1: Mail post database subject
The standard subject is replaced by the mail post database subject in the
following three cases:
1) When the service technician sets the service (software) switch.
2) When memory sending or delivery specified by F code is applied by the SMTP
1
server
3) With relay broadcasting (1st stage without the Schmidt 4 function).
 This switch does not apply for condition 3) when the RX system is set up
for memory sending, delivery by F-code, sending with SMTP RX and
when operators are using FOL (to prevent problems when receiving
transmissions).
2-7 Not Used
SM 99 D178
Bit Switches - 2
Mail Addresses of SMTP Broadcast Recipients
Determines whether the e-mail addresses of the destinations that receive

transmissions broadcasted using SMTP protocol are recorded in the Journal.
0 For example:
"1st destination + Total number of destinations: 9" in the Journal indicates a
broadcast to 9 destinations.
0: Not recorded
1: Recorded
IFAXTX Retries
Determines whether the machine retries sending IFAX when connection and
1 transmission fails due to errors.
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
2-7 Not Used
I-fax Switch 06 - Not used (do not change the settings)
I-fax Switch 07 - Not used (do not change the settings)
Memory Threshold for POP Mail Reception
This setting determines the amount of SAF (Store and Forward) memory. (SAF
stores fax messages to send later for transmission to more than one location, and
also holds incoming messages if they cannot be printed.) When the amount of
0-7 SAF memory available falls below this setting, mail can no longer be received;
received mail is then stored on the mail server.
00-FF (0 to 1024 KB: HEX)
The hexadecimal number you enter is multiplied by 4 KB to determine the amount
of memory.
D178 100 SM
Bit Switches - 2
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
This setting determines the number of retries

when connection and transmission fails due to
4-7 Restrict TX Retries
errors.
01-F (1-15 Hex)
I-fax Switch 0A - Not used (do not change the settings)
I-fax Switch 0B - Not used (do not change the settings)
I-fax Switch 0C - Not used (do not change the settings)
I-fax Switch 0D (SP No. 1-102-014)
Set to select the signature when

sending mail notification of the send
results
Bit 2 Bit 3 Setting
2-3 0 0 No sign In response to IEEE2600.1.
0 1 No setting
1 0 Individual setting
1 1 Always sign
Set to select the signature when

4-5
sending mail.
Bit 5 Bit 4 Setting In response to IEEE2600.1.
0 0 No sign
0 1 No setting
SM 101 D178
Bit Switches - 2
1 0 Individual setting
1 1 Always sign
I-fax Switch 0E - Not used (do not change the settings)
I-fax Switch 0F (SP No. 1-102-016)
Delivery Method for SMTP RX Files
This setting determines whether files received with SMTP protocol are delivered
0 or output immediately.
0: Off. Files received via SMTP are output immediately without delivery.
1: On. Files received via SMTP are delivered immediately to their destinations.
Set to select the signature when receiving SMTP mail.
1 0: No sign
1: Always sign
Set to encrypt the data when receiving SMTP mail.
2 0: No encryption
1: Encryption
3-7 Not used
D178 102 SM
Bit Switches - 2
TYPE M2 (D178)
4.4.2 PRINTER SWITCHES
FAX OPTION
Printer Switch 00 (SP No. 1-103-001)
0: If a 2 page RX transmission is split, [*] is

printed in the bottom right corner of the 1st page
and only a [2] is printed in the upper right corner
of the 2nd page.
1: If a 2 page RX transmission is split into two
pages, for example, [*] [2] is printed in the bottom
Select page separation marks
right corner of the 1st page and only a [2] is
0 0: Off
printed in the upper right corner of the 2nd page.
1: On
 This helps the user to identify pages that

have been split because the size of the
paper is smaller than the size of the
document received. (When A5 is used to
print an A4 size document, for example.)
Repetition of data when the 1: Default. 10 mm of the trailing edge of the

received page is longer than previous page are repeated at the top of the next
1 the printer paper page.
0: Off 0: The next page continues from where the
1: On previous page stopped without any repeated text.
This switch is only effective when user parameter

Prints the date and time on 02 - bit 2 (printing the received date and time on
received fax messages received fax messages) is enabled.
2
0: Disabled 1: The machine prints the received and printed
1: Enabled date and time at the bottom of each received
page.
SM 103 D178
Bit Switches - 2
Maximum print width used in the

setup protocol
Bit 4 Bit 3 Setting
0 0 Not used These bits are only effective when bit 7 of

3-4
printer switch 01 is "1".
0 1 A3
1 0 B4
1 1 A4
0: The machine informs the transmitting

machine of the print width depending on the
paper size available from the paper feed
Received message width
stations.
restriction in the protocol signal
Refer to the table on the next page for how the
7 to the sender
machine chooses the paper width used in the
0: Disabled
setup protocol (NSF/DIS).
1: Enabled
1: The machine informs the transmitting
machine of the fixed paper width which is
specified by bits 3 and 4 above.
Relationship between available paper sizes and printer width used in the setup protocol
Available Paper Size Printer width used in the Protocol (NSF/DIS)
A4 or 8.5" x 11" 297 mm width
B5 256 mm width
A5 or 8.5" x 5.5" 216 mm width
No paper available (Paper end) 216 mm width
D178 104 SM
Bit Switches - 2
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
1st paper feed station usage for

fax printing
0
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
2nd paper feed station usage

for fax printing 0: The paper feed station can be used to print
1
0: Enabled fax messages and reports.
1: Disabled 1: The specified paper feed station will not be
used for printing fax messages and reports.
3rd paper feed station usage for
fax printing
2  Do not disable usage for a paper feed
0: Enabled
station which has been specified by
1: Disabled
User Parameter Switch 0F (15), or
4th paper feed station usage for which is used for the Specified
fax printing Cassette Selection feature.
3
0: Enabled
1: Disabled
LCT usage for fax printing

4 0: Enabled
1: Disabled
0: Incoming pages are printed without length

reduction.
Length reduction of received (Page separation threshold: Printer Switch 03,
data bits 4 to 7)
0
0: Disabled 1: Incoming page length is reduced when
1: Enabled printing.
(Maximum reducible length: Printer Switches
04, bits 0 to 4)
SM 105 D178
Bit Switches - 2
Page separation threshold (with reduction

disabled with switch 03-0 above).
Page separation setting when For example, if this setting is set to "10", and
4 sub scan compression is A4 is the selected paper size:
to forbidden If the received document is 10 mm or less
7 00-0F (0-15 mm: Hex) longer than A4, then the 10 mm are cut and
Default: 6 mm only 1 page prints.
If the received document is 10 mm longer than
A4, then the document is split into 2 pages.
Maximum reducible length when length reduction is enabled with switch 03-0
above.
[Maximum reducible length] = [Paper length] + (N x 5mm)
"N" is the decimal value of the binary setting of bits 0 to 4.
Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Setting

0
0 0 0 0 0 0 mm
to
4 0 0 0 0 1 5 mm
0 0 1 0 0 20 mm
1 1 1 1 1 155 mm
For A5 sideways and B5 sideways paper

[Maximum reducible length] = [Paper length] + 0.75 x (N x 5mm)
Length of the duplicated image on the next page, when page separation has
taken place.
Bit 6 Bit 5 Setting

5
6 0 0 4 mm
0 1 10 mm
1 0 15 mm
D178 106 SM
Bit Switches - 2
1 1 Not used
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
7 Not used. Do not change the setting.
Printer Switch 05 - Not used (do not change the settings)
Printing while a paper cassette

is pulled out, when the Just Size
Printing feature is enabled.
0: Printing will not start Cross reference
0
1: Printing will start if another Just size printing on/off – User switch 05, bit 5
cassette has a suitable size of
paper, based on the paper size
selection priority tables.
1-7 Not used. Do not change the settings.
List of destinations in the

Communication Failure Report
1: Only destinations where communication
for broadcasting
4 failure occurred are printed on the
0: All destinations
Communication Failure Report.
1: Only destinations where
communication failure occurred
Printer Switch 0A - Not used (do not change the settings)
SM 107 D178
Bit Switches - 2
Printer Switch 0B - Not used (do not change the settings)
Printer Switch 0C - Not used (do not change the settings)
Printer Switch 0D - Not used (do not change the settings)
Printer Switch 0E (SP No. 1-103-015)
0: A paper size that has the same width

Paper size selection priority as the received data is selected first.
0 0: Width 1: A paper size which has enough length
1: Length to print all the received lines without
reduction is selected first.
Paper size selected for printing A4 This switch determines which paper size
width fax data is selected for printing A4 width fax data,
1
0: 8.5" x 11" size when the machine has both A4 and 8.5" x
1: A4 size 11" size paper.
1: If all paper sizes in the machine require

page separation to print a received fax
Page separation message, the machine does not print the
2 0: Enabled message (Substitute Reception is used).
1: Disabled After a larger size of paper is set in a
cassette, the machine automatically
prints the fax message.
Printing the sample image on reports
Bit 4 Bit 3 Setting "Same size" means the sample image is

printed at 100%, even if page separation
0 0 The upper half only occurs.
3-4 50% reduction User Parameter Switch 19 (13H) bit 4
0 1 must be set to "0" to enable this switch.
(sub-scan only)
Refer to Detailed Section Descriptions for
1 0 Same size more on this feature.
1 1 Not used
D178 108 SM
Bit Switches - 2
0: When page separation has taken
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
Equalizing the reduction ratio among place, all the pages are reduced with the
separated pages same reduction ratio.
7 (Page Separation) 1: Only the last page is reduced to fit the
0: Enabled selected paper size when page
1: Disabled separation has taken place. Other pages
are printed without reduction.
Printer Switch 0F (SP No. 1-103-016)
Smoothing feature
Bit 1 Bit 0 Setting

(0, 0) (0, 1): Disable smoothing if the
0 0 Disabled machine receives halftone images from
0-1
0 1 Disabled other manufacturers fax machines
frequently.
1 0 Enabled
1 1 Not used
Duplex printing
1: The machine always prints received
2 0: Disabled
fax messages in duplex printing mode:
1: Enabled
0: Sets the binding for the left edge of

Binding direction for Duplex printing
the stack.
3 0: Left binding
1: Sets the binding for the top of the
1: Top binding
stack.
SM 109 D178
Bit Switches - 3
4.5.1 COMMUNICATION SWITCHES
Communication Switch 00 (SP No. 1-104-001)
Compression modes available in receive

mode
Bit 1 Bit 0 Modes These bits determine the
0 0 MH only compression capabilities to be

0-1
declared in phase B (handshaking)
0 1 MH/MR of the T.30 protocol.
1 0 MH/MR/MMR
1 1 MH/MR/MMR/JBIG
Compression modes available in transmit

mode
Bit 3 Bit 2 Modes These bits determine the

compression capabilities to be used
2-3 0 0 MH only in the transmission and to be
0 1 MH/MR declared in phase B (handshaking)

of the T.30 protocol.
1 0 MH/MR/MMR
1 1 MH/MR/MMR/JBIG
D178 110 SM
Bit Switches - 3
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
JBIG compression method: Reception Change the setting when

5 0: Only basic supported communication problems occur
1: Basic and optional both supported using JBIG compression.
JBIG compression method: Transmission Change the setting when

6 0: Basic mode priority communication problems occur
1: Optional mode priority using JBIG compression.
1: Reception will not go ahead if the

polling ID code of the remote
Closed network (reception)
terminal does not match the polling
7 0: Disabled
ID code of the local terminal. This
1: Enabled
function is only available in
NSF/NSS mode.
SM 111 D178
Bit Switches - 3
If this bit is set to 0, ECM is switched off for all

ECM communications.
0
0: Off 1: On In addition, V.8 protocol and JBIG compression
are switched off automatically.
Wrong connection prevention (0,1): The machine will disconnect the line
method without sending a fax message, if the last 8
digits of the received CSI do not match the last
Bit 3 Bit 2 Setting
8 digits of the dialed telephone number. This
0 0 None does not work when manually dialed.
(1,0): The same as above, except that only the
0 1 8 digit CSI
last 4 digits are compared.
1 0 4 digit CSI (1,1): The machine will disconnect the line
2-3
without sending a fax message, if the other end
1 1 CSI/RTI
does not identify itself with an RTI or CSI.
(0,0): Nothing is checked; transmission will
always go ahead.
 This function does not work when

dialing is done from the external
telephone.
4-5 Not used Do not change the setting.
Maximum printable page length

available
Bit 7 Bit 6 Setting The setting determined by these bits is
0 0 No limit informed to the transmitting terminal in the

6-7
pre-message protocol exchange (in the
0 1 B4 (364 mm) DIS/NSF frames).
1 0 A4 (297 mm)
1 1 Not used
D178 112 SM
Bit Switches - 3
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
If there are more consecutive error lines in

the received page than the threshold, the
machine will send a negative response.
The Low and High threshold values
depend on the sub-scan resolution, and
G3 Burst error threshold are as follows.
0
0: Low 1: High
100 dpi 6(L) 12(H)
200 dpi 12(L) 24(H)
300 dpi 18(L) 36(H)
400 dpi 24(L) 48(H)
If the error line ratio for a page exceeds the

Acceptable total error line ratio
1 acceptable ratio, RTN will be sent to the
0: 5% 1: 10%
other end.
Treatment of pages received with

errors during G3 reception
0: Pages received with errors are not
2 0: Deleted from memory without
printed.
printing
1: Printed
0: The next page will be sent even if RTN

Hang-up decision when a negative or PIN is received.
code (RTN or PIN) is received 1: The machine will send DCN and hang up
3
during G3 immediate transmission if it receives RTN or PIN.
0: No hang-up, 1: Hang-up This bit is ignored for memory
transmissions or if ECM is being used.
SM 113 D178
Bit Switches - 3
00 - FF (Hex) times.
Maximum number of page
This setting is not used if ECM is switched
0-7 retransmissions in a G3 memory
on.
transmission
Default setting - 03(H)
Remote mode switch (TEL mode)

Set this bit to ON when you wish to switch
0 0: Disable
TEL mode to FAX mode remotely.
1: Enable (Active)
Remote mode switch (FAX mode) Set this bit to ON when you wish to turn on
1 0: Disable the remote mode switch after automatic
1: Enable (Active) reception with FAX mode.
Remote mode switch (AUTO mode) Set this bit to ON when you wish to turn on
2 0: Disable the remote mode switch after automatic
1: Enable (Active) reception with AUTO mode.
Remote mode switch number Enter the number to switch between

0-3
00-09 (0-9:HEX) TEL/FAX modes using the external phone.
Communication Switch 06 - Not used (do not change the settings)
D178 114 SM
Bit Switches - 3
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
This value is the minimum time that the

Minimum interval between
0-7 machine waits before it dials the next
automatic dialing attempts
destination.
Communication Switch 0A (SP No. 1-104-011)
Point of resumption of memory 0: The transmission begins from the page

transmission upon redialing where transmission failed the previous time.
0
0: From the error page 1: Transmission begins from the first page,
1: From page 1 using normal memory transmission.
Communication Switch 0B (SP No. 1-104-012)
0: When acting as a Transfer Station, the

machine will always send a Transfer Result
Conditions required for Transfer Report back to the Requesting Station after
Result Report transmission completing the Transfer Request, even if there
3 0: Always transmitted were no problems.
1: Only transmitted if there was 1: The machine will only send back a Transfer
an error Result Report if there were errors during
communication, meaning one or more of the
End Receivers could not be contacted.
When the machine is acting as a Transfer

Printout of the message when
Station, this bit determines whether the
4 acting as a Transfer Station
machine prints the fax message coming in
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
from the Requesting Terminal.
SM 115 D178
Bit Switches - 3
Communication Switch 0C - Not used (do not change the settings)
Communication Switch 0D (SP No. 1-104-014)
00 to FF (Hex), unit = 4 kbytes

(e.g., 06(H) = 24 kbytes)
One page is about 24 kbytes.
The available memory The machine refers to this setting before each fax
threshold, below which ringing reception. If the amount of remaining memory is
0-7 detection (and therefore below this threshold, the machine cannot receive
reception into memory) is any fax messages.
disabled If this setting is kept at 0, the machine will detect
ringing signals and go into receive mode even if
there is no memory available. This will result in
communication failure.
Communication Switch 0E (SP No. 1-104-015)
06 to FF (Hex), unit = 2 s
Minimum interval between (e.g., 06(H) = 12 s)
0-7
automatic dialing attempts This value is the minimum time that the machine
waits before it dials the next destination.
Communication Switch 0F – Not used (do not change the settings.)
Memory transmission:
Maximum number of dialing
0-7 01 – FE (Hex) times
attempts to the same
destination
D178 116 SM
Bit Switches - 3
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
Communication Switch 11 – Not used (do not change the settings.)
Memory transmission: Interval

0-7 between dialing attempts to the 01 – FF (Hex) minutes
same destination
Communication Switch 13 – Not used (do not change the settings.)
SM 117 D178
Bit Switches - 3
0: In immediate transmission, data

scanned in inch format are transmitted
without conversion.
In memory transmission, data stored in
the SAF memory in mm format are
transmitted without conversion.
Inch-to-mm conversion during
Note: When storing the scanned data
0 transmission
into SAF memory, the fax unit always
0: Disabled, 1: Enabled
converts the data into mm format.
1: The machine converts the scanned
data or stored data in the SAF memory
to the format which was specified in the
set-up protocol (DIS/NSF) before
transmission.
Available unit of resolution in which fax

messages are received
For the best performance, do not change
Bit 7 Bit 6 Unit the factory settings.
0 0 mm The setting determined by these bits is

6-7
informed to the transmitting terminal in
0 1 inch the pre-message protocol exchange (in
1 0 mm and inch the DIS/NSF frames).
1 1 Not used
Communication Switch 15 – Not used (do not change the settings)
D178 118 SM
Bit Switches - 3
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
Optional G3 unit (G3-2)

Change this bit to 1 when installing the first
1 0: Not installed
optional G3 unit.
1: Installed
2 Not used
This switch enables the G3-2.

Select PSTN connection 0: Off, no connection
3 0: Off 1: Recognizes and enables G3-2.
1: On This switch can be used only after G3-2 has been
installed.
SEP reception 0: Polling transmission to another maker's

0 0: Disabled machine using the SEP (Selective Polling) signal
1: Enabled is disabled.
SUB reception 0: Confidential reception to another maker's

1 0: Disabled machine using the SUB (Sub-address) signal is
1: Enabled disabled.
PWD reception
0: Disables features that require PWD
2 0: Disabled
(Password) signal reception.
1: Enabled
1: The machine sets multiple PSTN dial-in

PSTN dial-in routing setting
numbers in the PSTN dial-in line and transfers
5 0: OFF
received data from each PSTN dial-in number to
1: ON
each address.
SM 119 D178
Bit Switches - 3
Action when there is no box

with an F-code that matches
the received SUB code
7 Change this setting when the customer requires.
0: Disconnect the line
1: Receive the message
(using normal reception mode)
IP-Fax dial-in routing selection 1: Transfers received data to each IP-Fax dial-in
5 0: Off number.
1: On IP-Fax dial-in number is a 4-digit number.
PSTN 2 dial-in routing

Enables or disables dial-in routing for the PSTN 2
6 0: Off
connection.
1: On
PSTN 3 dial-in routing

Enables or disables dial-in routing for the PSTN 3
7 0: Off
connection.
1: On
Communication Switch 1A - Not used (do not change the settings)
D178 120 SM
Bit Switches - 3
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
Communication Switch 1B (SP No. 1-104-028)
If the PABX does not support V.8/V.34 protocol

procedure, set this bit to "1" to disable V.8.
Extension access code (0 to 7)
Example: If "0" is the PSTN access code, set bit 0
to turn V.8 protocol On/Off
0-7 to 1. When the machine detects "0" as the first
0: On
dialed number, it automatically disables V.8
1: Off
protocol. (Alternatively, if "3" is the PSTN access
code, set bit 3 to 1.)
Communication Switch 1C (SP No. 1-104-029)
Refer to communication switch 1B.

Extension access code (8 and Example: If "8" is the PSTN access code, set bit 0
9) to turn V.8 protocol On/Off to 1. When the machine detects "8" as the first
0-1
0: On dialed number, it automatically disables V.8
1: Off protocol. (If "9" is the PSTN access code, use bit
1.)
Communication Switch 1D - Not used (do not change the settings)
Communication Switch 1E - Not used (do not change the settings)
Communication Switch 1F - Not used (do not change the settings)
SM 121 D178
Bit Switches - 4
4.6.1 G3 SWITCHES
G3 Switch 00 (SP No. 1-105-001)
Monitor speaker during

communication (tx and rx)
(0, 0): The monitor speaker is disabled all
Bit 1 Bit 0 Setting through the communication.
(0, 1): The monitor speaker is on up to
0 0 Disabled
0 phase B in the T.30 protocol.
1 0 1 Up to Phase B (1, 0): Used for testing. The monitor
speaker is on all through the
1 0 All the time
communication. Make sure that you reset
1 1 Not used these bits after testing.
Monitor speaker during memory

1: The monitor speaker is enabled during
2 transmission
memory transmission.
D178 122 SM
Bit Switches - 4
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
G3 Switch 01 (SP No. 1-105-002)
1: The bytes in the DIS frame after the 4th byte

DIS frame length will not be transmitted (set to 1 if there are
4
0: 10 bytes 1: 4 bytes communication problems with PC-based faxes
which cannot receive the extended DIS frames).
Forbid CED/AMsam output Do not change this setting (Default: 0: Off),

6 0: Off unless communication problem is caused by a
1: On (Forbid output) CED or ANSam transmission.
G3 Switch 02 (SP No. 1-105-003)
Change this bit to 1 only when the other end can

G3 protocol mode used only communicate with machines that send
0 0: Standard and non-standard T.30-standard frames only.
1: Standard only 1: Disables NSF/NSS signals (these are used in
non-standard mode communication)
Short preamble Refer to Appendix B in the Group 3 Facsimile

7
0: Disabled 1: Enabled Manual for details about Short Preamble.
SM 123 D178
Bit Switches - 4
G3 Switch 03 (SP No. 1-105-004)
0: The machine will hang up if it receives the

DIS detection number
same DIS frame twice.
(Echo countermeasure)
0 1: Before sending DCS, the machine will wait for
0: 1
the second DIS which is caused by echo on the
1: 2
line.
1 Not Used Do not change the settings.
0: V.8/V.34 communications will not be possible.

V.8 protocol
2 0: Disabled  Do not set to 0 unless the line condition
1: Enabled is always bad enough to slow down the
data rate to 14.4 kbps or lower.
ECM frame size

3 0: 256 bytes Keep this bit at "0" in most cases.
1: 64 bytes
0: When using ECM in non-standard (NSF/NSS)

mode, the machine sends a CTC to drop back the
modem rate after receiving a PPR, if the following
condition is met in communications at 14.4, 12.0,
9.6, and 7.2 kbps.
CTC transmission conditions
0: After one PPR signal
4 received
NTransmit- Number of transmitted frames
1: After four PPR signals
NResend- Number of frames to be retransmitted
received (ITU-T standard)
1: When using ECM, the machine sends a CTC to
drop back the modem rate after receiving four
PPRs.
PPR, CTC: These are ECM protocol signals.
This bit is not effective in V.34 communications.
Modem rate used for the next

1: The machine's tx modem rate will fall back
page after receiving a negative
5 before sending the next page if a negative code is
code (RTN or PIN)
received. This bit is ignored if ECM is being used.
0: No change 1: Fallback
D178 124 SM
Bit Switches - 4
6 Not used Do not change the settings
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
This switch is used to prevent reverse polarity in
Select detection of reverse
ringing on the phone line (applied to PSTN-G3
polarity in ringing
7 ringing). Do not change this setting
0: Off
0: No detection
1: On
1: Detection (Japan and Korea only)
G3 Switch 04 (SP No. 1-105-005)
0 - F (Hex); 0 - 15 bits
Training error detection If the number of error bits in the received TCF is
0-3
threshold below this threshold, the machine informs the
sender that training has succeeded.
G3 Switch 05 (SP No. 1-105-006)
Initial Tx modem rate (kbps)
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 kbps
0 0 0 1 2.4 These bits set the initial starting modem

rate for transmission.
0 0 1 0 4.8
Use the dedicated transmission
0 0 1 1 7.2 parameters if you need to change this for
specific receivers.
0-3 0 1 0 0 9.6
If a modem rate 14.4 kbps or slower is
0 1 0 1 12.0 selected, V.8 protocol should be disabled
manually.
0 1 1 0 14.4
Cross reference
0 1 1 1 16.8 V.8 protocol on/off - G3 switch 03, bit 2
1 0 0 0 19.2
1 0 0 1 21.6
SM 125 D178
Bit Switches - 4
1 0 1 0 24.0
1 0 1 1 26.4
1 1 0 0 28.8
1 1 0 1 31.2
0 0 1 1 33.6
Other settings - Not used
Initial modem type for 9.6 k or 7.2 kbps.
Bit 5 Bit 4 Setting
0 0 V.29 These bits set the initial modem type for

4-5 9.6 and 7.2 kbps, if the initial modem rate
0 1 V.17 is set at these speeds.
1 0 V.34
1 1 Not used
G3 Switch 06 (SP No. 1-105-007)
Initial Rx modem rate(kbps)
Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 kbps
0 0 0 1 2.4 These bits set the initial starting modem

rate for reception.
0 0 1 0 4.8
Use a lower setting if high speeds pose
0 0 1 1 7.2 problems during reception.

0-3 If a modem rate 14.4 kbps or slower is
0 1 0 0 9.6 selected, V.8 protocol should be
0 1 0 1 12.0 disabled manually.

Cross reference
0 1 1 0 14.4 V.8 protocol on/off - G3 switch 03, bit2
0 1 1 1 16.8
1 0 0 0 19.2
D178 126 SM
Bit Switches - 4
1 0 0 1 21.6
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
1 0 1 0 24.0
1 0 1 1 26.4
1 1 0 0 28.8
1 1 0 1 31.2
Modem types available for reception

The setting of these bits is used to inform the transmitting terminal of the available
modem type for the machine in receive mode.
If V.34 is not selected, V.8 protocol must be disabled manually.
Cross reference
V.8 protocol on/off - G3 switch 03, bit 2
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Types
4-7 0 0 0 1 V.27ter
0 0 1 0 V.27ter, V.29
0 0 1 1 V.27ter, V.29, V.33
0 1 0 0 V.27ter, V.29, V.17/V.33
0 1 0 1 V.27ter, V.29, V.17/V33, V.34
SM 127 D178
Bit Switches - 4
G3 Switch 07 (SP No. 1-105-008)
PSTN cable equalizer Use a higher setting if there is signal loss

(tx mode: Internal) at higher frequencies because of the
length of wire between the modem and
Bit 1 Bit 0 Setting
the telephone exchange.
0 0 None Use the dedicated transmission
parameters for specific receivers.
0 1 Low
Also, try using the cable equalizer if one
0-1
1 0 Medium or more of the following symptoms
occurs.
1 1 High
Communication error
Modem rate fallback occurs frequently.
 This setting is not effective in

V.34 communications.
PSTN cable equalizer Use a higher setting if there is signal loss

(rx mode: Internal) at higher frequencies because of the
length of wire between the modem and
Bit 3 Bit 2 Setting
the telephone exchange.
0 0 None Also, try using the cable equalizer if one
or more of the following symptoms
0 1 Low
2-3 occurs.
1 0 Medium Communication error with error codes
such as 0-20, 0-23, etc.
1 1 High
Modem rate fallback occurs frequently.
 This setting is not effective in

V.34 communications.
PSTN cable equalizer

(V.8/V.17 rx mode: External)
4 Keep this bit at "1".
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
D178 128 SM
Bit Switches - 4
TYPE M2 (D178)
FAX OPTION
0: This uses the fixed table in the ROM

for dial tone detection.
Parameter selection for dial tone
1: This uses the specific parameter
detection
6 adjusted with SRAM (69ECBEH -
0: Normal parameter
69ECDEH). Select this if the dial tone
1: Specific parameter
cannot be detected when the "Normal
parameter: 0" is selected.
G3 Switch 08 - Not used (do not change the settings)
G3 Switch 09 - Not used (do not change the settings)
G3 Switch 0A (SP No. 1-105-011)
Maximum allowable carrier drop

during image data reception
Bit 1 Bit 0 Value (ms) These bits set the acceptable modem
0 0 200 carrier drop time.

0-1
Try a longer setting if error code 0-22 is
0 1 400 frequent.
1 0 800
1 1 Not used
Select cancellation of high-speed RX This switch setting determines if

if carrier signal lost while receiving high-speed receiving ends if the carrier
2
0: Off signal is lost when receiving during
1: On non-ECM mode
3 Not used Do not change the settings
SM 129 D178
Bit Switches - 4
This bit set the maximum interval

between EOL (end-of-line) signals and
Maximum allowable frame interval
the maximum interval between ECM
4 during image data reception.
frames from the other end.
0: 5 s 1: 13 s

MPC6502 MPC8002 MS v01 PDF

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

MPC6502 MPC8002 MS v01 PDF

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

D135/D136/D137/D138

NO PART OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE REPRODUCED IN ANY

All product names, domain names or product illustrations, including

 2013 RICOH Americas Corporation. All rights reserved.

Untrained and uncertified users utilizing

Ricoh Americas Corporation

1. PRODUCT INFORMATION .......................................................... 1-1

2. INSTALLATION ............................................................................ 2-1

3. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE .................................................... 3-1

5. TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................. 5-1

6. ENERGY SAVING ........................................................................ 6-1

Important Safety Notices

Prevention of Physical Injury

Health Safety Conditions

Observance of Electrical Safety Standards

Safety and Ecological Notes for Disposal

 Use of controls, or adjustment, or performance of procedures other than those

 A Warning indicates a potentially hazardous situation. Failure to obey a Warning could

 A Caution indicates a potentially hazardous situation. Failure to obey a Caution could

Symbols, Abbreviations and Trademarks

SEF Short Edge Feed

LEF Long Edge Feed

1.1.1 COMPONENT LAYOUT

1. ADF 11. Fusing Unit

2. Scanner Unit 12. Exit Transport

3. Laser Unit 13. Exit Inverter Transport

4. PCDU 14. Duplex Transport

5. Bypass Unit 15. Vertical Transport

6. ITB Unit 16. Tray 1 (Tandem Tray)

7. Belt Cleaning Unit 17. Tray 2, Tray 3 (Universal Tray)

8. Relay Transport 18. Used Toner Collection Bottle

9. PTR Unit 19. Purge Tray

10. PTB Unit

1.1.3 DRIVE LAYOUT

2. PTR Lift Motor 11. Cleaning Web Contact Motor

3. Registaration Motor 12. Duplex Transport Motor

4. Duplex Exit Motor 13. Inverter Entrance Motor

5. Sensor Shift Motor 14. Inverter Entrance Junction

6. Drawer Lock Motor 15. Exit Motor

7. Roller Shift Motor 2 16. Belt Smoothing Roller Contact Motor

8. Roller Shift Motor 1 17. Fusing Motor

9. Duplex Inverter Motor

2. Exit Motor (ADF) 15. PTR Drive Motor

3. Transport Motor (ADF) 16. Rear Fence Drive Motor

4. Tray Lift Motor (ADF) 17. Bottom Plate Lift Motor

5. Feed Motor (ADF) 18. Feed Motor

6. Entrance Motor (ADF) 19. Transport Motor

7. Pick-up Lift Motor (ADF) 20. Tandem Tray Lift Motor

8. Relay Motor (ADF) 21. Relay Transport Motor

9. 22. Feed Motor (For Tray 1)

11. Fusing Contact Motor 24. Bypass/Relay Transport Motor

12. Used Toner Collection Motor 25. Bypass Feed Motor

13. Fusing Drive Motor

1.2 MACHINE CODES AND PERIPHERALS

D137/D138 (Pro Models)

Output Jogger Unit Type M2 D705-01 [13]

Punch Unit PU3060 NA D706-00 -

Punch Unit PU3060 EU D706-01 -

Punch Unit PU3060 SC D706-02 -

Finisher SR4110 D707-17 [11]

Punch Unit PU5000 NA B831-01 -

Punch Unit PU5000 EU B831-02 -

Punch Unit PU5000 SC B831-03 -